Merging upstream version 6.8.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

1704 files changed, 99828 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LAST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_PREV.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0fc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/circleq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_ALIGN.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_DATA.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_DATA.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_DATA.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_FIRSTHDR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_LEN.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_LEN.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_LEN.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_NXTHDR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3 b/man/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad67f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CMSG_SPACE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cmsg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ALLOC_SIZE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_AND.3 b/man/man3/CPU_AND.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_AND.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_AND_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_AND_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_AND_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_CLR.3 b/man/man3/CPU_CLR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_CLR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_CLR_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_COUNT.3 b/man/man3/CPU_COUNT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_COUNT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_COUNT_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3 b/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_EQUAL_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_FREE.3 b/man/man3/CPU_FREE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_FREE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ISSET.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ISSET.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ISSET.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ISSET_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_OR.3 b/man/man3/CPU_OR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_OR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_OR_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_OR_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_OR_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_SET.3 b/man/man3/CPU_SET.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b937a8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_SET.3
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH CPU_SET 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+CPU_SET, CPU_CLR, CPU_ISSET, CPU_ZERO, CPU_COUNT,
+CPU_AND, CPU_OR, CPU_XOR, CPU_EQUAL,
+CPU_ALLOC, CPU_ALLOC_SIZE, CPU_FREE,
+CPU_SET_S, CPU_CLR_S, CPU_ISSET_S, CPU_ZERO_S,
+CPU_COUNT_S, CPU_AND_S, CPU_OR_S, CPU_XOR_S, CPU_EQUAL_S \-
+macros for manipulating CPU sets
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <sched.h>
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_ZERO(cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_SET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.BI "void CPU_CLR(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.BI "int  CPU_ISSET(int " cpu ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "int  CPU_COUNT(cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_AND(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.BI "void CPU_OR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.BI "void CPU_XOR(cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.P
+.BI "int  CPU_EQUAL(cpu_set_t *" set1 ", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
+.P
+.BI "cpu_set_t *CPU_ALLOC(int " num_cpus );
+.BI "void CPU_FREE(cpu_set_t *" set );
+.BI "size_t CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(int " num_cpus );
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_ZERO_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_SET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.BI "void CPU_CLR_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.BI "int  CPU_ISSET_S(int " cpu ", size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "int  CPU_COUNT_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "void CPU_AND_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.BI "void CPU_OR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.BI "void CPU_XOR_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" destset ,
+.BI "             cpu_set_t *" srcset1 ", cpu_set_t *" srcset2 );
+.P
+.BI "int  CPU_EQUAL_S(size_t " setsize ", cpu_set_t *" set1 \
+", cpu_set_t *" set2 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I cpu_set_t
+data structure represents a set of CPUs.
+CPU sets are used by
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2)
+and similar interfaces.
+.P
+The
+.I cpu_set_t
+data type is implemented as a bit mask.
+However, the data structure should be treated as opaque:
+all manipulation of CPU sets should be done via the macros
+described in this page.
+.P
+The following macros are provided to operate on the CPU set
+.IR set :
+.TP
+.BR CPU_ZERO ()
+Clears
+.IR set ,
+so that it contains no CPUs.
+.TP
+.BR CPU_SET ()
+Add CPU
+.I cpu
+to
+.IR set .
+.TP
+.BR CPU_CLR ()
+Remove CPU
+.I cpu
+from
+.IR set .
+.TP
+.BR CPU_ISSET ()
+Test to see if CPU
+.I cpu
+is a member of
+.IR set .
+.TP
+.BR CPU_COUNT ()
+Return the number of CPUs in
+.IR set .
+.P
+Where a
+.I cpu
+argument is specified, it should not produce side effects,
+since the above macros may evaluate the argument more than once.
+.P
+The first CPU on the system corresponds to a
+.I cpu
+value of 0, the next CPU corresponds to a
+.I cpu
+value of 1, and so on.
+No assumptions should be made about particular CPUs being
+available, or the set of CPUs being contiguous, since CPUs can
+be taken offline dynamically or be otherwise absent.
+The constant
+.B CPU_SETSIZE
+(currently 1024) specifies a value one greater than the maximum CPU
+number that can be stored in
+.IR cpu_set_t .
+.P
+The following macros perform logical operations on CPU sets:
+.TP
+.BR CPU_AND ()
+Store the intersection of the sets
+.I srcset1
+and
+.I srcset2
+in
+.I destset
+(which may be one of the source sets).
+.TP
+.BR CPU_OR ()
+Store the union of the sets
+.I srcset1
+and
+.I srcset2
+in
+.I destset
+(which may be one of the source sets).
+.TP
+.BR CPU_XOR ()
+Store the XOR of the sets
+.I srcset1
+and
+.I srcset2
+in
+.I destset
+(which may be one of the source sets).
+The XOR means the set of CPUs that are in either
+.I srcset1
+or
+.IR srcset2 ,
+but not both.
+.TP
+.BR CPU_EQUAL ()
+Test whether two CPU set contain exactly the same CPUs.
+.SS Dynamically sized CPU sets
+Because some applications may require the ability to dynamically
+size CPU sets (e.g., to allocate sets larger than that
+defined by the standard
+.I cpu_set_t
+data type), glibc nowadays provides a set of macros to support this.
+.P
+The following macros are used to allocate and deallocate CPU sets:
+.TP
+.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
+Allocate a CPU set large enough to hold CPUs
+in the range 0 to
+.IR num_cpus\-1 .
+.TP
+.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
+Return the size in bytes of the CPU set that would be needed to
+hold CPUs in the range 0 to
+.IR num_cpus\-1 .
+This macro provides the value that can be used for the
+.I setsize
+argument in the
+.BR CPU_*_S ()
+macros described below.
+.TP
+.BR CPU_FREE ()
+Free a CPU set previously allocated by
+.BR CPU_ALLOC ().
+.P
+The macros whose names end with "_S" are the analogs of
+the similarly named macros without the suffix.
+These macros perform the same tasks as their analogs,
+but operate on the dynamically allocated CPU set(s) whose size is
+.I setsize
+bytes.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR CPU_ISSET ()
+and
+.BR CPU_ISSET_S ()
+return nonzero if
+.I cpu
+is in
+.IR set ;
+otherwise, it returns 0.
+.P
+.BR CPU_COUNT ()
+and
+.BR CPU_COUNT_S ()
+return the number of CPUs in
+.IR set .
+.P
+.BR CPU_EQUAL ()
+and
+.BR CPU_EQUAL_S ()
+return nonzero if the two CPU sets are equal; otherwise they return 0.
+.P
+.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
+returns a pointer on success, or NULL on failure.
+(Errors are as for
+.BR malloc (3).)
+.P
+.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
+returns the number of bytes required to store a
+CPU set of the specified cardinality.
+.P
+The other functions do not return a value.
+.SH STANDARDS
+Linux.
+.SH HISTORY
+The
+.BR CPU_ZERO (),
+.BR CPU_SET (),
+.BR CPU_CLR (),
+and
+.BR CPU_ISSET ()
+macros were added in glibc 2.3.3.
+.P
+.BR CPU_COUNT ()
+first appeared in glibc 2.6.
+.P
+.BR CPU_AND (),
+.BR CPU_OR (),
+.BR CPU_XOR (),
+.BR CPU_EQUAL (),
+.BR CPU_ALLOC (),
+.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE (),
+.BR CPU_FREE (),
+.BR CPU_ZERO_S (),
+.BR CPU_SET_S (),
+.BR CPU_CLR_S (),
+.BR CPU_ISSET_S (),
+.BR CPU_AND_S (),
+.BR CPU_OR_S (),
+.BR CPU_XOR_S (),
+and
+.BR CPU_EQUAL_S ()
+first appeared in glibc 2.7.
+.SH NOTES
+To duplicate a CPU set, use
+.BR memcpy (3).
+.P
+Since CPU sets are bit masks allocated in units of long words,
+the actual number of CPUs in a dynamically
+allocated CPU set will be rounded up to the next multiple of
+.IR "sizeof(unsigned long)" .
+An application should consider the contents of these extra bits
+to be undefined.
+.P
+Notwithstanding the similarity in the names,
+note that the constant
+.B CPU_SETSIZE
+indicates the number of CPUs in the
+.I cpu_set_t
+data type (thus, it is effectively a count of the bits in the bit mask),
+while the
+.I setsize
+argument of the
+.BR CPU_*_S ()
+macros is a size in bytes.
+.P
+The data types for arguments and return values shown
+in the SYNOPSIS are hints what about is expected in each case.
+However, since these interfaces are implemented as macros,
+the compiler won't necessarily catch all type errors
+if you violate the suggestions.
+.SH BUGS
+On 32-bit platforms with glibc 2.8 and earlier,
+.BR CPU_ALLOC ()
+allocates twice as much space as is required, and
+.BR CPU_ALLOC_SIZE ()
+returns a value twice as large as it should.
+This bug should not affect the semantics of a program,
+but does result in wasted memory
+and less efficient operation of the macros that
+operate on dynamically allocated CPU sets.
+These bugs are fixed in glibc 2.9.
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7029
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program demonstrates the use of some of the macros
+used for dynamically allocated CPU sets.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (CPU_SET.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <sched.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#include <assert.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    cpu_set_t *cpusetp;
+    size_t size, num_cpus;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num\-cpus>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    num_cpus = atoi(argv[1]);
+\&
+    cpusetp = CPU_ALLOC(num_cpus);
+    if (cpusetp == NULL) {
+        perror("CPU_ALLOC");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    size = CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(num_cpus);
+\&
+    CPU_ZERO_S(size, cpusetp);
+    for (size_t cpu = 0; cpu < num_cpus; cpu += 2)
+        CPU_SET_S(cpu, size, cpusetp);
+\&
+    printf("CPU_COUNT() of set:    %d\en", CPU_COUNT_S(size, cpusetp));
+\&
+    CPU_FREE(cpusetp);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR cpuset (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_SET_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_SET_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_SET_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_XOR.3 b/man/man3/CPU_XOR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_XOR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_XOR_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ZERO.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ZERO.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ZERO.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3 b/man/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdc74d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/CPU_ZERO_S.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/CPU_SET.3
diff --git a/man/man3/DES_FAILED.3 b/man/man3/DES_FAILED.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853c9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/DES_FAILED.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/FD_CLR.3 b/man/man3/FD_CLR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e177843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/FD_CLR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man/man3/FD_ISSET.3 b/man/man3/FD_ISSET.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e177843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/FD_ISSET.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man/man3/FD_SET.3 b/man/man3/FD_SET.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e177843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/FD_SET.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man/man3/FD_ZERO.3 b/man/man3/FD_ZERO.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e177843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/FD_ZERO.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/select.2
diff --git a/man/man3/HUGE_VAL.3 b/man/man3/HUGE_VAL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd04d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/HUGE_VAL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man/man3/HUGE_VALF.3 b/man/man3/HUGE_VALF.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd04d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/HUGE_VALF.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man/man3/HUGE_VALL.3 b/man/man3/HUGE_VALL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd04d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/HUGE_VALL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man/man3/INFINITY.3 b/man/man3/INFINITY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..334c79d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/INFINITY.3
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH INFINITY 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+INFINITY, NAN, HUGE_VAL, HUGE_VALF, HUGE_VALL \- floating-point constants
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _ISOC99_SOURCE" "      /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.B INFINITY
+.P
+.B NAN
+.P
+.B HUGE_VAL
+.B HUGE_VALF
+.B HUGE_VALL
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The macro
+.B INFINITY
+expands to a
+.I float
+constant representing positive infinity.
+.P
+The macro
+.B NAN
+expands to a
+.I float
+constant representing a quiet NaN
+(when supported).
+A
+.I quiet
+NaN is a NaN ("not-a-number") that does not raise exceptions
+when it is used in arithmetic.
+The opposite is a
+.I signaling
+NaN.
+See IEC 60559:1989.
+.P
+The macros
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+.B HUGE_VALL
+expand to constants of types
+.IR double ,
+.IR float ,
+and
+.IR "long double" ,
+respectively,
+that represent a large positive value, possibly positive infinity.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99.
+.P
+On a glibc system, the macro
+.B HUGE_VAL
+is always available.
+Availability of the
+.B NAN
+macro can be tested using
+.BR "#ifdef NAN" ,
+and similarly for
+.BR INFINITY ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+.BR HUGE_VALL .
+They will be defined by
+.I <math.h>
+if
+.B _ISOC99_SOURCE
+or
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+is defined, or
+.B __STDC_VERSION__
+is defined
+and has a value not less than 199901L.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fpclassify (3),
+.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/LIST_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/LIST_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_INIT.3 b/man/man3/LIST_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_BEFORE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/LIST_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfafea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/LIST_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/list.3
diff --git a/man/man3/MAX.3 b/man/man3/MAX.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e290554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/MAX.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2021 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH MAX 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+MAX, MIN \- maximum or minimum of two values
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/param.h>
+.P
+.BI MAX( a ", " b );
+.BI MIN( a ", " b );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros return the maximum or minimum of
+.I a
+and
+.IR b .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These macros return the value of one of their arguments,
+possibly converted to a different type (see BUGS).
+.SH ERRORS
+These macros may raise the "invalid" floating-point exception
+when any of the arguments is NaN.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU, BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+If either of the arguments is of a floating-point type,
+you might prefer to use
+.BR fmax (3)
+or
+.BR fmin (3),
+which can handle NaN.
+.P
+The arguments may be evaluated more than once, or not at all.
+.P
+Some UNIX systems might provide these macros in a different header,
+or not at all.
+.SH BUGS
+Due to the usual arithmetic conversions,
+the result of these macros may be very different from either of the arguments.
+To avoid this, ensure that both arguments have the same type.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (MAX.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int a, b, x;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num> <num>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    a = atoi(argv[1]);
+    b = atoi(argv[2]);
+    x = MAX(a, b);
+    printf("MAX(%d, %d) is %d\en", a, b, x);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fmax (3),
+.BR fmin (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3 b/man/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c6e34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/MB_CUR_MAX.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.\" Modified, aeb, 990824
+.\"
+.TH MB_CUR_MAX 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+MB_CUR_MAX \- maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B MB_CUR_MAX
+macro defines an integer expression giving
+the maximum number of bytes needed to represent a single
+wide character in the current locale.
+This value is locale dependent and therefore not a compile-time constant.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+An integer in the range [1,
+.BR MB_LEN_MAX ].
+The value 1 denotes traditional 8-bit encoded characters.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR MB_LEN_MAX (3),
+.BR mblen (3),
+.BR mbstowcs (3),
+.BR mbtowc (3),
+.BR wcstombs (3),
+.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3 b/man/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a38d675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/MB_LEN_MAX.3
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.\" Modified, aeb, 990824
+.\"
+.TH MB_LEN_MAX 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+MB_LEN_MAX \- maximum multibyte length of a character across all locales
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <limits.h>
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.B MB_LEN_MAX
+macro is the maximum number of bytes needed to represent a single
+wide character, in any of the supported locales.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+A constant integer greater than zero.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The entities
+.B MB_LEN_MAX
+and
+.I sizeof(wchar_t)
+are totally unrelated.
+In glibc,
+.B MB_LEN_MAX
+is typically 16
+.\" For an explanation of why the limit was raised to 16, see
+.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2015-05/msg00001.html
+.\"     From:    Bruno Haible
+.\"     Subject: Re: why is MB_LEN_MAX so large (16) on glibc
+.\"     Date:    Thu, 14 May 2015 02:30:14 +0200
+(6 in glibc versions earlier than 2.2), while
+.I sizeof(wchar_t)
+is 4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/MIN.3 b/man/man3/MIN.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9938abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/MIN.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/MAX.3
diff --git a/man/man3/NAN.3 b/man/man3/NAN.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd04d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/NAN.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/INFINITY.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_INIT.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260541b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/slist.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_CONCAT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISBLK.3 b/man/man3/S_ISBLK.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISBLK.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISCHR.3 b/man/man3/S_ISCHR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISCHR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISDIR.3 b/man/man3/S_ISDIR.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISDIR.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISFIFO.3 b/man/man3/S_ISFIFO.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISFIFO.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISLNK.3 b/man/man3/S_ISLNK.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISLNK.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISREG.3 b/man/man3/S_ISREG.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISREG.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/S_ISSOCK.3 b/man/man3/S_ISSOCK.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c4b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/S_ISSOCK.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/inode.7
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_CONCAT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_EMPTY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_ENTRY.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_FIRST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_INIT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_LAST.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_NEXT.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_PREV.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_REMOVE.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3 b/man/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c766ff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TAILQ_SWAP.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3 b/man/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30ab755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
diff --git a/man/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3 b/man/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f3ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC.3
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2024 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC,
+TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL
+\-
+convert between time structures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.B #include <sys/time.h>
+.P
+.BI "void TIMEVAL_TO_TIMESPEC(const struct timeval *" tv ", struct timespec *" ts );
+.BI "void TIMESPEC_TO_TIMEVAL(struct timeval *" tv ", const struct timespec *" ts );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros convert from a
+.BR timeval (3type)
+to a
+.BR timespec (3type)
+structure,
+and vice versa,
+respectively.
+.P
+This is especially useful for writing interfaces that receive a type,
+but are implemented with calls to functions that receive the other one.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU,
+BSD.
diff --git a/man/man3/_Generic.3 b/man/man3/_Generic.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8e8b1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/_Generic.3
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH _Generic 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+_Generic \- type-generic selection
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR _Generic( \fIexpression\fP ", type1: " e1 ", " "... /*" \
+", default: " "e */" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR _Generic ()
+evaluates the path of code under the type selector
+that is compatible with the type of the controlling
+.IR expression ,
+or
+.B default:
+if no type is compatible.
+.P
+.I expression
+is not evaluated.
+.P
+This is especially useful for writing type-generic macros,
+that will behave differently depending on the type of the argument.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11.
+.SH HISTORY
+C11.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program demonstrates how to write
+a replacement for the standard
+.BR imaxabs (3)
+function, which being a function can't really provide what it promises:
+seamlessly upgrading to the widest available type.
+.IP
+.\" SRC BEGIN (_Generic.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define my_imaxabs  _Generic(INTMAX_C(0),  \e
+    long:           labs,                  \e
+    long long:      llabs                  \e
+/*  long long long: lllabs */              \e
+)
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    off_t  a;
+\&
+    a = \-42;
+    printf("imaxabs(%jd) == %jd\en", (intmax_t) a, my_imaxabs(a));
+    printf("&imaxabs == %p\en", &my_imaxabs);
+    printf("&labs    == %p\en", &labs);
+    printf("&llabs   == %p\en", &llabs);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
diff --git a/man/man3/_Static_assert.3 b/man/man3/_Static_assert.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f6353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/_Static_assert.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/static_assert.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3 b/man/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__after_morecore_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fbufsize.3 b/man/man3/__fbufsize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fbufsize.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__flbf.3 b/man/man3/__flbf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__flbf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fpending.3 b/man/man3/__fpending.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fpending.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fpurge.3 b/man/man3/__fpurge.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7cfd49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fpurge.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpurge.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__freadable.3 b/man/man3/__freadable.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__freadable.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__freading.3 b/man/man3/__freading.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__freading.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__free_hook.3 b/man/man3/__free_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__free_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fsetlocking.3 b/man/man3/__fsetlocking.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fsetlocking.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fwritable.3 b/man/man3/__fwritable.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fwritable.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__fwriting.3 b/man/man3/__fwriting.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__fwriting.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__malloc_hook.3 b/man/man3/__malloc_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__malloc_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3 b/man/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__malloc_initialize_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__memalign_hook.3 b/man/man3/__memalign_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__memalign_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a8064d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012, IBM Corporation.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH __ppc_get_timebase 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+__ppc_get_timebase, __ppc_get_timebase_freq \- get the current value
+of the Time Base Register on Power architecture and its frequency.
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
+.P
+.B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase(void);
+.B uint64_t __ppc_get_timebase_freq(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
+reads the current value of the Time Base Register and returns its
+value, while
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
+returns the frequency in which the Time Base Register is updated.
+.P
+The Time Base Register is a 64-bit register provided by Power Architecture
+processors.
+It stores a monotonically incremented value that is updated at a
+system-dependent frequency that may be different from the processor
+frequency.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
+returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the current value of the
+Time Base Register.
+.P
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
+returns a 64-bit unsigned integer that represents the frequency at
+which the Time Base Register is updated.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase ()
+.\" commit d9dc34cd569bcfe714fe8c708e58c028106e8b2e
+glibc 2.16.
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase_freq ()
+.\" commit 8ad11b9a9cf1de82bd7771306b42070b91417c11
+glibc 2.17.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program will calculate the time, in microseconds, spent
+between two calls to
+.BR __ppc_get_timebase ().
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (__ppc_get_timebase.c)
+.EX
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
+\&
+/* Maximum value of the Time Base Register: 2\[ha]60 \- 1.
+   Source: POWER ISA.  */
+#define MAX_TB 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    uint64_t tb1, tb2, diff;
+    uint64_t freq;
+\&
+    freq = __ppc_get_timebase_freq();
+    printf("Time Base frequency = %"PRIu64" Hz\en", freq);
+\&
+    tb1 = __ppc_get_timebase();
+\&
+    // Do some stuff...
+\&
+    tb2 = __ppc_get_timebase();
+\&
+    if (tb2 > tb1) {
+        diff = tb2 \- tb1;
+    } else {
+        /* Treat Time Base Register overflow.  */
+        diff = (MAX_TB \- tb2) + tb1;
+    }
+\&
+    printf("Elapsed time  = %1.2f usecs\en",
+           (double) diff * 1000000 / freq);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR time (2),
+.BR usleep (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8599293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_get_timebase_freq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_get_timebase.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9f047f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_mdoio.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_yield.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9f047f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_mdoom.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_yield.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d6cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_low.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbfdced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015, 2016 IBM Corporation.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH __ppc_set_ppr_med 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+Programmer's Manual"
+.SH NAME
+__ppc_set_ppr_med, __ppc_set_ppr_very_low, __ppc_set_ppr_low,
+__ppc_set_ppr_med_low, __ppc_set_ppr_med_high \-
+Set the Program Priority Register
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
+.P
+.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med(void);
+.B void __ppc_set_ppr_very_low(void);
+.B void __ppc_set_ppr_low(void);
+.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med_low(void);
+.B void __ppc_set_ppr_med_high(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions provide access to the
+.I Program Priority Register
+(PPR) on the Power architecture.
+.P
+The PPR is a 64-bit register that controls the program's priority.
+By adjusting the PPR value the programmer may improve system
+throughput by causing system resources to be used more
+efficiently, especially in contention situations.
+The available unprivileged states are covered by the following functions:
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med ()
+sets the Program Priority Register value to
+.I medium
+(default).
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
+sets the Program Priority Register value to
+.IR "very low" .
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low ()
+sets the Program Priority Register value to
+.IR low .
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low ()
+sets the Program Priority Register value to
+.IR "medium low" .
+.P
+The privileged state
+.I medium high
+may also be set during certain time intervals by problem-state (unprivileged)
+programs, with the following function:
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
+sets the Program Priority to
+.IR "medium high" .
+.P
+If the program priority is medium high when the time interval expires or if an
+attempt is made to set the priority to medium high when it is not allowed, the
+priority is set to medium.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med (),
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low (),
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low (),
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low (),
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med ()
+.TQ
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_low ()
+.TQ
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_low ()
+glibc 2.18.
+.TP
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
+.TQ
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
+glibc 2.23.
+.SH NOTES
+The functions
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_very_low ()
+and
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med_high ()
+will be defined by
+.I <sys/platform/ppc.h>
+if
+.B _ARCH_PWR8
+is defined.
+Availability of these functions can be tested using
+.BR "#ifdef _ARCH_PWR8" .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR __ppc_yield (3)
+.P
+.I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\ 3.1 (Program Priority Registers)
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d6cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_high.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d6cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med_low.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d6cf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_set_ppr_very_low.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/__ppc_set_ppr_med.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__ppc_yield.3 b/man/man3/__ppc_yield.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55f3701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__ppc_yield.3
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015, IBM Corporation.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH __ppc_yield 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+__ppc_yield, __ppc_mdoio, __ppc_mdoom \-
+Hint the processor to release shared resources
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/platform/ppc.h>
+.P
+.B void __ppc_yield(void);
+.B void __ppc_mdoio(void);
+.B void __ppc_mdoom(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions
+provide hints about the usage of resources that are shared with other
+processors on the Power architecture.
+They can be used, for example, if a program waiting on a lock intends
+to divert the shared resources to be used by other processors.
+.P
+.BR __ppc_yield ()
+provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
+resources dedicated to the executing processor are released for use by
+other processors.
+.P
+.BR __ppc_mdoio ()
+provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
+resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
+outstanding storage accesses to caching-inhibited storage have been
+completed.
+.P
+.BR __ppc_mdoom ()
+provides a hint that performance will probably be improved if shared
+resources dedicated to the executing processor are released until all
+outstanding storage accesses to cacheable storage for which the data
+is not in the cache have been completed.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR __ppc_yield (),
+.BR __ppc_mdoio (),
+.BR __ppc_mdoom ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.18.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR __ppc_set_ppr_med (3)
+.P
+.I Power ISA, Book\~II - Section\~3.2 ("or" architecture)
diff --git a/man/man3/__realloc_hook.3 b/man/man3/__realloc_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..421aafc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__realloc_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_hook.3
diff --git a/man/man3/__setfpucw.3 b/man/man3/__setfpucw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b0dd26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/__setfpucw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+.\" Written Sat Mar  8 10:35:08 MEZ 1997 by
+.\" J. "MUFTI" Scheurich (mufti@csv.ica.uni-stuttgart.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH __setfpucw 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+__setfpucw \- set FPU control word on i386 architecture (obsolete)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <i386/fpu_control.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void __setfpucw(unsigned short " control_word );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR __setfpucw ()
+transfers
+.I control_word
+to the registers of the FPU (floating-point unit) on the i386 architecture.
+This was used to control floating-point precision,
+rounding and floating-point exceptions.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+Removed in glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+There are new functions from C99, with prototypes in
+.IR <fenv.h> ,
+to control FPU rounding modes, like
+.BR fegetround (3),
+.BR fesetround (3),
+and the floating-point environment, like
+.BR fegetenv (3),
+.BR feholdexcept (3),
+.BR fesetenv (3),
+.BR feupdateenv (3),
+and FPU exception handling, like
+.BR feclearexcept (3),
+.BR fegetexceptflag (3),
+.BR feraiseexcept (3),
+.BR fesetexceptflag (3),
+and
+.BR fetestexcept (3).
+.P
+If direct access to the FPU control word is still needed, the
+.B _FPU_GETCW
+and
+.B _FPU_SETCW
+macros from
+.I <fpu_control.h>
+can be used.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.B __setfpucw(0x1372)
+.P
+Set FPU control word on the i386 architecture to
+.RS
+.PD 0
+.IP \[bu] 3
+extended precision
+.IP \[bu]
+rounding to nearest
+.IP \[bu]
+exceptions on overflow, zero divide and NaN
+.PD
+.RE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR feclearexcept (3)
+.P
+.I <fpu_control.h>
diff --git a/man/man3/_flushlbf.3 b/man/man3/_flushlbf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/_flushlbf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdio_ext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/a64l.3 b/man/man3/a64l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fe156a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/a64l.3
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+'\" t
+\t
+.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Corrected, aeb, 2002-05-30
+.\"
+.TH a64l 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+a64l, l64a \- convert between long and base-64
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "long a64l(const char *" str64 );
+.BI "char *l64a(long " value );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR a64l (),
+.BR l64a ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions provide a conversion between 32-bit long integers
+and little-endian base-64 ASCII strings (of length zero to six).
+If the string used as argument for
+.BR a64l ()
+has length greater than six, only the first six bytes are used.
+If the type
+.I long
+has more than 32 bits, then
+.BR l64a ()
+uses only the low order 32 bits of
+.IR value ,
+and
+.BR a64l ()
+sign-extends its 32-bit result.
+.P
+The 64 digits in the base-64 system are:
+.P
+.RS
+.nf
+\&\[aq].\[aq]	represents a 0
+\&\[aq]/\[aq]	represents a 1
+0-9	represent  2-11
+A-Z	represent 12-37
+a-z	represent 38-63
+.fi
+.RE
+.P
+So 123 = 59*64\[ha]0 + 1*64\[ha]1 = "v/".
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR l64a ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:l64a
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR a64l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The value returned by
+.BR l64a ()
+may be a pointer to a static buffer, possibly overwritten
+by later calls.
+.P
+The behavior of
+.BR l64a ()
+is undefined when
+.I value
+is negative.
+If
+.I value
+is zero, it returns an empty string.
+.P
+These functions are broken before glibc 2.2.5
+(puts most significant digit first).
+.P
+This is not the encoding used by
+.BR uuencode (1).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR uuencode (1),
+.\" .BR itoa (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/abort.3 b/man/man3/abort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..874ce2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/abort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2007 (C) Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" some parts Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:46:21 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Aug  4 10:51:53 2000 - patch from Joseph S. Myers
+.\" 2007-12-15, mtk, Mostly rewritten
+.\"
+.TH abort 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+abort \- cause abnormal process termination
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B [[noreturn]] void abort(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR abort ()
+function first unblocks the
+.B SIGABRT
+signal, and then raises that signal for the calling process
+(as though
+.BR raise (3)
+was called).
+This results in the abnormal termination of the process unless the
+.B SIGABRT
+signal is caught and the signal handler does not return
+(see
+.BR longjmp (3)).
+.P
+If the
+.B SIGABRT
+signal is ignored, or caught by a handler that returns, the
+.BR abort ()
+function will still terminate the process.
+It does this by restoring the default disposition for
+.B SIGABRT
+and then raising the signal for a second time.
+.P
+As with other cases of abnormal termination the functions registered with
+.BR atexit (3)
+and
+.BR on_exit (3)
+are not called.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR abort ()
+function never returns.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR abort ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.P
+Up until glibc 2.26,
+if the
+.BR abort ()
+function caused process termination,
+all open streams were closed and flushed (as with
+.BR fclose (3)).
+However, in some cases this could result in deadlocks and data corruption.
+Therefore, starting with glibc 2.27,
+.\" glibc commit 91e7cf982d0104f0e71770f5ae8e3faf352dea9f
+.BR abort ()
+terminates the process without flushing streams.
+POSIX.1 permits either possible behavior, saying that
+.BR abort ()
+"may include an attempt to effect fclose() on all open streams".
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gdb (1),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR assert (3),
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR longjmp (3),
+.BR raise (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/abs.3 b/man/man3/abs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b8f650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/abs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:31:13 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sun Jun  6 23:27:50 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:45:37 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sat Dec 16 15:02:59 2000, Joseph S. Myers
+.\"
+.TH abs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+abs, labs, llabs, imaxabs \- compute the absolute value of an integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int abs(int " j );
+.BI "long labs(long " j );
+.BI "long long llabs(long long " j );
+.P
+.B #include <inttypes.h>
+.P
+.BI "intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t " j );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR llabs ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR abs ()
+function computes the absolute value of the integer
+argument \fIj\fP.
+The
+.BR labs (),
+.BR llabs (),
+and
+.BR imaxabs ()
+functions compute the absolute value of the argument \fIj\fP of the
+appropriate integer type for the function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Returns the absolute value of the integer argument, of the appropriate
+integer type for the function.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR abs (),
+.BR labs (),
+.BR llabs (),
+.BR imaxabs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.\" POSIX.1 (1996 edition) requires only the
+.\" .BR abs ()
+.\" function.
+.P
+C89 only
+includes the
+.BR abs ()
+and
+.BR labs ()
+functions; the functions
+.BR llabs ()
+and
+.BR imaxabs ()
+were added in C99.
+.SH NOTES
+Trying to take the absolute value of the most negative integer
+is not defined.
+.P
+The
+.BR llabs ()
+function is included since glibc 2.0.
+The
+.BR imaxabs ()
+function is included since glibc 2.1.1.
+.P
+For
+.BR llabs ()
+to be declared, it may be necessary to define
+\fB_ISOC99_SOURCE\fP or \fB_ISOC9X_SOURCE\fP (depending on the
+version of glibc) before including any standard headers.
+.P
+By default,
+GCC handles
+.BR abs (),
+.BR labs (),
+and (since GCC 3.0)
+.BR llabs ()
+and
+.BR imaxabs ()
+as built-in functions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR fabs (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR rint (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/acos.3 b/man/man3/acos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ba9515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acos.3
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH acos 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+acos, acosf, acosl \- arc cosine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double acos(double " x );
+.BI "float acosf(float " x );
+.BI "long double acosl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR acosf (),
+.BR acosl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the arc cosine of
+.IR x ;
+that is
+the value whose cosine is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the arc cosine of
+.I x
+in radians; the return value is in the range [0,\ pi].
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +1,
++0 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR acos (),
+.BR acosf (),
+.BR acosl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR cacos (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/acosf.3 b/man/man3/acosf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66104f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acosf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/acos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/acosh.3 b/man/man3/acosh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fb3ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acosh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH acosh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+acosh, acoshf, acoshl \- inverse hyperbolic cosine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double acosh(double " x );
+.BI "float acoshf(float " x );
+.BI "long double acoshl(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR acosh ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR acoshf (),
+.BR acoshl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR x ;
+that is the value whose hyperbolic cosine is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +1, +0 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is less than 1,
+a domain error occurs,
+and the functions return a NaN.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than 1
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR acosh (),
+.BR acoshf (),
+.BR acoshl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR cacosh (3),
+.BR cosh (3),
+.BR sinh (3),
+.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/acoshf.3 b/man/man3/acoshf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0f5c7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acoshf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/acosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/acoshl.3 b/man/man3/acoshl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0f5c7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acoshl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/acosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/acosl.3 b/man/man3/acosl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66104f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/acosl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/acos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/addmntent.3 b/man/man3/addmntent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2bb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/addmntent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/addseverity.3 b/man/man3/addseverity.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68335cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/addseverity.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"  adapted glibc info page
+.\"
+.\"  polished a little, aeb
+.TH addseverity 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+addseverity \- introduce new severity classes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.P
+.B #include <fmtmsg.h>
+.P
+.BI "int addseverity(int " severity ", const char *" s );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR addseverity ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function allows the introduction of new severity classes
+which can be addressed by the
+.I severity
+argument of the
+.BR fmtmsg (3)
+function.
+By default, that function knows only how to
+print messages for severity 0-4 (with strings (none), HALT,
+ERROR, WARNING, INFO).
+This call attaches the given string
+.I s
+to the given value
+.IR severity .
+If
+.I s
+is NULL, the severity class with the numeric value
+.I severity
+is removed.
+It is not possible to overwrite or remove one of the default
+severity classes.
+The severity value must be nonnegative.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon success, the value
+.B MM_OK
+is returned.
+Upon error, the return value is
+.BR MM_NOTOK .
+Possible errors include: out of memory, attempt to remove a
+nonexistent or default severity class.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR addseverity ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+System V.
+.SH NOTES
+New severity classes can also be added by setting the environment variable
+.BR SEV_LEVEL .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fmtmsg (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/adjtime.3 b/man/man3/adjtime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80f1485
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/adjtime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH adjtime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+adjtime \- correct the time to synchronize the system clock
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/time.h>
+.P
+.BI "int adjtime(const struct timeval *" delta ", struct timeval *" olddelta );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR adjtime ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR adjtime ()
+function gradually adjusts the system clock (as returned by
+.BR gettimeofday (2)).
+The amount of time by which the clock is to be adjusted is specified
+in the structure pointed to by
+.IR delta .
+This structure has the following form:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct timeval {
+    time_t      tv_sec;     /* seconds */
+    suseconds_t tv_usec;    /* microseconds */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If the adjustment in
+.I delta
+is positive, then the system clock is speeded up by some
+small percentage (i.e., by adding a small
+amount of time to the clock value in each second) until the adjustment
+has been completed.
+If the adjustment in
+.I delta
+is negative, then the clock is slowed down in a similar fashion.
+.P
+If a clock adjustment from an earlier
+.BR adjtime ()
+call is already in progress
+at the time of a later
+.BR adjtime ()
+call, and
+.I delta
+is not NULL for the later call, then the earlier adjustment is stopped,
+but any already completed part of that adjustment is not undone.
+.P
+If
+.I olddelta
+is not NULL, then the buffer that it points to is used to return
+the amount of time remaining from any previous adjustment that
+has not yet been completed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR adjtime ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The adjustment in
+.I delta
+is outside the permitted range.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The caller does not have sufficient privilege to adjust the time.
+Under Linux, the
+.B CAP_SYS_TIME
+capability is required.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR adjtime ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, System V.
+.SH NOTES
+The adjustment that
+.BR adjtime ()
+makes to the clock is carried out in such a manner that the clock
+is always monotonically increasing.
+Using
+.BR adjtime ()
+to adjust the time prevents the problems that could be caused for certain
+applications (e.g.,
+.BR make (1))
+by abrupt positive or negative jumps in the system time.
+.P
+.BR adjtime ()
+is intended to be used to make small adjustments to the system time.
+Most systems impose a limit on the adjustment that can be specified in
+.IR delta .
+In the glibc implementation,
+.I delta
+must be less than or equal to (INT_MAX / 1000000 \- 2)
+and greater than or equal to (INT_MIN / 1000000 + 2)
+(respectively 2145 and \-2145 seconds on i386).
+.SH BUGS
+A longstanding bug
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug?id=2449
+.\" http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=6761
+meant that if
+.I delta
+was specified as NULL,
+no valid information about the outstanding clock adjustment was returned in
+.IR olddelta .
+(In this circumstance,
+.BR adjtime ()
+should return the outstanding clock adjustment, without changing it.)
+This bug is fixed
+.\" Thanks to the new adjtimex() ADJ_OFFSET_SS_READ flag
+on systems with glibc 2.8 or later and
+Linux kernel 2.6.26 or later.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR adjtimex (2),
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_cancel.3 b/man/man3/aio_cancel.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ddb301
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_cancel.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_cancel 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_cancel \- cancel an outstanding asynchronous I/O request
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_cancel(int " fd ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_cancel ()
+function attempts to cancel outstanding asynchronous I/O requests
+for the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+If
+.I aiocbp
+is NULL, all such requests are canceled.
+Otherwise, only the request
+described by the control block pointed to by
+.I aiocbp
+is canceled.
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+Normal asynchronous notification occurs for canceled requests (see
+.BR aio (7)
+and
+.BR sigevent (3type)).
+The request return status
+.RB ( aio_return (3))
+is set to \-1, and the request error status
+.RB ( aio_error (3))
+is set to
+.BR ECANCELED .
+The control block of requests that cannot be canceled is not changed.
+.P
+If the request could not be canceled,
+then it will terminate in the usual way after performing the I/O operation.
+(In this case,
+.BR aio_error (3)
+will return the status
+.BR EINPROGRESSS .)
+.P
+If
+.I aiocbp
+is not NULL, and
+.I fd
+differs from the file descriptor with which the asynchronous operation
+was initiated, unspecified results occur.
+.P
+Which operations are cancelable is implementation-defined.
+.\" FreeBSD: not those on raw disk devices.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR aio_cancel ()
+function returns one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B AIO_CANCELED
+All requests were successfully canceled.
+.TP
+.B AIO_NOTCANCELED
+At least one of the
+requests specified was not canceled because it was in progress.
+In this case, one may check the status of individual requests using
+.BR aio_error (3).
+.TP
+.B AIO_ALLDONE
+All requests had already been completed before the call.
+.TP
+\-1
+An error occurred.
+The cause of the error can be found by inspecting
+.IR errno .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_cancel ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_cancel ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR aio (7).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_error.3 b/man/man3/aio_error.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f00e35c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_error.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_error 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_error \- get error status of asynchronous I/O operation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_error(const struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_error ()
+function returns the error status for the asynchronous I/O request
+with control block pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function returns one of the following:
+.TP
+.B EINPROGRESS
+if the request has not been
+completed yet.
+.TP
+.B ECANCELED
+if the request was canceled.
+.TP
+.B 0
+if the request completed successfully.
+.TP
+.RB "> " 0
+A positive error number, if the asynchronous I/O operation failed.
+This is the same value that would have been stored in the
+.I errno
+variable in the case of a synchronous
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR fsync (2),
+or
+.BR fdatasync (2)
+call.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I aiocbp
+does not point at a control block for an asynchronous I/O request
+of which the return status (see
+.BR aio_return (3))
+has not been retrieved yet.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_error ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_error ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR aio (7).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_fsync.3 b/man/man3/aio_fsync.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9f22c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_fsync.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_fsync 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_fsync \- asynchronous file synchronization
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_fsync(int " op ", struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_fsync ()
+function does a sync on all outstanding asynchronous I/O operations
+associated with
+.IR aiocbp\->aio_fildes .
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+More precisely, if
+.I op
+is
+.BR O_SYNC ,
+then all currently queued I/O operations shall be
+completed as if by a call of
+.BR fsync (2),
+and if
+.I op
+is
+.BR O_DSYNC ,
+this call is the asynchronous analog of
+.BR fdatasync (2).
+.P
+Note that this is a request only; it does not wait for I/O completion.
+.P
+Apart from
+.IR aio_fildes ,
+the only field in the structure pointed to by
+.I aiocbp
+that is used by this call is the
+.I aio_sigevent
+field (a
+.I sigevent
+structure, described in
+.BR sigevent (3type)),
+which indicates the desired type of asynchronous notification at completion.
+All other fields are ignored.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success (the sync request was successfully queued)
+this function returns 0.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Out of resources.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I aio_fildes
+is not a valid file descriptor open for writing.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Synchronized I/O is not supported for this file, or
+.I op
+is not
+.B O_SYNC
+or
+.BR O_DSYNC .
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_fsync ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_fsync ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7),
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_init.3 b/man/man3/aio_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67a58cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH aio_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_init \- asynchronous I/O initialization
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "void aio_init(const struct aioinit *" init );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The GNU-specific
+.BR aio_init ()
+function allows the caller to provide tuning hints to the
+glibc POSIX AIO implementation.
+Use of this function is optional, but to be effective,
+it must be called before employing any other functions in the POSIX AIO API.
+.P
+The tuning information is provided in the buffer pointed to by the argument
+.IR init .
+This buffer is a structure of the following form:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct aioinit {
+    int aio_threads;    /* Maximum number of threads */
+    int aio_num;        /* Number of expected simultaneous
+                           requests */
+    int aio_locks;      /* Not used */
+    int aio_usedba;     /* Not used */
+    int aio_debug;      /* Not used */
+    int aio_numusers;   /* Not used */
+    int aio_idle_time;  /* Number of seconds before idle thread
+                           terminates (since glibc 2.2) */
+    int aio_reserved;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The following fields are used in the
+.I aioinit
+structure:
+.TP
+.I aio_threads
+This field specifies the maximum number of worker threads that
+may be used by the implementation.
+If the number of outstanding I/O operations exceeds this limit,
+then excess operations will be queued until a worker thread becomes free.
+If this field is specified with a value less than 1, the value 1 is used.
+The default value is 20.
+.TP
+.I aio_num
+This field should specify the maximum number of simultaneous I/O requests
+that the caller expects to enqueue.
+If a value less than 32 is specified for this field,
+it is rounded up to 32.
+.\" FIXME . But, if aio_num > 32, the behavior looks strange. See
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12083
+The default value is 64.
+.TP
+.I aio_idle_time
+This field specifies the amount of time in seconds that a
+worker thread should wait for further requests before terminating,
+after having completed a previous request.
+The default value is 1.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_read.3 b/man/man3/aio_read.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66d1b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_read.3
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_read 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_read \- asynchronous read
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_read(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_read ()
+function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+This function is the asynchronous analog of
+.BR read (2).
+The arguments of the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+read(fd, buf, count)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+correspond (in order) to the fields
+.IR aio_fildes ,
+.IR aio_buf ,
+and
+.I aio_nbytes
+of the structure pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+The data is read starting at the absolute position
+.IR aiocbp\->aio_offset ,
+regardless of the file offset.
+After the call,
+the value of the file offset is unspecified.
+.P
+The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
+request has been enqueued; the read may or may not have completed
+when the call returns.
+One tests for completion using
+.BR aio_error (3).
+The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained by
+.BR aio_return (3).
+Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
+.I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
+appropriately; see
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for details.
+.P
+If
+.B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
+is defined, and this file supports it,
+then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
+to that of the calling process minus
+.IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
+.P
+The field
+.I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
+is ignored.
+.P
+No data is read from a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, 0 is returned.
+On error, the request is not enqueued, \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If an error is detected only later, it will
+be reported via
+.BR aio_return (3)
+(returns status \-1) and
+.BR aio_error (3)
+(error status\[em]whatever one would have gotten in
+.IR errno ,
+such as
+.BR EBADF ).
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Out of resources.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I aio_fildes
+is not a valid file descriptor open for reading.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+One or more of
+.IR aio_offset ,
+.IR aio_reqprio ,
+or
+.I aio_nbytes
+are invalid.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_read ()
+is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+The file is a regular file, we start reading before end-of-file
+and want at least one byte, but the starting position is past
+the maximum offset for this file.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_read ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+It is a good idea to zero out the control block before use.
+The control block must not be changed while the read operation
+is in progress.
+The buffer area being read into
+.\" or the control block of the operation
+must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
+The memory areas involved must remain valid.
+.P
+Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
+.I aiocb
+structure produce undefined results.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR aio (7).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_return.3 b/man/man3/aio_return.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3bd55f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_return.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_return 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_return \- get return status of asynchronous I/O operation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t aio_return(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_return ()
+function returns the final return status for the asynchronous I/O request
+with control block pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+This function should be called only once for any given request, after
+.BR aio_error (3)
+returns something other than
+.BR EINPROGRESS .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If the asynchronous I/O operation has completed, this function returns
+the value that would have been returned in case of a synchronous
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR fsync (2),
+or
+.BR fdatasync (2),
+call.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+If the asynchronous I/O operation has not yet completed,
+the return value and effect of
+.BR aio_return ()
+are undefined.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I aiocbp
+does not point at a control block for an asynchronous I/O request
+of which the return status has not been retrieved yet.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_return ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_return ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR aio (7).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_suspend.3 b/man/man3/aio_suspend.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a011534
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_suspend.3
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2010 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_suspend 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_suspend \- wait for asynchronous I/O operation or timeout
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.P
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_suspend(const struct aiocb *const " aiocb_list "[], int " nitems ,
+.BI "                const struct timespec *restrict " timeout );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_suspend ()
+function suspends the calling thread until one of the following occurs:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+One or more of the asynchronous I/O requests in the list
+.I aiocb_list
+has completed.
+.IP \[bu]
+A signal is delivered.
+.IP \[bu]
+.I timeout
+is not NULL and the specified time interval has passed.
+(For details of the
+.I timespec
+structure, see
+.BR nanosleep (2).)
+.P
+The
+.I nitems
+argument specifies the number of items in
+.IR aiocb_list .
+Each item in the list pointed to by
+.I aiocb_list
+must be either NULL (and then is ignored),
+or a pointer to a control block on which I/O was initiated using
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+or
+.BR lio_listio (3).
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+If
+.B CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+is supported, this clock is used to measure
+the timeout interval (see
+.BR clock_gettime (2)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If this function returns after completion of one of the I/O
+requests specified in
+.IR aiocb_list ,
+0 is returned.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The call timed out before any of the indicated operations
+had completed.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The call was ended by signal
+(possibly the completion signal of one of the operations we were
+waiting for); see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_suspend ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_suspend ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+POSIX doesn't specify the parameters to be
+.IR restrict ;
+that is specific to glibc.
+.SH NOTES
+One can achieve polling by using a non-NULL
+.I timeout
+that specifies a zero time interval.
+.P
+If one or more of the asynchronous I/O operations specified in
+.I aiocb_list
+has already completed at the time of the call to
+.BR aio_suspend (),
+then the call returns immediately.
+.P
+To determine which I/O operations have completed
+after a successful return from
+.BR aio_suspend (),
+use
+.BR aio_error (3)
+to scan the list of
+.I aiocb
+structures pointed to by
+.IR aiocb_list .
+.SH BUGS
+The glibc implementation of
+.BR aio_suspend ()
+is not async-signal-safe,
+.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13172
+in violation of the requirements of POSIX.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aio_write.3 b/man/man3/aio_write.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..800ff3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aio_write.3
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH aio_write 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+aio_write \- asynchronous write
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int aio_write(struct aiocb *" aiocbp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR aio_write ()
+function queues the I/O request described by the buffer pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+This function is the asynchronous analog of
+.BR write (2).
+The arguments of the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+write(fd, buf, count)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+correspond (in order) to the fields
+.IR aio_fildes ,
+.IR aio_buf ,
+and
+.I aio_nbytes
+of the structure pointed to by
+.IR aiocbp .
+(See
+.BR aio (7)
+for a description of the
+.I aiocb
+structure.)
+.P
+If
+.B O_APPEND
+is not set, the data is written starting at the
+absolute position
+.IR aiocbp\->aio_offset ,
+regardless of the file offset.
+If
+.B O_APPEND
+is set, data is written at the end of the file in the same order as
+.BR aio_write ()
+calls are made.
+After the call, the value of the file offset is unspecified.
+.P
+The "asynchronous" means that this call returns as soon as the
+request has been enqueued; the write may or may not have completed
+when the call returns.
+One tests for completion using
+.BR aio_error (3).
+The return status of a completed I/O operation can be obtained
+.BR aio_return (3).
+Asynchronous notification of I/O completion can be obtained by setting
+.I aiocbp\->aio_sigevent
+appropriately; see
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for details.
+.P
+If
+.B _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
+is defined, and this file supports it,
+then the asynchronous operation is submitted at a priority equal
+to that of the calling process minus
+.IR aiocbp\->aio_reqprio .
+.P
+The field
+.I aiocbp\->aio_lio_opcode
+is ignored.
+.P
+No data is written to a regular file beyond its maximum offset.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, 0 is returned.
+On error, the request is not enqueued, \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If an error is detected only later, it will
+be reported via
+.BR aio_return (3)
+(returns status \-1) and
+.BR aio_error (3)
+(error status\[em]whatever one would have gotten in
+.IR errno ,
+such as
+.BR EBADF ).
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Out of resources.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I aio_fildes
+is not a valid file descriptor open for writing.
+.TP
+.B EFBIG
+The file is a regular file, we want to write at least one byte,
+but the starting position is at or beyond the maximum offset for this file.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+One or more of
+.IR aio_offset ,
+.IR aio_reqprio ,
+.I aio_nbytes
+are invalid.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR aio_write ()
+is not implemented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aio_write ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+It is a good idea to zero out the control block before use.
+The control block must not be changed while the write operation
+is in progress.
+The buffer area being written out
+.\" or the control block of the operation
+must not be accessed during the operation or undefined results may occur.
+The memory areas involved must remain valid.
+.P
+Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
+.I aiocb
+structure produce undefined results.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_read (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/aligned_alloc.3 b/man/man3/aligned_alloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..791d4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/aligned_alloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/alloca.3 b/man/man3/alloca.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..934825f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/alloca.3
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)alloca.3	5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted Mon Nov 29 11:05:55 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:41:56 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-17, aeb
+.\" 2008-01-24, mtk:
+.\"     Various rewrites and additions (notes on longjmp() and SIGSEGV).
+.\"     Weaken warning against use of alloca() (as per Debian bug 461100).
+.\"
+.TH alloca 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+alloca \- allocate memory that is automatically freed
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <alloca.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *alloca(size_t " size );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR alloca ()
+function allocates
+.I size
+bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller.
+This temporary space is
+automatically freed when the function that called
+.BR alloca ()
+returns to its caller.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR alloca ()
+function returns a pointer to the beginning of the allocated space.
+If the allocation causes stack overflow, program behavior is undefined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR alloca ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+PWB, 32V.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR alloca ()
+function is machine- and compiler-dependent.
+Because it allocates from the stack, it's faster than
+.BR malloc (3)
+and
+.BR free (3).
+In certain cases,
+it can also simplify memory deallocation in applications that use
+.BR longjmp (3)
+or
+.BR siglongjmp (3).
+Otherwise, its use is discouraged.
+.P
+Because the space allocated by
+.BR alloca ()
+is allocated within the stack frame,
+that space is automatically freed if the function return
+is jumped over by a call to
+.BR longjmp (3)
+or
+.BR siglongjmp (3).
+.P
+The space allocated by
+.BR alloca ()
+is
+.I not
+automatically deallocated if the pointer that refers to it
+simply goes out of scope.
+.P
+Do not attempt to
+.BR free (3)
+space allocated by
+.BR alloca ()!
+.P
+By necessity,
+.BR alloca ()
+is a compiler built-in, also known as
+.BR __builtin_alloca ().
+By default, modern compilers automatically translate all uses of
+.BR alloca ()
+into the built-in, but this is forbidden if standards conformance is requested
+.RI ( "\-ansi" ,
+.IR "\-std=c*" ),
+in which case
+.I <alloca.h>
+is required, lest a symbol dependency be emitted.
+.P
+The fact that
+.BR alloca ()
+is a built-in means it is impossible to take its address
+or to change its behavior by linking with a different library.
+.P
+Variable length arrays (VLAs) are part of the C99 standard,
+optional since C11, and can be used for a similar purpose.
+However, they do not port to standard C++, and, being variables,
+live in their block scope and don't have an allocator-like interface,
+making them unfit for implementing functionality like
+.BR strdupa (3).
+.SH BUGS
+Due to the nature of the stack, it is impossible to check if the allocation
+would overflow the space available, and, hence, neither is indicating an error.
+(However, the program is likely to receive a
+.B SIGSEGV
+signal if it attempts to access unavailable space.)
+.P
+On many systems
+.BR alloca ()
+cannot be used inside the list of arguments of a function call, because
+the stack space reserved by
+.BR alloca ()
+would appear on the stack in the middle of the space for the
+function arguments.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR brk (2),
+.BR longjmp (3),
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/alphasort.3 b/man/man3/alphasort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e757c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/alphasort.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man/man3/arc4random.3 b/man/man3/arc4random.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44e6674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/arc4random.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2023 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH arc4random 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+arc4random, arc4random_uniform, arc4random_buf
+\- cryptographically-secure pseudorandom number generator
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B uint32_t arc4random(void);
+.BI "uint32_t arc4random_uniform(uint32_t " upper_bound );
+.BI "void arc4random_buf(void " buf [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions give cryptographically-secure pseudorandom numbers.
+.P
+.BR arc4random ()
+returns a uniformly-distributed value.
+.P
+.BR arc4random_uniform ()
+returns a uniformly-distributed value less than
+.I upper_bound
+(see BUGS).
+.P
+.BR arc4random_buf ()
+fills the memory pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+with
+.I n
+bytes of pseudorandom data.
+.P
+The
+.BR rand (3)
+and
+.BR drand48 (3)
+families of functions should only be used where
+the quality of the pseudorandom numbers is not a concern
+.I and
+there's a need for repeatability of the results.
+Unless you meet both of those conditions,
+use the
+.BR arc4random ()
+functions.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR arc4random ()
+returns a pseudorandom number.
+.P
+.BR arc4random_uniform ()
+returns a pseudorandom number less than
+.I upper_bound
+for valid input, or
+.B 0
+when
+.I upper_bound
+is invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR arc4random (),
+.BR arc4random_uniform (),
+.BR arc4random_buf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+OpenBSD 2.1,
+FreeBSD 3.0,
+NetBSD 1.6,
+DragonFly 1.0,
+libbsd,
+glibc 2.36.
+.SH BUGS
+An
+.I upper_bound
+of
+.B 0
+doesn't make sense in a call to
+.BR arc4random_uniform ().
+Such a call will fail, and return
+.BR 0 .
+Be careful,
+since that value is
+.I not
+less than
+.IR upper_bound .
+In some cases,
+such as accessing an array,
+using that value could result in Undefined Behavior.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrandom (3),
+.BR rand (3),
+.BR drand48 (3),
+.BR random (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/arc4random_buf.3 b/man/man3/arc4random_buf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74a34ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/arc4random_buf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/arc4random.3
diff --git a/man/man3/arc4random_uniform.3 b/man/man3/arc4random_uniform.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74a34ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/arc4random_uniform.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/arc4random.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz.3 b/man/man3/argz.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_add.3 b/man/man3/argz_add.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e8f468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_add.3
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
+.\"
+.\" Corrections and additions, aeb
+.TH argz_add 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+argz_add, argz_add_sep, argz_append, argz_count, argz_create,
+argz_create_sep, argz_delete, argz_extract, argz_insert,
+argz_next, argz_replace, argz_stringify \- functions to handle an argz list
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <argz.h>"
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_add(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " str );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_add_sep(char **restrict " argz \
+", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " str ", int " delim );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_append(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " buf ", size_t " buf_len );
+.P
+.BI "size_t argz_count(const char *" argz ", size_t " argz_len );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_create(char *const " argv "[], char **restrict " argz ,
+.BI "                size_t *restrict " argz_len );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_create_sep(const char *restrict " str ", int " sep ,
+.BI "                char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len );
+.P
+.BI "void argz_delete(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                char *restrict " entry );
+.P
+.BI "void argz_extract(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
+.BI "                char **restrict " argv );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_insert(char **restrict " argz ", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                char *restrict " before ", const char *restrict " entry );
+.P
+.BI "char *argz_next(const char *restrict " argz ", size_t " argz_len ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " entry );
+.P
+.BI "error_t argz_replace(char **restrict " argz \
+", size_t *restrict " argz_len ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " with ,
+.BI "                unsigned int *restrict " replace_count );
+.P
+.BI "void argz_stringify(char *" argz ", size_t " len ", int " sep );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are glibc-specific.
+.P
+An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length.
+The intended interpretation of the character buffer is an array
+of strings, where the strings are separated by null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+If the length is nonzero, the last byte of the buffer must be a null byte.
+.P
+These functions are for handling argz vectors.
+The pair (NULL,0) is an argz vector, and, conversely,
+argz vectors of length 0 must have null pointer.
+Allocation of nonempty argz vectors is done using
+.BR malloc (3),
+so that
+.BR free (3)
+can be used to dispose of them again.
+.P
+.BR argz_add ()
+adds the string
+.I str
+at the end of the array
+.IR *argz ,
+and updates
+.I *argz
+and
+.IR *argz_len .
+.P
+.BR argz_add_sep ()
+is similar, but splits the string
+.I str
+into substrings separated by the delimiter
+.IR delim .
+For example, one might use this on a UNIX search path with
+delimiter \[aq]:\[aq].
+.P
+.BR argz_append ()
+appends the argz vector
+.RI ( buf ,\  buf_len )
+after
+.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
+and updates
+.I *argz
+and
+.IR *argz_len .
+(Thus,
+.I *argz_len
+will be increased by
+.IR buf_len .)
+.P
+.BR argz_count ()
+counts the number of strings, that is,
+the number of null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), in
+.RI ( argz ,\  argz_len ).
+.P
+.BR argz_create ()
+converts a UNIX-style argument vector
+.IR argv ,
+terminated by
+.IR "(char\ *)\ 0" ,
+into an argz vector
+.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len ).
+.P
+.BR argz_create_sep ()
+converts the null-terminated string
+.I str
+into an argz vector
+.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
+by breaking it up at every occurrence of the separator
+.IR sep .
+.P
+.BR argz_delete ()
+removes the substring pointed to by
+.I entry
+from the argz vector
+.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
+and updates
+.I *argz
+and
+.IR *argz_len .
+.P
+.BR argz_extract ()
+is the opposite of
+.BR argz_create ().
+It takes the argz vector
+.RI ( argz ,\  argz_len )
+and fills the array starting at
+.I argv
+with pointers to the substrings, and a final NULL,
+making a UNIX-style argv vector.
+The array
+.I argv
+must have room for
+.IR argz_count ( argz ", " argz_len ") + 1"
+pointers.
+.P
+.BR argz_insert ()
+is the opposite of
+.BR argz_delete ().
+It inserts the argument
+.I entry
+at position
+.I before
+into the argz vector
+.RI ( *argz ,\  *argz_len )
+and updates
+.I *argz
+and
+.IR *argz_len .
+If
+.I before
+is NULL, then
+.I entry
+will inserted at the end.
+.P
+.BR argz_next ()
+is a function to step through the argz vector.
+If
+.I entry
+is NULL, the first entry is returned.
+Otherwise, the entry
+following is returned.
+It returns NULL if there is no following entry.
+.P
+.BR argz_replace ()
+replaces each occurrence of
+.I str
+with
+.IR with ,
+reallocating argz as necessary.
+If
+.I replace_count
+is non-NULL,
+.I *replace_count
+will be incremented by the number of replacements.
+.P
+.BR argz_stringify ()
+is the opposite of
+.BR argz_create_sep ().
+It transforms the argz vector into a normal string by replacing
+all null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) except the last by
+.IR sep .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All argz functions that do memory allocation have a return type of
+.I error_t
+(an integer type),
+and return 0 for success, and
+.B ENOMEM
+if an allocation error occurs.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR argz_add (),
+.BR argz_add_sep (),
+.BR argz_append (),
+.BR argz_count (),
+.BR argz_create (),
+.BR argz_create_sep (),
+.BR argz_delete (),
+.BR argz_extract (),
+.BR argz_insert (),
+.BR argz_next (),
+.BR argz_replace (),
+.BR argz_stringify ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH BUGS
+Argz vectors without a terminating null byte may lead to
+Segmentation Faults.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR envz_add (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_add_sep.3 b/man/man3/argz_add_sep.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_add_sep.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_append.3 b/man/man3/argz_append.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_append.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_count.3 b/man/man3/argz_count.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_count.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_create.3 b/man/man3/argz_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_create_sep.3 b/man/man3/argz_create_sep.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_create_sep.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_delete.3 b/man/man3/argz_delete.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_delete.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_extract.3 b/man/man3/argz_extract.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_extract.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_insert.3 b/man/man3/argz_insert.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_insert.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_next.3 b/man/man3/argz_next.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_next.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_replace.3 b/man/man3/argz_replace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_replace.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/argz_stringify.3 b/man/man3/argz_stringify.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25a6e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/argz_stringify.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/argz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asctime.3 b/man/man3/asctime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asctime.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asctime_r.3 b/man/man3/asctime_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asctime_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asin.3 b/man/man3/asin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..132d797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-25 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH asin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+asin, asinf, asinl \- arc sine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double asin(double " x );
+.BI "float asinf(float " x );
+.BI "long double asinl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR asinf (),
+.BR asinl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the principal value of the arc sine of
+.IR x ;
+that is the value whose sine is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc sine of
+.I x
+in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0),
++0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is outside the range [\-1,\ 1],
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is outside the range [\-1,\ 1]
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR asin (),
+.BR asinf (),
+.BR asinl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR casin (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/asinf.3 b/man/man3/asinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c88df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/asin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asinh.3 b/man/man3/asinh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36e1930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asinh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH asinh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+asinh, asinhf, asinhl \- inverse hyperbolic sine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double asinh(double " x );
+.BI "float asinhf(float " x );
+.BI "long double asinhl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR asinh ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR asinhf (),
+.BR asinhl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic sine of
+.IR x ;
+that is the value whose hyperbolic sine is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic sine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR asinh (),
+.BR asinhf (),
+.BR asinhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR casinh (3),
+.BR cosh (3),
+.BR sinh (3),
+.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/asinhf.3 b/man/man3/asinhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93c5034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asinhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/asinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asinhl.3 b/man/man3/asinhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93c5034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asinhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/asinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asinl.3 b/man/man3/asinl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c88df0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asinl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/asin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/asprintf.3 b/man/man3/asprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79d92d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/asprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Text fragments inspired by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>.
+.\"
+.TH asprintf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+asprintf, vasprintf \- print to allocated string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int asprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ", ...);"
+.BI "int vasprintf(char **restrict " strp ", const char *restrict " fmt ,
+.BI "              va_list " ap );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR asprintf ()
+and
+.BR vasprintf ()
+are analogs of
+.BR sprintf (3)
+and
+.BR vsprintf (3),
+except that they allocate a string large enough to hold the output
+including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+and return a pointer to it via the first argument.
+This pointer should be passed to
+.BR free (3)
+to release the allocated storage when it is no longer needed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful, these functions return the number of bytes printed,
+just like
+.BR sprintf (3).
+If memory allocation wasn't possible, or some other error occurs,
+these functions will return \-1, and the contents of
+.I strp
+are undefined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR asprintf (),
+.BR vasprintf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The FreeBSD implementation sets
+.I strp
+to NULL on error.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU, BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR free (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR printf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/assert.3 b/man/man3/assert.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6cc4b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/assert.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:42:42 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:44:11 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+.\" Modified Thu Jun  2 23:44:11 2016 by Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos <nmav@redhat.com>
+.TH assert 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+assert \- abort the program if assertion is false
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <assert.h>
+.P
+.BI "void assert(scalar " expression );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This macro can help programmers find bugs in their programs,
+or handle exceptional cases
+via a crash that will produce limited debugging output.
+.P
+If
+.I expression
+is false (i.e., compares equal to zero),
+.BR assert ()
+prints an error message to standard error
+and terminates the program by calling
+.BR abort (3).
+The error message includes the name of the file and function containing the
+.BR assert ()
+call, the source code line number of the call, and the text of the argument;
+something like:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+prog: some_file.c:16: some_func: Assertion \`val == 0\[aq] failed.
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If the macro
+.B NDEBUG
+is defined at the moment
+.I <assert.h>
+was last included, the macro
+.BR assert ()
+generates no code, and hence does nothing at all.
+It is not recommended to define
+.B NDEBUG
+if using
+.BR assert ()
+to detect error conditions since the software
+may behave non-deterministically.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+No value is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR assert ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+In C89,
+.I expression
+is required to be of type
+.I int
+and undefined behavior results if it is not, but in C99
+it may have any scalar type.
+.\" See Defect Report 107 for more details.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR assert ()
+is implemented as a macro; if the expression tested has side-effects,
+program behavior will be different depending on whether
+.B NDEBUG
+is defined.
+This may create Heisenbugs which go away when debugging
+is turned on.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR abort (3),
+.BR assert_perror (3),
+.BR exit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/assert_perror.3 b/man/man3/assert_perror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2fcb59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/assert_perror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+.\"
+.TH assert_perror 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+assert_perror \- test errnum and abort
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <assert.h>
+.P
+.BI "void assert_perror(int " errnum );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If the macro
+.B NDEBUG
+was defined at the moment
+.I <assert.h>
+was last included, the macro
+.BR assert_perror ()
+generates no code, and hence does nothing at all.
+Otherwise, the macro
+.BR assert_perror ()
+prints an error message to standard error and terminates the program
+by calling
+.BR abort (3)
+if
+.I errnum
+is nonzero.
+The message contains the filename, function name and
+line number of the macro call, and the output of
+.IR strerror(errnum) .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+No value is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR assert_perror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH BUGS
+The purpose of the assert macros is to help programmers find bugs in
+their programs, things that cannot happen unless there was a coding mistake.
+However, with system or library calls the situation is rather different,
+and error returns can happen, and will happen, and should be tested for.
+Not by an assert, where the test goes away when
+.B NDEBUG
+is defined,
+but by proper error handling code.
+Never use this macro.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR abort (3),
+.BR assert (3),
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atan.3 b/man/man3/atan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5b101e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH atan 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atan, atanf, atanl \- arc tangent function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double atan(double " x );
+.BI "float atanf(float " x );
+.BI "long double atanl(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR atanf (),
+.BR atanl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the principal value of the arc tangent of
+.IR x ;
+that is the value whose tangent is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
+.I x
+in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi/2,\ pi/2].
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0),
++0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity), +pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atan (),
+.BR atanf (),
+.BR atanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR carg (3),
+.BR catan (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atan2.3 b/man/man3/atan2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d51c4db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atan2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH atan2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atan2, atan2f, atan2l \- arc tangent function of two variables
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double atan2(double " y ", double " x );
+.BI "float atan2f(float " y ", float " x );
+.BI "long double atan2l(long double " y ", long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR atan2f (),
+.BR atan2l ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the principal value of the arc tangent of
+.IR y/x ,
+using the signs of the two arguments to determine
+the quadrant of the result.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the principal value of the arc tangent of
+.I y/x
+in radians; the return value is in the range [\-pi,\ pi].
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is +0 (\-0) and
+.I x
+is less than 0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is +0 (\-0) and
+.I x
+is greater than 0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is less than 0 and
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0, \-pi/2 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is greater than 0 and
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0, pi/2 is returned.
+.P
+.\" POSIX.1 says:
+.\" If
+.\" .I x
+.\" is 0, a pole error shall not occur.
+.\"
+If either
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+.\" POSIX.1 says:
+.\" If the result underflows, a range error may occur and
+.\" .I y/x
+.\" should be returned.
+.\"
+If
+.I y
+is +0 (\-0) and
+.I x
+is \-0, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is +0 (\-0) and
+.I x
+is +0, +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
+.I x
+is negative infinity, +pi (\-pi) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is a finite value greater (less) than 0, and
+.I x
+is positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is positive infinity (negative infinity), and
+.I x
+is finite,
+pi/2 (\-pi/2) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
+.I x
+is negative infinity, +3*pi/4 (\-3*pi/4) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is positive infinity (negative infinity) and
+.I x
+is positive infinity, +pi/4 (\-pi/4) is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1 says:
+.\" If both arguments are 0, a domain error shall not occur.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.\" POSIX.1 documents an optional underflow error
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atan2 (),
+.BR atan2f (),
+.BR atan2l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR carg (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atan2f.3 b/man/man3/atan2f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e445b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atan2f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atan2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atan2l.3 b/man/man3/atan2l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e445b12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atan2l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atan2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atanf.3 b/man/man3/atanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..784b32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atanh.3 b/man/man3/atanh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf36b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atanh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH atanh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atanh, atanhf, atanhl \- inverse hyperbolic tangent function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double atanh(double " x );
+.BI "float atanhf(float " x );
+.BI "long double atanhl(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR atanh ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR atanhf (),
+.BR atanhl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR x ;
+that is the value whose hyperbolic tangent is
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +1 or \-1,
+a pole error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
+.P
+If the absolute value of
+.I x
+is greater than 1,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-1 or greater than +1
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is +1 or \-1
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atanh (),
+.BR atanhf (),
+.BR atanhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
+.\" Bug: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6759
+.\" This can be seen in sysdeps/ieee754/k_standard.c
+when a pole error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+instead of the POSIX-mandated
+.BR ERANGE .
+Since glibc 2.10, glibc does the right thing.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR catanh (3),
+.BR cosh (3),
+.BR sinh (3),
+.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atanhf.3 b/man/man3/atanhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225a339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atanhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atanhl.3 b/man/man3/atanhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225a339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atanhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atanl.3 b/man/man3/atanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..784b32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atexit.3 b/man/man3/atexit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15ada04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atexit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2003-10-25, Walter Harms
+.\"
+.TH atexit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atexit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int atexit(void (*" function )(void));
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR atexit ()
+function registers the given
+.I function
+to be
+called at normal process termination, either via
+.BR exit (3)
+or via return from the program's
+.IR main ().
+Functions so registered are called in
+the reverse order of their registration; no arguments are passed.
+.P
+The same function may be registered multiple times:
+it is called once for each registration.
+.P
+POSIX.1 requires that an implementation allow at least
+.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+.B ATEXIT_MAX
+(32) such functions to be registered.
+The actual limit supported by an implementation can be obtained using
+.BR sysconf (3).
+.P
+When a child process is created via
+.BR fork (2),
+it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
+Upon a successful call to one of the
+.BR exec (3)
+functions,
+all registrations are removed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR atexit ()
+function returns the value 0 if successful; otherwise
+it returns a nonzero value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atexit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX.1 says that the result of calling
+.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+.BR exit (3)
+more than once (i.e., calling
+.BR exit (3)
+within a function registered using
+.BR atexit ())
+is undefined.
+On some systems (but not Linux), this can result in an infinite recursion;
+.\" This can happen on OpenBSD 4.2 for example, and is documented
+.\" as occurring on FreeBSD as well.
+.\" glibc does "the Right Thing" -- invocation of the remaining
+.\" exit handlers carries on as normal.
+portable programs should not invoke
+.BR exit (3)
+inside a function registered using
+.BR atexit ().
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+Functions registered using
+.BR atexit ()
+(and
+.BR on_exit (3))
+are not called if a process terminates abnormally because
+of the delivery of a signal.
+.P
+If one of the registered functions calls
+.BR _exit (2),
+then any remaining functions are not invoked,
+and the other process termination steps performed by
+.BR exit (3)
+are not performed.
+.P
+The
+.BR atexit ()
+and
+.BR on_exit (3)
+functions register functions on the same list:
+at normal process termination,
+the registered functions are invoked in reverse order
+of their registration by these two functions.
+.P
+According to POSIX.1, the result is undefined if
+.BR longjmp (3)
+is used to terminate execution of one of the functions registered using
+.BR atexit ().
+.\" In glibc, things seem to be handled okay
+.SS Linux notes
+Since glibc 2.2.3,
+.BR atexit ()
+(and
+.BR on_exit (3))
+can be used within a shared library to establish functions
+that are called when the shared library is unloaded.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (atexit.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+void
+bye(void)
+{
+    printf("That was all, folks\en");
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    long a;
+    int i;
+\&
+    a = sysconf(_SC_ATEXIT_MAX);
+    printf("ATEXIT_MAX = %ld\en", a);
+\&
+    i = atexit(bye);
+    if (i != 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "cannot set exit function\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR _exit (2),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR on_exit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atof.3 b/man/man3/atof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a626b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atof.3
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:39:24 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:39:22 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH atof 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atof \- convert a string to a double
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "double atof(const char *" nptr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR atof ()
+function converts the initial portion of the string
+pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
+.IR double .
+The behavior is the same as
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strtod(nptr, NULL);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+except that
+.BR atof ()
+does not detect errors.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The converted value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atof ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atoi (3),
+.BR atol (3),
+.BR strfromd (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atoi.3 b/man/man3/atoi.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3df2e6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atoi.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:39:41 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:38:42 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sun Dec 17 18:35:06 2000, Joseph S. Myers
+.\"
+.TH atoi 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+atoi, atol, atoll \- convert a string to an integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int atoi(const char *" nptr );
+.BI "long atol(const char *" nptr );
+.BI "long long atoll(const char *" nptr );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR atoll ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR atoi ()
+function converts the initial portion of the string
+pointed to by \fInptr\fP to
+.IR int .
+The behavior is the same as
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strtol(nptr, NULL, 10);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+except that
+.BR atoi ()
+does not detect errors.
+.P
+The
+.BR atol ()
+and
+.BR atoll ()
+functions behave the same as
+.BR atoi (),
+except that they convert the initial portion of the
+string to their return type of \fIlong\fP or \fIlong long\fP.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The converted value or 0 on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR atoi (),
+.BR atol (),
+.BR atoll ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX.1 leaves the return value of
+.BR atoi ()
+on error unspecified.
+On glibc, musl libc, and uClibc, 0 is returned on error.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+C89 and
+POSIX.1-1996 include the functions
+.BR atoi ()
+and
+.BR atol ()
+only.
+.\" .SH NOTES
+.\" Linux libc provided
+.\" .BR atoq ()
+.\" as an obsolete name for
+.\" .BR atoll ();
+.\" .BR atoq ()
+.\" is not provided by glibc.
+.\" The
+.\" .BR atoll ()
+.\" function is present since glibc 2.0.2, but
+.\" not in libc4 or libc5.
+.SH BUGS
+.I errno
+is not set on error so there is no way to distinguish between 0 as an
+error and as the converted value.
+No checks for overflow or underflow are done.
+Only base-10 input can be converted.
+It is recommended to instead use the
+.BR strtol ()
+and
+.BR strtoul ()
+family of functions in new programs.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atof (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/atol.3 b/man/man3/atol.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f084f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atol.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atoll.3 b/man/man3/atoll.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f084f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atoll.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man/man3/atoq.3 b/man/man3/atoq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f084f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/atoq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/atoi.3
diff --git a/man/man3/auth_destroy.3 b/man/man3/auth_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/auth_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/authnone_create.3 b/man/man3/authnone_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/authnone_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/authunix_create.3 b/man/man3/authunix_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/authunix_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/authunix_create_default.3 b/man/man3/authunix_create_default.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/authunix_create_default.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/backtrace.3 b/man/man3/backtrace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04762c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/backtrace.3
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" drawing on material by Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" References:
+.\"   glibc manual and source
+.TH backtrace 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+backtrace, backtrace_symbols, backtrace_symbols_fd \- support
+for application self-debugging
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <execinfo.h>
+.P
+.BI "int backtrace(void *" buffer [. size "], int " size );
+.P
+.BI "char **backtrace_symbols(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size );
+.BI "void backtrace_symbols_fd(void *const " buffer [. size "], int " size ", \
+int " fd );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR backtrace ()
+returns a backtrace for the calling program,
+in the array pointed to by
+.IR buffer .
+A backtrace is the series of currently active function calls for
+the program.
+Each item in the array pointed to by
+.I buffer
+is of type
+.IR "void\ *" ,
+and is the return address from
+the corresponding stack frame.
+The
+.I size
+argument specifies the maximum number of addresses
+that can be stored in
+.IR buffer .
+If the backtrace is larger than
+.IR size ,
+then the addresses corresponding to the
+.I size
+most recent function calls are returned;
+to obtain the complete backtrace, make sure that
+.I buffer
+and
+.I size
+are large enough.
+.P
+Given the set of addresses returned by
+.BR backtrace ()
+in
+.IR buffer ,
+.BR backtrace_symbols ()
+translates the addresses into an array of strings that describe
+the addresses symbolically.
+The
+.I size
+argument specifies the number of addresses in
+.IR buffer .
+The symbolic representation of each address consists of the function name
+(if this can be determined), a hexadecimal offset into the function,
+and the actual return address (in hexadecimal).
+The address of the array of string pointers is returned
+as the function result of
+.BR backtrace_symbols ().
+This array is
+.BR malloc (3)ed
+by
+.BR backtrace_symbols (),
+and must be freed by the caller.
+(The strings pointed to by the array of pointers
+need not and should not be freed.)
+.P
+.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
+takes the same
+.I buffer
+and
+.I size
+arguments as
+.BR backtrace_symbols (),
+but instead of returning an array of strings to the caller,
+it writes the strings, one per line, to the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
+does not call
+.BR malloc (3),
+and so can be employed in situations where the latter function might
+fail, but see NOTES.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR backtrace ()
+returns the number of addresses returned in
+.IR buffer ,
+which is not greater than
+.IR size .
+If the return value is less than
+.IR size ,
+then the full backtrace was stored; if it is equal to
+.IR size ,
+then it may have been truncated, in which case the addresses of the
+oldest stack frames are not returned.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR backtrace_symbols ()
+returns a pointer to the array
+.BR malloc (3)ed
+by the call;
+on error, NULL is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR backtrace (),
+.BR backtrace_symbols (),
+.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions make some assumptions about how a function's return
+address is stored on the stack.
+Note the following:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+Omission of the frame pointers (as
+implied by any of
+.BR gcc (1)'s
+nonzero optimization levels) may cause these assumptions to be
+violated.
+.IP \[bu]
+Inlined functions do not have stack frames.
+.IP \[bu]
+Tail-call optimization causes one stack frame to replace another.
+.IP \[bu]
+.BR backtrace ()
+and
+.BR backtrace_symbols_fd ()
+don't call
+.BR malloc ()
+explicitly, but they are part of
+.IR libgcc ,
+which gets loaded dynamically when first used.
+Dynamic loading usually triggers a call to
+.BR malloc (3).
+If you need certain calls to these two functions to not allocate memory
+(in signal handlers, for example), you need to make sure
+.I libgcc
+is loaded beforehand.
+.P
+The symbol names may be unavailable without the use of special linker
+options.
+For systems using the GNU linker, it is necessary to use the
+.I \-rdynamic
+linker option.
+Note that names of "static" functions are not exposed,
+and won't be available in the backtrace.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR backtrace ()
+and
+.BR backtrace_symbols ().
+The following shell session shows what we might see when running the
+program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " cc \-rdynamic prog.c \-o prog"
+.RB "$" " ./prog 3"
+backtrace() returned 8 addresses
+\&./prog(myfunc3+0x5c) [0x80487f0]
+\&./prog [0x8048871]
+\&./prog(myfunc+0x21) [0x8048894]
+\&./prog(myfunc+0x1a) [0x804888d]
+\&./prog(myfunc+0x1a) [0x804888d]
+\&./prog(main+0x65) [0x80488fb]
+\&/lib/libc.so.6(__libc_start_main+0xdc) [0xb7e38f9c]
+\&./prog [0x8048711]
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (backtrace.c)
+.EX
+#include <execinfo.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define BT_BUF_SIZE 100
+\&
+void
+myfunc3(void)
+{
+    int nptrs;
+    void *buffer[BT_BUF_SIZE];
+    char **strings;
+\&
+    nptrs = backtrace(buffer, BT_BUF_SIZE);
+    printf("backtrace() returned %d addresses\en", nptrs);
+\&
+    /* The call backtrace_symbols_fd(buffer, nptrs, STDOUT_FILENO)
+       would produce similar output to the following: */
+\&
+    strings = backtrace_symbols(buffer, nptrs);
+    if (strings == NULL) {
+        perror("backtrace_symbols");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < nptrs; j++)
+        printf("%s\en", strings[j]);
+\&
+    free(strings);
+}
+\&
+static void   /* "static" means don\[aq]t export the symbol... */
+myfunc2(void)
+{
+    myfunc3();
+}
+\&
+void
+myfunc(int ncalls)
+{
+    if (ncalls > 1)
+        myfunc(ncalls \- 1);
+    else
+        myfunc2();
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s num\-calls\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    myfunc(atoi(argv[1]));
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR addr2line (1),
+.BR gcc (1),
+.BR gdb (1),
+.BR ld (1),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/backtrace_symbols.3 b/man/man3/backtrace_symbols.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..936a6b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/backtrace_symbols.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/backtrace.3
diff --git a/man/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3 b/man/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..936a6b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/backtrace_symbols_fd.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/backtrace.3
diff --git a/man/man3/basename.3 b/man/man3/basename.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d1e7fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/basename.3
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Created, 14 Dec 2000 by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.TH basename 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+basename, dirname \- parse pathname components
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <libgen.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *dirname(char *" path );
+.BI "char *basename(char *" path );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Warning: there are two different functions
+.BR basename ();
+see below.
+.P
+The functions
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+break a null-terminated pathname string into directory
+and filename components.
+In the usual case,
+.BR dirname ()
+returns the string up to, but not including, the final \[aq]/\[aq], and
+.BR basename ()
+returns the component following the final \[aq]/\[aq].
+Trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters are not counted as part of the pathname.
+.P
+If
+.I path
+does not contain a slash,
+.BR dirname ()
+returns the string "." while
+.BR basename ()
+returns a copy of
+.IR path .
+If
+.I path
+is the string "/", then both
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+return the string "/".
+If
+.I path
+is a null pointer or points to an empty string, then both
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+return the string ".".
+.P
+Concatenating the string returned by
+.BR dirname (),
+a "/", and the string returned by
+.BR basename ()
+yields a complete pathname.
+.P
+Both
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+may modify the contents of
+.IR path ,
+so it may be desirable to pass a copy when calling one of
+these functions.
+.P
+These functions may return pointers to statically allocated memory
+which may be overwritten by subsequent calls.
+Alternatively, they may return a pointer to some part of
+.IR path ,
+so that the string referred to by
+.I path
+should not be modified or freed until the pointer returned by
+the function is no longer required.
+.P
+The following list of examples (taken from SUSv2)
+shows the strings returned by
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+for different paths:
+.RS
+.TS
+lb lb lb
+l l l l.
+path    	dirname	basename
+/usr/lib	/usr	lib
+/usr/   	/	usr
+usr     	.	usr
+/       	/	/
+\&.       	.	.
+\&..      	.	..
+.TE
+.RE
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Both
+.BR dirname ()
+and
+.BR basename ()
+return pointers to null-terminated strings.
+(Do not pass these pointers to
+.BR free (3).)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR basename (),
+.BR dirname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+There are two different versions of
+.BR basename ()
+- the POSIX version described above, and the GNU version, which one gets
+after
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BR "    #define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B "    #include <string.h>"
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The GNU version never modifies its argument, and returns the
+empty string when
+.I path
+has a trailing slash, and in particular also when it is "/".
+There is no GNU version of
+.BR dirname ().
+.P
+With glibc, one gets the POSIX version of
+.BR basename ()
+when
+.I <libgen.h>
+is included, and the GNU version otherwise.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+In the glibc implementation,
+the POSIX versions of these functions modify the
+.I path
+argument, and segfault when called with a static string
+such as "/usr/".
+.P
+Before glibc 2.2.1, the glibc version of
+.BR dirname ()
+did not correctly handle pathnames with trailing \[aq]/\[aq] characters,
+and generated a segfault if given a NULL argument.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code snippet demonstrates the use of
+.BR basename ()
+and
+.BR dirname ():
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *dirc, *basec, *bname, *dname;
+char *path = "/etc/passwd";
+\&
+dirc = strdup(path);
+basec = strdup(path);
+dname = dirname(dirc);
+bname = basename(basec);
+printf("dirname=%s, basename=%s\en", dname, bname);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR basename (1),
+.BR dirname (1)
diff --git a/man/man3/bcmp.3 b/man/man3/bcmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c509de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bcmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH bcmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bcmp \- compare byte sequences
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR bcmp ()
+is identical to
+.BR memcmp (3);
+use the latter instead.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001;
+removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/bcopy.3 b/man/man3/bcopy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5688b6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bcopy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sun Feb 26 14:52:00 1995 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 23:48:10 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+.\" "
+.TH bcopy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bcopy \- copy byte sequence
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR bcopy ()
+function copies
+.I n
+bytes from
+.I src
+to
+.IR dest .
+The result is correct, even when both areas overlap.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+None.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR bcopy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+.P
+Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001: use
+.BR memcpy (3)
+or
+.BR memmove (3)
+in new programs.
+Note that the first two arguments
+are interchanged for
+.BR memcpy (3)
+and
+.BR memmove (3).
+POSIX.1-2008 removes the specification of
+.BR bcopy ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR memccpy (3),
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/be16toh.3 b/man/man3/be16toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/be16toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/be32toh.3 b/man/man3/be32toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/be32toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/be64toh.3 b/man/man3/be64toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/be64toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/bindresvport.3 b/man/man3/bindresvport.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1eef397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bindresvport.3
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2007, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2007-05-31, mtk: Rewrite and substantial additional text.
+.\" 2008-12-03, mtk: Rewrote some pieces and fixed some errors
+.\"
+.TH bindresvport 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bindresvport \- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <netinet/in.h>
+.P
+.BI "int bindresvport(int " sockfd ", struct sockaddr_in *" sin );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR bindresvport ()
+is used to bind the socket referred to by the
+file descriptor
+.I sockfd
+to a privileged anonymous IP port,
+that is, a port number arbitrarily selected from the range 512 to 1023.
+.\" glibc actually starts searching with a port # in the range 600 to 1023
+.P
+If the
+.BR bind (2)
+performed by
+.BR bindresvport ()
+is successful, and
+.I sin
+is not NULL, then
+.I sin\->sin_port
+returns the port number actually allocated.
+.P
+.I sin
+can be NULL, in which case
+.I sin\->sin_family
+is implicitly taken to be
+.BR AF_INET .
+However, in this case,
+.BR bindresvport ()
+has no way to return the port number actually allocated.
+(This information can later be obtained using
+.BR getsockname (2).)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR bindresvport ()
+returns 0 on success; otherwise \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR bindresvport ()
+can fail for any of the same reasons as
+.BR bind (2).
+In addition, the following errors may occur:
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The calling process was not privileged
+(on Linux: the calling process did not have the
+.B CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
+capability in the user namespace governing its network namespace).
+.TP
+.B EADDRINUSE
+All privileged ports are in use.
+.TP
+.BR EAFNOSUPPORT " (" EPFNOSUPPORT " in glibc 2.7 and earlier)"
+.I sin
+is not NULL and
+.I sin\->sin_family
+is not
+.BR AF_INET .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR bindresvport ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+glibc\ >=\ 2.17: MT-Safe;
+.\" commit f6da27e53695ad1cc0e2a9490358decbbfdff5e5
+glibc\ <\ 2.17: MT-Unsafe
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+The
+.BR bindresvport ()
+function uses a static variable that was not protected by a lock
+before glibc 2.17, rendering the function MT-Unsafe.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Present on the BSDs, Solaris, and many other systems.
+.SH NOTES
+Unlike some
+.BR bindresvport ()
+implementations,
+the glibc implementation ignores any value that the caller supplies in
+.IR sin\->sin_port .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bind (2),
+.BR getsockname (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/bsd_signal.3 b/man/man3/bsd_signal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..183ab2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bsd_signal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH bsd_signal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bsd_signal \- signal handling with BSD semantics
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
+.P
+.BI "sighandler_t bsd_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR bsd_signal ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.26:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+            && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
+    glibc 2.25 and earlier:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
+.BR signal (2).
+.P
+The difference between the two is that
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+is guaranteed to provide reliable signal semantics, that is:
+a) the disposition of the signal is not reset to the default
+when the handler is invoked;
+b) delivery of further instances of the signal is blocked while
+the signal handler is executing; and
+c) if the handler interrupts a blocking system call,
+then the system call is automatically restarted.
+A portable application cannot rely on
+.BR signal (2)
+to provide these guarantees.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+function returns the previous value of the signal handler, or
+.B SIG_ERR
+on error.
+.SH ERRORS
+As for
+.BR signal (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Use of
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+should be avoided; use
+.BR sigaction (2)
+instead.
+.P
+On modern Linux systems,
+.BR bsd_signal ()
+and
+.BR signal (2)
+are equivalent.
+But on older systems,
+.BR signal (2)
+provided unreliable signal semantics; see
+.BR signal (2)
+for details.
+.P
+The use of
+.I sighandler_t
+is a GNU extension;
+this type is defined only if the
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.2BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
+recommending the use of
+.BR sigaction (2)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR sysv_signal (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/bsearch.3 b/man/man3/bsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e6bff4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Mon Mar 29 22:41:16 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:35:16 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH bsearch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bsearch \- binary search of a sorted array
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *bsearch(const void " key [. size "], \
+const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
+.BI "              size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size ,
+.BI "              int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
+const void [." size ]));
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR bsearch ()
+function searches an array of
+.I nmemb
+objects,
+the initial member of which is pointed to by
+.IR base ,
+for a member
+that matches the object pointed to by
+.IR key .
+The size of each member
+of the array is specified by
+.IR size .
+.P
+The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
+to the comparison function referenced by
+.IR compar .
+The
+.I compar
+routine is expected to have two arguments which point to the
+.I key
+object and to an array member, in that order, and should return an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
+.I key
+object is found,
+respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than the array
+member.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR bsearch ()
+function returns a pointer to a matching member of the
+array, or NULL if no match is found.
+If there are multiple elements that
+match the key, the element returned is unspecified.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR bsearch ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The example below first sorts an array of structures using
+.BR qsort (3),
+then retrieves desired elements using
+.BR bsearch ().
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (bsearch.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr)  (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
+\&
+struct mi {
+    int         nr;
+    const char  *name;
+};
+\&
+static struct mi  months[] = {
+    { 1, "jan" }, { 2, "feb" }, { 3, "mar" }, { 4, "apr" },
+    { 5, "may" }, { 6, "jun" }, { 7, "jul" }, { 8, "aug" },
+    { 9, "sep" }, {10, "oct" }, {11, "nov" }, {12, "dec" }
+};
+\&
+static int
+compmi(const void *m1, const void *m2)
+{
+    const struct mi *mi1 = m1;
+    const struct mi *mi2 = m2;
+\&
+    return strcmp(mi1\->name, mi2\->name);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    qsort(months, ARRAY_SIZE(months), sizeof(months[0]), compmi);
+    for (size_t i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
+        struct mi key;
+        struct mi *res;
+\&
+        key.name = argv[i];
+        res = bsearch(&key, months, ARRAY_SIZE(months),
+                      sizeof(months[0]), compmi);
+        if (res == NULL)
+            printf("\[aq]%s\[aq]: unknown month\en", argv[i]);
+        else
+            printf("%s: month #%d\en", res\->name, res\->nr);
+    }
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR hsearch (3),
+.BR lsearch (3),
+.BR qsort (3),
+.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/bstring.3 b/man/man3/bstring.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f05757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bstring.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-04-12, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-01-20, Walter Harms
+.TH bstring 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bcmp, bcopy, bzero, memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memfrob, memmem,
+memmove, memset \- byte string operations
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "int bcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void bcopy(const void " src [. n "], void " dest [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memccpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], int " c ", \
+size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memcpy(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
+.BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen );
+.P
+.BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The byte string functions perform operations on strings (byte arrays)
+that are not necessarily null-terminated.
+See the individual man pages
+for descriptions of each function.
+.SH NOTES
+The functions
+.BR bcmp ()
+and
+.BR bcopy ()
+are obsolete.
+Use
+.BR memcmp ()
+and
+.BR memmove ()
+instead.
+.\" The old functions are not even available on some non-GNU/Linux systems.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bcmp (3),
+.BR bcopy (3),
+.BR bzero (3),
+.BR memccpy (3),
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR memfrob (3),
+.BR memmem (3),
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR memset (3),
+.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/bswap.3 b/man/man3/bswap.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e4808f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bswap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH bswap 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bswap_16, bswap_32, bswap_64 \- reverse order of bytes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <byteswap.h>
+.P
+.BI "uint16_t bswap_16(uint16_t " x );
+.BI "uint32_t bswap_32(uint32_t " x );
+.BI "uint64_t bswap_64(uint64_t " x );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a value in which the order of the bytes
+in their 2-, 4-, or 8-byte arguments is reversed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the value of their argument with the bytes reversed.
+.SH ERRORS
+These functions always succeed.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below swaps the bytes of the 8-byte integer supplied as
+its command-line argument.
+The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 0x0123456789abcdef\fP
+0x123456789abcdef ==> 0xefcdab8967452301
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (bswap.c)
+.EX
+#include <byteswap.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    uint64_t x;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <num>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    x = strtoull(argv[1], NULL, 0);
+    printf("%#" PRIx64 " ==> %#" PRIx64 "\en", x, bswap_64(x));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR byteorder (3),
+.BR endian (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/bswap_16.3 b/man/man3/bswap_16.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15a89ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bswap_16.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man/man3/bswap_32.3 b/man/man3/bswap_32.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15a89ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bswap_32.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man/man3/bswap_64.3 b/man/man3/bswap_64.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15a89ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bswap_64.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/bswap.3
diff --git a/man/man3/btowc.3 b/man/man3/btowc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518211a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/btowc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH btowc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+btowc \- convert single byte to wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t btowc(int " c );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR btowc ()
+function converts \fIc\fP,
+interpreted as a multibyte sequence
+of length 1, starting in the initial shift state, to a wide character and
+returns it.
+If \fIc\fP is
+.B EOF
+or not a valid multibyte sequence of length 1,
+the
+.BR btowc ()
+function returns
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR btowc ()
+function returns the wide character
+converted from the single byte \fIc\fP.
+If \fIc\fP is
+.B EOF
+or not a valid multibyte sequence of length 1,
+it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR btowc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR btowc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+This function should never be used.
+It does not work for encodings which have
+state, and unnecessarily treats single bytes differently from multibyte
+sequences.
+Use either
+.BR mbtowc (3)
+or the thread-safe
+.BR mbrtowc (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbrtowc (3),
+.BR mbtowc (3),
+.BR wctob (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/btree.3 b/man/man3/btree.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4919008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/btree.3
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)btree.3	8.4 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
+.\"
+.TH btree 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.\".UC 7
+.SH NAME
+btree \- btree database access method
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <db.h>
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Note well" :
+This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
+Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
+.I libdb
+library instead.
+.P
+The routine
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is the library interface to database files.
+One of the supported file formats is btree files.
+The general description of the database access methods is in
+.BR dbopen (3),
+this manual page describes only the btree-specific information.
+.P
+The btree data structure is a sorted, balanced tree structure storing
+associated key/data pairs.
+.P
+The btree access-method-specific data structure provided to
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned long flags;
+    unsigned int  cachesize;
+    int           maxkeypage;
+    int           minkeypage;
+    unsigned int  psize;
+    int         (*compare)(const DBT *key1, const DBT *key2);
+    size_t      (*prefix)(const DBT *key1, const DBT *key2);
+    int           lorder;
+} BTREEINFO;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The elements of this structure are as follows:
+.TP
+.I flags
+The flag value is specified by ORing any of the following values:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_DUP
+Permit duplicate keys in the tree, that is,
+permit insertion if the key to be
+inserted already exists in the tree.
+The default behavior, as described in
+.BR dbopen (3),
+is to overwrite a matching key when inserting a new key or to fail if
+the
+.B R_NOOVERWRITE
+flag is specified.
+The
+.B R_DUP
+flag is overridden by the
+.B R_NOOVERWRITE
+flag, and if the
+.B R_NOOVERWRITE
+flag is specified, attempts to insert duplicate keys into
+the tree will fail.
+.IP
+If the database contains duplicate keys, the order of retrieval of
+key/data pairs is undefined if the
+.I get
+routine is used, however,
+.I seq
+routine calls with the
+.B R_CURSOR
+flag set will always return the logical
+"first" of any group of duplicate keys.
+.RE
+.TP
+.I cachesize
+A suggested maximum size (in bytes) of the memory cache.
+This value is
+.I only
+advisory, and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
+Since every search examines the root page of the tree, caching the most
+recently used pages substantially improves access time.
+In addition, physical writes are delayed as long as possible, so a moderate
+cache can reduce the number of I/O operations significantly.
+Obviously, using a cache increases (but only increases) the likelihood of
+corruption or lost data if the system crashes while a tree is being modified.
+If
+.I cachesize
+is 0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used.
+.TP
+.I maxkeypage
+The maximum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
+Not currently implemented.
+.\" The maximum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
+.\" Because of the way the btree data structure works,
+.\" .I maxkeypage
+.\" must always be greater than or equal to 2.
+.\" If
+.\" .I maxkeypage
+.\" is 0 (no maximum number of keys is specified), the page fill factor is
+.\" made as large as possible (which is almost invariably what is wanted).
+.TP
+.I minkeypage
+The minimum number of keys which will be stored on any single page.
+This value is used to determine which keys will be stored on overflow
+pages, that is, if a key or data item is longer than the pagesize divided
+by the minkeypage value, it will be stored on overflow pages instead
+of in the page itself.
+If
+.I minkeypage
+is 0 (no minimum number of keys is specified), a value of 2 is used.
+.TP
+.I psize
+Page size is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in the tree.
+The minimum page size is 512 bytes and the maximum page size is 64\ KiB.
+If
+.I psize
+is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the
+underlying filesystem I/O block size.
+.TP
+.I compare
+Compare is the key comparison function.
+It must return an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the
+first key argument is considered to be respectively less than, equal to,
+or greater than the second key argument.
+The same comparison function must be used on a given tree every time it
+is opened.
+If
+.I compare
+is NULL (no comparison function is specified), the keys are compared
+lexically, with shorter keys considered less than longer keys.
+.TP
+.I prefix
+Prefix is the prefix comparison function.
+If specified, this routine must return the number of bytes of the second key
+argument which are necessary to determine that it is greater than the first
+key argument.
+If the keys are equal, the key length should be returned.
+Note, the usefulness of this routine is very data-dependent, but, in some
+data sets can produce significantly reduced tree sizes and search times.
+If
+.I prefix
+is NULL (no prefix function is specified),
+.I and
+no comparison function is specified, a default lexical comparison routine
+is used.
+If
+.I prefix
+is NULL and a comparison routine is specified, no prefix comparison is
+done.
+.TP
+.I lorder
+The byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
+The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
+big endian order would be the number 4,321.
+If
+.I lorder
+is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
+.P
+If the file already exists (and the
+.B O_TRUNC
+flag is not specified), the
+values specified for the arguments
+.IR flags ,
+.IR lorder ,
+and
+.I psize
+are ignored
+in favor of the values used when the tree was created.
+.P
+Forward sequential scans of a tree are from the least key to the greatest.
+.P
+Space freed up by deleting key/data pairs from the tree is never reclaimed,
+although it is normally made available for reuse.
+This means that the btree storage structure is grow-only.
+The only solutions are to avoid excessive deletions, or to create a fresh
+tree periodically from a scan of an existing one.
+.P
+Searches, insertions, and deletions in a btree will all complete in
+O lg base N where base is the average fill factor.
+Often, inserting ordered data into btrees results in a low fill factor.
+This implementation has been modified to make ordered insertion the best
+case, resulting in a much better than normal page fill factor.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.I btree
+access method routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR dbopen (3).
+.SH BUGS
+Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dbopen (3),
+.BR hash (3),
+.BR mpool (3),
+.BR recno (3)
+.P
+.IR "The Ubiquitous B-tree" ,
+Douglas Comer, ACM Comput. Surv. 11, 2 (June 1979), 121-138.
+.P
+.IR "Prefix B-trees" ,
+Bayer and Unterauer, ACM Transactions on Database Systems, Vol. 2, 1
+(March 1977), 11-26.
+.P
+.IR "The Art of Computer Programming Vol. 3: Sorting and Searching" ,
+D.E. Knuth, 1968, pp 471-480.
diff --git a/man/man3/byteorder.3 b/man/man3/byteorder.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e82db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/byteorder.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:29:05 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Thu Jul 26 14:06:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH BYTEORDER 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+htonl, htons, ntohl, ntohs \- convert values between host and network
+byte order
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
+.P
+.BI "uint32_t htonl(uint32_t " hostlong );
+.BI "uint16_t htons(uint16_t " hostshort );
+.P
+.BI "uint32_t ntohl(uint32_t " netlong );
+.BI "uint16_t ntohs(uint16_t " netshort );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR htonl ()
+function converts the unsigned integer
+.I hostlong
+from host byte order to network byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR htons ()
+function converts the unsigned short integer
+.I hostshort
+from host byte order to network byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR ntohl ()
+function converts the unsigned integer
+.I netlong
+from network byte order to host byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR ntohs ()
+function converts the unsigned short integer
+.I netshort
+from network byte order to host byte order.
+.P
+On the i386 the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first,
+whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most
+Significant Byte first.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR htonl (),
+.BR htons (),
+.BR ntohl (),
+.BR ntohs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bswap (3),
+.BR endian (3),
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+.BR getservent (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/bzero.3 b/man/man3/bzero.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a50746f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/bzero.3
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH bzero 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+bzero, explicit_bzero \- zero a byte string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "void bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.P
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void explicit_bzero(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR bzero ()
+function erases the data in the
+.I n
+bytes of the memory starting at the location pointed to by
+.IR s ,
+by writing zeros (bytes containing \[aq]\e0\[aq]) to that area.
+.P
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function performs the same task as
+.BR bzero ().
+It differs from
+.BR bzero ()
+in that it guarantees that compiler optimizations will not remove the
+erase operation if the compiler deduces that the operation is "unnecessary".
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+None.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR bzero (),
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+glibc 2.25.
+.IP
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function is a nonstandard extension that is also present on some of the BSDs.
+Some other implementations have a similar function, such as
+.BR memset_explicit ()
+or
+.BR memset_s ().
+.TP
+.BR bzero ()
+4.3BSD.
+.IP
+Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function addresses a problem that security-conscious applications
+may run into when using
+.BR bzero ():
+if the compiler can deduce that the location to be zeroed will
+never again be touched by a
+.I correct
+program, then it may remove the
+.BR bzero ()
+call altogether.
+This is a problem if the intent of the
+.BR bzero ()
+call was to erase sensitive data (e.g., passwords)
+to prevent the possibility that the data was leaked
+by an incorrect or compromised program.
+Calls to
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+are never optimized away by the compiler.
+.P
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function does not solve all problems associated with erasing sensitive data:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function does
+.I not
+guarantee that sensitive data is completely erased from memory.
+(The same is true of
+.BR bzero ().)
+For example, there may be copies of the sensitive data in
+a register and in "scratch" stack areas.
+The
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+function is not aware of these copies, and can't erase them.
+.IP \[bu]
+In some circumstances,
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+can
+.I decrease
+security.
+If the compiler determined that the variable containing the
+sensitive data could be optimized to be stored in a register
+(because it is small enough to fit in a register,
+and no operation other than the
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+call would need to take the address of the variable), then the
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+call will force the data to be copied from the register
+to a location in RAM that is then immediately erased
+(while the copy in the register remains unaffected).
+The problem here is that data in RAM is more likely to be exposed
+by a bug than data in a register, and thus the
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+call creates a brief time window where the sensitive data is more
+vulnerable than it would otherwise have been
+if no attempt had been made to erase the data.
+.P
+Note that declaring the sensitive variable with the
+.B volatile
+qualifier does
+.I not
+eliminate the above problems.
+Indeed, it will make them worse, since, for example,
+it may force a variable that would otherwise have been optimized
+into a register to instead be maintained in (more vulnerable)
+RAM for its entire lifetime.
+.P
+Notwithstanding the above details, for security-conscious applications, using
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+is generally preferable to not using it.
+The developers of
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+anticipate that future compilers will recognize calls to
+.BR explicit_bzero ()
+and take steps to ensure that all copies of the sensitive data are erased,
+including copies in registers or in "scratch" stack areas.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR memset (3),
+.BR swab (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/cabs.3 b/man/man3/cabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7a7c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cabs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cabs, cabsf, cabsl \- absolute value of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double cabs(double complex " z );
+.BI "float cabsf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double cabsl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the absolute value of the complex number
+.IR z .
+The result is a real number.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cabs (),
+.BR cabsf (),
+.BR cabsl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The function is actually an alias for
+.I "hypot(a,\ b)"
+(or, equivalently,
+.IR "sqrt(a*a\ +\ b*b)" ).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR abs (3),
+.BR cimag (3),
+.BR hypot (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cabsf.3 b/man/man3/cabsf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e50ac96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cabsf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cabs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cabsl.3 b/man/man3/cabsl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e50ac96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cabsl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cabs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cacos.3 b/man/man3/cacos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5319074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacos.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cacos 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cacos, cacosf, cacosl \- complex arc cosine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cacos(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex cacosf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex cacosl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc cosine of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\ =\ cacos(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ ccos(y)\fP.
+The real part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [0,pi].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.nf
+    cacos(z) = \-i * clog(z + i * csqrt(1 \- z * z))
+.fi
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cacos (),
+.BR cacosf (),
+.BR cacosl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (cacos.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lm" */
+\&
+#include <complex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double complex z, c, f;
+    double complex i = I;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
+\&
+    c = cacos(z);
+\&
+    printf("cacos() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
+\&
+    f = \-i * clog(z + i * csqrt(1 \- z * z));
+\&
+    printf("formula = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cacosf.3 b/man/man3/cacosf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4f10e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacosf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cacos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cacosh.3 b/man/man3/cacosh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c36f08f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacosh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cacosh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cacosh, cacoshf, cacoshl \- complex arc hyperbolic cosine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cacosh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex cacoshf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex cacoshl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\ =\ cacosh(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ ccosh(y)\fP.
+The imaginary part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
+The real part of
+.I y
+is chosen nonnegative.
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.nf
+    cacosh(z) = 2 * clog(csqrt((z + 1) / 2) + csqrt((z \- 1) / 2))
+.fi
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cacosh (),
+.BR cacoshf (),
+.BR cacoshl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (cacosh.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lm" */
+\&
+#include <complex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double complex z, c, f;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
+\&
+    c = cacosh(z);
+    printf("cacosh() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
+\&
+    f = 2 * clog(csqrt((z + 1)/2) + csqrt((z \- 1)/2));
+    printf("formula  = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR ccosh (3),
+.BR cimag (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cacoshf.3 b/man/man3/cacoshf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c89c010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacoshf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cacosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cacoshl.3 b/man/man3/cacoshl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c89c010
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacoshl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cacosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cacosl.3 b/man/man3/cacosl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4f10e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cacosl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cacos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/calloc.3 b/man/man3/calloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b9d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/calloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/callrpc.3 b/man/man3/callrpc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/callrpc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3 b/man/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a421057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/canonicalize_file_name.3
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" (Replaces an earlier page by Walter Harms and Michael Kerrisk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH canonicalize_file_name 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+canonicalize_file_name \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *canonicalize_file_name(const char *" path ");"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
+function returns a null-terminated string containing
+the canonicalized absolute pathname corresponding to
+.IR path .
+In the returned string, symbolic links are resolved, as are
+.I .
+and
+.I ..
+pathname components.
+Consecutive slash
+.RI ( / )
+characters are replaced by a single slash.
+.P
+The returned string is dynamically allocated by
+.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
+and the caller should deallocate it with
+.BR free (3)
+when it is no longer required.
+.P
+The call
+.I canonicalize_file_name(path)
+is equivalent to the call:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+realpath(path, NULL);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
+returns a null-terminated string.
+On error (e.g., a pathname component is unreadable or does not exist),
+.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
+returns NULL and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR realpath (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR canonicalize_file_name ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR readlink (2),
+.BR realpath (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/carg.3 b/man/man3/carg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8773247
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/carg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH carg 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+carg, cargf, cargl \- calculate the complex argument
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double carg(double complex " z ");"
+.BI "float cargf(float complex " z ");"
+.BI "long double cargl(long double complex " z ");"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex argument (also called phase angle) of
+.IR z ,
+with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
+.P
+A complex number can be described by two real coordinates.
+One may use rectangular coordinates and gets
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+z = x + I * y
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I x\~=\~creal(z)
+and
+.IR y\~=\~cimag(z) .
+.P
+Or one may use polar coordinates and gets
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+z = r * cexp(I * a)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I r\~=\~cabs(z)
+is the "radius", the "modulus", the absolute value of
+.IR z ,
+and
+.I a\~=\~carg(z)
+is the "phase angle", the argument of
+.IR z .
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+tan(carg(z)) = cimag(z) / creal(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value is in the range of [\-pi,pi].
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR carg (),
+.BR cargf (),
+.BR cargl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cargf.3 b/man/man3/cargf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c181aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cargf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/carg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cargl.3 b/man/man3/cargl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c181aa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cargl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/carg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/casin.3 b/man/man3/casin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95b308c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH casin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+casin, casinf, casinl \- complex arc sine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex casin(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex casinf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex casinl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc sine of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\ =\ casin(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ csin(y)\fP.
+The real part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.nf
+    casin(z) = \-i clog(iz + csqrt(1 \- z * z))
+.fi
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR casin (),
+.BR casinf (),
+.BR casinl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR csin (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/casinf.3 b/man/man3/casinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..582875f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/casin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/casinh.3 b/man/man3/casinh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..950f011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casinh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH casinh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+casinh, casinhf, casinhl \- complex arc sine hyperbolic
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex casinh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex casinhf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex casinhl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic sine of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\~=\~casinh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~csinh(y)\fP.
+The imaginary part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+casinh(z) = clog(z + csqrt(z * z + 1))
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR casinh (),
+.BR casinhf (),
+.BR casinhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cimag (3),
+.BR csinh (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/casinhf.3 b/man/man3/casinhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2eada8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casinhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/casinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/casinhl.3 b/man/man3/casinhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2eada8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casinhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/casinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/casinl.3 b/man/man3/casinl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..582875f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/casinl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/casin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catan.3 b/man/man3/catan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67be9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH catan 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+catan, catanf, catanl \- complex arc tangents
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex catan(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex catanf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex catanl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc tangent of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\~=\~catan(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctan(y)\fP.
+The real part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2, pi/2].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+catan(z) = (clog(1 + i * z) \- clog(1 \- i * z)) / (2 * i)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR catan (),
+.BR catanf (),
+.BR catanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (catan.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lm" */
+\&
+#include <complex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double complex z, c, f;
+    double complex i = I;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
+\&
+    c = catan(z);
+    printf("catan() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
+\&
+    f = (clog(1 + i * z) \- clog(1 \- i * z)) / (2 * i);
+    printf("formula = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR ctan (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/catanf.3 b/man/man3/catanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e2522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/catan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catanh.3 b/man/man3/catanh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4567495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catanh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2011 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH catanh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+catanh, catanhf, catanhl \- complex arc tangents hyperbolic
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex catanh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex catanhf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex catanhl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR z .
+If \fIy\~=\~catanh(z)\fP, then \fIz\~=\~ctanh(y)\fP.
+The imaginary part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi/2,pi/2].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+catanh(z) = 0.5 * (clog(1 + z) \- clog(1 \- z))
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR catanh (),
+.BR catanhf (),
+.BR catanhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (catanh.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lm" */
+\&
+#include <complex.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double complex z, c, f;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <real> <imag>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    z = atof(argv[1]) + atof(argv[2]) * I;
+\&
+    c = catanh(z);
+    printf("catanh() = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(c), cimag(c));
+\&
+    f = 0.5 * (clog(1 + z) \- clog(1 \- z));
+    printf("formula  = %6.3f %6.3f*i\en", creal(f), cimag(f));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cimag (3),
+.BR ctanh (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/catanhf.3 b/man/man3/catanhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23f22a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catanhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/catanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catanhl.3 b/man/man3/catanhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23f22a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catanhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/catanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catanl.3 b/man/man3/catanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e2522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/catan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catclose.3 b/man/man3/catclose.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92ff666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catclose.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/catopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/catgets.3 b/man/man3/catgets.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02dc5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catgets.3
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-applied-psychology.cambridge.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Updated, aeb, 980809
+.TH catgets 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+catgets \- get message from a message catalog
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <nl_types.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *catgets(nl_catd " catalog ", int " set_number \
+", int " message_number ,
+.BI "              const char *" message );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR catgets ()
+reads the message
+.IR message_number ,
+in set
+.IR set_number ,
+from the message catalog identified by
+.IR catalog ,
+where
+.I catalog
+is a catalog descriptor returned from an earlier call to
+.BR catopen (3).
+The fourth argument,
+.IR message ,
+points to a default message string which will be returned by
+.BR catgets ()
+if the identified message catalog is not currently available.
+The
+message-text is contained in an internal buffer area and should be copied by
+the application if it is to be saved or modified.
+The return string is
+always terminated with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR catgets ()
+returns a pointer to an internal buffer area
+containing the null-terminated message string.
+On failure,
+.BR catgets ()
+returns the value
+.IR message .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR catgets ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The
+.BR catgets ()
+function is available only in libc.so.4.4.4c and above.
+.P
+The Jan 1987 X/Open Portability Guide specifies a more subtle
+error return:
+.I message
+is returned if the message catalog specified by
+.I catalog
+is not available, while an empty string is returned
+when the message catalog is available but does not contain
+the specified message.
+These two possible error returns seem to be discarded in SUSv2
+in favor of always returning
+.IR message .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR catopen (3),
+.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/catopen.3 b/man/man3/catopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..278213f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/catopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-applied-psychology.cambridge.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Thu Dec 13 22:51:19 2001 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
+.\" Modified 2001-12-14 aeb
+.\"
+.TH catopen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+catopen, catclose \- open/close a message catalog
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <nl_types.h>
+.P
+.BI "nl_catd catopen(const char *" name ", int " flag );
+.BI "int catclose(nl_catd " catalog );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR catopen ()
+opens a message catalog and returns a catalog descriptor.
+The descriptor remains valid until
+.BR catclose ()
+or
+.BR execve (2).
+If a file descriptor is used to implement catalog descriptors,
+then the
+.B FD_CLOEXEC
+flag will be set.
+.P
+The argument
+.I name
+specifies the name of the message catalog to be opened.
+If
+.I name
+specifies an absolute path (i.e., contains a \[aq]/\[aq]),
+then
+.I name
+specifies a pathname for the message catalog.
+Otherwise, the environment variable
+.B NLSPATH
+is used with
+.I name
+substituted for
+.B %N
+(see
+.BR locale (7)).
+It is unspecified whether
+.B NLSPATH
+will be used when the process has root privileges.
+If
+.B NLSPATH
+does not exist in the environment,
+or if a message catalog cannot be opened
+in any of the paths specified by it,
+then an implementation defined path is used.
+This latter default path may depend on the
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+locale setting when the
+.I flag
+argument is
+.B NL_CAT_LOCALE
+and on the
+.B LANG
+environment variable when the
+.I flag
+argument is 0.
+Changing the
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+part of the locale may invalidate
+open catalog descriptors.
+.P
+The
+.I flag
+argument to
+.BR catopen ()
+is used to indicate the source for the language to use.
+If it is set to
+.BR NL_CAT_LOCALE ,
+then it will use the current locale setting for
+.BR LC_MESSAGES .
+Otherwise, it will use the
+.B LANG
+environment variable.
+.P
+The function
+.BR catclose ()
+closes the message catalog identified by
+.IR catalog .
+It invalidates any subsequent references to the message catalog
+defined by
+.IR catalog .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function
+.BR catopen ()
+returns a message catalog descriptor of type
+.I nl_catd
+on success.
+On failure, it returns
+.I (nl_catd)\~\-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+The possible error values include all
+possible values for the
+.BR open (2)
+call.
+.P
+The function
+.BR catclose ()
+returns 0 on success, or \-1 on failure.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+May be the source of the
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+locale setting, and thus
+determine the language to use if
+.I flag
+is set to
+.BR NL_CAT_LOCALE .
+.TP
+.B LANG
+The language to use if
+.I flag
+is 0.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR catopen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR catclose ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The above is the POSIX.1 description.
+The glibc value for
+.B NL_CAT_LOCALE
+is 1.
+.\" (Compare
+.\" .B MCLoadAll
+.\" below.)
+The default path varies, but usually looks at a number of places below
+.IR /usr/share/locale .
+.\" .SS Linux notes
+.\" These functions are available for Linux since libc 4.4.4c.
+.\" In the case of linux libc4 and libc5, the catalog descriptor
+.\" .I nl_catd
+.\" is a
+.\" .BR mmap (2)'ed
+.\" area of memory and not a file descriptor.
+.\" The
+.\" .I flag
+.\" argument to
+.\" .BR catopen ()
+.\" should be either
+.\" .B MCLoadBySet
+.\" (=0) or
+.\" .B MCLoadAll
+.\" (=1).
+.\" The former value indicates that a set from the catalog is to be
+.\" loaded when needed, whereas the latter causes the initial call to
+.\" .BR catopen ()
+.\" to load the entire catalog into memory.
+.\" The default search path varies, but usually looks at a number of places below
+.\" .I /etc/locale
+.\" and
+.\" .IR /usr/lib/locale .
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" In XPG 1987, Vol. 3 it says:
+.\" .I "The flag argument of catopen is reserved for future use"
+.\" .IR "and should be set to 0" .
+.\"
+.\" It is unclear what the source was for the constants
+.\" .B MCLoadBySet
+.\" and
+.\" .B MCLoadAll
+.\" (see below).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR catgets (3),
+.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/cbc_crypt.3 b/man/man3/cbc_crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853c9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cbc_crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cbrt.3 b/man/man3/cbrt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf5a62b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cbrt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" changed `square root' into `cube root' - aeb, 950919
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
+.\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH cbrt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cbrt, cbrtf, cbrtl \- cube root function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double cbrt(double " x );
+.BI "float cbrtf(float " x );
+.BI "long double cbrtl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR cbrt ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR cbrtf (),
+.BR cbrtl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the (real) cube root of
+.IR x .
+This function cannot fail;
+every representable real value
+has a real cube root,
+and rounding it to a representable value
+never causes overflow nor underflow.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the cube root of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0, \-0, positive infinity, negative infinity, or NaN,
+.I x
+is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cbrt (),
+.BR cbrtf (),
+.BR cbrtl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" .BR cbrt ()
+.\" was a GNU extension. It is now a C99 requirement.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pow (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/cbrtf.3 b/man/man3/cbrtf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b662c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cbrtf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cbrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cbrtl.3 b/man/man3/cbrtl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b662c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cbrtl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cbrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ccos.3 b/man/man3/ccos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0c7303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccos.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH ccos 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ccos, ccosf, ccosl \- complex cosine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex ccos(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex ccosf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex ccosl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex cosine of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex cosine function is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ccos(z) = (exp(i * z) + exp(\-i * z)) / 2
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ccos (),
+.BR ccosf (),
+.BR ccosl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cacos (3),
+.BR csin (3),
+.BR ctan (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ccosf.3 b/man/man3/ccosf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4323ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccosf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ccos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ccosh.3 b/man/man3/ccosh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2261873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccosh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH ccosh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ccosh, ccoshf, ccoshl \- complex hyperbolic cosine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex ccosh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex ccoshf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex ccoshl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex hyperbolic cosine function is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ccosh(z) = (exp(z)+exp(\-z))/2
+.EE
+.in
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cacosh (3),
+.BR csinh (3),
+.BR ctanh (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ccoshf.3 b/man/man3/ccoshf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a777fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccoshf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ccosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ccoshl.3 b/man/man3/ccoshl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a777fbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccoshl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ccosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ccosl.3 b/man/man3/ccosl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4323ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ccosl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ccos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ceil.3 b/man/man3/ceil.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0f26c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ceil.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH ceil 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ceil, ceilf, ceill \- ceiling function: smallest integral value not
+less than argument
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double ceil(double " x );
+.BI "float ceilf(float " x );
+.BI "long double ceill(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ceilf (),
+.BR ceill ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the smallest integral value that is not less than
+.IR x .
+.P
+For example,
+.I ceil(0.5)
+is 1.0, and
+.I ceil(\-0.5)
+is 0.0.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the ceiling of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
+.I x
+itself is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ceil (),
+.BR ceilf (),
+.BR ceill ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH NOTES
+SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE ,
+or raise an
+.B FE_OVERFLOW
+exception).
+In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
+so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
+.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
+(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
+of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
+For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
+the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
+and the number of mantissa bits
+including the implicit bit
+is 24 (respectively, 53).)
+.P
+The integral value returned by these functions may be too large
+to store in an integer type
+.RI ( int ,
+.IR long ,
+etc.).
+To avoid an overflow, which will produce undefined results,
+an application should perform a range check on the returned value
+before assigning it to an integer type.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR round (3),
+.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ceilf.3 b/man/man3/ceilf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569d1ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ceilf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ceil.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ceill.3 b/man/man3/ceill.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569d1ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ceill.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ceil.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cexp.3 b/man/man3/cexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6894c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cexp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cexp, cexpf, cexpl \- complex exponential function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cexp(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex cexpf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex cexpl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate e (2.71828..., the base of natural logarithms)
+raised to the power of
+.IR z .
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+cexp(I * z) = ccos(z) + I * csin(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cexp (),
+.BR cexpf (),
+.BR cexpl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp2 (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR cpow (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cexp2.3 b/man/man3/cexp2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcc4839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexp2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cexp2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cexp2, cexp2f, cexp2l \- base-2 exponent of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cexp2(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex cexp2f(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex cexp2l(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function returns 2 raised to the power of
+.IR z .
+.SH STANDARDS
+These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
+.P
+As at glibc 2.31, these functions are not provided in glibc.
+.\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR clog10 (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cexp2f.3 b/man/man3/cexp2f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759ad34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexp2f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cexp2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cexp2l.3 b/man/man3/cexp2l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759ad34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexp2l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cexp2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cexpf.3 b/man/man3/cexpf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..794d707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexpf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cexpl.3 b/man/man3/cexpl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..794d707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cexpl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfgetispeed.3 b/man/man3/cfgetispeed.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfgetispeed.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfgetospeed.3 b/man/man3/cfgetospeed.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfgetospeed.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfmakeraw.3 b/man/man3/cfmakeraw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfmakeraw.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfree.3 b/man/man3/cfree.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7862e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfree.3
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cfree 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cfree \- free allocated memory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.P
+.B "#include <stdlib.h>"
+.P
+/* In SunOS 4 */
+.BI "int cfree(void *" ptr );
+.P
+/* In glibc or FreeBSD libcompat */
+.BI "void cfree(void *" ptr );
+.P
+/* In SCO OpenServer */
+.BI "void cfree(char " ptr [. size " * ." num "], unsigned int " num ", \
+unsigned int " size );
+.P
+/* In Solaris watchmalloc.so.1 */
+.BI "void cfree(void " ptr [. elsize " * ." nelem "], size_t " nelem ", \
+size_t " elsize );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR cfree ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function should never be used.
+Use
+.BR free (3)
+instead.
+Starting with glibc 2.26, it has been removed from glibc.
+.SS 1-arg cfree
+In glibc, the function
+.BR cfree ()
+is a synonym for
+.BR free (3),
+"added for compatibility with SunOS".
+.P
+Other systems have other functions with this name.
+The declaration is sometimes in
+.I <stdlib.h>
+and sometimes in
+.IR <malloc.h> .
+.SS 3-arg cfree
+Some SCO and Solaris versions have malloc libraries with a 3-argument
+.BR cfree (),
+apparently as an analog to
+.BR calloc (3).
+.P
+If you need it while porting something, add
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define cfree(p, n, s) free((p))
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+to your file.
+.P
+A frequently asked question is "Can I use
+.BR free (3)
+to free memory allocated with
+.BR calloc (3),
+or do I need
+.BR cfree ()?"
+Answer: use
+.BR free (3).
+.P
+An SCO manual writes: "The cfree routine is provided for compliance
+to the iBCSe2 standard and simply calls free.
+The num and size
+arguments to cfree are not used."
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The SunOS version of
+.BR cfree ()
+(which is a synonym for
+.BR free (3))
+returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
+In case of error,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EINVAL :
+the value of
+.I ptr
+was not a pointer to a block previously allocated by
+one of the routines in the
+.BR malloc (3)
+family.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cfree ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe /* In glibc */
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The 3-argument version of
+.BR cfree ()
+as used by SCO conforms to the iBCSe2 standard:
+Intel386 Binary Compatibility Specification, Edition 2.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.\" commit 025b33ae84bb8f15b2748a1d8605dca453fce112
+Removed in glibc 2.26.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/cfsetispeed.3 b/man/man3/cfsetispeed.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfsetispeed.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfsetospeed.3 b/man/man3/cfsetospeed.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfsetospeed.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cfsetspeed.3 b/man/man3/cfsetspeed.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cfsetspeed.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cimag.3 b/man/man3/cimag.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc231fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cimag.3
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cimag 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cimag, cimagf, cimagl \- get imaginary part of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double cimag(double complex " z );
+.BI "float cimagf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double cimagl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the imaginary part of the complex number
+.IR z .
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cimag (),
+.BR cimagf (),
+.BR cimagl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+GCC also supports __imag__.
+That is a GNU extension.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR creal (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cimagf.3 b/man/man3/cimagf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e806455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cimagf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cimag.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cimagl.3 b/man/man3/cimagl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e806455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cimagl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cimag.3
diff --git a/man/man3/circleq.3 b/man/man3/circleq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fd74f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/circleq.3
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH CIRCLEQ 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+CIRCLEQ_EMPTY,
+CIRCLEQ_ENTRY,
+CIRCLEQ_FIRST,
+CIRCLEQ_FOREACH,
+CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE,
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD,
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+CIRCLEQ_INIT,
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER,
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE,
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD,
+CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL,
+CIRCLEQ_LAST,
+CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT,
+CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV,
+CIRCLEQ_NEXT,
+CIRCLEQ_PREV,
+CIRCLEQ_REMOVE
+\- implementation of a doubly linked circular queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/queue.h>
+.P
+.B CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
+.P
+.B CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
+.BI "CIRCLEQ_HEAD CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD " head );
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INIT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "int CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_FIRST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LAST(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head );
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           struct TYPE *" elm ", CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(struct TYPE *" var ", CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "void CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(CIRCLEQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.BI "                           CIRCLEQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on doubly linked circular queues.
+.P
+In the macro definitions,
+.I TYPE
+is the name of a user-defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.IR CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ,
+named
+.IR NAME .
+The argument
+.I HEADNAME
+is the name of a user-defined structure
+that must be declared using the macro
+.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD ().
+.SS Creation
+A circular queue is headed by a structure defined by the
+.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD ()
+macro.
+This structure contains a pair of pointers,
+one to the first element in the queue
+and the other to the last element in the queue.
+The elements are doubly linked
+so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the queue.
+New elements can be added to the queue
+after an existing element,
+before an existing element,
+at the head of the queue,
+or at the end of the queue.
+A
+.I CIRCLEQ_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I struct HEADNAME
+is the structure to be defined, and
+.I struct TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
+A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The names
+.I head
+and
+.I headp
+are user selectable.)
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_ENTRY ()
+declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+evaluates to an initializer for the queue
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_INIT ()
+initializes the queue referenced by
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
+evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
+.SS Insertion
+.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the head of the queue.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the end of the queue.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+before the element
+.IR listelm .
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+after the element
+.IR listelm .
+.SS Traversal
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST ()
+returns the first item on the queue.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LAST ()
+returns the last item on the queue.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_PREV ()
+returns the previous item on the queue, or
+.I &head
+if this item is the first one.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
+returns the next item on the queue, or
+.I &head
+if this item is the last one.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV ()
+returns the previous item on the queue.
+If
+.I elm
+is the first element on the queue, the last element is returned.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT ()
+returns the next item on the queue.
+If
+.I elm
+is the last element on the queue, the first element is returned.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH ()
+traverses the queue referenced by
+.I head
+in the forward direction, assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.I var
+is set to
+.I &head
+if the loop completes normally, or if there were no elements.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+traverses the queue referenced by
+.I head
+in the reverse direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.SS Removal
+.BR CIRCLEQ_REMOVE ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the queue.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR CIRCLEQ_EMPTY ()
+returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
+and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FIRST (),
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LAST (),
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_PREV (),
+and
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_NEXT ()
+return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
+.I TYPE
+structure, respectively.
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_PREV (),
+and
+.BR CIRCLEQ_NEXT ()
+are similar to their
+.BR CIRCLEQ_LOOP_* ()
+counterparts,
+except that if the argument is the first or last element, respectively,
+they return
+.IR &head .
+.P
+.BR CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
+.IR head .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH ()
+and
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+don't allow
+.I var
+to be removed or freed within the loop,
+as it would interfere with the traversal.
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+and
+.BR CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE (),
+which are present on the BSDs but are not present in glibc,
+fix this limitation by allowing
+.I var
+to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
+without interfering with the traversal.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (circleq.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+\&
+struct entry {
+    int data;
+    CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;           /* Queue */
+};
+\&
+CIRCLEQ_HEAD(circlehead, entry);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
+    struct circlehead head;                 /* Queue head */
+    int i;
+\&
+    CIRCLEQ_INIT(&head);                    /* Initialize the queue */
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
+    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
+    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
+    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+\&
+    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
+    CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(&head, n2, n3, entries);
+\&
+    CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entries);     /* Deletion */
+    free(n2);
+                                            /* Forward traversal */
+    i = 0;
+    CIRCLEQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        np\->data = i++;
+                                            /* Reverse traversal */
+    CIRCLEQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, &head, entries)
+        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
+                                            /* Queue deletion */
+    n1 = CIRCLEQ_FIRST(&head);
+    while (n1 != (void *)&head) {
+        n2 = CIRCLEQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
+        free(n1);
+        n1 = n2;
+    }
+    CIRCLEQ_INIT(&head);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR insque (3),
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clearenv.3 b/man/man3/clearenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a6a738
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clearenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Additions, aeb, 2001-10-17.
+.TH clearenv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clearenv \- clear the environment
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B "int clearenv(void);"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR clearenv ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR clearenv ()
+function clears the environment of all name-value
+pairs and sets the value of the external variable
+.I environ
+to NULL.
+After this call, new variables can be added to the environment using
+.BR putenv (3)
+and
+.BR setenv (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR clearenv ()
+function returns zero on success, and a nonzero
+value on failure.
+.\" Most versions of UNIX return -1 on error, or do not even have errors.
+.\" glibc info and the Watcom C library document "a nonzero value".
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clearenv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR putenv ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR clearenv ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR putenv ()
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR clearenv ()
+glibc 2.0.
+.P
+Various UNIX variants (DG/UX, HP-UX, QNX, ...).
+POSIX.9 (bindings for FORTRAN77).
+POSIX.1-1996 did not accept
+.BR clearenv ()
+and
+.BR putenv (3),
+but changed its mind and scheduled these functions for some
+later issue of this standard (see \[sc]B.4.6.1).
+However, POSIX.1-2001
+adds only
+.BR putenv (3),
+and rejected
+.BR clearenv ().
+.SH NOTES
+On systems where
+.BR clearenv ()
+is unavailable, the assignment
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+environ = NULL;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+will probably do.
+.P
+The
+.BR clearenv ()
+function may be useful in security-conscious applications that want to
+precisely control the environment that is passed to programs
+executed using
+.BR exec (3).
+The application would do this by first clearing the environment
+and then adding select environment variables.
+.P
+Note that the main effect of
+.BR clearenv ()
+is to adjust the value of the pointer
+.BR environ (7);
+this function does not erase the contents of the buffers
+containing the environment definitions.
+.P
+The DG/UX and Tru64 man pages write: If
+.I environ
+has been modified by anything other than the
+.BR putenv (3),
+.BR getenv (3),
+or
+.BR clearenv ()
+functions, then
+.BR clearenv ()
+will return an error and the process environment will remain unchanged.
+.\" .P
+.\" HP-UX has a ENOMEM error return.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getenv (3),
+.BR putenv (3),
+.BR setenv (3),
+.BR unsetenv (3),
+.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clearerr.3 b/man/man3/clearerr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a95cca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clearerr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ferror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clearerr_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_broadcast.3 b/man/man3/clnt_broadcast.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_broadcast.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_call.3 b/man/man3/clnt_call.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_call.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_control.3 b/man/man3/clnt_control.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_control.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_create.3 b/man/man3/clnt_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_destroy.3 b/man/man3/clnt_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_freeres.3 b/man/man3/clnt_freeres.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_freeres.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_geterr.3 b/man/man3/clnt_geterr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_geterr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3 b/man/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_pcreateerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_perrno.3 b/man/man3/clnt_perrno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_perrno.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_perror.3 b/man/man3/clnt_perror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_perror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3 b/man/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_spcreateerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_sperrno.3 b/man/man3/clnt_sperrno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_sperrno.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnt_sperror.3 b/man/man3/clnt_sperror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnt_sperror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clntraw_create.3 b/man/man3/clntraw_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clntraw_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clnttcp_create.3 b/man/man3/clnttcp_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clnttcp_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3 b/man/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clntudp_bufcreate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clntudp_create.3 b/man/man3/clntudp_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clntudp_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clock.3 b/man/man3/clock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0019552
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clock.3
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:27:01 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 14 Jun 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" 	Added notes on differences from other UNIX systems with respect to
+.\"	waited-for children.
+.TH clock 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clock \- determine processor time
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.B clock_t clock(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR clock ()
+function returns an approximation of processor time used by the program.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The value returned is the CPU time used so far as a
+.IR clock_t ;
+to get the number of seconds used, divide by
+.BR CLOCKS_PER_SEC .
+If the processor time used is not available or its value cannot
+be represented, the function returns the value
+.IR (clock_t)\ \-1 .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clock ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+XSI requires that
+.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+equals 1000000 independent
+of the actual resolution.
+.P
+On several other implementations,
+the value returned by
+.BR clock ()
+also includes the times of any children whose status has been
+collected via
+.BR wait (2)
+(or another wait-type call).
+Linux does not include the times of waited-for children in the
+value returned by
+.BR clock ().
+.\" I have seen this behavior on Irix 6.3, and the OSF/1, HP/UX, and
+.\" Solaris manual pages say that clock() also does this on those systems.
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 doesn't explicitly allow this, nor is there an
+.\" explicit prohibition. -- MTK
+The
+.BR times (2)
+function, which explicitly returns (separate) information about the
+caller and its children, may be preferable.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.P
+In glibc 2.17 and earlier,
+.BR clock ()
+was implemented on top of
+.BR times (2).
+For improved accuracy,
+since glibc 2.18, it is implemented on top of
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+(using the
+.B CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID
+clock).
+.SH NOTES
+The C standard allows for arbitrary values at the start of the program;
+subtract the value returned from a call to
+.BR clock ()
+at the start of the program to get maximum portability.
+.P
+Note that the time can wrap around.
+On a 32-bit system where
+.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+equals 1000000 this function will return the same
+value approximately every 72 minutes.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clock_gettime (2),
+.BR getrusage (2),
+.BR times (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3 b/man/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24884d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clock_getcpuclockid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\" <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH clock_getcpuclockid 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clock_getcpuclockid \- obtain ID of a process CPU-time clock
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc ),
+since glibc 2.17
+.P
+Before glibc 2.17,
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <time.h>
+.nf
+.P
+.BI "int clock_getcpuclockid(pid_t " pid ", clockid_t *" clockid );
+.fi
+.P
+.ad l
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
+function obtains the ID of the CPU-time clock of the process whose ID is
+.IR pid ,
+and returns it in the location pointed to by
+.IR clockid .
+If
+.I pid
+is zero, then the clock ID of the CPU-time clock
+of the calling process is returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The kernel does not support obtaining the per-process
+CPU-time clock of another process, and
+.I pid
+does not specify the calling process.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The caller does not have permission to access
+the CPU-time clock of the process specified by
+.IR pid .
+(Specified in POSIX.1-2001;
+does not occur on Linux unless the kernel does not support
+obtaining the per-process CPU-time clock of another process.)
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+There is no process with the ID
+.IR pid .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Calling
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+with the clock ID obtained by a call to
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid ()
+with a
+.I pid
+of 0,
+is the same as using the clock ID
+.BR CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The example program below obtains the
+CPU-time clock ID of the process whose ID is given on the command line,
+and then uses
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+to obtain the time on that clock.
+An example run is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 1" "                 # Show CPU clock of init process"
+CPU\-time clock for PID 1 is 2.213466748 seconds
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (clock_getcpuclockid.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    clockid_t clockid;
+    struct timespec ts;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s <process\-ID>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (clock_getcpuclockid(atoi(argv[1]), &clockid) != 0) {
+        perror("clock_getcpuclockid");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (clock_gettime(clockid, &ts) == \-1) {
+        perror("clock_gettime");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("CPU\-time clock for PID %s is %jd.%09ld seconds\en",
+           argv[1], (intmax_t) ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clock_getres (2),
+.BR timer_create (2),
+.BR pthread_getcpuclockid (3),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clog.3 b/man/man3/clog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f363dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog.3
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH clog 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clog, clogf, clogl \- natural logarithm of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex clog(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex clogf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex clogl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex natural logarithm of
+.IR z ,
+with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
+.P
+The logarithm
+.BR clog ()
+is the inverse function of the exponential
+.BR cexp (3).
+Thus, if \fIy\ =\ clog(z)\fP, then \fIz\ =\ cexp(y)\fP.
+The imaginary part of
+.I y
+is chosen in the interval [\-pi,pi].
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+clog(z) = log(cabs(z)) + I * carg(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Note that
+.I z
+close to zero will cause an overflow.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clog (),
+.BR clogf (),
+.BR clogl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR clog10 (3),
+.BR clog2 (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clog10.3 b/man/man3/clog10.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ad3cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog10.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH clog10 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clog10, clog10f, clog10l \- base-10 logarithm of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex clog10(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex clog10f(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex clog10l(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The call
+.I clog10(z)
+is equivalent to:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+clog(z)/log(10)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+or equally:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+log10(cabs(c)) + I * carg(c) / log(10)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The other functions perform the same task for
+.I float
+and
+.IR "long double" .
+.P
+Note that
+.I z
+close to zero will cause an overflow.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clog10 (),
+.BR clog10f (),
+.BR clog10l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.P
+The identifiers are reserved for future use in C99 and C11.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR clog2 (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clog10f.3 b/man/man3/clog10f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5840d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog10f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clog10l.3 b/man/man3/clog10l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5840d54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog10l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clog2.3 b/man/man3/clog2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..155f8b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH clog2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clog2, clog2f, clog2l \- base-2 logarithm of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex clog2(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex clog2f(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex clog2l(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The call
+.I clog2(z)
+is equivalent to
+.IR clog(z)/log(2) .
+.P
+The other functions perform the same task for
+.I float
+and
+.IR "long double" .
+.P
+Note that
+.I z
+close to zero will cause an overflow.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+These function names are reserved for future use in C99.
+.P
+Not yet in glibc, as at glibc 2.19.
+.\" But reserved in NAMESPACE.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR clog10 (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/clog2f.3 b/man/man3/clog2f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23d6834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog2f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clog2l.3 b/man/man3/clog2l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23d6834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clog2l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clogf.3 b/man/man3/clogf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cd9533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clogf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog.3
diff --git a/man/man3/clogl.3 b/man/man3/clogl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cd9533
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/clogl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/clog.3
diff --git a/man/man3/closedir.3 b/man/man3/closedir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2142d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/closedir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:25:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.TH closedir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+closedir \- close a directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "int closedir(DIR *" dirp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR closedir ()
+function closes the directory stream associated with
+.IR dirp .
+A successful call to
+.BR closedir ()
+also closes the underlying file descriptor associated with
+.IR dirp .
+The directory stream descriptor
+.I dirp
+is not available
+after this call.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR closedir ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Invalid directory stream descriptor
+.IR dirp .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR closedir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/closelog.3 b/man/man3/closelog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec352b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/closelog.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cmsg.3 b/man/man3/cmsg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a4eee4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cmsg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-1-para
+.\"
+.\" This man page is Copyright (C) 1999 Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>.
+.\"
+.\" $Id: cmsg.3,v 1.8 2000/12/20 18:10:31 ak Exp $
+.TH CMSG 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+CMSG_ALIGN, CMSG_SPACE, CMSG_NXTHDR, CMSG_FIRSTHDR \- access ancillary data
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_FIRSTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh );
+.BI "struct cmsghdr *CMSG_NXTHDR(struct msghdr *" msgh ,
+.BR "                            struct cmsghdr *" cmsg );
+.BI "size_t CMSG_ALIGN(size_t " length );
+.BI "size_t CMSG_SPACE(size_t " length );
+.BI "size_t CMSG_LEN(size_t " length );
+.BI "unsigned char *CMSG_DATA(struct cmsghdr *" cmsg );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros are used to create and access control messages (also called
+ancillary data) that are not a part of the socket payload.
+This control information may
+include the interface the packet was received on, various rarely used header
+fields, an extended error description, a set of file descriptors, or UNIX
+credentials.
+For instance, control messages can be used to send
+additional header fields such as IP options.
+Ancillary data is sent by calling
+.BR sendmsg (2)
+and received by calling
+.BR recvmsg (2).
+See their manual pages for more information.
+.P
+Ancillary data is a sequence of
+.I cmsghdr
+structures with appended data.
+See the specific protocol man pages for the available control message types.
+The maximum ancillary buffer size allowed per socket can be set using
+.IR /proc/sys/net/core/optmem_max ;
+see
+.BR socket (7).
+.P
+The
+.I cmsghdr
+structure is defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct cmsghdr {
+    size_t cmsg_len;    /* Data byte count, including header
+                           (type is socklen_t in POSIX) */
+    int    cmsg_level;  /* Originating protocol */
+    int    cmsg_type;   /* Protocol\-specific type */
+/* followed by
+   unsigned char cmsg_data[]; */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The sequence of
+.I cmsghdr
+structures should never be accessed directly.
+Instead, use only the following macros:
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
+returns a pointer to the first
+.I cmsghdr
+in the ancillary
+data buffer associated with the passed
+.IR msghdr .
+It returns NULL if there isn't enough space for a
+.I cmsghdr
+in the buffer.
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
+returns the next valid
+.I cmsghdr
+after the passed
+.IR cmsghdr .
+It returns NULL when there isn't enough space left in the buffer.
+.IP
+When initializing a buffer that will contain a series of
+.I cmsghdr
+structures (e.g., to be sent with
+.BR sendmsg (2)),
+that buffer should first be zero-initialized
+to ensure the correct operation of
+.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ().
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_ALIGN (),
+given a length, returns it including the required alignment.
+This is a
+constant expression.
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
+returns the number of bytes an ancillary element with payload of the
+passed data length occupies.
+This is a constant expression.
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_DATA ()
+returns a pointer to the data portion of a
+.IR cmsghdr .
+The pointer returned cannot be assumed to be suitably aligned for
+accessing arbitrary payload data types.
+Applications should not cast it to a pointer type matching the payload,
+but should instead use
+.BR memcpy (3)
+to copy data to or from a suitably declared object.
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_LEN ()
+returns the value to store in the
+.I cmsg_len
+member of the
+.I cmsghdr
+structure, taking into account any necessary
+alignment.
+It takes the data length as an argument.
+This is a constant
+expression.
+.P
+To create ancillary data, first initialize the
+.I msg_controllen
+member of the
+.I msghdr
+with the length of the control message buffer.
+Use
+.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
+on the
+.I msghdr
+to get the first control message and
+.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
+to get all subsequent ones.
+In each control message, initialize
+.I cmsg_len
+(with
+.BR CMSG_LEN ()),
+the other
+.I cmsghdr
+header fields, and the data portion using
+.BR CMSG_DATA ().
+Finally, the
+.I msg_controllen
+field of the
+.I msghdr
+should be set to the sum of the
+.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
+of the length of
+all control messages in the buffer.
+For more information on the
+.IR msghdr ,
+see
+.BR recvmsg (2).
+.SH VERSIONS
+For portability, ancillary data should be accessed using only the macros
+described here.
+.P
+In Linux,
+.BR CMSG_LEN (),
+.BR CMSG_DATA (),
+and
+.BR CMSG_ALIGN ()
+are constant expressions (assuming their argument is constant),
+meaning that these values can be used to declare the size of global variables.
+This may not be portable, however.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_FIRSTHDR ()
+.TQ
+.BR CMSG_NXTHDR ()
+.TQ
+.BR CMSG_DATA ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
+.TQ
+.BR CMSG_LEN ()
+.TQ
+.BR CMSG_ALIGN ()
+Linux.
+.SH HISTORY
+This ancillary data model conforms to the POSIX.1g draft, 4.4BSD-Lite,
+the IPv6 advanced API described in RFC\ 2292 and SUSv2.
+.P
+.BR CMSG_SPACE ()
+and
+.BR CMSG_LEN ()
+.\" https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=978#c3242
+will be included in the next POSIX release (Issue 8).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This code looks for the
+.B IP_TTL
+option in a received ancillary buffer:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct msghdr msgh;
+struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
+int received_ttl;
+\&
+/* Receive auxiliary data in msgh */
+\&
+for (cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msgh); cmsg != NULL;
+        cmsg = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msgh, cmsg)) {
+    if (cmsg\->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP
+            && cmsg\->cmsg_type == IP_TTL) {
+        memcpy(&receive_ttl, CMSG_DATA(cmsg), sizeof(received_ttl));
+        break;
+    }
+}
+\&
+if (cmsg == NULL) {
+    /* Error: IP_TTL not enabled or small buffer or I/O error */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The code below passes an array of file descriptors over a
+UNIX domain socket using
+.BR SCM_RIGHTS :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct msghdr msg = { 0 };
+struct cmsghdr *cmsg;
+int myfds[NUM_FD];  /* Contains the file descriptors to pass */
+char iobuf[1];
+struct iovec io = {
+    .iov_base = iobuf,
+    .iov_len = sizeof(iobuf)
+};
+union {         /* Ancillary data buffer, wrapped in a union
+                   in order to ensure it is suitably aligned */
+    char buf[CMSG_SPACE(sizeof(myfds))];
+    struct cmsghdr align;
+} u;
+\&
+msg.msg_iov = &io;
+msg.msg_iovlen = 1;
+msg.msg_control = u.buf;
+msg.msg_controllen = sizeof(u.buf);
+cmsg = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg);
+cmsg\->cmsg_level = SOL_SOCKET;
+cmsg\->cmsg_type = SCM_RIGHTS;
+cmsg\->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(myfds));
+memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmsg), myfds, sizeof(myfds));
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For a complete code example that shows passing of file descriptors
+over a UNIX domain socket, see
+.BR seccomp_unotify (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR recvmsg (2),
+.BR sendmsg (2)
+.P
+RFC\ 2292
diff --git a/man/man3/confstr.3 b/man/man3/confstr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdc0c1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/confstr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:53:02 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" FIXME Many more values for 'name' are supported, some of which
+.\" are documented under 'info libc confstr'.
+.\" See <bits/confname.h> for the rest.
+.\" These should all be added to this page.
+.\" See also the POSIX.1-2001 specification of confstr()
+.\"
+.TH confstr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+confstr \- get configuration dependent string variables
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t confstr(int " "name" ", char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR confstr ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR confstr ()
+gets the value of configuration-dependent string variables.
+.P
+The
+.I name
+argument is the system variable to be queried.
+The following variables are supported:
+.TP
+.BR _CS_GNU_LIBC_VERSION " (GNU C library only; since glibc 2.3.2)"
+A string which identifies the GNU C library version on this system
+(e.g., "glibc 2.3.4").
+.TP
+.BR _CS_GNU_LIBPTHREAD_VERSION " (GNU C library only; since glibc 2.3.2)"
+A string which identifies the POSIX implementation supplied by this
+C library (e.g., "NPTL 2.3.4" or "linuxthreads\-0.10").
+.TP
+.B _CS_PATH
+A value for the
+.B PATH
+variable which indicates where all the POSIX.2 standard utilities can
+be found.
+.P
+If
+.I buf
+is not NULL and
+.I size
+is not zero,
+.BR confstr ()
+copies the value of the string to
+.I buf
+truncated to
+.I size \- 1
+bytes if necessary, with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) as terminator.
+This can be detected by comparing the return value of
+.BR confstr ()
+against
+.IR size .
+.P
+If
+.I size
+is zero and
+.I buf
+is NULL,
+.BR confstr ()
+just returns the value as defined below.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I name
+is a valid configuration variable,
+.BR confstr ()
+returns the number of bytes (including the terminating null byte)
+that would be required to hold the entire value of that variable.
+This value may be greater than
+.IR size ,
+which means that the value in
+.I buf
+is truncated.
+.P
+If
+.I name
+is a valid configuration variable,
+but that variable does not have a value, then
+.BR confstr ()
+returns 0.
+If
+.I name
+does not correspond to a valid configuration variable,
+.BR confstr ()
+returns 0, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EINVAL .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The value of
+.I name
+is invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR confstr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code fragment determines the path where to find
+the POSIX.2 system utilities:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *pathbuf;
+size_t n;
+\&
+n = confstr(_CS_PATH, NULL, (size_t) 0);
+pathbuf = malloc(n);
+if (pathbuf == NULL)
+    abort();
+confstr(_CS_PATH, pathbuf, n);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getconf (1),
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR exec (3),
+.BR fpathconf (3),
+.BR pathconf (3),
+.BR sysconf (3),
+.BR system (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/conj.3 b/man/man3/conj.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0924417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/conj.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH conj 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+conj, conjf, conjl \- calculate the complex conjugate
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex conj(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex conjf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex conjl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the complex conjugate value of
+.IR z .
+That is the value obtained by changing the sign of the imaginary part.
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+cabs(z) = csqrt(z * conj(z))
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR conj (),
+.BR conjf (),
+.BR conjl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR csqrt (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/conjf.3 b/man/man3/conjf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef6093f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/conjf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/conj.3
diff --git a/man/man3/conjl.3 b/man/man3/conjl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef6093f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/conjl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/conj.3
diff --git a/man/man3/copysign.3 b/man/man3/copysign.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a99367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/copysign.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-10 by Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH copysign 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+copysign, copysignf, copysignl \- copy sign of a number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double copysign(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float copysignf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double copysignl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR copysign (),
+.BR copysignf (),
+.BR copysignl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a value whose absolute value matches that of
+.IR x ,
+but whose sign bit matches that of
+.IR y .
+.P
+For example,
+.I "copysign(42.0,\ \-1.0)"
+and
+.I "copysign(\-42.0, \-1.0)"
+both return \-42.0.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return a value whose magnitude is taken from
+.I x
+and whose sign is taken from
+.IR y .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN with the sign bit of
+.I y
+is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR copysign (),
+.BR copysignf (),
+.BR copysignl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On architectures where the floating-point formats are not IEEE 754 compliant,
+these functions may treat a negative zero as positive.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
+recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR signbit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/copysignf.3 b/man/man3/copysignf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46ef5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/copysignf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/copysign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/copysignl.3 b/man/man3/copysignl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46ef5e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/copysignl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/copysign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cos.3 b/man/man3/cos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65f4454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cos.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH cos 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cos, cosf, cosl \- cosine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double cos(double " x );
+.BI "float cosf(float " x );
+.BI "long double cosl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR cosf (),
+.BR cosl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the cosine of
+.IR x ,
+where
+.I x
+is
+given in radians.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the cosine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cos (),
+.BR cosf (),
+.BR cosl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6780
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR sincos (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/cosf.3 b/man/man3/cosf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abaea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cosf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cosh.3 b/man/man3/cosh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aea372e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cosh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1996-06-08 by aeb
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH cosh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cosh, coshf, coshl \- hyperbolic cosine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double cosh(double " x );
+.BI "float coshf(float " x );
+.BI "long double coshl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR coshf (),
+.BR coshl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR x ,
+which is defined mathematically as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+cosh(x) = (exp(x) + exp(\-x)) / 2
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the hyperbolic cosine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cosh (),
+.BR coshf (),
+.BR coshl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.3.4 and earlier,
+an overflow floating-point
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW  )
+exception is not raised when an overflow occurs.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR sinh (3),
+.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/coshf.3 b/man/man3/coshf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9bab10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/coshf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/coshl.3 b/man/man3/coshl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9bab10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/coshl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cosh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cosl.3 b/man/man3/cosl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9abaea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cosl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cpow.3 b/man/man3/cpow.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47666b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cpow.3
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cpow 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cpow, cpowf, cpowl \- complex power function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cpow(double complex " x ", double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex cpowf(float complex " x ", float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex cpowl(long double complex " x ,
+.BI "                          long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate
+.I x
+raised to the power
+.I z
+(with a branch cut for
+.I x
+along the negative real axis).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cpow (),
+.BR cpowf (),
+.BR cpowl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR pow (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cpowf.3 b/man/man3/cpowf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7577fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cpowf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cpow.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cpowl.3 b/man/man3/cpowl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7577fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cpowl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cpow.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cproj.3 b/man/man3/cproj.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07b1de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cproj.3
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH cproj 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+cproj, cprojf, cprojl \- project into Riemann Sphere
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex cproj(double complex " z ");"
+.BI "float complex cprojf(float complex " z ");"
+.BI "long double complex cprojl(long double complex " z ");"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions project a point in the plane onto the surface of a
+Riemann Sphere, the one-point compactification of the complex plane.
+Each finite point
+.I z
+projects to
+.I z
+itself.
+Every complex infinite value is projected to a single infinite value,
+namely to positive infinity on the real axis.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cproj (),
+.BR cprojf (),
+.BR cprojl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+In glibc 2.11 and earlier, the implementation does something different
+(a
+.I stereographic
+projection onto a Riemann Sphere).
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=10401
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/cprojf.3 b/man/man3/cprojf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a3f31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cprojf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cproj.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cprojl.3 b/man/man3/cprojl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a3f31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cprojl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/cproj.3
diff --git a/man/man3/creal.3 b/man/man3/creal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e5293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/creal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH creal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+creal, crealf, creall \- get real part of a complex number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double creal(double complex " z );
+.BI "float crealf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double creall(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the real part of the complex number
+.IR z .
+.P
+One has:
+.P
+.nf
+    z = creal(z) + I * cimag(z)
+.fi
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR creal (),
+.BR crealf (),
+.BR creall ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+GCC supports also __real__.
+That is a GNU extension.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cimag (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/crealf.3 b/man/man3/crealf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4289f71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/crealf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/creal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/creall.3 b/man/man3/creall.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4289f71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/creall.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/creal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/crypt.3 b/man/man3/crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..831a530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Michael Haardt (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth.aachen.de)
+.\"     Sat Sep  3 22:00:30 MET DST 1994
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Sun Feb 19 21:32:25 1995, faith@cs.unc.edu edited details away
+.\"
+.\" TO DO: This manual page should go more into detail how DES is perturbed,
+.\" which string will be encrypted, and what determines the repetition factor.
+.\" Is a simple repetition using ECB used, or something more advanced?  I hope
+.\" the presented explanations are at least better than nothing, but by no
+.\" means enough.
+.\"
+.\" added _XOPEN_SOURCE, aeb, 970705
+.\" added GNU MD5 stuff, aeb, 011223
+.\"
+.TH crypt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+crypt, crypt_r \- password hashing
+.SH LIBRARY
+Password hashing library
+.RI ( libcrypt ", " \-lcrypt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *crypt(const char *" key ", const char *" salt );
+.P
+.B #include <crypt.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *crypt_r(const char *" key ", const char *" salt ,
+.BI "              struct crypt_data *restrict " data );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR crypt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.28:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.27 and earlier:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR crypt_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR crypt ()
+is the password hashing function.
+It is based on the Data Encryption
+Standard algorithm with variations intended (among other things) to
+discourage use of hardware implementations of a key search.
+.P
+.I key
+is a user's typed password.
+.P
+.I salt
+is a two-character string chosen from the set
+[\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
+This string is used to
+perturb the algorithm in one of 4096 different ways.
+.P
+By taking the lowest 7 bits of each of the first eight characters of the
+.IR key ,
+a 56-bit key is obtained.
+This 56-bit key is used to encrypt repeatedly a
+constant string (usually a string consisting of all zeros).
+The returned
+value points to the hashed password, a series of 13 printable ASCII
+characters (the first two characters represent the salt itself).
+The return value points to static data whose content is
+overwritten by each call.
+.P
+Warning: the key space consists of
+.if t 2\s-2\u56\s0\d
+.if n 2**56
+equal 7.2e16 possible values.
+Exhaustive searches of this key space are
+possible using massively parallel computers.
+Software, such as
+.BR crack (1),
+is available which will search the portion of this key space that is
+generally used by humans for passwords.
+Hence, password selection should,
+at minimum, avoid common words and names.
+The use of a
+.BR passwd (1)
+program that checks for crackable passwords during the selection process is
+recommended.
+.P
+The DES algorithm itself has a few quirks which make the use of the
+.BR crypt ()
+interface a very poor choice for anything other than password
+authentication.
+If you are planning on using the
+.BR crypt ()
+interface for a cryptography project, don't do it: get a good book on
+encryption and one of the widely available DES libraries.
+.P
+.BR crypt_r ()
+is a reentrant version of
+.BR crypt ().
+The structure pointed to by
+.I data
+is used to store result data and bookkeeping information.
+Other than allocating it,
+the only thing that the caller should do with this structure is to set
+.I data\->initialized
+to zero before the first call to
+.BR crypt_r ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, a pointer to the hashed password is returned.
+On error, NULL is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I salt
+has the wrong format.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The
+.BR crypt ()
+function was not implemented, probably because of U.S.A. export restrictions.
+.\" This level of detail is not necessary in this man page. . .
+.\" .P
+.\" When encrypting a plain text P using DES with the key K results in the
+.\" encrypted text C, then the complementary plain text P' being encrypted
+.\" using the complementary key K' will result in the complementary encrypted
+.\" text C'.
+.\" .P
+.\" Weak keys are keys which stay invariant under the DES key transformation.
+.\" The four known weak keys 0101010101010101, fefefefefefefefe,
+.\" 1f1f1f1f0e0e0e0e and e0e0e0e0f1f1f1f1 must be avoided.
+.\" .P
+.\" There are six known half weak key pairs, which keys lead to the same
+.\" encrypted data.  Keys which are part of such key clusters should be
+.\" avoided.
+.\" Sorry, I could not find out what they are.
+.\""
+.\" .P
+.\" Heavily redundant data causes trouble with DES encryption, when used in the
+.\" .I codebook
+.\" mode that
+.\" .BR crypt ()
+.\" implements.  The
+.\" .BR crypt ()
+.\" interface should be used only for its intended purpose of password
+.\" verification, and should not be used as part of a data encryption tool.
+.\" .P
+.\" The first and last three output bits of the fourth S-box can be
+.\" represented as function of their input bits.  Empiric studies have
+.\" shown that S-boxes partially compute the same output for similar input.
+.\" It is suspected that this may contain a back door which could allow the
+.\" NSA to decrypt DES encrypted data.
+.\" .P
+.\" Making encrypted data computed using crypt() publicly available has
+.\" to be considered insecure for the given reasons.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+.I /proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled
+has a nonzero value,
+and an attempt was made to use a weak hashing type, such as DES.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR crypt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:crypt
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR crypt_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR crypt ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR crypt_r ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR crypt ()
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SS Availability in glibc
+The
+.BR crypt (),
+.BR encrypt (3),
+and
+.BR setkey (3)
+functions are part of the POSIX.1-2008 XSI Options Group for Encryption
+and are optional.
+If the interfaces are not available, then the symbolic constant
+.B _XOPEN_CRYPT
+is either not defined,
+or it is defined to \-1 and availability can be checked at run time with
+.BR sysconf (3).
+This may be the case if the downstream distribution has switched from glibc
+crypt to
+.IR libxcrypt .
+When recompiling applications in such distributions,
+the programmer must detect if
+.B _XOPEN_CRYPT
+is not available and include
+.I <crypt.h>
+for the function prototypes;
+otherwise
+.I libxcrypt
+is an ABI-compatible drop-in replacement.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS Features in glibc
+The glibc version of this function supports additional
+hashing algorithms.
+.P
+If
+.I salt
+is a character string starting with the characters "$\fIid\fP$"
+followed by a string optionally terminated by "$",
+then the result has the form:
+.RS
+.P
+$\fIid\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
+.RE
+.P
+.I id
+identifies the hashing method used instead of DES and this
+then determines how the rest of the password string is interpreted.
+The following values of
+.I id
+are supported:
+.RS
+.TS
+lb lb
+l lx.
+ID	Method
+_
+1	MD5
+2a	T{
+Blowfish (not in mainline glibc; added in some
+Linux distributions)
+T}
+.\" openSUSE has Blowfish, but AFAICS, this option is not supported
+.\" natively by glibc -- mtk, Jul 08
+.\"
+.\" md5 | Sun MD5
+.\" glibc doesn't appear to natively support Sun MD5; I don't know
+.\" if any distros add the support.
+5	SHA-256 (since glibc 2.7)
+6	SHA-512 (since glibc 2.7)
+.TE
+.RE
+.P
+Thus, $5$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP and $6$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
+contain the password hashed with, respectively, functions
+based on SHA-256 and SHA-512.
+.P
+"\fIsalt\fP" stands for the up to 16 characters
+following "$\fIid\fP$" in the salt.
+The "\fIhashed\fP"
+part of the password string is the actual computed password.
+The size of this string is fixed:
+.RS
+.TS
+lb l.
+MD5	22 characters
+SHA-256	43 characters
+SHA-512	86 characters
+.TE
+.RE
+.P
+The characters in "\fIsalt\fP" and "\fIhashed\fP" are drawn from the set
+[\fBa\-zA\-Z0\-9./\fP].
+In the MD5 and SHA implementations the entire
+.I key
+is significant (instead of only the first
+8 bytes in DES).
+.P
+Since glibc 2.7,
+.\" glibc commit 9425cb9eea6a62fc21d99aafe8a60f752b934b05
+the SHA-256 and SHA-512 implementations support a user-supplied number of
+hashing rounds, defaulting to 5000.
+If the "$\fIid\fP$" characters in the salt are
+followed by "rounds=\fIxxx\fP$", where \fIxxx\fP is an integer, then the
+result has the form
+.RS
+.P
+$\fIid\fP$\fIrounds=yyy\fP$\fIsalt\fP$\fIhashed\fP
+.RE
+.P
+where \fIyyy\fP is the number of hashing rounds actually used.
+The number of rounds actually used is 1000 if
+.I xxx
+is less than
+1000, 999999999 if
+.I xxx
+is greater than 999999999, and
+is equal to
+.I xxx
+otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR login (1),
+.BR passwd (1),
+.BR encrypt (3),
+.BR getpass (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/crypt_r.3 b/man/man3/crypt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3944ebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/crypt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/crypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csin.3 b/man/man3/csin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..350205a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH csin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+csin, csinf, csinl \- complex sine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex csin(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex csinf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex csinl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex sine of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex sine function is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+csin(z) = (exp(i * z) \- exp(\-i * z)) / (2 * i)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR csin (),
+.BR csinf (),
+.BR csinl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR casin (3),
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR ctan (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/csinf.3 b/man/man3/csinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ed2a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csinh.3 b/man/man3/csinh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6e4378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csinh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH csinh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+csinh, csinhf, csinhl \- complex hyperbolic sine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex csinh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex csinhf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex csinhl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic sine of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex hyperbolic sine function is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+csinh(z) = (exp(z)\-exp(\-z))/2
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR csinh (),
+.BR csinhf (),
+.BR csinhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR casinh (3),
+.BR ccosh (3),
+.BR ctanh (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/csinhf.3 b/man/man3/csinhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f6d66f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csinhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csinhl.3 b/man/man3/csinhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f6d66f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csinhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csinl.3 b/man/man3/csinl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ed2a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csinl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csqrt.3 b/man/man3/csqrt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b047a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csqrt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH csqrt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+csqrt, csqrtf, csqrtl \- complex square root
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex csqrt(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex csqrtf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex csqrtl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex square root of
+.IR z ,
+with a branch cut along the negative real axis.
+(That means that \fIcsqrt(\-1+eps*I)\fP will be close to I while
+\fIcsqrt(\-1\-eps*I)\fP will be close to \-I, \fIif eps\fP is a small positive
+real number.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR csqrt (),
+.BR csqrtf (),
+.BR csqrtl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/csqrtf.3 b/man/man3/csqrtf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3cf329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csqrtf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csqrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/csqrtl.3 b/man/man3/csqrtl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3cf329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/csqrtl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/csqrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ctan.3 b/man/man3/ctan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bde5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH ctan 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ctan, ctanf, ctanl \- complex tangent function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex ctan(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex ctanf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex ctanl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex tangent of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex tangent function is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ctan(z) = csin(z) / ccos(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ctan (),
+.BR ctanf (),
+.BR ctanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR catan (3),
+.BR ccos (3),
+.BR csin (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ctanf.3 b/man/man3/ctanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0f4a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ctanh.3 b/man/man3/ctanh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd1d161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctanh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH ctanh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ctanh, ctanhf, ctanhl \- complex hyperbolic tangent
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <complex.h>
+.P
+.BI "double complex ctanh(double complex " z );
+.BI "float complex ctanhf(float complex " z );
+.BI "long double complex ctanhl(long double complex " z );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the complex hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR z .
+.P
+The complex hyperbolic tangent function is defined
+mathematically as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ctanh(z) = csinh(z) / ccosh(z)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ctanh (),
+.BR ctanhf (),
+.BR ctanhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR catanh (3),
+.BR ccosh (3),
+.BR csinh (3),
+.BR complex (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ctanhf.3 b/man/man3/ctanhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b9217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctanhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ctanhl.3 b/man/man3/ctanhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b9217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctanhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ctanl.3 b/man/man3/ctanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0f4a66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ctermid.3 b/man/man3/ctermid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3983a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctermid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:51:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH ctermid 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ctermid \- get controlling terminal name
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.\" POSIX also requires this function to be declared in <unistd.h>,
+.\" and glibc does so if suitable feature test macros are defined.
+.P
+.BI "char *ctermid(char *" "s" );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ctermid ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR ctermid ()
+returns a string which is the pathname for the current
+controlling terminal for this process.
+If
+.I s
+is NULL,
+a static buffer is used, otherwise
+.I s
+points to a buffer used to hold the terminal pathname.
+The symbolic constant
+.B L_ctermid
+is the maximum number of characters in the returned pathname.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The pointer to the pathname.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ctermid ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, Svr4.
+.SH BUGS
+The returned pathname may not uniquely identify the controlling
+terminal; it may, for example, be
+.IR /dev/tty .
+.P
+It is not assured that the program can open the terminal.
+.\" in glibc 2.3.x, x >= 4, the glibc headers threw an error
+.\" if ctermid() was given an argument; fixed in glibc 2.4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ttyname (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ctime.3 b/man/man3/ctime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb33421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:49:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Apr 26 12:38:55 MET DST 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\" Modified 2001-11-13, aeb
+.\" Modified 2001-12-13, joey, aeb
+.\" Modified 2004-11-16, mtk
+.\"
+.TH ctime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+asctime, ctime, gmtime, localtime, mktime, asctime_r, ctime_r, gmtime_r,
+localtime_r \- transform date and time to broken-down time or ASCII
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *asctime(const struct tm *" tm );
+.BI "char *asctime_r(const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
+.BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
+.P
+.BI "char *ctime(const time_t *" timep );
+.BI "char *ctime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
+.BI "                    char " buf "[restrict 26]);"
+.P
+.BI "struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *" timep );
+.BI "struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
+.BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
+.P
+.BI "struct tm *localtime(const time_t *" timep );
+.BI "struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t *restrict " timep ,
+.BI "                    struct tm *restrict " result );
+.P
+.BI "time_t mktime(struct tm *" tm );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR asctime_r (),
+.BR ctime_r (),
+.BR gmtime_r (),
+.BR localtime_r ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ctime (),
+.BR gmtime (),
+and
+.BR localtime ()
+functions all take
+an argument of data type \fItime_t\fP, which represents calendar time.
+When interpreted as an absolute time value, it represents the number of
+seconds elapsed since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+.P
+The
+.BR asctime ()
+and
+.BR mktime ()
+functions both take an argument
+representing broken-down time, which is a representation
+separated into year, month, day, and so on.
+.P
+Broken-down time is stored in the structure
+.IR tm ,
+described in
+.BR tm (3type).
+.P
+The call
+.BI ctime( t )
+is equivalent to
+.BI asctime(localtime( t )) \fR.
+It converts the calendar time \fIt\fP into a
+null-terminated string of the form
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+"Wed Jun 30 21:49:08 1993\en"
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The abbreviations for the days of the week are "Sun", "Mon", "Tue", "Wed",
+"Thu", "Fri", and "Sat".
+The abbreviations for the months are "Jan",
+"Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", and
+"Dec".
+The return value points to a statically allocated string which
+might be overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time
+functions.
+The function also sets the external
+variables \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP (see
+.BR tzset (3))
+with information about the current timezone.
+The reentrant version
+.BR ctime_r ()
+does the same, but stores the
+string in a user-supplied buffer
+which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
+It need not
+set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
+.P
+The
+.BR gmtime ()
+function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
+broken-down time representation, expressed in Coordinated Universal Time
+(UTC).
+It may return NULL when the year does not fit into an integer.
+The return value points to a statically allocated struct which might be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
+The
+.BR gmtime_r ()
+function does the same, but stores the data in a
+user-supplied struct.
+.P
+The
+.BR localtime ()
+function converts the calendar time \fItimep\fP to
+broken-down time representation,
+expressed relative to the user's specified timezone.
+The function acts as if it called
+.BR tzset (3)
+and sets the external variables \fItzname\fP with
+information about the current timezone, \fItimezone\fP with the difference
+between Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) and local standard time in
+seconds, and \fIdaylight\fP to a nonzero value if daylight savings
+time rules apply during some part of the year.
+The return value points to a statically allocated struct which might be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
+The
+.BR localtime_r ()
+function does the same, but stores the data in a
+user-supplied struct.
+It need not set \fItzname\fP, \fItimezone\fP, and \fIdaylight\fP.
+.P
+The
+.BR asctime ()
+function converts the broken-down time value
+\fItm\fP into a null-terminated string with the same format as
+.BR ctime ().
+The return value points to a statically allocated string which might be
+overwritten by subsequent calls to any of the date and time functions.
+The
+.BR asctime_r ()
+function does the same, but stores the string in
+a user-supplied buffer which should have room for at least 26 bytes.
+.P
+The
+.BR mktime ()
+function converts a broken-down time structure, expressed
+as local time, to calendar time representation.
+The function ignores
+the values supplied by the caller in the
+.I tm_wday
+and
+.I tm_yday
+fields.
+The value specified in the
+.I tm_isdst
+field informs
+.BR mktime ()
+whether or not daylight saving time (DST)
+is in effect for the time supplied in the
+.I tm
+structure:
+a positive value means DST is in effect;
+zero means that DST is not in effect;
+and a negative value means that
+.BR mktime ()
+should (use timezone information and system databases to)
+attempt to determine whether DST is in effect at the specified time.
+.P
+The
+.BR mktime ()
+function modifies the fields of the
+.I tm
+structure as follows:
+.I tm_wday
+and
+.I tm_yday
+are set to values determined from the contents of the other fields;
+if structure members are outside their valid interval, they will be
+normalized (so that, for example, 40 October is changed into 9 November);
+.I tm_isdst
+is set (regardless of its initial value)
+to a positive value or to 0, respectively,
+to indicate whether DST is or is not in effect at the specified time.
+Calling
+.BR mktime ()
+also sets the external variable \fItzname\fP with
+information about the current timezone.
+.P
+If the specified broken-down
+time cannot be represented as calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
+.BR mktime ()
+returns
+.I (time_t)\ \-1
+and does not alter the
+members of the broken-down time structure.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR gmtime ()
+and
+.BR localtime ()
+return a pointer to a
+.IR "struct\ tm" .
+.P
+On success,
+.BR gmtime_r ()
+and
+.BR localtime_r ()
+return the address of the structure pointed to by
+.IR result .
+.P
+On success,
+.BR asctime ()
+and
+.BR ctime ()
+return a pointer to a string.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR asctime_r ()
+and
+.BR ctime_r ()
+return a pointer to the string pointed to by
+.IR buf .
+.P
+On success,
+.BR mktime ()
+returns the calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
+expressed as a value of type
+.IR time_t .
+.P
+On error,
+.BR mktime ()
+returns the value
+.IR "(time_t)\ \-1" .
+The remaining functions return NULL on error.
+On error,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+The result cannot be represented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR asctime ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:asctime locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR asctime_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ctime ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:tmbuf
+race:asctime env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ctime_r (),
+.BR gmtime_r (),
+.BR localtime_r (),
+.BR mktime ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gmtime (),
+.BR localtime ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:tmbuf env locale
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX doesn't specify the parameters of
+.BR ctime_r ()
+to be
+.IR restrict ;
+that is specific to glibc.
+.P
+In many implementations, including glibc, a 0 in
+.I tm_mday
+is interpreted as meaning the last day of the preceding month.
+.P
+According to POSIX.1-2001,
+.BR localtime ()
+is required to behave as though
+.BR tzset (3)
+was called, while
+.BR localtime_r ()
+does not have this requirement.
+.\" See http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.time.tz/2034/
+For portable code,
+.BR tzset (3)
+should be called before
+.BR localtime_r ().
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR asctime ()
+.TQ
+.BR ctime ()
+.TQ
+.BR gmtime ()
+.TQ
+.BR localtime ()
+.TQ
+.BR mktime ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR asctime_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR ctime_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR gmtime_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR localtime_r ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR gmtime ()
+.TQ
+.BR localtime ()
+.TQ
+.BR mktime ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR asctime ()
+.TQ
+.BR ctime ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (recommending
+.BR strftime (3)).
+.TP
+.BR gmtime_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR localtime_r ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR asctime_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR ctime_r ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (recommending
+.BR strftime (3)).
+.SH NOTES
+The four functions
+.BR asctime (),
+.BR ctime (),
+.BR gmtime (),
+and
+.BR localtime ()
+return a pointer to static data and hence are not thread-safe.
+The thread-safe versions,
+.BR asctime_r (),
+.BR ctime_r (),
+.BR gmtime_r (),
+and
+.BR localtime_r (),
+are specified by SUSv2.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 says:
+"The
+.BR asctime (),
+.BR ctime (),
+.BR gmtime (),
+and
+.BR localtime ()
+functions shall return values in one of two static objects:
+a broken-down time structure and an array of type
+.IR char .
+Execution of any of the functions may overwrite the information returned
+in either of these objects by any of the other functions."
+This can occur in the glibc implementation.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR date (1),
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (2),
+.BR utime (2),
+.BR clock (3),
+.BR difftime (3),
+.BR strftime (3),
+.BR strptime (3),
+.BR timegm (3),
+.BR tzset (3),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ctime_r.3 b/man/man3/ctime_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ctime_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/cuserid.3 b/man/man3/cuserid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6d53bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/cuserid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getlogin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/daemon.3 b/man/man3/daemon.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3d8794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/daemon.3
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)daemon.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\" Added mentioning of glibc weirdness wrt unistd.h. 5/11/98, Al Viro
+.TH daemon 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+daemon \- run in the background
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int daemon(int " nochdir ", int " noclose );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR daemon ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.21:
+.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR daemon ()
+function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the
+controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons.
+.P
+If
+.I nochdir
+is zero,
+.BR daemon ()
+changes the process's current working directory
+to the root directory ("/");
+otherwise, the current working directory is left unchanged.
+.P
+If
+.I noclose
+is zero,
+.BR daemon ()
+redirects standard input, standard output, and standard error
+to
+.IR /dev/null ;
+otherwise, no changes are made to these file descriptors.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+(This function forks, and if the
+.BR fork (2)
+succeeds, the parent calls
+.\" not .IR in order not to underline _
+.BR _exit (2),
+so that further errors are seen by the child only.)
+On success
+.BR daemon ()
+returns zero.
+If an error occurs,
+.BR daemon ()
+returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to any of the errors specified for the
+.BR fork (2)
+and
+.BR setsid (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR daemon ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+A similar function appears on the BSDs.
+.P
+The glibc implementation can also return \-1 when
+.I /dev/null
+exists but is not a character device with the expected
+major and minor numbers.
+In this case,
+.I errno
+need not be set.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+The GNU C library implementation of this function was taken from BSD,
+and does not employ the double-fork technique (i.e.,
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR setsid (2),
+.BR fork (2))
+that is necessary to ensure that the resulting daemon process is
+not a session leader.
+Instead, the resulting daemon
+.I is
+a session leader.
+.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19144
+.\" Tested using a program that uses daemon() and then opens an
+.\" otherwise unused console device (/dev/ttyN) that does not
+.\" have an associated getty process.
+On systems that follow System V semantics (e.g., Linux),
+this means that if the daemon opens a terminal that is not
+already a controlling terminal for another session,
+then that terminal will inadvertently become
+the controlling terminal for the daemon.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR setsid (2),
+.BR daemon (7),
+.BR logrotate (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/daylight.3 b/man/man3/daylight.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8090763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/daylight.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/db.3 b/man/man3/db.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03ede66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/db.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dbopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dbopen.3 b/man/man3/dbopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e18596f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dbopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)dbopen.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 1/2/94
+.\"
+.TH dbopen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.UC 7
+.SH NAME
+dbopen \- database access methods
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <limits.h>
+.B #include <db.h>
+.B #include <fcntl.h>
+.P
+.BI "DB *dbopen(const char *" file ", int " flags ", int " mode \
+", DBTYPE " type ,
+.BI "           const void *" openinfo );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Note well" :
+This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
+Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
+.I libdb
+library instead.
+.P
+.BR dbopen ()
+is the library interface to database files.
+The supported file formats are btree, hashed, and UNIX file oriented.
+The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree structure.
+The hashed format is an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme.
+The flat-file format is a byte stream file with fixed or variable length
+records.
+The formats and file-format-specific information are described in detail
+in their respective manual pages
+.BR btree (3),
+.BR hash (3),
+and
+.BR recno (3).
+.P
+.BR dbopen ()
+opens
+.I file
+for reading and/or writing.
+Files never intended to be preserved on disk may be created by setting
+the
+.I file
+argument to NULL.
+.P
+The
+.I flags
+and
+.I mode
+arguments are as specified to the
+.BR open (2)
+routine, however, only the
+.BR O_CREAT ,
+.BR O_EXCL ,
+.BR O_EXLOCK ,
+.BR O_NONBLOCK ,
+.BR O_RDONLY ,
+.BR O_RDWR ,
+.BR O_SHLOCK ,
+and
+.B O_TRUNC
+flags are meaningful.
+(Note, opening a database file
+.B O_WRONLY
+is not possible.)
+.\"Three additional options may be specified by ORing
+.\"them into the
+.\".I flags
+.\"argument.
+.\".TP
+.\"DB_LOCK
+.\"Do the necessary locking in the database to support concurrent access.
+.\"If concurrent access isn't needed or the database is read-only this
+.\"flag should not be set, as it tends to have an associated performance
+.\"penalty.
+.\".TP
+.\"DB_SHMEM
+.\"Place the underlying memory pool used by the database in shared
+.\"memory.
+.\"Necessary for concurrent access.
+.\".TP
+.\"DB_TXN
+.\"Support transactions in the database.
+.\"The DB_LOCK and DB_SHMEM flags must be set as well.
+.P
+The
+.I type
+argument is of type
+.I DBTYPE
+(as defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file) and
+may be set to
+.BR DB_BTREE ,
+.BR DB_HASH ,
+or
+.BR DB_RECNO .
+.P
+The
+.I openinfo
+argument is a pointer to an access-method-specific structure described
+in the access method's manual page.
+If
+.I openinfo
+is NULL, each access method will use defaults appropriate for the system
+and the access method.
+.P
+.BR dbopen ()
+returns a pointer to a
+.I DB
+structure on success and NULL on error.
+The
+.I DB
+structure is defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file, and contains at
+least the following fields:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    DBTYPE type;
+    int (*close)(const DB *db);
+    int (*del)(const DB *db, const DBT *key, unsigned int flags);
+    int (*fd)(const DB *db);
+    int (*get)(const DB *db, DBT *key, DBT *data,
+               unsigned int flags);
+    int (*put)(const DB *db, DBT *key, const DBT *data,
+               unsigned int flags);
+    int (*sync)(const DB *db, unsigned int flags);
+    int (*seq)(const DB *db, DBT *key, DBT *data,
+               unsigned int flags);
+} DB;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+These elements describe a database type and a set of functions performing
+various actions.
+These functions take a pointer to a structure as returned by
+.BR dbopen (),
+and sometimes one or more pointers to key/data structures and a flag value.
+.TP
+.I type
+The type of the underlying access method (and file format).
+.TP
+.I close
+A pointer to a routine to flush any cached information to disk, free any
+allocated resources, and close the underlying file(s).
+Since key/data pairs may be cached in memory, failing to sync the file
+with a
+.I close
+or
+.I sync
+function may result in inconsistent or lost information.
+.I close
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno )
+and 0 on success.
+.TP
+.I del
+A pointer to a routine to remove key/data pairs from the database.
+.IP
+The argument
+.I flag
+may be set to the following value:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_CURSOR
+Delete the record referenced by the cursor.
+The cursor must have previously been initialized.
+.RE
+.IP
+.I delete
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno ),
+0 on success, and 1 if the specified
+.I key
+was not in the file.
+.TP
+.I fd
+A pointer to a routine which returns a file descriptor representative
+of the underlying database.
+A file descriptor referencing the same file will be returned to all
+processes which call
+.BR dbopen ()
+with the same
+.I file
+name.
+This file descriptor may be safely used as an argument to the
+.BR fcntl (2)
+and
+.BR flock (2)
+locking functions.
+The file descriptor is not necessarily associated with any of the
+underlying files used by the access method.
+No file descriptor is available for in memory databases.
+.I fd
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno ),
+and the file descriptor on success.
+.TP
+.I get
+A pointer to a routine which is the interface for keyed retrieval from
+the database.
+The address and length of the data associated with the specified
+.I key
+are returned in the structure referenced by
+.IR data .
+.I get
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno ),
+0 on success, and 1 if the
+.I key
+was not in the file.
+.TP
+.I put
+A pointer to a routine to store key/data pairs in the database.
+.IP
+The argument
+.I flag
+may be set to one of the following values:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_CURSOR
+Replace the key/data pair referenced by the cursor.
+The cursor must have previously been initialized.
+.TP
+.B R_IAFTER
+Append the data immediately after the data referenced by
+.IR key ,
+creating a new key/data pair.
+The record number of the appended key/data pair is returned in the
+.I key
+structure.
+(Applicable only to the
+.B DB_RECNO
+access method.)
+.TP
+.B R_IBEFORE
+Insert the data immediately before the data referenced by
+.IR key ,
+creating a new key/data pair.
+The record number of the inserted key/data pair is returned in the
+.I key
+structure.
+(Applicable only to the
+.B DB_RECNO
+access method.)
+.TP
+.B R_NOOVERWRITE
+Enter the new key/data pair only if the key does not previously exist.
+.TP
+.B R_SETCURSOR
+Store the key/data pair, setting or initializing the position of the
+cursor to reference it.
+(Applicable only to the
+.B DB_BTREE
+and
+.B DB_RECNO
+access methods.)
+.RE
+.IP
+.B R_SETCURSOR
+is available only for the
+.B DB_BTREE
+and
+.B DB_RECNO
+access
+methods because it implies that the keys have an inherent order
+which does not change.
+.IP
+.B R_IAFTER
+and
+.B R_IBEFORE
+are available only for the
+.B DB_RECNO
+access method because they each imply that the access method is able to
+create new keys.
+This is true only if the keys are ordered and independent, record numbers
+for example.
+.IP
+The default behavior of the
+.I put
+routines is to enter the new key/data pair, replacing any previously
+existing key.
+.IP
+.I put
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno ),
+0 on success, and 1 if the
+.B R_NOOVERWRITE
+.I flag
+was set and the key already exists in the file.
+.TP
+.I seq
+A pointer to a routine which is the interface for sequential
+retrieval from the database.
+The address and length of the key are returned in the structure
+referenced by
+.IR key ,
+and the address and length of the data are returned in the
+structure referenced
+by
+.IR data .
+.IP
+Sequential key/data pair retrieval may begin at any time, and the
+position of the "cursor" is not affected by calls to the
+.IR del ,
+.IR get ,
+.IR put ,
+or
+.I sync
+routines.
+Modifications to the database during a sequential scan will be reflected
+in the scan, that is,
+records inserted behind the cursor will not be returned
+while records inserted in front of the cursor will be returned.
+.IP
+The flag value
+.B must
+be set to one of the following values:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_CURSOR
+The data associated with the specified key is returned.
+This differs from the
+.I get
+routines in that it sets or initializes the cursor to the location of
+the key as well.
+(Note, for the
+.B DB_BTREE
+access method, the returned key is not necessarily an
+exact match for the specified key.
+The returned key is the smallest key greater than or equal to the specified
+key, permitting partial key matches and range searches.)
+.TP
+.B R_FIRST
+The first key/data pair of the database is returned, and the cursor
+is set or initialized to reference it.
+.TP
+.B R_LAST
+The last key/data pair of the database is returned, and the cursor
+is set or initialized to reference it.
+(Applicable only to the
+.B DB_BTREE
+and
+.B DB_RECNO
+access methods.)
+.TP
+.B R_NEXT
+Retrieve the key/data pair immediately after the cursor.
+If the cursor is not yet set, this is the same as the
+.B R_FIRST
+flag.
+.TP
+.B R_PREV
+Retrieve the key/data pair immediately before the cursor.
+If the cursor is not yet set, this is the same as the
+.B R_LAST
+flag.
+(Applicable only to the
+.B DB_BTREE
+and
+.B DB_RECNO
+access methods.)
+.RE
+.IP
+.B R_LAST
+and
+.B R_PREV
+are available only for the
+.B DB_BTREE
+and
+.B DB_RECNO
+access methods because they each imply that the keys have an inherent
+order which does not change.
+.IP
+.I seq
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno ),
+0 on success and 1 if there are no key/data pairs less than or greater
+than the specified or current key.
+If the
+.B DB_RECNO
+access method is being used, and if the database file
+is a character special file and no complete key/data pairs are currently
+available, the
+.I seq
+routines return 2.
+.TP
+.I sync
+A pointer to a routine to flush any cached information to disk.
+If the database is in memory only, the
+.I sync
+routine has no effect and will always succeed.
+.IP
+The flag value may be set to the following value:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_RECNOSYNC
+If the
+.B DB_RECNO
+access method is being used, this flag causes
+the sync routine to apply to the btree file which underlies the
+recno file, not the recno file itself.
+(See the
+.I bfname
+field of the
+.BR recno (3)
+manual page for more information.)
+.RE
+.IP
+.I sync
+routines return \-1 on error (setting
+.IR errno )
+and 0 on success.
+.SS Key/data pairs
+Access to all file types is based on key/data pairs.
+Both keys and data are represented by the following data structure:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    void  *data;
+    size_t size;
+} DBT;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The elements of the
+.I DBT
+structure are defined as follows:
+.TP
+.I data
+A pointer to a byte string.
+.TP
+.I size
+The length of the byte string.
+.P
+Key and data byte strings may reference strings of essentially unlimited
+length although any two of them must fit into available memory at the same
+time.
+It should be noted that the access methods provide no guarantees about
+byte string alignment.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR dbopen ()
+routine may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.BR open (2)
+and
+.BR malloc (3)
+or the following:
+.TP
+.B EFTYPE
+A file is incorrectly formatted.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+A parameter has been specified (hash function, pad byte, etc.) that is
+incompatible with the current file specification or which is not
+meaningful for the function (for example, use of the cursor without
+prior initialization) or there is a mismatch between the version
+number of file and the software.
+.P
+The
+.I close
+routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.BR close (2),
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR free (3),
+or
+.BR fsync (2).
+.P
+The
+.IR del ,
+.IR get ,
+.IR put ,
+and
+.I seq
+routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR free (3),
+or
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+The
+.I fd
+routines will fail and set
+.I errno
+to
+.B ENOENT
+for in memory databases.
+.P
+The
+.I sync
+routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR fsync (2).
+.SH BUGS
+The typedef
+.I DBT
+is a mnemonic for "data base thang", and was used
+because no one could think of a reasonable name that wasn't already used.
+.P
+The file descriptor interface is a kludge and will be deleted in a
+future version of the interface.
+.P
+None of the access methods provide any form of concurrent access,
+locking, or transactions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR btree (3),
+.BR hash (3),
+.BR mpool (3),
+.BR recno (3)
+.P
+.IR "LIBTP: Portable, Modular Transactions for UNIX" ,
+Margo Seltzer, Michael Olson, USENIX proceedings, Winter 1992.
diff --git a/man/man3/des_crypt.3 b/man/man3/des_crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a21638a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/des_crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+'\" t
+.\" @(#)des_crypt.3	2.1 88/08/11 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.16 88/03/02 SMI;
+.\"
+.\" Taken from libc4 sources, which say:
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 Eric Young - can be distributed under GPL.
+.\"
+.\" However, the above header line suggests that this file in fact is
+.\" Copyright Sun Microsystems, Inc (and is provided for unrestricted use,
+.\" see other Sun RPC sources).
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH des_crypt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+des_crypt, ecb_crypt, cbc_crypt, des_setparity, DES_FAILED \- fast
+DES encryption
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.\" Sun version
+.\" .B #include <des_crypt.h>
+.B #include <rpc/des_crypt.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int ecb_crypt(char *" key ", char " data [. datalen ],
+.BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
+unsigned int " mode );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int cbc_crypt(char *" key ", char " data [. datalen ],
+.BI "                             unsigned int " datalen ", \
+unsigned int " mode ,
+.BI "                             char *" ivec );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void des_setparity(char *" key );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int DES_FAILED(int " status );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR ecb_crypt ()
+and
+.BR cbc_crypt ()
+implement the
+NBS
+DES
+(Data Encryption Standard).
+These routines are faster and more general purpose than
+.BR crypt (3).
+They also are able to utilize
+DES
+hardware if it is available.
+.BR ecb_crypt ()
+encrypts in
+ECB
+(Electronic Code Book)
+mode, which encrypts blocks of data independently.
+.BR cbc_crypt ()
+encrypts in
+CBC
+(Cipher Block Chaining)
+mode, which chains together
+successive blocks.
+CBC
+mode protects against insertions, deletions, and
+substitutions of blocks.
+Also, regularities in the clear text will
+not appear in the cipher text.
+.P
+Here is how to use these routines.
+The first argument,
+.IR key ,
+is the 8-byte encryption key with parity.
+To set the key's parity, which for
+DES
+is in the low bit of each byte, use
+.BR des_setparity ().
+The second argument,
+.IR data ,
+contains the data to be encrypted or decrypted.
+The
+third argument,
+.IR datalen ,
+is the length in bytes of
+.IR data ,
+which must be a multiple of 8.
+The fourth argument,
+.IR mode ,
+is formed by ORing together some things.
+For the encryption direction OR in either
+.B DES_ENCRYPT
+or
+.BR DES_DECRYPT .
+For software versus hardware
+encryption, OR in either
+.B DES_HW
+or
+.BR DES_SW .
+If
+.B DES_HW
+is specified, and there is no hardware, then the encryption is performed
+in software and the routine returns
+.BR DESERR_NOHWDEVICE .
+For
+.BR cbc_crypt (),
+the argument
+.I ivec
+is the 8-byte initialization
+vector for the chaining.
+It is updated to the next initialization
+vector upon return.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.TP
+.B DESERR_NONE
+No error.
+.TP
+.B DESERR_NOHWDEVICE
+Encryption succeeded, but done in software instead of the requested hardware.
+.TP
+.B DESERR_HWERROR
+An error occurred in the hardware or driver.
+.TP
+.B DESERR_BADPARAM
+Bad argument to routine.
+.P
+Given a result status
+.IR stat ,
+the macro
+.\" .BR DES_FAILED\c
+.\" .BR ( stat )
+.BI DES_FAILED( stat )
+is false only for the first two statuses.
+.\" So far the Sun page
+.\" Some additions - aeb
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ecb_crypt (),
+.BR cbc_crypt (),
+.BR des_setparity ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+glibc 2.1.
+Removed in glibc 2.28.
+.P
+Because they employ the DES block cipher,
+which is no longer considered secure,
+these functions were removed.
+Applications should switch to a modern cryptography library, such as
+.BR libgcrypt .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR des (1),
+.BR crypt (3),
+.BR xcrypt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/des_setparity.3 b/man/man3/des_setparity.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853c9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/des_setparity.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/difftime.3 b/man/man3/difftime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa6b248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/difftime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:48:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH difftime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+difftime \- calculate time difference
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "double difftime(time_t " time1 ", time_t " time0 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR difftime ()
+function returns the number of seconds elapsed
+between time \fItime1\fP and time \fItime0\fP, represented as a
+.IR double .
+Each time is a count of seconds.
+.P
+.I difftime(b,\~a)
+acts like
+.I (b\-a)
+except that the result does not overflow and is rounded to
+.IR double .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR difftime ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR date (1),
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (2),
+.BR ctime (3),
+.BR gmtime (3),
+.BR localtime (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/dirfd.3 b/man/man3/dirfd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fab3c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dirfd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH dirfd 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dirfd \- get directory stream file descriptor
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "int dirfd(DIR *" dirp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR dirfd ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR dirfd ()
+returns the file descriptor associated with the directory stream
+.IR dirp .
+.P
+This file descriptor is the one used internally by the directory stream.
+As a result, it is useful only for functions which do not depend on
+or alter the file position, such as
+.BR fstat (2)
+and
+.BR fchdir (2).
+It will be automatically closed when
+.BR closedir (3)
+is called.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR dirfd ()
+returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer).
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+POSIX.1-2008 specifies two errors,
+neither of which is returned by the current
+.\" glibc 2.8
+implementation.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I dirp
+does not refer to a valid directory stream.
+.TP
+.B ENOTSUP
+The implementation does not support the association of a file
+descriptor with a directory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dirfd ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD-Reno (not in 4.2BSD).
+.\" It is present in libc5 (since 5.1.2) and in glibc 2.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR openat (2),
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/dirname.3 b/man/man3/dirname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9099c1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dirname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/basename.3
diff --git a/man/man3/div.3 b/man/man3/div.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36e8a6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/div.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-10, 2003-11-01 Walter Harms, aeb
+.\"
+.TH div 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+div, ldiv, lldiv, imaxdiv \- compute quotient and remainder of
+an integer division
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "div_t div(int " numerator ", int " denominator );
+.BI "ldiv_t ldiv(long " numerator ", long " denominator );
+.BI "lldiv_t lldiv(long long " numerator ", long long " denominator );
+.P
+.B #include <inttypes.h>
+.P
+.BI "imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t " numerator ", intmax_t " denominator );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR lldiv ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR div ()
+function computes the value
+\fInumerator\fP/\fIdenominator\fP and
+returns the quotient and remainder in a structure
+named \fIdiv_t\fP that contains
+two integer members (in unspecified order) named \fIquot\fP and \fIrem\fP.
+The quotient is rounded toward zero.
+The result satisfies \fIquot\fP*\fIdenominator\fP+\fIrem\fP = \fInumerator\fP.
+.P
+The
+.BR ldiv (),
+.BR lldiv (),
+and
+.BR imaxdiv ()
+functions do the same,
+dividing numbers of the indicated type and
+returning the result in a structure
+of the indicated name, in all cases with fields \fIquot\fP and \fIrem\fP
+of the same type as the function arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The \fIdiv_t\fP (etc.) structure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR div (),
+.BR ldiv (),
+.BR lldiv (),
+.BR imaxdiv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+.BR lldiv ()
+and
+.BR imaxdiv ()
+were added in C99.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+After
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+div_t q = div(\-5, 3);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+the values \fIq.quot\fP and \fIq.rem\fP are \-1 and \-2, respectively.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR abs (3),
+.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3 b/man/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a533155
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dl_iterate_phdr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2017 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH dl_iterate_phdr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dl_iterate_phdr \- walk through list of shared objects
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <link.h>
+.P
+.B int dl_iterate_phdr(
+.BI "          int (*" callback ")(struct dl_phdr_info *" info ,
+.BI "                          size_t " size ", void *" data ),
+.BI "          void *" data );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
+function allows an application to inquire at run time to find
+out which shared objects it has loaded,
+and the order in which they were loaded.
+.P
+The
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
+function walks through the list of an
+application's shared objects and calls the function
+.I callback
+once for each object,
+until either all shared objects have been processed or
+.I callback
+returns a nonzero value.
+.P
+Each call to
+.I callback
+receives three arguments:
+.IR info ,
+which is a pointer to a structure containing information
+about the shared object;
+.IR size ,
+which is the size of the structure pointed to by
+.IR info ;
+and
+.IR data ,
+which is a copy of whatever value was passed by the calling
+program as the second argument (also named
+.IR data )
+in the call to
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr ().
+.P
+The
+.I info
+argument is a structure of the following type:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct dl_phdr_info {
+    ElfW(Addr)        dlpi_addr;  /* Base address of object */
+    const char       *dlpi_name;  /* (Null\-terminated) name of
+                                     object */
+    const ElfW(Phdr) *dlpi_phdr;  /* Pointer to array of
+                                     ELF program headers
+                                     for this object */
+    ElfW(Half)        dlpi_phnum; /* # of items in \fIdlpi_phdr\fP */
+\&
+    /* The following fields were added in glibc 2.4, after the first
+       version of this structure was available.  Check the \fIsize\fP
+       argument passed to the dl_iterate_phdr callback to determine
+       whether or not each later member is available.  */
+\&
+    unsigned long long dlpi_adds;
+                    /* Incremented when a new object may
+                       have been added */
+    unsigned long long dlpi_subs;
+                    /* Incremented when an object may
+                       have been removed */
+    size_t dlpi_tls_modid;
+                    /* If there is a PT_TLS segment, its module
+                       ID as used in TLS relocations, else zero */
+    void  *dlpi_tls_data;
+                    /* The address of the calling thread\[aq]s instance
+                       of this module\[aq]s PT_TLS segment, if it has
+                       one and it has been allocated in the calling
+                       thread, otherwise a null pointer */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The
+.IR ElfW ()
+macro definition turns its argument into the name of an ELF data
+type suitable for the hardware architecture.
+For example, on a 32-bit platform,
+.I ElfW(Addr)
+yields the data type name
+.IR Elf32_Addr .
+Further information on these types can be found in the
+.IR <elf.h> " and " <link.h>
+header files.)
+.P
+The
+.I dlpi_addr
+field indicates the base address of the shared object
+(i.e., the difference between the virtual memory address of
+the shared object and the offset of that object in the file
+from which it was loaded).
+The
+.I dlpi_name
+field is a null-terminated string giving the pathname
+from which the shared object was loaded.
+.P
+To understand the meaning of the
+.I dlpi_phdr
+and
+.I dlpi_phnum
+fields, we need to be aware that an ELF shared object consists
+of a number of segments, each of which has a corresponding
+program header describing the segment.
+The
+.I dlpi_phdr
+field is a pointer to an array of the program headers for this
+shared object.
+The
+.I dlpi_phnum
+field indicates the size of this array.
+.P
+These program headers are structures of the following form:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    Elf32_Word  p_type;    /* Segment type */
+    Elf32_Off   p_offset;  /* Segment file offset */
+    Elf32_Addr  p_vaddr;   /* Segment virtual address */
+    Elf32_Addr  p_paddr;   /* Segment physical address */
+    Elf32_Word  p_filesz;  /* Segment size in file */
+    Elf32_Word  p_memsz;   /* Segment size in memory */
+    Elf32_Word  p_flags;   /* Segment flags */
+    Elf32_Word  p_align;   /* Segment alignment */
+} Elf32_Phdr;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Note that we can calculate the location of a particular program header,
+.IR x ,
+in virtual memory using the formula:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+addr == info\->dlpi_addr + info\->dlpi_phdr[x].p_vaddr;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Possible values for
+.I p_type
+include the following (see
+.I <elf.h>
+for further details):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define PT_LOAD         1    /* Loadable program segment */
+#define PT_DYNAMIC      2    /* Dynamic linking information */
+#define PT_INTERP       3    /* Program interpreter */
+#define PT_NOTE         4    /* Auxiliary information */
+#define PT_SHLIB        5    /* Reserved */
+#define PT_PHDR         6    /* Entry for header table itself */
+#define PT_TLS          7    /* Thread\-local storage segment */
+#define PT_GNU_EH_FRAME 0x6474e550 /* GCC .eh_frame_hdr segment */
+#define PT_GNU_STACK  0x6474e551 /* Indicates stack executability */
+.\" For PT_GNU_STACK, see http://www.airs.com/blog/archives/518
+#define PT_GNU_RELRO  0x6474e552 /* Read\-only after relocation */
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
+function returns whatever value was returned by the last call to
+.IR callback .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Various other systems provide a version of this function,
+although details of the returned
+.I dl_phdr_info
+structure differ.
+On the BSDs and Solaris, the structure includes the fields
+.IR dlpi_addr ,
+.IR dlpi_name ,
+.IR dlpi_phdr ,
+and
+.I dlpi_phnum
+in addition to other implementation-specific fields.
+.P
+Future versions of the C library may add further fields to the
+.I dl_phdr_info
+structure; in that event, the
+.I size
+argument provides a mechanism for the callback function to discover
+whether it is running on a system with added fields.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.4.
+.SH NOTES
+The first object visited by
+.I callback
+is the main program.
+For the main program, the
+.I dlpi_name
+field will be an empty string.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program displays a list of pathnames of the
+shared objects it has loaded.
+For each shared object, the program lists some information
+(virtual address, size, flags, and type)
+for each of the objects ELF segments.
+.P
+The following shell session demonstrates the output
+produced by the program on an x86-64 system.
+The first shared object for which output is displayed
+(where the name is an empty string)
+is the main program.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+Name: "" (9 segments)
+     0: [      0x400040; memsz:    1f8] flags: 0x5; PT_PHDR
+     1: [      0x400238; memsz:     1c] flags: 0x4; PT_INTERP
+     2: [      0x400000; memsz:    ac4] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
+     3: [      0x600e10; memsz:    240] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
+     4: [      0x600e28; memsz:    1d0] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
+     5: [      0x400254; memsz:     44] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
+     6: [      0x400970; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
+     7: [         (nil); memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
+     8: [      0x600e10; memsz:    1f0] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
+Name: "linux\-vdso.so.1" (4 segments)
+     0: [0x7ffc6edd1000; memsz:    e89] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
+     1: [0x7ffc6edd1360; memsz:    110] flags: 0x4; PT_DYNAMIC
+     2: [0x7ffc6edd17b0; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
+     3: [0x7ffc6edd17ec; memsz:     3c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
+Name: "/lib64/libc.so.6" (10 segments)
+     0: [0x7f55712ce040; memsz:    230] flags: 0x5; PT_PHDR
+     1: [0x7f557145b980; memsz:     1c] flags: 0x4; PT_INTERP
+     2: [0x7f55712ce000; memsz: 1b6a5c] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
+     3: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:   9240] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
+     4: [0x7f5571688b80; memsz:    1f0] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
+     5: [0x7f55712ce270; memsz:     44] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
+     6: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:     78] flags: 0x4; PT_TLS
+     7: [0x7f557145b99c; memsz:   544c] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
+     8: [0x7f55712ce000; memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
+     9: [0x7f55716857a0; memsz:   3860] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
+Name: "/lib64/ld\-linux\-x86\-64.so.2" (7 segments)
+     0: [0x7f557168f000; memsz:  20828] flags: 0x5; PT_LOAD
+     1: [0x7f55718afba0; memsz:   15a8] flags: 0x6; PT_LOAD
+     2: [0x7f55718afe10; memsz:    190] flags: 0x6; PT_DYNAMIC
+     3: [0x7f557168f1c8; memsz:     24] flags: 0x4; PT_NOTE
+     4: [0x7f55716acec4; memsz:    604] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
+     5: [0x7f557168f000; memsz:      0] flags: 0x6; PT_GNU_STACK
+     6: [0x7f55718afba0; memsz:    460] flags: 0x4; PT_GNU_RELRO
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (dl_iterate_phdr.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <link.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+static int
+callback(struct dl_phdr_info *info, size_t size, void *data)
+{
+    char *type;
+    int p_type;
+\&
+    printf("Name: \e"%s\e" (%d segments)\en", info\->dlpi_name,
+           info\->dlpi_phnum);
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < info\->dlpi_phnum; j++) {
+        p_type = info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_type;
+        type = (p_type == PT_LOAD) ? "PT_LOAD" :
+               (p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) ? "PT_DYNAMIC" :
+               (p_type == PT_INTERP) ? "PT_INTERP" :
+               (p_type == PT_NOTE) ? "PT_NOTE" :
+               (p_type == PT_INTERP) ? "PT_INTERP" :
+               (p_type == PT_PHDR) ? "PT_PHDR" :
+               (p_type == PT_TLS) ? "PT_TLS" :
+               (p_type == PT_GNU_EH_FRAME) ? "PT_GNU_EH_FRAME" :
+               (p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) ? "PT_GNU_STACK" :
+               (p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) ? "PT_GNU_RELRO" : NULL;
+\&
+        printf("    %2zu: [%14p; memsz:%7jx] flags: %#jx; ", j,
+               (void *) (info\->dlpi_addr + info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_vaddr),
+               (uintmax_t) info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_memsz,
+               (uintmax_t) info\->dlpi_phdr[j].p_flags);
+        if (type != NULL)
+            printf("%s\en", type);
+        else
+            printf("[other (%#x)]\en", p_type);
+    }
+\&
+    return 0;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    dl_iterate_phdr(callback, NULL);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ldd (1),
+.BR objdump (1),
+.BR readelf (1),
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR elf (5),
+.BR ld.so (8)
+.P
+.IR "Executable and Linking Format Specification" ,
+available at various locations online.
diff --git a/man/man3/dladdr.3 b/man/man3/dladdr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..889f60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dladdr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz> (dladdr caveat)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH dladdr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dladdr, dladdr1 \- translate address to symbolic information
+.SH LIBRARY
+Dynamic linking library
+.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BI "int dladdr(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info );
+.BI "int dladdr1(const void *" addr ", Dl_info *" info ", void **" extra_info ,
+.BI "            int " flags );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR dladdr ()
+determines whether the address specified in
+.I addr
+is located in one of the shared objects loaded by the calling application.
+If it is, then
+.BR dladdr ()
+returns information about the shared object and symbol that overlaps
+.IR addr .
+This information is returned in a
+.I Dl_info
+structure:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    const char *dli_fname;  /* Pathname of shared object that
+                               contains address */
+    void       *dli_fbase;  /* Base address at which shared
+                               object is loaded */
+    const char *dli_sname;  /* Name of symbol whose definition
+                               overlaps \fIaddr\fP */
+    void       *dli_saddr;  /* Exact address of symbol named
+                               in \fIdli_sname\fP */
+} Dl_info;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If no symbol matching
+.I addr
+could be found, then
+.I dli_sname
+and
+.I dli_saddr
+are set to NULL.
+.P
+The function
+.BR dladdr1 ()
+is like
+.BR dladdr (),
+but returns additional information via the argument
+.IR extra_info .
+The information returned depends on the value specified in
+.IR flags ,
+which can have one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B RTLD_DL_LINKMAP
+Obtain a pointer to the link map for the matched file.
+The
+.I extra_info
+argument points to a pointer to a
+.I link_map
+structure (i.e.,
+.IR "struct link_map\~**" ),
+defined in
+.I <link.h>
+as:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct link_map {
+    ElfW(Addr) l_addr;  /* Difference between the
+                           address in the ELF file and
+                           the address in memory */
+    char      *l_name;  /* Absolute pathname where
+                           object was found */
+    ElfW(Dyn) *l_ld;    /* Dynamic section of the
+                           shared object */
+    struct link_map *l_next, *l_prev;
+                        /* Chain of loaded objects */
+\&
+    /* Plus additional fields private to the
+       implementation */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.TP
+.B RTLD_DL_SYMENT
+Obtain a pointer to the ELF symbol table entry of the matching symbol.
+The
+.I extra_info
+argument is a pointer to a symbol pointer:
+.IR "const ElfW(Sym) **" .
+The
+.IR ElfW ()
+macro definition turns its argument into the name of an ELF data
+type suitable for the hardware architecture.
+For example, on a 64-bit platform,
+.I ElfW(Sym)
+yields the data type name
+.IR Elf64_Sym ,
+which is defined in
+.I <elf.h>
+as:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct  {
+    Elf64_Word    st_name;     /* Symbol name */
+    unsigned char st_info;     /* Symbol type and binding */
+    unsigned char st_other;    /* Symbol visibility */
+    Elf64_Section st_shndx;    /* Section index */
+    Elf64_Addr    st_value;    /* Symbol value */
+    Elf64_Xword   st_size;     /* Symbol size */
+} Elf64_Sym;
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I st_name
+field is an index into the string table.
+.IP
+The
+.I st_info
+field encodes the symbol's type and binding.
+The type can be extracted using the macro
+.B ELF64_ST_TYPE(st_info)
+(or
+.B ELF32_ST_TYPE()
+on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
+.in +4n
+.TS
+lb lb
+lb l.
+Value	Description
+STT_NOTYPE	Symbol type is unspecified
+STT_OBJECT	Symbol is a data object
+STT_FUNC	Symbol is a code object
+STT_SECTION	Symbol associated with a section
+STT_FILE	Symbol's name is filename
+STT_COMMON	Symbol is a common data object
+STT_TLS	Symbol is thread-local data object
+STT_GNU_IFUNC	Symbol is indirect code object
+.TE
+.in
+.IP
+The symbol binding can be extracted from the
+.I st_info
+field using the macro
+.B ELF64_ST_BIND(st_info)
+(or
+.B ELF32_ST_BIND()
+on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
+.in +4n
+.TS
+lb lb
+lb l.
+Value	Description
+STB_LOCAL	Local symbol
+STB_GLOBAL	Global symbol
+STB_WEAK	Weak symbol
+STB_GNU_UNIQUE	Unique symbol
+.TE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I st_other
+field contains the symbol's visibility, which can be extracted using the macro
+.B ELF64_ST_VISIBILITY(st_info)
+(or
+.B ELF32_ST_VISIBILITY()
+on 32-bit platforms), which yields one of the following values:
+.in +4n
+.TS
+lb lb
+lb l.
+Value	Description
+STV_DEFAULT	Default symbol visibility rules
+STV_INTERNAL	Processor-specific hidden class
+STV_HIDDEN	Symbol unavailable in other modules
+STV_PROTECTED	Not preemptible, not exported
+.TE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return a nonzero value.
+If the address specified in
+.I addr
+could be matched to a shared object,
+but not to a symbol in the shared object, then the
+.I info\->dli_sname
+and
+.I info\->dli_saddr
+fields are set to NULL.
+.P
+If the address specified in
+.I addr
+could not be matched to a shared object, then these functions return 0.
+In this case, an error message is
+.I not
+.\" According to the FreeBSD man page, dladdr1() does signal an
+.\" error via dlerror() for this case.
+available via
+.BR dlerror (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dladdr (),
+.BR dladdr1 ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR dladdr ()
+glibc 2.0.
+.TP
+.BR dladdr1 ()
+glibc 2.3.3.
+.P
+Solaris.
+.SH BUGS
+Sometimes, the function pointers you pass to
+.BR dladdr ()
+may surprise you.
+On some architectures (notably i386 and x86-64),
+.I dli_fname
+and
+.I dli_fbase
+may end up pointing back at the object from which you called
+.BR dladdr (),
+even if the function used as an argument should come from
+a dynamically linked library.
+.P
+The problem is that the function pointer will still be resolved
+at compile time, but merely point to the
+.I plt
+(Procedure Linkage Table)
+section of the original object (which dispatches the call after
+asking the dynamic linker to resolve the symbol).
+To work around this,
+you can try to compile the code to be position-independent:
+then, the compiler cannot prepare the pointer
+at compile time any more and
+.BR gcc (1)
+will generate code that just loads the final symbol address from the
+.I got
+(Global Offset Table) at run time before passing it to
+.BR dladdr ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
+.BR dlinfo (3),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR dlsym (3),
+.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/dladdr1.3 b/man/man3/dladdr1.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43979e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dladdr1.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dladdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dlclose.3 b/man/man3/dlclose.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15d0968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlclose.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dlopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dlerror.3 b/man/man3/dlerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85c904a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
+.\" and Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH dlerror 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dlerror \- obtain error diagnostic for functions in the dlopen API
+.SH LIBRARY
+Dynamic linking library
+.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.B "char *dlerror(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR dlerror ()
+function returns a human-readable,
+null-terminated string describing the most recent error
+that occurred from a call to one of the functions in the dlopen API
+since the last call to
+.BR dlerror ().
+The returned string does
+.I not
+include a trailing newline.
+.P
+.BR dlerror ()
+returns NULL if no errors have occurred since initialization or since
+it was last called.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dlerror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+SunOS.
+.SH NOTES
+The message returned by
+.BR dlerror ()
+may reside in a statically allocated buffer that is
+overwritten by subsequent
+.BR dlerror ()
+calls.
+.\" .P
+.\" The string returned by
+.\" .BR dlerror ()
+.\" should not be modified.
+.\" Some systems give the prototype as
+.\" .sp
+.\" .in +5
+.\" .B "const char *dlerror(void);"
+.\" .in
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR dlopen (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlinfo (3),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR dlsym (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/dlinfo.3 b/man/man3/dlinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9239d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH dlinfo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dlinfo \- obtain information about a dynamically loaded object
+.SH LIBRARY
+Dynamic linking library
+.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.B #include <link.h>
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BR "int dlinfo(void *restrict " handle ", int " request \
+", void *restrict " info );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR dlinfo ()
+function obtains information about the dynamically loaded object
+referred to by
+.I handle
+(typically obtained by an earlier call to
+.BR dlopen (3)
+or
+.BR dlmopen (3)).
+The
+.I request
+argument specifies which information is to be returned.
+The
+.I info
+argument is a pointer to a buffer used to store information
+returned by the call; the type of this argument depends on
+.IR request .
+.P
+The following values are supported for
+.I request
+(with the corresponding type for
+.I info
+shown in parentheses):
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_LMID " (\fILmid_t *\fP)"
+Obtain the ID of the link-map list (namespace) in which
+.I handle
+is loaded.
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_LINKMAP " (\fIstruct link_map **\fP)"
+Obtain a pointer to the
+.I link_map
+structure corresponding to
+.IR handle .
+The
+.I info
+argument points to a pointer to a
+.I link_map
+structure, defined in
+.I <link.h>
+as:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct link_map {
+    ElfW(Addr) l_addr;  /* Difference between the
+                           address in the ELF file and
+                           the address in memory */
+    char      *l_name;  /* Absolute pathname where
+                           object was found */
+    ElfW(Dyn) *l_ld;    /* Dynamic section of the
+                           shared object */
+    struct link_map *l_next, *l_prev;
+                        /* Chain of loaded objects */
+\&
+    /* Plus additional fields private to the
+       implementation */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_ORIGIN " (\fIchar *\fP)"
+Copy the pathname of the origin of the shared object corresponding to
+.I handle
+to the location pointed to by
+.IR info .
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_SERINFO " (\fIDl_serinfo *\fP)"
+Obtain the library search paths for the shared object referred to by
+.IR handle .
+The
+.I info
+argument is a pointer to a
+.I Dl_serinfo
+that contains the search paths.
+Because the number of search paths may vary,
+the size of the structure pointed to by
+.I info
+can vary.
+The
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
+request described below allows applications to size the buffer suitably.
+The caller must perform the following steps:
+.RS
+.IP (1) 5
+Use a
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
+request to populate a
+.I Dl_serinfo
+structure with the size
+.RI ( dls_size )
+of the structure needed for the subsequent
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
+request.
+.IP (2)
+Allocate a
+.I Dl_serinfo
+buffer of the correct size
+.RI ( dls_size ).
+.IP (3)
+Use a further
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
+request to populate the
+.I dls_size
+and
+.I dls_cnt
+fields of the buffer allocated in the previous step.
+.IP (4)
+Use a
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
+to obtain the library search paths.
+.RE
+.IP
+The
+.I Dl_serinfo
+structure is defined as follows:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    size_t dls_size;           /* Size in bytes of
+                                  the whole buffer */
+    unsigned int dls_cnt;      /* Number of elements
+                                  in \[aq]dls_serpath\[aq] */
+    Dl_serpath dls_serpath[1]; /* Actually longer,
+                                  \[aq]dls_cnt\[aq] elements */
+} Dl_serinfo;
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+Each of the
+.I dls_serpath
+elements in the above structure is a structure of the following form:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    char *dls_name;            /* Name of library search
+                                  path directory */
+    unsigned int dls_flags;    /* Indicates where this
+                                  directory came from */
+} Dl_serpath;
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I dls_flags
+field is currently unused, and always contains zero.
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE " (\fIDl_serinfo *\fP)"
+Populate the
+.I dls_size
+and
+.I dls_cnt
+fields of the
+.I Dl_serinfo
+structure pointed to by
+.I info
+with values suitable for allocating a buffer for use in a subsequent
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
+request.
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_TLS_MODID " (\fIsize_t *\fP, since glibc 2.4)"
+Obtain the module ID of this shared object's TLS (thread-local storage)
+segment, as used in TLS relocations.
+If this object does not define a TLS segment, zero is placed in
+.IR *info .
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DI_TLS_DATA " (\fIvoid **\fP, since glibc 2.4)"
+Obtain a pointer to the calling
+thread's TLS block corresponding to this shared object's TLS segment.
+If this object does not define a PT_TLS segment,
+or if the calling thread has not allocated a block for it,
+NULL is placed in
+.IR *info .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR dlinfo ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, it returns \-1; the cause of the error can be diagnosed using
+.BR dlerror (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dlinfo ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The sets of requests supported by the various implementations
+overlaps only partially.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.3.
+Solaris.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below opens a shared objects using
+.BR dlopen (3)
+and then uses the
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE
+and
+.B RTLD_DI_SERINFO
+requests to obtain the library search path list for the library.
+Here is an example of what we might see when running the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out /lib64/libm.so.6\fP
+dls_serpath[0].dls_name = /lib64
+dls_serpath[1].dls_name = /usr/lib64
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (dlinfo.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <link.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    void *handle;
+    Dl_serinfo serinfo;
+    Dl_serinfo *sip;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <libpath>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Obtain a handle for shared object specified on command line. */
+\&
+    handle = dlopen(argv[1], RTLD_NOW);
+    if (handle == NULL) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "dlopen() failed: %s\en", dlerror());
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Discover the size of the buffer that we must pass to
+       RTLD_DI_SERINFO. */
+\&
+    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE, &serinfo) == \-1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE failed: %s\en", dlerror());
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Allocate the buffer for use with RTLD_DI_SERINFO. */
+\&
+    sip = malloc(serinfo.dls_size);
+    if (sip == NULL) {
+        perror("malloc");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Initialize the \[aq]dls_size\[aq] and \[aq]dls_cnt\[aq] fields in the newly
+       allocated buffer. */
+\&
+    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE, sip) == \-1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFOSIZE failed: %s\en", dlerror());
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Fetch and print library search list. */
+\&
+    if (dlinfo(handle, RTLD_DI_SERINFO, sip) == \-1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "RTLD_DI_SERINFO failed: %s\en", dlerror());
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < serinfo.dls_cnt; j++)
+        printf("dls_serpath[%zu].dls_name = %s\en",
+               j, sip\->dls_serpath[j].dls_name);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlerror (3),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR dlsym (3),
+.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/dlmopen.3 b/man/man3/dlmopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15d0968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlmopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dlopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dlopen.3 b/man/man3/dlopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14f1689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
+.\" written by Adam J. Richter (adam@yggdrasil.com),
+.\" with typesetting help from Daniel Quinlan (quinlan@yggdrasil.com).
+.\" and Copyright 2003, 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified by David A. Wheeler <dwheeler@dwheeler.com> 2000-11-28.
+.\" Applied patch by Terran Melconian, aeb, 2001-12-14.
+.\" Modified by Hacksaw <hacksaw@hacksaw.org> 2003-03-13.
+.\" Modified by Matt Domsch, 2003-04-09: _init and _fini obsolete
+.\" Modified by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> 2003-05-16.
+.\" Modified by Walter Harms: dladdr, dlvsym
+.\" Modified by Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>, 2008-12-04: dladdr caveat
+.\"
+.TH dlopen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dlclose, dlopen, dlmopen \-
+open and close a shared object
+.SH LIBRARY
+Dynamic linking library
+.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *dlopen(const char *" filename ", int " flags );
+.BI "int dlclose(void *" handle );
+.P
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.br
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *dlmopen(Lmid_t " lmid ", const char *" filename ", int " flags );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS dlopen()
+The function
+.BR dlopen ()
+loads the dynamic shared object (shared library)
+file named by the null-terminated
+string
+.I filename
+and returns an opaque "handle" for the loaded object.
+This handle is employed with other functions in the dlopen API, such as
+.BR dlsym (3),
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlinfo (3),
+and
+.BR dlclose ().
+.P
+If
+.I filename
+.\" FIXME On Solaris, when handle is NULL, we seem to get back
+.\" a handle for (something like) the root of the namespace.
+.\" The point here is that if we do a dlmopen(LM_ID_NEWLM), then
+.\" the filename==NULL case returns a different handle than
+.\" in the initial namespace. But, on glibc, the same handle is
+.\" returned. This is probably a bug in glibc.
+.\"
+is NULL, then the returned handle is for the main program.
+If
+.I filename
+contains a slash ("/"), then it is interpreted as a (relative
+or absolute) pathname.
+Otherwise, the dynamic linker searches for the object as follows
+(see
+.BR ld.so (8)
+for further details):
+.IP \[bu] 3
+(ELF only) If the calling object
+(i.e., the shared library or executable from which
+.BR dlopen ()
+is called)
+contains a DT_RPATH tag, and does not contain a DT_RUNPATH tag,
+then the directories listed in the DT_RPATH tag are searched.
+.IP \[bu]
+If, at the time that the program was started, the environment variable
+.B LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+was defined to contain a colon-separated list of directories,
+then these are searched.
+(As a security measure, this variable is ignored for set-user-ID and
+set-group-ID programs.)
+.IP \[bu]
+(ELF only) If the calling object
+contains a DT_RUNPATH tag, then the directories listed in that tag
+are searched.
+.IP \[bu]
+The cache file
+.I /etc/ld.so.cache
+(maintained by
+.BR ldconfig (8))
+is checked to see whether it contains an entry for
+.IR filename .
+.IP \[bu]
+The directories
+.I /lib
+and
+.I /usr/lib
+are searched (in that order).
+.P
+If the object specified by
+.I filename
+has dependencies on other shared objects,
+then these are also automatically loaded by the dynamic linker
+using the same rules.
+(This process may occur recursively,
+if those objects in turn have dependencies, and so on.)
+.P
+One of the following two values must be included in
+.IR flags :
+.TP
+.B RTLD_LAZY
+Perform lazy binding.
+Resolve symbols only as the code that references them is executed.
+If the symbol is never referenced, then it is never resolved.
+(Lazy binding is performed only for function references;
+references to variables are always immediately bound when
+the shared object is loaded.)
+Since glibc 2.1.1,
+.\" commit 12b5b6b7f78ea111e89bbf638294a5413c791072
+this flag is overridden by the effect of the
+.B LD_BIND_NOW
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.B RTLD_NOW
+If this value is specified, or the environment variable
+.B LD_BIND_NOW
+is set to a nonempty string,
+all undefined symbols in the shared object are resolved before
+.BR dlopen ()
+returns.
+If this cannot be done, an error is returned.
+.P
+Zero or more of the following values may also be ORed in
+.IR flags :
+.TP
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+The symbols defined by this shared object will be
+made available for symbol resolution of subsequently loaded shared objects.
+.TP
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+This is the converse of
+.BR RTLD_GLOBAL ,
+and the default if neither flag is specified.
+Symbols defined in this shared object are not made available to resolve
+references in subsequently loaded shared objects.
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_NODELETE " (since glibc 2.2)"
+Do not unload the shared object during
+.BR dlclose ().
+Consequently, the object's static and global variables are not reinitialized
+if the object is reloaded with
+.BR dlopen ()
+at a later time.
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_NOLOAD " (since glibc 2.2)"
+Don't load the shared object.
+This can be used to test if the object is already resident
+.RB ( dlopen ()
+returns NULL if it is not, or the object's handle if it is resident).
+This flag can also be used to promote the flags on a shared object
+that is already loaded.
+For example, a shared object that was previously loaded with
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+can be reopened with
+.BR RTLD_NOLOAD\ |\ RTLD_GLOBAL .
+.\"
+.TP
+.BR RTLD_DEEPBIND " (since glibc 2.3.4)"
+.\" Inimitably described by UD in
+.\" http://sources.redhat.com/ml/libc-hacker/2004-09/msg00083.html.
+Place the lookup scope of the symbols in this
+shared object ahead of the global scope.
+This means that a self-contained object will use
+its own symbols in preference to global symbols with the same name
+contained in objects that have already been loaded.
+.P
+If
+.I filename
+is NULL, then the returned handle is for the main program.
+When given to
+.BR dlsym (3),
+this handle causes a search for a symbol in the main program,
+followed by all shared objects loaded at program startup,
+and then all shared objects loaded by
+.BR dlopen ()
+with the flag
+.BR RTLD_GLOBAL .
+.P
+Symbol references in the shared object are resolved using (in order):
+symbols in the link map of objects loaded for the main program and its
+dependencies;
+symbols in shared objects (and their dependencies)
+that were previously opened with
+.BR dlopen ()
+using the
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+flag;
+and definitions in the shared object itself
+(and any dependencies that were loaded for that object).
+.P
+Any global symbols in the executable that were placed into
+its dynamic symbol table by
+.BR ld (1)
+can also be used to resolve references in a dynamically loaded shared object.
+Symbols may be placed in the dynamic symbol table
+either because the executable was linked with the flag "\-rdynamic"
+(or, synonymously, "\-\-export\-dynamic"), which causes all of
+the executable's global symbols to be placed in the dynamic symbol table,
+or because
+.BR ld (1)
+noted a dependency on a symbol in another object during static linking.
+.P
+If the same shared object is opened again with
+.BR dlopen (),
+the same object handle is returned.
+The dynamic linker maintains reference
+counts for object handles, so a dynamically loaded shared object is not
+deallocated until
+.BR dlclose ()
+has been called on it as many times as
+.BR dlopen ()
+has succeeded on it.
+Constructors (see below) are called only when the object is actually loaded
+into memory (i.e., when the reference count increases to 1).
+.P
+A subsequent
+.BR dlopen ()
+call that loads the same shared object with
+.B RTLD_NOW
+may force symbol resolution for a shared object earlier loaded with
+.BR RTLD_LAZY .
+Similarly, an object that was previously opened with
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+can be promoted to
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+in a subsequent
+.BR dlopen ().
+.P
+If
+.BR dlopen ()
+fails for any reason, it returns NULL.
+.\"
+.SS dlmopen()
+This function performs the same task as
+.BR dlopen ()\[em]the
+.I filename
+and
+.I flags
+arguments, as well as the return value, are the same,
+except for the differences noted below.
+.P
+The
+.BR dlmopen ()
+function differs from
+.BR dlopen ()
+primarily in that it accepts an additional argument,
+.IR lmid ,
+that specifies the link-map list (also referred to as a
+.IR namespace )
+in which the shared object should be loaded.
+(By comparison,
+.BR dlopen ()
+adds the dynamically loaded shared object to the same namespace as
+the shared object from which the
+.BR dlopen ()
+call is made.)
+The
+.I Lmid_t
+type is an opaque handle that refers to a namespace.
+.P
+The
+.I lmid
+argument is either the ID of an existing namespace
+.\" FIXME: Is using dlinfo() RTLD_DI_LMID the right technique?
+(which can be obtained using the
+.BR dlinfo (3)
+.B RTLD_DI_LMID
+request) or one of the following special values:
+.TP
+.B LM_ID_BASE
+Load the shared object in the initial namespace
+(i.e., the application's namespace).
+.TP
+.B LM_ID_NEWLM
+Create a new namespace and load the shared object in that namespace.
+The object must have been correctly linked
+to reference all of the other shared objects that it requires,
+since the new namespace is initially empty.
+.P
+If
+.I filename
+is NULL, then the only permitted value for
+.I lmid
+is
+.BR LM_ID_BASE .
+.SS dlclose()
+The function
+.BR dlclose ()
+decrements the reference count on the
+dynamically loaded shared object referred to by
+.IR handle .
+.P
+If the object's reference count drops to zero
+and no symbols in this object are required by other objects,
+then the object is unloaded
+after first calling any destructors defined for the object.
+(Symbols in this object might be required in another object
+because this object was opened with the
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+flag and one of its symbols satisfied a relocation in another object.)
+.P
+All shared objects that were automatically loaded when
+.BR dlopen ()
+was invoked on the object referred to by
+.I handle
+are recursively closed in the same manner.
+.P
+A successful return from
+.BR dlclose ()
+does not guarantee that the symbols associated with
+.I handle
+are removed from the caller's address space.
+In addition to references resulting from explicit
+.BR dlopen ()
+calls, a shared object may have been implicitly loaded
+(and reference counted) because of dependencies in other shared objects.
+Only when all references have been released can the shared object
+be removed from the address space.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR dlopen ()
+and
+.BR dlmopen ()
+return a non-NULL handle for the loaded object.
+On error
+(file could not be found, was not readable, had the wrong format,
+or caused errors during loading),
+these functions return NULL.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR dlclose ()
+returns 0; on error, it returns a nonzero value.
+.P
+Errors from these functions can be diagnosed using
+.BR dlerror (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dlopen (),
+.BR dlmopen (),
+.BR dlclose ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR dlopen ()
+.TQ
+.BR dlclose ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR dlmopen ()
+.TQ
+.B RTLD_NOLOAD
+.TQ
+.B RTLD_NODELETE
+GNU.
+.TP
+.B RTLD_DEEPBIND
+Solaris.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR dlopen ()
+.TQ
+.BR dlclose ()
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR dlmopen ()
+glibc 2.3.4.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS dlmopen() and namespaces
+A link-map list defines an isolated namespace for the
+resolution of symbols by the dynamic linker.
+Within a namespace,
+dependent shared objects are implicitly loaded according to the usual rules,
+and symbol references are likewise resolved according to the usual rules,
+but such resolution is confined to the definitions provided by the
+objects that have been (explicitly and implicitly) loaded into the namespace.
+.P
+The
+.BR dlmopen ()
+function permits object-load isolation\[em]the ability
+to load a shared object in a new namespace without
+exposing the rest of the application to the symbols
+made available by the new object.
+Note that the use of the
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+flag is not sufficient for this purpose,
+since it prevents a shared object's symbols from being available to
+.I any
+other shared object.
+In some cases,
+we may want to make the symbols provided by a dynamically
+loaded shared object available to (a subset of) other shared objects
+without exposing those symbols to the entire application.
+This can be achieved by using a separate namespace and the
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+flag.
+.P
+The
+.BR dlmopen ()
+function also can be used to provide better isolation than the
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+flag.
+In particular, shared objects loaded with
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+may be promoted to
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+if they are dependencies of another shared object loaded with
+.BR RTLD_GLOBAL .
+Thus,
+.B RTLD_LOCAL
+is insufficient to isolate a loaded shared object except in the (uncommon)
+case where one has explicit control over all shared object dependencies.
+.P
+Possible uses of
+.BR dlmopen ()
+are plugins where the author of the plugin-loading framework
+can't trust the plugin authors and does not wish
+any undefined symbols from the plugin framework to be resolved to plugin
+symbols.
+Another use is to load the same object more than once.
+Without the use of
+.BR dlmopen (),
+this would require the creation of distinct copies of the shared object file.
+Using
+.BR dlmopen (),
+this can be achieved by loading the same shared object file into
+different namespaces.
+.P
+The glibc implementation supports a maximum of
+.\" DL_NNS
+16 namespaces.
+.\"
+.SS Initialization and finalization functions
+Shared objects may export functions using the
+.B __attribute__((constructor))
+and
+.B __attribute__((destructor))
+function attributes.
+Constructor functions are executed before
+.BR dlopen ()
+returns, and destructor functions are executed before
+.BR dlclose ()
+returns.
+A shared object may export multiple constructors and destructors,
+and priorities can be associated with each function
+to determine the order in which they are executed.
+See the
+.B gcc
+info pages (under "Function attributes")
+.\" info gcc "C Extensions" "Function attributes"
+for further information.
+.P
+An older method of (partially) achieving the same result is via the use of
+two special symbols recognized by the linker:
+.B _init
+and
+.BR _fini .
+If a dynamically loaded shared object exports a routine named
+.BR _init (),
+then that code is executed after loading a shared object, before
+.BR dlopen ()
+returns.
+If the shared object exports a routine named
+.BR _fini (),
+then that routine is called just before the object is unloaded.
+In this case, one must avoid linking against the system startup files,
+which contain default versions of these files;
+this can be done by using the
+.BR gcc (1)
+.I \-nostartfiles
+command-line option.
+.P
+Use of
+.B _init
+and
+.B _fini
+is now deprecated in favor of the aforementioned
+constructors and destructors,
+which among other advantages,
+permit multiple initialization and finalization functions to be defined.
+.\"
+.\" Using these routines, or the gcc
+.\" .B \-nostartfiles
+.\" or
+.\" .B \-nostdlib
+.\" options, is not recommended.
+.\" Their use may result in undesired behavior,
+.\" since the constructor/destructor routines will not be executed
+.\" (unless special measures are taken).
+.\" .\" void _init(void) __attribute__((constructor));
+.\" .\" void _fini(void) __attribute__((destructor));
+.\"
+.P
+Since glibc 2.2.3,
+.BR atexit (3)
+can be used to register an exit handler that is automatically
+called when a shared object is unloaded.
+.SS History
+These functions are part of the dlopen API, derived from SunOS.
+.SH BUGS
+As at glibc 2.24, specifying the
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+flag when calling
+.BR dlmopen ()
+.\" dlerror(): "invalid mode"
+generates an error.
+Furthermore, specifying
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+when calling
+.BR dlopen ()
+results in a program crash
+.RB ( SIGSEGV )
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18684
+if the call is made from any object loaded in a
+namespace other than the initial namespace.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below loads the (glibc) math library,
+looks up the address of the
+.BR cos (3)
+function, and prints the cosine of 2.0.
+The following is an example of building and running the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBcc dlopen_demo.c \-ldl\fP
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+\-0.416147
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (dlopen.c)
+.EX
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#include <gnu/lib\-names.h>  /* Defines LIBM_SO (which will be a
+                               string such as "libm.so.6") */
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    void *handle;
+    double (*cosine)(double);
+    char *error;
+\&
+    handle = dlopen(LIBM_SO, RTLD_LAZY);
+    if (!handle) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\en", dlerror());
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    dlerror();    /* Clear any existing error */
+\&
+    cosine = (double (*)(double)) dlsym(handle, "cos");
+\&
+    /* According to the ISO C standard, casting between function
+       pointers and \[aq]void *\[aq], as done above, produces undefined results.
+       POSIX.1\-2001 and POSIX.1\-2008 accepted this state of affairs and
+       proposed the following workaround:
+\&
+           *(void **) (&cosine) = dlsym(handle, "cos");
+\&
+       This (clumsy) cast conforms with the ISO C standard and will
+       avoid any compiler warnings.
+\&
+       The 2013 Technical Corrigendum 1 to POSIX.1\-2008 improved matters
+       by requiring that conforming implementations support casting
+       \[aq]void *\[aq] to a function pointer.  Nevertheless, some compilers
+       (e.g., gcc with the \[aq]\-pedantic\[aq] option) may complain about the
+       cast used in this program. */
+.\" http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/functions/dlsym.html#tag_03_112_08
+.\" http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dlsym.html#tag_16_96_07
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=74
+\&
+    error = dlerror();
+    if (error != NULL) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s\en", error);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("%f\en", (*cosine)(2.0));
+    dlclose(handle);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ld (1),
+.BR ldd (1),
+.BR pldd (1),
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlerror (3),
+.BR dlinfo (3),
+.BR dlsym (3),
+.BR rtld\-audit (7),
+.BR ld.so (8),
+.BR ldconfig (8)
+.P
+gcc info pages, ld info pages
diff --git a/man/man3/dlsym.3 b/man/man3/dlsym.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd5fb99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlsym.3
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated.
+.\" and Copyright 2003, 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH dlsym 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dlsym, dlvsym \- obtain address of a symbol in a shared object or executable
+.SH LIBRARY
+Dynamic linking library
+.RI ( libdl ", " \-ldl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *dlsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol );
+.P
+.B #define _GNU_SOURCE
+.B #include <dlfcn.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *dlvsym(void *restrict " handle ", const char *restrict " symbol ,
+.BI "             const char *restrict " version );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR dlsym ()
+takes a "handle" of a dynamic loaded shared object returned by
+.BR dlopen (3)
+along with a null-terminated symbol name,
+and returns the address where that symbol is
+loaded into memory.
+If the symbol is not found, in the specified
+object or any of the shared objects that were automatically loaded by
+.BR dlopen (3)
+when that object was loaded,
+.BR dlsym ()
+returns NULL.
+(The search performed by
+.BR dlsym ()
+is breadth first through the dependency tree of these shared objects.)
+.P
+In unusual cases (see NOTES) the value of the symbol could actually be NULL.
+Therefore, a NULL return from
+.BR dlsym ()
+need not indicate an error.
+The correct way to distinguish an error from a symbol whose value is NULL
+is to call
+.BR dlerror (3)
+to clear any old error conditions, then call
+.BR dlsym (),
+and then call
+.BR dlerror (3)
+again, saving its return value into a variable, and check whether
+this saved value is not NULL.
+.P
+There are two special pseudo-handles that may be specified in
+.IR handle :
+.TP
+.B RTLD_DEFAULT
+Find the first occurrence of the desired symbol
+using the default shared object search order.
+The search will include global symbols in the executable
+and its dependencies,
+as well as symbols in shared objects that were dynamically loaded with the
+.B RTLD_GLOBAL
+flag.
+.TP
+.B RTLD_NEXT
+Find the next occurrence of the desired symbol in the search order
+after the current object.
+This allows one to provide a wrapper
+around a function in another shared object, so that, for example,
+the definition of a function in a preloaded shared object
+(see
+.B LD_PRELOAD
+in
+.BR ld.so (8))
+can find and invoke the "real" function provided in another shared object
+(or for that matter, the "next" definition of the function in cases
+where there are multiple layers of preloading).
+.P
+The
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro must be defined in order to obtain the
+definitions of
+.B RTLD_DEFAULT
+and
+.B RTLD_NEXT
+from
+.IR <dlfcn.h> .
+.P
+The function
+.BR dlvsym ()
+does the same as
+.BR dlsym ()
+but takes a version string as an additional argument.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+these functions return the address associated with
+.IR symbol .
+On failure, they return NULL;
+the cause of the error can be diagnosed using
+.BR dlerror (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dlsym (),
+.BR dlvsym ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR dlsym ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR dlvsym ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR dlsym ()
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR dlvsym ()
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+There are several scenarios when the address of a global symbol is NULL.
+For example, a symbol can be placed at zero address by the linker, via
+a linker script or with
+.I \-\-defsym
+command-line option.
+Undefined weak symbols also have NULL value.
+Finally, the symbol value may be the result of
+a GNU indirect function (IFUNC) resolver function that returns
+NULL as the resolved value.
+In the latter case,
+.BR dlsym ()
+also returns NULL without error.
+However, in the former two cases, the
+behavior of GNU dynamic linker is inconsistent: relocation processing
+succeeds and the symbol can be observed to have NULL value, but
+.BR dlsym ()
+fails and
+.BR dlerror ()
+indicates a lookup error.
+.\"
+.SS History
+The
+.BR dlsym ()
+function is part of the dlopen API, derived from SunOS.
+That system does not have
+.BR dlvsym ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR dlopen (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dl_iterate_phdr (3),
+.BR dladdr (3),
+.BR dlerror (3),
+.BR dlinfo (3),
+.BR dlopen (3),
+.BR ld.so (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/dlvsym.3 b/man/man3/dlvsym.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df2ca09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dlvsym.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dlsym.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dn_comp.3 b/man/man3/dn_comp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dn_comp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dn_expand.3 b/man/man3/dn_expand.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dn_expand.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dprintf.3 b/man/man3/dprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/drand48.3 b/man/man3/drand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d61a08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/drand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:46:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH drand48 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+drand48, erand48, lrand48, nrand48, mrand48, jrand48, srand48, seed48,
+lcong48 \- generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B double drand48(void);
+.BI "double erand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
+.P
+.B long lrand48(void);
+.BI "long nrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
+.P
+.B long mrand48(void);
+.BI "long jrand48(unsigned short " xsubi [3]);
+.P
+.BI "void srand48(long " seedval );
+.BI "unsigned short *seed48(unsigned short " seed16v [3]);
+.BI "void lcong48(unsigned short " param [7]);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.\" .BR drand48 (),
+.\" .BR erand48 (),
+.\" .BR lrand48 (),
+.\" .BR nrand48 (),
+.\" .BR mrand48 (),
+.\" .BR jrand48 (),
+.\" .BR srand48 (),
+.\" .BR seed48 (),
+.\" .BR lcong48 ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions generate pseudo-random numbers using the linear congruential
+algorithm and 48-bit integer arithmetic.
+.P
+The
+.BR drand48 ()
+and
+.BR erand48 ()
+functions return nonnegative
+double-precision floating-point values uniformly distributed over the interval
+[0.0,\ 1.0).
+.P
+The
+.BR lrand48 ()
+and
+.BR nrand48 ()
+functions return nonnegative
+long integers uniformly distributed over the interval [0,\ 2\[ha]31).
+.P
+The
+.BR mrand48 ()
+and
+.BR jrand48 ()
+functions return signed long
+integers uniformly distributed over the interval [\-2\[ha]31,\ 2\[ha]31).
+.P
+The
+.BR srand48 (),
+.BR seed48 (),
+and
+.BR lcong48 ()
+functions are
+initialization functions, one of which should be called before using
+.BR drand48 (),
+.BR lrand48 (),
+or
+.BR mrand48 ().
+The functions
+.BR erand48 (),
+.BR nrand48 (),
+and
+.BR jrand48 ()
+do not require
+an initialization function to be called first.
+.P
+All the functions work by generating a sequence of 48-bit integers,
+.IR Xi ,
+according to the linear congruential formula:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.B Xn+1 = (aXn + c) mod m,   where n >= 0
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The parameter
+.I m
+= 2\[ha]48, hence 48-bit integer arithmetic is performed.
+Unless
+.BR lcong48 ()
+is called,
+.I a
+and
+.I c
+are given by:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.B a = 0x5DEECE66D
+.B c = 0xB
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The value returned by any of the functions
+.BR drand48 (),
+.BR erand48 (),
+.BR lrand48 (),
+.BR nrand48 (),
+.BR mrand48 (),
+or
+.BR jrand48 ()
+is
+computed by first generating the next 48-bit
+.I Xi
+in the sequence.
+Then the appropriate number of bits, according to the type of data item to
+be returned, is copied from the high-order bits of
+.I Xi
+and transformed
+into the returned value.
+.P
+The functions
+.BR drand48 (),
+.BR lrand48 (),
+and
+.BR mrand48 ()
+store
+the last 48-bit
+.I Xi
+generated in an internal buffer.
+The functions
+.BR erand48 (),
+.BR nrand48 (),
+and
+.BR jrand48 ()
+require the calling
+program to provide storage for the successive
+.I Xi
+values in the array
+argument
+.IR xsubi .
+The functions are initialized by placing the initial
+value of
+.I Xi
+into the array before calling the function for the first
+time.
+.P
+The initializer function
+.BR srand48 ()
+sets the high order 32-bits of
+.I Xi
+to the argument
+.IR seedval .
+The low order 16-bits are set
+to the arbitrary value 0x330E.
+.P
+The initializer function
+.BR seed48 ()
+sets the value of
+.I Xi
+to
+the 48-bit value specified in the array argument
+.IR seed16v .
+The
+previous value of
+.I Xi
+is copied into an internal buffer and a
+pointer to this buffer is returned by
+.BR seed48 ().
+.P
+The initialization function
+.BR lcong48 ()
+allows the user to specify
+initial values for
+.IR Xi ,
+.IR a ,
+and
+.IR c .
+Array argument
+elements
+.I param[0\-2]
+specify
+.IR Xi ,
+.I param[3\-5]
+specify
+.IR a ,
+and
+.I param[6]
+specifies
+.IR c .
+After
+.BR lcong48 ()
+has been called, a subsequent call to either
+.BR srand48 ()
+or
+.BR seed48 ()
+will restore the standard values of
+.I a
+and
+.IR c .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR drand48 (),
+.BR erand48 (),
+.BR lrand48 (),
+.BR nrand48 (),
+.BR mrand48 (),
+.BR jrand48 (),
+.BR srand48 (),
+.BR seed48 (),
+.BR lcong48 ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:drand48
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+The above
+functions record global state information for the random number generator,
+so they are not thread-safe.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rand (3),
+.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/drand48_r.3 b/man/man3/drand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8191baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/drand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms, 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Created 2004-10-31. Text taken from a page by Walter Harms, 2003-09-08
+.\"
+.TH drand48_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+drand48_r, erand48_r, lrand48_r, nrand48_r, mrand48_r, jrand48_r,
+srand48_r, seed48_r, lcong48_r
+\- generate uniformly distributed pseudo-random numbers reentrantly
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int drand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
+.BI "              double *restrict " result );
+.BI "int erand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi [3] ","
+.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
+.BI "              double *restrict " result ");"
+.P
+.BI "int lrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
+.BI "              long *restrict " result );
+.BI "int nrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
+.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict "buffer ,
+.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
+.P
+.BI "int mrand48_r(struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
+.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
+.BI "int jrand48_r(unsigned short " xsubi[3] ","
+.BI "              struct drand48_data *restrict " buffer ,
+.BI "              long *restrict " result ");"
+.P
+.BI "int srand48_r(long int " seedval ", struct drand48_data *" buffer ");"
+.BI "int seed48_r(unsigned short " seed16v[3] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
+.BI "int lcong48_r(unsigned short " param[7] ", struct drand48_data *" buffer );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.\" .BR drand48_r (),
+.\" .BR erand48_r (),
+.\" .BR lrand48_r (),
+.\" .BR nrand48_r (),
+.\" .BR mrand48_r (),
+.\" .BR jrand48_r (),
+.\" .BR srand48_r (),
+.\" .BR seed48_r (),
+.\" .BR lcong48_r ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are the reentrant analogs of the functions described in
+.BR drand48 (3).
+Instead of modifying the global random generator state, they use
+the supplied data
+.IR buffer .
+.P
+Before the first use, this struct must be initialized, for example,
+by filling it with zeros, or by calling one of the functions
+.BR srand48_r (),
+.BR seed48_r (),
+or
+.BR lcong48_r ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value is 0.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR drand48_r (),
+.BR erand48_r (),
+.BR lrand48_r (),
+.BR nrand48_r (),
+.BR mrand48_r (),
+.BR jrand48_r (),
+.BR srand48_r (),
+.BR seed48_r (),
+.BR lcong48_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buffer
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR drand48 (3),
+.BR rand (3),
+.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/drem.3 b/man/man3/drem.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a5b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/drem.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dremf.3 b/man/man3/dremf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a5b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dremf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/dreml.3 b/man/man3/dreml.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a5b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dreml.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/duplocale.3 b/man/man3/duplocale.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ef42bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/duplocale.3
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH duplocale 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+duplocale \- duplicate a locale object
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <locale.h>
+.P
+.BI "locale_t duplocale(locale_t " locobj );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR duplocale ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR duplocale ()
+function creates a duplicate of the locale object referred to by
+.IR locobj .
+.P
+If
+.I locobj
+is
+.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE ,
+.BR duplocale ()
+creates a locale object containing a copy of the global locale
+determined by
+.BR setlocale (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR duplocale ()
+returns a handle for the new locale object.
+On error, it returns
+.IR "(locale_t)\ 0",
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to create the duplicate locale object.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.
+.SH NOTES
+Duplicating a locale can serve the following purposes:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+To create a copy of a locale object in which one of more categories
+are to be modified (using
+.BR newlocale (3)).
+.IP \[bu]
+To obtain a handle for the current locale which can used in
+other functions that employ a locale handle, such as
+.BR toupper_l (3).
+This is done by applying
+.BR duplocale ()
+to the value returned by the following call:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+loc = uselocale((locale_t) 0);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+This technique is necessary, because the above
+.BR uselocale (3)
+call may return the value
+.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE ,
+which results in undefined behavior if passed to functions such as
+.BR toupper_l (3).
+Calling
+.BR duplocale ()
+can be used to ensure that the
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+value is converted into a usable locale object.
+See EXAMPLES, below.
+.P
+Each locale object created by
+.BR duplocale ()
+should be deallocated using
+.BR  freelocale (3).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses
+.BR uselocale (3)
+and
+.BR duplocale ()
+to obtain a handle for the current locale which is then passed to
+.BR toupper_l (3).
+The program takes one command-line argument,
+a string of characters that is converted to uppercase and
+displayed on standard output.
+An example of its use is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out abc\fP
+ABC
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (duplocale.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 700
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
+                        } while (0)
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    locale_t loc, nloc;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* This sequence is necessary, because uselocale() might return
+       the value LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE, which can\[aq]t be passed as an
+       argument to toupper_l(). */
+\&
+    loc = uselocale((locale_t) 0);
+    if (loc == (locale_t) 0)
+        errExit("uselocale");
+\&
+    nloc = duplocale(loc);
+    if (nloc == (locale_t) 0)
+        errExit("duplocale");
+\&
+    for (char *p = argv[1]; *p; p++)
+        putchar(toupper_l(*p, nloc));
+\&
+    printf("\en");
+\&
+    freelocale(nloc);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR freelocale (3),
+.BR newlocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR uselocale (3),
+.BR locale (5),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/dysize.3 b/man/man3/dysize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40c7410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/dysize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2001 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" aeb: some corrections
+.TH dysize 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+dysize \- get number of days for a given year
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <time.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int dysize(int " year );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR dysize ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function returns 365 for a normal year and 366 for a leap year.
+The calculation for leap year is based on:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+(year) %4 == 0 && ((year) %100 != 0 || (year) %400 == 0)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The formula is defined in the macro
+.I __isleap(year)
+also found in
+.IR <time.h> .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR dysize ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SunOS 4.x.
+.P
+This is a compatibility function only.
+Don't use it in new programs.
+.\" The SCO version of this function had a year-2000 problem.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strftime (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/eaccess.3 b/man/man3/eaccess.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e50351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/eaccess.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/euidaccess.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ecb_crypt.3 b/man/man3/ecb_crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853c9cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ecb_crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/des_crypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ecvt.3 b/man/man3/ecvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..539d182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ecvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:40:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Jun 25 12:10:47 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH ecvt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ecvt, fcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *ecvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *fcvt(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ecvt (),
+.BR fcvt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.17
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
+            || /* glibc >= 2.20 */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19 */ _SVID_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.16:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L))
+            || _SVID_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ecvt ()
+function converts \fInumber\fP to a null-terminated
+string of \fIndigits\fP digits (where \fIndigits\fP is reduced to a
+system-specific limit determined by the precision of a
+.IR double ),
+and returns a pointer to the string.
+The high-order digit is nonzero, unless
+.I number
+is zero.
+The low order digit is rounded.
+The string itself does not contain a decimal point; however,
+the position of the decimal point relative to the start of the string
+is stored in \fI*decpt\fP.
+A negative value for \fI*decpt\fP means that
+the decimal point is to the left of the start of the string.
+If the sign of
+\fInumber\fP is negative, \fI*sign\fP is set to a nonzero value,
+otherwise it is set to 0.
+If
+.I number
+is zero, it is unspecified whether \fI*decpt\fP is 0 or 1.
+.P
+The
+.BR fcvt ()
+function is identical to
+.BR ecvt (),
+except that
+\fIndigits\fP specifies the number of digits after the decimal point.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Both the
+.BR ecvt ()
+and
+.BR fcvt ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+static string containing the ASCII representation of \fInumber\fP.
+The static string is overwritten by each call to
+.BR ecvt ()
+or
+.BR fcvt ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ecvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ecvt
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fcvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fcvt
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr2;
+marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2008 removes the specifications of
+.BR ecvt ()
+and
+.BR fcvt (),
+recommending the use of
+.BR sprintf (3)
+instead (though
+.BR snprintf (3)
+may be preferable).
+.SH NOTES
+.\" Linux libc4 and libc5 specified the type of
+.\" .I ndigits
+.\" as
+.\" .IR size_t .
+Not all locales use a point as the radix character ("decimal point").
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ecvt_r (3),
+.BR gcvt (3),
+.BR qecvt (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ecvt_r.3 b/man/man3/ecvt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f83f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ecvt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+.\"
+.\" Corrected return types; from Fabian; 2004-10-05
+.\"
+.TH ecvt_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ecvt_r, fcvt_r, qecvt_r, qfcvt_r \- convert a floating-point number to a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int ecvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
+.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int fcvt_r(double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
+.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int qecvt_r(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
+.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int qfcvt_r(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign ,
+.BI "                          char *restrict " buf ", size_t " len );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ecvt_r (),
+.BR fcvt_r (),
+.BR qecvt_r (),
+.BR qfcvt_r ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR ecvt_r (),
+.BR fcvt_r (),
+.BR qecvt_r (),
+and
+.BR qfcvt_r ()
+are identical to
+.BR ecvt (3),
+.BR fcvt (3),
+.BR qecvt (3),
+and
+.BR qfcvt (3),
+respectively, except that they do not return their result in a static
+buffer, but instead use the supplied
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR len .
+See
+.BR ecvt (3)
+and
+.BR qecvt (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return 0 on success, and \-1 otherwise.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ecvt_r (),
+.BR fcvt_r (),
+.BR qecvt_r (),
+.BR qfcvt_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions are obsolete.
+Instead,
+.BR sprintf (3)
+is recommended.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ecvt (3),
+.BR qecvt (3),
+.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/edata.3 b/man/man3/edata.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94843fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/edata.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/end.3
diff --git a/man/man3/encrypt.3 b/man/man3/encrypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10ec9ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/encrypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2000 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\" Created 2000-07-22 00:52-0300
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2002-07-23 19:21:35 CEST 2002 Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2003-04-04, aeb
+.\"
+.TH encrypt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+encrypt, setkey, encrypt_r, setkey_r \- encrypt 64-bit messages
+.SH LIBRARY
+Password hashing library
+.RI ( libcrypt ", " \-lcrypt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt(char " block "[64], int " edflag );
+.P
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey(const char *" key );
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <crypt.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void setkey_r(const char *" key ", struct crypt_data *" data );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void encrypt_r(char *" block ", int " edflag ,
+.BI "                              struct crypt_data *" data );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions encrypt and decrypt 64-bit messages.
+The
+.BR setkey ()
+function sets the key used by
+.BR encrypt ().
+The
+.I key
+argument used here is an array of 64 bytes, each of which has
+numerical value 1 or 0.
+The bytes key[n] where n=8*i-1 are ignored,
+so that the effective key length is 56 bits.
+.P
+The
+.BR encrypt ()
+function modifies the passed buffer, encoding if
+.I edflag
+is 0, and decoding if 1 is being passed.
+Like the
+.I key
+argument, also
+.I block
+is a bit vector representation of the actual value that is encoded.
+The result is returned in that same vector.
+.P
+These two functions are not reentrant, that is, the key data is
+kept in static storage.
+The functions
+.BR setkey_r ()
+and
+.BR encrypt_r ()
+are the reentrant versions.
+They use the following
+structure to hold the key data:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct crypt_data {
+    char keysched[16 * 8];
+    char sb0[32768];
+    char sb1[32768];
+    char sb2[32768];
+    char sb3[32768];
+    char crypt_3_buf[14];
+    char current_salt[2];
+    long current_saltbits;
+    int  direction;
+    int  initialized;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Before calling
+.BR setkey_r ()
+set
+.I data\->initialized
+to zero.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions do not return any value.
+.SH ERRORS
+Set
+.I errno
+to zero before calling the above functions.
+On success,
+.I errno
+is unchanged.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The function is not provided.
+(For example because of former USA export restrictions.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR encrypt (),
+.BR setkey ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:crypt
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR encrypt_r (),
+.BR setkey_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR encrypt ()
+.TQ
+.BR setkey ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR encrypt_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR setkey_r ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Removed in glibc 2.28.
+.P
+Because they employ the DES block cipher,
+which is no longer considered secure,
+these functions were removed from glibc.
+Applications should switch to a modern cryptography library, such as
+.BR libgcrypt .
+.TP
+.BR encrypt ()
+.TQ
+.BR setkey ()
+POSIX.1-2001, SUS, SVr4.
+.SS Availability in glibc
+See
+.BR crypt (3).
+.SS Features in glibc
+In glibc 2.2, these functions use the DES algorithm.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (encrypt.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#include <crypt.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char key[64];
+    char orig[9] = "eggplant";
+    char buf[64];
+    char txt[9];
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
+        key[i] = rand() & 1;
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+        for (size_t j = 0; j < 8; j++) {
+            buf[i * 8 + j] = orig[i] >> j & 1;
+        }
+        setkey(key);
+    }
+    printf("Before encrypting: %s\en", orig);
+\&
+    encrypt(buf, 0);
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+        for (size_t j = 0, txt[i] = \[aq]\e0\[aq]; j < 8; j++) {
+            txt[i] |= buf[i * 8 + j] << j;
+        }
+        txt[8] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
+    }
+    printf("After encrypting:  %s\en", txt);
+\&
+    encrypt(buf, 1);
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+        for (size_t j = 0, txt[i] = \[aq]\e0\[aq]; j < 8; j++) {
+            txt[i] |= buf[i * 8 + j] << j;
+        }
+        txt[8] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
+    }
+    printf("After decrypting:  %s\en", txt);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbc_crypt (3),
+.BR crypt (3),
+.BR ecb_crypt (3)
+.\" .BR fcrypt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/encrypt_r.3 b/man/man3/encrypt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e34c9e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/encrypt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/end.3 b/man/man3/end.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3628107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/end.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH end 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+etext, edata, end \- end of program segments
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BI extern " etext" ;
+.BI extern " edata" ;
+.BI extern " end" ;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The addresses of these symbols indicate the end of various program
+segments:
+.TP
+.I etext
+This is the first address past the end of the text segment
+(the program code).
+.TP
+.I edata
+This is the first address past the end of the
+initialized data segment.
+.TP
+.I end
+This is the first address past the end of the
+uninitialized data segment (also known as the BSS segment).
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Although these symbols have long been provided on most UNIX systems,
+they are not standardized; use with caution.
+.SH NOTES
+The program must explicitly declare these symbols;
+they are not defined in any header file.
+.P
+On some systems the names of these symbols are preceded by underscores,
+thus:
+.IR _etext ,
+.IR _edata ,
+and
+.IR _end .
+These symbols are also defined for programs compiled on Linux.
+.P
+At the start of program execution,
+the program break will be somewhere near
+.I &end
+(perhaps at the start of the following page).
+However, the break will change as memory is allocated via
+.BR brk (2)
+or
+.BR malloc (3).
+Use
+.BR sbrk (2)
+with an argument of zero to find the current value of the program break.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+When run, the program below produces output such as the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+First address past:
+    program text (etext)       0x8048568
+    initialized data (edata)   0x804a01c
+    uninitialized data (end)   0x804a024
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (end.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+extern char etext, edata, end; /* The symbols must have some type,
+                                   or "gcc \-Wall" complains */
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    printf("First address past:\en");
+    printf("    program text (etext)      %10p\en", &etext);
+    printf("    initialized data (edata)  %10p\en", &edata);
+    printf("    uninitialized data (end)  %10p\en", &end);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR objdump (1),
+.BR readelf (1),
+.BR sbrk (2),
+.BR elf (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/endaliasent.3 b/man/man3/endaliasent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37dcf19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endaliasent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endfsent.3 b/man/man3/endfsent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e6a3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endfsent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endgrent.3 b/man/man3/endgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bde736f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endhostent.3 b/man/man3/endhostent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endhostent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endian.3 b/man/man3/endian.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff7053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endian.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2009, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" a few pieces remain from an earlier version
+.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Nanno Langstraat <nal@ii.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH endian 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+htobe16, htole16, be16toh, le16toh, htobe32, htole32, be32toh, le32toh,
+htobe64, htole64, be64toh, le64toh \-
+convert values between host and big-/little-endian byte order
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <endian.h>
+.P
+.BI "uint16_t htobe16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
+.BI "uint16_t htole16(uint16_t " host_16bits );
+.BI "uint16_t be16toh(uint16_t " big_endian_16bits );
+.BI "uint16_t le16toh(uint16_t " little_endian_16bits );
+.P
+.BI "uint32_t htobe32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
+.BI "uint32_t htole32(uint32_t " host_32bits );
+.BI "uint32_t be32toh(uint32_t " big_endian_32bits );
+.BI "uint32_t le32toh(uint32_t " little_endian_32bits );
+.P
+.BI "uint64_t htobe64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
+.BI "uint64_t htole64(uint64_t " host_64bits );
+.BI "uint64_t be64toh(uint64_t " big_endian_64bits );
+.BI "uint64_t le64toh(uint64_t " little_endian_64bits );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.ad l
+.P
+.BR htobe16 (),
+.BR htole16 (),
+.BR be16toh (),
+.BR le16toh (),
+.BR htobe32 (),
+.BR htole32 (),
+.BR be32toh (),
+.BR le32toh (),
+.BR htobe64 (),
+.BR htole64 (),
+.BR be64toh (),
+.BR le64toh ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.ad
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions convert the byte encoding of integer values from
+the byte order that the current CPU (the "host") uses,
+to and from little-endian and big-endian byte order.
+.P
+The number,
+.IR nn ,
+in the name of each function indicates the size of
+integer handled by the function, either 16, 32, or 64 bits.
+.P
+The functions with names of the form "htobe\fInn\fP" convert
+from host byte order to big-endian order.
+.P
+The functions with names of the form "htole\fInn\fP" convert
+from host byte order to little-endian order.
+.P
+The functions with names of the form "be\fInn\fPtoh" convert
+from big-endian order to host byte order.
+.P
+The functions with names of the form "le\fInn\fPtoh" convert
+from little-endian order to host byte order.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Similar functions are present on the BSDs,
+where the required header file is
+.I <sys/endian.h>
+instead of
+.IR <endian.h> .
+Unfortunately,
+NetBSD, FreeBSD, and glibc haven't followed the original
+OpenBSD naming convention for these functions,
+whereby the
+.I nn
+component always appears at the end of the function name
+(thus, for example, in NetBSD, FreeBSD, and glibc,
+the equivalent of OpenBSDs "betoh32" is "be32toh").
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.9.
+.P
+These functions are similar to the older
+.BR byteorder (3)
+family of functions.
+For example,
+.BR be32toh ()
+is identical to
+.BR ntohl ().
+.P
+The advantage of the
+.BR byteorder (3)
+functions is that they are standard functions available
+on all UNIX systems.
+On the other hand, the fact that they were designed
+for use in the context of TCP/IP means that
+they lack the 64-bit and little-endian variants described in this page.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below display the results of converting an integer
+from host byte order to both little-endian and big-endian byte order.
+Since host byte order is either little-endian or big-endian,
+only one of these conversions will have an effect.
+When we run this program on a little-endian system such as x86-32,
+we see the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+x.u32 = 0x44332211
+htole32(x.u32) = 0x44332211
+htobe32(x.u32) = 0x11223344
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (endian.c)
+.EX
+#include <endian.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    union {
+        uint32_t u32;
+        uint8_t arr[4];
+    } x;
+\&
+    x.arr[0] = 0x11;	/* Lowest\-address byte */
+    x.arr[1] = 0x22;
+    x.arr[2] = 0x33;
+    x.arr[3] = 0x44;	/* Highest\-address byte */
+\&
+    printf("x.u32 = %#x\en", x.u32);
+    printf("htole32(x.u32) = %#x\en", htole32(x.u32));
+    printf("htobe32(x.u32) = %#x\en", htobe32(x.u32));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bswap (3),
+.BR byteorder (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/endmntent.3 b/man/man3/endmntent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2bb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endmntent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endnetent.3 b/man/man3/endnetent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f5670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endnetent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endnetgrent.3 b/man/man3/endnetgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34268f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endnetgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endprotoent.3 b/man/man3/endprotoent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8cb4bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endprotoent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endpwent.3 b/man/man3/endpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d121b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endrpcent.3 b/man/man3/endrpcent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923085e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endrpcent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endservent.3 b/man/man3/endservent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaafb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endservent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endspent.3 b/man/man3/endspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endttyent.3 b/man/man3/endttyent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd11e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endttyent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endusershell.3 b/man/man3/endusershell.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..718ed12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endusershell.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getusershell.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endutent.3 b/man/man3/endutent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endutent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/endutxent.3 b/man/man3/endutxent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/endutxent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz.3 b/man/man3/envz.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_add.3 b/man/man3/envz_add.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..888fc07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_add.3
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" based on the description in glibc source and infopages
+.\"
+.\" Corrections and additions, aeb
+.TH envz_add 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+envz_add, envz_entry, envz_get, envz_merge,
+envz_remove, envz_strip \- environment string support
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <envz.h>
+.P
+.BI "error_t envz_add(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
+.BI "               const char *restrict " name \
+", const char *restrict " value );
+.P
+.BI "char *envz_entry(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
+.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
+.P
+.BI "char *envz_get(const char *restrict " envz ", size_t " envz_len ,
+.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
+.P
+.BI "error_t envz_merge(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
+.BI "               const char *restrict " envz2 ", size_t " envz2_len ,
+.BI "               int " override );
+.P
+.BI "void envz_remove(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len ,
+.BI "               const char *restrict " name );
+.P
+.BI "void envz_strip(char **restrict " envz ", size_t *restrict " envz_len );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are glibc-specific.
+.P
+An argz vector is a pointer to a character buffer together with a length,
+see
+.BR argz_add (3).
+An envz vector is a special argz vector, namely one where the strings
+have the form "name=value".
+Everything after the first \[aq]=\[aq] is considered
+to be the value.
+If there is no \[aq]=\[aq], the value is taken to be NULL.
+(While the value in case of a trailing \[aq]=\[aq] is the empty string "".)
+.P
+These functions are for handling envz vectors.
+.P
+.BR envz_add ()
+adds the string
+.RI \&" name = value \&"
+(in case
+.I value
+is non-NULL) or
+.RI \&" name \&"
+(in case
+.I value
+is NULL) to the envz vector
+.RI ( *envz ,\  *envz_len )
+and updates
+.I *envz
+and
+.IR *envz_len .
+If an entry with the same
+.I name
+existed, it is removed.
+.P
+.BR envz_entry ()
+looks for
+.I name
+in the envz vector
+.RI ( envz ,\  envz_len )
+and returns the entry if found, or NULL if not.
+.P
+.BR envz_get ()
+looks for
+.I name
+in the envz vector
+.RI ( envz ,\  envz_len )
+and returns the value if found, or NULL if not.
+(Note that the value can also be NULL, namely when there is
+an entry for
+.I name
+without \[aq]=\[aq] sign.)
+.P
+.BR envz_merge ()
+adds each entry in
+.I envz2
+to
+.IR *envz ,
+as if with
+.BR envz_add ().
+If
+.I override
+is true, then values in
+.I envz2
+will supersede those with the same name in
+.IR *envz ,
+otherwise not.
+.P
+.BR envz_remove ()
+removes the entry for
+.I name
+from
+.RI ( *envz ,\  *envz_len )
+if there was one.
+.P
+.BR envz_strip ()
+removes all entries with value NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All envz functions that do memory allocation have a return type of
+.I error_t
+(an integer type),
+and return 0 for success, and
+.B ENOMEM
+if an allocation error occurs.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR envz_add (),
+.BR envz_entry (),
+.BR envz_get (),
+.BR envz_merge (),
+.BR envz_remove (),
+.BR envz_strip ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (envz_add.c)
+.EX
+#include <envz.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[], char *envp[])
+{
+    char    *str;
+    size_t  e_len = 0;
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; envp[i] != NULL; i++)
+        e_len += strlen(envp[i]) + 1;
+\&
+    str = envz_entry(*envp, e_len, "HOME");
+    printf("%s\en", str);
+    str = envz_get(*envp, e_len, "HOME");
+    printf("%s\en", str);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR argz_add (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_entry.3 b/man/man3/envz_entry.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_entry.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_get.3 b/man/man3/envz_get.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_get.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_merge.3 b/man/man3/envz_merge.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_merge.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_remove.3 b/man/man3/envz_remove.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_remove.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/envz_strip.3 b/man/man3/envz_strip.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e0737
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/envz_strip.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/envz_add.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erand48.3 b/man/man3/erand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erand48_r.3 b/man/man3/erand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erf.3 b/man/man3/erf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cdfb0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH erf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+erf, erff, erfl \- error function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double erf(double " x );
+.BI "float erff(float " x );
+.BI "long double erfl(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR erf ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR erff (),
+.BR erfl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the error function of
+.IR x ,
+defined as
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi) * integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t*t) dt
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the value of the error function of
+.IR x ,
+a value in the range [\-1,\ 1].
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
++1 (\-1) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is subnormal,
+a range error occurs,
+and the return value is 2*x/sqrt(pi).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow (\fIx\fP is subnormal)
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
+.\" see https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6785
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR erf (),
+.BR erff (),
+.BR erfl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cerf (3),
+.BR erfc (3),
+.BR exp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/erfc.3 b/man/man3/erfc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70bdd7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erfc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH erfc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+erfc, erfcf, erfcl \- complementary error function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double erfc(double " x );
+.BI "float erfcf(float " x );
+.BI "long double erfcl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR erfc ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR erfcf (),
+.BR erfcl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the complementary error function of
+.IR x ,
+that is, 1.0 \- erf(x).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the complementary error function of
+.IR x ,
+a value in the range [0,2].
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0, 1 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity,
++0 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
++2 is returned.
+.P
+If the function result underflows and produces an unrepresentable value,
+the return value is 0.0.
+.P
+If the function result underflows but produces a representable
+(i.e., subnormal) value,
+.\" e.g., erfc(27) on x86-32
+that value is returned, and
+a range error occurs.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow (result is subnormal)
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" It is intentional that these functions do not set errno for this case
+.\" see https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6785
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR erfc (),
+.BR erfcf (),
+.BR erfcl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR erfc (),
+.BR erfcf (),
+and
+.BR erfcl ()
+functions are provided to avoid the loss accuracy that
+would occur for the calculation 1-erf(x) for large values of
+.I x
+(for which the value of erf(x) approaches 1).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cerf (3),
+.BR erf (3),
+.BR exp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/erfcf.3 b/man/man3/erfcf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..371bd6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erfcf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/erfc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erfcl.3 b/man/man3/erfcl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..371bd6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erfcl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/erfc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erff.3 b/man/man3/erff.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5471f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erff.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/erf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/erfl.3 b/man/man3/erfl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5471f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/erfl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/erf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/err.3 b/man/man3/err.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3db6703
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/err.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	From: @(#)err.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/gen/err.3,v 1.11.2.5 2001/08/17 15:42:32 ru Exp $
+.\"
+.\" 2011-09-10, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH err 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+err, verr, errx, verrx, warn, vwarn, warnx, vwarnx \- formatted error messages
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <err.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void err(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void errx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", ...);"
+.P
+.BI "void warn(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
+.BI "void warnx(const char *" fmt ", ...);"
+.P
+.B #include <stdarg.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void verr(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void verrx(int " eval ", const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
+.P
+.BI "void vwarn(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
+.BI "void vwarnx(const char *" fmt ", va_list " args );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR err ()
+and
+.BR warn ()
+family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard
+error output.
+In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character,
+and a space are output.
+If the
+.I fmt
+argument is not NULL, the
+.BR printf (3)-like
+formatted error message is output.
+The output is terminated by a newline character.
+.P
+The
+.BR err (),
+.BR verr (),
+.BR warn (),
+and
+.BR vwarn ()
+functions append an error message obtained from
+.BR strerror (3)
+based on the global variable
+.IR errno ,
+preceded by another colon and space unless the
+.I fmt
+argument is
+NULL.
+.P
+The
+.BR errx ()
+and
+.BR warnx ()
+functions do not append an error message.
+.P
+The
+.BR err (),
+.BR verr (),
+.BR errx (),
+and
+.BR verrx ()
+functions do not return, but exit with the value of the argument
+.IR eval .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR err (),
+.BR errx (),
+.BR warn (),
+.BR warnx (),
+.BR verr (),
+.BR verrx (),
+.BR vwarn (),
+.BR vwarnx ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR err ()
+.TQ
+.BR warn ()
+4.4BSD.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Display the current
+.I errno
+information string and exit:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+p = malloc(size);
+if (p == NULL)
+    err(EXIT_FAILURE, NULL);
+fd = open(file_name, O_RDONLY, 0);
+if (fd == \-1)
+    err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", file_name);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Display an error message and exit:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME)
+    errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "too early, wait until %s",
+            start_time_string);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Warn of an error:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+fd = open(raw_device, O_RDONLY, 0);
+if (fd == \-1)
+    warnx("%s: %s: trying the block device",
+            raw_device, strerror(errno));
+fd = open(block_device, O_RDONLY, 0);
+if (fd == \-1)
+    err(EXIT_FAILURE, "%s", block_device);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR error (3),
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR perror (3),
+.BR printf (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/errno.3 b/man/man3/errno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72185eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/errno.3
@@ -0,0 +1,655 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 5 Oct 2002, Modified by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" 	Updated for POSIX.1 2001
+.\" 2004-12-17 Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>, mtk
+.\"	Removed errno declaration prototype, added notes
+.\" 2006-02-09 Kurt Wall, mtk
+.\"     Added non-POSIX errors
+.\"
+.TH errno 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+errno \- number of last error
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <errno.h>
+.\".P
+.\".BI "extern int " errno ;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I <errno.h>
+header file defines the integer variable
+.IR errno ,
+which is set by system calls and some library functions in the event
+of an error to indicate what went wrong.
+.\"
+.SS errno
+The value in
+.I errno
+is significant only when the return value of
+the call indicated an error
+(i.e., \-1 from most system calls;
+\-1 or NULL from most library functions);
+a function that succeeds
+.I is
+allowed to change
+.IR errno .
+The value of
+.I errno
+is never set to zero by any system call or library function.
+.P
+For some system calls and library functions (e.g.,
+.BR getpriority (2)),
+\-1 is a valid return on success.
+In such cases, a successful return can be distinguished from an error
+return by setting
+.I errno
+to zero before the call, and then,
+if the call returns a status that indicates that an error
+may have occurred, checking to see if
+.I errno
+has a nonzero value.
+.P
+.I errno
+is defined by the ISO C standard to be a modifiable lvalue
+of type
+.IR int ,
+and must not be explicitly declared;
+.I errno
+may be a macro.
+.I errno
+is thread-local; setting it in one thread
+does not affect its value in any other thread.
+.\"
+.SS Error numbers and names
+Valid error numbers are all positive numbers.
+The
+.I <errno.h>
+header file defines symbolic names for each
+of the possible error numbers that may appear in
+.IR errno .
+.P
+All the error names specified by POSIX.1
+must have distinct values, with the exception of
+.B EAGAIN
+and
+.BR EWOULDBLOCK ,
+which may be the same.
+On Linux, these two have the same value on all architectures.
+.P
+The error numbers that correspond to each symbolic name
+vary across UNIX systems,
+and even across different architectures on Linux.
+Therefore, numeric values are not included as part of the list of
+error names below.
+The
+.BR perror (3)
+and
+.BR strerror (3)
+functions can be used to convert these names to
+corresponding textual error messages.
+.P
+On any particular Linux system,
+one can obtain a list of all symbolic error names and
+the corresponding error numbers using the
+.BR errno (1)
+command (part of the
+.I moreutils
+package):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBerrno \-l\fP
+EPERM 1 Operation not permitted
+ENOENT 2 No such file or directory
+ESRCH 3 No such process
+EINTR 4 Interrupted system call
+EIO 5 Input/output error
+\&...
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.BR errno (1)
+command can also be used to look up individual error numbers and names,
+and to search for errors using strings from the error description,
+as in the following examples:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBerrno 2\fP
+ENOENT 2 No such file or directory
+$ \fBerrno ESRCH\fP
+ESRCH 3 No such process
+$ \fBerrno \-s permission\fP
+EACCES 13 Permission denied
+.EE
+.in
+.\".P
+.\" POSIX.1 (2001 edition) lists the following symbolic error names.  Of
+.\" these, \fBEDOM\fP and \fBERANGE\fP are in the ISO C standard.  ISO C
+.\" Amendment 1 defines the additional error number \fBEILSEQ\fP for
+.\" coding errors in multibyte or wide characters.
+.\"
+.SS List of error names
+In the list of the symbolic error names below,
+various names are marked as follows:
+.TP
+.I POSIX.1-2001
+The name is defined by POSIX.1-2001,
+and is defined in later POSIX.1 versions, unless otherwise indicated.
+.TP
+.I POSIX.1-2008
+The name is defined in POSIX.1-2008,
+but was not present in earlier POSIX.1 standards.
+.TP
+.I C99
+The name is defined by C99.
+.P
+Below is a list of the symbolic error names that are defined on Linux:
+.TP 16
+.B E2BIG
+Argument list too long (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Permission denied (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EADDRINUSE
+Address already in use (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EADDRNOTAVAIL
+Address not available (POSIX.1-2001).
+.\" EADV is only an error on HURD(?)
+.TP
+.B EAFNOSUPPORT
+Address family not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Resource temporarily unavailable (may be the same value as
+.BR EWOULDBLOCK )
+(POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EALREADY
+Connection already in progress (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EBADE
+Invalid exchange.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Bad file descriptor (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EBADFD
+File descriptor in bad state.
+.TP
+.B EBADMSG
+Bad message (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EBADR
+Invalid request descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EBADRQC
+Invalid request code.
+.TP
+.B EBADSLT
+Invalid slot.
+.\" EBFONT is defined but appears not to be used by kernel or glibc.
+.TP
+.B EBUSY
+Device or resource busy (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ECANCELED
+Operation canceled (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ECHILD
+No child processes (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ECHRNG
+Channel number out of range.
+.TP
+.B ECOMM
+Communication error on send.
+.TP
+.B ECONNABORTED
+Connection aborted (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ECONNREFUSED
+Connection refused (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ECONNRESET
+Connection reset (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EDEADLK
+Resource deadlock avoided (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EDEADLOCK
+On most architectures, a synonym for
+.BR EDEADLK .
+On some architectures (e.g., Linux MIPS, PowerPC, SPARC),
+it is a separate error code "File locking deadlock error".
+.TP
+.B EDESTADDRREQ
+Destination address required (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EDOM
+Mathematics argument out of domain of function (POSIX.1, C99).
+.\" EDOTDOT is defined but appears to be unused
+.TP
+.B EDQUOT
+.\" POSIX just says "Reserved"
+Disk quota exceeded (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+File exists (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EFAULT
+Bad address (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EFBIG
+File too large (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EHOSTDOWN
+Host is down.
+.TP
+.B EHOSTUNREACH
+Host is unreachable (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EHWPOISON
+Memory page has hardware error.
+.TP
+.B EIDRM
+Identifier removed (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+Invalid or incomplete multibyte or wide character (POSIX.1, C99).
+.IP
+The text shown here is the glibc error description;
+in POSIX.1, this error is described as "Illegal byte sequence".
+.TP
+.B EINPROGRESS
+Operation in progress (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+Interrupted function call (POSIX.1-2001); see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid argument (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+Input/output error (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EISCONN
+Socket is connected (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EISDIR
+Is a directory (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EISNAM
+Is a named type file.
+.TP
+.B EKEYEXPIRED
+Key has expired.
+.TP
+.B EKEYREJECTED
+Key was rejected by service.
+.TP
+.B EKEYREVOKED
+Key has been revoked.
+.TP
+.B EL2HLT
+Level 2 halted.
+.TP
+.B EL2NSYNC
+Level 2 not synchronized.
+.TP
+.B EL3HLT
+Level 3 halted.
+.TP
+.B EL3RST
+Level 3 reset.
+.TP
+.B ELIBACC
+Cannot access a needed shared library.
+.TP
+.B ELIBBAD
+Accessing a corrupted shared library.
+.TP
+.B ELIBMAX
+Attempting to link in too many shared libraries.
+.TP
+.B ELIBSCN
+\&.lib section in a.out corrupted
+.TP
+.B ELIBEXEC
+Cannot exec a shared library directly.
+.TP
+.B ELNRNG
+.\" ELNRNG appears to be used by a few drivers
+Link number out of range.
+.TP
+.B ELOOP
+Too many levels of symbolic links (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EMEDIUMTYPE
+Wrong medium type.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+Too many open files (POSIX.1-2001).
+Commonly caused by exceeding the
+.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
+resource limit described in
+.BR getrlimit (2).
+Can also be caused by exceeding the limit specified in
+.IR /proc/sys/fs/nr_open .
+.TP
+.B EMLINK
+Too many links (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EMSGSIZE
+Message too long (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EMULTIHOP
+.\" POSIX says "Reserved"
+Multihop attempted (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+Filename too long (POSIX.1-2001).
+.\" ENAVAIL is defined, but appears not to be used
+.TP
+.B ENETDOWN
+Network is down (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENETRESET
+Connection aborted by network (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENETUNREACH
+Network unreachable (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+Too many open files in system (POSIX.1-2001).
+On Linux, this is probably a result of encountering the
+.I /proc/sys/fs/file\-max
+limit (see
+.BR proc (5)).
+.TP
+.B ENOANO
+.\" ENOANO appears to be used by a few drivers
+No anode.
+.TP
+.B ENOBUFS
+No buffer space available (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
+.\" ENOCSI is defined but appears to be unused.
+.TP
+.B ENODATA
+The named attribute does not exist,
+or the process has no access to this attribute; see
+.BR xattr (7).
+.IP
+In POSIX.1-2001 (XSI STREAMS option),
+this error was described as
+"No message is available on the STREAM head read queue".
+.TP
+.B ENODEV
+No such device (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+No such file or directory (POSIX.1-2001).
+.IP
+Typically, this error results when a specified pathname does not exist,
+or one of the components in the directory prefix of a pathname does not exist,
+or the specified pathname is a dangling symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B ENOEXEC
+Exec format error (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOKEY
+Required key not available.
+.TP
+.B ENOLCK
+No locks available (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOLINK
+.\" POSIX says "Reserved"
+Link has been severed (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOMEDIUM
+No medium found.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Not enough space/cannot allocate memory (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOMSG
+No message of the desired type (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENONET
+Machine is not on the network.
+.TP
+.B ENOPKG
+Package not installed.
+.TP
+.B ENOPROTOOPT
+Protocol not available (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+No space left on device (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOSR
+No STREAM resources (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
+.TP
+.B ENOSTR
+Not a STREAM (POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+Function not implemented (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTBLK
+Block device required.
+.TP
+.B ENOTCONN
+The socket is not connected (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+Not a directory (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTEMPTY
+Directory not empty (POSIX.1-2001).
+.\" ENOTNAM is defined but appears to be unused.
+.TP
+.B ENOTRECOVERABLE
+State not recoverable (POSIX.1-2008).
+.TP
+.B ENOTSOCK
+Not a socket (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTSUP
+Operation not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+Inappropriate I/O control operation (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ENOTUNIQ
+Name not unique on network.
+.TP
+.B ENXIO
+No such device or address (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EOPNOTSUPP
+Operation not supported on socket (POSIX.1-2001).
+.IP
+.RB ( ENOTSUP
+and
+.B EOPNOTSUPP
+have the same value on Linux, but
+according to POSIX.1 these error values should be distinct.)
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+Value too large to be stored in data type (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EOWNERDEAD
+.\" Used at least by the user-space side of rubost mutexes
+Owner died (POSIX.1-2008).
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+Operation not permitted (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EPFNOSUPPORT
+Protocol family not supported.
+.TP
+.B EPIPE
+Broken pipe (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EPROTO
+Protocol error (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EPROTONOSUPPORT
+Protocol not supported (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EPROTOTYPE
+Protocol wrong type for socket (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Result too large (POSIX.1, C99).
+.TP
+.B EREMCHG
+Remote address changed.
+.TP
+.B EREMOTE
+Object is remote.
+.TP
+.B EREMOTEIO
+Remote I/O error.
+.TP
+.B ERESTART
+Interrupted system call should be restarted.
+.TP
+.B ERFKILL
+.\" ERFKILL appears to be used by various drivers
+Operation not possible due to RF-kill.
+.TP
+.B EROFS
+Read-only filesystem (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ESHUTDOWN
+Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown.
+.TP
+.B ESPIPE
+Invalid seek (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ESOCKTNOSUPPORT
+Socket type not supported.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No such process (POSIX.1-2001).
+.\" ESRMNT is defined but appears not to be used
+.TP
+.B ESTALE
+Stale file handle (POSIX.1-2001).
+.IP
+This error can occur for NFS and for other filesystems.
+.TP
+.B ESTRPIPE
+Streams pipe error.
+.TP
+.B ETIME
+Timer expired
+(POSIX.1 (XSI STREAMS option)).
+.IP
+(POSIX.1 says "STREAM
+.BR ioctl (2)
+timeout".)
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+Connection timed out (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B ETOOMANYREFS
+.\" ETOOMANYREFS seems to be used in net/unix/af_unix.c
+Too many references: cannot splice.
+.TP
+.B ETXTBSY
+Text file busy (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EUCLEAN
+Structure needs cleaning.
+.TP
+.B EUNATCH
+Protocol driver not attached.
+.TP
+.B EUSERS
+Too many users.
+.TP
+.B EWOULDBLOCK
+Operation would block (may be same value as
+.BR EAGAIN )
+(POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EXDEV
+Invalid cross-device link (POSIX.1-2001).
+.TP
+.B EXFULL
+Exchange full.
+.SH NOTES
+A common mistake is to do
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+if (somecall() == \-1) {
+    printf("somecall() failed\en");
+    if (errno == ...) { ... }
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I errno
+no longer needs to have the value it had upon return from
+.IR somecall ()
+(i.e., it may have been changed by the
+.BR printf (3)).
+If the value of
+.I errno
+should be preserved across a library call, it must be saved:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+if (somecall() == \-1) {
+    int errsv = errno;
+    printf("somecall() failed\en");
+    if (errsv == ...) { ... }
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Note that the POSIX threads APIs do
+.I not
+set
+.I errno
+on error.
+Instead, on failure they return an error number as the function result.
+These error numbers have the same meanings as the error numbers returned in
+.I errno
+by other APIs.
+.P
+On some ancient systems,
+.I <errno.h>
+was not present or did not declare
+.IR errno ,
+so that it was necessary to declare
+.I errno
+manually
+(i.e.,
+.IR "extern int errno" ).
+.BR "Do not do this" .
+It long ago ceased to be necessary,
+and it will cause problems with modern versions of the C library.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR errno (1),  \" In the moreutils package
+.BR err (3),
+.BR error (3),
+.BR perror (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/error.3 b/man/man3/error.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f341c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/error.3
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" References:
+.\"   glibc manual and source
+.TH error 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+error, error_at_line, error_message_count, error_one_per_line,
+error_print_progname \- glibc error reporting functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <error.h>
+.P
+.BI "void error(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
+.BI "void error_at_line(int " status ", int " errnum ", const char *" filename ,
+.BI "                   unsigned int " linenum ", const char *" format ", ...);"
+.P
+.BI "extern unsigned int " error_message_count ;
+.BI "extern int " error_one_per_line ;
+.P
+.BI "extern void (*" error_print_progname ")(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR error ()
+is a general error-reporting function.
+It flushes
+.IR stdout ,
+and then outputs to
+.I stderr
+the program name, a colon and a space, the message specified by the
+.BR printf (3)-style
+format string \fIformat\fP, and, if \fIerrnum\fP is
+nonzero, a second colon and a space followed by the string given by
+.IR strerror(errnum) .
+Any arguments required for
+.I format
+should follow
+.I format
+in the argument list.
+The output is terminated by a newline character.
+.P
+The program name printed by
+.BR error ()
+is the value of the global variable
+.BR program_invocation_name (3).
+.I program_invocation_name
+initially has the same value as
+.IR main ()'s
+.IR argv[0] .
+The value of this variable can be modified to change the output of
+.BR error ().
+.P
+If \fIstatus\fP has a nonzero value, then
+.BR error ()
+calls
+.BR exit (3)
+to terminate the program using the given value as the exit status;
+otherwise it returns after printing the error message.
+.P
+The
+.BR error_at_line ()
+function is exactly the same as
+.BR error (),
+except for the addition of the arguments
+.I filename
+and
+.IR linenum .
+The output produced is as for
+.BR error (),
+except that after the program name are written: a colon, the value of
+.IR filename ,
+a colon, and the value of
+.IR linenum .
+The preprocessor values \fB__LINE__\fP and
+\fB__FILE__\fP may be useful when calling
+.BR error_at_line (),
+but other values can also be used.
+For example, these arguments could refer to a location in an input file.
+.P
+If the global variable \fIerror_one_per_line\fP is set nonzero,
+a sequence of
+.BR error_at_line ()
+calls with the
+same value of \fIfilename\fP and \fIlinenum\fP will result in only
+one message (the first) being output.
+.P
+The global variable \fIerror_message_count\fP counts the number of
+messages that have been output by
+.BR error ()
+and
+.BR error_at_line ().
+.P
+If the global variable \fIerror_print_progname\fP
+is assigned the address of a function
+(i.e., is not NULL), then that function is called
+instead of prefixing the message with the program name and colon.
+The function should print a suitable string to
+.IR stderr .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR error ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR error_at_line ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe\ race: error_at_line/\:error_one_per_line locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+The internal
+.I error_one_per_line
+variable is accessed (without any form of synchronization, but since it's an
+.I int
+used once, it should be safe enough) and, if
+.I error_one_per_line
+is set nonzero, the internal static variables (not exposed to users)
+used to hold the last printed filename and line number are accessed
+and modified without synchronization; the update is not atomic and it
+occurs before disabling cancelation, so it can be interrupted only after
+one of the two variables is modified.
+After that,
+.BR error_at_line ()
+is very much like
+.BR error ().
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR err (3),
+.BR errno (3),
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR perror (3),
+.BR program_invocation_name (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/error_at_line.3 b/man/man3/error_at_line.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce8691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/error_at_line.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man/man3/error_message_count.3 b/man/man3/error_message_count.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce8691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/error_message_count.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man/man3/error_one_per_line.3 b/man/man3/error_one_per_line.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce8691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/error_one_per_line.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man/man3/error_print_progname.3 b/man/man3/error_print_progname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ce8691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/error_print_progname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/error.3
diff --git a/man/man3/errx.3 b/man/man3/errx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/errx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/etext.3 b/man/man3/etext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94843fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/etext.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/end.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_aton.3 b/man/man3/ether_aton.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbc6c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_aton.3
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Ian Redfern (redferni@logica.com)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     FreeBSD 4.4 man pages
+.\"
+.\" Minor additions, aeb, 2013-06-21
+.\"
+.TH ether_aton 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ether_aton, ether_ntoa, ether_ntohost, ether_hostton, ether_line,
+ether_ntoa_r, ether_aton_r \- Ethernet address manipulation routines
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netinet/ether.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *ether_ntoa(const struct ether_addr *" addr );
+.BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton(const char *" asc );
+.P
+.BI "int ether_ntohost(char *" hostname ", const struct ether_addr *" addr );
+.BI "int ether_hostton(const char *" hostname ", struct ether_addr *" addr );
+.P
+.BI "int ether_line(const char *" line ", struct ether_addr *" addr ,
+.BI "               char *" hostname );
+.P
+/* GNU extensions */
+.BI "char *ether_ntoa_r(const struct ether_addr *" addr ", char *" buf );
+.P
+.BI "struct ether_addr *ether_aton_r(const char *" asc ,
+.BI "                                struct ether_addr *" addr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR ether_aton ()
+converts the 48-bit Ethernet host address
+.I asc
+from the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation into binary data in
+network byte order and returns a pointer to it in a statically
+allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will
+overwrite.
+.BR ether_aton ()
+returns NULL if the address is invalid.
+.P
+The
+.BR ether_ntoa ()
+function converts the Ethernet host address
+.I addr
+given in network byte order to a string in standard
+hex-digits-and-colons notation, omitting leading zeros.
+The string is returned in a statically allocated buffer,
+which subsequent calls will overwrite.
+.P
+The
+.BR ether_ntohost ()
+function maps an Ethernet address to the
+corresponding hostname in
+.I /etc/ethers
+and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
+.P
+The
+.BR ether_hostton ()
+function maps a hostname to the
+corresponding Ethernet address in
+.I /etc/ethers
+and returns nonzero if it cannot be found.
+.P
+The
+.BR ether_line ()
+function parses a line in
+.I /etc/ethers
+format (ethernet address followed by whitespace followed by
+hostname; \[aq]#\[aq] introduces a comment) and returns an address
+and hostname pair, or nonzero if it cannot be parsed.
+The buffer pointed to by
+.I hostname
+must be sufficiently long, for example, have the same length as
+.IR line .
+.P
+The functions
+.BR ether_ntoa_r ()
+and
+.BR ether_aton_r ()
+are reentrant
+thread-safe versions of
+.BR ether_ntoa ()
+and
+.BR ether_aton ()
+respectively, and do not use static buffers.
+.P
+The structure
+.I ether_addr
+is defined in
+.I <net/ethernet.h>
+as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct ether_addr {
+    uint8_t ether_addr_octet[6];
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ether_aton (),
+.BR ether_ntoa ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ether_ntohost (),
+.BR ether_hostton (),
+.BR ether_line (),
+.BR ether_ntoa_r (),
+.BR ether_aton_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, SunOS.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.2.5 and earlier, the implementation of
+.BR ether_line ()
+.\" The fix was presumably commit c0a0f9a32c8baa6ab93d00eb42d92c02e9e146d7
+.\" which was in glibc 2.3
+is broken.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ethers (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_aton_r.3 b/man/man3/ether_aton_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_aton_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_hostton.3 b/man/man3/ether_hostton.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_hostton.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_line.3 b/man/man3/ether_line.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_line.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_ntoa.3 b/man/man3/ether_ntoa.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_ntoa.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3 b/man/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_ntoa_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ether_ntohost.3 b/man/man3/ether_ntohost.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f88e044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ether_ntohost.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ether_aton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/euidaccess.3 b/man/man3/euidaccess.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a896a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/euidaccess.3
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH euidaccess 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+euidaccess, eaccess \- check effective user's permissions for a file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int euidaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
+.BI "int eaccess(const char *" pathname ", int " mode );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Like
+.BR access (2),
+.BR euidaccess ()
+checks permissions and existence of the file identified by its argument
+.IR pathname .
+However, whereas
+.BR access (2)
+performs checks using the real user and group identifiers of the process,
+.BR euidaccess ()
+uses the effective identifiers.
+.P
+.I mode
+is a mask consisting of one or more of
+.BR R_OK ", " W_OK ", " X_OK ", and " F_OK ,
+with the same meanings as for
+.BR access (2).
+.P
+.BR eaccess ()
+is a synonym for
+.BR euidaccess (),
+provided for compatibility with some other systems.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success (all requested permissions granted), zero is returned.
+On error (at least one bit in
+.I mode
+asked for a permission that is denied, or some other error occurred),
+\-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+As for
+.BR access (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR euidaccess (),
+.BR eaccess ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Some other systems have an
+.\" e.g., FreeBSD 6.1.
+.BR eaccess ()
+function.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR eaccess ()
+glibc 2.4.
+.SH NOTES
+.IR Warning :
+Using this function to check a process's permissions on a file before
+performing some operation based on that information leads to race conditions:
+the file permissions may change between the two steps.
+Generally, it is safer just to attempt the desired operation and handle
+any permission error that occurs.
+.P
+This function always dereferences symbolic links.
+If you need to check the permissions on a symbolic link, use
+.BR faccessat (2)
+with the flags
+.B AT_EACCESS
+and
+.BR AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR access (2),
+.BR chmod (2),
+.BR chown (2),
+.BR faccessat (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR setgid (2),
+.BR setuid (2),
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR credentials (7),
+.BR path_resolution (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/eventfd_read.3 b/man/man3/eventfd_read.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eddfaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/eventfd_read.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/eventfd.2
diff --git a/man/man3/eventfd_write.3 b/man/man3/eventfd_write.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eddfaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/eventfd_write.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/eventfd.2
diff --git a/man/man3/exec.3 b/man/man3/exec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a94a2f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exec.3
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)exec.3	6.4 (Berkeley) 4/19/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 11:12:48 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Updated more for Linux, Tue Jul 15 11:54:18 1997, pacman@cqc.com
+.\" Modified, 24 Jun 2004, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"     Added note on casting NULL
+.\"
+.TH exec 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+execl, execlp, execle, execv, execvp, execvpe \- execute a file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.B extern char **environ;
+.P
+.BI "int execl(const char *" pathname ", const char *" arg ", ..."
+.B  "                /*, (char *) NULL */);"
+.BI "int execlp(const char *" file ", const char *" arg ", ..."
+.B  "                /*, (char *) NULL */);"
+.BI "int execle(const char *" pathname ", const char *" arg ", ..."
+.BI "                /*, (char *) NULL, char *const " envp "[] */);"
+.BI "int execv(const char *" pathname ", char *const " argv "[]);"
+.BI "int execvp(const char *" file ", char *const " argv "[]);"
+.BI "int execvpe(const char *" file ", char *const " argv \
+"[], char *const " envp "[]);"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR execvpe ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR exec ()
+family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process
+image.
+The functions described in this manual page are layered on top of
+.BR execve (2).
+(See the manual page for
+.BR execve (2)
+for further details about the replacement of the current process image.)
+.P
+The initial argument for these functions is the name of a file that is
+to be executed.
+.P
+The functions can be grouped based on the letters following the "exec" prefix.
+.\"
+.SS l - execl(), execlp(), execle()
+The
+.I "const char\ *arg"
+and subsequent ellipses can be thought of as
+.IR arg0 ,
+.IR arg1 ,
+\&...,
+.IR argn .
+Together they describe a list of one or more pointers to null-terminated
+strings that represent the argument list available to the executed program.
+The first argument, by convention, should point to the filename associated
+with the file being executed.
+The list of arguments
+.I must
+be terminated by a null pointer,
+and, since these are variadic functions, this pointer must be cast
+.IR "(char\ *) NULL" .
+.P
+By contrast with the 'l' functions, the 'v' functions (below) specify the
+command-line arguments of the executed program as a vector.
+.\"
+.SS v - execv(), execvp(), execvpe()
+The
+.I "char\ *const argv[]"
+argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings that
+represent the argument list available to the new program.
+The first argument, by convention, should point to the filename
+associated with the file being executed.
+The array of pointers
+.I must
+be terminated by a null pointer.
+.SS e - execle(), execvpe()
+The environment of the new process image is specified via the argument
+.IR envp .
+The
+.I envp
+argument is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings and
+.I must
+be terminated by a null pointer.
+.P
+All other
+.BR exec ()
+functions (which do not include 'e' in the suffix)
+take the environment for the new process
+image from the external variable
+.I environ
+in the calling process.
+.SS p - execlp(), execvp(), execvpe()
+These functions duplicate the actions of the shell in
+searching for an executable file
+if the specified filename does not contain a slash (/) character.
+The file is sought in the colon-separated list of directory pathnames
+specified in the
+.B PATH
+environment variable.
+If this variable isn't defined, the path list defaults to
+a list that includes the directories returned by
+.I confstr(_CS_PATH)
+(which typically returns the value "/bin:/usr/bin")
+and possibly also the current working directory;
+see NOTES for further details.
+.P
+.BR execvpe ()
+searches for the program using the value of
+.B PATH
+from the caller's environment, not from the
+.I envp
+argument.
+.P
+If the specified filename includes a slash character, then
+.B PATH
+is ignored, and the file at the specified pathname is executed.
+.P
+In addition, certain errors are treated specially.
+.P
+If permission is denied for a file (the attempted
+.BR execve (2)
+failed with the error
+.BR EACCES ),
+these functions will continue searching the rest of the search path.
+If no other file is found, however,
+they will return with
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EACCES .
+.P
+If the header of a file isn't recognized (the attempted
+.BR execve (2)
+failed with the error
+.BR ENOEXEC ),
+these functions will execute the shell
+.RI ( /bin/sh )
+with the path of the file as its first argument.
+(If this attempt fails, no further searching is done.)
+.P
+All other
+.BR exec ()
+functions (which do not include 'p' in the suffix)
+take as their first argument a (relative or absolute) pathname
+that identifies the program to be executed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR exec ()
+functions return only if an error has occurred.
+The return value is \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+All of these functions may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR execve (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR execl (),
+.BR execle (),
+.BR execv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR execlp (),
+.BR execvp (),
+.BR execvpe ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The default search path (used when the environment
+does not contain the variable \fBPATH\fR)
+shows some variation across systems.
+It generally includes
+.I /bin
+and
+.I /usr/bin
+(in that order) and may also include the current working directory.
+On some other systems, the current working is included after
+.I /bin
+and
+.IR /usr/bin ,
+as an anti-Trojan-horse measure.
+The glibc implementation long followed the traditional default where
+the current working directory is included at the start of the search path.
+However, some code refactoring during the development of glibc 2.24
+.\" glibc commit 1eb8930608705702d5746e5491bab4e4429fcb83
+caused the current working directory to be dropped altogether
+from the default search path.
+This accidental behavior change is considered mildly beneficial,
+and won't be reverted.
+.P
+The behavior of
+.BR execlp ()
+and
+.BR execvp ()
+when errors occur while attempting to execute the file is historic
+practice, but has not traditionally been documented and is not specified by
+the POSIX standard.
+BSD (and possibly other systems) do an automatic
+sleep and retry if
+.B ETXTBSY
+is encountered.
+Linux treats it as a hard
+error and returns immediately.
+.P
+Traditionally, the functions
+.BR execlp ()
+and
+.BR execvp ()
+ignored all errors except for the ones described above and
+.B ENOMEM
+and
+.BR E2BIG ,
+upon which they returned.
+They now return if any error other than the ones
+described above occurs.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.B environ
+.TQ
+.BR execl ()
+.TQ
+.BR execlp ()
+.TQ
+.BR execle ()
+.TQ
+.BR execv ()
+.TQ
+.BR execvp ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR execvpe ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.B environ
+.TQ
+.BR execl ()
+.TQ
+.BR execlp ()
+.TQ
+.BR execle ()
+.TQ
+.BR execv ()
+.TQ
+.BR execvp ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR execvpe ()
+glibc 2.11.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.24,
+.BR execl ()
+and
+.BR execle ()
+employed
+.BR realloc (3)
+internally and were consequently not async-signal-safe,
+in violation of the requirements of POSIX.1.
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19534
+This was fixed in glibc 2.24.
+.\"
+.SS Architecture-specific details
+On sparc and sparc64,
+.BR execv ()
+is provided as a system call by the kernel
+(with the prototype shown above)
+for compatibility with SunOS.
+This function is
+.I not
+employed by the
+.BR execv ()
+wrapper function on those architectures.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR execve (2),
+.BR execveat (2),
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR ptrace (2),
+.BR fexecve (3),
+.BR system (3),
+.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/execl.3 b/man/man3/execl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/execle.3 b/man/man3/execle.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execle.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/execlp.3 b/man/man3/execlp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execlp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/execv.3 b/man/man3/execv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/execvp.3 b/man/man3/execvp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execvp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/execvpe.3 b/man/man3/execvpe.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bf4872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/execvpe.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/exit.3 b/man/man3/exit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fa48e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" FIXME . There are a lot of other process termination actions that
+.\" could be listed on this page. See, for example, the list in the
+.\" POSIX exit(3p) page.
+.\"
+.TH exit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+exit \- cause normal process termination
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void exit(int " status );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR exit ()
+function causes normal process termination and the least significant byte of
+.I status
+(i.e., \fIstatus & 0xFF\fP) is returned to the parent (see
+.BR wait (2)).
+.P
+All functions registered with
+.BR atexit (3)
+and
+.BR on_exit (3)
+are called, in the reverse order of their registration.
+(It is possible for one of these functions to use
+.BR atexit (3)
+or
+.BR on_exit (3)
+to register an additional
+function to be executed during exit processing;
+the new registration is added to the front of the list of functions
+that remain to be called.)
+If one of these functions does not return
+(e.g., it calls
+.BR _exit (2),
+or kills itself with a signal),
+then none of the remaining functions is called,
+and further exit processing (in particular, flushing of
+.BR stdio (3)
+streams) is abandoned.
+If a function has been registered multiple times using
+.BR atexit (3)
+or
+.BR on_exit (3),
+then it is called as many times as it was registered.
+.P
+All open
+.BR stdio (3)
+streams are flushed and closed.
+Files created by
+.BR tmpfile (3)
+are removed.
+.P
+The C standard specifies two constants,
+\fBEXIT_SUCCESS\fP and \fBEXIT_FAILURE\fP,
+that may be passed to
+.BR exit ()
+to indicate successful or unsuccessful
+termination, respectively.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR exit ()
+function does not return.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR exit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:exit
+.TE
+.P
+The
+.BR exit ()
+function uses a global variable that is not protected,
+so it is not thread-safe.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior is undefined if one of the functions registered using
+.BR atexit (3)
+and
+.BR on_exit (3)
+calls either
+.BR exit ()
+or
+.BR longjmp (3).
+Note that a call to
+.BR execve (2)
+removes registrations created using
+.BR atexit (3)
+and
+.BR on_exit (3).
+.P
+The use of
+.B EXIT_SUCCESS
+and
+.B EXIT_FAILURE
+is slightly more portable
+(to non-UNIX environments) than the use of 0 and some nonzero value
+like 1 or \-1.
+In particular, VMS uses a different convention.
+.P
+BSD has attempted to standardize exit codes
+(which some C libraries such as the GNU C library have also adopted);
+see the file
+.IR <sysexits.h> .
+.P
+After
+.BR exit (),
+the exit status must be transmitted to the
+parent process.
+There are three cases:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+If the parent has set
+.BR SA_NOCLDWAIT ,
+or has set the
+.B SIGCHLD
+handler to
+.BR SIG_IGN ,
+the status is discarded and the child dies immediately.
+.IP \[bu]
+If the parent was waiting on the child,
+it is notified of the exit status and the child dies immediately.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+the child becomes a "zombie" process:
+most of the process resources are recycled,
+but a slot containing minimal information about the child process
+(termination status, resource usage statistics) is retained in process table.
+This allows the parent to subsequently use
+.BR waitpid (2)
+(or similar) to learn the termination status of the child;
+at that point the zombie process slot is released.
+.P
+If the implementation supports the
+.B SIGCHLD
+signal, this signal
+is sent to the parent.
+If the parent has set
+.BR SA_NOCLDWAIT ,
+it is undefined whether a
+.B SIGCHLD
+signal is sent.
+.\"
+.SS Signals sent to other processes
+If the exiting process is a session leader and its controlling terminal
+is the controlling terminal of the session, then each process in
+the foreground process group of this controlling terminal
+is sent a
+.B SIGHUP
+signal, and the terminal is disassociated
+from this session, allowing it to be acquired by a new controlling
+process.
+.P
+If the exit of the process causes a process group to become orphaned,
+and if any member of the newly orphaned process group is stopped,
+then a
+.B SIGHUP
+signal followed by a
+.B SIGCONT
+signal will be
+sent to each process in this process group.
+See
+.BR setpgid (2)
+for an explanation of orphaned process groups.
+.P
+Except in the above cases,
+where the signalled processes may be children of the terminating process,
+termination of a process does
+.I not
+in general cause a signal to be sent to children of that process.
+However, a process can use the
+.BR prctl (2)
+.B PR_SET_PDEATHSIG
+operation to arrange that it receives a signal if its parent terminates.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR _exit (2),
+.BR get_robust_list (2),
+.BR setpgid (2),
+.BR wait (2),
+.BR atexit (3),
+.BR on_exit (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/exp.3 b/man/man3/exp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85a3f8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH exp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+exp, expf, expl \- base-e exponential function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double exp(double " x );
+.BI "float expf(float " x );
+.BI "long double expl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR expf (),
+.BR expl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the value of e (the base of natural
+logarithms) raised to the power of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the exponential value of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity,
+positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
++0 is returned.
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and zero is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error, overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error, underflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR exp (),
+.BR expf (),
+.BR expl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR cexp (3),
+.BR exp10 (3),
+.BR exp2 (3),
+.BR expm1 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/exp10.3 b/man/man3/exp10.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69b6094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp10.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH exp10 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+exp10, exp10f, exp10l \- base-10 exponential function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double exp10(double " x );
+.BI "float exp10f(float " x );
+.BI "long double exp10l(long double " x );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the value of 10
+raised to the power of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the base-10 exponential value of
+.IR x .
+.P
+For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
+as well as overflows and underflows, see
+.BR exp (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
+.BR exp (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR exp10 (),
+.BR exp10f (),
+.BR exp10l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.19, the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
+.I errno
+to
+.B ERANGE
+when an underflow error occurred.
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6787
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR exp (3),
+.BR exp2 (3),
+.BR log10 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/exp10f.3 b/man/man3/exp10f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..705b75e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp10f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/exp10l.3 b/man/man3/exp10l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..705b75e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp10l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/exp2.3 b/man/man3/exp2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..728deb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH exp2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+exp2, exp2f, exp2l \- base-2 exponential function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double exp2(double " x );
+.BI "float exp2f(float " x );
+.BI "long double exp2l(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR exp2 (),
+.BR exp2f (),
+.BR exp2l ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the value of 2 raised to the power of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the base-2 exponential value of
+.IR x .
+.P
+For various special cases, including the handling of infinity and NaN,
+as well as overflows and underflows, see
+.BR exp (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
+.BR exp (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR exp2 (),
+.BR exp2f (),
+.BR exp2l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR cexp2 (3),
+.BR exp (3),
+.BR exp10 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/exp2f.3 b/man/man3/exp2f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b69beea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp2f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/exp2l.3 b/man/man3/exp2l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b69beea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/exp2l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/expf.3 b/man/man3/expf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b1efda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/expf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/expl.3 b/man/man3/expl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b1efda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/expl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/exp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/explicit_bzero.3 b/man/man3/explicit_bzero.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a43e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/explicit_bzero.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/bzero.3
diff --git a/man/man3/expm1.3 b/man/man3/expm1.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bdfc6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/expm1.3
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH expm1 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+expm1, expm1f, expm1l \- exponential minus 1
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double expm1(double " x );
+.BI "float expm1f(float " x );
+.BI "long double expm1l(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR expm1 ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR expm1f (),
+.BR expm1l ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a value equivalent to
+.P
+.nf
+    exp(x) \- 1
+.fi
+.P
+The result is computed in a way that is accurate even if the value of
+.I x
+is near
+zero\[em]a case where
+.I "exp(x) \- 1"
+would be inaccurate due to
+subtraction of two numbers that are nearly equal.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return
+.IR "exp(x)\ \-\ 1" .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0),
++0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity, \-1 is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows, a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error, overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1 specifies an optional range error (underflow) if
+.\" x is subnormal.  glibc does not implement this.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR expm1 (),
+.BR expm1f (),
+.BR expm1l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.17,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6778
+on certain architectures (e.g., x86, but not x86_64)
+.BR expm1 ()
+raised a bogus underflow floating-point exception
+for some large negative
+.I x
+values (where the function result approaches \-1).
+.P
+Before approximately glibc 2.11,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6814
+.\" e.g., expm1(1e5) through expm1(1.00199970127e5),
+.\" but not expm1(1.00199970128e5) and beyond.
+.BR expm1 ()
+raised a bogus invalid floating-point exception in addition to the expected
+overflow exception, and returned a NaN instead of positive infinity,
+for some large positive
+.I x
+values.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.11,
+.\" It looks like the fix was in glibc 2.11, or possibly glibc 2.12.
+.\" I have no test system for glibc 2.11, but glibc 2.12 passes.
+.\" From the source (sysdeps/i386/fpu/s_expm1.S) it looks
+.\" like the changes were in glibc 2.11.
+the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6788
+.I errno
+to
+.B ERANGE
+when a range error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR exp (3),
+.BR log (3),
+.BR log1p (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/expm1f.3 b/man/man3/expm1f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c9e4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/expm1f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/expm1.3
diff --git a/man/man3/expm1l.3 b/man/man3/expm1l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c9e4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/expm1l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/expm1.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fabs.3 b/man/man3/fabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e6ed08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:42:04 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Added fabsl, fabsf, aeb, 2001-06-07
+.\"
+.TH fabs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fabs, fabsf, fabsl \- absolute value of floating-point number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fabs(double " x );
+.BI "float fabsf(float " x );
+.BI "long double fabsl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fabsf (),
+.BR fabsl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the absolute value of the floating-point
+number
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the absolute value of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is \-0, +0 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity or positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fabs (),
+.BR fabsf (),
+.BR fabsl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR abs (3),
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR labs (3),
+.BR rint (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fabsf.3 b/man/man3/fabsf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0426cf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fabsf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fabs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fabsl.3 b/man/man3/fabsl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0426cf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fabsl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fabs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fclose.3 b/man/man3/fclose.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a39aaa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fclose.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fclose.3	6.7 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:19:14 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\"
+.TH fclose 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fclose \- close a stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fclose(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fclose ()
+function flushes the stream pointed to by
+.I stream
+(writing any buffered output data using
+.BR fflush (3))
+and closes the underlying file descriptor.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion, 0 is returned.
+Otherwise,
+.B EOF
+is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+In either case, any further access
+(including another call to
+.BR fclose ())
+to the stream results in undefined behavior.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The file descriptor underlying
+.I stream
+is not valid.
+.\"  This error cannot occur unless you are mixing ANSI C stdio operations and
+.\"  low-level file operations on the same stream. If you do get this error,
+.\"  you must have closed the stream's low-level file descriptor using
+.\"  something like close(fileno(stream)).
+.P
+The
+.BR fclose ()
+function may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routines
+.BR close (2),
+.BR write (2),
+or
+.BR fflush (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fclose ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that
+.BR fclose ()
+flushes only the user-space buffers provided by the
+C library.
+To ensure that the data is physically stored
+on disk the kernel buffers must be flushed too, for example, with
+.BR sync (2)
+or
+.BR fsync (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR fcloseall (3),
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR fileno (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fcloseall.3 b/man/man3/fcloseall.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ed34b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fcloseall.3
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH fcloseall 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fcloseall \- close all open streams
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.B int fcloseall(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fcloseall ()
+function closes all of the calling process's open streams.
+Buffered output for each stream is written before it is closed
+(as for
+.BR fflush (3));
+buffered input is discarded.
+.P
+The standard streams,
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.I stderr
+are also closed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function returns 0 if all files were successfully closed;
+on error,
+.B EOF
+is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fcloseall ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:streams
+.TE
+.P
+The
+.BR fcloseall ()
+function does not lock the streams, so it is not thread-safe.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fcvt.3 b/man/man3/fcvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39d3770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fcvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ecvt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fcvt_r.3 b/man/man3/fcvt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ce9ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fcvt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fdim.3 b/man/man3/fdim.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..271d853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fdim.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms, Andries Brouwer
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH fdim 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fdim, fdimf, fdiml \- positive difference
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fdim(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float fdimf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double fdiml(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fdimf (),
+.BR fdiml ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the positive difference, max(\fIx\fP-\fIy\fP,0),
+between their arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the positive difference.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fdim (),
+.BR fdimf (),
+.BR fdiml ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.24
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6796
+on certain architectures (e.g., x86, but not x86_64)
+these functions did not set
+.IR errno .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fmax (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fdimf.3 b/man/man3/fdimf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4058e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fdimf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fdim.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fdiml.3 b/man/man3/fdiml.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4058e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fdiml.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fdim.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fdopen.3 b/man/man3/fdopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a40124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fdopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fdopendir.3 b/man/man3/fdopendir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55b720e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fdopendir.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/opendir.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feclearexcept.3 b/man/man3/feclearexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feclearexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fedisableexcept.3 b/man/man3/fedisableexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fedisableexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feenableexcept.3 b/man/man3/feenableexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feenableexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fegetenv.3 b/man/man3/fegetenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fegetenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fegetexcept.3 b/man/man3/fegetexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fegetexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fegetexceptflag.3 b/man/man3/fegetexceptflag.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fegetexceptflag.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fegetround.3 b/man/man3/fegetround.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fegetround.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feholdexcept.3 b/man/man3/feholdexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feholdexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fenv.3 b/man/man3/fenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04f3dca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 2000-08-14 added GNU additions from Andreas Jaeger
+.\" 2000-12-05 some changes inspired by acahalan's remarks
+.\"
+.TH fenv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+feclearexcept, fegetexceptflag, feraiseexcept, fesetexceptflag,
+fetestexcept, fegetenv, fegetround, feholdexcept, fesetround,
+fesetenv, feupdateenv, feenableexcept, fedisableexcept,
+fegetexcept \- floating-point rounding and exception handling
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fenv.h>
+.P
+.BI "int feclearexcept(int " excepts );
+.BI "int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
+.BI "int feraiseexcept(int " excepts );
+.BI "int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *" flagp ", int " excepts );
+.BI "int fetestexcept(int " excepts );
+.P
+.B "int fegetround(void);"
+.BI "int fesetround(int " rounding_mode );
+.P
+.BI "int fegetenv(fenv_t *" envp );
+.BI "int feholdexcept(fenv_t *" envp );
+.BI "int fesetenv(const fenv_t *" envp );
+.BI "int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *" envp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These eleven functions were defined in C99, and describe the handling
+of floating-point rounding and exceptions (overflow, zero-divide, etc.).
+.SS Exceptions
+The
+.I divide-by-zero
+exception occurs when an operation on finite numbers
+produces infinity as exact answer.
+.P
+The
+.I overflow
+exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
+floating-point number, but has (much) larger absolute value than the
+largest (finite) floating-point number that is representable.
+.P
+The
+.I underflow
+exception occurs when a result has to be represented as a
+floating-point number, but has smaller absolute value than the smallest
+positive normalized floating-point number (and would lose much accuracy
+when represented as a denormalized number).
+.P
+The
+.I inexact
+exception occurs when the rounded result of an operation
+is not equal to the infinite precision result.
+It may occur whenever
+.I overflow
+or
+.I underflow
+occurs.
+.P
+The
+.I invalid
+exception occurs when there is no well-defined result
+for an operation, as for 0/0 or infinity \- infinity or sqrt(\-1).
+.SS Exception handling
+Exceptions are represented in two ways: as a single bit
+(exception present/absent), and these bits correspond in some
+implementation-defined way with bit positions in an integer,
+and also as an opaque structure that may contain more information
+about the exception (perhaps the code address where it occurred).
+.P
+Each of the macros
+.BR FE_DIVBYZERO ,
+.BR FE_INEXACT ,
+.BR FE_INVALID ,
+.BR FE_OVERFLOW ,
+.B FE_UNDERFLOW
+is defined when the implementation supports handling
+of the corresponding exception, and if so then
+defines the corresponding bit(s), so that one can call
+exception handling functions, for example, using the integer argument
+.BR FE_OVERFLOW | FE_UNDERFLOW .
+Other exceptions may be supported.
+The macro
+.B FE_ALL_EXCEPT
+is the bitwise OR of all bits corresponding to supported exceptions.
+.P
+The
+.BR feclearexcept ()
+function clears the supported exceptions represented by the bits
+in its argument.
+.P
+The
+.BR fegetexceptflag ()
+function stores a representation of the state of the exception flags
+represented by the argument
+.I excepts
+in the opaque object
+.IR *flagp .
+.P
+The
+.BR feraiseexcept ()
+function raises the supported exceptions represented by the bits in
+.IR excepts .
+.P
+The
+.BR fesetexceptflag ()
+function sets the complete status for the exceptions represented by
+.I excepts
+to the value
+.IR *flagp .
+This value must have been obtained by an earlier call of
+.BR fegetexceptflag ()
+with a last argument that contained all bits in
+.IR excepts .
+.P
+The
+.BR fetestexcept ()
+function returns a word in which the bits are set that were
+set in the argument
+.I excepts
+and for which the corresponding exception is currently set.
+.SS Rounding mode
+The rounding mode determines how the result of floating-point operations
+is treated when the result cannot be exactly represented in the significand.
+Various rounding modes may be provided:
+round to nearest (the default),
+round up (toward positive infinity),
+round down (toward negative infinity), and
+round toward zero.
+.P
+Each of the macros
+.BR FE_TONEAREST ,
+.BR FE_UPWARD ,
+.BR FE_DOWNWARD ,
+and
+.B FE_TOWARDZERO
+is defined when the implementation supports getting and setting
+the corresponding rounding direction.
+.P
+The
+.BR fegetround ()
+function returns the macro corresponding to the current
+rounding mode.
+.P
+The
+.BR fesetround ()
+function sets the rounding mode as specified by its argument
+and returns zero when it was successful.
+.P
+C99 and POSIX.1-2008 specify an identifier,
+.BR FLT_ROUNDS ,
+defined in
+.IR <float.h> ,
+which indicates the implementation-defined rounding
+behavior for floating-point addition.
+This identifier has one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B \-1
+The rounding mode is not determinable.
+.TP
+.B 0
+Rounding is toward 0.
+.TP
+.B 1
+Rounding is toward nearest number.
+.TP
+.B 2
+Rounding is toward positive infinity.
+.TP
+.B 3
+Rounding is toward negative infinity.
+.P
+Other values represent machine-dependent, nonstandard rounding modes.
+.P
+The value of
+.B FLT_ROUNDS
+should reflect the current rounding mode as set by
+.BR fesetround ()
+(but see BUGS).
+.SS Floating-point environment
+The entire floating-point environment, including
+control modes and status flags, can be handled
+as one opaque object, of type
+.IR fenv_t .
+The default environment is denoted by
+.B FE_DFL_ENV
+(of type
+.IR "const fenv_t\ *" ).
+This is the environment setup at program start and it is defined by
+ISO C to have round to nearest, all exceptions cleared and a nonstop
+(continue on exceptions) mode.
+.P
+The
+.BR fegetenv ()
+function saves the current floating-point environment in the object
+.IR *envp .
+.P
+The
+.BR feholdexcept ()
+function does the same, then clears all exception flags,
+and sets a nonstop (continue on exceptions) mode,
+if available.
+It returns zero when successful.
+.P
+The
+.BR fesetenv ()
+function restores the floating-point environment from
+the object
+.IR *envp .
+This object must be known to be valid, for example, the result of a call to
+.BR fegetenv ()
+or
+.BR feholdexcept ()
+or equal to
+.BR FE_DFL_ENV .
+This call does not raise exceptions.
+.P
+The
+.BR feupdateenv ()
+function installs the floating-point environment represented by
+the object
+.IR *envp ,
+except that currently raised exceptions are not cleared.
+After calling this function, the raised exceptions will be a bitwise OR
+of those previously set with those in
+.IR *envp .
+As before, the object
+.I *envp
+must be known to be valid.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return zero on success and nonzero if an error occurred.
+.\" Earlier seven of these functions were listed as returning void.
+.\" This was corrected in Corrigendum 1 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999/Cor.1:2001(E))
+.\" of the C99 Standard.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.nh
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR feclearexcept (),
+.BR fegetexceptflag (),
+.BR feraiseexcept (),
+.BR fesetexceptflag (),
+.BR fetestexcept (),
+.BR fegetround (),
+.BR fesetround (),
+.BR fegetenv (),
+.BR feholdexcept (),
+.BR fesetenv (),
+.BR feupdateenv (),
+.BR feenableexcept (),
+.BR fedisableexcept (),
+.BR fegetexcept ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe
+T}
+.TE
+.hy
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008, IEC 60559 (IEC 559:1989), ANSI/IEEE 854.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS glibc notes
+If possible, the GNU C Library defines a macro
+.B FE_NOMASK_ENV
+which represents an environment where every exception raised causes a
+trap to occur.
+You can test for this macro using
+.BR #ifdef .
+It is defined only if
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+is defined.
+The C99 standard does not define a way to set individual bits in the
+floating-point mask, for example, to trap on specific flags.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc supports the functions
+.BR feenableexcept ()
+and
+.BR fedisableexcept ()
+to set individual floating-point traps, and
+.BR fegetexcept ()
+to query the state.
+.P
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B "#include <fenv.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int feenableexcept(int " excepts );
+.BI "int fedisableexcept(int " excepts );
+.B "int fegetexcept(void);"
+.fi
+.P
+The
+.BR feenableexcept ()
+and
+.BR fedisableexcept ()
+functions enable (disable) traps for each of the exceptions represented by
+.I excepts
+and return the previous set of enabled exceptions when successful,
+and \-1 otherwise.
+The
+.BR fegetexcept ()
+function returns the set of all currently enabled exceptions.
+.SH BUGS
+C99 specifies that the value of
+.B FLT_ROUNDS
+should reflect changes to the current rounding mode, as set by
+.BR fesetround ().
+Currently,
+.\" Aug 08, glibc 2.8
+this does not occur:
+.B FLT_ROUNDS
+always has the value 1.
+.\" See http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2002-02/msg01535.html
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/feof.3 b/man/man3/feof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a95cca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ferror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feof_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/feof_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feof_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feraiseexcept.3 b/man/man3/feraiseexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feraiseexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ferror.3 b/man/man3/ferror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdfc3a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ferror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2021 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ferror.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\"
+.TH ferror 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+clearerr, feof, ferror \- check and reset stream status
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "void clearerr(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int feof(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int ferror(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR clearerr ()
+clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The function
+.BR feof ()
+tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream ,
+returning nonzero if it is set.
+The end-of-file indicator can be cleared only by the function
+.BR clearerr ().
+.P
+The function
+.BR ferror ()
+tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream ,
+returning nonzero if it is set.
+The error indicator can be reset only by the
+.BR clearerr ()
+function.
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR feof ()
+function returns nonzero if the end-of-file indicator is set for
+.IR stream ;
+otherwise, it returns zero.
+.P
+The
+.BR ferror ()
+function returns nonzero if the error indicator is set for
+.IR stream ;
+otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ERRORS
+These functions should not fail and do not set
+.IR errno .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR clearerr (),
+.BR feof (),
+.BR ferror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+POSIX.1-2008 specifies
+.\"https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=401
+that these functions shall not change the value of
+.I errno
+if
+.I stream
+is valid.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Normally,
+programs should read the return value of an input function,
+such as
+.BR fgetc (3),
+before using functions of the
+.BR feof (3)
+family.
+Only when the function returned the sentinel value
+.B EOF
+it makes sense to distinguish between the end of a file or an error with
+.BR feof (3)
+or
+.BR ferror (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR fdopen (3),
+.BR fileno (3),
+.BR stdio (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ferror_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/ferror_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ferror_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fesetenv.3 b/man/man3/fesetenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fesetenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fesetexceptflag.3 b/man/man3/fesetexceptflag.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fesetexceptflag.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fesetround.3 b/man/man3/fesetround.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fesetround.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fetestexcept.3 b/man/man3/fetestexcept.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fetestexcept.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/feupdateenv.3 b/man/man3/feupdateenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47668e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/feupdateenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fexecve.3 b/man/man3/fexecve.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d040127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fexecve.3
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2014, Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH fexecve 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fexecve \- execute program specified via file descriptor
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fexecve(int " fd ", char *const " argv "[], char *const " envp []);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fexecve ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR fexecve ()
+performs the same task as
+.BR execve (2),
+with the difference that the file to be executed
+is specified via a file descriptor,
+.IR fd ,
+rather than via a pathname.
+The file descriptor
+.I fd
+must be opened read-only
+.RB ( O_RDONLY )
+or with the
+.B O_PATH
+flag
+and the caller must have permission to execute the file that it refers to.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+A successful call to
+.BR fexecve ()
+never returns.
+On error, the function does return, with a result value of \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+Errors are as for
+.BR execve (2),
+with the following additions:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor, or
+.I argv
+is NULL, or
+.I envp
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The close-on-exec flag is set on
+.IR fd ,
+and
+.I fd
+refers to a script.
+See BUGS.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The kernel does not provide the
+.BR execveat (2)
+system call, and the
+.I /proc
+filesystem could not be accessed.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fexecve ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.2.
+.P
+On Linux with glibc versions 2.26 and earlier,
+.BR fexecve ()
+is implemented using the
+.BR proc (5)
+filesystem, so
+.I /proc
+needs to be mounted and available at the time of the call.
+Since glibc 2.27,
+.\" glibc commit 43ffc53a352a67672210c9dd4959f6c6b7407e60
+if the underlying kernel supports the
+.BR execveat (2)
+system call, then
+.BR fexecve ()
+is implemented using that system call, with the benefit that
+.I /proc
+does not need to be mounted.
+.SH NOTES
+The idea behind
+.BR fexecve ()
+is to allow the caller to verify (checksum) the contents of
+an executable before executing it.
+Simply opening the file, checksumming the contents, and then doing an
+.BR execve (2)
+would not suffice, since, between the two steps, the filename,
+or a directory prefix of the pathname, could have been exchanged
+(by, for example, modifying the target of a symbolic link).
+.BR fexecve ()
+does not mitigate the problem that the
+.I contents
+of a file could be changed between the checksumming and the call to
+.BR fexecve ();
+for that, the solution is to ensure that the permissions on the file
+prevent it from being modified by malicious users.
+.P
+The natural idiom when using
+.BR fexecve ()
+is to set the close-on-exec flag on
+.IR fd ,
+so that the file descriptor does not leak through to the program
+that is executed.
+This approach is natural for two reasons.
+First, it prevents file descriptors being consumed unnecessarily.
+(The executed program normally has no need of a file descriptor
+that refers to the program itself.)
+Second, if
+.BR fexecve ()
+is used recursively,
+employing the close-on-exec flag prevents the file descriptor exhaustion
+that would result from the fact that each step in the recursion would
+cause one more file descriptor to be passed to the new program.
+(But see BUGS.)
+.SH BUGS
+If
+.I fd
+refers to a script (i.e., it is an executable text file that names
+a script interpreter with a first line that begins with the characters
+.IR #! )
+and the close-on-exec flag has been set for
+.IR fd ,
+then
+.BR fexecve ()
+fails with the error
+.BR ENOENT .
+This error occurs because,
+by the time the script interpreter is executed,
+.I fd
+has already been closed because of the close-on-exec flag.
+Thus, the close-on-exec flag can't be set on
+.I fd
+if it refers to a script, leading to the problems described in NOTES.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR execve (2),
+.BR execveat (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/fflush.3 b/man/man3/fflush.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5670ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fflush.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fflush.3	5.4 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2000-07-22 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\" Modified 2001-10-16 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.TH fflush 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fflush \- flush a stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fflush(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+For output streams,
+.BR fflush ()
+forces a write of all user-space buffered data for the given output or update
+.I stream
+via the stream's underlying write function.
+.P
+For input streams associated with seekable files
+(e.g., disk files, but not pipes or terminals),
+.BR fflush ()
+discards any buffered data that has been fetched from the underlying file,
+but has not been consumed by the application.
+.P
+The open status of the stream is unaffected.
+.P
+If the
+.I stream
+argument is NULL,
+.BR fflush ()
+flushes
+.I all
+open output streams.
+.\" mtk: POSIX specifies that only output streams are flushed for this case.
+.\" Also verified for glibc by experiment.
+.P
+For a nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion 0 is returned.
+Otherwise,
+.B EOF
+is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I stream
+is not an open stream, or is not open for writing.
+.P
+The function
+.BR fflush ()
+may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR write (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fflush ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 did not specify the behavior for flushing of input streams,
+but the behavior is specified in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+Note that
+.BR fflush ()
+flushes only the user-space buffers provided by the C library.
+To ensure that the data is physically stored on disk
+the kernel buffers must be flushed too, for example, with
+.BR sync (2)
+or
+.BR fsync (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fsync (2),
+.BR sync (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fileno (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fpurge (3),
+.BR setbuf (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fflush_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fflush_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fflush_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ffs.3 b/man/man3/ffs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3ce65e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ffs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:39:35 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH ffs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ffs, ffsl, ffsll \- find first bit set in a word
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "int ffs(int " i );
+.BI "int ffsl(long " i );
+.BI "int ffsll(long long " i );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ffs ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+            || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        none
+.fi
+.P
+.BR ffsl (),
+.BR ffsll ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.27:
+.\" glibc commit 68fe16dd327c895c08b9ee443b234c49c13b36e9
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.27:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ffs ()
+function returns the position of the first
+(least significant) bit set in the word \fIi\fP.
+The least significant bit is position 1 and the
+most significant position is, for example, 32 or 64.
+The functions
+.BR ffsll ()
+and
+.BR ffsl ()
+do the same but take
+arguments of possibly different size.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the position of the first bit set,
+or 0 if no bits are set in
+.IR i .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ffs (),
+.BR ffsl (),
+.BR ffsll ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR ffs ()
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR ffsl ()
+.TQ
+.BR ffsll ()
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ffsl.3 b/man/man3/ffsl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23c4024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ffsl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ffs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ffsll.3 b/man/man3/ffsll.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23c4024
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ffsll.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ffs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetc.3 b/man/man3/fgetc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0393712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.TH fgetc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetc, fgets, getc, getchar, ungetc \- input of characters and strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fgetc(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int getc(FILE *" stream );
+.B "int getchar(void);"
+.P
+.BI "char *fgets(char " s "[restrict ." size "], int " size ", \
+FILE *restrict " stream );
+.P
+.BI "int ungetc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR fgetc ()
+reads the next character from
+.I stream
+and returns it as an
+.I unsigned char
+cast to an
+.IR int ,
+or
+.B EOF
+on end of file or error.
+.P
+.BR getc ()
+is equivalent to
+.BR fgetc ()
+except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
+.I stream
+more than once.
+.P
+.BR getchar ()
+is equivalent to
+.BI "getc(" stdin ) \fR.
+.P
+.BR fgets ()
+reads in at most one less than
+.I size
+characters from
+.I stream
+and stores them into the buffer pointed to by
+.IR s .
+Reading stops after an
+.B EOF
+or a newline.
+If a newline is read, it is stored into the buffer.
+A terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
+is stored after the last character in the buffer.
+.P
+.BR ungetc ()
+pushes
+.I c
+back to
+.IR stream ,
+cast to
+.IR "unsigned char" ,
+where it is available for subsequent read operations.
+Pushed-back characters
+will be returned in reverse order; only one pushback is guaranteed.
+.P
+Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
+calls to other input functions from the
+.I stdio
+library for the same input stream.
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR fgetc (),
+.BR getc (),
+and
+.BR getchar ()
+return the character read as an
+.I unsigned char
+cast to an
+.I int
+or
+.B EOF
+on end of file or error.
+.P
+.BR fgets ()
+returns
+.I s
+on success, and NULL
+on error or when end of file occurs while no characters have been read.
+.P
+.BR ungetc ()
+returns
+.I c
+on success, or
+.B EOF
+on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetc (),
+.BR fgets (),
+.BR getc (),
+.BR getchar (),
+.BR ungetc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SH NOTES
+It is not advisable to mix calls to input functions from the
+.I stdio
+library with low-level calls to
+.BR read (2)
+for the file descriptor associated with the input stream; the results
+will be undefined and very probably not what you want.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR ferror (3),
+.BR fgetwc (3),
+.BR fgetws (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fread (3),
+.BR fseek (3),
+.BR getline (3),
+.BR gets (3),
+.BR getwchar (3),
+.BR puts (3),
+.BR scanf (3),
+.BR ungetwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3),
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetgrent.3 b/man/man3/fgetgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b69572c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:38:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH fgetgrent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetgrent \- get group file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct group *fgetgrent(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fgetgrent ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fgetgrent ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the group information from the file referred to by
+.IR stream .
+The first time it is called
+it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive entries.
+The file referred to by
+.I stream
+must have the same format as
+.I /etc/group
+(see
+.BR group (5)).
+.P
+The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group {
+    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
+    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
+    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
+    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
+                               to names of group members */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR fgetgrent ()
+function returns a pointer to a
+.I group
+structure,
+or NULL if there are no more entries or an error occurs.
+In the event of an error,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I group
+structure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetgrent
+.TE
+.\" FIXME The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
+.\" which has:
+.\"
+.\"    fgetgrent: MT-Unsafe race:fgrent
+.\"
+.\" We think race:fgrent in glibc may be hard for users to understand,
+.\" and have sent a patch to the GNU libc community for changing it to
+.\" race:fgetgrent, however, something about the copyright impeded the
+.\" progress.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endgrent (3),
+.BR fgetgrent_r (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR getgrgid (3),
+.BR getgrnam (3),
+.BR putgrent (3),
+.BR setgrent (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetgrent_r.3 b/man/man3/fgetgrent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c6dfe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetgrent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetpos.3 b/man/man3/fgetpos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1487b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetpos.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetpwent.3 b/man/man3/fgetpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42dd016
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:37:37 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon May 27 22:40:48 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\"
+.TH fgetpwent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetpwent \- get password file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct passwd *fgetpwent(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fgetpwent ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fgetpwent ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken out fields of a line in the file \fIstream\fP.
+The first time it is called it returns the first entry;
+thereafter, it returns successive entries.
+The file referred to by
+.I stream
+must have the same format as
+.I /etc/passwd
+(see
+.BR passwd (5)).
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
+    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
+    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
+    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
+    char   *pw_gecos;      /* real name */
+    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
+    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR fgetpwent ()
+function returns a pointer to a
+.I passwd
+structure, or NULL if
+there are no more entries or an error occurs.
+In the event of an error,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I passwd
+structure.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/passwd
+password database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetpwent ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:fgetpwent
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
+.\" which has:
+.\"
+.\"    fgetpwent: MT-Unsafe race:fpwent
+.\"
+.\" We think race:fpwent in glibc maybe hard for users to understand,
+.\" and have sent a patch to the GNU libc community for changing it to
+.\" race:fgetpwent, however, something about the copyright impeded the
+.\" progress.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endpwent (3),
+.BR fgetpwent_r (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR getpw (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwuid (3),
+.BR putpwent (3),
+.BR setpwent (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetpwent_r.3 b/man/man3/fgetpwent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2393bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetpwent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgets.3 b/man/man3/fgets.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6585a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgets.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgets_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fgets_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgets_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetspent.3 b/man/man3/fgetspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetspent_r.3 b/man/man3/fgetspent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetspent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetwc.3 b/man/man3/fgetwc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..510a72d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetwc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.TH fgetwc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetwc, getwc \- read a wide character from a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t fgetwc(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "wint_t getwc(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fgetwc ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR fgetc (3)
+function.
+It reads a wide character from \fIstream\fP and returns it.
+If the end of stream is reached, or if \fIferror(stream)\fP becomes true,
+it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+If a wide-character conversion error occurs, it sets
+\fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
+.BR WEOF .
+.P
+The
+.BR getwc ()
+function or macro functions identically to
+.BR fgetwc ().
+It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
+more than once.
+There is no reason ever to use it.
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR fgetwc ()
+returns the next wide-character from the stream.
+Otherwise,
+.B WEOF
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+Apart from the usual ones, there is
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+The data obtained from the input stream does not
+form a valid character.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetwc (),
+.BR getwc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR fgetwc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+In the absence of additional information passed to the
+.BR fopen (3)
+call, it is
+reasonable to expect that
+.BR fgetwc ()
+will actually read a multibyte sequence
+from the stream and then convert it to a wide character.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetws (3),
+.BR fputwc (3),
+.BR ungetwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetwc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetws.3 b/man/man3/fgetws.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d4f6e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetws.3
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"     http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 23:18:40 BST 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.TH fgetws 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetws \- read a wide-character string from a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
+", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fgetws ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR fgets (3)
+function.
+It reads a string of at most \fIn\-1\fP wide characters into the
+wide-character array pointed to by \fIws\fP,
+and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+It stops reading wide characters after it has encountered and
+stored a newline wide character.
+It also stops when end of stream is reached.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least \fIn\fP wide
+characters at \fIws\fP.
+.P
+For a nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR fgetws ()
+function, if successful, returns \fIws\fP.
+If end of stream
+was already reached or if an error occurred, it returns NULL.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetws ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR fgetws ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+In the absence of additional information passed to the
+.BR fopen (3)
+call, it is
+reasonable to expect that
+.BR fgetws ()
+will actually read a multibyte string
+from the stream and then convert it to a wide-character string.
+.P
+This function is unreliable,
+because it does not permit to deal properly with
+null wide characters that may be present in the input.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fgetws_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fileno.3 b/man/man3/fileno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81bafb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fileno.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2021 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:24:40 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Added remark on EBADF for fileno, aeb, 2001-03-22
+.\"
+.TH fileno 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fileno \- obtain file descriptor of a stdio stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fileno(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fileno ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR fileno ()
+examines the argument
+.I stream
+and returns the integer file descriptor used to implement this stream.
+The file descriptor is still owned by
+.I stream
+and will be closed when
+.BR fclose (3)
+is called.
+Duplicate the file descriptor with
+.BR dup (2)
+before passing it to code that might close it.
+.P
+For the nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR fileno ()
+returns the file descriptor associated with
+.IR stream .
+On failure, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I stream
+is not associated with a file.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fileno ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR fdopen (3),
+.BR stdio (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fileno_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fileno_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fileno_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/finite.3 b/man/man3/finite.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cc426d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/finite.3
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH finite 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+finite, finitef, finitel, isinf, isinff, isinfl, isnan, isnanf, isnanl \-
+BSD floating-point classification functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "int finite(double " x );
+.BI "int finitef(float " x );
+.BI "int finitel(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "int isinf(double " x );
+.BI "int isinff(float " x );
+.BI "int isinfl(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "int isnan(double " x );
+.BI "int isnanf(float " x );
+.BI "int isnanl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR finite (),
+.BR finitef (),
+.BR finitel ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.P
+.BR isinf ():
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isinff (),
+.BR isinfl ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isnan ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isnanf (),
+.BR isnanl ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR finite (),
+.BR finitef (),
+and
+.BR finitel ()
+functions return a nonzero value if
+.I x
+is neither infinite
+nor a "not-a-number" (NaN) value, and 0 otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR isnan (),
+.BR isnanf (),
+and
+.BR isnanl ()
+functions return a nonzero value if
+.I x
+is a NaN value,
+and 0 otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR isinf (),
+.BR isinff (),
+and
+.BR isinfl ()
+functions return 1 if
+.I x
+is positive infinity, \-1 if
+.I x
+is negative infinity, and 0 otherwise.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR finite (),
+.BR finitef (),
+.BR finitel (),
+.BR isinf (),
+.BR isinff (),
+.BR isinfl (),
+.BR isnan (),
+.BR isnanf (),
+.BR isnanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH NOTES
+Note that these functions are obsolete.
+C99 defines macros
+.BR isfinite (),
+.BR isinf (),
+and
+.BR isnan ()
+(for all types) replacing them.
+Further note that the C99
+.BR isinf ()
+has weaker guarantees on the return value.
+See
+.BR fpclassify (3).
+.\"
+.\" finite* not on HP-UX; they exist on Tru64.
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" The
+.\" .BR finite ()
+.\" function occurs in 4.3BSD.
+.\" see IEEE.3 in the 4.3BSD manual
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fpclassify (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/finitef.3 b/man/man3/finitef.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/finitef.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/finitel.3 b/man/man3/finitel.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/finitel.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/flockfile.3 b/man/man3/flockfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..325a676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/flockfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH flockfile 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+flockfile, ftrylockfile, funlockfile \- lock FILE for stdio
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "void flockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
+.BI "int ftrylockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
+.BI "void funlockfile(FILE *" filehandle );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.24: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.23: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The stdio functions are thread-safe.
+This is achieved by assigning
+to each
+.I FILE
+object a lockcount and (if the lockcount is nonzero)
+an owning thread.
+For each library call, these functions wait until the
+.I FILE
+object
+is no longer locked by a different thread, then lock it, do the
+requested I/O, and unlock the object again.
+.P
+(Note: this locking has nothing to do with the file locking done
+by functions like
+.BR flock (2)
+and
+.BR lockf (3).)
+.P
+All this is invisible to the C-programmer, but there may be two
+reasons to wish for more detailed control.
+On the one hand, maybe
+a series of I/O actions by one thread belongs together, and should
+not be interrupted by the I/O of some other thread.
+On the other hand, maybe the locking overhead should be avoided
+for greater efficiency.
+.P
+To this end, a thread can explicitly lock the
+.I FILE
+object,
+then do its series of I/O actions, then unlock.
+This prevents
+other threads from coming in between.
+If the reason for doing
+this was to achieve greater efficiency, one does the I/O with
+the nonlocking versions of the stdio functions: with
+.BR getc_unlocked (3)
+and
+.BR putc_unlocked (3)
+instead of
+.BR getc (3)
+and
+.BR putc (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR flockfile ()
+function waits for
+.I *filehandle
+to be
+no longer locked by a different thread, then makes the
+current thread owner of
+.IR *filehandle ,
+and increments
+the lockcount.
+.P
+The
+.BR funlockfile ()
+function decrements the lock count.
+.P
+The
+.BR ftrylockfile ()
+function is a nonblocking version
+of
+.BR flockfile ().
+It does nothing in case some other thread
+owns
+.IR *filehandle ,
+and it obtains ownership and increments
+the lockcount otherwise.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR ftrylockfile ()
+function returns zero for success
+(the lock was obtained), and nonzero for failure.
+.SH ERRORS
+None.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR flockfile (),
+.BR ftrylockfile (),
+.BR funlockfile ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+These functions are available when
+.B _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+is defined.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/floor.3 b/man/man3/floor.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88d8503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/floor.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH floor 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+floor, floorf, floorl \- largest integral value not greater than argument
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double floor(double " x );
+.BI "float floorf(float " x );
+.BI "long double floorl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR floorf (),
+.BR floorl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the largest integral value that is not greater than
+.IR x .
+.P
+For example,
+.I floor(0.5)
+is 0.0, and
+.I floor(\-0.5)
+is \-1.0.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the floor of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or an infinity,
+.I x
+itself is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR floor (),
+.BR floorf (),
+.BR floorl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.P
+SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE ,
+or raise an
+.B FE_OVERFLOW
+exception).
+In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
+so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
+.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
+(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
+of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
+For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
+the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
+and the number of mantissa bits
+including the implicit bit
+is 24 (respectively, 53).)
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR round (3),
+.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/floorf.3 b/man/man3/floorf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d8e79b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/floorf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/floor.3
diff --git a/man/man3/floorl.3 b/man/man3/floorl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d8e79b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/floorl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/floor.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fma.3 b/man/man3/fma.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecf1140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fma.3
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2004-11-15, Added further text on FLT_ROUNDS
+.\" 	as suggested by AEB and Fabian Kreutz
+.\"
+.TH fma 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fma, fmaf, fmal \- floating-point multiply and add
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fma(double " x ", double " y ", double " z );
+.BI "float fmaf(float " x ", float " y ", float " z );
+.BI "long double fmal(long double " x ", long double " y ", long double " z );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fma (),
+.BR fmaf (),
+.BR fmal ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions compute
+.IR x " * " y " + " z .
+The result is rounded as one ternary operation according to the
+current rounding mode (see
+.BR fenv (3)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the value of
+.IR x " * " y " + " z ,
+rounded as one ternary operation.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+times
+.I y
+is an exact infinity, and
+.I z
+is an infinity with the opposite sign,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.P
+.\" POSIX.1-2008 allows some possible differences for the following two
+.\" domain error cases, but on Linux they are treated the same (AFAICS).
+.\" Nevertheless, we'll mirror POSIX.1 and describe the two cases
+.\" separately.
+If one of
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is an infinity, the other is 0, and
+.I z
+is not a NaN,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.\" POSIX.1 says that a NaN or an implementation-defined value shall
+.\" be returned for this case.
+.P
+If one of
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is an infinity, and the other is 0, and
+.I z
+is a NaN,
+.\" POSIX.1 makes the domain error optional for this case.
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+times
+.I y
+is not an infinity times zero (or vice versa), and
+.I z
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs, and
+an infinity with the correct sign is returned.
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs, and
+a signed 0 is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP * \fIy\fP + \fIz\fP, \
+or \fIx\fP * \fIy\fP is invalid and \fIz\fP is not a NaN
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6801
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fma (),
+.BR fmaf (),
+.BR fmal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR remainder (3),
+.BR remquo (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fmaf.3 b/man/man3/fmaf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e050da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmaf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmal.3 b/man/man3/fmal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e050da0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmax.3 b/man/man3/fmax.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a388c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmax.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH fmax 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fmax, fmaxf, fmaxl \- determine maximum of two floating-point numbers
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fmax(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float fmaxf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double fmaxl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fmax (),
+.BR fmaxf (),
+.BR fmaxl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the larger value of
+.I x
+and
+.IR y .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the maximum of
+.I x
+and
+.IR y .
+.P
+If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
+.P
+If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fmax (),
+.BR fmaxf (),
+.BR fmaxl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fdim (3),
+.BR fmin (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fmaxf.3 b/man/man3/fmaxf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f68a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmaxf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmax.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmaxl.3 b/man/man3/fmaxl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f68a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmaxl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmax.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmemopen.3 b/man/man3/fmemopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb68fd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmemopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2005, 2012, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH fmemopen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fmemopen \-  open memory as stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *fmemopen(void " buf [. size "], size_t " size ", \
+const char *" mode );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fmemopen ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fmemopen ()
+function opens a stream that permits the access specified by
+.IR mode .
+The stream allows I/O to be performed on the string or memory buffer
+pointed to by
+.IR buf .
+.P
+The
+.I mode
+argument specifies the semantics of I/O on the stream,
+and is one of the following:
+.TP
+.I r
+The stream is opened for reading.
+.TP
+.I w
+The stream is opened for writing.
+.TP
+.I a
+Append; open the stream for writing,
+with the initial buffer position set to the first null byte.
+.TP
+.I r+
+Open the stream for reading and writing.
+.TP
+.I w+
+Open the stream for reading and writing.
+The buffer contents are truncated
+(i.e., \[aq]\e0\[aq] is placed in the first byte of the buffer).
+.TP
+.I a+
+Append; open the stream for reading and writing,
+with the initial buffer position set to the first null byte.
+.P
+The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
+the location where the next I/O operation will be performed.
+The current position is implicitly updated by I/O operations.
+It can be explicitly updated using
+.BR fseek (3),
+and determined using
+.BR ftell (3).
+In all modes other than append,
+the initial position is set to the start of the buffer.
+In append mode, if no null byte is found within the buffer,
+then the initial position is
+.IR size+1 .
+.P
+If
+.I buf
+is specified as NULL, then
+.BR fmemopen ()
+allocates a buffer of
+.I size
+bytes.
+This is useful for an application that wants to write data to
+a temporary buffer and then read it back again.
+The initial position is set to the start of the buffer.
+The buffer is automatically freed when the stream is closed.
+Note that the caller has no way to obtain a pointer to the
+temporary buffer allocated by this call (but see
+.BR open_memstream (3)).
+.P
+If
+.I buf
+is not NULL, then it should point to a buffer of at least
+.I size
+bytes allocated by the caller.
+.P
+When a stream that has been opened for writing is flushed
+.RB ( fflush (3))
+or closed
+.RB ( fclose (3)),
+a null byte is written at the end of the buffer if there is space.
+The caller should ensure that an extra byte is available in the
+buffer
+(and that
+.I size
+counts that byte)
+to allow for this.
+.P
+In a stream opened for reading,
+null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) in the buffer do not cause read
+operations to return an end-of-file indication.
+A read from the buffer will indicate end-of-file
+only when the current buffer position advances
+.I size
+bytes past the start of the buffer.
+.P
+Write operations take place either at the current position
+(for modes other than append), or at the current size of the stream
+(for append modes).
+.P
+Attempts to write more than
+.I size
+bytes to the buffer result in an error.
+By default, such errors will be visible
+(by the absence of data) only when the
+.I stdio
+buffer is flushed.
+Disabling buffering with the following call
+may be useful to detect errors at the time of an output operation:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+setbuf(stream, NULL);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion,
+.BR fmemopen ()
+returns a
+.I FILE
+pointer.
+Otherwise, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fmemopen (),
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 1.0.x.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 specifies that \[aq]b\[aq] in
+.I mode
+shall be ignored.
+However, Technical Corrigendum 1
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=396
+adjusts the standard to allow implementation-specific treatment for this case,
+thus permitting the glibc treatment of \[aq]b\[aq].
+.P
+With glibc 2.22, binary mode (see below) was removed,
+many longstanding bugs in the implementation of
+.BR fmemopen ()
+were fixed, and a new versioned symbol was created for this interface.
+.\"
+.SS Binary mode
+From glibc 2.9 to glibc 2.21, the glibc implementation of
+.BR fmemopen ()
+supported a "binary" mode,
+enabled by specifying the letter \[aq]b\[aq] as the second character in
+.IR mode .
+In this mode,
+writes don't implicitly add a terminating null byte, and
+.BR fseek (3)
+.B SEEK_END
+is relative to the end of the buffer (i.e., the value specified by the
+.I size
+argument), rather than the current string length.
+.P
+An API bug afflicted the implementation of binary mode:
+to specify binary mode, the \[aq]b\[aq] must be the
+.I second
+character in
+.IR mode .
+Thus, for example, "wb+" has the desired effect, but "w+b" does not.
+This is inconsistent with the treatment of
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12836
+.I mode
+by
+.BR fopen (3).
+.P
+Binary mode was removed in glibc 2.22; a \[aq]b\[aq] specified in
+.I mode
+has no effect.
+.SH NOTES
+There is no file descriptor associated with the file stream
+returned by this function
+(i.e.,
+.BR fileno (3)
+will return an error if called on the returned stream).
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.22, if
+.I size
+is specified as zero,
+.BR fmemopen ()
+fails with the error
+.BR EINVAL .
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11216
+It would be more consistent if this case successfully created
+a stream that then returned end-of-file on the first attempt at reading;
+since glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation provides that behavior.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.22,
+specifying append mode ("a" or "a+") for
+.BR fmemopen ()
+sets the initial buffer position to the first null byte, but
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13152
+(if the current position is reset to a location other than
+the end of the stream)
+does not force subsequent writes to append at the end of the stream.
+This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.22, if the
+.I mode
+argument to
+.BR fmemopen ()
+specifies append ("a" or "a+"), and the
+.I size
+argument does not cover a null byte in
+.IR buf ,
+then, according to POSIX.1-2008,
+the initial buffer position should be set to
+the next byte after the end of the buffer.
+However, in this case the glibc
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13151
+.BR fmemopen ()
+sets the buffer position to \-1.
+This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.22,
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14292
+when a call to
+.BR fseek (3)
+with a
+.I whence
+value of
+.B SEEK_END
+was performed on a stream created by
+.BR fmemopen (),
+the
+.I offset
+was
+.I subtracted
+from the end-of-stream position, instead of being added.
+This bug is fixed in glibc 2.22.
+.P
+The glibc 2.9 addition of "binary" mode for
+.BR fmemopen ()
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6544
+silently changed the ABI: previously,
+.BR fmemopen ()
+ignored \[aq]b\[aq] in
+.IR mode .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses
+.BR fmemopen ()
+to open an input buffer, and
+.BR open_memstream (3)
+to open a dynamically sized output buffer.
+The program scans its input string (taken from the program's
+first command-line argument) reading integers,
+and writes the squares of these integers to the output buffer.
+An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]1 23 43\[aq]"
+size=11; ptr=1 529 1849
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (fmemopen.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    FILE *out, *in;
+    int v, s;
+    size_t size;
+    char *ptr;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s \[aq]<num>...\[aq]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    in = fmemopen(argv[1], strlen(argv[1]), "r");
+    if (in == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fmemopen");
+\&
+    out = open_memstream(&ptr, &size);
+    if (out == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "open_memstream");
+\&
+    for (;;) {
+        s = fscanf(in, "%d", &v);
+        if (s <= 0)
+            break;
+\&
+        s = fprintf(out, "%d ", v * v);
+        if (s == \-1)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "fprintf");
+    }
+\&
+    fclose(in);
+    fclose(out);
+\&
+    printf("size=%zu; ptr=%s\en", size, ptr);
+\&
+    free(ptr);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fopencookie (3),
+.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fmin.3 b/man/man3/fmin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45b83de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH fmin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fmin, fminf, fminl \- determine minimum of two floating-point numbers
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fmin(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float fminf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double fminl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fmin (),
+.BR fminf (),
+.BR fminl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the lesser value of
+.I x
+and
+.IR y .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the minimum of
+.I x
+and
+.IR y .
+.P
+If one argument is a NaN, the other argument is returned.
+.P
+If both arguments are NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fmin (),
+.BR fminf (),
+.BR fminl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fdim (3),
+.BR fmax (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fminf.3 b/man/man3/fminf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86d77d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fminf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fminl.3 b/man/man3/fminl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86d77d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fminl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmod.3 b/man/man3/fmod.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..211b2f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmod.3
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH fmod 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fmod, fmodf, fmodl \- floating-point remainder function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double fmod(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float fmodf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double fmodl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fmodf (),
+.BR fmodl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions compute the floating-point remainder of dividing
+.I x
+by
+.IR y .
+The return value is
+.I x
+\-
+.I n
+*
+.IR y ,
+where
+.I n
+is the quotient of
+.I x
+/
+.IR y ,
+rounded toward zero to an integer.
+.P
+To obtain the modulus, more specifically, the Least Positive Residue,
+you will need to adjust the result from fmod like so:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.nf
+z = fmod(x, y);
+if (z < 0)
+	z += y;
+.fi
+.in
+.P
+An alternate way to express this is with
+.IR "fmod(fmod(x, y) + y, y)" ,
+but the second
+.BR fmod ()
+usually costs way more than the one branch.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these
+functions return the value \fIx\fP\ \-\ \fIn\fP*\fIy\fP,
+for some integer
+.IR n ,
+such that the returned value has the same sign as
+.I x
+and a magnitude less than the magnitude of
+.IR y .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is an infinity,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is zero,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), and
+.I y
+is not zero, +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIy\fP is zero
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.\" POSIX.1 documents an optional underflow error, but AFAICT it doesn't
+.\" (can't?) occur -- mtk, Jul 2008
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fmod (),
+.BR fmodf (),
+.BR fmodl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6784
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred for an infinite
+.IR x .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The call
+.I fmod(372, 360)
+returns 348.
+.P
+The call
+.I fmod(-372, 360)
+returns -12.
+.P
+The call
+.I fmod(-372, -360)
+also returns -12.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fmodf.3 b/man/man3/fmodf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d014cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmodf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmod.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmodl.3 b/man/man3/fmodl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d014cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmodl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fmod.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fmtmsg.3 b/man/man3/fmtmsg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4fc2cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fmtmsg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\"  adapted glibc info page
+.\"
+.\"  This should run as 'Guru Meditation' (amiga joke :)
+.\"  The function is quite complex and deserves an example
+.\"
+.\"  Polished, aeb, 2003-11-01
+.TH fmtmsg 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fmtmsg \- print formatted error messages
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fmtmsg.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fmtmsg(long " classification ", const char *" label ,
+.BI "           int " severity ", const char *" text ,
+.BI "           const char *" action ", const char *" tag );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function displays a message described by its arguments on the device(s)
+specified in the
+.I classification
+argument.
+For messages written to
+.IR stderr ,
+the format depends on the
+.B MSGVERB
+environment variable.
+.P
+The
+.I label
+argument identifies the source of the message.
+The string must consist
+of two colon separated parts where the first part has not more
+than 10 and the second part not more than 14 characters.
+.P
+The
+.I text
+argument describes the condition of the error.
+.P
+The
+.I action
+argument describes possible steps to recover from the error.
+If it is printed, it is prefixed by "TO FIX: ".
+.P
+The
+.I tag
+argument is a reference to the online documentation where more
+information can be found.
+It should contain the
+.I label
+value and a unique identification number.
+.SS Dummy arguments
+Each of the arguments can have a dummy value.
+The dummy classification value
+.B MM_NULLMC
+(0L) does not specify any output, so nothing is printed.
+The dummy severity value
+.B NO_SEV
+(0) says that no severity is supplied.
+The values
+.BR MM_NULLLBL ,
+.BR MM_NULLTXT ,
+.BR MM_NULLACT ,
+.B MM_NULLTAG
+are synonyms for
+.IR "((char\ *)\ 0)" ,
+the empty string, and
+.B MM_NULLSEV
+is a synonym for
+.BR NO_SEV .
+.SS The classification argument
+The
+.I classification
+argument is the sum of values describing 4 types of information.
+.P
+The first value defines the output channel.
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_PRINT
+Output to
+.IR stderr .
+.TP
+.B MM_CONSOLE
+Output to the system console.
+.TP
+.B "MM_PRINT | MM_CONSOLE"
+Output to both.
+.P
+The second value is the source of the error:
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_HARD
+A hardware error occurred.
+.TP
+.B MM_FIRM
+A firmware error occurred.
+.TP
+.B MM_SOFT
+A software error occurred.
+.P
+The third value encodes the detector of the problem:
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_APPL
+It is detected by an application.
+.TP
+.B MM_UTIL
+It is detected by a utility.
+.TP
+.B MM_OPSYS
+It is detected by the operating system.
+.P
+The fourth value shows the severity of the incident:
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_RECOVER
+It is a recoverable error.
+.TP
+.B MM_NRECOV
+It is a nonrecoverable error.
+.SS The severity argument
+The
+.I severity
+argument can take one of the following values:
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_NOSEV
+No severity is printed.
+.TP
+.B MM_HALT
+This value is printed as HALT.
+.TP
+.B MM_ERROR
+This value is printed as ERROR.
+.TP
+.B MM_WARNING
+This value is printed as WARNING.
+.TP
+.B MM_INFO
+This value is printed as INFO.
+.P
+The numeric values are between 0 and 4.
+Using
+.BR addseverity (3)
+or the environment variable
+.B SEV_LEVEL
+you can add more levels and strings to print.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function can return 4 values:
+.TP 12n
+.B MM_OK
+Everything went smooth.
+.TP
+.B MM_NOTOK
+Complete failure.
+.TP
+.B MM_NOMSG
+Error writing to
+.IR stderr .
+.TP
+.B MM_NOCON
+Error writing to the console.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variable
+.B MSGVERB
+("message verbosity") can be used to suppress parts of
+the output to
+.IR stderr .
+(It does not influence output to the console.)
+When this variable is defined, is non-NULL, and is a colon-separated
+list of valid keywords, then only the parts of the message corresponding
+to these keywords is printed.
+Valid keywords are "label", "severity", "text", "action", and "tag".
+.P
+The environment variable
+.B SEV_LEVEL
+can be used to introduce new severity levels.
+By default, only the five severity levels described
+above are available.
+Any other numeric value would make
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+print nothing.
+If the user puts
+.B SEV_LEVEL
+with a format like
+.P
+.RS
+SEV_LEVEL=[description[:description[:...]]]
+.RE
+.P
+in the environment of the process before the first call to
+.BR fmtmsg (),
+where each description is of the form
+.P
+.RS
+severity-keyword,level,printstring
+.RE
+.P
+then
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+will also accept the indicated values for the level (in addition to
+the standard levels 0\[en]4), and use the indicated printstring when
+such a level occurs.
+.P
+The severity-keyword part is not used by
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+but it has to be present.
+The level part is a string representation of a number.
+The numeric value must be a number greater than 4.
+This value must be used in the severity argument of
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+to select this class.
+It is not possible to overwrite
+any of the predefined classes.
+The printstring
+is the string printed when a message of this class is processed by
+.BR fmtmsg ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+glibc\ >=\ 2.16: MT-Safe;
+glibc\ <\ 2.16: MT-Unsafe
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+Before glibc 2.16, the
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+function uses a static variable that is not protected,
+so it is not thread-safe.
+.P
+Since glibc 2.16,
+.\" Modified in commit 7724defcf8873116fe4efab256596861eef21a94
+the
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+function uses a lock to protect the static variable, so it is thread-safe.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+.TQ
+.B MSGVERB
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR fmtmsg ()
+System V.
+POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008.
+glibc 2.1.
+.TP
+.B MSGVERB
+System V.
+POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.B SEV_LEVEL
+System V.
+.P
+System V and UnixWare man pages tell us that these functions
+have been replaced by "pfmt() and addsev()" or by "pfmt(),
+vpfmt(), lfmt(), and vlfmt()", and will be removed later.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (fmtmsg.c)
+.EX
+#include <fmtmsg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    long class = MM_PRINT | MM_SOFT | MM_OPSYS | MM_RECOVER;
+    int err;
+\&
+    err = fmtmsg(class, "util\-linux:mount", MM_ERROR,
+                 "unknown mount option", "See mount(8).",
+                 "util\-linux:mount:017");
+    switch (err) {
+    case MM_OK:
+        break;
+    case MM_NOTOK:
+        printf("Nothing printed\en");
+        break;
+    case MM_NOMSG:
+        printf("Nothing printed to stderr\en");
+        break;
+    case MM_NOCON:
+        printf("No console output\en");
+        break;
+    default:
+        printf("Unknown error from fmtmsg()\en");
+    }
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.P
+The output should be:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+util\-linux:mount: ERROR: unknown mount option
+TO FIX: See mount(8).  util\-linux:mount:017
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+and after
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+MSGVERB=text:action; export MSGVERB
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+the output becomes:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+unknown mount option
+TO FIX: See mount(8).
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR addseverity (3),
+.BR perror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fnmatch.3 b/man/man3/fnmatch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c359a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fnmatch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:35:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon Oct 16 00:16:29 2000 following Joseph S. Myers
+.\"
+.TH fnmatch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fnmatch \- match filename or pathname
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fnmatch.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fnmatch(const char *" "pattern" ", const char *" string ", int " flags );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fnmatch ()
+function checks whether the
+.I string
+argument matches the
+.I pattern
+argument, which is a shell wildcard pattern (see
+.BR glob (7)).
+.P
+The
+.I flags
+argument modifies the behavior; it is the bitwise OR of zero or more
+of the following flags:
+.TP
+.B FNM_NOESCAPE
+If this flag is set, treat backslash as an ordinary character,
+instead of an escape character.
+.TP
+.B FNM_PATHNAME
+If this flag is set, match a slash in
+.I string
+only with a slash in
+.I pattern
+and not by an asterisk (*) or a question mark (?) metacharacter,
+nor by a bracket expression ([]) containing a slash.
+.TP
+.B FNM_PERIOD
+If this flag is set, a leading period in
+.I string
+has to be matched exactly by a period in
+.IR pattern .
+A period is considered to be leading if it is the first character in
+.IR string ,
+or if both
+.B FNM_PATHNAME
+is set and the period immediately follows a slash.
+.TP
+.B FNM_FILE_NAME
+This is a GNU synonym for
+.BR FNM_PATHNAME .
+.TP
+.B FNM_LEADING_DIR
+If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, the pattern is considered to be
+matched if it matches an initial segment of
+.I string
+which is followed by a slash.
+This flag is mainly for the internal
+use of glibc and is implemented only in certain cases.
+.TP
+.B FNM_CASEFOLD
+If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, the pattern is matched
+case-insensitively.
+.TP
+.B FNM_EXTMATCH
+If this flag (a GNU extension) is set, extended patterns are
+supported, as introduced by \&'ksh' and now supported by other shells.
+The extended format is as follows, with \fIpattern\-list\fR
+being a \&'|' separated list of patterns.
+.TP
+\&'?(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
+The pattern matches if zero or one occurrences of any of the
+patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
+.TP
+\&'*(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
+The pattern matches if zero or more occurrences of any of the
+patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
+.TP
+\&'+(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
+The pattern matches if one or more occurrences of any of the
+patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
+.TP
+\&'@(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
+The pattern matches if exactly one occurrence of any of the
+patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR match the input \fIstring\fR.
+.TP
+\&'!(\fIpattern\-list\fR)'
+The pattern matches if the input \fIstring\fR cannot be matched with
+any of the patterns in the \fIpattern\-list\fR.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Zero if
+.I string
+matches
+.IR pattern ,
+.B FNM_NOMATCH
+if there is no match or another nonzero value if there is an error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fnmatch ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR fnmatch ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.B FNM_FILE_NAME
+.TQ
+.B FNM_LEADING_DIR
+.TQ
+.B FNM_CASEFOLD
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR fnmatch ()
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.2.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR glob (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR wordexp (3),
+.BR glob (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/fopen.3 b/man/man3/fopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf09c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fopen.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Modified, aeb, 960421, 970806
+.\" Modified, joey, aeb, 2002-01-03
+.\"
+.TH fopen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fopen, fdopen, freopen \- stream open functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *fopen(const char *restrict " pathname \
+", const char *restrict " mode );
+.BI "FILE *fdopen(int " fd ", const char *" mode );
+.BI "FILE *freopen(const char *restrict " pathname \
+", const char *restrict " mode ,
+.BI "              FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fdopen ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fopen ()
+function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
+.I pathname
+and associates a stream with it.
+.P
+The argument
+.I mode
+points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences
+(possibly followed by additional characters, as described below):
+.TP
+.B r
+Open text file for reading.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
+.TP
+.B r+
+Open for reading and writing.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
+.TP
+.B w
+Truncate file to zero length or create text file for writing.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of the file.
+.TP
+.B w+
+Open for reading and writing.
+The file is created if it does not exist, otherwise it is truncated.
+The stream is positioned at the beginning of
+the file.
+.TP
+.B a
+Open for appending (writing at end of file).
+The file is created if it does not exist.
+The stream is positioned at the end of the file.
+.TP
+.B a+
+Open for reading and appending (writing at end of file).
+The file is created if it does not exist.
+Output is always appended to the end of the file.
+POSIX is silent on what the initial read position is when using this mode.
+For glibc, the initial file position for reading is at
+the beginning of the file, but for Android/BSD/MacOS, the
+initial file position for reading is at the end of the file.
+.P
+The
+.I mode
+string can also include the letter \[aq]b\[aq] either as a last character or as
+a character between the characters in any of the two-character strings
+described above.
+This is strictly for compatibility with ISO C
+and has no effect; the \[aq]b\[aq] is ignored on all POSIX
+conforming systems, including Linux.
+(Other systems may treat text files and binary files differently,
+and adding the \[aq]b\[aq] may be a good idea if you do I/O to a binary
+file and expect that your program may be ported to non-UNIX
+environments.)
+.P
+See NOTES below for details of glibc extensions for
+.IR mode .
+.P
+Any created file will have the mode
+.BR S_IRUSR " | " S_IWUSR " | "  S_IRGRP " | "  S_IWGRP " | " S_IROTH " | " S_IWOTH
+(0666), as modified by the process's umask value (see
+.BR umask (2)).
+.P
+Reads and writes may be intermixed on read/write streams in any order.
+Note that ANSI C requires that a file positioning function intervene
+between output and input, unless an input operation encounters end-of-file.
+(If this condition is not met, then a read is allowed to return the
+result of writes other than the most recent.)
+Therefore it is good practice (and indeed sometimes necessary
+under Linux) to put an
+.BR fseek (3)
+or
+.BR fsetpos (3)
+operation between write and read operations on such a stream.
+This operation may be an apparent no-op
+(as in \fIfseek(..., 0L, SEEK_CUR)\fP
+called for its synchronizing side effect).
+.P
+Opening a file in append mode (\fBa\fP as the first character of
+.IR mode )
+causes all subsequent write operations to this stream to occur
+at end-of-file, as if preceded by the call:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+fseek(stream, 0, SEEK_END);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The file descriptor associated with the stream is opened as if by a call to
+.BR open (2)
+with the following flags:
+.RS
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb
+c l.
+fopen() mode	open() flags
+\fIr\fP	O_RDONLY
+\fIw\fP	O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC
+\fIa\fP	O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_APPEND
+\fIr+\fP	O_RDWR
+\fIw+\fP	O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC
+\fIa+\fP	O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_APPEND
+.TE
+.RE
+.\"
+.SS fdopen()
+The
+.BR fdopen ()
+function associates a stream with the existing file descriptor,
+.IR fd .
+The
+.I mode
+of the stream (one of the values "r", "r+", "w", "w+", "a", "a+")
+must be compatible with the mode of the file descriptor.
+The file position indicator of the new stream is set to that
+belonging to
+.IR fd ,
+and the error and end-of-file indicators are cleared.
+Modes "w" or "w+" do not cause truncation of the file.
+The file descriptor is not dup'ed, and will be closed when
+the stream created by
+.BR fdopen ()
+is closed.
+The result of applying
+.BR fdopen ()
+to a shared memory object is undefined.
+.\"
+.SS freopen()
+The
+.BR freopen ()
+function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
+.I pathname
+and associates the stream pointed to by
+.I stream
+with it.
+The original stream (if it exists) is closed.
+The
+.I mode
+argument is used just as in the
+.BR fopen ()
+function.
+.P
+If the
+.I pathname
+argument is a null pointer,
+.BR freopen ()
+changes the mode of the stream to that specified in
+.IR mode ;
+that is,
+.BR freopen ()
+reopens the pathname that is associated with the stream.
+The specification for this behavior was added in the C99 standard, which says:
+.P
+.RS
+In this case,
+the file descriptor associated with the stream need not be closed
+if the call to
+.BR freopen ()
+succeeds.
+It is implementation-defined which changes of mode are permitted (if any),
+and under what circumstances.
+.RE
+.P
+The primary use of the
+.BR freopen ()
+function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream
+.RI ( stderr ", " stdin ", or " stdout ).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion
+.BR fopen (),
+.BR fdopen (),
+and
+.BR freopen ()
+return a
+.I FILE
+pointer.
+Otherwise, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I mode
+provided to
+.BR fopen (),
+.BR fdopen (),
+or
+.BR freopen ()
+was invalid.
+.P
+The
+.BR fopen (),
+.BR fdopen (),
+and
+.BR freopen ()
+functions may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routine
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR fopen ()
+function may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routine
+.BR open (2).
+.P
+The
+.BR fdopen ()
+function may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routine
+.BR fcntl (2).
+.P
+The
+.BR freopen ()
+function may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routines
+.BR open (2),
+.BR fclose (3),
+and
+.BR fflush (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fopen (),
+.BR fdopen (),
+.BR freopen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR fopen ()
+.TQ
+.BR freopen ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR fdopen ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR fopen ()
+.TQ
+.BR freopen ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.TP
+.BR fdopen ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS glibc notes
+The GNU C library allows the following extensions for the string specified in
+.IR mode :
+.TP
+.BR c " (since glibc 2.3.3)"
+Do not make the open operation,
+or subsequent read and write operations,
+thread cancelation points.
+This flag is ignored for
+.BR fdopen ().
+.TP
+.BR e " (since glibc 2.7)"
+Open the file with the
+.B O_CLOEXEC
+flag.
+See
+.BR open (2)
+for more information.
+This flag is ignored for
+.BR fdopen ().
+.TP
+.BR m " (since glibc 2.3)"
+Attempt to access the file using
+.BR mmap (2),
+rather than I/O system calls
+.RB ( read (2),
+.BR write (2)).
+Currently,
+.\" As at glibc 2.4:
+use of
+.BR mmap (2)
+is attempted only for a file opened for reading.
+.TP
+.B x
+.\" Since glibc 2.0?
+.\" FIXME . C11 specifies this flag
+Open the file exclusively
+(like the
+.B O_EXCL
+flag of
+.BR open (2)).
+If the file already exists,
+.BR fopen ()
+fails, and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EEXIST .
+This flag is ignored for
+.BR fdopen ().
+.P
+In addition to the above characters,
+.BR fopen ()
+and
+.BR freopen ()
+support the following syntax
+in
+.IR mode :
+.P
+.BI "    ,ccs=" string
+.P
+The given
+.I string
+is taken as the name of a coded character set and
+the stream is marked as wide-oriented.
+Thereafter, internal conversion functions convert I/O
+to and from the character set
+.IR string .
+If the
+.BI ,ccs= string
+syntax is not specified,
+then the wide-orientation of the stream is
+determined by the first file operation.
+If that operation is a wide-character operation,
+the stream is marked wide-oriented,
+and functions to convert to the coded character set are loaded.
+.SH BUGS
+When parsing for individual flag characters in
+.I mode
+(i.e., the characters preceding the "ccs" specification),
+the glibc implementation of
+.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12685
+.BR fopen ()
+and
+.BR freopen ()
+limits the number of characters examined in
+.I mode
+to 7 (or, before glibc 2.14, to 6,
+which was not enough to include possible specifications such as "rb+cmxe").
+The current implementation of
+.BR fdopen ()
+parses at most 5 characters in
+.IR mode .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fileno (3),
+.BR fmemopen (3),
+.BR fopencookie (3),
+.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fopencookie.3 b/man/man3/fopencookie.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac3c082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fopencookie.3
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"      <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH fopencookie 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fopencookie \- open a custom stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *fopencookie(void *restrict " cookie ", const char *restrict " mode ,
+.BI "                  cookie_io_functions_t " io_funcs );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fopencookie ()
+function allows the programmer to create a custom implementation
+for a standard I/O stream.
+This implementation can store the stream's data at a location of
+its own choosing; for example,
+.BR fopencookie ()
+is used to implement
+.BR fmemopen (3),
+which provides a stream interface to data that is stored in a
+buffer in memory.
+.P
+In order to create a custom stream the programmer must:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+Implement four "hook" functions that are used internally by the
+standard I/O library when performing I/O on the stream.
+.IP \[bu]
+Define a "cookie" data type,
+a structure that provides bookkeeping information
+(e.g., where to store data) used by the aforementioned hook functions.
+The standard I/O package knows nothing about the contents of this cookie
+(thus it is typed as
+.I void\~*
+when passed to
+.BR fopencookie ()),
+but automatically supplies the cookie
+as the first argument when calling the hook functions.
+.IP \[bu]
+Call
+.BR fopencookie ()
+to open a new stream and associate the cookie and hook functions
+with that stream.
+.P
+The
+.BR fopencookie ()
+function serves a purpose similar to
+.BR fopen (3):
+it opens a new stream and returns a pointer to a
+.I FILE
+object that is used to operate on that stream.
+.P
+The
+.I cookie
+argument is a pointer to the caller's cookie structure
+that is to be associated with the new stream.
+This pointer is supplied as the first argument when the standard I/O
+library invokes any of the hook functions described below.
+.P
+The
+.I mode
+argument serves the same purpose as for
+.BR fopen (3).
+The following modes are supported:
+.IR r ,
+.IR w ,
+.IR a ,
+.IR r+ ,
+.IR w+ ,
+and
+.IR a+ .
+See
+.BR fopen (3)
+for details.
+.P
+The
+.I io_funcs
+argument is a structure that contains four fields pointing to the
+programmer-defined hook functions that are used to implement this stream.
+The structure is defined as follows
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    cookie_read_function_t  *read;
+    cookie_write_function_t *write;
+    cookie_seek_function_t  *seek;
+    cookie_close_function_t *close;
+} cookie_io_functions_t;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The four fields are as follows:
+.TP
+.I cookie_read_function_t *read
+This function implements read operations for the stream.
+When called, it receives three arguments:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ssize_t read(void *cookie, char *buf, size_t size);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I buf
+and
+.I size
+arguments are, respectively,
+a buffer into which input data can be placed and the size of that buffer.
+As its function result, the
+.I read
+function should return the number of bytes copied into
+.IR buf ,
+0 on end of file, or \-1 on error.
+The
+.I read
+function should update the stream offset appropriately.
+.IP
+If
+.I *read
+is a null pointer,
+then reads from the custom stream always return end of file.
+.TP
+.I cookie_write_function_t *write
+This function implements write operations for the stream.
+When called, it receives three arguments:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ssize_t write(void *cookie, const char *buf, size_t size);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I buf
+and
+.I size
+arguments are, respectively,
+a buffer of data to be output to the stream and the size of that buffer.
+As its function result, the
+.I write
+function should return the number of bytes copied from
+.IR buf ,
+or 0 on error.
+(The function must not return a negative value.)
+The
+.I write
+function should update the stream offset appropriately.
+.IP
+If
+.I *write
+is a null pointer,
+then output to the stream is discarded.
+.TP
+.I cookie_seek_function_t *seek
+This function implements seek operations on the stream.
+When called, it receives three arguments:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int seek(void *cookie, off_t *offset, int whence);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I *offset
+argument specifies the new file offset depending on which
+of the following three values is supplied in
+.IR whence :
+.RS
+.TP
+.B SEEK_SET
+The stream offset should be set
+.I *offset
+bytes from the start of the stream.
+.TP
+.B SEEK_CUR
+.I *offset
+should be added to the current stream offset.
+.TP
+.B SEEK_END
+The stream offset should be set to the size of the stream plus
+.IR *offset .
+.RE
+.IP
+Before returning, the
+.I seek
+function should update
+.I *offset
+to indicate the new stream offset.
+.IP
+As its function result, the
+.I seek
+function should return 0 on success, and \-1 on error.
+.IP
+If
+.I *seek
+is a null pointer,
+then it is not possible to perform seek operations on the stream.
+.TP
+.I cookie_close_function_t *close
+This function closes the stream.
+The hook function can do things such as freeing buffers allocated
+for the stream.
+When called, it receives one argument:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int close(void *cookie);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.I cookie
+argument is the cookie that the programmer supplied when calling
+.BR fopencookie ().
+.IP
+As its function result, the
+.I close
+function should return 0 on success, and
+.B EOF
+on error.
+.IP
+If
+.I *close
+is NULL, then no special action is performed when the stream is closed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR fopencookie ()
+returns a pointer to the new stream.
+On error, NULL is returned.
+.\" .SH ERRORS
+.\" It's not clear if errno ever gets set...
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fopencookie ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below implements a custom stream whose functionality
+is similar (but not identical) to that available via
+.BR fmemopen (3).
+It implements a stream whose data is stored in a memory buffer.
+The program writes its command-line arguments to the stream,
+and then seeks through the stream reading two out of every
+five characters and writing them to standard output.
+The following shell session demonstrates the use of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]hello world\[aq]"
+/he/
+/ w/
+/d/
+Reached end of file
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Note that a more general version of the program below
+could be improved to more robustly handle various error situations
+(e.g., opening a stream with a cookie that already has an open stream;
+closing a stream that has already been closed).
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (fopencookie.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 4
+\&
+struct memfile_cookie {
+    char   *buf;        /* Dynamically sized buffer for data */
+    size_t  allocated;  /* Size of buf */
+    size_t  endpos;     /* Number of characters in buf */
+    off_t   offset;     /* Current file offset in buf */
+};
+\&
+ssize_t
+memfile_write(void *c, const char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+    char *new_buff;
+    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
+\&
+    /* Buffer too small? Keep doubling size until big enough. */
+\&
+    while (size + cookie\->offset > cookie\->allocated) {
+        new_buff = realloc(cookie\->buf, cookie\->allocated * 2);
+        if (new_buff == NULL)
+            return \-1;
+        cookie\->allocated *= 2;
+        cookie\->buf = new_buff;
+    }
+\&
+    memcpy(cookie\->buf + cookie\->offset, buf, size);
+\&
+    cookie\->offset += size;
+    if (cookie\->offset > cookie\->endpos)
+        cookie\->endpos = cookie\->offset;
+\&
+    return size;
+}
+\&
+ssize_t
+memfile_read(void *c, char *buf, size_t size)
+{
+    ssize_t xbytes;
+    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
+\&
+    /* Fetch minimum of bytes requested and bytes available. */
+\&
+    xbytes = size;
+    if (cookie\->offset + size > cookie\->endpos)
+        xbytes = cookie\->endpos \- cookie\->offset;
+    if (xbytes < 0)     /* offset may be past endpos */
+        xbytes = 0;
+\&
+    memcpy(buf, cookie\->buf + cookie\->offset, xbytes);
+\&
+    cookie\->offset += xbytes;
+    return xbytes;
+}
+\&
+int
+memfile_seek(void *c, off_t *offset, int whence)
+{
+    off_t new_offset;
+    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
+\&
+    if (whence == SEEK_SET)
+        new_offset = *offset;
+    else if (whence == SEEK_END)
+        new_offset = cookie\->endpos + *offset;
+    else if (whence == SEEK_CUR)
+        new_offset = cookie\->offset + *offset;
+    else
+        return \-1;
+\&
+    if (new_offset < 0)
+        return \-1;
+\&
+    cookie\->offset = new_offset;
+    *offset = new_offset;
+    return 0;
+}
+\&
+int
+memfile_close(void *c)
+{
+    struct memfile_cookie *cookie = c;
+\&
+    free(cookie\->buf);
+    cookie\->allocated = 0;
+    cookie\->buf = NULL;
+\&
+    return 0;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    cookie_io_functions_t  memfile_func = {
+        .read  = memfile_read,
+        .write = memfile_write,
+        .seek  = memfile_seek,
+        .close = memfile_close
+    };
+    FILE *stream;
+    struct memfile_cookie mycookie;
+    size_t nread;
+    char buf[1000];
+\&
+    /* Set up the cookie before calling fopencookie(). */
+\&
+    mycookie.buf = malloc(INIT_BUF_SIZE);
+    if (mycookie.buf == NULL) {
+        perror("malloc");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    mycookie.allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+    mycookie.offset = 0;
+    mycookie.endpos = 0;
+\&
+    stream = fopencookie(&mycookie, "w+", memfile_func);
+    if (stream == NULL) {
+        perror("fopencookie");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Write command\-line arguments to our file. */
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++)
+        if (fputs(argv[j], stream) == EOF) {
+            perror("fputs");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+\&
+    /* Read two bytes out of every five, until EOF. */
+\&
+    for (long p = 0; ; p += 5) {
+        if (fseek(stream, p, SEEK_SET) == \-1) {
+            perror("fseek");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+        nread = fread(buf, 1, 2, stream);
+        if (nread == 0) {
+            if (ferror(stream) != 0) {
+                fprintf(stderr, "fread failed\en");
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+            printf("Reached end of file\en");
+            break;
+        }
+\&
+        printf("/%.*s/\en", (int) nread, buf);
+    }
+\&
+    free(mycookie.buf);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH NOTES
+.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+should be defined to be 64 in code that uses non-null
+.I seek
+or that takes the address of
+.BR fopencookie ,
+if the code is intended to be portable
+to traditional 32-bit x86 and ARM platforms where
+.BR off_t 's
+width defaults to 32 bits.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fmemopen (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fseek (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/forkpty.3 b/man/man3/forkpty.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb4952d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/forkpty.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/openpty.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fpathconf.3 b/man/man3/fpathconf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d879944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fpathconf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:26 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" FIXME Probably all of the following should be documented:
+.\"     _PC_SYNC_IO,
+.\"     _PC_ASYNC_IO,
+.\"     _PC_PRIO_IO,
+.\"     _PC_SOCK_MAXBUF,
+.\"     _PC_FILESIZEBITS,
+.\"     _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE,
+.\"     _PC_REC_MAX_XFER_SIZE,
+.\"     _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE,
+.\"     _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN,
+.\"     _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN,
+.\"     _PC_SYMLINK_MAX,
+.\"     _PC_2_SYMLINKS
+.\"
+.TH fpathconf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fpathconf, pathconf \- get configuration values for files
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "long fpathconf(int " fd ", int " name );
+.BI "long pathconf(const char *" path ", int " name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR fpathconf ()
+gets a value for the configuration option
+.I name
+for the open file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.P
+.BR pathconf ()
+gets a value for configuration option
+.I name
+for the filename
+.IR path .
+.P
+The corresponding macros defined in
+.I <unistd.h>
+are minimum values; if an application wants to take advantage of values
+which may change, a call to
+.BR fpathconf ()
+or
+.BR pathconf ()
+can be made, which may yield more liberal results.
+.P
+Setting
+.I name
+equal to one of the following constants returns the following
+configuration options:
+.TP
+.B _PC_LINK_MAX
+The maximum number of links to the file.
+If
+.I fd
+or
+.I path
+refer to a directory, then the value applies to the whole directory.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_LINK_MAX .
+.TP
+.B _PC_MAX_CANON
+The maximum length of a formatted input line, where
+.I fd
+or
+.I path
+must refer to a terminal.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_MAX_CANON .
+.TP
+.B _PC_MAX_INPUT
+The maximum length of an input line, where
+.I fd
+or
+.I path
+must refer to a terminal.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_MAX_INPUT .
+.TP
+.B _PC_NAME_MAX
+The maximum length of a filename in the directory
+.I path
+or
+.I fd
+that the process is allowed to create.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_NAME_MAX .
+.TP
+.B _PC_PATH_MAX
+The maximum length of a relative pathname when
+.I path
+or
+.I fd
+is the current working directory.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_PATH_MAX .
+.TP
+.B _PC_PIPE_BUF
+The maximum number of bytes that can be written atomically to a pipe of FIFO.
+For
+.BR fpathconf (),
+.I fd
+should refer to a pipe or FIFO.
+For
+.BR fpathconf (),
+.I path
+should refer to a FIFO or a directory; in the latter case,
+the returned value corresponds to FIFOs created in that directory.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_PIPE_BUF .
+.TP
+.B _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
+This returns a positive value if the use of
+.BR chown (2)
+and
+.BR fchown (2)
+for changing a file's user ID is restricted to a process
+with appropriate privileges,
+and changing a file's group ID to a value other than the process's
+effective group ID or one of its supplementary group IDs
+is restricted to a process with appropriate privileges.
+According to POSIX.1,
+this variable shall always be defined with a value other than \-1.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED .
+.IP
+If
+.I fd
+or
+.I path
+refers to a directory,
+then the return value applies to all files in that directory.
+.TP
+.B _PC_NO_TRUNC
+This returns nonzero if accessing filenames longer than
+.B _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+generates an error.
+The corresponding macro is
+.BR _POSIX_NO_TRUNC .
+.TP
+.B _PC_VDISABLE
+This returns nonzero if special character processing can be disabled, where
+.I fd
+or
+.I path
+must refer to a terminal.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value of these functions is one of the following:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+On error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error
+(for example,
+.BR EINVAL ,
+indicating that
+.I name
+is invalid).
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I name
+corresponds to a maximum or minimum limit, and that limit is indeterminate,
+\-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is not changed.
+(To distinguish an indeterminate limit from an error, set
+.I errno
+to zero before the call, and then check whether
+.I errno
+is nonzero when \-1 is returned.)
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I name
+corresponds to an option,
+a positive value is returned if the option is supported,
+and \-1 is returned if the option is not supported.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+the current value of the option or limit is returned.
+This value will not be more restrictive than
+the corresponding value that was described to the application in
+.I <unistd.h>
+or
+.I <limits.h>
+when the application was compiled.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+.RB ( pathconf ())
+Search permission is denied for one of the directories in the path prefix of
+.IR path .
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.RB ( fpathconf ())
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I name
+is invalid.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The implementation does not support an association of
+.I name
+with the specified file.
+.TP
+.B ELOOP
+.RB ( pathconf ())
+Too many symbolic links were encountered while resolving
+.IR path .
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.RB ( pathconf ())
+.I path
+is too long.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( pathconf ())
+A component of
+.I path
+does not exist, or
+.I path
+is an empty string.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+.RB ( pathconf ())
+A component used as a directory in
+.I path
+is not in fact a directory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fpathconf (),
+.BR pathconf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Files with name lengths longer than the value returned for
+.I name
+equal to
+.B _PC_NAME_MAX
+may exist in the given directory.
+.P
+Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
+memory.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getconf (1),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR statfs (2),
+.BR confstr (3),
+.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fpclassify.3 b/man/man3/fpclassify.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17a0fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fpclassify.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" This was done with the help of the glibc manual.
+.\"
+.\" 2004-10-31, aeb, corrected
+.TH fpclassify 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fpclassify, isfinite, isnormal, isnan, isinf \- floating-point
+classification macros
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fpclassify(" x );
+.BI "int isfinite(" x );
+.BI "int isnormal(" x );
+.BI "int isnan(" x );
+.BI "int isinf(" x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.\" I haven't fully grokked the source to determine the FTM requirements;
+.\" in part, the following has been tested by experiment.
+.BR fpclassify (),
+.BR isfinite (),
+.BR isnormal ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isnan ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isinf ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Floating point numbers can have special values, such as
+infinite or NaN.
+With the macro
+.BI fpclassify( x )
+you can find out what type
+.I x
+is.
+The macro takes any floating-point expression as argument.
+The result is one of the following values:
+.TP 14
+.B FP_NAN
+.I x
+is "Not a Number".
+.TP
+.B FP_INFINITE
+.I x
+is either positive infinity or negative infinity.
+.TP
+.B FP_ZERO
+.I x
+is zero.
+.TP
+.B FP_SUBNORMAL
+.I x
+is too small to be represented in normalized format.
+.TP
+.B FP_NORMAL
+if nothing of the above is correct then it must be a
+normal floating-point number.
+.P
+The other macros provide a short answer to some standard questions.
+.TP 14
+.BI isfinite( x )
+returns a nonzero value if
+.br
+(fpclassify(x) != FP_NAN && fpclassify(x) != FP_INFINITE)
+.TP
+.BI isnormal( x )
+returns a nonzero value if
+(fpclassify(x) == FP_NORMAL)
+.TP
+.BI isnan( x )
+returns a nonzero value if
+(fpclassify(x) == FP_NAN)
+.TP
+.BI isinf( x )
+returns 1 if
+.I x
+is positive infinity, and \-1 if
+.I x
+is negative infinity.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fpclassify (),
+.BR isfinite (),
+.BR isnormal (),
+.BR isnan (),
+.BR isinf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.P
+In glibc 2.01 and earlier,
+.BR isinf ()
+returns a nonzero value (actually: 1) if
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity.
+(This is all that C99 requires.)
+.SH NOTES
+For
+.BR isinf (),
+the standards merely say that the return value is nonzero
+if and only if the argument has an infinite value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR finite (3),
+.BR INFINITY (3),
+.BR isgreater (3),
+.BR signbit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fprintf.3 b/man/man3/fprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fpurge.3 b/man/man3/fpurge.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4057c90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fpurge.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH fpurge 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fpurge, __fpurge \- purge a stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+/* unsupported */
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fpurge(FILE *" stream );
+.P
+/* supported */
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <stdio_ext.h>
+.P
+.BI "void  __fpurge(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR fpurge ()
+clears the buffers of the given stream.
+For output streams this discards any unwritten output.
+For input streams this discards any input read from the underlying object
+but not yet obtained via
+.BR getc (3);
+this includes any text pushed back via
+.BR ungetc (3).
+See also
+.BR fflush (3).
+.P
+The function
+.BR __fpurge ()
+does precisely the same, but without returning a value.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion
+.BR fpurge ()
+returns 0.
+On error, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I stream
+is not an open stream.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR __fpurge ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stream
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR fpurge ()
+4.4BSD.
+Not available under Linux.
+.TP
+.BR __fpurge ()
+Solaris, glibc 2.1.95.
+.SH NOTES
+Usually it is a mistake to want to discard input buffers.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" .BR fclean (3),
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR setbuf (3),
+.BR stdio_ext (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fputc.3 b/man/man3/fputc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c3b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fputc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fputc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fputs.3 b/man/man3/fputs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c3b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fputs_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fputs_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputs_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fputwc.3 b/man/man3/fputwc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdac37d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputwc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH fputwc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fputwc, putwc \- write a wide character to a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t fputwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "wint_t putwc(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fputwc ()
+function is the wide-character
+equivalent of the
+.BR fputc (3)
+function.
+It writes the wide character \fIwc\fP to \fIstream\fP.
+If
+\fIferror(stream)\fP becomes true, it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+If a wide-character conversion error occurs,
+it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
+.BR WEOF .
+Otherwise, it returns \fIwc\fP.
+.P
+The
+.BR putwc ()
+function or macro functions identically to
+.BR fputwc ().
+It may be implemented as a macro, and may evaluate its argument
+more than once.
+There is no reason ever to use it.
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR fputwc ()
+function returns
+.IR wc .
+Otherwise,
+.B WEOF
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+Apart from the usual ones, there is
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+Conversion of \fIwc\fP to the stream's encoding fails.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fputwc (),
+.BR putwc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR fputwc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+In the absence of additional information passed to the
+.BR fopen (3)
+call, it is
+reasonable to expect that
+.BR fputwc ()
+will actually write the multibyte
+sequence corresponding to the wide character \fIwc\fP.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetwc (3),
+.BR fputws (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputwc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fputws.3 b/man/man3/fputws.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62b3425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputws.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH fputws 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fputws \- write a wide-character string to a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fputws(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fputws ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of
+the
+.BR fputs (3)
+function.
+It writes the wide-character string starting at \fIws\fP,
+up to but not including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to \fIstream\fP.
+.P
+For a nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR fputws ()
+function returns a
+nonnegative integer if the operation was
+successful, or \-1 to indicate an error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fputws ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR fputws ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+In the absence of additional information passed to the
+.BR fopen (3)
+call, it is
+reasonable to expect that
+.BR fputws ()
+will actually write the multibyte
+string corresponding to the wide-character string \fIws\fP.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fputwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fputws_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fputws_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fputws_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fread.3 b/man/man3/fread.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0deecd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fread.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 Arkadiusz Drabczyk <arkadiusz@drabczyk.org>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fread.3	6.6 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:37:33 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Sun Feb 19 21:26:54 1995 by faith, return values
+.\" Modified Thu Apr 20 20:43:53 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" Modified Fri May 17 10:21:51 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
+.\"
+.TH fread 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fread, fwrite \- binary stream input/output
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t fread(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." nmemb ],
+.BI "             size_t " size ", size_t " nmemb ,
+.BI "             FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "size_t fwrite(const void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." nmemb ],
+.BI "             size_t " size ", size_t " nmemb ,
+.BI "             FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR fread ()
+reads
+.I nmemb
+items of data, each
+.I size
+bytes long, from the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream ,
+storing them at the location given by
+.IR ptr .
+.P
+The function
+.BR fwrite ()
+writes
+.I nmemb
+items of data, each
+.I size
+bytes long, to the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream ,
+obtaining them from the location given by
+.IR ptr .
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR fread ()
+and
+.BR fwrite ()
+return the number of items read or written.
+This number equals the number of bytes transferred only when
+.I size
+is 1.
+If an error occurs, or the end of the file is reached,
+the return value is a short item count (or zero).
+.P
+The file position indicator for the stream is advanced by the number
+of bytes successfully read or written.
+.P
+.BR fread ()
+does not distinguish between end-of-file and error, and callers must use
+.BR feof (3)
+and
+.BR ferror (3)
+to determine which occurred.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fread (),
+.BR fwrite ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR fread ()
+by parsing /bin/sh ELF executable in binary mode and printing its
+magic and class:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+ELF magic: 0x7f454c46
+Class: 0x02
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (fread.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    FILE           *fp;
+    size_t         ret;
+    unsigned char  buffer[4];
+\&
+    fp = fopen("/bin/sh", "rb");
+    if (!fp) {
+        perror("fopen");
+        return EXIT_FAILURE;
+    }
+\&
+    ret = fread(buffer, sizeof(*buffer), ARRAY_SIZE(buffer), fp);
+    if (ret != ARRAY_SIZE(buffer)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "fread() failed: %zu\en", ret);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("ELF magic: %#04x%02x%02x%02x\en", buffer[0], buffer[1],
+           buffer[2], buffer[3]);
+\&
+    ret = fread(buffer, 1, 1, fp);
+    if (ret != 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "fread() failed: %zu\en", ret);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("Class: %#04x\en", buffer[0]);
+\&
+    fclose(fp);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR feof (3),
+.BR ferror (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fread_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fread_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fread_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/free.3 b/man/man3/free.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b9d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/free.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/freeaddrinfo.3 b/man/man3/freeaddrinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17f7236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/freeaddrinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getaddrinfo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/freehostent.3 b/man/man3/freehostent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e01df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/freehostent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getipnodebyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/freeifaddrs.3 b/man/man3/freeifaddrs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38f977d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/freeifaddrs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getifaddrs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/freelocale.3 b/man/man3/freelocale.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4246c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/freelocale.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/newlocale.3
diff --git a/man/man3/freopen.3 b/man/man3/freopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a40124
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/freopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fopen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/frexp.3 b/man/man3/frexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d357c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/frexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH frexp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+frexp, frexpf, frexpl \- convert floating-point number to fractional
+and integral components
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double frexp(double " x ", int *" exp );
+.BI "float frexpf(float " x ", int *" exp );
+.BI "long double frexpl(long double " x ", int *" exp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR frexpf (),
+.BR frexpl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are used to split the number
+.I x
+into a
+normalized fraction and an exponent which is stored in
+.IR exp .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the normalized fraction.
+If the argument
+.I x
+is not zero,
+the normalized fraction is
+.I x
+times a power of two,
+and its absolute value is always in the range 1/2 (inclusive) to
+1 (exclusive), that is, [0.5,1).
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is zero, then the normalized fraction is
+zero and zero is stored in
+.IR exp .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned, and the value of
+.I *exp
+is unspecified.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned, and the value of
+.I *exp
+is unspecified.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR frexp (),
+.BR frexpf (),
+.BR frexpl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below produces results such as the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 2560"
+frexp(2560, &e) = 0.625: 0.625 * 2\[ha]12 = 2560
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \-4"
+frexp(\-4, &e) = \-0.5: \-0.5 * 2\[ha]3 = \-4
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (frexp.c)
+.EX
+#include <float.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double x, r;
+    int exp;
+\&
+    x = strtod(argv[1], NULL);
+    r = frexp(x, &exp);
+\&
+    printf("frexp(%g, &e) = %g: %g * %d\[ha]%d = %g\en", x, r, r, 2, exp, x);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ldexp (3),
+.BR modf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/frexpf.3 b/man/man3/frexpf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..980426f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/frexpf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/frexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/frexpl.3 b/man/man3/frexpl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..980426f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/frexpl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/frexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fscanf.3 b/man/man3/fscanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fd424b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fscanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fseek.3 b/man/man3/fseek.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89948f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fseek.3
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fseek.3	6.11 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\"
+.TH fseek 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fgetpos, fseek, fsetpos, ftell, rewind \- reposition a stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fseek(FILE *" stream ", long " offset ", int " whence );
+.BI "long ftell(FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.BI "void rewind(FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.BI "int fgetpos(FILE *restrict " stream ", fpos_t *restrict " pos );
+.BI "int fsetpos(FILE *" stream ", const fpos_t *" pos );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fseek ()
+function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
+.IR stream .
+The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding
+.I offset
+bytes to the position specified by
+.IR whence .
+If
+.I whence
+is set to
+.BR SEEK_SET ,
+.BR SEEK_CUR ,
+or
+.BR SEEK_END ,
+the offset is relative to the start of the file, the current position
+indicator, or end-of-file, respectively.
+A successful call to the
+.BR fseek ()
+function clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream and undoes
+any effects of the
+.BR ungetc (3)
+function on the same stream.
+.P
+The
+.BR ftell ()
+function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the
+stream pointed to by
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The
+.BR rewind ()
+function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
+.I stream
+to the beginning of the file.
+It is equivalent to:
+.P
+.RS
+(void) fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)
+.RE
+.P
+except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared (see
+.BR clearerr (3)).
+.P
+The
+.BR fgetpos ()
+and
+.BR fsetpos ()
+functions are alternate interfaces equivalent to
+.BR ftell ()
+and
+.BR fseek ()
+(with
+.I whence
+set to
+.BR SEEK_SET ),
+setting and storing the current value of the file offset into or from the
+object referenced by
+.IR pos .
+On some non-UNIX systems, an
+.I fpos_t
+object may be a complex object and these routines may be the only way to
+portably reposition a text stream.
+.P
+If the stream refers to a regular file
+and the resulting stream offset is beyond the size of the file,
+subsequent writes will extend the file with a hole, up to the offset,
+before committing any data.
+See
+.BR lseek (2)
+for details on file seeking semantics.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR rewind ()
+function returns no value.
+Upon successful completion,
+.BR fgetpos (),
+.BR fseek (),
+.BR fsetpos ()
+return 0,
+and
+.BR ftell ()
+returns the current offset.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I whence
+argument to
+.BR fseek ()
+was not
+.BR SEEK_SET ,
+.BR SEEK_END ,
+or
+.BR SEEK_CUR .
+Or: the resulting file offset would be negative.
+.TP
+.B ESPIPE
+The file descriptor underlying
+.I stream
+is not seekable (e.g., it refers to a pipe, FIFO, or socket).
+.P
+The functions
+.BR fgetpos (),
+.BR fseek (),
+.BR fsetpos (),
+and
+.BR ftell ()
+may also fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the routines
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR fstat (2),
+.BR lseek (2),
+and
+.BR malloc (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fseek (),
+.BR ftell (),
+.BR rewind (),
+.BR fgetpos (),
+.BR fsetpos ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR lseek (2),
+.BR fseeko (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fseeko.3 b/man/man3/fseeko.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e108ec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fseeko.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH fseeko 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fseeko, ftello \- seek to or report file position
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fseeko(FILE *" stream ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
+.BI "off_t ftello(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fseeko (),
+.BR ftello ():
+.nf
+    _FILE_OFFSET_BITS == 64 || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR fseeko ()
+and
+.BR ftello ()
+functions are identical to
+.BR fseek (3)
+and
+.BR ftell (3)
+(see
+.BR fseek (3)),
+respectively, except that the
+.I offset
+argument of
+.BR fseeko ()
+and the return value of
+.BR ftello ()
+is of type
+.I off_t
+instead of
+.IR long .
+.P
+On some architectures, both
+.I off_t
+and
+.I long
+are 32-bit types, but defining
+.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+with the value 64 (before including
+.I any
+header files)
+will turn
+.I off_t
+into a 64-bit type.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On successful completion,
+.BR fseeko ()
+returns 0, while
+.BR ftello ()
+returns the current offset.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+See the ERRORS in
+.BR fseek (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fseeko (),
+.BR ftello ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
+.SH NOTES
+The declarations of these functions can also be obtained by defining
+the obsolete
+.B _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
+feature test macro.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fseek (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fsetpos.3 b/man/man3/fsetpos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1487b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fsetpos.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fstatvfs.3 b/man/man3/fstatvfs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adec9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fstatvfs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/statvfs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ftell.3 b/man/man3/ftell.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1487b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftell.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ftello.3 b/man/man3/ftello.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5628f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftello.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fseeko.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ftime.3 b/man/man3/ftime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c4a22e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt
+.\" (michael@moria.de)
+.\" Fri Apr  2 11:32:09 MET DST 1993
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 14:23:14 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sun Oct 18 17:31:43 1998 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" 2008-06-23, mtk, minor rewrites, added some details
+.\"
+.TH ftime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ftime \- return date and time
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <sys/timeb.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int ftime(struct timeb *" tp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR NOTE :
+This function is no longer provided by the GNU C library.
+Use
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+instead.
+.P
+This function returns the current time as seconds and milliseconds
+since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+The time is returned in
+.IR tp ,
+which is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct timeb {
+    time_t         time;
+    unsigned short millitm;
+    short          timezone;
+    short          dstflag;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Here \fItime\fP is the number of seconds since the Epoch,
+and \fImillitm\fP is the number of milliseconds since \fItime\fP
+seconds since the Epoch.
+The \fItimezone\fP field is the local timezone measured in minutes
+of time west of Greenwich (with a negative value indicating minutes
+east of Greenwich).
+The \fIdstflag\fP field
+is a flag that, if nonzero, indicates that Daylight Saving time
+applies locally during the appropriate part of the year.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 says that the contents of the \fItimezone\fP and \fIdstflag\fP
+fields are unspecified; avoid relying on them.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function always returns 0.
+(POSIX.1-2001 specifies, and some systems document, a \-1 error return.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ftime ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Removed in glibc 2.33.
+4.2BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+This function is obsolete.
+Don't use it.
+If the time in seconds
+suffices,
+.BR time (2)
+can be used;
+.BR gettimeofday (2)
+gives microseconds;
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+gives nanoseconds but is not as widely available.
+.SH BUGS
+Early glibc2 is buggy and returns 0 in the
+.I millitm
+field;
+glibc 2.1.1 is correct again.
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" The
+.\" .BR ftime ()
+.\" function appeared in 4.2BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/ftok.3 b/man/man3/ftok.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8df38d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftok.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Giorgio Ciucci (giorgio@crcc.it)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2001-11-28, by Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"	Changed data type of proj_id; minor fixes
+.\"	aeb: further fixes; added notes.
+.\"
+.TH ftok 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ftok \- convert a pathname and a project identifier to a System V IPC key
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/ipc.h>
+.fi
+.P
+.BI "key_t ftok(const char *" pathname ", int " proj_id );
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ftok ()
+function uses the identity of the file named by the given
+.I pathname
+(which must refer to an existing, accessible file)
+and the least significant 8 bits of
+.I proj_id
+(which must be nonzero) to generate a
+.I key_t
+type System V IPC key, suitable for use with
+.BR msgget (2),
+.BR semget (2),
+or
+.BR shmget (2).
+.P
+The resulting value is the same for all pathnames that
+name the same file, when the same value of
+.I proj_id
+is used.
+The value returned should be different when the
+(simultaneously existing) files or the project IDs differ.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, the generated
+.I key_t
+value is returned.
+On failure \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+indicating the error as for the
+.BR stat (2)
+system call.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ftok ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+On some ancient systems, the prototype was:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "key_t ftok(char *" pathname ", char " proj_id );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Today,
+.I proj_id
+is an
+.IR int ,
+but still only 8 bits are used.
+Typical usage has an ASCII character
+.IR proj_id ,
+that is why the behavior is said to be undefined when
+.I proj_id
+is zero.
+.P
+Of course, no guarantee can be given that the resulting
+.I key_t
+is unique.
+Typically, a best-effort attempt combines the given
+.I proj_id
+byte, the lower 16 bits of the inode number, and the
+lower 8 bits of the device number into a 32-bit result.
+Collisions may easily happen, for example between files on
+.I /dev/hda1
+and files on
+.IR /dev/sda1 .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR semget (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR msgget (2),
+.BR semget (2),
+.BR shmget (2),
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR sysvipc (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ftrylockfile.3 b/man/man3/ftrylockfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b33c2ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftrylockfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/flockfile.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fts.3 b/man/man3/fts.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a8b922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts.3
@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+'\" t
+.\"	$NetBSD: fts.3,v 1.13.2.1 1997/11/14 02:09:32 mrg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fts.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH fts 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fts, fts_open, fts_read, fts_children, fts_set, fts_close \- \
+traverse a file hierarchy
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <sys/stat.h>
+.B #include <fts.h>
+.P
+.BI "FTS *fts_open(char *const *" path_argv ", int " options ,
+.BI "              int (*_Nullable " compar ")(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **));"
+.P
+.BI "FTSENT *fts_read(FTS *" ftsp );
+.P
+.BI "FTSENT *fts_children(FTS *" ftsp ", int " instr );
+.P
+.BI "int fts_set(FTS *" ftsp ", FTSENT *" f ", int " instr );
+.P
+.BI "int fts_close(FTS *" ftsp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+fts functions are provided for traversing
+file hierarchies.
+A simple overview is that the
+.BR fts_open ()
+function returns a "handle" (of type
+.IR "FTS\ *" )
+that refers to a file hierarchy "stream".
+This handle is then supplied to the other
+fts functions.
+The function
+.BR fts_read ()
+returns a pointer to a structure describing one of the files in the file
+hierarchy.
+The function
+.BR fts_children ()
+returns a pointer to a linked list of structures, each of which describes
+one of the files contained in a directory in the hierarchy.
+.P
+In general, directories are visited two distinguishable times; in preorder
+(before any of their descendants are visited) and in postorder (after all
+of their descendants have been visited).
+Files are visited once.
+It is possible to walk the hierarchy "logically" (visiting the files that
+symbolic links point to)
+or physically (visiting the symbolic links themselves),
+order the walk of the hierarchy or
+prune and/or revisit portions of the hierarchy.
+.P
+Two structures (and associated types) are defined in the include file
+.IR <fts.h> .
+The first type is
+.IR FTS ,
+the structure that represents the file hierarchy itself.
+The second type is
+.IR FTSENT ,
+the structure that represents a file in the file
+hierarchy.
+Normally, an
+.I FTSENT
+structure is returned for every file in the file
+hierarchy.
+In this manual page, "file" and
+"FTSENT structure"
+are generally interchangeable.
+.P
+The
+.I FTSENT
+structure contains fields describing a file.
+The structure contains at least the following fields
+(there are additional fields that
+should be considered private to the implementation):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct _ftsent {
+    unsigned short  fts_info;     /* flags for FTSENT structure */
+    char           *fts_accpath;  /* access path */
+    char           *fts_path;     /* root path */
+    short           fts_pathlen;  /* strlen(fts_path) +
+                                     strlen(fts_name) */
+    char           *fts_name;     /* filename */
+    short           fts_namelen;  /* strlen(fts_name) */
+    short           fts_level;    /* depth (\-1 to N) */
+    int             fts_errno;    /* file errno */
+    long            fts_number;   /* local numeric value */
+    void           *fts_pointer;  /* local address value */
+    struct _ftsent *fts_parent;   /* parent directory */
+    struct _ftsent *fts_link;     /* next file structure */
+    struct _ftsent *fts_cycle;    /* cycle structure */
+    struct stat    *fts_statp;    /* [l]stat(2) information */
+.\" Also:
+.\"     ino_t fts_ino;                  /* inode (only for directories)*/
+.\"     dev_t fts_dev;                  /* device (only for directories)*/
+.\"     nlink_t fts_nlink;              /* link count (only for directories)*/
+.\"     u_short fts_flags;              /* private flags for FTSENT structure */
+.\"     u_short fts_instr;              /* fts_set() instructions */
+} FTSENT;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+These fields are defined as follows:
+.\" .Bl -tag -width "fts_namelen"
+.TP
+.I fts_info
+One of the following values describing the returned
+.I FTSENT
+structure and
+the file it represents.
+With the exception of directories without errors
+.RB ( FTS_D ),
+all of these
+entries are terminal, that is, they will not be revisited, nor will any
+of their descendants be visited.
+.\" .Bl  -tag -width FTS_DEFAULT
+.RS
+.TP
+.B FTS_D
+A directory being visited in preorder.
+.TP
+.B FTS_DC
+A directory that causes a cycle in the tree.
+(The
+.I fts_cycle
+field of the
+.I FTSENT
+structure will be filled in as well.)
+.TP
+.B FTS_DEFAULT
+Any
+.I FTSENT
+structure that represents a file type not explicitly described
+by one of the other
+.I fts_info
+values.
+.TP
+.B FTS_DNR
+A directory which cannot be read.
+This is an error return, and the
+.I fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.TP
+.B FTS_DOT
+A file named
+"."
+or
+".."
+which was not specified as a filename to
+.BR fts_open ()
+(see
+.BR FTS_SEEDOT ).
+.TP
+.B FTS_DP
+A directory being visited in postorder.
+The contents of the
+.I FTSENT
+structure will be unchanged from when
+it was returned in preorder, that is, with the
+.I fts_info
+field set to
+.BR FTS_D .
+.TP
+.B FTS_ERR
+This is an error return, and the
+.I fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.TP
+.B FTS_F
+A regular file.
+.TP
+.B FTS_NS
+A file for which no
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
+information was available.
+The contents of the
+.I fts_statp
+field are undefined.
+This is an error return, and the
+.I fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.TP
+.B FTS_NSOK
+A file for which no
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
+information was requested.
+The contents of the
+.I fts_statp
+field are undefined.
+.TP
+.B FTS_SL
+A symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B FTS_SLNONE
+A symbolic link with a nonexistent target.
+The contents of the
+.I fts_statp
+field reference the file characteristic information for the symbolic link
+itself.
+.\" .El
+.RE
+.TP
+.I fts_accpath
+A path for accessing the file from the current directory.
+.TP
+.I fts_path
+The path for the file relative to the root of the traversal.
+This path contains the path specified to
+.BR fts_open ()
+as a prefix.
+.TP
+.I fts_pathlen
+The sum of the lengths of the strings referenced by
+.I fts_path
+and
+.IR fts_name .
+.TP
+.I fts_name
+The name of the file.
+.TP
+.I fts_namelen
+The length of the string referenced by
+.IR fts_name .
+.TP
+.I fts_level
+The depth of the traversal, numbered from \-1 to N, where this file
+was found.
+The
+.I FTSENT
+structure representing the parent of the starting point (or root)
+of the traversal is numbered \-1, and the
+.I FTSENT
+structure for the root
+itself is numbered 0.
+.TP
+.I fts_errno
+If
+.BR fts_children ()
+or
+.BR fts_read ()
+returns an
+.I FTSENT
+structure whose
+.I fts_info
+field is set to
+.BR FTS_DNR ,
+.BR FTS_ERR ,
+or
+.BR FTS_NS ,
+the
+.I fts_errno
+field contains the error number (i.e., the
+.I errno
+value)
+specifying the cause of the error.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.I fts_errno
+field are undefined.
+.TP
+.I fts_number
+This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
+not modified by the
+fts functions.
+It is initialized to 0.
+.TP
+.I fts_pointer
+This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
+not modified by the
+fts functions.
+It is initialized to
+NULL.
+.TP
+.I fts_parent
+A pointer to the
+.I FTSENT
+structure referencing the file in the hierarchy
+immediately above the current file, that is, the directory of which this
+file is a member.
+A parent structure for the initial entry point is provided as well,
+however, only the
+.IR fts_level ,
+.IR fts_number ,
+and
+.I fts_pointer
+fields are guaranteed to be initialized.
+.TP
+.I fts_link
+Upon return from the
+.BR fts_children ()
+function, the
+.I fts_link
+field points to the next structure in the NULL-terminated linked list of
+directory members.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.I fts_link
+field are undefined.
+.TP
+.I fts_cycle
+If a directory causes a cycle in the hierarchy (see
+.BR FTS_DC ),
+either because
+of a hard link between two directories, or a symbolic link pointing to a
+directory, the
+.I fts_cycle
+field of the structure will point to the
+.I FTSENT
+structure in the hierarchy that references the same file as the current
+.I FTSENT
+structure.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.I fts_cycle
+field are undefined.
+.TP
+.I fts_statp
+A pointer to
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2)
+information for the file.
+.\" .El
+.P
+A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the
+file hierarchy.
+Therefore, the
+.I fts_path
+and
+.I fts_accpath
+fields are guaranteed to be
+null-terminated
+.I only
+for the file most recently returned by
+.BR fts_read ().
+To use these fields to reference any files represented by other
+.I FTSENT
+structures will require that the path buffer be modified using the
+information contained in that
+.I FTSENT
+structure's
+.I fts_pathlen
+field.
+Any such modifications should be undone before further calls to
+.BR fts_read ()
+are attempted.
+The
+.I fts_name
+field is always
+null-terminated.
+.SS fts_open()
+The
+.BR fts_open ()
+function takes a pointer to an array of character pointers naming one
+or more paths which make up a logical file hierarchy to be traversed.
+The array must be terminated by a
+null pointer.
+.P
+There are
+a number of options, at least one of which (either
+.B FTS_LOGICAL
+or
+.BR FTS_PHYSICAL )
+must be specified.
+The options are selected by ORing
+the following values:
+.\" .Bl -tag -width "FTS_PHYSICAL"
+.TP
+.B FTS_LOGICAL
+This option causes the
+fts routines to return
+.I FTSENT
+structures for the targets of symbolic links
+instead of the symbolic links themselves.
+If this option is set, the only symbolic links for which
+.I FTSENT
+structures
+are returned to the application are those referencing nonexistent files:
+the
+.I fts_statp
+field is obtained via
+.BR stat (2)
+with a fallback to
+.BR lstat (2).
+.TP
+.B FTS_PHYSICAL
+This option causes the
+fts routines to return
+.I FTSENT
+structures for symbolic links themselves instead
+of the target files they point to.
+If this option is set,
+.I FTSENT
+structures for all symbolic links in the
+hierarchy are returned to the application:
+the
+.I fts_statp
+field is obtained via
+.BR lstat (2).
+.TP
+.B FTS_COMFOLLOW
+This option causes any symbolic link specified as a root path to be
+followed immediately, as if via
+.BR FTS_LOGICAL ,
+regardless of the primary mode.
+.TP
+.B FTS_NOCHDIR
+As a performance optimization, the
+fts functions change directories as they walk the file hierarchy.
+This has the side-effect that an application cannot rely on being
+in any particular directory during the traversal.
+This
+option turns off this optimization, and the
+fts functions will not change the current directory.
+Note that applications should not themselves change their current directory
+and try to access files unless
+.B FTS_NOCHDIR
+is specified and absolute
+pathnames were provided as arguments to
+.BR fts_open ().
+.TP
+.B FTS_NOSTAT
+By default, returned
+.I FTSENT
+structures reference file characteristic information (the
+.I fts_statp
+field) for each file visited.
+This option relaxes that requirement as a performance optimization,
+allowing the
+fts functions to set the
+.I fts_info
+field to
+.B FTS_NSOK
+and leave the contents of the
+.I fts_statp
+field undefined.
+.TP
+.B FTS_SEEDOT
+By default, unless they are specified as path arguments to
+.BR fts_open (),
+any files named
+"."
+or
+".."
+encountered in the file hierarchy are ignored.
+This option causes the
+fts routines to return
+.I FTSENT
+structures for them.
+.TP
+.B FTS_XDEV
+This option prevents
+fts from descending into directories that have a different device number
+than the file from which the descent began.
+.\" .El
+.P
+The argument
+.BR compar ()
+specifies a user-defined function which may be used to order the traversal
+of the hierarchy.
+It
+takes two pointers to pointers to
+.I FTSENT
+structures as arguments and
+should return a negative value, zero, or a positive value to indicate
+if the file referenced by its first argument comes before, in any order
+with respect to, or after, the file referenced by its second argument.
+The
+.IR fts_accpath ,
+.IR fts_path ,
+and
+.I fts_pathlen
+fields of the
+.I FTSENT
+structures may
+.I never
+be used in this comparison.
+If the
+.I fts_info
+field is set to
+.B FTS_NS
+or
+.BR FTS_NSOK ,
+the
+.I fts_statp
+field may not either.
+If the
+.BR compar ()
+argument is
+NULL,
+the directory traversal order is in the order listed in
+.I path_argv
+for the root paths, and in the order listed in the directory for
+everything else.
+.SS fts_read()
+The
+.BR fts_read ()
+function returns a pointer to an
+.I FTSENT
+structure describing a file in
+the hierarchy.
+Directories (that are readable and do not cause cycles) are visited at
+least twice, once in preorder and once in postorder.
+All other files are visited at least once.
+(Hard links between directories that do not cause cycles or symbolic
+links to symbolic links may cause files to be visited more than once,
+or directories more than twice.)
+.P
+If all the members of the hierarchy have been returned,
+.BR fts_read ()
+returns NULL and sets
+.I errno
+to 0.
+If an error unrelated to a file in the hierarchy occurs,
+.BR fts_read ()
+returns
+NULL
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+If an error related to a returned file occurs, a pointer to an
+.I FTSENT
+structure is returned, and
+.I errno
+may or may not have been set (see
+.IR fts_info ).
+.P
+The
+.I FTSENT
+structures returned by
+.BR fts_read ()
+may be overwritten after a call to
+.BR fts_close ()
+on the same file hierarchy stream, or, after a call to
+.BR fts_read ()
+on the same file hierarchy stream unless they represent a file of type
+directory, in which case they will not be overwritten until after a call to
+.BR fts_read ()
+after the
+.I FTSENT
+structure has been returned by the function
+.BR fts_read ()
+in postorder.
+.SS fts_children()
+The
+.BR fts_children ()
+function returns a pointer to an
+.I FTSENT
+structure describing the first entry in a NULL-terminated linked list of
+the files in the directory represented by the
+.I FTSENT
+structure most recently returned by
+.BR fts_read ().
+The list is linked through the
+.I fts_link
+field of the
+.I FTSENT
+structure, and is ordered by the user-specified comparison function, if any.
+Repeated calls to
+.BR fts_children ()
+will re-create this linked list.
+.P
+As a special case, if
+.BR fts_read ()
+has not yet been called for a hierarchy,
+.BR fts_children ()
+will return a pointer to the files in the logical directory specified to
+.BR fts_open (),
+that is, the arguments specified to
+.BR fts_open ().
+Otherwise, if the
+.I FTSENT
+structure most recently returned by
+.BR fts_read ()
+is not a directory being visited in preorder,
+or the directory does not contain any files,
+.BR fts_children ()
+returns
+NULL
+and sets
+.I errno
+to zero.
+If an error occurs,
+.BR fts_children ()
+returns
+NULL
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.P
+The
+.I FTSENT
+structures returned by
+.BR fts_children ()
+may be overwritten after a call to
+.BR fts_children (),
+.BR fts_close (),
+or
+.BR fts_read ()
+on the same file hierarchy stream.
+.P
+The
+.I instr
+argument is either zero or the following value:
+.\" .Bl -tag -width FTS_NAMEONLY
+.TP
+.B FTS_NAMEONLY
+Only the names of the files are needed.
+The contents of all the fields in the returned linked list of structures
+are undefined with the exception of the
+.I fts_name
+and
+.I fts_namelen
+fields.
+.\" .El
+.SS fts_set()
+The function
+.BR fts_set ()
+allows the user application to determine further processing for the
+file
+.I f
+of the stream
+.IR ftsp .
+The
+.BR fts_set ()
+function
+returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+The
+.I instr
+argument is either 0 (meaning "do nothing") or one of the following values:
+.\" .Bl -tag -width FTS_PHYSICAL
+.TP
+.B FTS_AGAIN
+Revisit the file; any file type may be revisited.
+The next call to
+.BR fts_read ()
+will return the referenced file.
+The
+.I fts_stat
+and
+.I fts_info
+fields of the structure will be reinitialized at that time,
+but no other fields will have been changed.
+This option is meaningful only for the most recently returned
+file from
+.BR fts_read ().
+Normal use is for postorder directory visits, where it causes the
+directory to be revisited (in both preorder and postorder) as well as all
+of its descendants.
+.TP
+.B FTS_FOLLOW
+The referenced file must be a symbolic link.
+If the referenced file is the one most recently returned by
+.BR fts_read (),
+the next call to
+.BR fts_read ()
+returns the file with the
+.I fts_info
+and
+.I fts_statp
+fields reinitialized to reflect the target of the symbolic link instead
+of the symbolic link itself.
+If the file is one of those most recently returned by
+.BR fts_children (),
+the
+.I fts_info
+and
+.I fts_statp
+fields of the structure, when returned by
+.BR fts_read (),
+will reflect the target of the symbolic link instead of the symbolic link
+itself.
+In either case, if the target of the symbolic link does not exist, the
+fields of the returned structure will be unchanged and the
+.I fts_info
+field will be set to
+.BR FTS_SLNONE .
+.IP
+If the target of the link is a directory, the preorder return, followed
+by the return of all of its descendants, followed by a postorder return,
+is done.
+.TP
+.B FTS_SKIP
+No descendants of this file are visited.
+The file may be one of those most recently returned by either
+.BR fts_children ()
+or
+.BR fts_read ().
+.\" .El
+.SS fts_close()
+The
+.BR fts_close ()
+function closes the file hierarchy stream referred to by
+.I ftsp
+and restores the current directory to the directory from which
+.BR fts_open ()
+was called to open
+.IR ftsp .
+The
+.BR fts_close ()
+function
+returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.SH ERRORS
+The function
+.BR fts_open ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR open (2)
+and
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+In addition,
+.BR fts_open ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+as follows:
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+Any element of
+.I path_argv
+was an empty string.
+.P
+The function
+.BR fts_close ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR chdir (2)
+and
+.BR close (2).
+.P
+The functions
+.BR fts_read ()
+and
+.BR fts_children ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR chdir (2),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+and
+.RB [ l ]\c
+.BR stat (2).
+.P
+In addition,
+.BR fts_children (),
+.BR fts_open (),
+and
+.BR fts_set ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+as follows:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I options
+or
+.I instr
+was invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fts_open (),
+.BR fts_set (),
+.BR fts_close ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fts_read (),
+.BR fts_children ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.
+4.4BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.23,
+.\" Fixed by commit 8b7b7f75d91f7bac323dd6a370aeb3e9c5c4a7d5
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15838
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=11460
+all of the APIs described in this man page are not safe when compiling
+a program using the LFS APIs (e.g., when compiling with
+.IR \-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 ).
+.\"
+.\" The following statement is years old, and seems no closer to
+.\" being true -- mtk
+.\" The
+.\" .I fts
+.\" utility is expected to be included in a future
+.\" POSIX.1
+.\" revision.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR find (1),
+.BR chdir (2),
+.BR lstat (2),
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR ftw (3),
+.BR qsort (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fts_children.3 b/man/man3/fts_children.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85caf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts_children.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fts_close.3 b/man/man3/fts_close.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85caf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts_close.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fts_open.3 b/man/man3/fts_open.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85caf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts_open.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fts_read.3 b/man/man3/fts_read.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85caf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts_read.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fts_set.3 b/man/man3/fts_set.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..85caf75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fts_set.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ftw.3 b/man/man3/ftw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41fd4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ftw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de)
+.\" and copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" and copyright (c) 2006 Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net>
+.\" and copyright (c) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:02:22 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" 2006-05-24, Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net>
+.\"  	document FTW_ACTIONRETVAL; include .SH RETURN VALUE;
+.\" 2006-05-24, Justin Pryzby <justinpryzby@users.sf.net> and
+.\"	Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" 	reorganized and rewrote much of the page
+.\" 2006-05-24, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"	Added an example program.
+.\"
+.TH ftw 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ftw, nftw \- file tree walk
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ftw.h>
+.P
+.BI "int nftw(const char *" dirpath ,
+.BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
+.BI "                  int " typeflag ", struct FTW *" ftwbuf ),
+.BI "        int " nopenfd ", int " flags );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int ftw(const char *" dirpath ,
+.BI "        int (*" fn ")(const char *" fpath ", const struct stat *" sb ,
+.BI "                  int " typeflag ),
+.BI "        int " nopenfd );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR nftw ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR nftw ()
+walks through the directory tree that is
+located under the directory \fIdirpath\fP,
+and calls \fIfn\fP() once for each entry in the tree.
+By default, directories are handled before the files and
+subdirectories they contain (preorder traversal).
+.P
+To avoid using up all of the calling process's file descriptors,
+\fInopenfd\fP specifies the maximum number of directories that
+.BR nftw ()
+will hold open simultaneously.
+When
+the search depth exceeds this,
+.BR nftw ()
+will become slower because
+directories have to be closed and reopened.
+.BR nftw ()
+uses at most
+one file descriptor for each level in the directory tree.
+.P
+For each entry found in the tree,
+.BR nftw ()
+calls
+\fIfn\fP() with four arguments:
+.IR fpath ,
+.IR sb ,
+.IR typeflag ,
+and
+.IR ftwbuf .
+.I fpath
+is the pathname of the entry,
+and is expressed either as a pathname relative to the calling process's
+current working directory at the time of the call to
+.BR nftw (),
+if
+.I dirpath
+was expressed as a relative pathname,
+or as an absolute pathname, if
+.I dirpath
+was expressed as an absolute pathname.
+.I sb
+is a pointer to the
+.I stat
+structure returned by a call to
+.BR stat (2)
+for
+.IR fpath .
+.P
+The
+.I typeflag
+argument passed to
+.IR fn ()
+is an integer that has one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B FTW_F
+.I fpath
+is a regular file.
+.TP
+.B FTW_D
+.I fpath
+is a directory.
+.TP
+.B FTW_DNR
+.I fpath
+is a directory which can't be read.
+.TP
+.B FTW_DP
+.I fpath
+is a directory, and \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP was specified in \fIflags\fP.
+(If
+.B FTW_DEPTH
+was not specified in
+.IR flags ,
+then directories will always be visited with
+.I typeflag
+set to
+.BR FTW_D .)
+All of the files
+and subdirectories within \fIfpath\fP have been processed.
+.TP
+.B FTW_NS
+The
+.BR stat (2)
+call failed on
+.IR fpath ,
+which is not a symbolic link.
+The probable cause for this is that the caller had read permission
+on the parent directory, so that the filename
+.I fpath
+could be seen,
+but did not have execute permission,
+so that the file could not be reached for
+.BR stat (2).
+The contents of the buffer pointed to by
+.I sb
+are undefined.
+.TP
+.B FTW_SL
+.I fpath
+is a symbolic link, and \fBFTW_PHYS\fP was set in \fIflags\fP.
+.\" To obtain the definition of this constant from
+.\" .IR <ftw.h> ,
+.\" either
+.\" .B _BSD_SOURCE
+.\" must be defined, or
+.\" .BR _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.\" must be defined with a value of 500 or more.
+.TP
+.B FTW_SLN
+.I fpath
+is a symbolic link pointing to a nonexistent file.
+(This occurs only if \fBFTW_PHYS\fP is not set.)
+In this case the
+.I sb
+argument passed to
+.IR fn ()
+contains information returned by performing
+.BR lstat (2)
+on the "dangling" symbolic link.
+(But see BUGS.)
+.P
+The fourth argument
+.RI ( ftwbuf )
+that
+.BR nftw ()
+supplies when calling
+\fIfn\fP()
+is a pointer to a structure of type \fIFTW\fP:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct FTW {
+    int base;
+    int level;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+.I base
+is the offset of the filename (i.e., basename component)
+in the pathname given in
+.IR fpath .
+.I level
+is the depth of
+.I fpath
+in the directory tree, relative to the root of the tree
+.RI ( dirpath ,
+which has depth 0).
+.P
+To stop the tree walk, \fIfn\fP() returns a nonzero value; this
+value will become the return value of
+.BR nftw ().
+As long as \fIfn\fP() returns 0,
+.BR nftw ()
+will continue either until it has traversed the entire tree,
+in which case it will return zero,
+or until it encounters an error (such as a
+.BR malloc (3)
+failure), in which case it will return \-1.
+.P
+Because
+.BR nftw ()
+uses dynamic data structures, the only safe way to
+exit out of a tree walk is to return a nonzero value from \fIfn\fP().
+To allow a signal to terminate the walk without causing a memory leak,
+have the handler set a global flag that is checked by \fIfn\fP().
+\fIDon't\fP use
+.BR longjmp (3)
+unless the program is going to terminate.
+.P
+The \fIflags\fP argument of
+.BR nftw ()
+is formed by ORing zero or more of the
+following flags:
+.TP
+.BR FTW_ACTIONRETVAL " (since glibc 2.3.3)"
+If this glibc-specific flag is set, then
+.BR nftw ()
+handles the return value from
+.IR fn ()
+differently.
+.IR fn ()
+should return one of the following values:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B FTW_CONTINUE
+Instructs
+.BR nftw ()
+to continue normally.
+.TP
+.B FTW_SKIP_SIBLINGS
+If \fIfn\fP() returns this value, then
+siblings of the current entry will be skipped,
+and processing continues in the parent.
+.\" If \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP
+.\" is set, the entry's parent directory is processed next (with
+.\" \fIflag\fP set to \fBFTW_DP\fP).
+.TP
+.B FTW_SKIP_SUBTREE
+If \fIfn\fP() is called with an entry that is a directory
+(\fItypeflag\fP is \fBFTW_D\fP), this return
+value will prevent objects within that directory from being passed as
+arguments to \fIfn\fP().
+.BR nftw ()
+continues processing with the next sibling of the directory.
+.TP
+.B FTW_STOP
+Causes
+.BR nftw ()
+to return immediately with the return value
+\fBFTW_STOP\fP.
+.P
+Other return values could be associated with new actions in the future;
+\fIfn\fP() should not return values other than those listed above.
+.P
+The feature test macro
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+must be defined
+(before including
+.I any
+header files)
+in order to
+obtain the definition of \fBFTW_ACTIONRETVAL\fP from \fI<ftw.h>\fP.
+.RE
+.TP
+.B FTW_CHDIR
+If set, do a
+.BR chdir (2)
+to each directory before handling its contents.
+This is useful if the program needs to perform some action
+in the directory in which \fIfpath\fP resides.
+(Specifying this flag has no effect on the pathname that is passed in the
+.I fpath
+argument of
+.IR fn .)
+.TP
+.B FTW_DEPTH
+If set, do a post-order traversal, that is, call \fIfn\fP() for
+the directory itself \fIafter\fP handling the contents of the directory
+and its subdirectories.
+(By default, each directory is handled \fIbefore\fP its contents.)
+.TP
+.B FTW_MOUNT
+If set, stay within the same filesystem
+(i.e., do not cross mount points).
+.TP
+.B FTW_PHYS
+If set, do not follow symbolic links.
+(This is what you want.)
+If not set, symbolic links are followed, but no file is reported twice.
+.IP
+If \fBFTW_PHYS\fP is not set, but \fBFTW_DEPTH\fP is set,
+then the function
+.IR fn ()
+is never called for a directory that would be a descendant of itself.
+.SS ftw()
+.BR ftw ()
+is an older function that offers a subset of the functionality of
+.BR nftw ().
+The notable differences are as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+.BR ftw ()
+has no
+.I flags
+argument.
+It behaves the same as when
+.BR nftw ()
+is called with
+.I flags
+specified as zero.
+.IP \[bu]
+The callback function,
+.IR fn (),
+is not supplied with a fourth argument.
+.IP \[bu]
+The range of values that is passed via the
+.I typeflag
+argument supplied to
+.IR fn ()
+is smaller: just
+.BR FTW_F ,
+.BR FTW_D ,
+.BR FTW_DNR ,
+.BR FTW_NS ,
+and (possibly)
+.BR FTW_SL .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+If \fIfn\fP() returns nonzero,
+then the tree walk is terminated and the value returned by \fIfn\fP()
+is returned as the result of
+.BR ftw ()
+or
+.BR nftw ().
+.P
+If
+.BR nftw ()
+is called with the \fBFTW_ACTIONRETVAL\fP flag,
+then the only nonzero value that should be used by \fIfn\fP()
+to terminate the tree walk is \fBFTW_STOP\fP,
+and that value is returned as the result of
+.BR nftw ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nftw ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe cwd
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ftw ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+In some implementations (e.g., glibc),
+.BR ftw ()
+will never use \fBFTW_SL\fP; on other systems \fBFTW_SL\fP occurs only
+for symbolic links that do not point to an existing file;
+and again on other systems
+.BR ftw ()
+will use \fBFTW_SL\fP for each symbolic link.
+If
+.I fpath
+is a symbolic link and
+.BR stat (2)
+failed, POSIX.1-2008 states
+that it is undefined whether \fBFTW_NS\fP or \fBFTW_SL\fP
+is passed in
+.IR typeflag .
+For predictable results, use
+.BR nftw ().
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR ftw ()
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, SUSv1.
+POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete.
+.TP
+.BR nftw ()
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv1.
+.TP
+.B FTW_SL
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv1.
+.SH NOTES
+POSIX.1-2008 notes that the results are unspecified if
+.I fn
+does not preserve the current working directory.
+.SH BUGS
+According to POSIX.1-2008, when the
+.I typeflag
+argument passed to
+.IR fn ()
+contains
+.BR FTW_SLN ,
+the buffer pointed to by
+.I sb
+should contain information about the dangling symbolic link
+(obtained by calling
+.BR lstat (2)
+on the link).
+Early glibc versions correctly followed the POSIX specification on this point.
+However, as a result of a regression introduced in glibc 2.4,
+the contents of the buffer pointed to by
+.I sb
+were undefined when
+.B FTW_SLN
+is passed in
+.IR typeflag .
+(More precisely, the contents of the buffer were left unchanged in this case.)
+This regression was eventually fixed in glibc 2.30,
+.\" https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1422736
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1121
+.\" glibc commit 6ba205b2c35e3e024c8c12d2ee1b73363e84da87
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=23501
+so that the glibc implementation (once more) follows the POSIX specification.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program traverses the directory tree under the path named
+in its first command-line argument, or under the current directory
+if no argument is supplied.
+It displays various information about each file.
+The second command-line argument can be used to specify characters that
+control the value assigned to the \fIflags\fP
+argument when calling
+.BR nftw ().
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (ftw.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
+#include <ftw.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+static int
+display_info(const char *fpath, const struct stat *sb,
+             int tflag, struct FTW *ftwbuf)
+{
+    printf("%\-3s %2d ",
+           (tflag == FTW_D) ?   "d"   : (tflag == FTW_DNR) ? "dnr" :
+           (tflag == FTW_DP) ?  "dp"  : (tflag == FTW_F) ?   "f" :
+           (tflag == FTW_NS) ?  "ns"  : (tflag == FTW_SL) ?  "sl" :
+           (tflag == FTW_SLN) ? "sln" : "???",
+           ftwbuf\->level);
+\&
+    if (tflag == FTW_NS)
+        printf("\-\-\-\-\-\-\-");
+    else
+        printf("%7jd", (intmax_t) sb\->st_size);
+\&
+    printf("   %\-40s %d %s\en",
+           fpath, ftwbuf\->base, fpath + ftwbuf\->base);
+\&
+    return 0;           /* To tell nftw() to continue */
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int flags = 0;
+\&
+    if (argc > 2 && strchr(argv[2], \[aq]d\[aq]) != NULL)
+        flags |= FTW_DEPTH;
+    if (argc > 2 && strchr(argv[2], \[aq]p\[aq]) != NULL)
+        flags |= FTW_PHYS;
+\&
+    if (nftw((argc < 2) ? "." : argv[1], display_info, 20, flags)
+        == \-1)
+    {
+        perror("nftw");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR fts (3),
+.BR readdir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/funlockfile.3 b/man/man3/funlockfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b33c2ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/funlockfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/flockfile.3
diff --git a/man/man3/futimens.3 b/man/man3/futimens.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a365c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/futimens.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/utimensat.2
diff --git a/man/man3/futimes.3 b/man/man3/futimes.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ac7627
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/futimes.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2008, Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH futimes 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+futimes, lutimes \- change file timestamps
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/time.h>
+.P
+.BI "int futimes(int " fd ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
+.BI "int lutimes(const char *" filename ", const struct timeval " tv [2]);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR futimes (),
+.BR lutimes ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR futimes ()
+changes the access and modification times of a file in the same way as
+.BR utimes (2),
+with the difference that the file whose timestamps are to be changed
+is specified via a file descriptor,
+.IR fd ,
+rather than via a pathname.
+.P
+.BR lutimes ()
+changes the access and modification times of a file in the same way as
+.BR utimes (2),
+with the difference that if
+.I filename
+refers to a symbolic link, then the link is not dereferenced:
+instead, the timestamps of the symbolic link are changed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+Errors are as for
+.BR utimes (2),
+with the following additions for
+.BR futimes ():
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The
+.I /proc
+filesystem could not be accessed.
+.P
+The following additional error may occur for
+.BR lutimes ():
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The kernel does not support this call; Linux 2.6.22 or later is required.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR futimes (),
+.BR lutimes ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+Linux, BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR futimes ()
+glibc 2.3.
+.TP
+.BR lutimes ()
+glibc 2.6.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR lutimes ()
+is implemented using the
+.BR utimensat (2)
+system call.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR utime (2),
+.BR utimensat (2),
+.BR symlink (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/fwide.3 b/man/man3/fwide.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01f2081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fwide.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH fwide 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fwide \- set and determine the orientation of a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fwide(FILE *" stream ", int " mode );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fwide ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+When \fImode\fP is zero, the
+.BR fwide ()
+function determines the current
+orientation of \fIstream\fP.
+It returns a positive value if \fIstream\fP is
+wide-character oriented, that is, if wide-character I/O is permitted but char
+I/O is disallowed.
+It returns a negative value if \fIstream\fP is byte oriented\[em]that is,
+if char I/O is permitted but wide-character I/O is disallowed.
+It
+returns zero if \fIstream\fP has no orientation yet; in this case the next
+I/O operation might change the orientation (to byte oriented if it is a char
+I/O operation, or to wide-character oriented if it is a wide-character I/O
+operation).
+.P
+Once a stream has an orientation, it cannot be changed and persists until
+the stream is closed.
+.P
+When \fImode\fP is nonzero, the
+.BR fwide ()
+function first attempts to set
+\fIstream\fP's orientation (to wide-character oriented
+if \fImode\fP is greater than 0, or
+to byte oriented if \fImode\fP is less than 0).
+It then returns a value denoting the
+current orientation, as above.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR fwide ()
+function returns the stream's orientation, after possibly
+changing it.
+A positive return value means wide-character oriented.
+A negative return value means byte oriented.
+A return value of zero means undecided.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+Wide-character output to a byte oriented stream can be performed through the
+.BR fprintf (3)
+function with the
+.B %lc
+and
+.B %ls
+directives.
+.P
+Char oriented output to a wide-character oriented stream can be performed
+through the
+.BR fwprintf (3)
+function with the
+.B %c
+and
+.B %s
+directives.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fprintf (3),
+.BR fwprintf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/fwprintf.3 b/man/man3/fwprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fwprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fwrite.3 b/man/man3/fwrite.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86906ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fwrite.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fread.3
diff --git a/man/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/fwrite_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gai_cancel.3 b/man/man3/gai_cancel.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b0f392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gai_cancel.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gai_error.3 b/man/man3/gai_error.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b0f392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gai_error.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gai_strerror.3 b/man/man3/gai_strerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17f7236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gai_strerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getaddrinfo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gai_suspend.3 b/man/man3/gai_suspend.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b0f392
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gai_suspend.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gamma.3 b/man/man3/gamma.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..082da41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gamma.3
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2003-11-18, aeb: historical remarks
+.\"
+.TH gamma 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gamma, gammaf, gammal \- (logarithm of the) gamma function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] double gamma(double " x ");"
+.BI "[[deprecated]] float gammaf(float " x ");"
+.BI "[[deprecated]] long double gammal(long double " x ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR gamma ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR gammaf (),
+.BR gammal ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _ISOC99_SOURCE)
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are deprecated: instead, use either the
+.BR tgamma (3)
+or the
+.BR lgamma (3)
+functions, as appropriate.
+.P
+For the definition of the Gamma function, see
+.BR tgamma (3).
+.SS *BSD version
+The libm in 4.4BSD and some versions of FreeBSD had a
+.BR gamma ()
+function that computes the Gamma function, as one would expect.
+.SS glibc version
+glibc has a
+.BR gamma ()
+function that is equivalent to
+.BR lgamma (3)
+and computes the natural logarithm of the Gamma function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+See
+.BR lgamma (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR lgamma (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gamma (),
+.BR gammaf (),
+.BR gammal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:signgam
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVID 2.
+.P
+Because of historical variations in behavior across systems,
+this function is not specified in any recent standard.
+.P
+4.2BSD had a
+.BR gamma ()
+that computed
+.RI ln(|Gamma(| x |)|),
+leaving the sign of
+.RI Gamma(| x |)
+in the external integer
+.IR signgam .
+In 4.3BSD the name was changed to
+.BR lgamma (3),
+and the man page promises
+.P
+.in +4n
+"At some time in the future the name gamma will be rehabilitated
+and used for the Gamma function"
+.in
+.P
+This did indeed happen in 4.4BSD, where
+.BR gamma ()
+computes the Gamma function (with no effect on
+.IR signgam ).
+However, this came too late, and we now have
+.BR tgamma (3),
+the "true gamma" function.
+.\" The FreeBSD man page says about gamma() that it is like lgamma()
+.\" except that is does not set signgam.
+.\" Also, that 4.4BSD has a gamma() that computes the true gamma function.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR lgamma (3),
+.BR signgam (3),
+.BR tgamma (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/gammaf.3 b/man/man3/gammaf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ab6ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gammaf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gammal.3 b/man/man3/gammal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ab6ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gammal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gcvt.3 b/man/man3/gcvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d563327
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gcvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:32:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH gcvt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *gcvt(double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR gcvt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.17
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
+            || /* glibc >= 2.20 */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19 */ _SVID_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.16:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L))
+            || _SVID_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR gcvt ()
+function converts \fInumber\fP to a minimal length null-terminated
+ASCII string and stores the result in \fIbuf\fP.
+It produces \fIndigit\fP significant digits in either
+.BR printf (3)
+F format or E format.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR gcvt ()
+function returns
+\fIbuf\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gcvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2008 removed it,
+recommending the use of
+.BR sprintf (3)
+instead (though
+.BR snprintf (3)
+may be preferable).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ecvt (3),
+.BR fcvt (3),
+.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/get_avphys_pages.3 b/man/man3/get_avphys_pages.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd22cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_avphys_pages.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/get_phys_pages.3
diff --git a/man/man3/get_current_dir_name.3 b/man/man3/get_current_dir_name.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f73c157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_current_dir_name.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getcwd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/get_myaddress.3 b/man/man3/get_myaddress.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_myaddress.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/get_nprocs.3 b/man/man3/get_nprocs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96446a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_nprocs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012, Petr Benas
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2012, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.man-pages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH get_nprocs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+get_nprocs, get_nprocs_conf \- get number of processors
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+.P
+.B int get_nprocs(void);
+.B int get_nprocs_conf(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
+returns the number of processors configured by the operating system.
+.P
+The function
+.BR get_nprocs ()
+returns the number of processors currently available in the system.
+This may be less than the number returned by
+.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
+because processors may be offline (e.g., on hotpluggable systems).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+As given in DESCRIPTION.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR get_nprocs (),
+.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+The current
+.\" glibc 2.15
+implementation of these functions is rather expensive,
+since they open and parse files in the
+.I /sys
+filesystem each time they are called.
+.P
+The following
+.BR sysconf (3)
+calls make use of the functions documented on this page
+to return the same information.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+np = sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF);     /* processors configured */
+np = sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN);     /* processors available */
+.EE
+.in
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following example shows how
+.BR get_nprocs ()
+and
+.BR get_nprocs_conf ()
+can be used.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (get_nprocs_conf.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    printf("This system has %d processors configured and "
+            "%d processors available.\en",
+            get_nprocs_conf(), get_nprocs());
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR nproc (1)
diff --git a/man/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3 b/man/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7de3e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_nprocs_conf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/get_nprocs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/get_phys_pages.3 b/man/man3/get_phys_pages.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6915d7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/get_phys_pages.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2015 William Woodruff (william@tuffbizz.com)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH get_phys_pages 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+get_phys_pages, get_avphys_pages \- get total and available physical
+page counts
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <sys/sysinfo.h>"
+.P
+.B long get_phys_pages(void);
+.B long get_avphys_pages(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR get_phys_pages ()
+returns the total number of physical pages of memory available on the system.
+.P
+The function
+.BR get_avphys_pages ()
+returns the number of currently available physical pages of memory on the
+system.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+these functions return a nonnegative value as given in DESCRIPTION.
+On failure, they return \-1 and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The system could not provide the required information
+(possibly because the
+.I /proc
+filesystem was not mounted).
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+Before glibc 2.23,
+these functions obtained the required information by scanning the
+.I MemTotal
+and
+.I MemFree
+fields of
+.IR /proc/meminfo .
+Since glibc 2.23,
+these functions obtain the required information by calling
+.BR sysinfo (2).
+.SH NOTES
+The following
+.BR sysconf (3)
+calls provide a portable means of obtaining the same information as the
+functions described on this page.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+total_pages = sysconf(_SC_PHYS_PAGES);    /* total pages */
+avl_pages = sysconf(_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);    /* available pages */
+.EE
+.in
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following example shows how
+.BR get_phys_pages ()
+and
+.BR get_avphys_pages ()
+can be used.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (get_phys_pages.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/sysinfo.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    printf("This system has %ld pages of physical memory and "
+            "%ld pages of physical memory available.\en",
+            get_phys_pages(), get_avphys_pages());
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getaddrinfo.3 b/man/man3/getaddrinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8be6f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaddrinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,854 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2006 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
+.\" A few pieces of an earlier version remain:
+.\" Copyright 2000, Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References: RFC 2553
+.\"
+.\" 2005-08-09, mtk, added AI_ALL, AI_ADDRCONFIG, AI_V4MAPPED,
+.\"			and AI_NUMERICSERV.
+.\" 2006-11-25, Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
+.\"     Add text describing Internationalized Domain Name extensions.
+.\" 2007-06-08, mtk: added example programs
+.\" 2008-02-26, mtk; clarify discussion of NULL 'hints' argument; other
+.\"     minor rewrites.
+.\" 2008-06-18, mtk: many parts rewritten
+.\" 2008-12-04, Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
+.\"	Describe results ordering and reference /etc/gai.conf.
+.\"
+.\" FIXME . glibc's 2.9 NEWS file documents DCCP and UDP-lite support
+.\"           and is SCTP support now also there?
+.\"
+.TH getaddrinfo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getaddrinfo, freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror \- network address and
+service translation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getaddrinfo(const char *restrict " node ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " service ,
+.BI "                const struct addrinfo *restrict " hints ,
+.BI "                struct addrinfo **restrict " res );
+.P
+.BI "void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *" res );
+.P
+.BI "const char *gai_strerror(int " errcode );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getaddrinfo (),
+.BR freeaddrinfo (),
+.BR gai_strerror ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.22:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+    glibc 2.21 and earlier:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Given
+.I node
+and
+.IR service ,
+which identify an Internet host and a service,
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+returns one or more
+.I addrinfo
+structures, each of which contains an Internet address
+that can be specified in a call to
+.BR bind (2)
+or
+.BR connect (2).
+The
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+function combines the functionality provided by the
+.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
+.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
+.BR gethostbyname (3)
+and
+.BR getservbyname (3)
+functions into a single interface, but unlike the latter functions,
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
+.P
+The
+.I addrinfo
+structure used by
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+contains the following fields:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct addrinfo {
+    int              ai_flags;
+    int              ai_family;
+    int              ai_socktype;
+    int              ai_protocol;
+    socklen_t        ai_addrlen;
+    struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
+    char            *ai_canonname;
+    struct addrinfo *ai_next;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I hints
+argument points to an
+.I addrinfo
+structure that specifies criteria for selecting the socket address
+structures returned in the list pointed to by
+.IR res .
+If
+.I hints
+is not NULL it points to an
+.I addrinfo
+structure whose
+.IR ai_family ,
+.IR ai_socktype ,
+and
+.I ai_protocol
+specify criteria that limit the set of socket addresses returned by
+.BR getaddrinfo (),
+as follows:
+.TP
+.I ai_family
+This field specifies the desired address family for the returned addresses.
+Valid values for this field include
+.B AF_INET
+and
+.BR AF_INET6 .
+The value
+.B AF_UNSPEC
+indicates that
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+should return socket addresses for any address family
+(either IPv4 or IPv6, for example) that can be used with
+.I node
+and
+.IR service .
+.TP
+.I ai_socktype
+This field specifies the preferred socket type, for example
+.B SOCK_STREAM
+or
+.BR SOCK_DGRAM .
+Specifying 0 in this field indicates that socket addresses of any type
+can be returned by
+.BR getaddrinfo ().
+.TP
+.I ai_protocol
+This field specifies the protocol for the returned socket addresses.
+Specifying 0 in this field indicates that socket addresses with
+any protocol can be returned by
+.BR getaddrinfo ().
+.TP
+.I ai_flags
+This field specifies additional options, described below.
+Multiple flags are specified by bitwise OR-ing them together.
+.P
+All the other fields in the structure pointed to by
+.I hints
+must contain either 0 or a null pointer, as appropriate.
+.P
+Specifying
+.I hints
+as NULL is equivalent to setting
+.I ai_socktype
+and
+.I ai_protocol
+to 0;
+.I ai_family
+to
+.BR AF_UNSPEC ;
+and
+.I ai_flags
+to
+.BR "(AI_V4MAPPED\ |\ AI_ADDRCONFIG)" .
+(POSIX specifies different defaults for
+.IR ai_flags ;
+see NOTES.)
+.I node
+specifies either a numerical network address
+(for IPv4, numbers-and-dots notation as supported by
+.BR inet_aton (3);
+for IPv6, hexadecimal string format as supported by
+.BR inet_pton (3)),
+or a network hostname, whose network addresses are looked up and resolved.
+If
+.I hints.ai_flags
+contains the
+.B AI_NUMERICHOST
+flag, then
+.I node
+must be a numerical network address.
+The
+.B AI_NUMERICHOST
+flag suppresses any potentially lengthy network host address lookups.
+.P
+If the
+.B AI_PASSIVE
+flag is specified in
+.IR hints.ai_flags ,
+and
+.I node
+is NULL,
+then the returned socket addresses will be suitable for
+.BR bind (2)ing
+a socket that will
+.BR accept (2)
+connections.
+The returned socket address will contain the "wildcard address"
+.RB ( INADDR_ANY
+for IPv4 addresses,
+.B IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT
+for IPv6 address).
+The wildcard address is used by applications (typically servers)
+that intend to accept connections on any of the host's network addresses.
+If
+.I node
+is not NULL, then the
+.B AI_PASSIVE
+flag is ignored.
+.P
+If the
+.B AI_PASSIVE
+flag is not set in
+.IR hints.ai_flags ,
+then the returned socket addresses will be suitable for use with
+.BR connect (2),
+.BR sendto (2),
+or
+.BR sendmsg (2).
+If
+.I node
+is NULL,
+then the network address will be set to the loopback interface address
+.RB ( INADDR_LOOPBACK
+for IPv4 addresses,
+.B IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT
+for IPv6 address);
+this is used by applications that intend to communicate
+with peers running on the same host.
+.P
+.I service
+sets the port in each returned address structure.
+If this argument is a service name (see
+.BR services (5)),
+it is translated to the corresponding port number.
+This argument can also be specified as a decimal number,
+which is simply converted to binary.
+If
+.I service
+is NULL, then the port number of the returned socket addresses
+will be left uninitialized.
+If
+.B AI_NUMERICSERV
+is specified in
+.I hints.ai_flags
+and
+.I service
+is not NULL, then
+.I service
+must point to a string containing a numeric port number.
+This flag is used to inhibit the invocation of a name resolution service
+in cases where it is known not to be required.
+.P
+Either
+.I node
+or
+.IR service ,
+but not both, may be NULL.
+.P
+The
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+function allocates and initializes a linked list of
+.I addrinfo
+structures, one for each network address that matches
+.I node
+and
+.IR service ,
+subject to any restrictions imposed by
+.IR hints ,
+and returns a pointer to the start of the list in
+.IR res .
+The items in the linked list are linked by the
+.I ai_next
+field.
+.P
+There are several reasons why
+the linked list may have more than one
+.I addrinfo
+structure, including: the network host is multihomed, accessible
+over multiple protocols (e.g., both
+.B AF_INET
+and
+.BR AF_INET6 );
+or the same service is available from multiple socket types (one
+.B SOCK_STREAM
+address and another
+.B SOCK_DGRAM
+address, for example).
+Normally, the application should try
+using the addresses in the order in which they are returned.
+The sorting function used within
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+is defined in RFC\ 3484; the order can be tweaked for a particular
+system by editing
+.I /etc/gai.conf
+(available since glibc 2.5).
+.P
+If
+.I hints.ai_flags
+includes the
+.B AI_CANONNAME
+flag, then the
+.I ai_canonname
+field of the first of the
+.I addrinfo
+structures in the returned list is set to point to the
+official name of the host.
+.\" Prior to glibc 2.3.4, the ai_canonname of each addrinfo
+.\" structure was set pointing to the canonical name; that was
+.\" more than POSIX.1-2001 specified, or other implementations provided.
+.\" MTK, Aug 05
+.P
+The remaining fields of each returned
+.I addrinfo
+structure are initialized as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The
+.IR ai_family ,
+.IR ai_socktype ,
+and
+.I ai_protocol
+fields return the socket creation parameters (i.e., these fields have
+the same meaning as the corresponding arguments of
+.BR socket (2)).
+For example,
+.I ai_family
+might return
+.B AF_INET
+or
+.BR AF_INET6 ;
+.I ai_socktype
+might return
+.B SOCK_DGRAM
+or
+.BR SOCK_STREAM ;
+and
+.I ai_protocol
+returns the protocol for the socket.
+.IP \[bu]
+A pointer to the socket address is placed in the
+.I ai_addr
+field, and the length of the socket address, in bytes,
+is placed in the
+.I ai_addrlen
+field.
+.P
+If
+.I hints.ai_flags
+includes the
+.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
+flag, then IPv4 addresses are returned in the list pointed to by
+.I res
+only if the local system has at least one
+IPv4 address configured, and IPv6 addresses are returned
+only if the local system has at least one IPv6 address configured.
+The loopback address is not considered for this case as valid
+as a configured address.
+This flag is useful on, for example,
+IPv4-only systems, to ensure that
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+does not return IPv6 socket addresses that would always fail in
+.BR connect (2)
+or
+.BR bind (2).
+.P
+If
+.I hints.ai_flags
+specifies the
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+flag, and
+.I hints.ai_family
+was specified as
+.BR AF_INET6 ,
+and no matching IPv6 addresses could be found,
+then return IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses in the list pointed to by
+.IR res .
+If both
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+and
+.B AI_ALL
+are specified in
+.IR hints.ai_flags ,
+then return both IPv6 and IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses
+in the list pointed to by
+.IR res .
+.B AI_ALL
+is ignored if
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+is not also specified.
+.P
+The
+.BR freeaddrinfo ()
+function frees the memory that was allocated
+for the dynamically allocated linked list
+.IR res .
+.SS Extensions to getaddrinfo() for Internationalized Domain Names
+Starting with glibc 2.3.4,
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+has been extended to selectively allow the incoming and outgoing
+hostnames to be transparently converted to and from the
+Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) format (see RFC 3490,
+.IR "Internationalizing Domain Names in Applications (IDNA)" ).
+Four new flags are defined:
+.TP
+.B AI_IDN
+If this flag is specified, then the node name given in
+.I node
+is converted to IDN format if necessary.
+The source encoding is that of the current locale.
+.IP
+If the input name contains non-ASCII characters, then the IDN encoding
+is used.
+Those parts of the node name (delimited by dots) that contain
+non-ASCII characters are encoded using ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE)
+before being passed to the name resolution functions.
+.\" Implementation Detail:
+.\" To minimize effects on system performance the implementation might
+.\" want to check whether the input string contains any non-ASCII
+.\" characters.  If there are none the IDN step can be skipped completely.
+.\" On systems which allow not-ASCII safe encodings for a locale this
+.\" might be a problem.
+.TP
+.B AI_CANONIDN
+After a successful name lookup, and if the
+.B AI_CANONNAME
+flag was specified,
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+will return the canonical name of the
+node corresponding to the
+.I addrinfo
+structure value passed back.
+The return value is an exact copy of the value returned by the name
+resolution function.
+.IP
+If the name is encoded using ACE, then it will contain the
+.I xn\-\-
+prefix for one or more components of the name.
+To convert these components into a readable form the
+.B AI_CANONIDN
+flag can be passed in addition to
+.BR AI_CANONNAME .
+The resulting string is encoded using the current locale's encoding.
+.\"
+.\"Implementation Detail:
+.\"If no component of the returned name starts with xn\-\- the IDN
+.\"step can be skipped, therefore avoiding unnecessary slowdowns.
+.TP
+.B AI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
+.TQ
+.B AI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
+Setting these flags will enable the
+IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
+IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
+conforming hostname)
+flags respectively to be used in the IDNA handling.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.\" FIXME glibc defines the following additional errors, some which
+.\" can probably be returned by getaddrinfo(); they need to
+.\" be documented.
+.\"    #ifdef __USE_GNU
+.\"    #define EAI_INPROGRESS  -100  /* Processing request in progress.  */
+.\"    #define EAI_CANCELED    -101  /* Request canceled.  */
+.\"    #define EAI_NOTCANCELED -102  /* Request not canceled.  */
+.\"    #define EAI_ALLDONE     -103  /* All requests done.  */
+.\"    #define EAI_INTR        -104  /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
+.\"    #define EAI_IDN_ENCODE  -105  /* IDN encoding failed.  */
+.\"    #endif
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+returns 0 if it succeeds, or one of the following nonzero error codes:
+.TP
+.B EAI_ADDRFAMILY
+.\" Not in SUSv3
+The specified network host does not have any network addresses in the
+requested address family.
+.TP
+.B EAI_AGAIN
+The name server returned a temporary failure indication.
+Try again later.
+.TP
+.B EAI_BADFLAGS
+.I hints.ai_flags
+contains invalid flags; or,
+.I hints.ai_flags
+included
+.B AI_CANONNAME
+and
+.I node
+was NULL.
+.TP
+.B EAI_FAIL
+The name server returned a permanent failure indication.
+.TP
+.B EAI_FAMILY
+The requested address family is not supported.
+.TP
+.B EAI_MEMORY
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B EAI_NODATA
+.\" Not in SUSv3
+The specified network host exists, but does not have any
+network addresses defined.
+.TP
+.B EAI_NONAME
+The
+.I node
+or
+.I service
+is not known; or both
+.I node
+and
+.I service
+are NULL; or
+.B AI_NUMERICSERV
+was specified in
+.I hints.ai_flags
+and
+.I service
+was not a numeric port-number string.
+.TP
+.B EAI_SERVICE
+The requested service is not available for the requested socket type.
+It may be available through another socket type.
+For example, this error could occur if
+.I service
+was "shell" (a service available only on stream sockets), and either
+.I hints.ai_protocol
+was
+.BR IPPROTO_UDP ,
+or
+.I hints.ai_socktype
+was
+.BR SOCK_DGRAM ;
+or the error could occur if
+.I service
+was not NULL, and
+.I hints.ai_socktype
+was
+.B SOCK_RAW
+(a socket type that does not support the concept of services).
+.TP
+.B EAI_SOCKTYPE
+The requested socket type is not supported.
+This could occur, for example, if
+.I hints.ai_socktype
+and
+.I hints.ai_protocol
+are inconsistent (e.g.,
+.B SOCK_DGRAM
+and
+.BR IPPROTO_TCP ,
+respectively).
+.TP
+.B EAI_SYSTEM
+Other system error;
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_strerror ()
+function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
+suitable for error reporting.
+.SH FILES
+.I /etc/gai.conf
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR freeaddrinfo (),
+.BR gai_strerror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+According to POSIX.1, specifying
+.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+.I hints
+as NULL should cause
+.I ai_flags
+to be assumed as 0.
+The GNU C library instead assumes a value of
+.B (AI_V4MAPPED\~|\~AI_ADDRCONFIG)
+for this case,
+since this value is considered an improvement on the specification.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+RFC\ 2553.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
+.TQ
+.B AI_ALL
+.TQ
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+glibc 2.3.3.
+.TP
+.B AI_NUMERICSERV
+glibc 2.3.4.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR getaddrinfo ()
+supports the
+.IB address % scope-id
+notation for specifying the IPv6 scope-ID.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" getnameinfo.3 refers to this example
+.\" socket.2 refers to this example
+.\" bind.2 refers to this example
+.\" connect.2 refers to this example
+.\" recvfrom.2 refers to this example
+.\" sendto.2 refers to this example
+The following programs demonstrate the use of
+.BR getaddrinfo (),
+.BR gai_strerror (),
+.BR freeaddrinfo (),
+and
+.BR getnameinfo (3).
+The programs are an echo server and client for UDP datagrams.
+.SS Server program
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (server.c)
+.EX
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define BUF_SIZE 500
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int                      sfd, s;
+    char                     buf[BUF_SIZE];
+    ssize_t                  nread;
+    socklen_t                peer_addrlen;
+    struct addrinfo          hints;
+    struct addrinfo          *result, *rp;
+    struct sockaddr_storage  peer_addr;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s port\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+    hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC;    /* Allow IPv4 or IPv6 */
+    hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; /* Datagram socket */
+    hints.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE;    /* For wildcard IP address */
+    hints.ai_protocol = 0;          /* Any protocol */
+    hints.ai_canonname = NULL;
+    hints.ai_addr = NULL;
+    hints.ai_next = NULL;
+\&
+    s = getaddrinfo(NULL, argv[1], &hints, &result);
+    if (s != 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* getaddrinfo() returns a list of address structures.
+       Try each address until we successfully bind(2).
+       If socket(2) (or bind(2)) fails, we (close the socket
+       and) try the next address. */
+\&
+    for (rp = result; rp != NULL; rp = rp\->ai_next) {
+        sfd = socket(rp\->ai_family, rp\->ai_socktype,
+                     rp\->ai_protocol);
+        if (sfd == \-1)
+            continue;
+\&
+        if (bind(sfd, rp\->ai_addr, rp\->ai_addrlen) == 0)
+            break;                  /* Success */
+\&
+        close(sfd);
+    }
+\&
+    freeaddrinfo(result);           /* No longer needed */
+\&
+    if (rp == NULL) {               /* No address succeeded */
+        fprintf(stderr, "Could not bind\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Read datagrams and echo them back to sender. */
+\&
+    for (;;) {
+        char host[NI_MAXHOST], service[NI_MAXSERV];
+\&
+        peer_addrlen = sizeof(peer_addr);
+        nread = recvfrom(sfd, buf, BUF_SIZE, 0,
+                         (struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr, &peer_addrlen);
+        if (nread == \-1)
+            continue;               /* Ignore failed request */
+\&
+        s = getnameinfo((struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr,
+                        peer_addrlen, host, NI_MAXHOST,
+                        service, NI_MAXSERV, NI_NUMERICSERV);
+        if (s == 0)
+            printf("Received %zd bytes from %s:%s\en",
+                   nread, host, service);
+        else
+            fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
+\&
+        if (sendto(sfd, buf, nread, 0, (struct sockaddr *) &peer_addr,
+                   peer_addrlen) != nread)
+        {
+            fprintf(stderr, "Error sending response\en");
+        }
+    }
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SS Client program
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (client.c)
+.EX
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define BUF_SIZE 500
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int              sfd, s;
+    char             buf[BUF_SIZE];
+    size_t           len;
+    ssize_t          nread;
+    struct addrinfo  hints;
+    struct addrinfo  *result, *rp;
+\&
+    if (argc < 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s host port msg...\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Obtain address(es) matching host/port. */
+\&
+    memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
+    hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC;    /* Allow IPv4 or IPv6 */
+    hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; /* Datagram socket */
+    hints.ai_flags = 0;
+    hints.ai_protocol = 0;          /* Any protocol */
+\&
+    s = getaddrinfo(argv[1], argv[2], &hints, &result);
+    if (s != 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* getaddrinfo() returns a list of address structures.
+       Try each address until we successfully connect(2).
+       If socket(2) (or connect(2)) fails, we (close the socket
+       and) try the next address. */
+\&
+    for (rp = result; rp != NULL; rp = rp\->ai_next) {
+        sfd = socket(rp\->ai_family, rp\->ai_socktype,
+                     rp\->ai_protocol);
+        if (sfd == \-1)
+            continue;
+\&
+        if (connect(sfd, rp\->ai_addr, rp\->ai_addrlen) != \-1)
+            break;                  /* Success */
+\&
+        close(sfd);
+    }
+\&
+    freeaddrinfo(result);           /* No longer needed */
+\&
+    if (rp == NULL) {               /* No address succeeded */
+        fprintf(stderr, "Could not connect\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Send remaining command\-line arguments as separate
+       datagrams, and read responses from server. */
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 3; j < argc; j++) {
+        len = strlen(argv[j]) + 1;
+                /* +1 for terminating null byte */
+\&
+        if (len > BUF_SIZE) {
+            fprintf(stderr,
+                    "Ignoring long message in argument %zu\en", j);
+            continue;
+        }
+\&
+        if (write(sfd, argv[j], len) != len) {
+            fprintf(stderr, "partial/failed write\en");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+\&
+        nread = read(sfd, buf, BUF_SIZE);
+        if (nread == \-1) {
+            perror("read");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+\&
+        printf("Received %zd bytes: %s\en", nread, buf);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
+.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
+.BR getaddrinfo_a (3),
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR gai.conf (5),
+.BR hostname (7),
+.BR ip (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3 b/man/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..373165a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaddrinfo_a.3
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
+.\" and clean-ups and additions (C) Copyright 2010 Michael Kerrisk
+.\"                                 <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References: http://people.redhat.com/drepper/asynchnl.pdf,
+.\"     http://www.imperialviolet.org/2005/06/01/asynchronous-dns-lookups-with-glibc.html
+.\"
+.TH getaddrinfo_a 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getaddrinfo_a, gai_suspend, gai_error, gai_cancel \- asynchronous
+network address and service translation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Asynchronous name lookup library
+.RI ( libanl ", " \-lanl )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getaddrinfo_a(int " mode ", struct gaicb *" list [restrict],
+.BI "                  int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
+.BI "int gai_suspend(const struct gaicb *const " list "[], int " nitems ,
+.BI "                  const struct timespec *" timeout );
+.P
+.BI "int gai_error(struct gaicb *" req );
+.BI "int gai_cancel(struct gaicb *" req );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
+function performs the same task as
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+but allows multiple name look-ups to be performed asynchronously,
+with optional notification on completion of look-up operations.
+.P
+The
+.I mode
+argument has one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B GAI_WAIT
+Perform the look-ups synchronously.
+The call blocks until the look-ups have completed.
+.TP
+.B GAI_NOWAIT
+Perform the look-ups asynchronously.
+The call returns immediately,
+and the requests are resolved in the background.
+See the discussion of the
+.I sevp
+argument below.
+.P
+The array
+.I list
+specifies the look-up requests to process.
+The
+.I nitems
+argument specifies the number of elements in
+.IR list .
+The requested look-up operations are started in parallel.
+NULL elements in
+.I list
+are ignored.
+Each request is described by a
+.I gaicb
+structure, defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct gaicb {
+    const char            *ar_name;
+    const char            *ar_service;
+    const struct addrinfo *ar_request;
+    struct addrinfo       *ar_result;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The elements of this structure correspond to the arguments of
+.BR getaddrinfo (3).
+Thus,
+.I ar_name
+corresponds to the
+.I node
+argument and
+.I ar_service
+to the
+.I service
+argument, identifying an Internet host and a service.
+The
+.I ar_request
+element corresponds to the
+.I hints
+argument, specifying the criteria for selecting
+the returned socket address structures.
+Finally,
+.I ar_result
+corresponds to the
+.I res
+argument; you do not need to initialize this element,
+it will be automatically set when the request
+is resolved.
+The
+.I addrinfo
+structure referenced by the last two elements is described in
+.BR getaddrinfo (3).
+.P
+When
+.I mode
+is specified as
+.BR GAI_NOWAIT ,
+notifications about resolved requests
+can be obtained by employing the
+.I sigevent
+structure pointed to by the
+.I sevp
+argument.
+For the definition and general details of this structure, see
+.BR sigevent (3type).
+The
+.I sevp\->sigev_notify
+field can have the following values:
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_NONE
+Don't provide any notification.
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
+When a look-up completes, generate the signal
+.I sigev_signo
+for the process.
+See
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for general details.
+The
+.I si_code
+field of the
+.I siginfo_t
+structure will be set to
+.BR SI_ASYNCNL .
+.\" si_pid and si_uid are also set, to the values of the calling process,
+.\" which doesn't provide useful information, so we'll skip mentioning it.
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_THREAD
+When a look-up completes, invoke
+.I sigev_notify_function
+as if it were the start function of a new thread.
+See
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for details.
+.P
+For
+.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
+and
+.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
+it may be useful to point
+.I sevp\->sigev_value.sival_ptr
+to
+.IR list .
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_suspend ()
+function suspends execution of the calling thread,
+waiting for the completion of one or more requests in the array
+.IR list .
+The
+.I nitems
+argument specifies the size of the array
+.IR list .
+The call blocks until one of the following occurs:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+One or more of the operations in
+.I list
+completes.
+.IP \[bu]
+The call is interrupted by a signal that is caught.
+.IP \[bu]
+The time interval specified in
+.I timeout
+elapses.
+This argument specifies a timeout in seconds plus nanoseconds (see
+.BR nanosleep (2)
+for details of the
+.I timespec
+structure).
+If
+.I timeout
+is NULL, then the call blocks indefinitely
+(until one of the events above occurs).
+.P
+No explicit indication of which request was completed is given;
+you must determine which request(s) have completed by iterating with
+.BR gai_error ()
+over the list of requests.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_error ()
+function returns the status of the request
+.IR req :
+either
+.B EAI_INPROGRESS
+if the request was not completed yet,
+0 if it was handled successfully,
+or an error code if the request could not be resolved.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_cancel ()
+function cancels the request
+.IR req .
+If the request has been canceled successfully,
+the error status of the request will be set to
+.B EAI_CANCELED
+and normal asynchronous notification will be performed.
+The request cannot be canceled if it is currently being processed;
+in that case, it will be handled as if
+.BR gai_cancel ()
+has never been called.
+If
+.I req
+is NULL, an attempt is made to cancel all outstanding requests
+that the process has made.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
+function returns 0 if all of the requests have been enqueued successfully,
+or one of the following nonzero error codes:
+.TP
+.B EAI_AGAIN
+The resources necessary to enqueue the look-up requests were not available.
+The application may check the error status of each
+request to determine which ones failed.
+.TP
+.B EAI_MEMORY
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B EAI_SYSTEM
+.I mode
+is invalid.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_suspend ()
+function returns 0 if at least one of the listed requests has been completed.
+Otherwise, it returns one of the following nonzero error codes:
+.TP
+.B EAI_AGAIN
+The given timeout expired before any of the requests could be completed.
+.TP
+.B EAI_ALLDONE
+There were no actual requests given to the function.
+.TP
+.B EAI_INTR
+A signal has interrupted the function.
+Note that this interruption might have been
+caused by signal notification of some completed look-up request.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_error ()
+function can return
+.B EAI_INPROGRESS
+for an unfinished look-up request,
+0 for a successfully completed look-up
+(as described above), one of the error codes that could be returned by
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+or the error code
+.B EAI_CANCELED
+if the request has been canceled explicitly before it could be finished.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_cancel ()
+function can return one of these values:
+.TP
+.B EAI_CANCELED
+The request has been canceled successfully.
+.TP
+.B EAI_NOTCANCELED
+The request has not been canceled.
+.TP
+.B EAI_ALLDONE
+The request has already completed.
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_strerror (3)
+function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
+suitable for error reporting.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getaddrinfo_a (),
+.BR gai_suspend (),
+.BR gai_error (),
+.BR gai_cancel ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.3.
+.P
+The interface of
+.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
+was modeled after the
+.BR lio_listio (3)
+interface.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Two examples are provided: a simple example that resolves
+several requests in parallel synchronously, and a complex example
+showing some of the asynchronous capabilities.
+.SS Synchronous example
+The program below simply resolves several hostnames in parallel,
+giving a speed-up compared to resolving the hostnames sequentially using
+.BR getaddrinfo (3).
+The program might be used like this:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out mirrors.kernel.org enoent.linuxfoundation.org gnu.org\fP
+mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
+enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Name or service not known
+gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Here is the program source code
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (sync.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define MALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) reallocarray(NULL, n, sizeof(type)))
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int ret;
+    struct gaicb *reqs[argc \- 1];
+    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
+    struct addrinfo *res;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s HOST...\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < argc \- 1; i++) {
+        reqs[i] = MALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
+        if (reqs[i] == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
+\&
+        memset(reqs[i], 0, sizeof(*reqs[0]));
+        reqs[i]\->ar_name = argv[i + 1];
+    }
+\&
+    ret = getaddrinfo_a(GAI_WAIT, reqs, argc \- 1, NULL);
+    if (ret != 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo_a() failed: %s\en",
+                gai_strerror(ret));
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < argc \- 1; i++) {
+        printf("%s: ", reqs[i]\->ar_name);
+        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
+        if (ret == 0) {
+            res = reqs[i]\->ar_result;
+\&
+            ret = getnameinfo(res\->ai_addr, res\->ai_addrlen,
+                              host, sizeof(host),
+                              NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+            if (ret != 0) {
+                fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo() failed: %s\en",
+                        gai_strerror(ret));
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+            puts(host);
+\&
+        } else {
+            puts(gai_strerror(ret));
+        }
+    }
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SS Asynchronous example
+This example shows a simple interactive
+.BR getaddrinfo_a ()
+front-end.
+The notification facility is not demonstrated.
+.P
+An example session might look like this:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+> a mirrors.kernel.org enoent.linuxfoundation.org gnu.org
+> c 2
+[2] gnu.org: Request not canceled
+> w 0 1
+[00] mirrors.kernel.org: Finished
+> l
+[00] mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
+[01] enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Processing request in progress
+[02] gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
+> l
+[00] mirrors.kernel.org: 139.178.88.99
+[01] enoent.linuxfoundation.org: Name or service not known
+[02] gnu.org: 209.51.188.116
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The program source is as follows:
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (async.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define CALLOC(n, type)  ((type *) calloc(n, sizeof(type)))
+\&
+#define REALLOCF(ptr, n, type)                                          \e
+({                                                                      \e
+    static_assert(__builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(ptr), type *));   \e
+                                                                        \e
+    (type *) reallocarrayf(ptr, n, sizeof(type));                       \e
+})
+\&
+static struct gaicb **reqs = NULL;
+static size_t nreqs = 0;
+\&
+static inline void *
+reallocarrayf(void *p, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+    void  *q;
+\&
+    q = reallocarray(p, nmemb, size);
+    if (q == NULL && nmemb != 0 && size != 0)
+        free(p);
+    return q;
+}
+\&
+static char *
+getcmd(void)
+{
+    static char buf[256];
+\&
+    fputs("> ", stdout); fflush(stdout);
+    if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), stdin) == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+\&
+    if (buf[strlen(buf) \- 1] == \[aq]\en\[aq])
+        buf[strlen(buf) \- 1] = 0;
+\&
+    return buf;
+}
+\&
+/* Add requests for specified hostnames. */
+static void
+add_requests(void)
+{
+    size_t nreqs_base = nreqs;
+    char *host;
+    int ret;
+\&
+    while ((host = strtok(NULL, " "))) {
+        nreqs++;
+        reqs = REALLOCF(reqs, nreqs, struct gaicb *);
+        if (reqs == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "reallocf");
+\&
+        reqs[nreqs \- 1] = CALLOC(1, struct gaicb);
+        if (reqs[nreqs \- 1] == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
+\&
+        reqs[nreqs \- 1]\->ar_name = strdup(host);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Queue nreqs_base..nreqs requests. */
+\&
+    ret = getaddrinfo_a(GAI_NOWAIT, &reqs[nreqs_base],
+                        nreqs \- nreqs_base, NULL);
+    if (ret) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "getaddrinfo_a() failed: %s\en",
+                gai_strerror(ret));
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+}
+\&
+/* Wait until at least one of specified requests completes. */
+static void
+wait_requests(void)
+{
+    char *id;
+    int ret;
+    size_t n;
+    struct gaicb const **wait_reqs;
+\&
+    wait_reqs = CALLOC(nreqs, const struct gaicb *);
+    if (wait_reqs == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
+\&
+                /* NULL elements are ignored by gai_suspend(). */
+\&
+    while ((id = strtok(NULL, " ")) != NULL) {
+        n = atoi(id);
+\&
+        if (n >= nreqs) {
+            printf("Bad request number: %s\en", id);
+            return;
+        }
+\&
+        wait_reqs[n] = reqs[n];
+    }
+\&
+    ret = gai_suspend(wait_reqs, nreqs, NULL);
+    if (ret) {
+        printf("gai_suspend(): %s\en", gai_strerror(ret));
+        return;
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < nreqs; i++) {
+        if (wait_reqs[i] == NULL)
+            continue;
+\&
+        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
+        if (ret == EAI_INPROGRESS)
+            continue;
+\&
+        printf("[%02zu] %s: %s\en", i, reqs[i]\->ar_name,
+               ret == 0 ? "Finished" : gai_strerror(ret));
+    }
+}
+\&
+/* Cancel specified requests. */
+static void
+cancel_requests(void)
+{
+    char *id;
+    int ret;
+    size_t n;
+\&
+    while ((id = strtok(NULL, " ")) != NULL) {
+        n = atoi(id);
+\&
+        if (n >= nreqs) {
+            printf("Bad request number: %s\en", id);
+            return;
+        }
+\&
+        ret = gai_cancel(reqs[n]);
+        printf("[%s] %s: %s\en", id, reqs[atoi(id)]\->ar_name,
+               gai_strerror(ret));
+    }
+}
+\&
+/* List all requests. */
+static void
+list_requests(void)
+{
+    int ret;
+    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
+    struct addrinfo *res;
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < nreqs; i++) {
+        printf("[%02zu] %s: ", i, reqs[i]\->ar_name);
+        ret = gai_error(reqs[i]);
+\&
+        if (!ret) {
+            res = reqs[i]\->ar_result;
+\&
+            ret = getnameinfo(res\->ai_addr, res\->ai_addrlen,
+                              host, sizeof(host),
+                              NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+            if (ret) {
+                fprintf(stderr, "getnameinfo() failed: %s\en",
+                        gai_strerror(ret));
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+            puts(host);
+        } else {
+            puts(gai_strerror(ret));
+        }
+    }
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char *cmdline;
+    char *cmd;
+\&
+    while ((cmdline = getcmd()) != NULL) {
+        cmd = strtok(cmdline, " ");
+\&
+        if (cmd == NULL) {
+            list_requests();
+        } else {
+            switch (cmd[0]) {
+            case \[aq]a\[aq]:
+                add_requests();
+                break;
+            case \[aq]w\[aq]:
+                wait_requests();
+                break;
+            case \[aq]c\[aq]:
+                cancel_requests();
+                break;
+            case \[aq]l\[aq]:
+                list_requests();
+                break;
+            default:
+                fprintf(stderr, "Bad command: %c\en", cmd[0]);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR lio_listio (3),
+.BR hostname (7),
+.BR ip (7),
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man/man3/getaliasbyname.3 b/man/man3/getaliasbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37dcf19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaliasbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3 b/man/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37dcf19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaliasbyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getaliasent.3 b/man/man3/getaliasent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37dcf19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaliasent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getaliasent_r.3 b/man/man3/getaliasent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37dcf19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getaliasent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setaliasent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getauxval.3 b/man/man3/getauxval.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8639916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getauxval.3
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" See also https://lwn.net/Articles/519085/
+.\"
+.TH getauxval 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getauxval \- retrieve a value from the auxiliary vector
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/auxv.h>
+.P
+.BI "unsigned long getauxval(unsigned long " type );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getauxval ()
+function retrieves values from the auxiliary vector,
+a mechanism that the kernel's ELF binary loader
+uses to pass certain information to
+user space when a program is executed.
+.P
+Each entry in the auxiliary vector consists of a pair of values:
+a type that identifies what this entry represents,
+and a value for that type.
+Given the argument
+.IR type ,
+.BR getauxval ()
+returns the corresponding value.
+.P
+The value returned for each
+.I type
+is given in the following list.
+Not all
+.I type
+values are present on all architectures.
+.TP
+.B AT_BASE
+The base address of the program interpreter (usually, the dynamic linker).
+.TP
+.B AT_BASE_PLATFORM
+A pointer to a string (PowerPC and MIPS only).
+On PowerPC, this identifies the real platform; may differ from
+.BR AT_PLATFORM "."
+On MIPS,
+.\" commit e585b768da111f2c2d413de6214e83bbdfee8f22
+this identifies the ISA level (since Linux 5.7).
+.TP
+.B AT_CLKTCK
+The frequency with which
+.BR times (2)
+counts.
+This value can also be obtained via
+.IR sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK) .
+.TP
+.B AT_DCACHEBSIZE
+The data cache block size.
+.TP
+.B AT_EGID
+The effective group ID of the thread.
+.TP
+.B AT_ENTRY
+The entry address of the executable.
+.TP
+.B AT_EUID
+The effective user ID of the thread.
+.TP
+.B AT_EXECFD
+File descriptor of program.
+.TP
+.B AT_EXECFN
+A pointer to a string containing the pathname used to execute the program.
+.TP
+.B AT_FLAGS
+Flags (unused).
+.TP
+.B AT_FPUCW
+Used FPU control word (SuperH architecture only).
+This gives some information about the FPU initialization
+performed by the kernel.
+.TP
+.B AT_GID
+The real group ID of the thread.
+.TP
+.B AT_HWCAP
+An architecture and ABI dependent bit-mask whose settings
+indicate detailed processor capabilities.
+The contents of the bit mask are hardware dependent
+(for example, see the kernel source file
+.I arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeature.h
+for details relating to the Intel x86 architecture; the value
+returned is the first 32-bit word of the array described there).
+A human-readable version of the same information is available via
+.IR /proc/cpuinfo .
+.TP
+.BR AT_HWCAP2 " (since glibc 2.18)"
+Further machine-dependent hints about processor capabilities.
+.TP
+.B AT_ICACHEBSIZE
+The instruction cache block size.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AT_IGNORE
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AT_IGNOREPPC
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AT_NOTELF
+.TP
+.\" Kernel commit 98a5f361b8625c6f4841d6ba013bbf0e80d08147
+.B AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY
+Geometry of the L1 data cache, encoded with the cache line size in bytes
+in the bottom 16 bits and the cache associativity in the next 16 bits.
+The associativity is such that if N is the 16-bit value,
+the cache is N-way set associative.
+.TP
+.B AT_L1D_CACHESIZE
+The L1 data cache size.
+.TP
+.B AT_L1I_CACHEGEOMETRY
+Geometry of the L1 instruction cache, encoded as for
+.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
+.TP
+.B AT_L1I_CACHESIZE
+The L1 instruction cache size.
+.TP
+.B AT_L2_CACHEGEOMETRY
+Geometry of the L2 cache, encoded as for
+.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
+.TP
+.B AT_L2_CACHESIZE
+The L2 cache size.
+.TP
+.B AT_L3_CACHEGEOMETRY
+Geometry of the L3 cache, encoded as for
+.BR AT_L1D_CACHEGEOMETRY .
+.TP
+.B AT_L3_CACHESIZE
+The L3 cache size.
+.TP
+.B AT_PAGESZ
+The system page size (the same value returned by
+.IR sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) ).
+.TP
+.B AT_PHDR
+The address of the program headers of the executable.
+.TP
+.B AT_PHENT
+The size of program header entry.
+.TP
+.B AT_PHNUM
+The number of program headers.
+.TP
+.B AT_PLATFORM
+A pointer to a string that identifies the hardware platform
+that the program is running on.
+The dynamic linker uses this in the interpretation of
+.I rpath
+values.
+.TP
+.B AT_RANDOM
+The address of sixteen bytes containing a random value.
+.TP
+.B AT_SECURE
+Has a nonzero value if this executable should be treated securely.
+Most commonly, a nonzero value indicates that the process is
+executing a set-user-ID or set-group-ID binary
+(so that its real and effective UIDs or GIDs differ from one another),
+or that it gained capabilities by executing
+a binary file that has capabilities (see
+.BR capabilities (7)).
+Alternatively,
+a nonzero value may be triggered by a Linux Security Module.
+When this value is nonzero,
+the dynamic linker disables the use of certain environment variables (see
+.BR ld\-linux.so (8))
+and glibc changes other aspects of its behavior.
+(See also
+.BR secure_getenv (3).)
+.TP
+.B AT_SYSINFO
+The entry point to the system call function in the vDSO.
+Not present/needed on all architectures (e.g., absent on x86-64).
+.TP
+.B AT_SYSINFO_EHDR
+The address of a page containing the virtual Dynamic Shared Object (vDSO)
+that the kernel creates in order to provide fast implementations of
+certain system calls.
+.TP
+.B AT_UCACHEBSIZE
+The unified cache block size.
+.TP
+.B AT_UID
+The real user ID of the thread.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR getauxval ()
+returns the value corresponding to
+.IR type .
+If
+.I type
+is not found, 0 is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.BR ENOENT " (since glibc 2.19)"
+.\" commit b9ab448f980e296eac21ac65f53783967cc6037b
+No entry corresponding to
+.I type
+could be found in the auxiliary vector.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getauxval ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.16.
+.SH NOTES
+The primary consumer of the information in the auxiliary vector
+is the dynamic linker,
+.BR ld\-linux.so (8).
+The auxiliary vector is a convenient and efficient shortcut
+that allows the kernel to communicate a certain set of standard
+information that the dynamic linker usually or always needs.
+In some cases, the same information could be obtained by system calls,
+but using the auxiliary vector is cheaper.
+.P
+The auxiliary vector resides just above the argument list and
+environment in the process address space.
+The auxiliary vector supplied to a program can be viewed by setting the
+.B LD_SHOW_AUXV
+environment variable when running a program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ LD_SHOW_AUXV=1 sleep 1
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The auxiliary vector of any process can (subject to file permissions)
+be obtained via
+.IR /proc/ pid /auxv ;
+see
+.BR proc (5)
+for more information.
+.SH BUGS
+Before the addition of the
+.B ENOENT
+error in glibc 2.19,
+there was no way to unambiguously distinguish the case where
+.I type
+could not be found from the case where the value corresponding to
+.I type
+was zero.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR execve (2),
+.BR secure_getenv (3),
+.BR vdso (7),
+.BR ld\-linux.so (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/getc.3 b/man/man3/getc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6585a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/getc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getchar.3 b/man/man3/getchar.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6585a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getchar.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getchar_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/getchar_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getchar_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getcontext.3 b/man/man3/getcontext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..879cfe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getcontext.3
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getcontext 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getcontext, setcontext \- get or set the user context
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ucontext.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getcontext(ucontext_t *" ucp );
+.BI "int setcontext(const ucontext_t *" ucp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+In a System V-like environment, one has the two types
+.I mcontext_t
+and
+.I ucontext_t
+defined in
+.I <ucontext.h>
+and the four functions
+.BR getcontext (),
+.BR setcontext (),
+.BR makecontext (3),
+and
+.BR swapcontext (3)
+that allow user-level context switching between multiple
+threads of control within a process.
+.P
+The
+.I mcontext_t
+type is machine-dependent and opaque.
+The
+.I ucontext_t
+type is a structure that has at least
+the following fields:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct ucontext_t {
+    struct ucontext_t *uc_link;
+    sigset_t          uc_sigmask;
+    stack_t           uc_stack;
+    mcontext_t        uc_mcontext;
+    ...
+} ucontext_t;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+with
+.I sigset_t
+and
+.I stack_t
+defined in
+.IR <signal.h> .
+Here
+.I uc_link
+points to the context that will be resumed
+when the current context terminates (in case the current context
+was created using
+.BR makecontext (3)),
+.I uc_sigmask
+is the
+set of signals blocked in this context (see
+.BR sigprocmask (2)),
+.I uc_stack
+is the stack used by this context (see
+.BR sigaltstack (2)),
+and
+.I uc_mcontext
+is the
+machine-specific representation of the saved context,
+that includes the calling thread's machine registers.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getcontext ()
+initializes the structure
+pointed to by
+.I ucp
+to the currently active context.
+.P
+The function
+.BR setcontext ()
+restores the user context
+pointed to by
+.IR ucp .
+A successful call does not return.
+The context should have been obtained by a call of
+.BR getcontext (),
+or
+.BR makecontext (3),
+or received as the third argument to a signal
+handler (see the discussion of the
+.B SA_SIGINFO
+flag in
+.BR sigaction (2)).
+.P
+If the context was obtained by a call of
+.BR getcontext (),
+program execution continues as if this call just returned.
+.P
+If the context was obtained by a call of
+.BR makecontext (3),
+program execution continues by a call to the function
+.I func
+specified as the second argument of that call to
+.BR makecontext (3).
+When the function
+.I func
+returns, we continue with the
+.I uc_link
+member of the structure
+.I ucp
+specified as the
+first argument of that call to
+.BR makecontext (3).
+When this member is NULL, the thread exits.
+.P
+If the context was obtained by a call to a signal handler,
+then old standard text says that "program execution continues with the
+program instruction following the instruction interrupted
+by the signal".
+However, this sentence was removed in SUSv2,
+and the present verdict is "the result is unspecified".
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful,
+.BR getcontext ()
+returns 0 and
+.BR setcontext ()
+does not return.
+On error, both return \-1 and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+None defined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getcontext (),
+.BR setcontext ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ucp
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 removes these functions,
+citing portability issues, and
+recommending that applications be rewritten to use POSIX threads instead.
+.SH NOTES
+The earliest incarnation of this mechanism was the
+.BR setjmp (3)/\c
+.BR longjmp (3)
+mechanism.
+Since that does not define
+the handling of the signal context, the next stage was the
+.BR sigsetjmp (3)/\c
+.BR siglongjmp (3)
+pair.
+The present mechanism gives much more control.
+On the other hand,
+there is no easy way to detect whether a return from
+.BR getcontext ()
+is from the first call, or via a
+.BR setcontext ()
+call.
+The user has to invent their own bookkeeping device, and a register
+variable won't do since registers are restored.
+.P
+When a signal occurs, the current user context is saved and
+a new context is created by the kernel for the signal handler.
+Do not leave the handler using
+.BR longjmp (3):
+it is undefined what would happen with contexts.
+Use
+.BR siglongjmp (3)
+or
+.BR setcontext ()
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigaltstack (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR longjmp (3),
+.BR makecontext (3),
+.BR sigsetjmp (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getcwd.3 b/man/man3/getcwd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea3c4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getcwd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Wed Jul 21 22:35:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 18 Mar 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@infodrom.north.de):
+.\"   Corrected description of getwd().
+.\" Modified Sat Aug 21 12:32:12 MET 1999 by aeb - applied fix by aj
+.\" Modified Mon Dec 11 13:32:51 MET 2000 by aeb
+.\" Modified Thu Apr 22 03:49:15 CEST 2002 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
+.\"
+.TH getcwd 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getcwd, getwd, get_current_dir_name \- get current working directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *getcwd(char " buf [. size "], size_t " size );
+.B "char *get_current_dir_name(void);"
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *getwd(char " buf [PATH_MAX]);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR get_current_dir_name ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR getwd ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a null-terminated string containing an
+absolute pathname that is the current working directory of
+the calling process.
+The pathname is returned as the function result and via the argument
+.IR buf ,
+if present.
+.P
+The
+.BR getcwd ()
+function copies an absolute pathname of the current working directory
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+which is of length
+.IR size .
+.P
+If the length of the absolute pathname of the current working directory,
+including the terminating null byte, exceeds
+.I size
+bytes, NULL is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE ;
+an application should check for this error, and allocate a larger
+buffer if necessary.
+.P
+As an extension to the POSIX.1-2001 standard, glibc's
+.BR getcwd ()
+allocates the buffer dynamically using
+.BR malloc (3)
+if
+.I buf
+is NULL.
+In this case, the allocated buffer has the length
+.I size
+unless
+.I size
+is zero, when
+.I buf
+is allocated as big as necessary.
+The caller should
+.BR free (3)
+the returned buffer.
+.P
+.BR get_current_dir_name ()
+will
+.BR malloc (3)
+an array big enough to hold the absolute pathname of
+the current working directory.
+If the environment
+variable
+.B PWD
+is set, and its value is correct, then that value will be returned.
+The caller should
+.BR free (3)
+the returned buffer.
+.P
+.BR getwd ()
+does not
+.BR malloc (3)
+any memory.
+The
+.I buf
+argument should be a pointer to an array at least
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes long.
+If the length of the absolute pathname of the current working directory,
+including the terminating null byte, exceeds
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes, NULL is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ENAMETOOLONG .
+(Note that on some systems,
+.B PATH_MAX
+may not be a compile-time constant;
+furthermore, its value may depend on the filesystem, see
+.BR pathconf (3).)
+For portability and security reasons, use of
+.BR getwd ()
+is deprecated.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return a pointer to a string containing
+the pathname of the current working directory.
+In the case of
+.BR getcwd ()
+and
+.BR getwd ()
+this is the same value as
+.IR buf .
+.P
+On failure, these functions return NULL, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+The contents of the array pointed to by
+.I buf
+are undefined on error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Permission to read or search a component of the filename was denied.
+.TP
+.B EFAULT
+.I buf
+points to a bad address.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I size
+argument is zero and
+.I buf
+is not a null pointer.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.BR getwd ():
+.I buf
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.BR getwd ():
+The size of the null-terminated absolute pathname string exceeds
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The current working directory has been unlinked.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+The
+.I size
+argument is less than the length of the absolute pathname of the
+working directory, including the terminating null byte.
+You need to allocate a bigger array and try again.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getcwd (),
+.BR getwd ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR get_current_dir_name ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX.1-2001 leaves the behavior of
+.BR getcwd ()
+unspecified if
+.I buf
+is NULL.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001
+does not define any errors for
+.BR getwd ().
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS C library/kernel differences
+On Linux, the kernel provides a
+.BR getcwd ()
+system call, which the functions described in this page will use if possible.
+The system call takes the same arguments as the library function
+of the same name, but is limited to returning at most
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes.
+(Before Linux 3.12,
+.\" commit 3272c544da48f8915a0e34189182aed029bd0f2b
+the limit on the size of the returned pathname was the system page size.
+On many architectures,
+.B PATH_MAX
+and the system page size are both 4096 bytes,
+but a few architectures have a larger page size.)
+If the length of the pathname of the current working directory
+exceeds this limit, then the system call fails with the error
+.BR ENAMETOOLONG .
+In this case, the library functions fall back to
+a (slower) alternative implementation that returns the full pathname.
+.P
+Following a change in Linux 2.6.36,
+.\" commit 8df9d1a4142311c084ffeeacb67cd34d190eff74
+the pathname returned by the
+.BR getcwd ()
+system call will be prefixed with the string "(unreachable)"
+if the current directory is not below the root directory of the current
+process (e.g., because the process set a new filesystem root using
+.BR chroot (2)
+without changing its current directory into the new root).
+Such behavior can also be caused by an unprivileged user by changing
+the current directory into another mount namespace.
+When dealing with pathname from untrusted sources, callers of the
+functions described in this page
+should consider checking whether the returned pathname starts
+with '/' or '(' to avoid misinterpreting an unreachable path
+as a relative pathname.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getcwd ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR get_current_dir_name ()
+GNU.
+.TP
+.BR getwd ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR getcwd ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR getwd ()
+POSIX.1-2001, but marked LEGACY.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+Use
+.BR getcwd ()
+instead.
+.P
+Under Linux, these functions make use of the
+.BR getcwd ()
+system call (available since Linux 2.1.92).
+On older systems they would query
+.IR /proc/self/cwd .
+If both system call and proc filesystem are missing, a
+generic implementation is called.
+Only in that case can
+these calls fail under Linux with
+.BR EACCES .
+.SH NOTES
+These functions are often used to save the location of the current working
+directory for the purpose of returning to it later.
+Opening the current
+directory (".") and calling
+.BR fchdir (2)
+to return is usually a faster and more reliable alternative when sufficiently
+many file descriptors are available, especially on platforms other than Linux.
+.SH BUGS
+Since the Linux 2.6.36 change that added "(unreachable)" in the
+circumstances described above, the glibc implementation of
+.BR getcwd ()
+has failed to conform to POSIX and returned a relative pathname when the API
+contract requires an absolute pathname.
+With glibc 2.27 onwards this is corrected;
+calling
+.BR getcwd ()
+from such a pathname will now result in failure with
+.BR ENOENT .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pwd (1),
+.BR chdir (2),
+.BR fchdir (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR unlink (2),
+.BR free (3),
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getdate.3 b/man/man3/getdate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f710356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
+.\" 2008-09-07, mtk, Various rewrites; added an example program.
+.\"
+.TH getdate 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getdate, getdate_r \- convert a date-plus-time string to broken-down time
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <time.h>"
+.P
+.BI "struct tm *getdate(const char *" string );
+.P
+.B "extern int getdate_err;"
+.P
+.BI "int getdate_r(const char *restrict " string ", struct tm *restrict " res );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getdate ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.P
+.BR getdate_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR getdate ()
+converts a string representation of a date and time,
+contained in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR string ,
+into a broken-down time.
+The broken-down time is stored in a
+.I tm
+structure, and a pointer to this
+structure is returned as the function result.
+This
+.I tm
+structure is allocated in static storage,
+and consequently it will be overwritten by further calls to
+.BR getdate ().
+.P
+In contrast to
+.BR strptime (3),
+(which has a
+.I format
+argument),
+.BR getdate ()
+uses the formats found in the file
+whose full pathname is given in the environment variable
+.BR DATEMSK .
+The first line in the file that matches the given input string
+is used for the conversion.
+.P
+The matching is done case insensitively.
+Superfluous whitespace, either in the pattern or in the string to
+be converted, is ignored.
+.P
+The conversion specifications that a pattern can contain are those given for
+.BR strptime (3).
+One more conversion specification is specified in POSIX.1-2001:
+.TP
+.B %Z
+Timezone name.
+.\" FIXME Is it (still) true that %Z is not supported in glibc?
+.\" Looking at the glibc 2.21 source code, where the implementation uses
+.\" strptime(), suggests that it might be supported.
+This is not implemented in glibc.
+.P
+When
+.B %Z
+is given, the structure containing the broken-down time
+is initialized with values corresponding to the current
+time in the given timezone.
+Otherwise, the structure is initialized to the broken-down time
+corresponding to the current local time (as by a call to
+.BR localtime (3)).
+.P
+When only the day of the week is given,
+the day is taken to be the first such day
+on or after today.
+.P
+When only the month is given (and no year), the month is taken to
+be the first such month equal to or after the current month.
+If no day is given, it is the first day of the month.
+.P
+When no hour, minute, and second are given, the current
+hour, minute, and second are taken.
+.P
+If no date is given, but we know the hour, then that hour is taken
+to be the first such hour equal to or after the current hour.
+.P
+.BR getdate_r ()
+is a GNU extension that provides a reentrant version of
+.BR getdate ().
+Rather than using a global variable to report errors and a static buffer
+to return the broken down time,
+it returns errors via the function result value,
+and returns the resulting broken-down time in the
+caller-allocated buffer pointed to by the argument
+.IR res .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful,
+.BR getdate ()
+returns a pointer to a
+.IR "struct tm" .
+Otherwise, it returns NULL and sets the global variable
+.I getdate_err
+to one of the error numbers shown below.
+Changes to
+.I errno
+are unspecified.
+.P
+On success
+.BR getdate_r ()
+returns 0;
+on error it returns one of the error numbers shown below.
+.SH ERRORS
+The following errors are returned via
+.I getdate_err
+(for
+.BR getdate ())
+or as the function result (for
+.BR getdate_r ()):
+.TP 4n
+.B 1
+The
+.B DATEMSK
+environment variable is not defined, or its value is an empty string.
+.TP
+.B 2
+The template file specified by
+.B DATEMSK
+cannot be opened for reading.
+.TP
+.B 3
+Failed to get file status information.
+.\" stat()
+.TP
+.B 4
+The template file is not a regular file.
+.TP
+.B 5
+An error was encountered while reading the template file.
+.TP
+.B 6
+Memory allocation failed (not enough memory available).
+.\" Error 6 doesn't seem to occur in glibc
+.TP
+.B 7
+There is no line in the file that matches the input.
+.TP
+.B 8
+Invalid input specification.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B DATEMSK
+File containing format patterns.
+.TP
+.B TZ
+.TQ
+.B LC_TIME
+Variables used by
+.BR strptime (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getdate ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getdate env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getdate_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe env locale
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The POSIX.1 specification for
+.BR strptime (3)
+contains conversion specifications using the
+.B %E
+or
+.B %O
+modifier, while such specifications are not given for
+.BR getdate ().
+In glibc,
+.BR getdate ()
+is implemented using
+.BR strptime (3),
+so that precisely the same conversions are supported by both.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below calls
+.BR getdate ()
+for each of its command-line arguments,
+and for each call displays the values in the fields of the returned
+.I tm
+structure.
+The following shell session demonstrates the operation of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " TFILE=$PWD/tfile"
+.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%A\[aq] > $TFILE " "      # Full name of the day of the week"
+.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%T\[aq] >> $TFILE" "      # Time (HH:MM:SS)"
+.RB "$" " echo \[aq]%F\[aq] >> $TFILE" "      # ISO date (YYYY\-MM\-DD)"
+.RB "$" " date"
+.RB "$" " export DATEMSK=$TFILE"
+.RB "$" " ./a.out Tuesday \[aq]2009\-12\-28\[aq] \[aq]12:22:33\[aq]"
+Sun Sep  7 06:03:36 CEST 2008
+Call 1 ("Tuesday") succeeded:
+    tm_sec   = 36
+    tm_min   = 3
+    tm_hour  = 6
+    tm_mday  = 9
+    tm_mon   = 8
+    tm_year  = 108
+    tm_wday  = 2
+    tm_yday  = 252
+    tm_isdst = 1
+Call 2 ("2009\-12\-28") succeeded:
+    tm_sec   = 36
+    tm_min   = 3
+    tm_hour  = 6
+    tm_mday  = 28
+    tm_mon   = 11
+    tm_year  = 109
+    tm_wday  = 1
+    tm_yday  = 361
+    tm_isdst = 0
+Call 3 ("12:22:33") succeeded:
+    tm_sec   = 33
+    tm_min   = 22
+    tm_hour  = 12
+    tm_mday  = 7
+    tm_mon   = 8
+    tm_year  = 108
+    tm_wday  = 0
+    tm_yday  = 250
+    tm_isdst = 1
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getdate.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct tm *tmp;
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++) {
+        tmp = getdate(argv[j]);
+\&
+        if (tmp == NULL) {
+            printf("Call %zu failed; getdate_err = %d\en",
+                   j, getdate_err);
+            continue;
+        }
+\&
+        printf("Call %zu (\e"%s\e") succeeded:\en", j, argv[j]);
+        printf("    tm_sec   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_sec);
+        printf("    tm_min   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_min);
+        printf("    tm_hour  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_hour);
+        printf("    tm_mday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_mday);
+        printf("    tm_mon   = %d\en", tmp\->tm_mon);
+        printf("    tm_year  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_year);
+        printf("    tm_wday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_wday);
+        printf("    tm_yday  = %d\en", tmp\->tm_yday);
+        printf("    tm_isdst = %d\en", tmp\->tm_isdst);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR time (2),
+.BR localtime (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strftime (3),
+.BR strptime (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getdate_err.3 b/man/man3/getdate_err.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78ed34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdate_err.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getdate.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getdate_r.3 b/man/man3/getdate_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c78ed34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdate_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getdate.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getdelim.3 b/man/man3/getdelim.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..caf4e48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdelim.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getline.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getdirentries.3 b/man/man3/getdirentries.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eae3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdirentries.3
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Portions extracted from /usr/include/dirent.h are:
+.\"                    Copyright 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getdirentries 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getdirentries \- get directory entries in a filesystem-independent format
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t getdirentries(int " fd ", char " buf "[restrict ." nbytes "], \
+size_t " nbytes ,
+.BI "                      off_t *restrict " basep );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getdirentries ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Read directory entries from the directory specified by
+.I fd
+into
+.IR buf .
+At most
+.I nbytes
+are read.
+Reading starts at offset
+.IR *basep ,
+and
+.I *basep
+is updated with the new position after reading.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR getdirentries ()
+returns the number of bytes read or zero when at the end of the directory.
+If an error occurs, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+See the Linux library source code for details.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getdirentries ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+Use
+.BR opendir (3)
+and
+.BR readdir (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR lseek (2),
+.BR open (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/getdtablesize.3 b/man/man3/getdtablesize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b24c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getdtablesize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2002-04-15 by Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch> and aeb
+.\"
+.TH getdtablesize 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getdtablesize \- get file descriptor table size
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.B int getdtablesize(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getdtablesize ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getdtablesize ()
+returns the maximum number of files a process can have open,
+one more than the largest possible value for a file descriptor.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The current limit on the number of open files per process.
+.SH ERRORS
+On Linux,
+.BR getdtablesize ()
+can return any of the errors described for
+.BR getrlimit (2);
+see NOTES below.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getdtablesize ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The glibc version of
+.BR getdtablesize ()
+calls
+.BR getrlimit (2)
+and returns the current
+.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
+limit, or
+.B OPEN_MAX
+when that fails.
+.\" The libc4 and libc5 versions return
+.\" .B OPEN_MAX
+.\" (set to 256 since Linux 0.98.4).
+.P
+Portable applications should employ
+.I sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX)
+instead of this call.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, 4.4BSD
+(first appeared in 4.2BSD).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR dup (2),
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR open (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/getentropy.3 b/man/man3/getentropy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f5d3f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getentropy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getentropy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getentropy \- fill a buffer with random bytes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getentropy(void " buffer [. length "], size_t " length );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getentropy ():
+.nf
+    _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getentropy ()
+function writes
+.I length
+bytes of high-quality random data to the buffer starting
+at the location pointed to by
+.IR buffer .
+The maximum permitted value for the
+.I length
+argument is 256.
+.P
+A successful call to
+.BR getentropy ()
+always provides the requested number of bytes of entropy.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, this function returns zero.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EFAULT
+Part or all of the buffer specified by
+.I buffer
+and
+.I length
+is not in valid addressable memory.
+.TP
+.B EIO
+.I length
+is greater than 256.
+.TP
+.B EIO
+An unspecified error occurred while trying to overwrite
+.I buffer
+with random data.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+This kernel version does not implement the
+.BR getrandom (2)
+system call required to implement this function.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.25.
+OpenBSD.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR getentropy ()
+function is implemented using
+.BR getrandom (2).
+.P
+Whereas the glibc wrapper makes
+.BR getrandom (2)
+a cancelation point,
+.BR getentropy ()
+is not a cancelation point.
+.P
+.BR getentropy ()
+is also declared in
+.BR <sys/random.h> .
+(No feature test macro need be defined to obtain the declaration from
+that header file.)
+.P
+A call to
+.BR getentropy ()
+may block if the system has just booted and the kernel has
+not yet collected enough randomness to initialize the entropy pool.
+In this case,
+.BR getentropy ()
+will keep blocking even if a signal is handled,
+and will return only once the entropy pool has been initialized.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrandom (2),
+.BR urandom (4),
+.BR random (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getenv.3 b/man/man3/getenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0105df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2007, 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's "POSIX Programmer's Guide" (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:30:29 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH getenv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getenv, secure_getenv \- get an environment variable
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *getenv(const char *" name );
+.BI "char *secure_getenv(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR secure_getenv ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getenv ()
+function searches the environment list to find the
+environment variable
+.IR name ,
+and returns a pointer to the corresponding
+.I value
+string.
+.P
+The GNU-specific
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+function is just like
+.BR getenv ()
+except that it returns NULL in cases where "secure execution" is required.
+Secure execution is required if one of the following conditions
+was true when the program run by the calling process was loaded:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+the process's effective user ID did not match its real user ID or
+the process's effective group ID did not match its real group ID
+(typically this is the result of executing a set-user-ID or
+set-group-ID program);
+.IP \[bu]
+the effective capability bit was set on the executable file; or
+.IP \[bu]
+the process has a nonempty permitted capability set.
+.P
+Secure execution may also be required if triggered
+by some Linux security modules.
+.P
+The
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+function is intended for use in general-purpose libraries
+to avoid vulnerabilities that could occur if
+set-user-ID or set-group-ID programs accidentally
+trusted the environment.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getenv ()
+function returns a pointer to the value in the
+environment, or NULL if there is no match.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getenv (),
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getenv ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR getenv ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+glibc 2.17.
+.SH NOTES
+The strings in the environment list are of the form \fIname=value\fP.
+.P
+As typically implemented,
+.BR getenv ()
+returns a pointer to a string within the environment list.
+The caller must take care not to modify this string,
+since that would change the environment of the process.
+.P
+The implementation of
+.BR getenv ()
+is not required to be reentrant.
+The string pointed to by the return value of
+.BR getenv ()
+may be statically allocated,
+and can be modified by a subsequent call to
+.BR getenv (),
+.BR putenv (3),
+.BR setenv (3),
+or
+.BR unsetenv (3).
+.P
+The "secure execution" mode of
+.BR secure_getenv ()
+is controlled by the
+.B AT_SECURE
+flag contained in the auxiliary vector passed from the kernel to user space.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clearenv (3),
+.BR getauxval (3),
+.BR putenv (3),
+.BR setenv (3),
+.BR unsetenv (3),
+.BR capabilities (7),
+.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getfsent.3 b/man/man3/getfsent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87f3d8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getfsent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Inspired by a page written by Walter Harms.
+.\"
+.TH getfsent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, setfsent, endfsent \- handle fstab entries
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fstab.h>
+.P
+.B "int setfsent(void);"
+.B "struct fstab *getfsent(void);"
+.B "void endfsent(void);"
+.P
+.BI "struct fstab *getfsfile(const char *" mount_point );
+.BI "struct fstab *getfsspec(const char *" special_file );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions read from the file
+.IR /etc/fstab .
+The
+.I struct fstab
+is defined by:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct fstab {
+    char       *fs_spec;       /* block device name */
+    char       *fs_file;       /* mount point */
+    char       *fs_vfstype;    /* filesystem type */
+    char       *fs_mntops;     /* mount options */
+    const char *fs_type;       /* rw/rq/ro/sw/xx option */
+    int         fs_freq;       /* dump frequency, in days */
+    int         fs_passno;     /* pass number on parallel dump */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Here the field
+.I fs_type
+contains (on a *BSD system)
+one of the five strings "rw", "rq", "ro", "sw", "xx"
+(read-write, read-write with quota, read-only, swap, ignore).
+.P
+The function
+.BR setfsent ()
+opens the file when required and positions it at the first line.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getfsent ()
+parses the next line from the file.
+(After opening it when required.)
+.P
+The function
+.BR endfsent ()
+closes the file when required.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getfsspec ()
+searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
+for which the
+.I fs_spec
+field matches the
+.I special_file
+argument.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getfsfile ()
+searches the file from the start and returns the first entry found
+for which the
+.I fs_file
+field matches the
+.I mount_point
+argument.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon success, the functions
+.BR getfsent (),
+.BR getfsfile (),
+and
+.BR getfsspec ()
+return a pointer to a
+.IR "struct fstab" ,
+while
+.BR setfsent ()
+returns 1.
+Upon failure or end-of-file, these functions return NULL and 0, respectively.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR endfsent (),
+.BR setfsent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:fsent
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getfsent (),
+.BR getfsspec (),
+.BR getfsfile ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:fsent locale
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Several operating systems have these functions, for example,
+*BSD, SunOS, Digital UNIX, AIX (which also has a
+.BR getfstype ()).
+HP-UX has functions of the same names,
+that however use a
+.I struct checklist
+instead of a
+.IR "struct fstab" ,
+and calls these functions obsolete, superseded by
+.BR getmntent (3).
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+The
+.BR getfsent ()
+function appeared in 4.0BSD; the other four functions appeared in 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions are not thread-safe.
+.P
+Since Linux allows mounting a block special device in several places,
+and since several devices can have the same mount point, where the
+last device with a given mount point is the interesting one,
+while
+.BR getfsfile ()
+and
+.BR getfsspec ()
+only return the first occurrence, these two functions are not suitable
+for use under Linux.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getmntent (3),
+.BR fstab (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getfsfile.3 b/man/man3/getfsfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e6a3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getfsfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getfsspec.3 b/man/man3/getfsspec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e6a3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getfsspec.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrent.3 b/man/man3/getgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c937b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:29:54 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH getgrent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getgrent, setgrent, endgrent \- get group file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.B struct group *getgrent(void);
+.P
+.B void setgrent(void);
+.B void endgrent(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR setgrent ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR getgrent (),
+.BR endgrent ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.22:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+    glibc 2.21 and earlier
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+            || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getgrent ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of a record in the group database
+(e.g., the local group file
+.IR /etc/group ,
+NIS, and LDAP).
+The first time
+.BR getgrent ()
+is called,
+it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive entries.
+.P
+The
+.BR setgrent ()
+function rewinds to the beginning
+of the group database, to allow repeated scans.
+.P
+The
+.BR endgrent ()
+function is used to close the group database
+after all processing has been performed.
+.P
+The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group {
+    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
+    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
+    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
+    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
+                               to names of group members */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR group (5).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getgrent ()
+function returns a pointer to a
+.I group
+structure,
+or NULL if there are no more entries or an error occurs.
+.P
+Upon error,
+.I errno
+may be set.
+If one wants to check
+.I errno
+after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
+.P
+The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
+by subsequent calls to
+.BR getgrent (),
+.BR getgrgid (3),
+or
+.BR getgrnam (3).
+(Do not pass the returned pointer to
+.BR free (3).)
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The service was temporarily unavailable; try again later.
+For NSS backends in glibc
+this indicates a temporary error talking to the backend.
+The error may correct itself, retrying later is suggested.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+A signal was caught; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+I/O error.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.\" not in POSIX
+.B ENOENT
+A necessary input file cannot be found.
+For NSS backends in glibc
+this indicates the backend is not correctly configured.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" not in POSIX
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I group
+structure.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/group
+local group database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:grent
+race:grentbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setgrent (),
+.BR endgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:grent locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I grent
+in
+.I race:grent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setgrent (),
+.BR getgrent (),
+or
+.BR endgrent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetgrent (3),
+.BR getgrent_r (3),
+.BR getgrgid (3),
+.BR getgrnam (3),
+.BR getgrouplist (3),
+.BR putgrent (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrent_r.3 b/man/man3/getgrent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23da51f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH getgrent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getgrent_r, fgetgrent_r \- get group file entry reentrantly
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getgrent_r(struct group *restrict " gbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
+.BI "int fgetgrent_r(FILE *restrict " stream ", struct group *restrict " gbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct group **restrict " gbufp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getgrent_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.\" FIXME . The FTM requirements seem inconsistent here.  File a glibc bug?
+.P
+.BR fgetgrent_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR getgrent_r ()
+and
+.BR fgetgrent_r ()
+are the reentrant versions of
+.BR getgrent (3)
+and
+.BR fgetgrent (3).
+The former reads the next group entry from the stream initialized by
+.BR setgrent (3).
+The latter reads the next group entry from
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in
+.I <grp.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group {
+    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
+    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
+    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
+    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
+                               to names of group members */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR group (5).
+.P
+The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
+where this static storage contains further pointers to group
+name, password, and members.
+The reentrant functions described here return all of that in
+caller-provided buffers.
+First of all there is the buffer
+.I gbuf
+that can hold a \fIstruct group\fP.
+And next the buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.I buflen
+that can hold additional strings.
+The result of these functions, the \fIstruct group\fP read from the stream,
+is stored in the provided buffer
+.IR *gbuf ,
+and a pointer to this \fIstruct group\fP is returned in
+.IR *gbufp .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0 and
+.I *gbufp
+is a pointer to the \fIstruct group\fP.
+On error, these functions return an error value and
+.I *gbufp
+is NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+No more entries.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+Try again with larger buffer.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:grent locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetgrent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I grent
+in
+.I race:grent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setgrent (3),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR endgrent (3),
+or
+.BR getgrent_r ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Other systems use the prototype
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group *getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf,
+                         int buflen);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+or, better,
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int getgrent_r(struct group *grp, char *buf, int buflen,
+               FILE **gr_fp);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+These functions are done in a style resembling
+the POSIX version of functions like
+.BR getpwnam_r (3).
+.SH NOTES
+The function
+.BR getgrent_r ()
+is not really reentrant since it shares the reading position
+in the stream with all other threads.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getgrent_r.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#define BUFLEN 4096
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct group grp;
+    struct group *grpp;
+    char buf[BUFLEN];
+    int i;
+\&
+    setgrent();
+    while (1) {
+        i = getgrent_r(&grp, buf, sizeof(buf), &grpp);
+        if (i)
+            break;
+        printf("%s (%jd):", grpp\->gr_name, (intmax_t) grpp\->gr_gid);
+        for (size_t j = 0; ; j++) {
+            if (grpp\->gr_mem[j] == NULL)
+                break;
+            printf(" %s", grpp\->gr_mem[j]);
+        }
+        printf("\en");
+    }
+    endgrent();
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" perhaps add error checking - should use strerror_r
+.\" #include <errno.h>
+.\" #include <stdlib.h>
+.\"         if (i) {
+.\"               if (i == ENOENT)
+.\"                     break;
+.\"               printf("getgrent_r: %s", strerror(i));
+.\"               exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+.\"         }
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetgrent (3),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR getgrgid (3),
+.BR getgrnam (3),
+.BR putgrent (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrgid.3 b/man/man3/getgrgid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a97b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrgid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrgid_r.3 b/man/man3/getgrgid_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a97b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrgid_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrnam.3 b/man/man3/getgrnam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d19d414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrnam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH getgrnam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getgrnam, getgrnam_r, getgrgid, getgrgid_r \- get group file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct group *getgrnam(const char *" name );
+.BI "struct group *getgrgid(gid_t " gid );
+.P
+.BI "int getgrnam_r(const char *restrict " name \
+", struct group *restrict " grp ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct group **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getgrgid_r(gid_t " gid ", struct group *restrict " grp ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct group **restrict " result );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getgrnam_r (),
+.BR getgrgid_r ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getgrnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
+(e.g., the local group file
+.IR /etc/group ,
+NIS, and LDAP)
+that matches the group name
+.IR name .
+.P
+The
+.BR getgrgid ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of the record in the group database
+that matches the group ID
+.IR gid .
+.P
+The \fIgroup\fP structure is defined in \fI<grp.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group {
+    char   *gr_name;        /* group name */
+    char   *gr_passwd;      /* group password */
+    gid_t   gr_gid;         /* group ID */
+    char  **gr_mem;         /* NULL\-terminated array of pointers
+                               to names of group members */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR group (5).
+.P
+The
+.BR getgrnam_r ()
+and
+.BR getgrgid_r ()
+functions obtain the same information as
+.BR getgrnam ()
+and
+.BR getgrgid (),
+but store the retrieved
+.I group
+structure
+in the space pointed to by
+.IR grp .
+The string fields pointed to by the members of the
+.I group
+structure are stored in the buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR buflen .
+A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
+was found or an error occurred) is stored in
+.IR *result .
+.P
+The call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+sysconf(_SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+returns either \-1, without changing
+.IR errno ,
+or an initial suggested size for
+.IR buf .
+(If this size is too small,
+the call fails with
+.BR ERANGE ,
+in which case the caller can retry with a larger buffer.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getgrnam ()
+and
+.BR getgrgid ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+.I group
+structure, or NULL if the matching entry
+is not found or an error occurs.
+If an error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If one wants to check
+.I errno
+after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
+.P
+The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
+by subsequent calls to
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR getgrgid (),
+or
+.BR getgrnam ().
+(Do not pass the returned pointer to
+.BR free (3).)
+.P
+On success,
+.BR getgrnam_r ()
+and
+.BR getgrgid_r ()
+return zero, and set
+.I *result
+to
+.IR grp .
+If no matching group record was found,
+these functions return 0 and store NULL in
+.IR *result .
+In case of error, an error number is returned, and NULL is stored in
+.IR *result .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.BR 0 " or " ENOENT " or " ESRCH " or " EBADF " or " EPERM " or ..."
+The given
+.I name
+or
+.I gid
+was not found.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+A signal was caught; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+I/O error.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" not in POSIX
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I group
+structure.
+.\" to allocate the group structure, or to allocate buffers
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/group
+local group database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrnam ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:grnam locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrgid ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:grgid locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrnam_r (),
+.BR getgrgid_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The formulation given above under "RETURN VALUE" is from POSIX.1.
+.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+It does not call "not found" an error, hence does not specify what value
+.I errno
+might have in this situation.
+But that makes it impossible to recognize
+errors.
+One might argue that according to POSIX
+.I errno
+should be left unchanged if an entry is not found.
+Experiments on various
+UNIX-like systems show that lots of different values occur in this
+situation: 0, ENOENT, EBADF, ESRCH, EWOULDBLOCK, EPERM, and probably others.
+.\" more precisely:
+.\" AIX 5.1 - gives ESRCH
+.\" OSF1 4.0g - gives EWOULDBLOCK
+.\" libc, glibc up to glibc 2.6, Irix 6.5 - give ENOENT
+.\" since glibc 2.7 - give 0
+.\" FreeBSD 4.8, OpenBSD 3.2, NetBSD 1.6 - give EPERM
+.\" SunOS 5.8 - gives EBADF
+.\" Tru64 5.1b, HP-UX-11i, SunOS 5.7 - give 0
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endgrent (3),
+.BR fgetgrent (3),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR setgrent (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrnam_r.3 b/man/man3/getgrnam_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9a97b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrnam_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getgrouplist.3 b/man/man3/getgrouplist.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a8f5fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getgrouplist.3
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\" <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" A few pieces remain from an earlier version written in
+.\" 2002 by Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getgrouplist 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getgrouplist \- get list of groups to which a user belongs
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getgrouplist(const char *" user ", gid_t " group ,
+.BI "                 gid_t *" groups ", int *" ngroups );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getgrouplist ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getgrouplist ()
+function scans the group database (see
+.BR group (5))
+to obtain the list of groups that
+.I user
+belongs to.
+Up to
+.I *ngroups
+of these groups are returned in the array
+.IR groups .
+.P
+If it was not among the groups defined for
+.I user
+in the group database, then
+.I group
+is included in the list of groups returned by
+.BR getgrouplist ();
+typically this argument is specified as the group ID from
+the password record for
+.IR user .
+.P
+The
+.I ngroups
+argument is a value-result argument:
+on return it always contains the number of groups found for
+.IR user ,
+including
+.IR group ;
+this value may be greater than the number of groups stored in
+.IR groups .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If the number of groups of which
+.I user
+is a member is less than or equal to
+.IR *ngroups ,
+then the value
+.I *ngroups
+is returned.
+.P
+If the user is a member of more than
+.I *ngroups
+groups, then
+.BR getgrouplist ()
+returns \-1.
+In this case, the value returned in
+.I *ngroups
+can be used to resize the buffer passed to a further call to
+.BR getgrouplist ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getgrouplist ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.4.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.3.3,
+the implementation of this function contains a buffer-overrun bug:
+it returns the complete list of groups for
+.I user
+in the array
+.IR groups ,
+even when the number of groups exceeds
+.IR *ngroups .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below displays the group list for the user named in its
+first command-line argument.
+The second command-line argument specifies the
+.I ngroups
+value to be supplied to
+.BR getgrouplist ().
+The following shell session shows examples of the use of this program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out cecilia 0"
+getgrouplist() returned \-1; ngroups = 3
+.RB "$" " ./a.out cecilia 3"
+ngroups = 3
+16 (dialout)
+33 (video)
+100 (users)
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getgrouplist.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int            ngroups;
+    gid_t          *groups;
+    struct group   *gr;
+    struct passwd  *pw;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <user> <ngroups>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    ngroups = atoi(argv[2]);
+\&
+    groups = malloc(sizeof(*groups) * ngroups);
+    if (groups == NULL) {
+        perror("malloc");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Fetch passwd structure (contains first group ID for user). */
+\&
+    errno = 0;
+    pw = getpwnam(argv[1]);
+    if (pw == NULL) {
+        if (errno)
+            perror("getpwnam");
+        else
+            fprintf(stderr, "no such user\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Retrieve group list. */
+\&
+    if (getgrouplist(argv[1], pw\->pw_gid, groups, &ngroups) == \-1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "getgrouplist() returned \-1; ngroups = %d\en",
+                ngroups);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Display list of retrieved groups, along with group names. */
+\&
+    fprintf(stderr, "ngroups = %d\en", ngroups);
+    for (int j = 0; j < ngroups; j++) {
+        printf("%d", groups[j]);
+        gr = getgrgid(groups[j]);
+        if (gr != NULL)
+            printf(" (%s)", gr\->gr_name);
+        printf("\en");
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getgroups (2),
+.BR setgroups (2),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR group_member (3),
+.BR group (5),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyaddr.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyaddr_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyname.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ca5ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-05-22, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-25, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1997-02-16, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 1998-12-21, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 2000-08-12, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 2001-05-19, Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-05, Michael Kerrisk
+.\" Modified 2004-10-31, Andries Brouwer
+.\"
+.TH gethostbyname 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gethostbyname, gethostbyaddr, sethostent, gethostent, endhostent,
+h_errno,
+herror, hstrerror,
+gethostbyaddr_r,
+gethostbyname2, gethostbyname2_r, gethostbyname_r,
+gethostent_r \- get network host entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "void sethostent(int " stayopen );
+.B void endhostent(void);
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]] extern int h_errno;
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *" name );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *gethostbyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
+.BI "                                             socklen_t " len ", int " type );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void herror(const char *" s );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] const char *hstrerror(int " err );
+.P
+/* System V/POSIX extension */
+.B struct hostent *gethostent(void);
+.P
+/* GNU extensions */
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "struct hostent *gethostbyname2(const char *" name ", int " af );
+.P
+.BI "int gethostent_r(struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int gethostbyaddr_r(const void " addr "[restrict ." len "], socklen_t " len ,
+.BI "                 int " type ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int gethostbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int gethostbyname2_r(const char *restrict " name ", int " af,
+.BI "                 struct hostent *restrict " ret ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct hostent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                 int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR gethostbyname2 (),
+.BR gethostent_r (),
+.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
+.BR gethostbyname_r (),
+.BR gethostbyname2_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR herror (),
+.BR hstrerror ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.8 to glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.8:
+        none
+.fi
+.P
+.BR h_errno :
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 200809L
+    glibc 2.12 to glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        none
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR gethostbyname* (),
+.BR gethostbyaddr* (),
+.BR herror (),
+and
+.BR hstrerror ()
+functions are obsolete.
+Applications should use
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+and
+.BR gai_strerror (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR sethostent ()
+function specifies, if \fIstayopen\fP is true (1),
+that a connected TCP socket should be used for the name server queries and
+that the connection should remain open during successive queries.
+Otherwise, name server queries will use UDP datagrams.
+.P
+The
+.BR endhostent ()
+function ends the use of a TCP connection for name
+server queries.
+.P
+The
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+function returns a structure of type
+.I hostent
+for the given host
+.IR name .
+Here
+.I name
+is either a hostname or an IPv4 address in standard dot notation (as for
+.BR inet_addr (3)).
+If
+.I name
+is an IPv4 address, no lookup is performed and
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+simply copies
+.I name
+into the
+.I h_name
+field and its
+.I struct in_addr
+equivalent into the
+.I h_addr_list[0]
+field of the returned
+.I hostent
+structure.
+If
+.I name
+doesn't end in a dot and the environment variable
+.B HOSTALIASES
+is set, the alias file pointed to by
+.B HOSTALIASES
+will first be searched for
+.I name
+(see
+.BR hostname (7)
+for the file format).
+The current domain and its parents are searched unless \fIname\fP
+ends in a dot.
+.P
+The
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+function returns a structure of type \fIhostent\fP
+for the given host address \fIaddr\fP of length \fIlen\fP and address type
+\fItype\fP.
+Valid address types are
+.B AF_INET
+and
+.B AF_INET6
+(defined in
+.IR <sys/socket.h> ).
+The host address argument is a pointer to a struct of a type depending
+on the address type, for example a \fIstruct in_addr *\fP (probably
+obtained via a call to
+.BR inet_addr (3))
+for address type
+.BR AF_INET .
+.P
+The (obsolete)
+.BR herror ()
+function prints the error message associated
+with the current value of \fIh_errno\fP on \fIstderr\fP.
+.P
+The (obsolete)
+.BR hstrerror ()
+function takes an error number
+(typically \fIh_errno\fP) and returns the corresponding message string.
+.P
+The domain name queries carried out by
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+and
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+rely on the Name Service Switch
+.RB ( nsswitch.conf (5))
+configured sources or a local name server
+.RB ( named (8)).
+The default action is to query the Name Service Switch
+.RB ( nsswitch.conf (5))
+configured sources, failing that, a local name server
+.RB ( named (8)).
+.\"
+.SS Historical
+The
+.BR nsswitch.conf (5)
+file is the modern way of controlling the order of host lookups.
+.P
+In glibc 2.4 and earlier, the
+.I order
+keyword was used to control the order of host lookups as defined in
+.I /etc/host.conf
+.RB ( host.conf (5)).
+.P
+The \fIhostent\fP structure is defined in \fI<netdb.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct hostent {
+    char  *h_name;            /* official name of host */
+    char **h_aliases;         /* alias list */
+    int    h_addrtype;        /* host address type */
+    int    h_length;          /* length of address */
+    char **h_addr_list;       /* list of addresses */
+}
+#define h_addr h_addr_list[0] /* for backward compatibility */
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The members of the \fIhostent\fP structure are:
+.TP
+.I h_name
+The official name of the host.
+.TP
+.I h_aliases
+An array of alternative names for the host, terminated by a null pointer.
+.TP
+.I h_addrtype
+The type of address; always
+.B AF_INET
+or
+.B AF_INET6
+at present.
+.TP
+.I h_length
+The length of the address in bytes.
+.TP
+.I h_addr_list
+An array of pointers to network addresses for the host (in network byte
+order), terminated by a null pointer.
+.TP
+.I h_addr
+The first address in \fIh_addr_list\fP for backward compatibility.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+and
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+functions return the
+.I hostent
+structure or a null pointer if an error occurs.
+On error, the
+.I h_errno
+variable holds an error number.
+When non-NULL, the return value may point at static data, see the notes below.
+.SH ERRORS
+The variable \fIh_errno\fP can have the following values:
+.TP
+.B HOST_NOT_FOUND
+The specified host is unknown.
+.TP
+.B NO_DATA
+The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address.
+Another type of request to the name server for this domain
+may return an answer.
+The constant
+.B NO_ADDRESS
+is a synonym for
+.BR NO_DATA .
+.TP
+.B NO_RECOVERY
+A nonrecoverable name server error occurred.
+.TP
+.B TRY_AGAIN
+A temporary error occurred on an authoritative name server.
+Try again later.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/host.conf
+resolver configuration file
+.TP
+.I /etc/hosts
+host database file
+.TP
+.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+name service switch configuration
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname env
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:hostbyaddr env
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sethostent (),
+.BR endhostent (),
+.BR gethostent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:hostent env
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR herror (),
+.BR hstrerror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:hostent
+race:hostentbuf env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostbyname2 ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:hostbyname2
+env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
+.BR gethostbyname_r (),
+.BR gethostbyname2_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I hostent
+in
+.I race:hostent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR sethostent (),
+.BR gethostent (),
+.BR gethostent_r (),
+or
+.BR \%endhostent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR sethostent ()
+.TQ
+.BR endhostent ()
+.TQ
+.BR gethostent ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR gethostent_r ()
+GNU.
+.TP
+Others:
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR sethostent ()
+.TQ
+.BR endhostent ()
+.TQ
+.BR gethostent ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+.TQ
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+.TQ
+.I h_errno
+Marked obsolescent in POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
+recommending the use of
+.BR getaddrinfo (3)
+and
+.BR getnameinfo (3)
+instead.
+.SH NOTES
+The functions
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+and
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+may return pointers to static data, which may be overwritten by
+later calls.
+Copying the
+.I struct hostent
+does not suffice, since it contains pointers; a deep copy is required.
+.P
+In the original BSD implementation the
+.I len
+argument
+of
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+was an
+.IR int .
+The SUSv2 standard is buggy and declares the
+.I len
+argument of
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+to be of type
+.IR size_t .
+(That is wrong, because it has to be
+.IR int ,
+and
+.I size_t
+is not.
+POSIX.1-2001 makes it
+.IR socklen_t ,
+which is OK.)
+See also
+.BR accept (2).
+.P
+The BSD prototype for
+.BR gethostbyaddr ()
+uses
+.I "const char\ *"
+for the first argument.
+.SS System V/POSIX extension
+POSIX requires the
+.BR gethostent ()
+call, which should return the next entry in the host data base.
+When using DNS/BIND this does not make much sense, but it may
+be reasonable if the host data base is a file that can be read
+line by line.
+On many systems, a routine of this name reads
+from the file
+.IR /etc/hosts .
+.\" e.g., Linux, FreeBSD, UnixWare, HP-UX
+It may be available only when the library was built without DNS support.
+.\" e.g., FreeBSD, AIX
+The glibc version will ignore ipv6 entries.
+This function is not reentrant,
+and glibc adds a reentrant version
+.BR gethostent_r ().
+.SS GNU extensions
+glibc2 also has a
+.BR gethostbyname2 ()
+that works like
+.BR gethostbyname (),
+but permits to specify the address family to which the address must belong.
+.P
+glibc2 also has reentrant versions
+.BR gethostent_r (),
+.BR gethostbyaddr_r (),
+.BR gethostbyname_r (),
+and
+.BR gethostbyname2_r ().
+The caller supplies a
+.I hostent
+structure
+.I ret
+which will be filled in on success, and a temporary work buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR buflen .
+After the call,
+.I result
+will point to the result on success.
+In case of an error
+or if no entry is found
+.I result
+will be NULL.
+The functions return 0 on success and a nonzero error number on failure.
+In addition to the errors returned by the nonreentrant
+versions of these functions, if
+.I buf
+is too small, the functions will return
+.BR ERANGE ,
+and the call should be retried with a larger buffer.
+The global variable
+.I h_errno
+is not modified, but the address of a variable in which to store error numbers
+is passed in
+.IR h_errnop .
+.SH BUGS
+.BR gethostbyname ()
+does not recognize components of a dotted IPv4 address string
+that are expressed in hexadecimal.
+.\" http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=482973
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.\" .BR getipnodebyaddr (3),
+.\" .BR getipnodebyname (3),
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR inet_ntop (3),
+.BR inet_pton (3),
+.BR resolver (3),
+.BR hosts (5),
+.BR nsswitch.conf (5),
+.BR hostname (7),
+.BR named (8)
+.\" .BR resolv+ (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyname2.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyname2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyname2.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyname2_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostbyname_r.3 b/man/man3/gethostbyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostbyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostent.3 b/man/man3/gethostent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostent_r.3 b/man/man3/gethostent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gethostid.3 b/man/man3/gethostid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4ee425
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gethostid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" Updated with additions from Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
+.\" Portions Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 00:22:35 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+.TH gethostid 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gethostid, sethostid \- get or set the unique identifier of the current host
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.B long gethostid(void);
+.BI "int sethostid(long " hostid );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR gethostid ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.P
+.BR sethostid ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.21:
+.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR gethostid ()
+and
+.BR sethostid ()
+respectively get or set a unique 32-bit identifier for the current machine.
+The 32-bit identifier was intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in
+existence.
+This normally resembles the Internet address for the local
+machine, as returned by
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+and thus usually never needs to be set.
+.P
+The
+.BR sethostid ()
+call is restricted to the superuser.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR gethostid ()
+returns the 32-bit identifier for the current host as set by
+.BR sethostid ().
+.P
+On success,
+.BR sethostid ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR sethostid ()
+can fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The caller did not have permission to write to the file used
+to store the host ID.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The calling process's effective user or group ID is not the same
+as its corresponding real ID.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gethostid ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe hostid env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sethostid ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe const:hostid
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+In the glibc implementation, the
+.I hostid
+is stored in the file
+.IR /etc/hostid .
+(Before glibc 2.2, the file
+.I /var/adm/hostid
+was used.)
+.\" libc5 used /etc/hostid; libc4 didn't have these functions
+.P
+In the glibc implementation, if
+.BR gethostid ()
+cannot open the file containing the host ID,
+then it obtains the hostname using
+.BR gethostname (2),
+passes that hostname to
+.BR gethostbyname_r (3)
+in order to obtain the host's IPv4 address,
+and returns a value obtained by bit-twiddling the IPv4 address.
+(This value may not be unique.)
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR gethostid ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR sethostid ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.2BSD; dropped in 4.4BSD.
+SVr4 and POSIX.1-2001 include
+.BR gethostid ()
+but not
+.BR sethostid ().
+.SH BUGS
+It is impossible to ensure that the identifier is globally unique.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR hostid (1),
+.BR gethostbyname (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getifaddrs.3 b/man/man3/getifaddrs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825e38c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getifaddrs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
+.\" and copyright (c) 2009, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\"
+.\" 2008-12-08 Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>
+.\"    Rewrite the BSD manpage in the Linux man pages style and account
+.\"    for glibc specificities, provide an example.
+.\" 2009-01-14 mtk, many edits and changes, rewrote example program.
+.\"
+.TH getifaddrs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getifaddrs, freeifaddrs \- get interface addresses
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <ifaddrs.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getifaddrs(struct ifaddrs **" "ifap" );
+.BI "void freeifaddrs(struct ifaddrs *" "ifa" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getifaddrs ()
+function creates a linked list of structures describing
+the network interfaces of the local system,
+and stores the address of the first item of the list in
+.IR *ifap .
+The list consists of
+.I ifaddrs
+structures, defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct ifaddrs {
+    struct ifaddrs  *ifa_next;    /* Next item in list */
+    char            *ifa_name;    /* Name of interface */
+    unsigned int     ifa_flags;   /* Flags from SIOCGIFFLAGS */
+    struct sockaddr *ifa_addr;    /* Address of interface */
+    struct sockaddr *ifa_netmask; /* Netmask of interface */
+    union {
+        struct sockaddr *ifu_broadaddr;
+                         /* Broadcast address of interface */
+        struct sockaddr *ifu_dstaddr;
+                         /* Point\-to\-point destination address */
+    } ifa_ifu;
+#define              ifa_broadaddr ifa_ifu.ifu_broadaddr
+#define              ifa_dstaddr   ifa_ifu.ifu_dstaddr
+    void            *ifa_data;    /* Address\-specific data */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_next
+field contains a pointer to the next structure on the list,
+or NULL if this is the last item of the list.
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_name
+points to the null-terminated interface name.
+.\" The constant
+.\" .B IF NAMESIZE
+.\" indicates the maximum length of this field.
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_flags
+field contains the interface flags, as returned by the
+.B SIOCGIFFLAGS
+.BR ioctl (2)
+operation (see
+.BR netdevice (7)
+for a list of these flags).
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_addr
+field points to a structure containing the interface address.
+(The
+.I sa_family
+subfield should be consulted to determine the format of the
+address structure.)
+This field may contain a null pointer.
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_netmask
+field points to a structure containing the netmask associated with
+.IR ifa_addr ,
+if applicable for the address family.
+This field may contain a null pointer.
+.P
+Depending on whether the bit
+.B IFF_BROADCAST
+or
+.B IFF_POINTOPOINT
+is set in
+.I ifa_flags
+(only one can be set at a time),
+either
+.I ifa_broadaddr
+will contain the broadcast address associated with
+.I ifa_addr
+(if applicable for the address family) or
+.I ifa_dstaddr
+will contain the destination address of the point-to-point interface.
+.P
+The
+.I ifa_data
+field points to a buffer containing address-family-specific data;
+this field may be NULL if there is no such data for this interface.
+.P
+The data returned by
+.BR getifaddrs ()
+is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
+.BR freeifaddrs ()
+when no longer needed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR getifaddrs ()
+returns zero;
+on error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR getifaddrs ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for
+.BR socket (2),
+.BR bind (2),
+.BR getsockname (2),
+.BR recvmsg (2),
+.BR sendto (2),
+.BR malloc (3),
+or
+.BR realloc (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getifaddrs (),
+.BR freeifaddrs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+This function first appeared in BSDi and is
+present on the BSD systems, but with slightly different
+semantics documented\[em]returning one entry per interface,
+not per address.
+This means
+.I ifa_addr
+and other fields can actually be NULL if the interface has no address,
+and no link-level address is returned if the interface has an IP address
+assigned.
+Also, the way of choosing either
+.I ifa_broadaddr
+or
+.I ifa_dstaddr
+differs on various systems.
+.\" , but the BSD-derived documentation generally
+.\" appears to be confused and obsolete on this point.
+.\" i.e., commonly it still says one of them will be NULL, even if
+.\" the ifa_ifu union is already present
+.P
+.BR getifaddrs ()
+first appeared in glibc 2.3, but before glibc 2.3.3,
+the implementation supported only IPv4 addresses;
+IPv6 support was added in glibc 2.3.3.
+Support of address families other than IPv4 is available only
+on kernels that support netlink.
+.SH NOTES
+The addresses returned on Linux will usually be the IPv4 and IPv6 addresses
+assigned to the interface, but also one
+.B AF_PACKET
+address per interface containing lower-level details about the interface
+and its physical layer.
+In this case, the
+.I ifa_data
+field may contain a pointer to a
+.IR "struct rtnl_link_stats" ,
+defined in
+.I <linux/if_link.h>
+(in Linux 2.4 and earlier,
+.IR "struct net_device_stats" ,
+defined in
+.IR <linux/netdevice.h> ),
+which contains various interface attributes and statistics.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR getifaddrs (),
+.BR freeifaddrs (),
+and
+.BR getnameinfo (3).
+Here is what we see when running this program on one system:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+lo       AF_PACKET (17)
+                tx_packets =        524; rx_packets =        524
+                tx_bytes   =      38788; rx_bytes   =      38788
+wlp3s0   AF_PACKET (17)
+                tx_packets =     108391; rx_packets =     130245
+                tx_bytes   =   30420659; rx_bytes   =   94230014
+em1      AF_PACKET (17)
+                tx_packets =          0; rx_packets =          0
+                tx_bytes   =          0; rx_bytes   =          0
+lo       AF_INET (2)
+                address: <127.0.0.1>
+wlp3s0   AF_INET (2)
+                address: <192.168.235.137>
+lo       AF_INET6 (10)
+                address: <::1>
+wlp3s0   AF_INET6 (10)
+                address: <fe80::7ee9:d3ff:fef5:1a91%wlp3s0>
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get defns of NI_MAXSERV and NI_MAXHOST */
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <ifaddrs.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <linux/if_link.h>
+\&
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct ifaddrs *ifaddr;
+    int family, s;
+    char host[NI_MAXHOST];
+\&
+    if (getifaddrs(&ifaddr) == \-1) {
+        perror("getifaddrs");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Walk through linked list, maintaining head pointer so we
+       can free list later. */
+\&
+    for (struct ifaddrs *ifa = ifaddr; ifa != NULL;
+             ifa = ifa\->ifa_next) {
+        if (ifa\->ifa_addr == NULL)
+            continue;
+\&
+        family = ifa\->ifa_addr\->sa_family;
+\&
+        /* Display interface name and family (including symbolic
+           form of the latter for the common families). */
+\&
+        printf("%\-8s %s (%d)\en",
+               ifa\->ifa_name,
+               (family == AF_PACKET) ? "AF_PACKET" :
+               (family == AF_INET) ? "AF_INET" :
+               (family == AF_INET6) ? "AF_INET6" : "???",
+               family);
+\&
+        /* For an AF_INET* interface address, display the address. */
+\&
+        if (family == AF_INET || family == AF_INET6) {
+            s = getnameinfo(ifa\->ifa_addr,
+                    (family == AF_INET) ? sizeof(struct sockaddr_in) :
+                                          sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6),
+                    host, NI_MAXHOST,
+                    NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST);
+            if (s != 0) {
+                printf("getnameinfo() failed: %s\en", gai_strerror(s));
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+\&
+            printf("\et\etaddress: <%s>\en", host);
+\&
+        } else if (family == AF_PACKET && ifa\->ifa_data != NULL) {
+            struct rtnl_link_stats *stats = ifa\->ifa_data;
+\&
+            printf("\et\ettx_packets = %10u; rx_packets = %10u\en"
+                   "\et\ettx_bytes   = %10u; rx_bytes   = %10u\en",
+                   stats\->tx_packets, stats\->rx_packets,
+                   stats\->tx_bytes, stats\->rx_bytes);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    freeifaddrs(ifaddr);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bind (2),
+.BR getsockname (2),
+.BR socket (2),
+.BR packet (7),
+.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3 b/man/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82e01df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getipnodebyaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getipnodebyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getipnodebyname.3 b/man/man3/getipnodebyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c52dfa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getipnodebyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References: RFC 2553
+.TH getipnodebyname 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getipnodebyname, getipnodebyaddr, freehostent \- get network
+hostnames and addresses
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyname(const char *" name ", int " af ,
+.BI "                                            int " flags ", int *" error_num );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] struct hostent *getipnodebyaddr(const void " addr [. len ],
+.BI "                                            size_t " len ", int " af ,
+.BI "                                            int *" "error_num" );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void freehostent(struct hostent *" "ip" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are deprecated (and unavailable in glibc).
+Use
+.BR getaddrinfo (3)
+and
+.BR getnameinfo (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR getipnodebyname ()
+and
+.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
+functions return the names and addresses of a network host.
+These functions return a pointer to the
+following structure:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct hostent {
+    char  *h_name;
+    char **h_aliases;
+    int    h_addrtype;
+    int    h_length;
+    char **h_addr_list;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+These functions replace the
+.BR gethostbyname (3)
+and
+.BR gethostbyaddr (3)
+functions, which could access only the IPv4 network address family.
+The
+.BR getipnodebyname ()
+and
+.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
+functions can access multiple network address families.
+.P
+Unlike the
+.B gethostby
+functions,
+these functions return pointers to dynamically allocated memory.
+The
+.BR freehostent ()
+function is used to release the dynamically allocated memory
+after the caller no longer needs the
+.I hostent
+structure.
+.SS getipnodebyname() arguments
+The
+.BR getipnodebyname ()
+function
+looks up network addresses for the host
+specified by the
+.I name
+argument.
+The
+.I af
+argument specifies one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B AF_INET
+The
+.I name
+argument points to a dotted-quad IPv4 address or a name
+of an IPv4 network host.
+.TP
+.B AF_INET6
+The
+.I name
+argument points to a hexadecimal IPv6 address or a name
+of an IPv6 network host.
+.P
+The
+.I flags
+argument specifies additional options.
+More than one option can be specified by bitwise OR-ing
+them together.
+.I flags
+should be set to 0
+if no options are desired.
+.TP
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+This flag is used with
+.B AF_INET6
+to request a query for IPv4 addresses instead of
+IPv6 addresses; the IPv4 addresses will
+be mapped to IPv6 addresses.
+.TP
+.B AI_ALL
+This flag is used with
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+to request a query for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
+Any IPv4 address found will be mapped to an IPv6 address.
+.TP
+.B AI_ADDRCONFIG
+This flag is used with
+.B AF_INET6
+to
+further request that queries for IPv6 addresses should not be made unless
+the system has at least one IPv6 address assigned to a network interface,
+and that queries for IPv4 addresses should not be made unless the
+system has at least one IPv4 address assigned to a network interface.
+This flag may be used by itself or with the
+.B AI_V4MAPPED
+flag.
+.TP
+.B AI_DEFAULT
+This flag is equivalent to
+.BR "(AI_ADDRCONFIG | AI_V4MAPPED)" .
+.SS getipnodebyaddr() arguments
+The
+.BR getipnodebyaddr ()
+function
+looks up the name of the host whose
+network address is
+specified by the
+.I addr
+argument.
+The
+.I af
+argument specifies one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B AF_INET
+The
+.I addr
+argument points to a
+.I struct in_addr
+and
+.I len
+must be set to
+.IR "sizeof(struct in_addr)" .
+.TP
+.B AF_INET6
+The
+.I addr
+argument points to a
+.I struct in6_addr
+and
+.I len
+must be set to
+.IR "sizeof(struct in6_addr)" .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+NULL is returned if an error occurred, and
+.I error_num
+will contain an error code from the following list:
+.TP
+.B HOST_NOT_FOUND
+The hostname or network address was not found.
+.TP
+.B NO_ADDRESS
+The domain name server recognized the network address or name,
+but no answer was returned.
+This can happen if the network host has only IPv4 addresses and
+a request has been made for IPv6 information only, or vice versa.
+.TP
+.B NO_RECOVERY
+The domain name server returned a permanent failure response.
+.TP
+.B TRY_AGAIN
+The domain name server returned a temporary failure response.
+You might have better luck next time.
+.P
+A successful query returns a pointer to a
+.I hostent
+structure that contains the following fields:
+.TP
+.I h_name
+This is the official name of this network host.
+.TP
+.I h_aliases
+This is an array of pointers to unofficial aliases for the same host.
+The array is terminated by a null pointer.
+.TP
+.I h_addrtype
+This is a copy of the
+.I af
+argument to
+.BR getipnodebyname ()
+or
+.BR getipnodebyaddr ().
+.I h_addrtype
+will always be
+.B AF_INET
+if the
+.I af
+argument was
+.BR AF_INET .
+.I h_addrtype
+will always be
+.B AF_INET6
+if the
+.I af
+argument was
+.BR AF_INET6 .
+.TP
+.I h_length
+This field will be set to
+.I sizeof(struct in_addr)
+if
+.I h_addrtype
+is
+.BR AF_INET ,
+and to
+.I sizeof(struct in6_addr)
+if
+.I h_addrtype
+is
+.BR AF_INET6 .
+.TP
+.I h_addr_list
+This is an array of one or more pointers to network address structures for the
+network host.
+The array is terminated by a null pointer.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.\" Not in POSIX.1-2001.
+RFC\ 2553.
+.P
+Present in glibc 2.1.91-95, but removed again.
+Several UNIX-like systems support them, but all
+call them deprecated.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+.BR inet_ntop (3),
+.BR inet_pton (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getline.3 b/man/man3/getline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc960f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getline.3
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\" Based in part on GNU libc documentation
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getline 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getline, getdelim \- delimited string input
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t getline(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
+.BI "                FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "ssize_t getdelim(char **restrict " lineptr ", size_t *restrict " n ,
+.BI "                int " delim ", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getline (),
+.BR getdelim ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getline ()
+reads an entire line from \fIstream\fP,
+storing the address of the buffer containing the text into
+.IR *lineptr .
+The buffer is null-terminated and includes the newline character, if
+one was found.
+.P
+If
+.I *lineptr
+is set to NULL before the call, then
+.BR getline ()
+will allocate a buffer for storing the line.
+This buffer should be freed by the user program
+even if
+.BR getline ()
+failed.
+.P
+Alternatively, before calling
+.BR getline (),
+.I *lineptr
+can contain a pointer to a
+.BR malloc (3)\-allocated
+buffer
+.I *n
+bytes in size.
+If the buffer is not large enough to hold the line,
+.BR getline ()
+resizes it with
+.BR realloc (3),
+updating
+.I *lineptr
+and
+.I *n
+as necessary.
+.P
+In either case, on a successful call,
+.I *lineptr
+and
+.I *n
+will be updated to reflect the buffer address and allocated size respectively.
+.P
+.BR getdelim ()
+works like
+.BR getline (),
+except that a line delimiter other than newline can be specified as the
+.I delimiter
+argument.
+As with
+.BR getline (),
+a delimiter character is not added if one was not present
+in the input before end of file was reached.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR getline ()
+and
+.BR getdelim ()
+return the number of characters read, including the delimiter character,
+but not including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+This value can be used
+to handle embedded null bytes in the line read.
+.P
+Both functions return \-1 on failure to read a line (including end-of-file
+condition).
+In the event of a failure,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+If
+.I *lineptr
+was set to NULL before the call, then the buffer should be freed by the
+user program even on failure.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Bad arguments
+.RI ( n
+or
+.I lineptr
+is NULL, or
+.I stream
+is not valid).
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Allocation or reallocation of the line buffer failed.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getline (),
+.BR getdelim ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getline.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    FILE *stream;
+    char *line = NULL;
+    size_t len = 0;
+    ssize_t nread;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <file>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    stream = fopen(argv[1], "r");
+    if (stream == NULL) {
+        perror("fopen");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    while ((nread = getline(&line, &len, stream)) != \-1) {
+        printf("Retrieved line of length %zd:\en", nread);
+        fwrite(line, nread, 1, stdout);
+    }
+\&
+    free(line);
+    fclose(stream);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR read (2),
+.BR fgets (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fread (3),
+.BR scanf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getloadavg.3 b/man/man3/getloadavg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f45786
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getloadavg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getloadavg.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH getloadavg 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getloadavg \- get system load averages
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getloadavg(double " loadavg[] ", int " nelem );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getloadavg ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getloadavg ()
+function returns the number of processes in the system run queue
+averaged over various periods of time.
+Up to
+.I nelem
+samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of
+.IR loadavg[] .
+The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages
+over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise,
+the number of samples actually retrieved is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getloadavg ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD-Reno, Solaris.
+glibc 2.2.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR uptime (1),
+.BR proc (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getlogin.3 b/man/man3/getlogin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ac36f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getlogin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995  James R. Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Changed Tue Sep 19 01:49:29 1995, aeb: moved from man2 to man3
+.\"  added ref to /etc/utmp, added BUGS section, etc.
+.\" modified 2003 Walter Harms, aeb - added getlogin_r, note on stdin use
+.TH getlogin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getlogin, getlogin_r, cuserid \- get username
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.B "char *getlogin(void);"
+.BI "int getlogin_r(char " buf [. bufsize "], size_t " bufsize );
+.P
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *cuserid(char *" string );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getlogin_r ():
+.nf
+.\" Deprecated: _REENTRANT ||
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
+.fi
+.P
+.BR cuserid ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+            || _GNU_SOURCE
+    Up to and including glibc 2.23:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getlogin ()
+returns a pointer to a string containing the name of
+the user logged in on the controlling terminal of the process, or a
+null pointer if this information cannot be determined.
+The string is
+statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent calls to
+this function or to
+.BR cuserid ().
+.P
+.BR getlogin_r ()
+returns this same username in the array
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR bufsize .
+.P
+.BR cuserid ()
+returns a pointer to a string containing a username
+associated with the effective user ID of the process.
+If \fIstring\fP
+is not a null pointer, it should be an array that can hold at least
+\fBL_cuserid\fP characters; the string is returned in this array.
+Otherwise, a pointer to a string in a static area is returned.
+This
+string is statically allocated and might be overwritten on subsequent
+calls to this function or to
+.BR getlogin ().
+.P
+The macro \fBL_cuserid\fP is an integer constant that indicates how
+long an array you might need to store a username.
+\fBL_cuserid\fP is declared in \fI<stdio.h>\fP.
+.P
+These functions let your program identify positively the user who is
+running
+.RB ( cuserid ())
+or the user who logged in this session
+.RB ( getlogin ()).
+(These can differ when set-user-ID programs are involved.)
+.P
+For most purposes, it is more useful to use the environment variable
+\fBLOGNAME\fP to find out who the user is.
+This is more flexible
+precisely because the user can set \fBLOGNAME\fP arbitrarily.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR getlogin ()
+returns a pointer to the username when successful,
+and NULL on failure, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.BR getlogin_r ()
+returns 0 when successful, and nonzero on failure.
+.SH ERRORS
+POSIX specifies:
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENXIO
+The calling process has no controlling terminal.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+(getlogin_r)
+The length of the username, including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+is larger than
+.IR bufsize .
+.P
+Linux/glibc also has:
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+There was no corresponding entry in the utmp-file.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to allocate passwd structure.
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+Standard input didn't refer to a terminal.
+(See BUGS.)
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+\fI/etc/passwd\fP
+password database file
+.TP
+\fI/var/run/utmp\fP
+(traditionally \fI/etc/utmp\fP;
+some libc versions used \fI/var/adm/utmp\fP)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getlogin ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getlogin race:utent
+sig:ALRM timer locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getlogin_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:utent sig:ALRM timer
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR cuserid ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:cuserid/!string locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I utent
+in
+.I race:utent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setutent (3),
+.BR getutent (3),
+or
+.BR endutent (3)
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.BR getlogin ()
+and
+.BR getlogin_r ()
+call those functions,
+so we use race:utent to remind users.
+.SH VERSIONS
+OpenBSD has
+.BR getlogin ()
+and
+.BR setlogin (),
+and a username
+associated with a session, even if it has no controlling terminal.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getlogin ()
+.TQ
+.BR getlogin_r ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR cuserid ()
+None.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getlogin ()
+.TQ
+.BR getlogin_r ():
+POSIX.1-2001.
+OpenBSD.
+.TP
+.BR cuserid ()
+System V, POSIX.1-1988.
+Removed in POSIX.1-1990.
+SUSv2.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2001.
+.IP
+System V has a
+.BR cuserid ()
+function which uses the real
+user ID rather than the effective user ID.
+.SH BUGS
+Unfortunately, it is often rather easy to fool
+.BR getlogin ().
+Sometimes it does not work at all, because some program messed up
+the utmp file.
+Often, it gives only the first 8 characters of
+the login name.
+The user currently logged in on the controlling terminal
+of our program need not be the user who started it.
+Avoid
+.BR getlogin ()
+for security-related purposes.
+.P
+Note that glibc does not follow the POSIX specification and uses
+.I stdin
+instead of
+.IR /dev/tty .
+A bug.
+(Other recent systems, like SunOS 5.8 and HP-UX 11.11 and FreeBSD 4.8
+all return the login name also when
+.I stdin
+is redirected.)
+.P
+Nobody knows precisely what
+.BR cuserid ()
+does; avoid it in portable programs.
+Or avoid it altogether: use
+.I getpwuid(geteuid())
+instead, if that is
+what you meant.
+.B Do not use
+.BR cuserid ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR logname (1),
+.BR geteuid (2),
+.BR getuid (2),
+.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getlogin_r.3 b/man/man3/getlogin_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6d53bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getlogin_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getlogin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getmntent.3 b/man/man3/getmntent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93d5100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getmntent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 961109, 031115, aeb
+.\"
+.TH getmntent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getmntent, setmntent, addmntent, endmntent, hasmntopt,
+getmntent_r \- get filesystem descriptor file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <mntent.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *setmntent(const char *" filename ", const char *" type );
+.P
+.BI "struct mntent *getmntent(FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.BI "int addmntent(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "              const struct mntent *restrict " mnt );
+.P
+.BI "int endmntent(FILE *" streamp );
+.P
+.BI "char *hasmntopt(const struct mntent *" mnt ", const char *" opt );
+.P
+/* GNU extension */
+.B #include <mntent.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct mntent *getmntent_r(FILE *restrict " streamp ,
+.BI "              struct mntent *restrict " mntbuf ,
+.BI "              char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], int " buflen );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getmntent_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are used to access the filesystem description file
+.I /etc/fstab
+and the mounted filesystem description file
+.IR /etc/mtab .
+.P
+The
+.BR setmntent ()
+function opens the filesystem description file
+.I filename
+and returns a file pointer which can be used by
+.BR getmntent ().
+The argument
+.I type
+is the type of access
+required and can take the same values as the
+.I mode
+argument of
+.BR fopen (3).
+The returned stream should be closed using
+.BR endmntent ()
+rather than
+.BR fclose (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR getmntent ()
+function reads the next line of the filesystem
+description file from
+.I stream
+and returns a pointer to a structure
+containing the broken out fields from a line in the file.
+The pointer
+points to a static area of memory which is overwritten by subsequent
+calls to
+.BR getmntent ().
+.P
+The
+.BR addmntent ()
+function adds the
+.I mntent
+structure
+.I mnt
+to
+the end of the open
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The
+.BR endmntent ()
+function closes the
+.I stream
+associated with the filesystem description file.
+.P
+The
+.BR hasmntopt ()
+function scans the
+.I mnt_opts
+field (see below)
+of the
+.I mntent
+structure
+.I mnt
+for a substring that matches
+.IR opt .
+See
+.I <mntent.h>
+and
+.BR mount (8)
+for valid mount options.
+.P
+The reentrant
+.BR getmntent_r ()
+function is similar to
+.BR getmntent (),
+but stores the
+.I mntent
+structure
+in the provided
+.IR *mntbuf ,
+and stores the strings pointed to by the entries in that structure
+in the provided array
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR buflen .
+.P
+The
+.I mntent
+structure is defined in
+.I <mntent.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct mntent {
+    char *mnt_fsname;   /* name of mounted filesystem */
+    char *mnt_dir;      /* filesystem path prefix */
+    char *mnt_type;     /* mount type (see mntent.h) */
+    char *mnt_opts;     /* mount options (see mntent.h) */
+    int   mnt_freq;     /* dump frequency in days */
+    int   mnt_passno;   /* pass number on parallel fsck */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Since fields in the mtab and fstab files are separated by whitespace,
+octal escapes are used to represent the characters space (\e040),
+tab (\e011), newline (\e012), and backslash (\e\e) in those files
+when they occur in one of the four strings in a
+.I mntent
+structure.
+The routines
+.BR addmntent ()
+and
+.BR getmntent ()
+will convert
+from string representation to escaped representation and back.
+When converting from escaped representation, the sequence \e134 is
+also converted to a backslash.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getmntent ()
+and
+.BR getmntent_r ()
+functions return
+a pointer to the
+.I mntent
+structure or NULL on failure.
+.P
+The
+.BR addmntent ()
+function returns 0 on success and 1 on failure.
+.P
+The
+.BR endmntent ()
+function always returns 1.
+.P
+The
+.BR hasmntopt ()
+function returns the address of the substring if
+a match is found and NULL otherwise.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/fstab
+filesystem description file
+.TP
+.I /etc/mtab
+mounted filesystem description file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setmntent (),
+.BR endmntent (),
+.BR hasmntopt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getmntent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:mntentbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR addmntent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe race:stream locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getmntent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+The nonreentrant functions are from SunOS 4.1.3.
+A routine
+.BR getmntent_r ()
+was introduced in HP-UX 10, but it returns an
+.IR int .
+The prototype shown above is glibc-only.
+.P
+System V also has a
+.BR getmntent ()
+function but the calling sequence
+differs, and the returned structure is different.
+Under System V
+.I /etc/mnttab
+is used.
+4.4BSD and Digital UNIX have a routine
+.BR \%getmntinfo (),
+a wrapper around the system call
+.BR getfsstat ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fstab (5),
+.BR mount (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/getmntent_r.3 b/man/man3/getmntent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2bb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getmntent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnameinfo.3 b/man/man3/getnameinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fb632c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnameinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+'\" t
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
+.\" This page is in the public domain.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" Almost all details are from RFC 2553.
+.\"
+.\" 2004-12-14, mtk, Added EAI_OVERFLOW error
+.\" 2004-12-14 Fixed description of error return
+.\"
+.TH getnameinfo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getnameinfo \- address-to-name translation in protocol-independent manner
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *restrict " addr \
+", socklen_t " addrlen ,
+.BI "                char " host "[_Nullable restrict ." hostlen ],
+.BI "                socklen_t " hostlen ,
+.BI "                char " serv "[_Nullable restrict ." servlen ],
+.BI "                socklen_t " servlen ,
+.BI "                int " flags );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getnameinfo ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.22:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+    glibc 2.21 and earlier:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+function is the inverse of
+.BR getaddrinfo (3):
+it converts a socket address to a corresponding host and service,
+in a protocol-independent manner.
+It combines the functionality of
+.BR gethostbyaddr (3)
+and
+.BR getservbyport (3),
+but unlike those functions,
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+is reentrant and allows programs to eliminate
+IPv4-versus-IPv6 dependencies.
+.P
+The
+.I addr
+argument is a pointer to a generic socket address structure
+(of type
+.I sockaddr_in
+or
+.IR sockaddr_in6 )
+of size
+.I addrlen
+that holds the input IP address and port number.
+The arguments
+.I host
+and
+.I serv
+are pointers to caller-allocated buffers (of size
+.I hostlen
+and
+.I servlen
+respectively) into which
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+places null-terminated strings containing the host and
+service names respectively.
+.P
+The caller can specify that no hostname (or no service name)
+is required by providing a NULL
+.I host
+(or
+.IR serv )
+argument or a zero
+.I hostlen
+(or
+.IR servlen )
+argument.
+However, at least one of hostname or service name
+must be requested.
+.P
+The
+.I flags
+argument modifies the behavior of
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+as follows:
+.TP
+.B NI_NAMEREQD
+If set, then an error is returned if the hostname cannot be determined.
+.TP
+.B NI_DGRAM
+If set, then the service is datagram (UDP) based rather than
+stream (TCP) based.
+This is required for the few ports (512\[en]514)
+that have different services for UDP and TCP.
+.TP
+.B NI_NOFQDN
+If set, return only the hostname part of the fully qualified domain name
+for local hosts.
+.TP
+.B NI_NUMERICHOST
+If set, then the numeric form of the hostname is returned.
+.\" For example, by calling
+.\" .BR inet_ntop ()
+.\" instead of
+.\" .BR gethostbyaddr ().
+(When not set, this will still happen in case the node's name
+cannot be determined.)
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 TC1 has NI_NUMERICSCOPE, but glibc doesn't have it.
+.TP
+.B NI_NUMERICSERV
+If set, then the numeric form of the service address is returned.
+(When not set, this will still happen in case the service's name
+cannot be determined.)
+.SS Extensions to getnameinfo() for Internationalized Domain Names
+Starting with glibc 2.3.4,
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+has been extended to selectively allow
+hostnames to be transparently converted to and from the
+Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) format (see RFC 3490,
+.IR "Internationalizing Domain Names in Applications (IDNA)" ).
+Three new flags are defined:
+.TP
+.B NI_IDN
+If this flag is used, then the name found in the lookup process is
+converted from IDN format to the locale's encoding if necessary.
+ASCII-only names are not affected by the conversion, which
+makes this flag usable in existing programs and environments.
+.TP
+.B NI_IDN_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED
+.TQ
+.B NI_IDN_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES
+Setting these flags will enable the
+IDNA_ALLOW_UNASSIGNED (allow unassigned Unicode code points) and
+IDNA_USE_STD3_ASCII_RULES (check output to make sure it is a STD3
+conforming hostname)
+flags respectively to be used in the IDNA handling.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.\" FIXME glibc defines the following additional errors, some which
+.\" can probably be returned by getnameinfo(); they need to
+.\" be documented.
+.\"
+.\"     #ifdef __USE_GNU
+.\"     #define EAI_INPROGRESS  -100  /* Processing request in progress.  */
+.\"     #define EAI_CANCELED    -101  /* Request canceled.  */
+.\"     #define EAI_NOTCANCELED -102  /* Request not canceled.  */
+.\"     #define EAI_ALLDONE     -103  /* All requests done.  */
+.\"     #define EAI_INTR        -104  /* Interrupted by a signal.  */
+.\"     #define EAI_IDN_ENCODE  -105  /* IDN encoding failed.  */
+.\"     #endif
+On success, 0 is returned, and node and service names, if requested,
+are filled with null-terminated strings, possibly truncated to fit
+the specified buffer lengths.
+On error, one of the following nonzero error codes is returned:
+.TP
+.B EAI_AGAIN
+The name could not be resolved at this time.
+Try again later.
+.TP
+.B EAI_BADFLAGS
+The
+.I flags
+argument has an invalid value.
+.TP
+.B EAI_FAIL
+A nonrecoverable error occurred.
+.TP
+.B EAI_FAMILY
+The address family was not recognized,
+or the address length was invalid for the specified family.
+.TP
+.B EAI_MEMORY
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B EAI_NONAME
+The name does not resolve for the supplied arguments.
+.B NI_NAMEREQD
+is set and the host's name cannot be located,
+or neither hostname nor service name were requested.
+.TP
+.B EAI_OVERFLOW
+The buffer pointed to by
+.I host
+or
+.I serv
+was too small.
+.TP
+.B EAI_SYSTEM
+A system error occurred.
+The error code can be found in
+.IR errno .
+.P
+The
+.BR gai_strerror (3)
+function translates these error codes to a human readable string,
+suitable for error reporting.
+.SH FILES
+.I /etc/hosts
+.br
+.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+.br
+.I /etc/resolv.conf
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+RFC\ 2553.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.2, the
+.I hostlen
+and
+.I servlen
+arguments were typed as
+.IR size_t .
+.SH NOTES
+In order to assist the programmer in choosing reasonable sizes
+for the supplied buffers,
+.I <netdb.h>
+defines the constants
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define NI_MAXHOST      1025
+#define NI_MAXSERV      32
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Since glibc 2.8,
+these definitions are exposed only if suitable
+feature test macros are defined, namely:
+.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
+.B _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+(since glibc 2.19),
+or (in glibc versions up to and including 2.19)
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE .
+.P
+The former is the constant
+.B MAXDNAME
+in recent versions of BIND's
+.I <arpa/nameser.h>
+header file.
+The latter is a guess based on the services listed
+in the current Assigned Numbers RFC.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code tries to get the numeric hostname and service name,
+for a given socket address.
+Note that there is no hardcoded reference to
+a particular address family.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
+socklen_t addrlen;         /* input */
+char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST], sbuf[NI_MAXSERV];
+\&
+if (getnameinfo(addr, addrlen, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), sbuf,
+            sizeof(sbuf), NI_NUMERICHOST | NI_NUMERICSERV) == 0)
+    printf("host=%s, serv=%s\en", hbuf, sbuf);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The following version checks if the socket address has a
+reverse address mapping.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct sockaddr *addr;     /* input */
+socklen_t addrlen;         /* input */
+char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST];
+\&
+if (getnameinfo(addr, addrlen, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf),
+            NULL, 0, NI_NAMEREQD))
+    printf("could not resolve hostname");
+else
+    printf("host=%s\en", hbuf);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+An example program using
+.BR getnameinfo ()
+can be found in
+.BR getaddrinfo (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR accept (2),
+.BR getpeername (2),
+.BR getsockname (2),
+.BR recvfrom (2),
+.BR socket (2),
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR gethostbyaddr (3),
+.BR getservbyname (3),
+.BR getservbyport (3),
+.BR inet_ntop (3),
+.BR hosts (5),
+.BR services (5),
+.BR hostname (7),
+.BR named (8)
+.P
+R.\& Gilligan, S.\& Thomson, J.\& Bound and W.\& Stevens,
+.IR "Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6" ,
+RFC\ 2553, March 1999.
+.P
+Tatsuya Jinmei and Atsushi Onoe,
+.IR "An Extension of Format for IPv6 Scoped Addresses" ,
+internet draft, work in progress
+.UR ftp://ftp.ietf.org\:/internet\-drafts\:/draft\-ietf\-ipngwg\-scopedaddr\-format\-02.txt
+.UE .
+.P
+Craig Metz,
+.IR "Protocol Independence Using the Sockets API" ,
+Proceedings of the freenix track:
+2000 USENIX annual technical conference, June 2000
+.ad l
+.UR http://www.usenix.org\:/publications\:/library\:/proceedings\:/usenix2000\:/freenix\:/metzprotocol.html
+.UE .
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetbyaddr.3 b/man/man3/getnetbyaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f5670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetbyaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3 b/man/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..316d315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetbyaddr_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetbyname.3 b/man/man3/getnetbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f5670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetbyname_r.3 b/man/man3/getnetbyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..316d315
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetbyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetent.3 b/man/man3/getnetent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80fc853
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 21:48:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH getnetent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getnetent, getnetbyname, getnetbyaddr, setnetent, endnetent \-
+get network entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.B struct netent *getnetent(void);
+.P
+.BI "struct netent *getnetbyname(const char *" name );
+.BI "struct netent *getnetbyaddr(uint32_t " net ", int " type );
+.P
+.BI "void setnetent(int " stayopen );
+.B void endnetent(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getnetent ()
+function reads the next entry from the networks database
+and returns a
+.I netent
+structure containing
+the broken-out fields from the entry.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR getnetbyname ()
+function returns a
+.I netent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the network
+.IR name .
+.P
+The
+.BR getnetbyaddr ()
+function returns a
+.I netent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the network number
+.I net
+of type
+.IR type .
+The
+.I net
+argument must be in host byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR setnetent ()
+function opens a connection to the database,
+and sets the next entry to the first entry.
+If
+.I stayopen
+is nonzero,
+then the connection to the database
+will not be closed between calls to one of the
+.BR getnet* ()
+functions.
+.P
+The
+.BR endnetent ()
+function closes the connection to the database.
+.P
+The
+.I netent
+structure is defined in
+.I <netdb.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct netent {
+    char      *n_name;     /* official network name */
+    char     **n_aliases;  /* alias list */
+    int        n_addrtype; /* net address type */
+    uint32_t   n_net;      /* network number */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The members of the
+.I netent
+structure are:
+.TP
+.I n_name
+The official name of the network.
+.TP
+.I n_aliases
+A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the network.
+.TP
+.I n_addrtype
+The type of the network number; always
+.BR AF_INET .
+.TP
+.I n_net
+The network number in host byte order.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getnetent (),
+.BR getnetbyname (),
+and
+.BR getnetbyaddr ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+statically allocated
+.I netent
+structure, or a null pointer if an
+error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/networks
+networks database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnetent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netent
+race:netentbuf env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnetbyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netbyname
+env locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnetbyaddr ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netbyaddr
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setnetent (),
+.BR endnetent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netent env
+locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I netent
+in
+.I race:netent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setnetent (),
+.BR getnetent (),
+or
+.BR endnetent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.2, the
+.I net
+argument of
+.BR getnetbyaddr ()
+was of type
+.IR long .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getnetent_r (3),
+.BR getprotoent (3),
+.BR getservent (3)
+.\" .BR networks (5)
+.br
+RFC\ 1101
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetent_r.3 b/man/man3/getnetent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7548c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getnetent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getnetent_r, getnetbyname_r, getnetbyaddr_r \- get
+network entry (reentrant)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getnetent_r(struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.BI "int getnetbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
+.BI "                struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.BI "int getnetbyaddr_r(uint32_t " net ", int " type ,
+.BI "                struct netent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                struct netent **restrict " result ,
+.BI "                int *restrict " h_errnop );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getnetent_r (),
+.BR getnetbyname_r (),
+.BR getnetbyaddr_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getnetent_r (),
+.BR getnetbyname_r (),
+and
+.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()
+functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
+.BR getnetent (3),
+.BR getnetbyname (3),
+and
+.BR getnetbynumber (3).
+They differ in the way that the
+.I netent
+structure is returned,
+and in the function calling signature and return value.
+This manual page describes just the differences from
+the nonreentrant functions.
+.P
+Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
+.I netent
+structure as the function result,
+these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
+.IR result_buf .
+.P
+The
+.I buf
+array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
+.I netent
+structure.
+(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
+The size of this array is specified in
+.IR buflen .
+If
+.I buf
+is too small, the call fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
+(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
+.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
+.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
+.P
+If the function call successfully obtains a network record, then
+.I *result
+is set pointing to
+.IR result_buf ;
+otherwise,
+.I *result
+is set to NULL.
+.P
+The buffer pointed to by
+.I h_errnop
+is used to return the value that would be stored in the global variable
+.I h_errno
+by the nonreentrant versions of these functions.
+.\" getnetent.3 doesn't document any use of h_errno, but nevertheless
+.\" the nonreentrant functions no seem to set h_errno.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
+.P
+On error, record not found
+.RB ( getnetbyname_r (),
+.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()),
+or end of input
+.RB ( getnetent_r ())
+.I result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( getnetent_r ())
+No more records in database.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.I buf
+is too small.
+Try again with a larger buffer
+(and increased
+.IR buflen ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnetent_r (),
+.BR getnetbyname_r (),
+.BR getnetbyaddr_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
+though typically with different calling signatures.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getnetent (3),
+.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetgrent.3 b/man/man3/getnetgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34268f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getnetgrent_r.3 b/man/man3/getnetgrent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34268f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getnetgrent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getopt.3 b/man/man3/getopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..828394a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2006-2008, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:27:50 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon Aug 30 22:02:34 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"  longindex is a pointer, has_arg can take 3 values, using consistent
+.\"  names for optstring and longindex, "\n" in formats fixed.  Documenting
+.\"  opterr and getopt_long_only.  Clarified explanations (borrowing heavily
+.\"  from the source code).
+.\" Modified 8 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
+.\" Modified 990715, aeb: changed `EOF' into `-1' since that is what POSIX
+.\"  says; moreover, EOF is not defined in <unistd.h>.
+.\" Modified 2002-02-16, joey: added information about nonexistent
+.\"  option character and colon as first option character
+.\" Modified 2004-07-28, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"	Added text to explain how to order both '[-+]' and ':' at
+.\"		the start of optstring
+.\" Modified 2006-12-15, mtk, Added getopt() example program.
+.\"
+.TH getopt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getopt, getopt_long, getopt_long_only,
+optarg, optind, opterr, optopt \- Parse command-line options
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getopt(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
+.BI "           const char *" optstring );
+.P
+.BI "extern char *" optarg ;
+.BI "extern int " optind ", " opterr ", " optopt ;
+.P
+.B #include <getopt.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getopt_long(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
+.BI "           const char *" optstring ,
+.BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
+.BI "int getopt_long_only(int " argc ", char *" argv [],
+.BI "           const char *" optstring ,
+.BI "           const struct option *" longopts ", int *" longindex );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getopt ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2 || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR getopt_long (),
+.BR getopt_long_only ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getopt ()
+function parses the command-line arguments.
+Its arguments
+.I argc
+and
+.I argv
+are the argument count and array as passed to the
+.IR main ()
+function on program invocation.
+An element of \fIargv\fP that starts with \[aq]\-\[aq]
+(and is not exactly "\-" or "\-\-")
+is an option element.
+The characters of this element
+(aside from the initial \[aq]\-\[aq]) are option characters.
+If
+.BR getopt ()
+is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+from each of the option elements.
+.P
+The variable
+.I optind
+is the index of the next element to be processed in
+.IR argv .
+The system initializes this value to 1.
+The caller can reset it to 1 to restart scanning of the same
+.IR argv ,
+or when scanning a new argument vector.
+.P
+If
+.BR getopt ()
+finds another option character, it returns that
+character, updating the external variable \fIoptind\fP and a static
+variable \fInextchar\fP so that the next call to
+.BR getopt ()
+can
+resume the scan with the following option character or
+\fIargv\fP-element.
+.P
+If there are no more option characters,
+.BR getopt ()
+returns \-1.
+Then \fIoptind\fP is the index in \fIargv\fP of the first
+\fIargv\fP-element that is not an option.
+.P
+.I optstring
+is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+A legitimate option character is any visible one byte
+.BR ascii (7)
+character (for which
+.BR isgraph (3)
+would return nonzero) that is not \[aq]\-\[aq], \[aq]:\[aq], or \[aq];\[aq].
+If such a
+character is followed by a colon, the option requires an argument, so
+.BR getopt ()
+places a pointer to the following text in the same
+\fIargv\fP-element, or the text of the following \fIargv\fP-element, in
+.IR optarg .
+Two colons mean an option takes
+an optional arg; if there is text in the current \fIargv\fP-element
+(i.e., in the same word as the option name itself, for example, "\-oarg"),
+then it is returned in \fIoptarg\fP, otherwise \fIoptarg\fP is set to zero.
+This is a GNU extension.
+If
+.I optstring
+contains
+.B W
+followed by a semicolon, then
+.B \-W foo
+is treated as the long option
+.BR \-\-foo .
+(The
+.B \-W
+option is reserved by POSIX.2 for implementation extensions.)
+This behavior is a GNU extension, not available with libraries before
+glibc 2.
+.P
+By default,
+.BR getopt ()
+permutes the contents of \fIargv\fP as it
+scans, so that eventually all the nonoptions are at the end.
+Two other scanning modes are also implemented.
+If the first character of
+\fIoptstring\fP is \[aq]+\[aq] or the environment variable
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+is set, then option processing stops as soon as a nonoption argument is
+encountered.
+If \[aq]+\[aq] is not the first character of
+.IR optstring ,
+it is treated as a normal option.
+If
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+behaviour is required in this case
+.I optstring
+will contain two \[aq]+\[aq] symbols.
+If the first character of \fIoptstring\fP is \[aq]\-\[aq], then
+each nonoption \fIargv\fP-element is handled as if it were the argument of
+an option with character code 1.
+(This is used by programs that were
+written to expect options and other \fIargv\fP-elements in any order
+and that care about the ordering of the two.)
+The special argument "\-\-" forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+of the scanning mode.
+.P
+While processing the option list,
+.BR getopt ()
+can detect two kinds of errors:
+(1) an option character that was not specified in
+.I optstring
+and (2) a missing option argument
+(i.e., an option at the end of the command line without an expected argument).
+Such errors are handled and reported as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+By default,
+.BR getopt ()
+prints an error message on standard error,
+places the erroneous option character in
+.IR optopt ,
+and returns \[aq]?\[aq] as the function result.
+.IP \[bu]
+If the caller has set the global variable
+.I opterr
+to zero, then
+.BR getopt ()
+does not print an error message.
+The caller can determine that there was an error by testing whether
+the function return value is \[aq]?\[aq].
+(By default,
+.I opterr
+has a nonzero value.)
+.IP \[bu]
+If the first character
+(following any optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq] described above)
+of \fIoptstring\fP
+is a colon (\[aq]:\[aq]), then
+.BR getopt ()
+likewise does not print an error message.
+In addition, it returns \[aq]:\[aq] instead of \[aq]?\[aq] to
+indicate a missing option argument.
+This allows the caller to distinguish the two different types of errors.
+.\"
+.SS getopt_long() and getopt_long_only()
+The
+.BR getopt_long ()
+function works like
+.BR getopt ()
+except that it also accepts long options, started with two dashes.
+(If the program accepts only long options, then
+.I optstring
+should be specified as an empty string (""), not NULL.)
+Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is
+unique or is an exact match for some defined option.
+A long option
+may take a parameter, of the form
+.B \-\-arg=param
+or
+.BR "\-\-arg param" .
+.P
+.I longopts
+is a pointer to the first element of an array of
+.I struct option
+declared in
+.I <getopt.h>
+as
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct option {
+    const char *name;
+    int         has_arg;
+    int        *flag;
+    int         val;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The meanings of the different fields are:
+.TP
+.I name
+is the name of the long option.
+.TP
+.I has_arg
+is:
+\fBno_argument\fP (or 0) if the option does not take an argument;
+\fBrequired_argument\fP (or 1) if the option requires an argument; or
+\fBoptional_argument\fP (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+.TP
+.I flag
+specifies how results are returned for a long option.
+If \fIflag\fP
+is NULL, then
+.BR getopt_long ()
+returns \fIval\fP.
+(For example, the calling program may set \fIval\fP to the equivalent short
+option character.)
+Otherwise,
+.BR getopt_long ()
+returns 0, and
+\fIflag\fP points to a variable which is set to \fIval\fP if the
+option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found.
+.TP
+\fIval\fP
+is the value to return, or to load into the variable pointed
+to by \fIflag\fP.
+.P
+The last element of the array has to be filled with zeros.
+.P
+If \fIlongindex\fP is not NULL, it
+points to a variable which is set to the index of the long option relative to
+.IR longopts .
+.P
+.BR getopt_long_only ()
+is like
+.BR getopt_long (),
+but \[aq]\-\[aq] as well
+as "\-\-" can indicate a long option.
+If an option that starts with \[aq]\-\[aq]
+(not "\-\-") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option,
+it is parsed as a short option instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If an option was successfully found, then
+.BR getopt ()
+returns the option character.
+If all command-line options have been parsed, then
+.BR getopt ()
+returns \-1.
+If
+.BR getopt ()
+encounters an option character that was not in
+.IR optstring ,
+then \[aq]?\[aq] is returned.
+If
+.BR getopt ()
+encounters an option with a missing argument,
+then the return value depends on the first character in
+.IR optstring :
+if it is \[aq]:\[aq], then \[aq]:\[aq] is returned;
+otherwise \[aq]?\[aq] is returned.
+.P
+.BR getopt_long ()
+and
+.BR getopt_long_only ()
+also return the option
+character when a short option is recognized.
+For a long option, they
+return \fIval\fP if \fIflag\fP is NULL, and 0 otherwise.
+Error and \-1 returns are the same as for
+.BR getopt (),
+plus \[aq]?\[aq] for an
+ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+If this is set, then option processing stops as soon as a nonoption
+argument is encountered.
+.TP
+.B _<PID>_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_
+This variable was used by
+.BR bash (1)
+2.0 to communicate to glibc which arguments are the results of
+wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options.
+This behavior was removed in
+.BR bash (1)
+2.01, but the support remains in glibc.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getopt (),
+.BR getopt_long (),
+.BR getopt_long_only ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getopt env
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX specifies that the
+.I argv
+array argument should be
+.IR const ,
+but these functions permute its elements
+unless the environment variable
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+is set.
+.I const
+is used in the actual prototype to be compatible with other systems;
+however, this page doesn't show the qualifier,
+to avoid confusing readers.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getopt ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR getopt_long ()
+.TQ
+.BR getopt_long_only ()
+GNU.
+.IP
+The use of \[aq]+\[aq] and \[aq]\-\[aq] in
+.I optstring
+is a GNU extension.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR getopt ()
+POSIX.1-2001, and POSIX.2.
+.P
+On some older implementations,
+.BR getopt ()
+was declared in
+.IR <stdio.h> .
+SUSv1 permitted the declaration to appear in either
+.I <unistd.h>
+or
+.IR <stdio.h> .
+POSIX.1-1996 marked the use of
+.I <stdio.h>
+for this purpose as LEGACY.
+POSIX.1-2001 does not require the declaration to appear in
+.IR <stdio.h> .
+.SH NOTES
+A program that scans multiple argument vectors,
+or rescans the same vector more than once,
+and wants to make use of GNU extensions such as \[aq]+\[aq]
+and \[aq]\-\[aq] at the start of
+.IR optstring ,
+or changes the value of
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+between scans,
+must reinitialize
+.BR getopt ()
+by resetting
+.I optind
+to 0, rather than the traditional value of 1.
+(Resetting to 0 forces the invocation of an internal initialization
+routine that rechecks
+.B POSIXLY_CORRECT
+and checks for GNU extensions in
+.IR optstring .)
+.P
+Command-line arguments are parsed in strict order
+meaning that an option requiring an argument will consume the next argument,
+regardless of whether that argument is the correctly specified option argument
+or simply the next option
+(in the scenario the user mis-specifies the command line).
+For example, if
+.I optstring
+is specified as "1n:"
+and the user specifies the command line arguments incorrectly as
+.IR "prog\ \-n\ \-1" ,
+the
+.I \-n
+option will be given the
+.B optarg
+value "\-1", and the
+.I \-1
+option will be considered to have not been specified.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.SS getopt()
+The following trivial example program uses
+.BR getopt ()
+to handle two program options:
+.IR \-n ,
+with no associated value; and
+.IR "\-t val" ,
+which expects an associated value.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getopt.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int flags, opt;
+    int nsecs, tfnd;
+\&
+    nsecs = 0;
+    tfnd = 0;
+    flags = 0;
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "nt:")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]n\[aq]:
+            flags = 1;
+            break;
+        case \[aq]t\[aq]:
+            nsecs = atoi(optarg);
+            tfnd = 1;
+            break;
+        default: /* \[aq]?\[aq] */
+            fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-t nsecs] [\-n] name\en",
+                    argv[0]);
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    printf("flags=%d; tfnd=%d; nsecs=%d; optind=%d\en",
+           flags, tfnd, nsecs, optind);
+\&
+    if (optind >= argc) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Expected argument after options\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("name argument = %s\en", argv[optind]);
+\&
+    /* Other code omitted */
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SS getopt_long()
+The following example program illustrates the use of
+.BR getopt_long ()
+with most of its features.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getopt_long.c)
+.EX
+#include <getopt.h>
+#include <stdio.h>     /* for printf */
+#include <stdlib.h>    /* for exit */
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int c;
+    int digit_optind = 0;
+\&
+    while (1) {
+        int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+        int option_index = 0;
+        static struct option long_options[] = {
+            {"add",     required_argument, 0,  0 },
+            {"append",  no_argument,       0,  0 },
+            {"delete",  required_argument, 0,  0 },
+            {"verbose", no_argument,       0,  0 },
+            {"create",  required_argument, 0, \[aq]c\[aq]},
+            {"file",    required_argument, 0,  0 },
+            {0,         0,                 0,  0 }
+        };
+\&
+        c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "abc:d:012",
+                        long_options, &option_index);
+        if (c == \-1)
+            break;
+\&
+        switch (c) {
+        case 0:
+            printf("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+            if (optarg)
+                printf(" with arg %s", optarg);
+            printf("\en");
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]0\[aq]:
+        case \[aq]1\[aq]:
+        case \[aq]2\[aq]:
+            if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+              printf("digits occur in two different argv\-elements.\en");
+            digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+            printf("option %c\en", c);
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]a\[aq]:
+            printf("option a\en");
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]b\[aq]:
+            printf("option b\en");
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]c\[aq]:
+            printf("option c with value \[aq]%s\[aq]\en", optarg);
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]d\[aq]:
+            printf("option d with value \[aq]%s\[aq]\en", optarg);
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]?\[aq]:
+            break;
+\&
+        default:
+            printf("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\en", c);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (optind < argc) {
+        printf("non\-option ARGV\-elements: ");
+        while (optind < argc)
+            printf("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+        printf("\en");
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getopt (1),
+.BR getsubopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getopt_long.3 b/man/man3/getopt_long.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getopt_long.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getopt_long_only.3 b/man/man3/getopt_long_only.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getopt_long_only.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getpass.3 b/man/man3/getpass.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6986a83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpass.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH getpass 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpass \- get a password
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *getpass(const char *" prompt );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getpass ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.2.2:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.2.2:
+        none
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function is obsolete.
+Do not use it.
+See NOTES.
+If you want to read input without terminal echoing enabled,
+see the description of the
+.I ECHO
+flag in
+.BR termios (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR getpass ()
+function opens
+.I /dev/tty
+(the controlling terminal of the process), outputs the string
+.IR prompt ,
+turns off echoing, reads one line (the "password"),
+restores the terminal state and closes
+.I /dev/tty
+again.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function
+.BR getpass ()
+returns a pointer to a static buffer containing (the first
+.B PASS_MAX
+bytes of) the password without the trailing
+newline, terminated by a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+This buffer may be overwritten by a following call.
+On error, the terminal state is restored,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error, and NULL is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENXIO
+The process does not have a controlling terminal.
+.SH FILES
+.I /dev/tty
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpass ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe term
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
+Present in SUSv2, but marked LEGACY.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+.\" For libc4 and libc5, the prompt is not written to
+.\" .I /dev/tty
+.\" but to
+.\" .IR stderr .
+.\" Moreover, if
+.\" .I /dev/tty
+.\" cannot be opened, the password is read from
+.\" .IR stdin .
+.\" The static buffer has length 128 so that only the first 127
+.\" bytes of the password are returned.
+.\" While reading the password, signal generation
+.\" .RB ( SIGINT ,
+.\" .BR SIGQUIT ,
+.\" .BR SIGSTOP ,
+.\" .BR SIGTSTP )
+.\" is disabled and the corresponding characters
+.\" (usually control-C, control-\e, control-Z and control-Y)
+.\" are transmitted as part of the password.
+.\" Since libc 5.4.19 also line editing is disabled, so that also
+.\" backspace and the like will be seen as part of the password.
+You should use instead
+.BR readpassphrase (3bsd),
+provided by
+.IR libbsd .
+.P
+In the GNU C library implementation, if
+.I /dev/tty
+cannot be opened, the prompt is written to
+.I stderr
+and the password is read from
+.IR stdin .
+There is no limit on the length of the password.
+Line editing is not disabled.
+.P
+According to SUSv2, the value of
+.B PASS_MAX
+must be defined in
+.I <limits.h>
+in case it is smaller than 8, and can in any case be obtained using
+.IR sysconf(_SC_PASS_MAX) .
+However, POSIX.2 withdraws the constants
+.B PASS_MAX
+and
+.BR _SC_PASS_MAX ,
+and the function
+.BR getpass ().
+.\" Libc4 and libc5 have never supported
+.\" .B PASS_MAX
+.\" or
+.\" .BR _SC_PASS_MAX .
+The glibc version accepts
+.B _SC_PASS_MAX
+and returns
+.B BUFSIZ
+(e.g., 8192).
+.SH BUGS
+The calling process should zero the password as soon as possible to avoid
+leaving the cleartext password visible in the process's address space.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR crypt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotobyname.3 b/man/man3/getprotobyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8cb4bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotobyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotobyname_r.3 b/man/man3/getprotobyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9936ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotobyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotobynumber.3 b/man/man3/getprotobynumber.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8cb4bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotobynumber.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3 b/man/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9936ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotobynumber_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotoent.3 b/man/man3/getprotoent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1052299
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotoent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:26:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH getprotoent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getprotoent, getprotobyname, getprotobynumber, setprotoent,
+endprotoent \- get protocol entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.B struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
+.P
+.BI "struct protoent *getprotobyname(const char *" name );
+.BI "struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int " proto );
+.P
+.BI "void setprotoent(int " stayopen );
+.B void endprotoent(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getprotoent ()
+function reads the next entry from the protocols database (see
+.BR protocols (5))
+and returns a
+.I protoent
+structure
+containing the broken-out fields from the entry.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR getprotobyname ()
+function returns a
+.I protoent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the protocol name
+.IR name .
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR getprotobynumber ()
+function returns a
+.I protoent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the protocol number
+.IR number .
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR setprotoent ()
+function opens a connection to the database,
+and sets the next entry to the first entry.
+If
+.I stayopen
+is nonzero,
+then the connection to the database
+will not be closed between calls to one of the
+.BR getproto* ()
+functions.
+.P
+The
+.BR endprotoent ()
+function closes the connection to the database.
+.P
+The
+.I protoent
+structure is defined in
+.I <netdb.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct protoent {
+    char  *p_name;       /* official protocol name */
+    char **p_aliases;    /* alias list */
+    int    p_proto;      /* protocol number */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The members of the
+.I protoent
+structure are:
+.TP
+.I p_name
+The official name of the protocol.
+.TP
+.I p_aliases
+A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the protocol.
+.TP
+.I p_proto
+The protocol number.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getprotoent (),
+.BR getprotobyname (),
+and
+.BR getprotobynumber ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+statically allocated
+.I protoent
+structure, or a null pointer if an
+error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
+.SH FILES
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.I /etc/protocols
+protocol database file
+.PD
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getprotoent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:protoent
+race:protoentbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getprotobyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:protobyname
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getprotobynumber ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:protobynumber
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setprotoent (),
+.BR endprotoent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:protoent
+locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I protoent
+in
+.I race:protoent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setprotoent (),
+.BR getprotoent (),
+or
+.BR endprotoent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getnetent (3),
+.BR getprotoent_r (3),
+.BR getservent (3),
+.BR protocols (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getprotoent_r.3 b/man/man3/getprotoent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac2f160
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getprotoent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getprotoent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getprotoent_r, getprotobyname_r, getprotobynumber_r \- get
+protocol entry (reentrant)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getprotoent_r(struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getprotobyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
+.BI "                  struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getprotobynumber_r(int " proto ,
+.BI "                  struct protoent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                  char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                  struct protoent **restrict " result );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getprotoent_r (),
+.BR getprotobyname_r (),
+.BR getprotobynumber_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getprotoent_r (),
+.BR getprotobyname_r (),
+and
+.BR getprotobynumber_r ()
+functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
+.BR getprotoent (3),
+.BR getprotobyname (3),
+and
+.BR getprotobynumber (3).
+They differ in the way that the
+.I protoent
+structure is returned,
+and in the function calling signature and return value.
+This manual page describes just the differences from
+the nonreentrant functions.
+.P
+Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
+.I protoent
+structure as the function result,
+these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
+.IR result_buf .
+.P
+The
+.I buf
+array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
+.I protoent
+structure.
+(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
+The size of this array is specified in
+.IR buflen .
+If
+.I buf
+is too small, the call fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
+(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
+.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
+.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer.
+.\" The 1024 byte value is also what the Solaris man page suggests. -- mtk
+.P
+If the function call successfully obtains a protocol record, then
+.I *result
+is set pointing to
+.IR result_buf ;
+otherwise,
+.I *result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
+.P
+On error, record not found
+.RB ( getprotobyname_r (),
+.BR getprotobynumber_r ()),
+or end of input
+.RB ( getprotoent_r ())
+.I result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( getprotoent_r ())
+No more records in database.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.I buf
+is too small.
+Try again with a larger buffer
+(and increased
+.IR buflen ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getprotoent_r (),
+.BR getprotobyname_r (),
+.BR getprotobynumber_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
+though typically with different calling signatures.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses
+.BR getprotobyname_r ()
+to retrieve the protocol record for the protocol named
+in its first command-line argument.
+If a second (integer) command-line argument is supplied,
+it is used as the initial value for
+.IR buflen ;
+if
+.BR getprotobyname_r ()
+fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
+The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out tcp 1"
+ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
+getprotobyname_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=78)
+p_name=tcp; p_proto=6; aliases=TCP
+.RB "$" " ./a.out xxx 1"
+ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
+getprotobyname_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=100)
+Call failed/record not found
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getprotoent_r.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define MAX_BUF 10000
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int buflen, erange_cnt, s;
+    struct protoent result_buf;
+    struct protoent *result;
+    char buf[MAX_BUF];
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        printf("Usage: %s proto\-name [buflen]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    buflen = 1024;
+    if (argc > 2)
+        buflen = atoi(argv[2]);
+\&
+    if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
+        printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    erange_cnt = 0;
+    do {
+        s = getprotobyname_r(argv[1], &result_buf,
+                             buf, buflen, &result);
+        if (s == ERANGE) {
+            if (erange_cnt == 0)
+                printf("ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer\en");
+            erange_cnt++;
+\&
+            /* Increment a byte at a time so we can see exactly
+               what size buffer was required. */
+\&
+            buflen++;
+\&
+            if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
+                printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+        }
+    } while (s == ERANGE);
+\&
+    printf("getprotobyname_r() returned: %s  (buflen=%d)\en",
+           (s == 0) ? "0 (success)" : (s == ENOENT) ? "ENOENT" :
+           strerror(s), buflen);
+\&
+    if (s != 0 || result == NULL) {
+        printf("Call failed/record not found\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("p_name=%s; p_proto=%d; aliases=",
+           result_buf.p_name, result_buf.p_proto);
+    for (char **p = result_buf.p_aliases; *p != NULL; p++)
+        printf("%s ", *p);
+    printf("\en");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getprotoent (3),
+.BR protocols (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpt.3 b/man/man3/getpt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b2064f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This man page was written by Jeremy Phelps <jphelps@notreached.net>.
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(FREELY_REDISTRIBUTABLE)
+.\" Redistribute and modify at will.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.TH getpt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpt \- open a new pseudoterminal master
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B "int getpt(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getpt ()
+opens a new pseudoterminal device and returns a file descriptor
+that refers to that device.
+It is equivalent to opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+open("/dev/ptmx", O_RDWR);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+on Linux systems, though the pseudoterminal multiplexor device is located
+elsewhere on some systems that use the GNU C library.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR getpt ()
+returns an open file descriptor upon successful completion.
+Otherwise, it
+returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR getpt ()
+can fail with various errors described in
+.BR open (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Use
+.BR posix_openpt (3)
+instead.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR grantpt (3),
+.BR posix_openpt (3),
+.BR ptsname (3),
+.BR unlockpt (3),
+.BR ptmx (4),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpw.3 b/man/man3/getpw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39e8483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:23:25 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\"
+.TH getpw 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpw \- reconstruct password line entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int getpw(uid_t " uid ", char *" buf );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getpw ()
+function reconstructs the password line entry for
+the given user ID \fIuid\fP in the buffer \fIbuf\fP.
+The returned buffer contains a line of format
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.B name:passwd:uid:gid:gecos:dir:shell
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
+    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
+    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
+    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
+    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
+    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
+    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR passwd (5).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getpw ()
+function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+If
+.I uid
+is not found in the password database,
+.BR getpw ()
+returns \-1, sets
+.I errno
+to 0, and leaves
+.I buf
+unchanged.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.BR 0 " or " ENOENT
+No user corresponding to
+.IR uid .
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I buf
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I passwd
+structure.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/passwd
+password database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpw ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr2.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR getpw ()
+function is dangerous as it may overflow the provided buffer
+.IR buf .
+It is obsoleted by
+.BR getpwuid (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endpwent (3),
+.BR fgetpwent (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwuid (3),
+.BR putpwent (3),
+.BR setpwent (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwent.3 b/man/man3/getpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b3ef03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:22:14 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon May 27 21:37:47 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\"
+.TH getpwent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpwent, setpwent, endpwent \- get password file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.B struct passwd *getpwent(void);
+.B void setpwent(void);
+.B void endpwent(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getpwent (),
+.BR setpwent (),
+.BR endpwent ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getpwent ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of a record from the password database
+(e.g., the local password file
+.IR /etc/passwd ,
+NIS, and LDAP).
+The first time
+.BR getpwent ()
+is called, it returns the first entry; thereafter, it returns successive
+entries.
+.P
+The
+.BR setpwent ()
+function rewinds to the beginning
+of the password database.
+.P
+The
+.BR endpwent ()
+function is used to close the password database
+after all processing has been performed.
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
+    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
+    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
+    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
+    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
+    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
+    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR passwd (5).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getpwent ()
+function returns a pointer to a
+.I passwd
+structure, or NULL if
+there are no more entries or an error occurred.
+If an error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If one wants to check
+.I errno
+after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
+.P
+The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
+by subsequent calls to
+.BR getpwent (),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+or
+.BR getpwuid (3).
+(Do not pass the returned pointer to
+.BR free (3).)
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+A signal was caught; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+I/O error.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" not in POSIX
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I passwd
+structure.
+.\" to allocate the passwd structure, or to allocate buffers
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/passwd
+local password database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpwent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:pwent
+race:pwentbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setpwent (),
+.BR endpwent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:pwent locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I pwent
+in
+.I race:pwent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setpwent (),
+.BR getpwent (),
+or
+.BR endpwent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH VERSIONS
+The
+.I pw_gecos
+field is not specified in POSIX, but is present on most implementations.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetpwent (3),
+.BR getpw (3),
+.BR getpwent_r (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwuid (3),
+.BR putpwent (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwent_r.3 b/man/man3/getpwent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60f1414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH getpwent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpwent_r, fgetpwent_r \- get passwd file entry reentrantly
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getpwent_r(struct passwd *restrict " pwbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
+.BI "int fgetpwent_r(FILE *restrict " stream \
+", struct passwd *restrict " pwbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " pwbufp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getpwent_r (),
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR fgetpwent_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR getpwent_r ()
+and
+.BR fgetpwent_r ()
+are the reentrant versions of
+.BR getpwent (3)
+and
+.BR fgetpwent (3).
+The former reads the next passwd entry from the stream initialized by
+.BR setpwent (3).
+The latter reads the next passwd entry from
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in
+.I <pwd.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char    *pw_name;      /* username */
+    char    *pw_passwd;    /* user password */
+    uid_t    pw_uid;       /* user ID */
+    gid_t    pw_gid;       /* group ID */
+    char    *pw_gecos;     /* user information */
+    char    *pw_dir;       /* home directory */
+    char    *pw_shell;     /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more information about the fields of this structure, see
+.BR passwd (5).
+.P
+The nonreentrant functions return a pointer to static storage,
+where this static storage contains further pointers to user
+name, password, gecos field, home directory and shell.
+The reentrant functions described here return all of that in
+caller-provided buffers.
+First of all there is the buffer
+.I pwbuf
+that can hold a \fIstruct passwd\fP.
+And next the buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.I buflen
+that can hold additional strings.
+The result of these functions, the \fIstruct passwd\fP read from the stream,
+is stored in the provided buffer
+.IR *pwbuf ,
+and a pointer to this \fIstruct passwd\fP is returned in
+.IR *pwbufp .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0 and
+.I *pwbufp
+is a pointer to the \fIstruct passwd\fP.
+On error, these functions return an error value and
+.I *pwbufp
+is NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+No more entries.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+Try again with larger buffer.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpwent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:pwent locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetpwent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I pwent
+in
+.I race:pwent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setpwent (),
+.BR getpwent (),
+.BR endpwent (),
+or
+.BR getpwent_r ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Other systems use the prototype
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd *
+getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buf, int buflen);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+or, better,
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int
+getpwent_r(struct passwd *pwd, char *buf, int buflen,
+           FILE **pw_fp);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+These functions are done in a style resembling
+the POSIX version of functions like
+.BR getpwnam_r (3).
+.SH NOTES
+The function
+.BR getpwent_r ()
+is not really reentrant since it shares the reading position
+in the stream with all other threads.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getpwent_r.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define BUFLEN 4096
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct passwd pw;
+    struct passwd *pwp;
+    char buf[BUFLEN];
+    int i;
+\&
+    setpwent();
+    while (1) {
+        i = getpwent_r(&pw, buf, sizeof(buf), &pwp);
+        if (i)
+            break;
+        printf("%s (%jd)\etHOME %s\etSHELL %s\en", pwp\->pw_name,
+               (intmax_t) pwp\->pw_uid, pwp\->pw_dir, pwp\->pw_shell);
+    }
+    endpwent();
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" perhaps add error checking - should use strerror_r
+.\" #include <errno.h>
+.\" #include <stdlib.h>
+.\"         if (i) {
+.\"               if (i == ENOENT)
+.\"                     break;
+.\"               printf("getpwent_r: %s", strerror(i));
+.\"               exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+.\"         }
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetpwent (3),
+.BR getpw (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwuid (3),
+.BR putpwent (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwnam.3 b/man/man3/getpwnam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3547ca5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwnam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's "POSIX Programmer's Guide" (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1996-05-27 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\" Modified 2003-11-15 by aeb
+.\" 2008-11-07, mtk, Added an example program for getpwnam_r().
+.\"
+.TH getpwnam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getpwnam, getpwnam_r, getpwuid, getpwuid_r \- get password file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct passwd *getpwnam(const char *" name );
+.BI "struct passwd *getpwuid(uid_t " uid );
+.P
+.BI "int getpwnam_r(const char *restrict " name ", \
+struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getpwuid_r(uid_t " uid ", struct passwd *restrict " pwd ,
+.BI "               char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "               struct passwd **restrict " result );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getpwnam_r (),
+.BR getpwuid_r ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getpwnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
+(e.g., the local password file
+.IR /etc/passwd ,
+NIS, and LDAP)
+that matches the username
+.IR name .
+.P
+The
+.BR getpwuid ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of the record in the password database
+that matches the user ID
+.IR uid .
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char   *pw_name;       /* username */
+    char   *pw_passwd;     /* user password */
+    uid_t   pw_uid;        /* user ID */
+    gid_t   pw_gid;        /* group ID */
+    char   *pw_gecos;      /* user information */
+    char   *pw_dir;        /* home directory */
+    char   *pw_shell;      /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+See
+.BR passwd (5)
+for more information about these fields.
+.P
+The
+.BR getpwnam_r ()
+and
+.BR getpwuid_r ()
+functions obtain the same information as
+.BR getpwnam ()
+and
+.BR getpwuid (),
+but store the retrieved
+.I passwd
+structure in the space pointed to by
+.IR pwd .
+The string fields pointed to by the members of the
+.I passwd
+structure are stored in the buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR buflen .
+A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
+was found or an error occurred) is stored in
+.IR *result .
+.P
+The call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+returns either \-1, without changing
+.IR errno ,
+or an initial suggested size for
+.IR buf .
+(If this size is too small,
+the call fails with
+.BR ERANGE ,
+in which case the caller can retry with a larger buffer.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getpwnam ()
+and
+.BR getpwuid ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+.I passwd
+structure, or NULL if the matching entry is not found or
+an error occurs.
+If an error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If one wants to check
+.I errno
+after the call, it should be set to zero before the call.
+.P
+The return value may point to a static area, and may be overwritten
+by subsequent calls to
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (),
+or
+.BR getpwuid ().
+(Do not pass the returned pointer to
+.BR free (3).)
+.P
+On success,
+.BR getpwnam_r ()
+and
+.BR getpwuid_r ()
+return zero, and set
+.I *result
+to
+.IR pwd .
+If no matching password record was found,
+these functions return 0 and store NULL in
+.IR *result .
+In case of error, an error number is returned, and NULL is stored in
+.IR *result .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.BR 0 " or " ENOENT " or " ESRCH " or " EBADF " or " EPERM " or ..."
+The given
+.I name
+or
+.I uid
+was not found.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+A signal was caught; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+I/O error.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" not in POSIX
+Insufficient memory to allocate
+.I passwd
+structure.
+.\" This structure is static, allocated 0 or 1 times. No memory leak. (libc45)
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient buffer space supplied.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/passwd
+local password database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpwnam ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:pwnam locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpwuid ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:pwuid locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getpwnam_r (),
+.BR getpwuid_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe locale
+T}
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The
+.I pw_gecos
+field is not specified in POSIX, but is present on most implementations.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+The formulation given above under "RETURN VALUE" is from POSIX.1-2001.
+It does not call "not found" an error, and hence does not specify what value
+.I errno
+might have in this situation.
+But that makes it impossible to recognize
+errors.
+One might argue that according to POSIX
+.I errno
+should be left unchanged if an entry is not found.
+Experiments on various
+UNIX-like systems show that lots of different values occur in this
+situation: 0, ENOENT, EBADF, ESRCH, EWOULDBLOCK, EPERM, and probably others.
+.\" more precisely:
+.\" AIX 5.1 - gives ESRCH
+.\" OSF1 4.0g - gives EWOULDBLOCK
+.\" libc, glibc up to glibc 2.6, Irix 6.5 - give ENOENT
+.\" since glibc 2.7 - give 0
+.\" FreeBSD 4.8, OpenBSD 3.2, NetBSD 1.6 - give EPERM
+.\" SunOS 5.8 - gives EBADF
+.\" Tru64 5.1b, HP-UX-11i, SunOS 5.7 - give 0
+.P
+The
+.I pw_dir
+field contains the name of the initial working directory of the user.
+Login programs use the value of this field to initialize the
+.B HOME
+environment variable for the login shell.
+An application that wants to determine its user's home directory
+should inspect the value of
+.B HOME
+(rather than the value
+.IR getpwuid(getuid())\->pw_dir )
+since this allows the user to modify their notion of
+"the home directory" during a login session.
+To determine the (initial) home directory of another user,
+it is necessary to use
+.I getpwnam("username")\->pw_dir
+or similar.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR getpwnam_r ()
+to find the full username and user ID for the username
+supplied as a command-line argument.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getpwnam.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct passwd pwd;
+    struct passwd *result;
+    char *buf;
+    long bufsize;
+    int s;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s username\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    bufsize = sysconf(_SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX);
+    if (bufsize == \-1)          /* Value was indeterminate */
+        bufsize = 16384;        /* Should be more than enough */
+\&
+    buf = malloc(bufsize);
+    if (buf == NULL) {
+        perror("malloc");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    s = getpwnam_r(argv[1], &pwd, buf, bufsize, &result);
+    if (result == NULL) {
+        if (s == 0)
+            printf("Not found\en");
+        else {
+            errno = s;
+            perror("getpwnam_r");
+        }
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("Name: %s; UID: %jd\en", pwd.pw_gecos,
+           (intmax_t) pwd.pw_uid);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endpwent (3),
+.BR fgetpwent (3),
+.BR getgrnam (3),
+.BR getpw (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getspnam (3),
+.BR putpwent (3),
+.BR setpwent (3),
+.BR passwd (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwnam_r.3 b/man/man3/getpwnam_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e83dcaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwnam_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwuid.3 b/man/man3/getpwuid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e83dcaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwuid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getpwuid_r.3 b/man/man3/getpwuid_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e83dcaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getpwuid_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcbyname.3 b/man/man3/getrpcbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923085e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3 b/man/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78323ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcbyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcbynumber.3 b/man/man3/getrpcbynumber.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923085e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcbynumber.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3 b/man/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78323ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcbynumber_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcent.3 b/man/man3/getrpcent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1c2f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" @(#)getrpcent.3n	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.11 88/03/14 SMI
+.TH getrpcent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getrpcent, getrpcbyname, getrpcbynumber, setrpcent, endrpcent \- get
+RPC entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.B struct rpcent *getrpcent(void);
+.P
+.BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbyname(const char *" name );
+.BI "struct rpcent *getrpcbynumber(int " number );
+.P
+.BI "void setrpcent(int " stayopen );
+.B void endrpcent(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getrpcent (),
+.BR getrpcbyname (),
+and
+.BR getrpcbynumber ()
+functions each return a pointer to an object with the
+following structure containing the broken-out
+fields of an entry in the RPC program number data base.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct rpcent {
+    char  *r_name;     /* name of server for this RPC program */
+    char **r_aliases;  /* alias list */
+    long   r_number;   /* RPC program number */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The members of this structure are:
+.TP
+.I r_name
+The name of the server for this RPC program.
+.TP
+.I r_aliases
+A NULL-terminated list of alternate names for the RPC program.
+.TP
+.I r_number
+The RPC program number for this service.
+.P
+The
+.BR getrpcent ()
+function reads the next entry from the database.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR setrpcent ()
+function opens a connection to the database,
+and sets the next entry to the first entry.
+If
+.I stayopen
+is nonzero,
+then the connection to the database
+will not be closed between calls to one of the
+.BR getrpc* ()
+functions.
+.P
+The
+.BR endrpcent ()
+function closes the connection to the database.
+.P
+The
+.BR getrpcbyname ()
+and
+.BR getrpcbynumber ()
+functions sequentially search from the beginning
+of the file until a matching RPC program name or
+program number is found, or until end-of-file is encountered.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR getrpcent (),
+.BR getrpcbyname (),
+and
+.BR getrpcbynumber ()
+return a pointer to a statically allocated
+.I rpcent
+structure.
+NULL is returned on EOF or error.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/rpc
+RPC program number database.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getrpcent (),
+.BR getrpcbyname (),
+.BR getrpcbynumber ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setrpcent (),
+.BR endrpcent ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+BSD, Solaris.
+.SH BUGS
+All information
+is contained in a static area
+so it must be copied if it is
+to be saved.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrpcent_r (3),
+.BR rpc (5),
+.BR rpcinfo (8),
+.BR ypserv (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcent_r.3 b/man/man3/getrpcent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa20597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getrpcent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getrpcent_r, getrpcbyname_r, getrpcbynumber_r \- get
+RPC entry (reentrant)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getrpcent_r(struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
+.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
+.BI "int getrpcbyname_r(const char *" name ,
+.BI "                struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
+.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
+.BI "int getrpcbynumber_r(int " number ,
+.BI "                struct rpcent *" result_buf ", char " buf [. buflen ],
+.BI "                size_t " buflen ", struct rpcent **" result );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getrpcent_r (),
+.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
+.BR getrpcbynumber_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getrpcent_r (),
+.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
+and
+.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()
+functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
+.BR getrpcent (3),
+.BR getrpcbyname (3),
+and
+.BR getrpcbynumber (3).
+They differ in the way that the
+.I rpcent
+structure is returned,
+and in the function calling signature and return value.
+This manual page describes just the differences from
+the nonreentrant functions.
+.P
+Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
+.I rpcent
+structure as the function result,
+these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
+.IR result_buf .
+.P
+The
+.I buf
+array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
+.I rpcent
+structure.
+(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
+The size of this array is specified in
+.IR buflen .
+If
+.I buf
+is too small, the call fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
+(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
+.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
+.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
+.P
+If the function call successfully obtains an RPC record, then
+.I *result
+is set pointing to
+.IR result_buf ;
+otherwise,
+.I *result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in ERRORS.
+.P
+On error, record not found
+.RB ( getrpcbyname_r (),
+.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()),
+or end of input
+.RB ( getrpcent_r ())
+.I result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( getrpcent_r ())
+No more records in database.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.I buf
+is too small.
+Try again with a larger buffer
+(and increased
+.IR buflen ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getrpcent_r (),
+.BR getrpcbyname_r (),
+.BR getrpcbynumber_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
+though typically with different calling signatures.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrpcent (3),
+.BR rpc (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getrpcport.3 b/man/man3/getrpcport.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23b1171
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getrpcport.3
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" @(#)getrpcport.3r	2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.12 88/02/26 SMI
+.TH getrpcport 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getrpcport \- get RPC port number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <rpc/rpc.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int getrpcport(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
+.BI "               unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned int " proto );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getrpcport ()
+returns the port number for version
+.I versnum
+of the RPC program
+.I prognum
+running on
+.I host
+and using protocol
+.IR proto .
+It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if
+.I prognum
+is not registered.
+If
+.I prognum
+is registered but not with version
+.IR versnum ,
+it will still return a port number (for some version of the program)
+indicating that the program is indeed registered.
+The version mismatch will be detected upon the first call to the service.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getrpcport ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+BSD, Solaris.
diff --git a/man/man3/gets.3 b/man/man3/gets.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..371829b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gets.3
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:07 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Sep  8 15:48:13 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 2013-12-31, David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
+.\"     Split gets(3) into its own page; fgetc() et al. move to fgetc(3)
+.TH gets 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gets \- get a string from standard input (DEPRECATED)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *gets(char *" "s" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Never use this function" .
+.P
+.BR gets ()
+reads a line from
+.I stdin
+into the buffer pointed to by
+.I s
+until either a terminating newline or
+.BR EOF ,
+which it replaces with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+No check for buffer overrun is performed (see BUGS below).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR gets ()
+returns
+.I s
+on success, and NULL
+on error or when end of file occurs while no characters have been read.
+However, given the lack of buffer overrun checking, there can be no
+guarantees that the function will even return.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gets ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+LSB deprecates
+.BR gets ().
+POSIX.1-2008 marks
+.BR gets ()
+obsolescent.
+ISO C11 removes the specification of
+.BR gets ()
+from the C language, and since glibc 2.16,
+glibc header files don't expose the function declaration if the
+.B _ISOC11_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined.
+.SH BUGS
+Never use
+.BR gets ().
+Because it is impossible to tell without knowing the data in advance how many
+characters
+.BR gets ()
+will read, and because
+.BR gets ()
+will continue to store characters past the end of the buffer,
+it is extremely dangerous to use.
+It has been used to break computer security.
+Use
+.BR fgets ()
+instead.
+.P
+For more information, see CWE-242 (aka "Use of Inherently Dangerous
+Function") at
+http://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/242.html
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR ferror (3),
+.BR fgetc (3),
+.BR fgets (3),
+.BR fgetwc (3),
+.BR fgetws (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fread (3),
+.BR fseek (3),
+.BR getline (3),
+.BR getwchar (3),
+.BR puts (3),
+.BR scanf (3),
+.BR ungetwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3),
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/getservbyname.3 b/man/man3/getservbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaafb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getservbyname_r.3 b/man/man3/getservbyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b36a442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservbyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getservbyport.3 b/man/man3/getservbyport.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaafb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservbyport.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getservbyport_r.3 b/man/man3/getservbyport_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b36a442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservbyport_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getservent.3 b/man/man3/getservent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c4b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:19:11 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Wed Oct 18 20:23:54 1995 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
+.\" Modified Mon Apr 22 01:50:54 1996 by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.north.de>
+.\" 2001-07-25 added a clause about NULL proto (Martin Michlmayr or David N. Welton)
+.\"
+.TH getservent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getservent, getservbyname, getservbyport, setservent, endservent \-
+get service entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.B struct servent *getservent(void);
+.P
+.BI "struct servent *getservbyname(const char *" name ", const char *" proto );
+.BI "struct servent *getservbyport(int " port ", const char *" proto );
+.P
+.BI "void setservent(int " stayopen );
+.B void endservent(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getservent ()
+function reads the next entry from the services database (see
+.BR services (5))
+and returns a
+.I servent
+structure containing
+the broken-out fields from the entry.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR getservbyname ()
+function returns a
+.I servent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the service
+.I name
+using protocol
+.IR proto .
+If
+.I proto
+is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR getservbyport ()
+function returns a
+.I servent
+structure
+for the entry from the database
+that matches the port
+.I port
+(given in network byte order)
+using protocol
+.IR proto .
+If
+.I proto
+is NULL, any protocol will be matched.
+A connection is opened to the database if necessary.
+.P
+The
+.BR setservent ()
+function opens a connection to the database,
+and sets the next entry to the first entry.
+If
+.I stayopen
+is nonzero,
+then the connection to the database
+will not be closed between calls to one of the
+.BR getserv* ()
+functions.
+.P
+The
+.BR endservent ()
+function closes the connection to the database.
+.P
+The
+.I servent
+structure is defined in
+.I <netdb.h>
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct servent {
+    char  *s_name;       /* official service name */
+    char **s_aliases;    /* alias list */
+    int    s_port;       /* port number */
+    char  *s_proto;      /* protocol to use */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The members of the
+.I servent
+structure are:
+.TP
+.I s_name
+The official name of the service.
+.TP
+.I s_aliases
+A NULL-terminated list of alternative names for the service.
+.TP
+.I s_port
+The port number for the service given in network byte order.
+.TP
+.I s_proto
+The name of the protocol to use with this service.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getservent (),
+.BR getservbyname (),
+and
+.BR getservbyport ()
+functions return a pointer to a
+statically allocated
+.I servent
+structure, or NULL if an
+error occurs or the end of the file is reached.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/services
+services database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getservent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:servent
+race:serventbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getservbyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:servbyname
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getservbyport ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:servbyport
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setservent (),
+.BR endservent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:servent
+locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I servent
+in
+.I race:servent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setservent (),
+.BR getservent (),
+or
+.BR endservent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getnetent (3),
+.BR getprotoent (3),
+.BR getservent_r (3),
+.BR services (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getservent_r.3 b/man/man3/getservent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2fe200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getservent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"	<mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getservent_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getservent_r, getservbyname_r, getservbyport_r \- get
+service entry (reentrant)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getservent_r(struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getservbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
+.BI "                 const char *restrict " proto ,
+.BI "                 struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
+.BI "int getservbyport_r(int " port ,
+.BI "                 const char *restrict " proto ,
+.BI "                 struct servent *restrict " result_buf ,
+.BI "                 char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                 struct servent **restrict " result );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getservent_r (),
+.BR getservbyname_r (),
+.BR getservbyport_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getservent_r (),
+.BR getservbyname_r (),
+and
+.BR getservbyport_r ()
+functions are the reentrant equivalents of, respectively,
+.BR getservent (3),
+.BR getservbyname (3),
+and
+.BR getservbyport (3).
+They differ in the way that the
+.I servent
+structure is returned,
+and in the function calling signature and return value.
+This manual page describes just the differences from
+the nonreentrant functions.
+.P
+Instead of returning a pointer to a statically allocated
+.I servent
+structure as the function result,
+these functions copy the structure into the location pointed to by
+.IR result_buf .
+.P
+The
+.I buf
+array is used to store the string fields pointed to by the returned
+.I servent
+structure.
+(The nonreentrant functions allocate these strings in static storage.)
+The size of this array is specified in
+.IR buflen .
+If
+.I buf
+is too small, the call fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+and the caller must try again with a larger buffer.
+(A buffer of length 1024 bytes should be sufficient for most applications.)
+.\" I can find no information on the required/recommended buffer size;
+.\" the nonreentrant functions use a 1024 byte buffer -- mtk.
+.P
+If the function call successfully obtains a service record, then
+.I *result
+is set pointing to
+.IR result_buf ;
+otherwise,
+.I *result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return one of the positive error numbers listed in errors.
+.P
+On error, record not found
+.RB ( getservbyname_r (),
+.BR getservbyport_r ()),
+or end of input
+.RB ( getservent_r ())
+.I result
+is set to NULL.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( getservent_r ())
+No more records in database.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.I buf
+is too small.
+Try again with a larger buffer
+(and increased
+.IR buflen ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getservent_r (),
+.BR getservbyname_r (),
+.BR getservbyport_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Functions with similar names exist on some other systems,
+though typically with different calling signatures.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses
+.BR getservbyport_r ()
+to retrieve the service record for the port and protocol named
+in its first command-line argument.
+If a third (integer) command-line argument is supplied,
+it is used as the initial value for
+.IR buflen ;
+if
+.BR getservbyport_r ()
+fails with the error
+.BR ERANGE ,
+the program retries with larger buffer sizes.
+The following shell session shows a couple of sample runs:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 7 tcp 1"
+ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer
+getservbyport_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=87)
+s_name=echo; s_proto=tcp; s_port=7; aliases=
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 77777 tcp"
+getservbyport_r() returned: 0 (success)  (buflen=1024)
+Call failed/record not found
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getservent_r.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define MAX_BUF 10000
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int buflen, erange_cnt, port, s;
+    struct servent result_buf;
+    struct servent *result;
+    char buf[MAX_BUF];
+    char *protop;
+\&
+    if (argc < 3) {
+        printf("Usage: %s port\-num proto\-name [buflen]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    port = htons(atoi(argv[1]));
+    protop = (strcmp(argv[2], "null") == 0 ||
+              strcmp(argv[2], "NULL") == 0) ?  NULL : argv[2];
+\&
+    buflen = 1024;
+    if (argc > 3)
+        buflen = atoi(argv[3]);
+\&
+    if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
+        printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    erange_cnt = 0;
+    do {
+        s = getservbyport_r(port, protop, &result_buf,
+                            buf, buflen, &result);
+        if (s == ERANGE) {
+            if (erange_cnt == 0)
+                printf("ERANGE! Retrying with larger buffer\en");
+            erange_cnt++;
+\&
+            /* Increment a byte at a time so we can see exactly
+               what size buffer was required. */
+\&
+            buflen++;
+\&
+            if (buflen > MAX_BUF) {
+                printf("Exceeded buffer limit (%d)\en", MAX_BUF);
+                exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            }
+        }
+    } while (s == ERANGE);
+\&
+    printf("getservbyport_r() returned: %s  (buflen=%d)\en",
+           (s == 0) ? "0 (success)" : (s == ENOENT) ? "ENOENT" :
+           strerror(s), buflen);
+\&
+    if (s != 0 || result == NULL) {
+        printf("Call failed/record not found\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("s_name=%s; s_proto=%s; s_port=%d; aliases=",
+           result_buf.s_name, result_buf.s_proto,
+           ntohs(result_buf.s_port));
+    for (char **p = result_buf.s_aliases; *p != NULL; p++)
+        printf("%s ", *p);
+    printf("\en");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getservent (3),
+.BR services (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getspent.3 b/man/man3/getspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getspent_r.3 b/man/man3/getspent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getspent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getspnam.3 b/man/man3/getspnam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03fca91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getspnam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) and
+.\" Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH getspnam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getspnam, getspnam_r, getspent, getspent_r, setspent, endspent,
+fgetspent, fgetspent_r, sgetspent, sgetspent_r, putspent,
+lckpwdf, ulckpwdf \- get shadow password file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+/* General shadow password file API */
+.B #include <shadow.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct spwd *getspnam(const char *" name );
+.B struct spwd *getspent(void);
+.P
+.B void setspent(void);
+.B void endspent(void);
+.P
+.BI "struct spwd *fgetspent(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "struct spwd *sgetspent(const char *" s );
+.P
+.BI "int putspent(const struct spwd *" p ", FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.B int lckpwdf(void);
+.B int ulckpwdf(void);
+.P
+/* GNU extension */
+.B #include <shadow.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getspent_r(struct spwd *" spbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
+struct spwd **" spbufp );
+.BI "int getspnam_r(const char *" name ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
+struct spwd **" spbufp );
+.P
+.BI "int fgetspent_r(FILE *" stream ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
+struct spwd **" spbufp );
+.BI "int sgetspent_r(const char *" s ", struct spwd *" spbuf ,
+.BI "               char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen ", \
+struct spwd **" spbufp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getspent_r (),
+.BR getspnam_r (),
+.BR fgetspent_r (),
+.BR sgetspent_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Long ago it was considered safe to have encrypted passwords openly
+visible in the password file.
+When computers got faster and people
+got more security-conscious, this was no longer acceptable.
+Julianne Frances Haugh implemented the shadow password suite
+that keeps the encrypted passwords in
+the shadow password database
+(e.g., the local shadow password file
+.IR /etc/shadow ,
+NIS, and LDAP),
+readable only by root.
+.P
+The functions described below resemble those for
+the traditional password database
+(e.g., see
+.BR getpwnam (3)
+and
+.BR getpwent (3)).
+.\" FIXME . I've commented out the following for the
+.\" moment.  The relationship between PAM and nsswitch.conf needs
+.\" to be clearly documented in one place, which is pointed to by
+.\" the pages for the user, group, and shadow password functions.
+.\" (Jul 2005, mtk)
+.\"
+.\" This shadow password setup has been superseded by PAM
+.\" (pluggable authentication modules), and the file
+.\" .I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+.\" now describes the sources to be used.
+.P
+The
+.BR getspnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the broken-out fields of the record in the shadow password database
+that matches the username
+.IR name .
+.P
+The
+.BR getspent ()
+function returns a pointer to the next entry in the shadow password
+database.
+The position in the input stream is initialized by
+.BR setspent ().
+When done reading, the program may call
+.BR endspent ()
+so that resources can be deallocated.
+.\" some systems require a call of setspent() before the first getspent()
+.\" glibc does not
+.P
+The
+.BR fgetspent ()
+function is similar to
+.BR getspent ()
+but uses the supplied stream instead of the one implicitly opened by
+.BR setspent ().
+.P
+The
+.BR sgetspent ()
+function parses the supplied string
+.I s
+into a struct
+.IR spwd .
+.P
+The
+.BR putspent ()
+function writes the contents of the supplied struct
+.I spwd
+.I *p
+as a text line in the shadow password file format to
+.IR stream .
+String entries with value NULL and numerical entries with value \-1
+are written as an empty string.
+.P
+The
+.BR lckpwdf ()
+function is intended to protect against multiple simultaneous accesses
+of the shadow password database.
+It tries to acquire a lock, and returns 0 on success,
+or \-1 on failure (lock not obtained within 15 seconds).
+The
+.BR ulckpwdf ()
+function releases the lock again.
+Note that there is no protection against direct access of the shadow
+password file.
+Only programs that use
+.BR lckpwdf ()
+will notice the lock.
+.P
+These were the functions that formed the original shadow API.
+They are widely available.
+.\" Also in libc5
+.\" SUN doesn't have sgetspent()
+.SS Reentrant versions
+Analogous to the reentrant functions for the password database, glibc
+also has reentrant functions for the shadow password database.
+The
+.BR getspnam_r ()
+function is like
+.BR getspnam ()
+but stores the retrieved shadow password structure in the space pointed to by
+.IR spbuf .
+This shadow password structure contains pointers to strings, and these strings
+are stored in the buffer
+.I buf
+of size
+.IR buflen .
+A pointer to the result (in case of success) or NULL (in case no entry
+was found or an error occurred) is stored in
+.IR *spbufp .
+.P
+The functions
+.BR getspent_r (),
+.BR fgetspent_r (),
+and
+.BR sgetspent_r ()
+are similarly analogous to their nonreentrant counterparts.
+.P
+Some non-glibc systems also have functions with these names,
+often with different prototypes.
+.\" SUN doesn't have sgetspent_r()
+.SS Structure
+The shadow password structure is defined in \fI<shadow.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct spwd {
+    char *sp_namp;     /* Login name */
+    char *sp_pwdp;     /* Encrypted password */
+    long  sp_lstchg;   /* Date of last change
+                          (measured in days since
+                          1970\-01\-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC)) */
+    long  sp_min;      /* Min # of days between changes */
+    long  sp_max;      /* Max # of days between changes */
+    long  sp_warn;     /* # of days before password expires
+                          to warn user to change it */
+    long  sp_inact;    /* # of days after password expires
+                          until account is disabled */
+    long  sp_expire;   /* Date when account expires
+                          (measured in days since
+                          1970\-01\-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC)) */
+    unsigned long sp_flag;  /* Reserved */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions that return a pointer return NULL if no more entries
+are available or if an error occurs during processing.
+The functions which have \fIint\fP as the return value return 0 for
+success and \-1 for failure, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.P
+For the nonreentrant functions, the return value may point to static area,
+and may be overwritten by subsequent calls to these functions.
+.P
+The reentrant functions return zero on success.
+In case of error, an error number is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The caller does not have permission to access the shadow password file.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Supplied buffer is too small.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/shadow
+local shadow password database file
+.TP
+.I /etc/.pwd.lock
+lock file
+.P
+The include file
+.I <paths.h>
+defines the constant
+.B _PATH_SHADOW
+to the pathname of the shadow password file.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getspnam ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getspnam locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getspent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getspent
+race:spentbuf locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setspent (),
+.BR endspent (),
+.BR getspent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:getspent locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fgetspent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:fgetspent
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sgetspent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:sgetspent
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putspent (),
+.BR getspnam_r (),
+.BR sgetspent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lckpwdf (),
+.BR ulckpwdf (),
+.BR fgetspent_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I getspent
+in
+.I race:getspent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setspent (),
+.BR getspent (),
+.BR getspent_r (),
+or
+.BR endspent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Many other systems provide a similar API.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getgrnam (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwnam_r (3),
+.BR shadow (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getspnam_r.3 b/man/man3/getspnam_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getspnam_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getsubopt.3 b/man/man3/getsubopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99bb4dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getsubopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2007 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.TH getsubopt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getsubopt \- parse suboption arguments from a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getsubopt(char **restrict " optionp ", char *const *restrict " tokens ,
+.BI "              char **restrict " valuep );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getsubopt ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getsubopt ()
+parses the list of comma-separated suboptions provided in
+.IR optionp .
+(Such a suboption list is typically produced when
+.BR getopt (3)
+is used to parse a command line;
+see for example the \fI\-o\fP option of
+.BR mount (8).)
+Each suboption may include an associated value,
+which is separated from the suboption name by an equal sign.
+The following is an example of the kind of string
+that might be passed in
+.IR optionp :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.B ro,name=xyz
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I tokens
+argument is a pointer to a NULL-terminated array of pointers to the tokens that
+.BR getsubopt ()
+will look for in
+.IR optionp .
+The tokens should be distinct, null-terminated strings containing at
+least one character, with no embedded equal signs or commas.
+.P
+Each call to
+.BR getsubopt ()
+returns information about the next unprocessed suboption in
+.IR optionp .
+The first equal sign in a suboption (if any) is interpreted as a
+separator between the name and the value of that suboption.
+The value extends to the next comma,
+or (for the last suboption) to the end of the string.
+If the name of the suboption matches a known name from
+.IR tokens ,
+and a value string was found,
+.BR getsubopt ()
+sets
+.I *valuep
+to the address of that string.
+The first comma in
+.I optionp
+is overwritten with a null byte, so
+.I *valuep
+is precisely the "value string" for that suboption.
+.P
+If the suboption is recognized, but no value string was found,
+.I *valuep
+is set to NULL.
+.P
+When
+.BR getsubopt ()
+returns,
+.I optionp
+points to the next suboption,
+or to the null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) at the end of the
+string if the last suboption was just processed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If the first suboption in
+.I optionp
+is recognized,
+.BR getsubopt ()
+returns the index of the matching suboption element in
+.IR tokens .
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.I *valuep
+is the entire
+.IB name [= value ]
+string.
+.P
+Since
+.I *optionp
+is changed, the first suboption before the call to
+.BR getsubopt ()
+is not (necessarily) the same as the first suboption after
+.BR getsubopt ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getsubopt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Since
+.BR getsubopt ()
+overwrites any commas it finds in the string
+.IR *optionp ,
+that string must be writable; it cannot be a string constant.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program expects suboptions following a "\-o" option.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getsubopt.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#include <assert.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    enum {
+        RO_OPT = 0,
+        RW_OPT,
+        NAME_OPT
+    };
+    char *const token[] = {
+        [RO_OPT]   = "ro",
+        [RW_OPT]   = "rw",
+        [NAME_OPT] = "name",
+        NULL
+    };
+    char *subopts;
+    char *value;
+    int opt;
+\&
+    int readonly = 0;
+    int readwrite = 0;
+    char *name = NULL;
+    int errfnd = 0;
+\&
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "o:")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]o\[aq]:
+            subopts = optarg;
+            while (*subopts != \[aq]\e0\[aq] && !errfnd) {
+\&
+                switch (getsubopt(&subopts, token, &value)) {
+                case RO_OPT:
+                    readonly = 1;
+                    break;
+\&
+                case RW_OPT:
+                    readwrite = 1;
+                    break;
+\&
+                case NAME_OPT:
+                    if (value == NULL) {
+                        fprintf(stderr,
+                                "Missing value for suboption \[aq]%s\[aq]\en",
+                                token[NAME_OPT]);
+                        errfnd = 1;
+                        continue;
+                    }
+\&
+                    name = value;
+                    break;
+\&
+                default:
+                    fprintf(stderr,
+                            "No match found for token: /%s/\en", value);
+                    errfnd = 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+            if (readwrite && readonly) {
+                fprintf(stderr,
+                        "Only one of \[aq]%s\[aq] and \[aq]%s\[aq] can be specified\en",
+                        token[RO_OPT], token[RW_OPT]);
+                errfnd = 1;
+            }
+            break;
+\&
+        default:
+            errfnd = 1;
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (errfnd || argc == 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "\enUsage: %s \-o <suboptstring>\en", argv[0]);
+        fprintf(stderr,
+                "suboptions are \[aq]ro\[aq], \[aq]rw\[aq], and \[aq]name=<value>\[aq]\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Remainder of program... */
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getttyent.3 b/man/man3/getttyent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8869cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getttyent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH getttyent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getttyent, getttynam, setttyent, endttyent \- get ttys file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <ttyent.h>"
+.P
+.B "struct ttyent *getttyent(void);"
+.BI "struct ttyent *getttynam(const char *" name );
+.P
+.B "int setttyent(void);"
+.B "int endttyent(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions provide an interface to the file
+.B _PATH_TTYS
+(e.g.,
+.IR /etc/ttys ).
+.P
+The function
+.BR setttyent ()
+opens the file or rewinds it if already open.
+.P
+The function
+.BR endttyent ()
+closes the file.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getttynam ()
+searches for a given terminal name in the file.
+It returns a pointer to a
+.I ttyent
+structure (description below).
+.P
+The function
+.BR getttyent ()
+opens the file
+.B _PATH_TTYS
+(if necessary) and returns the first entry.
+If the file is already open, the next entry.
+The
+.I ttyent
+structure has the form:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct ttyent {
+    char *ty_name;     /* terminal device name */
+    char *ty_getty;    /* command to execute, usually getty */
+    char *ty_type;     /* terminal type for termcap */
+    int   ty_status;   /* status flags */
+    char *ty_window;   /* command to start up window manager */
+    char *ty_comment;  /* comment field */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+.I ty_status
+can be:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define TTY_ON     0x01  /* enable logins (start ty_getty program) */
+#define TTY_SECURE 0x02  /* allow UID 0 to login */
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getttyent (),
+.BR setttyent (),
+.BR endttyent (),
+.BR getttynam ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyent
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+Under Linux, the file
+.IR /etc/ttys ,
+and the functions described above, are not used.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ttyname (3),
+.BR ttyslot (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getttynam.3 b/man/man3/getttynam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd11e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getttynam.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getusershell.3 b/man/man3/getusershell.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142b36e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getusershell.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:17:53 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH getusershell 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getusershell, setusershell, endusershell \- get permitted user shells
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.B char *getusershell(void);
+.B void setusershell(void);
+.B void endusershell(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getusershell (),
+.BR setusershell (),
+.BR endusershell ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.21:
+.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getusershell ()
+function returns the next line from the file
+.IR /etc/shells ,
+opening the file if necessary.
+The line should contain
+the pathname of a valid user shell.
+If
+.I /etc/shells
+does not exist or
+is unreadable,
+.BR getusershell ()
+behaves as if
+.I /bin/sh
+and
+.I /bin/csh
+were listed in the file.
+.P
+The
+.BR setusershell ()
+function rewinds
+.IR /etc/shells .
+.P
+The
+.BR endusershell ()
+function closes
+.IR /etc/shells .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getusershell ()
+function returns NULL on end-of-file.
+.SH FILES
+.I /etc/shells
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getusershell (),
+.BR setusershell (),
+.BR endusershell ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR shells (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getutent.3 b/man/man3/getutent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ba149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Mark D. Roth (roth@uiuc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Solaris manpages
+.\"
+.\" Modified Thu Jul 25 14:43:46 MET DST 1996 by Michael Haardt
+.\"     <michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de>
+.\"
+.TH getutent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getutent, getutid, getutline, pututline, setutent, endutent,
+utmpname \- access utmp file entries
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <utmp.h>
+.P
+.B struct utmp *getutent(void);
+.BI "struct utmp *getutid(const struct utmp *" ut );
+.BI "struct utmp *getutline(const struct utmp *" ut );
+.P
+.BI "struct utmp *pututline(const struct utmp *" ut );
+.P
+.B void setutent(void);
+.B void endutent(void);
+.P
+.BI "int utmpname(const char *" file );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+New applications should use the POSIX.1-specified "utmpx" versions of
+these functions; see STANDARDS.
+.P
+.BR utmpname ()
+sets the name of the utmp-format file for the other utmp
+functions to access.
+If
+.BR utmpname ()
+is not used to set the filename
+before the other functions are used, they assume \fB_PATH_UTMP\fP, as
+defined in \fI<paths.h>\fP.
+.P
+.BR setutent ()
+rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the utmp file.
+It is generally a good idea to call it before any of the other
+functions.
+.P
+.BR endutent ()
+closes the utmp file.
+It should be called when the user
+code is done accessing the file with the other functions.
+.P
+.BR getutent ()
+reads a line from the current file position in the utmp file.
+It returns a pointer to a structure containing the fields of
+the line.
+The definition of this structure is shown in
+.BR utmp (5).
+.P
+.BR getutid ()
+searches forward from the current file position in the utmp
+file based upon \fIut\fP.
+If \fIut\->ut_type\fP is one of \fBRUN_LVL\fP,
+\fBBOOT_TIME\fP, \fBNEW_TIME\fP, or \fBOLD_TIME\fP,
+.BR getutid ()
+will
+find the first entry whose \fIut_type\fP field matches \fIut\->ut_type\fP.
+If \fIut\->ut_type\fP is one of \fBINIT_PROCESS\fP, \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fP,
+\fBUSER_PROCESS\fP, or \fBDEAD_PROCESS\fP,
+.BR getutid ()
+will find the
+first entry whose
+.I ut_id
+field matches \fIut\->ut_id\fP.
+.P
+.BR getutline ()
+searches forward from the current file position in the utmp file.
+It scans entries whose
+.I ut_type
+is \fBUSER_PROCESS\fP
+or \fBLOGIN_PROCESS\fP and returns the first one whose
+.I ut_line
+field
+matches \fIut\->ut_line\fP.
+.P
+.BR pututline ()
+writes the
+.I utmp
+structure \fIut\fP into the utmp file.
+It uses
+.BR getutid ()
+to search for the proper place in the file to insert
+the new entry.
+If it cannot find an appropriate slot for \fIut\fP,
+.BR pututline ()
+will append the new entry to the end of the file.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR getutent (),
+.BR getutid (),
+and
+.BR getutline ()
+return a pointer to a \fIstruct utmp\fP on success,
+and NULL on failure (which includes the "record not found" case).
+This \fIstruct utmp\fP is allocated in static storage, and may be
+overwritten by subsequent calls.
+.P
+On success
+.BR pututline ()
+returns
+.IR ut ;
+on failure, it returns NULL.
+.P
+.BR utmpname ()
+returns 0 if the new name was successfully stored, or \-1 on failure.
+.P
+On failure, these functions
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+Record not found.
+.P
+.BR setutent (),
+.BR pututline (),
+and the
+.BR getut* ()
+functions can also fail for the reasons described in
+.BR open (2).
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /var/run/utmp
+database of currently logged-in users
+.TP
+.I /var/log/wtmp
+database of past user logins
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getutent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe init race:utent
+race:utentbuf sig:ALRM timer
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getutid (),
+.BR getutline ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe init race:utent
+sig:ALRM timer
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pututline ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:utent
+sig:ALRM timer
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setutent (),
+.BR endutent (),
+.BR utmpname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:utent
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I utent
+in
+.I race:utent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setutent (),
+.BR getutent (),
+.BR getutid (),
+.BR getutline (),
+.BR pututline (),
+.BR utmpname (),
+or
+.BR endutent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+XPG2, SVr4.
+.P
+In XPG2 and SVID 2 the function
+.BR pututline ()
+is documented to return void, and that is what it does on many systems
+(AIX, HP-UX).
+HP-UX introduces a new function
+.BR _pututline ()
+with the prototype given above for
+.BR pututline ().
+.P
+All these functions are obsolete now on non-Linux systems.
+POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008, following SUSv1,
+does not have any of these functions, but instead uses
+.P
+.RS 4
+.EX
+.B #include <utmpx.h>
+.P
+.B struct utmpx *getutxent(void);
+.B struct utmpx *getutxid(const struct utmpx *);
+.B struct utmpx *getutxline(const struct utmpx *);
+.B struct utmpx *pututxline(const struct utmpx *);
+.B void setutxent(void);
+.B void endutxent(void);
+.EE
+.RE
+.P
+These functions are provided by glibc,
+and perform the same task as their equivalents without the "x", but use
+.IR "struct utmpx" ,
+defined on Linux to be the same as
+.IR "struct utmp" .
+For completeness, glibc also provides
+.BR utmpxname (),
+although this function is not specified by POSIX.1.
+.P
+On some other systems,
+the \fIutmpx\fP structure is a superset of the \fIutmp\fP structure,
+with additional fields, and larger versions of the existing fields,
+and parallel files are maintained, often
+.I /var/*/utmpx
+and
+.IR /var/*/wtmpx .
+.P
+Linux glibc on the other hand does not use a parallel \fIutmpx\fP file
+since its \fIutmp\fP structure is already large enough.
+The "x" functions listed above are just aliases for
+their counterparts without the "x" (e.g.,
+.BR getutxent ()
+is an alias for
+.BR getutent ()).
+.SH NOTES
+.SS glibc notes
+The above functions are not thread-safe.
+glibc adds reentrant versions
+.P
+.nf
+.B #include <utmp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getutent_r(struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
+.BI "int getutid_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
+.BI "              struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
+.BI "int getutline_r(struct utmp *" ut ,
+.BI "                struct utmp *" ubuf ", struct utmp **" ubufp );
+.fi
+.P
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.P
+.BR getutent_r (),
+.BR getutid_r (),
+.BR getutline_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */    _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+These functions are GNU extensions, analogs of the functions of the
+same name without the _r suffix.
+The
+.I ubuf
+argument gives these functions a place to store their result.
+On success, they return 0, and a pointer to the result is written in
+.IR *ubufp .
+On error, these functions return \-1.
+There are no utmpx equivalents of the above functions.
+(POSIX.1 does not specify such functions.)
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following example adds and removes a utmp record, assuming it is run
+from within a pseudo terminal.
+For usage in a real application, you
+should check the return values of
+.BR getpwuid (3)
+and
+.BR ttyname (3).
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (getutent.c)
+.EX
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <utmp.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct utmp entry;
+\&
+    system("echo before adding entry:;who");
+\&
+    entry.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+    entry.ut_pid = getpid();
+    strcpy(entry.ut_line, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/"));
+    /* only correct for ptys named /dev/tty[pqr][0\-9a\-z] */
+    strcpy(entry.ut_id, ttyname(STDIN_FILENO) + strlen("/dev/tty"));
+    entry.ut_time = time(NULL);
+    strcpy(entry.ut_user, getpwuid(getuid())\->pw_name);
+    memset(entry.ut_host, 0, UT_HOSTSIZE);
+    entry.ut_addr = 0;
+    setutent();
+    pututline(&entry);
+\&
+    system("echo after adding entry:;who");
+\&
+    entry.ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
+    memset(entry.ut_line, 0, UT_LINESIZE);
+    entry.ut_time = 0;
+    memset(entry.ut_user, 0, UT_NAMESIZE);
+    setutent();
+    pututline(&entry);
+\&
+    system("echo after removing entry:;who");
+\&
+    endutent();
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getutmp (3),
+.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getutent_r.3 b/man/man3/getutent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutid.3 b/man/man3/getutid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutid_r.3 b/man/man3/getutid_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutid_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutline.3 b/man/man3/getutline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutline.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutline_r.3 b/man/man3/getutline_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutline_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutmp.3 b/man/man3/getutmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d857fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getutmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getutmp, getutmpx \- copy utmp structure to utmpx, and vice versa
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <utmpx.h>
+.P
+.BI "void getutmp(const struct utmpx *" ux ", struct utmp *" u );
+.BI "void getutmpx(const struct utmp *" u ", struct utmpx *" ux );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getutmp ()
+function copies the fields of the
+.I utmpx
+structure pointed to by
+.I ux
+to the corresponding fields of the
+.I utmp
+structure pointed to by
+.IR u .
+The
+.BR getutmpx ()
+function performs the converse operation.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions do not return a value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getutmp (),
+.BR getutmpx ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.1.
+Solaris, NetBSD.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions exist primarily for compatibility with other
+systems where the
+.I utmp
+and
+.I utmpx
+structures contain different fields,
+or the size of corresponding fields differs.
+.\" e.g., on Solaris, the utmpx structure is rather larger than utmp.
+On Linux, the two structures contain the same fields,
+and the fields have the same sizes.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR utmpdump (1),
+.BR getutent (3),
+.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/getutmpx.3 b/man/man3/getutmpx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..668ecb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutmpx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutxent.3 b/man/man3/getutxent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutxent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutxid.3 b/man/man3/getutxid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutxid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getutxline.3 b/man/man3/getutxline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getutxline.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getw.3 b/man/man3/getw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843d280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH getw 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getw, putw \- input and output of words (ints)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getw(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int putw(int " w ", FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR getw (),
+.BR putw ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.3.3:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.3.3:
+        _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR getw ()
+reads a word (that is, an \fIint\fP) from \fIstream\fP.
+It's provided for compatibility with SVr4.
+We recommend you use
+.BR fread (3)
+instead.
+.P
+.BR putw ()
+writes the word \fIw\fP (that is,
+an \fIint\fP) to \fIstream\fP.
+It is provided for compatibility with SVr4, but we recommend you use
+.BR fwrite (3)
+instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Normally,
+.BR getw ()
+returns the word read, and
+.BR putw ()
+returns 0.
+On error, they return \fBEOF\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getw (),
+.BR putw ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, SUSv2.
+.SH BUGS
+The value returned on error is also a legitimate data value.
+.BR ferror (3)
+can be used to distinguish between the two cases.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ferror (3),
+.BR fread (3),
+.BR fwrite (3),
+.BR getc (3),
+.BR putc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getwc.3 b/man/man3/getwc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..358c2d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getwc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fgetwc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getwc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/getwc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getwc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getwchar.3 b/man/man3/getwchar.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47a53ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getwchar.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH getwchar 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getwchar \- read a wide character from standard input
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.B "wint_t getwchar(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR getwchar ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR getchar (3)
+function.
+It reads a wide character from
+.I stdin
+and returns
+it.
+If the end of stream is reached, or if
+.I ferror(stdin)
+becomes true, it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+If a wide-character conversion error occurs, it sets
+.I errno
+to
+.B EILSEQ
+and returns
+.BR WEOF .
+.P
+For a nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR getwchar ()
+function returns the next wide-character from
+standard input, or
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getwchar ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR getwchar ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+It is reasonable to expect that
+.BR getwchar ()
+will actually
+read a multibyte sequence from standard input and then
+convert it to a wide character.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getwchar_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/getwd.3 b/man/man3/getwd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f73c157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/getwd.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getcwd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/glob.3 b/man/man3/glob.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ea94f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/glob.3
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Wed Jul 28 11:12:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon May 13 23:08:50 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\" Modified 11 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
+.\" Modified 990912 by aeb
+.\" 2007-10-10 mtk
+.\"     Added description of GLOB_TILDE_NOMATCH
+.\"     Expanded the description of various flags
+.\"     Various wording fixes.
+.\"
+.TH glob 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+glob, globfree \- find pathnames matching a pattern, free memory from glob()
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <glob.h>
+.P
+.BI "int glob(const char *restrict " pattern ", int " flags ,
+.BI "         int (*" errfunc ")(const char *" epath ", int " eerrno ),
+.BI "         glob_t *restrict " pglob );
+.BI "void globfree(glob_t *" pglob );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR glob ()
+function searches for all the pathnames matching
+.I pattern
+according to the rules used by the shell (see
+.BR glob (7)).
+No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; if you want
+these, use
+.BR wordexp (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR globfree ()
+function frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call
+to
+.BR glob ().
+.P
+The results of a
+.BR glob ()
+call are stored in the structure pointed to by
+.IR pglob .
+This structure is of type
+.I glob_t
+(declared in
+.IR <glob.h> )
+and includes the following elements defined by POSIX.2 (more may be
+present as an extension):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    size_t   gl_pathc;    /* Count of paths matched so far  */
+    char   **gl_pathv;    /* List of matched pathnames.  */
+    size_t   gl_offs;     /* Slots to reserve in \fIgl_pathv\fP.  */
+} glob_t;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Results are stored in dynamically allocated storage.
+.P
+The argument
+.I flags
+is made up of the bitwise OR of zero or more the following symbolic
+constants, which modify the behavior of
+.BR glob ():
+.TP
+.B GLOB_ERR
+Return upon a read error (because a directory does not
+have read permission, for example).
+By default,
+.BR glob ()
+attempts carry on despite errors,
+reading all of the directories that it can.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_MARK
+Append a slash to each path which corresponds to a directory.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOSORT
+Don't sort the returned pathnames.
+The only reason to do this is to save processing time.
+By default, the returned pathnames are sorted.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_DOOFFS
+Reserve
+.I pglob\->gl_offs
+slots at the beginning of the list of strings in
+.IR pglob\->pathv .
+The reserved slots contain null pointers.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOCHECK
+If no pattern matches, return the original pattern.
+By default,
+.BR glob ()
+returns
+.B GLOB_NOMATCH
+if there are no matches.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_APPEND
+Append the results of this call to the vector of results
+returned by a previous call to
+.BR glob ().
+Do not set this flag on the first invocation of
+.BR glob ().
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOESCAPE
+Don't allow backslash (\[aq]\e\[aq]) to be used as an escape
+character.
+Normally, a backslash can be used to quote the following character,
+providing a mechanism to turn off the special meaning
+metacharacters.
+.P
+.I flags
+may also include any of the following, which are GNU
+extensions and not defined by POSIX.2:
+.TP
+.B GLOB_PERIOD
+Allow a leading period to be matched by metacharacters.
+By default, metacharacters can't match a leading period.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC
+Use alternative functions
+.IR pglob\->gl_closedir ,
+.IR pglob\->gl_readdir ,
+.IR pglob\->gl_opendir ,
+.IR pglob\->gl_lstat ,
+and
+.I pglob\->gl_stat
+for filesystem access instead of the normal library
+functions.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_BRACE
+Expand
+.BR csh (1)
+style brace expressions of the form
+.BR {a,b} .
+Brace expressions can be nested.
+Thus, for example, specifying the pattern
+"{foo/{,cat,dog},bar}" would return the same results as four separate
+.BR glob ()
+calls using the strings:
+"foo/",
+"foo/cat",
+"foo/dog",
+and
+"bar".
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOMAGIC
+If the pattern contains no metacharacters,
+then it should be returned as the sole matching word,
+even if there is no file with that name.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_TILDE
+Carry out tilde expansion.
+If a tilde (\[aq]\[ti]\[aq]) is the only character in the pattern,
+or an initial tilde is followed immediately by a slash (\[aq]/\[aq]),
+then the home directory of the caller is substituted for
+the tilde.
+If an initial tilde is followed by a username (e.g., "\[ti]andrea/bin"),
+then the tilde and username are substituted by the home directory
+of that user.
+If the username is invalid, or the home directory cannot be
+determined, then no substitution is performed.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_TILDE_CHECK
+This provides behavior similar to that of
+.BR GLOB_TILDE .
+The difference is that if the username is invalid, or the
+home directory cannot be determined, then
+instead of using the pattern itself as the name,
+.BR glob ()
+returns
+.B GLOB_NOMATCH
+to indicate an error.
+.TP
+.B GLOB_ONLYDIR
+This is a
+.I hint
+to
+.BR glob ()
+that the caller is interested only in directories that match the pattern.
+If the implementation can easily determine file-type information,
+then nondirectory files are not returned to the caller.
+However, the caller must still check that returned files
+are directories.
+(The purpose of this flag is merely to optimize performance when
+the caller is interested only in directories.)
+.P
+If
+.I errfunc
+is not NULL,
+it will be called in case of an error with the arguments
+.IR epath ,
+a pointer to the path which failed, and
+.IR eerrno ,
+the value of
+.I errno
+as returned from one of the calls to
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+or
+.BR stat (2).
+If
+.I errfunc
+returns nonzero, or if
+.B GLOB_ERR
+is set,
+.BR glob ()
+will terminate after the call to
+.IR errfunc .
+.P
+Upon successful return,
+.I pglob\->gl_pathc
+contains the number of matched pathnames and
+.I pglob\->gl_pathv
+contains a pointer to the list of pointers to matched pathnames.
+The list of pointers is terminated by a null pointer.
+.P
+It is possible to call
+.BR glob ()
+several times.
+In that case, the
+.B GLOB_APPEND
+flag has to be set in
+.I flags
+on the second and later invocations.
+.P
+As a GNU extension,
+.I pglob\->gl_flags
+is set to the flags specified,
+.BR or ed
+with
+.B GLOB_MAGCHAR
+if any metacharacters were found.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On successful completion,
+.BR glob ()
+returns zero.
+Other possible returns are:
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOSPACE
+for running out of memory,
+.TP
+.B GLOB_ABORTED
+for a read error, and
+.TP
+.B GLOB_NOMATCH
+for no found matches.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR glob ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:utent env
+sig:ALRM timer locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR globfree ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I utent
+in
+.I race:utent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setutent (3),
+.BR getutent (3),
+or
+.BR endutent (3)
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.BR glob ()
+calls those functions,
+so we use race:utent to remind users.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.2.
+.SH NOTES
+The structure elements
+.I gl_pathc
+and
+.I gl_offs
+are declared as
+.I size_t
+in glibc 2.1, as they should be according to POSIX.2,
+but are declared as
+.I int
+in glibc 2.0.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR glob ()
+function may fail due to failure of underlying function calls, such as
+.BR malloc (3)
+or
+.BR opendir (3).
+These will store their error code in
+.IR errno .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+One example of use is the following code, which simulates typing
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+ls \-l *.c ../*.c
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+in the shell:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+glob_t globbuf;
+\&
+globbuf.gl_offs = 2;
+glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, &globbuf);
+glob("../*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, &globbuf);
+globbuf.gl_pathv[0] = "ls";
+globbuf.gl_pathv[1] = "\-l";
+execvp("ls", &globbuf.gl_pathv[0]);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ls (1),
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR exec (3),
+.BR fnmatch (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR wordexp (3),
+.BR glob (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/globfree.3 b/man/man3/globfree.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20056c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/globfree.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/glob.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gmtime.3 b/man/man3/gmtime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gmtime.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gmtime_r.3 b/man/man3/gmtime_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gmtime_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gnu_dev_major.3 b/man/man3/gnu_dev_major.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eabbdd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gnu_dev_major.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3 b/man/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eabbdd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gnu_dev_makedev.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3 b/man/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eabbdd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gnu_dev_minor.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3 b/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f84005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_release.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
diff --git a/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3 b/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20fc521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gnu_get_libc_version.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH gnu_get_libc_version 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gnu_get_libc_version, gnu_get_libc_release \- get glibc version and release
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <gnu/libc\-version.h>
+.P
+.B const char *gnu_get_libc_version(void);
+.B const char *gnu_get_libc_release(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR gnu_get_libc_version ()
+returns a string that identifies the glibc version available on the system.
+.P
+The function
+.BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
+returns a string indicates the release status of the glibc version
+available on the system.
+This will be a string such as
+.IR "stable" .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gnu_get_libc_version (),
+.BR gnu_get_libc_release ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+When run, the program below will produce output such as the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+GNU libc version: 2.8
+GNU libc release: stable
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (gnu_get_libc_version.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#include <gnu/libc\-version.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    printf("GNU libc version: %s\en", gnu_get_libc_version());
+    printf("GNU libc release: %s\en", gnu_get_libc_release());
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR confstr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/grantpt.3 b/man/man3/grantpt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac498e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/grantpt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+'\" t
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
+.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.TH grantpt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+grantpt \- grant access to the slave pseudoterminal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int grantpt(int " fd ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR grantpt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR grantpt ()
+function changes the mode and owner of the slave pseudoterminal device
+corresponding to the master pseudoterminal referred to by the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+The user ID of the slave is set to the real UID of the calling process.
+The group ID is set to an unspecified value (e.g.,
+.IR tty ).
+The mode of the slave is set to 0620 (crw\-\-w\-\-\-\-).
+.P
+The behavior of
+.BR grantpt ()
+is unspecified if a signal handler is installed to catch
+.B SIGCHLD
+signals.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful,
+.BR grantpt ()
+returns 0.
+Otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The corresponding slave pseudoterminal could not be accessed.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The
+.I fd
+argument is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I fd
+argument is valid but not associated with a master pseudoterminal.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR grantpt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+This is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support, see
+.BR pts (4).
+.P
+Historical systems implemented this function via a set-user-ID helper binary
+called "pt_chown".
+glibc on Linux before glibc 2.33 could do so as well,
+in order to support configurations with only BSD pseudoterminals;
+this support has been removed.
+On modern systems this is either a no-op
+\[em]with permissions configured on pty allocation, as is the case on Linux\[em]
+or an
+.BR ioctl (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR posix_openpt (3),
+.BR ptsname (3),
+.BR unlockpt (3),
+.BR pts (4),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/group_member.3 b/man/man3/group_member.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32f00cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/group_member.3
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH group_member 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+group_member \- test whether a process is in a group
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int group_member(gid_t " gid );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR group_member ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR group_member ()
+function tests whether any of the caller's supplementary group IDs
+(as returned by
+.BR getgroups (2))
+matches
+.IR gid .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR group_member ()
+function returns nonzero if any of the caller's
+supplementary group IDs matches
+.IR gid ,
+and zero otherwise.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getgid (2),
+.BR getgroups (2),
+.BR getgrouplist (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/gsignal.3 b/man/man3/gsignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..748d320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/gsignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+.TH gsignal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+gsignal, ssignal \- software signal facility
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int gsignal(int " signum );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t ssignal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " action );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR gsignal (),
+.BR ssignal ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Don't use these functions under Linux.
+Due to a historical mistake, under Linux these functions are
+aliases for
+.BR raise (3)
+and
+.BR signal (2),
+respectively.
+.P
+Elsewhere, on System V-like systems, these functions implement
+software signaling, entirely independent of the classical
+.BR signal (2)
+and
+.BR kill (2)
+functions.
+The function
+.BR ssignal ()
+defines the action to take when the software signal with
+number
+.I signum
+is raised using the function
+.BR gsignal (),
+and returns the previous such action or
+.BR SIG_DFL .
+The function
+.BR gsignal ()
+does the following: if no action (or the action
+.BR SIG_DFL )
+was
+specified for
+.IR signum ,
+then it does nothing and returns 0.
+If the action
+.B SIG_IGN
+was specified for
+.IR signum ,
+then it does nothing and returns 1.
+Otherwise, it resets the action to
+.B SIG_DFL
+and calls
+the action function with argument
+.IR signum ,
+and returns the value returned by that function.
+The range of possible values
+.I signum
+varies (often 1\[en]15 or 1\[en]17).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR gsignal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ssignal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe sigintr
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+AIX, DG/UX, HP-UX, SCO, Solaris, Tru64.
+They are called obsolete under most of these systems, and are
+broken under
+.\" Linux libc and
+glibc.
+Some systems also have
+.BR gsignal_r ()
+and
+.BR ssignal_r ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR raise (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/h_errno.3 b/man/man3/h_errno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/h_errno.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hash.3 b/man/man3/hash.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ccbaca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hash.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)hash.3	8.6 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
+.\"
+.TH hash 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.UC 7
+.SH NAME
+hash \- hash database access method
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <db.h>
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Note well" :
+This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
+Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
+.I libdb
+library instead.
+.P
+The routine
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is the library interface to database files.
+One of the supported file formats is hash files.
+The general description of the database access methods is in
+.BR dbopen (3),
+this manual page describes only the hash-specific information.
+.P
+The hash data structure is an extensible, dynamic hashing scheme.
+.P
+The access-method-specific data structure provided to
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned int       bsize;
+    unsigned int       ffactor;
+    unsigned int       nelem;
+    unsigned int       cachesize;
+    uint32_t         (*hash)(const void *, size_t);
+    int         lorder;
+} HASHINFO;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The elements of this structure are as follows:
+.TP 10
+.I bsize
+defines the hash table bucket size, and is, by default, 256 bytes.
+It may be preferable to increase the page size for disk-resident tables
+and tables with large data items.
+.TP
+.I ffactor
+indicates a desired density within the hash table.
+It is an approximation of the number of keys allowed to accumulate in any
+one bucket, determining when the hash table grows or shrinks.
+The default value is 8.
+.TP
+.I nelem
+is an estimate of the final size of the hash table.
+If not set or set too low, hash tables will expand gracefully as keys
+are entered, although a slight performance degradation may be noticed.
+The default value is 1.
+.TP
+.I cachesize
+is the suggested maximum size, in bytes, of the memory cache.
+This value is
+.IR "only advisory" ,
+and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
+.TP
+.I hash
+is a user-defined hash function.
+Since no hash function performs equally well on all possible data, the
+user may find that the built-in hash function does poorly on a particular
+data set.
+A user-specified hash functions must take two arguments (a pointer to a byte
+string and a length) and return a 32-bit quantity to be used as the hash
+value.
+.TP
+.I lorder
+is the byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
+The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
+big endian order would be the number 4,321.
+If
+.I lorder
+is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
+If the file already exists, the specified value is ignored and the
+value specified when the tree was created is used.
+.P
+If the file already exists (and the
+.B O_TRUNC
+flag is not specified), the
+values specified for
+.IR bsize ,
+.IR ffactor ,
+.IR lorder ,
+and
+.I nelem
+are
+ignored and the values specified when the tree was created are used.
+.P
+If a hash function is specified,
+.I hash_open
+attempts to determine if the hash function specified is the same as
+the one with which the database was created, and fails if it is not.
+.P
+Backward-compatible interfaces to the routines described in
+.BR dbm (3),
+and
+.BR ndbm (3)
+are provided, however these interfaces are not compatible with
+previous file formats.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.I hash
+access method routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR dbopen (3).
+.SH BUGS
+Only big and little endian byte order are supported.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR btree (3),
+.BR dbopen (3),
+.BR mpool (3),
+.BR recno (3)
+.P
+.IR "Dynamic Hash Tables" ,
+Per-Ake Larson, Communications of the ACM, April 1988.
+.P
+.IR "A New Hash Package for UNIX" ,
+Margo Seltzer, USENIX Proceedings, Winter 1991.
diff --git a/man/man3/hasmntopt.3 b/man/man3/hasmntopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2bb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hasmntopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hcreate.3 b/man/man3/hcreate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hcreate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hcreate_r.3 b/man/man3/hcreate_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hcreate_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hdestroy.3 b/man/man3/hdestroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hdestroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hdestroy_r.3 b/man/man3/hdestroy_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hdestroy_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/herror.3 b/man/man3/herror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/herror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hsearch.3 b/man/man3/hsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dc38ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Ulrich Drepper (drepper@karlsruhe.gmd.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     SunOS 4.1.1 man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Sep 30 21:52:01 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" Remarks from dhw@gamgee.acad.emich.edu Fri Jun 19 06:46:31 1998
+.\" Modified 2001-12-26, 2003-11-28, 2004-05-20, aeb
+.\" 2008-09-02, mtk: various additions and rewrites
+.\" 2008-09-03, mtk, restructured somewhat, in part after suggestions from
+.\"     Timothy S. Nelson <wayland@wayland.id.au>
+.\"
+.TH hsearch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+hcreate, hdestroy, hsearch, hcreate_r, hdestroy_r,
+hsearch_r \- hash table management
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.BI "int hcreate(size_t " nel );
+.B "void hdestroy(void);"
+.P
+.BI "ENTRY *hsearch(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action );
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.BI "int hcreate_r(size_t " nel ", struct hsearch_data *" htab );
+.BI "void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data *" htab );
+.P
+.BI "int hsearch_r(ENTRY " item ", ACTION " action ", ENTRY **" retval ,
+.BI "              struct hsearch_data *" htab );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The three functions
+.BR hcreate (),
+.BR hsearch (),
+and
+.BR hdestroy ()
+allow the caller to create and manage a hash search table
+containing entries consisting of a key (a string) and associated data.
+Using these functions, only one hash table can be used at a time.
+.P
+The three functions
+.BR hcreate_r (),
+.BR hsearch_r (),
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+are reentrant versions that allow a program to use
+more than one hash search table at the same time.
+The last argument,
+.IR htab ,
+points to a structure that describes the table
+on which the function is to operate.
+The programmer should treat this structure as opaque
+(i.e., do not attempt to directly access or modify
+the fields in this structure).
+.P
+First a hash table must be created using
+.BR hcreate ().
+The argument \fInel\fP specifies the maximum number of entries
+in the table.
+(This maximum cannot be changed later, so choose it wisely.)
+The implementation may adjust this value upward to improve the
+performance of the resulting hash table.
+.\" e.g., in glibc it is raised to the next higher prime number
+.P
+The
+.BR hcreate_r ()
+function performs the same task as
+.BR hcreate (),
+but for the table described by the structure
+.IR *htab .
+The structure pointed to by
+.I htab
+must be zeroed before the first call to
+.BR hcreate_r ().
+.P
+The function
+.BR hdestroy ()
+frees the memory occupied by the hash table that was created by
+.BR hcreate ().
+After calling
+.BR hdestroy (),
+a new hash table can be created using
+.BR hcreate ().
+The
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+function performs the analogous task for a hash table described by
+.IR *htab ,
+which was previously created using
+.BR hcreate_r ().
+.P
+The
+.BR hsearch ()
+function searches the hash table for an
+item with the same key as \fIitem\fP (where "the same" is determined using
+.BR strcmp (3)),
+and if successful returns a pointer to it.
+.P
+The argument \fIitem\fP is of type \fIENTRY\fP, which is defined in
+\fI<search.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct entry {
+    char *key;
+    void *data;
+} ENTRY;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The field \fIkey\fP points to a null-terminated string which is the
+search key.
+The field \fIdata\fP points to data that is associated with that key.
+.P
+The argument \fIaction\fP determines what
+.BR hsearch ()
+does after an unsuccessful search.
+This argument must either have the value
+.BR ENTER ,
+meaning insert a copy of
+.I item
+(and return a pointer to the new hash table entry as the function result),
+or the value
+.BR FIND ,
+meaning that NULL should be returned.
+(If
+.I action
+is
+.BR FIND ,
+then
+.I data
+is ignored.)
+.P
+The
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+function is like
+.BR hsearch ()
+but operates on the hash table described by
+.IR *htab .
+The
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+function differs from
+.BR hsearch ()
+in that a pointer to the found item is returned in
+.IR *retval ,
+rather than as the function result.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR hcreate ()
+and
+.BR hcreate_r ()
+return nonzero on success.
+They return 0 on error, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR hsearch ()
+returns a pointer to an entry in the hash table.
+.BR hsearch ()
+returns NULL on error, that is,
+if \fIaction\fP is \fBENTER\fP and
+the hash table is full, or \fIaction\fP is \fBFIND\fP and \fIitem\fP
+cannot be found in the hash table.
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+returns nonzero on success, and 0 on error.
+In the event of an error, these two functions set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR hcreate_r ()
+and
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+can fail for the following reasons:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I htab
+is NULL.
+.P
+.BR hsearch ()
+and
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+can fail for the following reasons:
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.I action
+was
+.BR ENTER ,
+.I key
+was not found in the table,
+and there was no room in the table to add a new entry.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+.I action
+was
+.BR FIND ,
+and
+.I key
+was not found in the table.
+.P
+POSIX.1 specifies only the
+.\" PROX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+.B ENOMEM
+error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR hcreate (),
+.BR hsearch (),
+.BR hdestroy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:hsearch
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR hcreate_r (),
+.BR hsearch_r (),
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:htab
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR hcreate ()
+.TQ
+.BR hsearch ()
+.TQ
+.BR hdestroy ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR hcreate_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR hcreate ()
+.TQ
+.BR hsearch ()
+.TQ
+.BR hdestroy ()
+SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR hcreate_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR hsearch_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+Hash table implementations are usually more efficient when the
+table contains enough free space to minimize collisions.
+Typically, this means that
+.I nel
+should be at least 25% larger than the maximum number of elements
+that the caller expects to store in the table.
+.P
+The
+.BR hdestroy ()
+and
+.BR hdestroy_r ()
+functions do not free the buffers pointed to by the
+.I key
+and
+.I data
+elements of the hash table entries.
+(It can't do this because it doesn't know
+whether these buffers were allocated dynamically.)
+If these buffers need to be freed (perhaps because the program
+is repeatedly creating and destroying hash tables,
+rather than creating a single table whose lifetime
+matches that of the program),
+then the program must maintain bookkeeping data structures that
+allow it to free them.
+.SH BUGS
+SVr4 and POSIX.1-2001 specify that \fIaction\fP
+is significant only for unsuccessful searches, so that an \fBENTER\fP
+should not do anything for a successful search.
+In libc and glibc (before glibc 2.3), the
+implementation violates the specification,
+updating the \fIdata\fP for the given \fIkey\fP in this case.
+.P
+Individual hash table entries can be added, but not deleted.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program inserts 24 items into a hash table, then prints
+some of them.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (hsearch.c)
+.EX
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+static char *data[] = { "alpha", "bravo", "charlie", "delta",
+     "echo", "foxtrot", "golf", "hotel", "india", "juliet",
+     "kilo", "lima", "mike", "november", "oscar", "papa",
+     "quebec", "romeo", "sierra", "tango", "uniform",
+     "victor", "whisky", "x\-ray", "yankee", "zulu"
+};
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    ENTRY e;
+    ENTRY *ep;
+\&
+    hcreate(30);
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < 24; i++) {
+        e.key = data[i];
+        /* data is just an integer, instead of a
+           pointer to something */
+        e.data = (void *) i;
+        ep = hsearch(e, ENTER);
+        /* there should be no failures */
+        if (ep == NULL) {
+            fprintf(stderr, "entry failed\en");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 22; i < 26; i++) {
+        /* print two entries from the table, and
+           show that two are not in the table */
+        e.key = data[i];
+        ep = hsearch(e, FIND);
+        printf("%9.9s \-> %9.9s:%d\en", e.key,
+               ep ? ep\->key : "NULL", ep ? (int)(ep\->data) : 0);
+    }
+    hdestroy();
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bsearch (3),
+.BR lsearch (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/hsearch_r.3 b/man/man3/hsearch_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4a0405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hsearch_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hstrerror.3 b/man/man3/hstrerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hstrerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htobe16.3 b/man/man3/htobe16.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htobe16.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htobe32.3 b/man/man3/htobe32.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htobe32.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htobe64.3 b/man/man3/htobe64.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htobe64.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htole16.3 b/man/man3/htole16.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htole16.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htole32.3 b/man/man3/htole32.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htole32.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htole64.3 b/man/man3/htole64.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htole64.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htonl.3 b/man/man3/htonl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba374e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htonl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/htons.3 b/man/man3/htons.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba374e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/htons.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hypot.3 b/man/man3/hypot.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f028c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hypot.3
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH hypot 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+hypot, hypotf, hypotl \- Euclidean distance function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double hypot(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float hypotf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double hypotl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR hypot ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR hypotf (),
+.BR hypotl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return
+.RI sqrt( x * x + y * y ).
+This is the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle
+with sides of length
+.I x
+and
+.IR y ,
+or the distance of the point
+.RI ( x , y )
+from the origin.
+.P
+The calculation is performed without undue overflow or underflow
+during the intermediate steps of the calculation.
+.\" e.g., hypot(DBL_MIN, DBL_MIN) does the right thing, as does, say
+.\" hypot(DBL_MAX/2.0, DBL_MAX/2.0).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the length of the hypotenuse of
+a right-angled triangle
+with sides of length
+.I x
+and
+.IR y .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is an infinity,
+positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN,
+and the other argument is not an infinity,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If both arguments are subnormal, and the result is subnormal,
+.\" Actually, could the result not be subnormal if both arguments
+.\" are subnormal?  I think not -- mtk, Jul 2008
+a range error occurs,
+and the correct result is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.IP
+These functions do not set
+.I errno
+for this case.
+.\" This is intentional; see
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6795
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR hypot (),
+.BR hypotf (),
+.BR hypotl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cabs (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/hypotf.3 b/man/man3/hypotf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5c8ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hypotf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hypot.3
diff --git a/man/man3/hypotl.3 b/man/man3/hypotl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5c8ab8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/hypotl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/hypot.3
diff --git a/man/man3/iconv.3 b/man/man3/iconv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..120fbbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iconv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.\" 2000-06-30 correction by Yuichi SATO <sato@complex.eng.hokudai.ac.jp>
+.\" 2000-11-15 aeb, fixed prototype
+.\"
+.TH iconv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iconv \- perform character set conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <iconv.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t iconv(iconv_t " cd ,
+.BI "             char **restrict " inbuf ", size_t *restrict " inbytesleft ,
+.BI "             char **restrict " outbuf ", size_t *restrict " outbytesleft );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iconv ()
+function converts a sequence of characters in one character encoding
+to a sequence of characters in another character encoding.
+The
+.I cd
+argument is a conversion descriptor,
+previously created by a call to
+.BR iconv_open (3);
+the conversion descriptor defines the character encodings that
+.BR iconv ()
+uses for the conversion.
+The
+.I inbuf
+argument is the address of a variable that points to
+the first character of the input sequence;
+.I inbytesleft
+indicates the number of bytes in that buffer.
+The
+.I outbuf
+argument is the address of a variable that points to
+the first byte available in the output buffer;
+.I outbytesleft
+indicates the number of bytes available in the output buffer.
+.P
+The main case is when \fIinbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*inbuf\fP is not NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR iconv ()
+function converts the multibyte sequence
+starting at \fI*inbuf\fP to a multibyte sequence starting at \fI*outbuf\fP.
+At most \fI*inbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*inbuf\fP, will be read.
+At most \fI*outbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*outbuf\fP, will be written.
+.P
+The
+.BR iconv ()
+function converts one multibyte character at a time, and for
+each character conversion it increments \fI*inbuf\fP and decrements
+\fI*inbytesleft\fP by the number of converted input bytes, it increments
+\fI*outbuf\fP and decrements \fI*outbytesleft\fP by the number of converted
+output bytes, and it updates the conversion state contained in \fIcd\fP.
+If the character encoding of the input is stateful, the
+.BR iconv ()
+function can also convert a sequence of input bytes
+to an update to the conversion state without producing any output bytes;
+such input is called a \fIshift sequence\fP.
+The conversion can stop for five reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+An invalid multibyte sequence is encountered in the input.
+In this case,
+it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBEILSEQ\fP and returns
+.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
+\fI*inbuf\fP
+is left pointing to the beginning of the invalid multibyte sequence.
+.IP \[bu]
+A multibyte sequence is encountered that is valid but that
+cannot be translated to the character encoding of the output.
+This condition depends on the implementation and on the conversion descriptor.
+In the GNU C library and GNU libiconv, if
+.I cd
+was created without the suffix
+.B //TRANSLIT
+or
+.BR //IGNORE ,
+the conversion is strict:
+lossy conversions produce this condition.
+If the suffix
+.B //TRANSLIT
+was specified,
+transliteration can avoid this condition in some cases.
+In the musl C library,
+this condition cannot occur because a conversion to
+.B \[aq]*\[aq]
+is used as a fallback.
+In the FreeBSD, NetBSD, and Solaris implementations of
+.BR iconv (),
+this condition cannot occur either,
+because a conversion to
+.B \[aq]?\[aq]
+is used as a fallback.
+When this condition is met,
+.BR iconv ()
+sets
+.I errno
+to
+.B EILSEQ
+and returns
+.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
+.I *inbuf
+is left pointing to the beginning of the unconvertible multibyte sequence.
+.IP \[bu]
+The input byte sequence has been entirely converted,
+that is, \fI*inbytesleft\fP has gone down to 0.
+In this case,
+.BR iconv ()
+returns the number of
+nonreversible conversions performed during this call.
+.IP \[bu]
+An incomplete multibyte sequence is encountered in the input, and the
+input byte sequence terminates after it.
+In this case, it sets \fIerrno\fP to
+\fBEINVAL\fP and returns
+.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
+\fI*inbuf\fP is left pointing to the
+beginning of the incomplete multibyte sequence.
+.IP \[bu]
+The output buffer has no more room for the next converted character.
+In this case, it sets \fIerrno\fP to \fBE2BIG\fP and returns
+.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
+.P
+A different case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, but
+\fIoutbuf\fP is not NULL and \fI*outbuf\fP is not NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR iconv ()
+function attempts to set \fIcd\fP's conversion state to the
+initial state and store a corresponding shift sequence at \fI*outbuf\fP.
+At most \fI*outbytesleft\fP bytes, starting at \fI*outbuf\fP, will be written.
+If the output buffer has no more room for this reset sequence, it sets
+\fIerrno\fP to \fBE2BIG\fP and returns
+.IR (size_t)\ \-1 .
+Otherwise, it increments
+\fI*outbuf\fP and decrements \fI*outbytesleft\fP by the number of bytes
+written.
+.P
+A third case is when \fIinbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*inbuf\fP is NULL, and
+\fIoutbuf\fP is NULL or \fI*outbuf\fP is NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR iconv ()
+function sets \fIcd\fP's conversion state to the initial state.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iconv ()
+function returns the number of characters converted in a
+nonreversible way during this call; reversible conversions are not counted.
+In case of error,
+.BR iconv ()
+returns
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+The following errors can occur, among others:
+.TP
+.B E2BIG
+There is not sufficient room at \fI*outbuf\fP.
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered in the input.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An incomplete multibyte sequence has been encountered in the input.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iconv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:cd
+.TE
+.P
+The
+.BR iconv ()
+function is MT-Safe, as long as callers arrange for
+mutual exclusion on the
+.I cd
+argument.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+In each series of calls to
+.BR iconv (),
+the last should be one with \fIinbuf\fP or \fI*inbuf\fP equal to NULL,
+in order to flush out any partially converted input.
+.P
+Although
+.I inbuf
+and
+.I outbuf
+are typed as
+.IR "char\ **" ,
+this does not mean that the objects they point can be interpreted
+as C strings or as arrays of characters:
+the interpretation of character byte sequences is
+handled internally by the conversion functions.
+In some encodings, a zero byte may be a valid part of a multibyte character.
+.P
+The caller of
+.BR iconv ()
+must ensure that the pointers passed to the function are suitable
+for accessing characters in the appropriate character set.
+This includes ensuring correct alignment on platforms that have
+tight restrictions on alignment.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv_close (3),
+.BR iconv_open (3),
+.BR iconvconfig (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/iconv_close.3 b/man/man3/iconv_close.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5014e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iconv_close.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH iconv_close 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iconv_close \- deallocate descriptor for character set conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <iconv.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iconv_close(iconv_t " cd );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iconv_close ()
+function deallocates a conversion descriptor
+.I cd
+previously allocated using
+.BR iconv_open (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR iconv_close ()
+returns 0; otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iconv_close ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR iconv_open (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iconv_open.3 b/man/man3/iconv_open.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86333f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iconv_open.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"     http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.\" 2007-03-31 Bruno Haible, Describe the glibc/libiconv //TRANSLIT
+.\" and //IGNORE extensions for 'tocode'.
+.\"
+.TH iconv_open 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iconv_open \- allocate descriptor for character set conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <iconv.h>
+.P
+.BI "iconv_t iconv_open(const char *" tocode ", const char *" fromcode );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iconv_open ()
+function allocates a conversion descriptor suitable
+for converting byte sequences from character encoding
+.I fromcode
+to
+character encoding
+.IR tocode .
+.P
+The values permitted for
+.I fromcode
+and
+.I tocode
+and the supported
+combinations are system-dependent.
+For the GNU C library, the permitted
+values are listed by the
+.I "iconv \-\-list"
+command, and all combinations
+of the listed values are supported.
+Furthermore the GNU C library and the
+GNU libiconv library support the following two suffixes:
+.TP
+//TRANSLIT
+When the string "//TRANSLIT" is appended to
+.IR tocode ,
+transliteration
+is activated.
+This means that when a character cannot be represented in the
+target character set, it can be approximated through one or several
+similarly looking characters.
+.TP
+//IGNORE
+When the string "//IGNORE" is appended to
+.IR tocode ,
+characters that
+cannot be represented in the target character set will be silently discarded.
+.P
+The resulting conversion descriptor can be used with
+.BR iconv (3)
+any number of times.
+It remains valid until deallocated using
+.BR iconv_close (3).
+.P
+A conversion descriptor contains a conversion state.
+After creation using
+.BR iconv_open (),
+the state is in the initial state.
+Using
+.BR iconv (3)
+modifies the descriptor's conversion state.
+To bring the state back to the initial state, use
+.BR iconv (3)
+with NULL as
+.I inbuf
+argument.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR iconv_open ()
+returns a freshly allocated conversion
+descriptor.
+On failure, it returns
+.I (iconv_t)\ \-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+The following error can occur, among others:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The conversion from
+.I fromcode
+to
+.I tocode
+is not supported by the
+implementation.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iconv_open ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (1),
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR iconv_close (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/if_freenameindex.3 b/man/man3/if_freenameindex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8aac84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/if_freenameindex.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/if_nameindex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/if_indextoname.3 b/man/man3/if_indextoname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4379659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/if_indextoname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/if_nametoindex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/if_nameindex.3 b/man/man3/if_nameindex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42b325b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/if_nameindex.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2012 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH if_nameindex 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+if_nameindex, if_freenameindex \- get network interface names and indexes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <net/if.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex(" void );
+.BI "void if_freenameindex(struct if_nameindex *" "ptr" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR if_nameindex ()
+function returns an array of
+.I if_nameindex
+structures, each containing information
+about one of the network interfaces on the local system.
+The
+.I if_nameindex
+structure contains at least the following entries:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+unsigned int if_index; /* Index of interface (1, 2, ...) */
+char        *if_name;  /* Null\-terminated name ("eth0", etc.) */
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I if_index
+field contains the interface index.
+The
+.I if_name
+field points to the null-terminated interface name.
+The end of the array is indicated by entry with
+.I if_index
+set to zero and
+.I if_name
+set to NULL.
+.P
+The data structure returned by
+.BR if_nameindex ()
+is dynamically allocated and should be freed using
+.BR if_freenameindex ()
+when no longer needed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR if_nameindex ()
+returns pointer to the array;
+on error, NULL is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR if_nameindex ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+if:
+.TP
+.B ENOBUFS
+Insufficient resources available.
+.P
+.BR if_nameindex ()
+may also fail for any of the errors specified for
+.BR socket (2),
+.BR bind (2),
+.BR ioctl (2),
+.BR getsockname (2),
+.BR recvmsg (2),
+.BR sendto (2),
+or
+.BR malloc (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR if_nameindex (),
+.BR if_freenameindex ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+BSDi.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.3.4,
+the implementation supported only interfaces with IPv4 addresses.
+Support of interfaces that don't have IPv4 addresses is available only
+on kernels that support netlink.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of the functions described
+on this page.
+An example of the output this program might produce is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fI
+1: lo
+2: wlan0
+3: em1
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (if_nameindex.c)
+.EX
+#include <net/if.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct if_nameindex *if_ni, *i;
+\&
+    if_ni = if_nameindex();
+    if (if_ni == NULL) {
+        perror("if_nameindex");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (i = if_ni; !(i\->if_index == 0 && i\->if_name == NULL); i++)
+        printf("%u: %s\en", i\->if_index, i\->if_name);
+\&
+    if_freenameindex(if_ni);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getsockopt (2),
+.BR setsockopt (2),
+.BR getifaddrs (3),
+.BR if_indextoname (3),
+.BR if_nametoindex (3),
+.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/if_nametoindex.3 b/man/man3/if_nametoindex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a1272a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/if_nametoindex.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH if_nametoindex 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+if_nametoindex, if_indextoname \- mappings between network interface
+names and indexes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <net/if.h>
+.P
+.BI "unsigned int if_nametoindex(const char *" "ifname" );
+.BI "char *if_indextoname(unsigned int ifindex, char *" ifname );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR if_nametoindex ()
+function returns the index of the network interface
+corresponding to the name
+.IR ifname .
+.P
+The
+.BR if_indextoname ()
+function returns the name of the network interface
+corresponding to the interface index
+.IR ifindex .
+The name is placed in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR ifname .
+The buffer must allow for the storage of at least
+.B IF_NAMESIZE
+bytes.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR if_nametoindex ()
+returns the index number of the network interface;
+on error, 0 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR if_indextoname ()
+returns
+.IR ifname ;
+on error, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR if_nametoindex ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+if:
+.TP
+.B ENODEV
+No interface found with given name.
+.P
+.BR if_indextoname ()
+may fail and set
+.I errno
+if:
+.TP
+.B ENXIO
+No interface found for the index.
+.P
+.BR if_nametoindex ()
+and
+.BR if_indextoname ()
+may also fail for any of the errors specified for
+.BR socket (2)
+or
+.BR ioctl (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR if_nametoindex (),
+.BR if_indextoname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008, RFC\ 3493.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+BSDi.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getifaddrs (3),
+.BR if_nameindex (3),
+.BR ifconfig (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/ilogb.3 b/man/man3/ilogb.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07ce896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ilogb.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
+.\"
+.TH ilogb 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ilogb, ilogbf, ilogbl \- get integer exponent of a floating-point value
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "int ilogb(double " x );
+.BI "int ilogbf(float " x );
+.BI "int ilogbl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ilogb ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR ilogbf (),
+.BR ilogbl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the exponent part of their argument
+as a signed integer.
+When no error occurs, these functions
+are equivalent to the corresponding
+.BR logb (3)
+functions, cast to
+.IR int .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the exponent of
+.IR x ,
+as a signed integer.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is zero, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
+.\" the POSIX.1 spec for logb() says logb() gives pole error for this
+.\" case, but for ilogb() it says domain error.
+.BR FP_ILOGB0 .
+.\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `-INT_MAX'.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, then a domain error occurs, and the functions return
+.BR FP_ILOGBNAN .
+.\" glibc: The numeric value is either `INT_MIN' or `INT_MAX'.
+.\" On i386, FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN have the same value.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
+a domain error occurs, and the functions return
+.BR INT_MAX .
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 also says:
+.\" If the correct value is greater than {INT_MAX}, {INT_MAX}
+.\" shall be returned and a domain error shall occur.
+.\"
+.\" If the correct value is less than {INT_MIN}, {INT_MIN}
+.\" shall be returned and a domain error shall occur.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0 or a NaN
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ilogb (),
+.BR ilogbf (),
+.BR ilogbl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6794
+Before glibc 2.16, the following bugs existed in the
+glibc implementation of these functions:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The domain error case where
+.I x
+is 0 or a NaN did not cause
+.I errno
+to be set or (on some architectures) raise a floating-point exception.
+.IP \[bu]
+The domain error case where
+.I x
+is an infinity did not cause
+.I errno
+to be set or raise a floating-point exception.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR log (3),
+.BR logb (3),
+.BR significand (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ilogbf.3 b/man/man3/ilogbf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..213d00a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ilogbf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ilogb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ilogbl.3 b/man/man3/ilogbl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..213d00a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ilogbl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ilogb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/imaxabs.3 b/man/man3/imaxabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97db8d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/imaxabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/imaxdiv.3 b/man/man3/imaxdiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..934824e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/imaxdiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man/man3/index.3 b/man/man3/index.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77f2b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/index.3
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH index 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+index, rindex \- locate character in string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *index(const char *" s ", int " c );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *rindex(const char *" s ", int " c );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR index ()
+is identical to
+.BR strchr (3).
+.P
+.BR rindex ()
+is identical to
+.BR strrchr (3).
+.P
+Use
+.BR strchr (3)
+and
+.BR strrchr (3)
+instead of these functions.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD; marked as LEGACY in POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
+recommending
+.BR strchr (3)
+and
+.BR strrchr (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR strrchr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/inet.3 b/man/man3/inet.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04cfdb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet.3
@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"     libc.info (from glibc distribution)
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:12:00 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Sun Sep  3 20:29:36 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" Changed network into host byte order (for inet_network),
+.\"     Andreas Jaeger <aj@arthur.rhein-neckar.de>, 980130.
+.\" 2008-06-19, mtk
+.\"     Describe the various address forms supported by inet_aton().
+.\"     Clarify discussion of inet_lnaof(), inet_netof(), and inet_makeaddr().
+.\"     Add discussion of Classful Addressing, noting that it is obsolete.
+.\"     Added an EXAMPLE program.
+.\"
+.TH inet 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+inet_aton, inet_addr, inet_network, inet_ntoa, inet_makeaddr, inet_lnaof,
+inet_netof \- Internet address manipulation routines
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.B #include <netinet/in.h>
+.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
+.P
+.BI "int inet_aton(const char *" cp ", struct in_addr *" inp );
+.P
+.BI "in_addr_t inet_addr(const char *" cp );
+.BI "in_addr_t inet_network(const char *" cp );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr " in );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] struct in_addr inet_makeaddr(in_addr_t " net ,
+.BI "                                            in_addr_t " host );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_lnaof(struct in_addr " in );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] in_addr_t inet_netof(struct in_addr " in );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR inet_aton (),
+.BR inet_ntoa ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR inet_aton ()
+converts the Internet host address \fIcp\fP from the
+IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation into binary form (in network byte order)
+and stores it in the structure that \fIinp\fP points to.
+.BR inet_aton ()
+returns nonzero if the address is valid, zero if not.
+The address supplied in
+.I cp
+can have one of the following forms:
+.TP 10
+.I a.b.c.d
+Each of the four numeric parts specifies a byte of the address;
+the bytes are assigned in left-to-right order to produce the binary address.
+.TP
+.I a.b.c
+Parts
+.I a
+and
+.I b
+specify the first two bytes of the binary address.
+Part
+.I c
+is interpreted as a 16-bit value that defines the rightmost two bytes
+of the binary address.
+This notation is suitable for specifying (outmoded) Class B
+network addresses.
+.TP
+.I a.b
+Part
+.I a
+specifies the first byte of the binary address.
+Part
+.I b
+is interpreted as a 24-bit value that defines the rightmost three bytes
+of the binary address.
+This notation is suitable for specifying (outmoded) Class A
+network addresses.
+.TP
+.I a
+The value
+.I a
+is interpreted as a 32-bit value that is stored directly
+into the binary address without any byte rearrangement.
+.P
+In all of the above forms,
+components of the dotted address can be specified in decimal,
+octal (with a leading
+.IR 0 ),
+or hexadecimal, with a leading
+.IR 0X ).
+Addresses in any of these forms are collectively termed
+.IR "IPV4 numbers-and-dots notation" .
+The form that uses exactly four decimal numbers is referred to as
+.I IPv4 dotted-decimal notation
+(or sometimes:
+.IR "IPv4 dotted-quad notation" ).
+.P
+.BR inet_aton ()
+returns 1 if the supplied string was successfully interpreted,
+or 0 if the string is invalid
+.RB ( errno
+is
+.I not
+set on error).
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_addr ()
+function converts the Internet host address
+\fIcp\fP from IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation into binary data in network
+byte order.
+If the input is invalid,
+.B INADDR_NONE
+(usually \-1) is returned.
+Use of this function is problematic because \-1 is a valid address
+(255.255.255.255).
+Avoid its use in favor of
+.BR inet_aton (),
+.BR inet_pton (3),
+or
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+which provide a cleaner way to indicate error return.
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_network ()
+function converts
+.IR cp ,
+a string in IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation,
+into a number in host byte order suitable for use as an
+Internet network address.
+On success, the converted address is returned.
+If the input is invalid, \-1 is returned.
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_ntoa ()
+function converts the Internet host address
+\fIin\fP, given in network byte order, to a string in IPv4
+dotted-decimal notation.
+The string is returned in a statically
+allocated buffer, which subsequent calls will overwrite.
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_lnaof ()
+function returns the local network address part
+of the Internet address \fIin\fP.
+The returned value is in host byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_netof ()
+function returns the network number part of
+the Internet address \fIin\fP.
+The returned value is in host byte order.
+.P
+The
+.BR inet_makeaddr ()
+function is the converse of
+.BR inet_netof ()
+and
+.BR inet_lnaof ().
+It returns an Internet host address in network byte order,
+created by combining the network number \fInet\fP
+with the local address \fIhost\fP, both in
+host byte order.
+.P
+The structure \fIin_addr\fP as used in
+.BR inet_ntoa (),
+.BR inet_makeaddr (),
+.BR inet_lnaof (),
+and
+.BR inet_netof ()
+is defined in
+.I <netinet/in.h>
+as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;
+\&
+struct in_addr {
+    in_addr_t s_addr;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR inet_aton (),
+.BR inet_addr (),
+.BR inet_network (),
+.BR inet_ntoa ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR inet_makeaddr (),
+.BR inet_lnaof (),
+.BR inet_netof ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR inet_addr ()
+.TQ
+.BR inet_ntoa ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR inet_aton ()
+None.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR inet_addr ()
+.TQ
+.BR inet_ntoa ()
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+.BR inet_lnaof (),
+.BR inet_netof (),
+and
+.BR inet_makeaddr ()
+are legacy functions that assume they are dealing with
+.IR "classful network addresses" .
+Classful networking divides IPv4 network addresses into host and network
+components at byte boundaries, as follows:
+.TP 10
+Class A
+This address type is indicated by the value 0 in the
+most significant bit of the (network byte ordered) address.
+The network address is contained in the most significant byte,
+and the host address occupies the remaining three bytes.
+.TP
+Class B
+This address type is indicated by the binary value 10 in the
+most significant two bits of the address.
+The network address is contained in the two most significant bytes,
+and the host address occupies the remaining two bytes.
+.TP
+Class C
+This address type is indicated by the binary value 110 in the
+most significant three bits of the address.
+The network address is contained in the three most significant bytes,
+and the host address occupies the remaining byte.
+.P
+Classful network addresses are now obsolete,
+having been superseded by Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR),
+which divides addresses into network and host components at
+arbitrary bit (rather than byte) boundaries.
+.SH NOTES
+On x86 architectures, the host byte order is Least Significant Byte
+first (little endian), whereas the network byte order, as used on the
+Internet, is Most Significant Byte first (big endian).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+An example of the use of
+.BR inet_aton ()
+and
+.BR inet_ntoa ()
+is shown below.
+Here are some example runs:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 226.000.000.037" "      # Last byte is in octal"
+226.0.0.31
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0x7f.1         " "      # First byte is in hex"
+127.0.0.1
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (inet.c)
+.EX
+#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct in_addr addr;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s <dotted\-address>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (inet_aton(argv[1], &addr) == 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Invalid address\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("%s\en", inet_ntoa(addr));
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR byteorder (3),
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+.BR getnetent (3),
+.BR inet_net_pton (3),
+.BR inet_ntop (3),
+.BR inet_pton (3),
+.BR hosts (5),
+.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_addr.3 b/man/man3/inet_addr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_addr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_aton.3 b/man/man3/inet_aton.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_aton.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_lnaof.3 b/man/man3/inet_lnaof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_lnaof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_makeaddr.3 b/man/man3/inet_makeaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a9e0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_makeaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet_addr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_net_ntop.3 b/man/man3/inet_net_ntop.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10b8d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_net_ntop.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet_net_pton.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_net_pton.3 b/man/man3/inet_net_pton.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09bff61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_net_pton.3
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH inet_net_pton 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+inet_net_pton, inet_net_ntop \- Internet network number conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Resolver library
+.RI ( libresolv ", " \-lresolv )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
+.P
+.BI "int inet_net_pton(int " af ", const char *" pres ,
+.BI "                  void " netp [. nsize "], size_t " nsize );
+.BI "char *inet_net_ntop(int " af ,
+.BI "                  const void " netp [(. bits " - CHAR_BIT + 1) / CHAR_BIT],"
+.BI "                  int " bits ,
+.BI "                  char " pres [. psize "], size_t " psize );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR inet_net_pton (),
+.BR inet_net_ntop ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.20:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions convert network numbers between
+presentation (i.e., printable) format and network (i.e., binary) format.
+.P
+For both functions,
+.I af
+specifies the address family for the conversion;
+the only supported value is
+.BR AF_INET .
+.SS inet_net_pton()
+The
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+function converts
+.IR pres ,
+a null-terminated string containing an Internet network number in
+presentation format to network format.
+The result of the conversion, which is in network byte order,
+is placed in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR netp .
+(The
+.I netp
+argument typically points to an
+.I in_addr
+structure.)
+The
+.I nsize
+argument specifies the number of bytes available in
+.IR netp .
+.P
+On success,
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+returns the number of bits in the network number field
+of the result placed in
+.IR netp .
+For a discussion of the input presentation format and the return value,
+see NOTES.
+.P
+.IR Note :
+the buffer pointed to by
+.I netp
+should be zeroed out before calling
+.BR inet_net_pton (),
+since the call writes only as many bytes as are required
+for the network number (or as are explicitly specified by
+.IR pres ),
+which may be less than the number of bytes in a complete network address.
+.SS inet_net_ntop()
+The
+.BR inet_net_ntop ()
+function converts the network number in the buffer pointed to by
+.I netp
+to presentation format;
+.I *netp
+is interpreted as a value in network byte order.
+The
+.I bits
+argument specifies the number of bits in the network number in
+.IR *netp .
+.P
+The null-terminated presentation-format string
+is placed in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR pres .
+The
+.I psize
+argument specifies the number of bytes available in
+.IR pres .
+The presentation string is in CIDR format:
+a dotted-decimal number representing the network address,
+followed by a slash, and the size of the network number in bits.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+returns the number of bits in the network number.
+On error, it returns \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR inet_net_ntop ()
+returns
+.IR pres .
+On error, it returns NULL, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAFNOSUPPORT
+.I af
+specified a value other than
+.BR AF_INET .
+.TP
+.B EMSGSIZE
+The size of the output buffer was insufficient.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( inet_net_pton ())
+.I pres
+was not in correct presentation format.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS Input presentation format for inet_net_pton()
+The network number may be specified either
+as a hexadecimal value
+or in dotted-decimal notation.
+.P
+Hexadecimal values are indicated by an initial "0x" or "0X".
+The hexadecimal digits populate the nibbles (half octets) of the
+network number from left to right in network byte order.
+.\" If the hexadecimal string is short, the remaining nibbles are zeroed.
+.P
+In dotted-decimal notation, up to four octets are specified,
+as decimal numbers separated by dots.
+Thus, any of the following forms are accepted:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+a.b.c.d
+a.b.c
+a.b
+a
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Each part is a number in the range 0 to 255 that
+populates one byte of the resulting network number,
+going from left to right, in network-byte (big endian) order.
+Where a part is omitted, the resulting byte in the network number is zero.
+.\" Reading other man pages, some other implementations treat
+.\" 	'c' in a.b.c as a 16-bit number that populates right-most two bytes
+.\"     'b' in a.b as a 24-bit number that populates right-most three bytes
+.P
+For either hexadecimal or dotted-decimal format,
+the network number can optionally be followed by a slash
+and a number in the range 0 to 32,
+which specifies the size of the network number in bits.
+.SS Return value of inet_net_pton()
+The return value of
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+is the number of bits in the network number field.
+If the input presentation string terminates with a slash and
+an explicit size value, then that size becomes the return value of
+.BR inet_net_pton ().
+Otherwise, the return value,
+.IR bits ,
+is inferred as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+If the most significant byte of the network number is
+greater than or equal to 240,
+then
+.I bits
+is 32.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+if the most significant byte of the network number is
+greater than or equal to 224,
+then
+.I bits
+is 4.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+if the most significant byte of the network number is
+greater than or equal to 192,
+then
+.I bits
+is 24.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+if the most significant byte of the network number is
+greater than or equal to 128,
+then
+.I bits
+is 16.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+.I bits
+is 8.
+.P
+If the resulting
+.I bits
+value from the above steps is greater than or equal to 8,
+but the number of octets specified in the network number exceed
+.IR "bits/8" ,
+then
+.I bits
+is set to 8 times the number of octets actually specified.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+and
+.BR inet_net_ntop ().
+It uses
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+to convert the presentation format network address provided in
+its first command-line argument to binary form, displays the return value from
+.BR inet_net_pton ().
+It then uses
+.BR inet_net_ntop ()
+to convert the binary form back to presentation format,
+and displays the resulting string.
+.P
+In order to demonstrate that
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+may not write to all bytes of its
+.I netp
+argument, the program allows an optional second command-line argument,
+a number used to initialize the buffer before
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+is called.
+As its final line of output,
+the program displays all of the bytes of the buffer returned by
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+allowing the user to see which bytes have not been touched by
+.BR inet_net_pton ().
+.P
+An example run, showing that
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+infers the number of bits in the network number:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 193.168\fP
+inet_net_pton() returned: 24
+inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
+Raw address:              c1a80000
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Demonstrate that
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+does not zero out unused bytes in its result buffer:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 193.168 0xffffffff\fP
+inet_net_pton() returned: 24
+inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.0/24
+Raw address:              c1a800ff
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Demonstrate that
+.BR inet_net_pton ()
+will widen the inferred size of the network number,
+if the supplied number of bytes in the presentation
+string exceeds the inferred value:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128\fP
+inet_net_pton() returned: 32
+inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.1.128/32
+Raw address:              c1a80180
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Explicitly specifying the size of the network number overrides any
+inference about its size
+(but any extra bytes that are explicitly specified will still be used by
+.BR inet_net_pton ():
+to populate the result buffer):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 193.168.1.128/24\fP
+inet_net_pton() returned: 24
+inet_net_ntop() yielded:  193.168.1/24
+Raw address:              c1a80180
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (inet_net_pton.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lresolv" */
+\&
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
+                        } while (0)
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char buf[100];
+    struct in_addr addr;
+    int bits;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr,
+                "Usage: %s presentation\-form [addr\-init\-value]\en",
+                argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* If argv[2] is supplied (a numeric value), use it to initialize
+       the output buffer given to inet_net_pton(), so that we can see
+       that inet_net_pton() initializes only those bytes needed for
+       the network number. If argv[2] is not supplied, then initialize
+       the buffer to zero (as is recommended practice). */
+\&
+    addr.s_addr = (argc > 2) ? strtod(argv[2], NULL) : 0;
+\&
+    /* Convert presentation network number in argv[1] to binary. */
+\&
+    bits = inet_net_pton(AF_INET, argv[1], &addr, sizeof(addr));
+    if (bits == \-1)
+        errExit("inet_net_ntop");
+\&
+    printf("inet_net_pton() returned: %d\en", bits);
+\&
+    /* Convert binary format back to presentation, using \[aq]bits\[aq]
+       returned by inet_net_pton(). */
+\&
+    if (inet_net_ntop(AF_INET, &addr, bits, buf, sizeof(buf)) == NULL)
+        errExit("inet_net_ntop");
+\&
+    printf("inet_net_ntop() yielded:  %s\en", buf);
+\&
+    /* Display \[aq]addr\[aq] in raw form (in network byte order), so we can
+       see bytes not displayed by inet_net_ntop(); some of those bytes
+       may not have been touched by inet_net_ntop(), and so will still
+       have any initial value that was specified in argv[2]. */
+\&
+    printf("Raw address:              %x\en", htonl(addr.s_addr));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR networks (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_netof.3 b/man/man3/inet_netof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_netof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_network.3 b/man/man3/inet_network.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_network.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_ntoa.3 b/man/man3/inet_ntoa.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eba30e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_ntoa.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/inet.3
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_ntop.3 b/man/man3/inet_ntop.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2ce5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_ntop.3
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References: RFC 2553
+.TH inet_ntop 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+inet_ntop \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from binary to text form
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
+.P
+.BI "const char *inet_ntop(int " af ", const void *restrict " src ,
+.BI "                      char " dst "[restrict ." size "], socklen_t " size );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function converts the network address structure
+.I src
+in the
+.I af
+address family into a character string.
+The resulting string is copied to the buffer pointed to by
+.IR dst ,
+which must be a non-null pointer.
+The caller specifies the number of bytes available in this buffer in
+the argument
+.IR size .
+.P
+.BR inet_ntop ()
+extends the
+.BR inet_ntoa (3)
+function to support multiple address families,
+.BR inet_ntoa (3)
+is now considered to be deprecated in favor of
+.BR inet_ntop ().
+The following address families are currently supported:
+.TP
+.B AF_INET
+.I src
+points to a
+.I struct in_addr
+(in network byte order)
+which is converted to an IPv4 network address in
+the dotted-decimal format, "\fIddd.ddd.ddd.ddd\fP".
+The buffer
+.I dst
+must be at least
+.B INET_ADDRSTRLEN
+bytes long.
+.TP
+.B AF_INET6
+.I src
+points to a
+.I struct in6_addr
+(in network byte order)
+which is converted to a representation of this address in the
+most appropriate IPv6 network address format for this address.
+The buffer
+.I dst
+must be at least
+.B INET6_ADDRSTRLEN
+bytes long.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR inet_ntop ()
+returns a non-null pointer to
+.IR dst .
+NULL is returned if there was an error, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAFNOSUPPORT
+.I af
+was not a valid address family.
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+The converted address string would exceed the size given by
+.IR size .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR inet_ntop ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Note that RFC\ 2553 defines a prototype where the last argument
+.I size
+is of type
+.IR size_t .
+Many systems follow RFC\ 2553.
+glibc 2.0 and 2.1 have
+.IR size_t ,
+but 2.2 and later have
+.IR socklen_t .
+.\" 2.1.3: size_t, 2.1.91: socklen_t
+.SH BUGS
+.B AF_INET6
+converts IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses into an IPv6 format.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR inet_pton (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getnameinfo (3),
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR inet_pton (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/inet_pton.3 b/man/man3/inet_pton.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89b10c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/inet_pton.3
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2000 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References: RFC 2553
+.TH inet_pton 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+inet_pton \- convert IPv4 and IPv6 addresses from text to binary form
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <arpa/inet.h>
+.P
+.BI "int inet_pton(int " af ", const char *restrict " src \
+", void *restrict " dst );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function converts the character string
+.I src
+into a network address structure in the
+.I af
+address family, then
+copies
+the network address structure to
+.IR dst .
+The
+.I af
+argument must be either
+.B AF_INET
+or
+.BR AF_INET6 .
+.I dst
+is written in network byte order.
+.P
+The following address families are currently supported:
+.TP
+.B AF_INET
+.I src
+points to a character string containing an IPv4 network address in
+dotted-decimal format, "\fIddd.ddd.ddd.ddd\fP", where
+.I ddd
+is a decimal number of up to three digits in the range 0 to 255.
+The address is converted to a
+.I struct in_addr
+and copied to
+.IR dst ,
+which must be
+.I sizeof(struct in_addr)
+(4) bytes (32 bits) long.
+.TP
+.B AF_INET6
+.I src
+points to a character string containing an IPv6 network address.
+The address is converted to a
+.I struct in6_addr
+and copied to
+.IR dst ,
+which must be
+.I sizeof(struct in6_addr)
+(16) bytes (128 bits) long.
+The allowed formats for IPv6 addresses follow these rules:
+.RS
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The preferred format is
+.IR x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x .
+This form consists of eight hexadecimal numbers,
+each of which expresses a 16-bit value (i.e., each
+.I x
+can be up to 4 hex digits).
+.IP \[bu]
+A series of contiguous zero values in the preferred format
+can be abbreviated to
+.IR :: .
+Only one instance of
+.I ::
+can occur in an address.
+For example, the loopback address
+.I 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1
+can be abbreviated as
+.IR ::1 .
+The wildcard address, consisting of all zeros, can be written as
+.IR :: .
+.IP \[bu]
+An alternate format is useful for expressing IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses.
+This form is written as
+.IR x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d ,
+where the six leading
+.IR x s
+are hexadecimal values that define the six most-significant
+16-bit pieces of the address (i.e., 96 bits), and the
+.IR d s
+express a value in dotted-decimal notation that
+defines the least significant 32 bits of the address.
+An example of such an address is
+.IR ::FFFF:204.152.189.116 .
+.RE
+.IP
+See RFC 2373 for further details on the representation of IPv6 addresses.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR inet_pton ()
+returns 1 on success (network address was successfully converted).
+0 is returned if
+.I src
+does not contain a character string representing a valid network
+address in the specified address family.
+If
+.I af
+does not contain a valid address family, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EAFNOSUPPORT .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR inet_pton ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Unlike
+.BR inet_aton (3)
+and
+.BR inet_addr (3),
+.BR inet_pton ()
+supports IPv6 addresses.
+On the other hand,
+.BR inet_pton ()
+accepts only IPv4 addresses in dotted-decimal notation, whereas
+.BR inet_aton (3)
+and
+.BR inet_addr (3)
+allow the more general numbers-and-dots notation (hexadecimal
+and octal number formats, and formats that don't require all
+four bytes to be explicitly written).
+For an interface that handles both IPv6 addresses, and IPv4
+addresses in numbers-and-dots notation, see
+.BR getaddrinfo (3).
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+.B AF_INET6
+does not recognize IPv4 addresses.
+An explicit IPv4-mapped IPv6 address must be supplied in
+.I src
+instead.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR inet_pton ()
+and
+.BR inet_ntop (3).
+Here are some example runs:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0"
+::
+.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 1:0:0:0:0:0:0:8"
+1::8
+.RB "$" " ./a.out i6 0:0:0:0:0:FFFF:204.152.189.116"
+::ffff:204.152.189.116
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (inet_pton.c)
+.EX
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    unsigned char buf[sizeof(struct in6_addr)];
+    int domain, s;
+    char str[INET6_ADDRSTRLEN];
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s {i4|i6|<num>} string\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    domain = (strcmp(argv[1], "i4") == 0) ? AF_INET :
+             (strcmp(argv[1], "i6") == 0) ? AF_INET6 : atoi(argv[1]);
+\&
+    s = inet_pton(domain, argv[2], buf);
+    if (s <= 0) {
+        if (s == 0)
+            fprintf(stderr, "Not in presentation format");
+        else
+            perror("inet_pton");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (inet_ntop(domain, buf, str, INET6_ADDRSTRLEN) == NULL) {
+        perror("inet_ntop");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("%s\en", str);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+.BR inet (3),
+.BR inet_ntop (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/initgroups.3 b/man/man3/initgroups.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea68719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/initgroups.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified 2004-10-10 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH initgroups 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+initgroups \- initialize the supplementary group access list
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int initgroups(const char *" user ", gid_t " group );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR initgroups ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR initgroups ()
+function initializes the group access list by
+reading the group database
+.I /etc/group
+and using all groups of
+which
+.I user
+is a member.
+The additional group
+.I group
+is
+also added to the list.
+.P
+The
+.I user
+argument must be non-NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR initgroups ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The calling process has insufficient privilege.
+See the underlying system call
+.BR setgroups (2).
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/group
+group database file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR initgroups ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getgroups (2),
+.BR setgroups (2),
+.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/initstate.3 b/man/man3/initstate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e34104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/initstate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man/man3/initstate_r.3 b/man/man3/initstate_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01937f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/initstate_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/innetgr.3 b/man/man3/innetgr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34268f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/innetgr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setnetgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/insque.3 b/man/man3/insque.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..905d803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/insque.3
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+'\" t
+.\" peter memishian -- meem@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+.\" $Id: insque.3,v 1.2 1996/10/30 21:03:39 meem Exp meem $
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2010, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   Linux libc source code (5.4.7)
+.\"   Solaris 2.x, OSF/1, and HP-UX manpages
+.\"   Curry's "UNIX Systems Programming for SVR4" (O'Reilly & Associates 1996)
+.\"
+.\" Changed to POSIX, 2003-08-11, aeb+wh
+.\" mtk, 2010-09-09: Noted glibc 2.4 bug, added info on circular
+.\"	lists, added example program
+.\"
+.TH insque 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+insque, remque \- insert/remove an item from a queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.BI "void insque(void *" elem ", void *" prev );
+.BI "void remque(void *" elem );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR insque (),
+.BR remque ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR insque ()
+and
+.BR remque ()
+functions manipulate doubly linked lists.
+Each element in the list is a structure of
+which the first two elements are a forward and a
+backward pointer.
+The linked list may be linear (i.e., NULL forward pointer at
+the end of the list and NULL backward pointer at the start of the list)
+or circular.
+.P
+The
+.BR insque ()
+function inserts the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP
+immediately after the element pointed to by \fIprev\fP.
+.P
+If the list is linear, then the call
+.I "insque(elem, NULL)"
+can be used to insert the initial list element,
+and the call sets the forward and backward pointers of
+.I elem
+to NULL.
+.P
+If the list is circular,
+the caller should ensure that the forward and backward pointers of the
+first element are initialized to point to that element,
+and the
+.I prev
+argument of the
+.BR insque ()
+call should also point to the element.
+.P
+The
+.BR remque ()
+function removes the element pointed to by \fIelem\fP from the
+doubly linked list.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR insque (),
+.BR remque ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On ancient systems,
+.\" e.g., SunOS, Linux libc4 and libc5
+the arguments of these functions were of type \fIstruct qelem *\fP,
+defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct qelem {
+    struct qelem *q_forw;
+    struct qelem *q_back;
+    char          q_data[1];
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+This is still what you will get if
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+is defined before
+including \fI<search.h>\fP.
+.P
+The location of the prototypes for these functions differs among several
+versions of UNIX.
+The above is the POSIX version.
+Some systems place them in \fI<string.h>\fP.
+.\" Linux libc4 and libc 5 placed them
+.\" in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.4 and earlier, it was not possible to specify
+.I prev
+as NULL.
+Consequently, to build a linear list, the caller had to build a list
+using an initial call that contained the first two elements of the list,
+with the forward and backward pointers in each element suitably initialized.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR insque ().
+Here is an example run of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$ " "./a.out \-c a b c"
+Traversing completed list:
+    a
+    b
+    c
+That was a circular list
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (insque.c)
+.EX
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+struct element {
+    struct element *forward;
+    struct element *backward;
+    char *name;
+};
+\&
+static struct element *
+new_element(void)
+{
+    struct element *e;
+\&
+    e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+    if (e == NULL) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "malloc() failed\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    return e;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct element *first, *elem, *prev;
+    int circular, opt, errfnd;
+\&
+    /* The "\-c" command\-line option can be used to specify that the
+       list is circular. */
+\&
+    errfnd = 0;
+    circular = 0;
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "c")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]c\[aq]:
+            circular = 1;
+            break;
+        default:
+            errfnd = 1;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (errfnd || optind >= argc) {
+        fprintf(stderr,  "Usage: %s [\-c] string...\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Create first element and place it in the linked list. */
+\&
+    elem = new_element();
+    first = elem;
+\&
+    elem\->name = argv[optind];
+\&
+    if (circular) {
+        elem\->forward = elem;
+        elem\->backward = elem;
+        insque(elem, elem);
+    } else {
+        insque(elem, NULL);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Add remaining command\-line arguments as list elements. */
+\&
+    while (++optind < argc) {
+        prev = elem;
+\&
+        elem = new_element();
+        elem\->name = argv[optind];
+        insque(elem, prev);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Traverse the list from the start, printing element names. */
+\&
+    printf("Traversing completed list:\en");
+    elem = first;
+    do {
+        printf("    %s\en", elem\->name);
+        elem = elem\->forward;
+    } while (elem != NULL && elem != first);
+\&
+    if (elem == first)
+        printf("That was a circular list\en");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/intro.3 b/man/man3/intro.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbf9f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/intro.3
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2007-10-23 mtk, Nearly a complete rewrite of the earlier page.
+.TH intro 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+intro \- introduction to library functions
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Section 3 of the manual describes all library functions
+excluding the library functions
+(system call wrappers)
+described in Section 2,
+which implement system calls.
+.P
+Many of the functions described in the section are part of the
+Standard C Library
+.RI ( libc ).
+Some functions are part of other libraries
+(e.g.,
+the math library,
+.IR libm ,
+or the real-time library,
+.IR librt )
+in which case the manual page will indicate
+the linker option needed to link against the required library
+(e.g.,
+.I \-lm
+and
+.IR \-lrt ,
+respectively,
+for the aforementioned libraries).
+.P
+In some cases,
+the programmer must define a feature test macro in order to obtain
+the declaration of a function from the header file specified
+in the man page SYNOPSIS section.
+(Where required,
+these
+.I feature test macros
+must be defined before including
+.I any
+header files.)
+In such cases,
+the required macro is described in the man page.
+For further information on feature test macros,
+see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7).
+.\"
+.\" There
+.\" are various function groups which can be identified by a letter which
+.\" is appended to the chapter number:
+.\" .IP (3C)
+.\" These functions,
+.\" the functions from chapter 2 and from chapter 3S are
+.\" contained in the C standard library libc,
+.\" which will be used by
+.\" .BR cc (1)
+.\" by default.
+.\" .IP (3S)
+.\" These functions are parts of the
+.\" .BR stdio (3)
+.\" library.  They are contained in the standard C library libc.
+.\" .IP (3M)
+.\" These functions are contained in the arithmetic library libm.  They are
+.\" used by the
+.\" .BR f77 (1)
+.\" FORTRAN compiler by default,
+.\" but not by the
+.\" .BR cc (1)
+.\" C compiler,
+.\" which needs the option \fI\-lm\fP.
+.\" .IP (3F)
+.\" These functions are part of the FORTRAN library libF77.  There are no
+.\" special compiler flags needed to use these functions.
+.\" .IP (3X)
+.\" Various special libraries.  The manual pages documenting their functions
+.\" specify the library names.
+.SS Subsections
+Section 3 of this manual is organized into subsections
+that reflect the complex structure of the standard C library
+and its many implementations:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+3const
+.IP \[bu]
+3head
+.IP \[bu]
+3type
+.P
+This difficult history frequently makes it a poor example to follow
+in design,
+implementation,
+and presentation.
+.P
+Ideally,
+a library for the C language
+is designed such that each header file
+presents the interface to a coherent software module.
+It provides a small number of function declarations
+and exposes only data types and constants that
+are required for use of those functions.
+Together,
+these are termed an API or
+.IR "application program interface" .
+Types and constants to be shared among multiple APIs
+should be placed in header files that declare no functions.
+This organization permits a C library module
+to be documented concisely with one header file per manual page.
+Such an approach
+improves the readability and accessibility of library documentation,
+and thereby the usability of the software.
+.SH STANDARDS
+Certain terms and abbreviations are used to indicate UNIX variants
+and standards to which calls in this section conform.
+See
+.BR standards (7).
+.SH NOTES
+.SS Authors and copyright conditions
+Look at the header of the manual page source
+for the author(s) and copyright conditions.
+Note that these can be different from page to page!
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR intro (2),
+.BR errno (3),
+.BR capabilities (7),
+.BR credentials (7),
+.BR environ (7),
+.BR feature_test_macros (7),
+.BR libc (7),
+.BR math_error (7),
+.BR path_resolution (7),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR signal (7),
+.BR standards (7),
+.BR system_data_types (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/iruserok.3 b/man/man3/iruserok.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iruserok.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/iruserok_af.3 b/man/man3/iruserok_af.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iruserok_af.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isalnum.3 b/man/man3/isalnum.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isalnum.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isalnum_l.3 b/man/man3/isalnum_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isalnum_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isalpha.3 b/man/man3/isalpha.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3625685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isalpha.3
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:10:00 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sun Aug 21 17:51:50 1994 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sat Sep  2 21:52:01 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" Modified Mon May 27 22:55:26 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\"
+.TH isalpha 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+isalnum, isalpha, isascii, isblank, iscntrl, isdigit, isgraph, islower,
+isprint, ispunct, isspace, isupper, isxdigit,
+isalnum_l, isalpha_l, isascii_l, isblank_l, iscntrl_l,
+isdigit_l, isgraph_l, islower_l,
+isprint_l, ispunct_l, isspace_l, isupper_l, isxdigit_l
+\- character classification functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int isalnum(int " c );
+.BI "int isalpha(int " c );
+.BI "int iscntrl(int " c );
+.BI "int isdigit(int " c );
+.BI "int isgraph(int " c );
+.BI "int islower(int " c );
+.BI "int isprint(int " c );
+.BI "int ispunct(int " c );
+.BI "int isspace(int " c );
+.BI "int isupper(int " c );
+.BI "int isxdigit(int " c );
+.P
+.BI "int isascii(int " c );
+.BI "int isblank(int " c );
+.P
+.BI "int isalnum_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isalpha_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isblank_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int iscntrl_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isdigit_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isgraph_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int islower_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isprint_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int ispunct_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isspace_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int isxdigit_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.P
+.BI "int isascii_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.ad l
+.P
+.BR isascii ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isblank ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.P
+.BR \%salnum_l (),
+.BR \%salpha_l (),
+.BR \%sblank_l (),
+.BR \%scntrl_l (),
+.BR \%sdigit_l (),
+.BR \%sgraph_l (),
+.BR \%slower_l (),
+.BR \%sprint_l (),
+.BR \%spunct_l (),
+.BR \%sspace_l (),
+.BR \%supper_l (),
+.BR \%sxdigit_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR isascii_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700 && (_SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE)
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.ad
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions check whether
+.IR c ,
+which must have the value of an
+.I unsigned char
+or
+.BR EOF ,
+falls into a certain character class according to the specified locale.
+The functions without the
+"_l" suffix perform the check based on the current locale.
+.P
+The functions with the "_l" suffix perform the check
+based on the locale specified by the locale object
+.IR locale .
+The behavior of these functions is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3))
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.P
+The list below explains the operation of the functions without
+the "_l" suffix;
+the functions with the "_l" suffix differ only in using the locale object
+.I locale
+instead of the current locale.
+.TP
+.BR isalnum ()
+checks for an alphanumeric character; it is equivalent to
+.BI "(isalpha(" c ") || isdigit(" c "))" \fR.
+.TP
+.BR isalpha ()
+checks for an alphabetic character; in the standard \fB"C"\fP
+locale, it is equivalent to
+.BI "(isupper(" c ") || islower(" c "))" \fR.
+In some locales, there may be additional characters for which
+.BR isalpha ()
+is true\[em]letters which are neither uppercase nor lowercase.
+.TP
+.BR isascii ()
+checks whether \fIc\fP is a 7-bit
+.I unsigned char
+value that fits into
+the ASCII character set.
+.TP
+.BR isblank ()
+checks for a blank character; that is, a space or a tab.
+.TP
+.BR iscntrl ()
+checks for a control character.
+.TP
+.BR isdigit ()
+checks for a digit (0 through 9).
+.TP
+.BR isgraph ()
+checks for any printable character except space.
+.TP
+.BR islower ()
+checks for a lowercase character.
+.TP
+.BR isprint ()
+checks for any printable character including space.
+.TP
+.BR ispunct ()
+checks for any printable character which is not a space or an
+alphanumeric character.
+.TP
+.BR isspace ()
+checks for white-space characters.
+In the
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
+and
+.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
+locales, these are: space, form-feed
+.RB ( \[aq]\ef\[aq] ),
+newline
+.RB ( \[aq]\en\[aq] ),
+carriage return
+.RB ( \[aq]\er\[aq] ),
+horizontal tab
+.RB ( \[aq]\et\[aq] ),
+and vertical tab
+.RB ( \[aq]\ev\[aq] ).
+.TP
+.BR isupper ()
+checks for an uppercase letter.
+.TP
+.BR isxdigit ()
+checks for hexadecimal digits, that is, one of
+.br
+.BR "0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f A B C D E F" .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The values returned are nonzero if the character
+.I c
+falls into the tested class, and zero if not.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR isalnum (),
+.BR isalpha (),
+.BR isascii (),
+.BR isblank (),
+.BR iscntrl (),
+.BR isdigit (),
+.BR isgraph (),
+.BR islower (),
+.BR isprint (),
+.BR ispunct (),
+.BR isspace (),
+.BR isupper (),
+.BR isxdigit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: need a thread-safety statement about the *_l functions
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR isalnum ()
+.TQ
+.BR isalpha ()
+.TQ
+.BR iscntrl ()
+.TQ
+.BR isdigit ()
+.TQ
+.BR isgraph ()
+.TQ
+.BR islower ()
+.TQ
+.BR isprint ()
+.TQ
+.BR ispunct ()
+.TQ
+.BR isspace ()
+.TQ
+.BR isupper ()
+.TQ
+.BR isxdigit ()
+.TQ
+.BR isblank ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR isascii ()
+.TQ
+.BR isalnum_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isalpha_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isblank_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR iscntrl_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isdigit_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isgraph_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR islower_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isprint_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR ispunct_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isspace_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isupper_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isxdigit_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR isascii_l ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR isalnum ()
+.TQ
+.BR isalpha ()
+.TQ
+.BR iscntrl ()
+.TQ
+.BR isdigit ()
+.TQ
+.BR isgraph ()
+.TQ
+.BR islower ()
+.TQ
+.BR isprint ()
+.TQ
+.BR ispunct ()
+.TQ
+.BR isspace ()
+.TQ
+.BR isupper ()
+.TQ
+.BR isxdigit ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR isblank ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR isascii ()
+POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
+.IP
+POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete,
+noting that it cannot be used portably in a localized application.
+.TP
+.BR isalnum_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isalpha_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isblank_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR iscntrl_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isdigit_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isgraph_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR islower_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isprint_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR ispunct_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isspace_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isupper_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR isxdigit_l ()
+glibc 2.3.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR isascii_l ()
+glibc 2.3.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The standards require that the argument
+.I c
+for these functions is either
+.B EOF
+or a value that is representable in the type
+.IR "unsigned char" ;
+otherwise,
+the behavior is undefined.
+If the argument
+.I c
+is of type
+.IR char ,
+it must be cast to
+.IR "unsigned char" ,
+as in the following example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char c;
+\&...
+res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+This is necessary because
+.I char
+may be the equivalent of
+.IR "signed char" ,
+in which case a byte where the top bit is set would be sign extended when
+converting to
+.IR int ,
+yielding a value that is outside the range of
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+.P
+The details of what characters belong to which class depend on the
+locale.
+For example,
+.BR isupper ()
+will not recognize an A-umlaut (\(:A) as an uppercase letter in the default
+.B "C"
+locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswalnum (3),
+.BR iswalpha (3),
+.BR iswblank (3),
+.BR iswcntrl (3),
+.BR iswdigit (3),
+.BR iswgraph (3),
+.BR iswlower (3),
+.BR iswprint (3),
+.BR iswpunct (3),
+.BR iswspace (3),
+.BR iswupper (3),
+.BR iswxdigit (3),
+.BR newlocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR toascii (3),
+.BR tolower (3),
+.BR toupper (3),
+.BR uselocale (3),
+.BR ascii (7),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/isalpha_l.3 b/man/man3/isalpha_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isalpha_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isascii.3 b/man/man3/isascii.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isascii.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isascii_l.3 b/man/man3/isascii_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isascii_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isatty.3 b/man/man3/isatty.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99cb872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isatty.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH isatty 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+isatty \- test whether a file descriptor refers to a terminal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int isatty(int " fd );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR isatty ()
+function tests whether
+.I fd
+is an open file descriptor referring to a terminal.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR isatty ()
+returns 1 if
+.I fd
+is an open file descriptor referring to a terminal;
+otherwise 0 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+.I fd
+refers to a file other than a terminal.
+On some older kernels, some types of files
+.\" e.g., FIFOs and pipes on 2.6.32
+resulted in the error
+.B EINVAL
+in this case (which is a violation of POSIX, which specifies the error
+.BR ENOTTY ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR isatty ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fstat (2),
+.BR ttyname (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/isblank.3 b/man/man3/isblank.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isblank.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isblank_l.3 b/man/man3/isblank_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isblank_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/iscntrl.3 b/man/man3/iscntrl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iscntrl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/iscntrl_l.3 b/man/man3/iscntrl_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iscntrl_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isdigit.3 b/man/man3/isdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isdigit_l.3 b/man/man3/isdigit_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isdigit_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isfdtype.3 b/man/man3/isfdtype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74ecf93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isfdtype.3
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH isfdtype 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+isfdtype \- test file type of a file descriptor
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/stat.h>
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.P
+.BI "int isfdtype(int " fd ", int " fdtype );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR isfdtype ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.20:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR isfdtype ()
+function tests whether the file descriptor
+.I fd
+refers to a file of type
+.IR fdtype .
+The
+.I fdtype
+argument specifies one of the
+.B S_IF*
+constants defined in
+.I <sys/stat.h>
+and documented in
+.BR stat (2)
+(e.g.,
+.BR S_IFREG ).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR isfdtype ()
+function returns 1 if the file descriptor
+.I fd
+is of type
+.I fdtype
+and 0 if it is not.
+On failure, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR isfdtype ()
+function can fail with any of the same errors as
+.BR fstat (2).
+.SH VERSIONS
+Portable applications should use
+.BR fstat (2)
+instead.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+It appeared in the draft POSIX.1g standard.
+It is present on OpenBSD and Tru64 UNIX
+(where the required header file in both cases is just
+.IR <sys/stat.h> ,
+as shown in the POSIX.1g draft).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fstat (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/isfinite.3 b/man/man3/isfinite.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17676c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isfinite.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isgraph.3 b/man/man3/isgraph.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isgraph.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isgraph_l.3 b/man/man3/isgraph_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isgraph_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isgreater.3 b/man/man3/isgreater.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9252b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isgreater.3
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 2002-07-27 Walter Harms
+.\" this was done with the help of the glibc manual
+.\"
+.TH isgreater 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+isgreater, isgreaterequal, isless, islessequal, islessgreater,
+isunordered \- floating-point relational tests without exception for NaN
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "int isgreater(" x ", " y );
+.BI "int isgreaterequal(" x ", " y );
+.BI "int isless(" x ", " y );
+.BI "int islessequal(" x ", " y );
+.BI "int islessgreater(" x ", " y );
+.BI "int isunordered(" x ", " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.nf
+    All functions described here:
+        _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The normal relational operations (like
+.BR < ,
+"less than")
+fail if one of the operands is NaN.
+This will cause an exception.
+To avoid this, C99 defines the macros listed below.
+.P
+These macros are guaranteed to evaluate their arguments only once.
+The arguments must be of real floating-point type (note: do not pass
+integer values as arguments to these macros, since the arguments will
+.I not
+be promoted to real-floating types).
+.TP
+.BR isgreater ()
+determines \fI(x)\ >\ (y)\fP without an exception
+if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+.TP
+.BR isgreaterequal ()
+determines \fI(x)\ >=\ (y)\fP without an exception
+if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+.TP
+.BR isless ()
+determines \fI(x)\ <\ (y)\fP without an exception
+if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+.TP
+.BR islessequal ()
+determines \fI(x)\ <=\ (y)\fP without an exception
+if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+.TP
+.BR islessgreater ()
+determines \fI(x)\ < (y) || (x) >\ (y)\fP
+without an exception if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+This macro is not equivalent to \fIx\ !=\ y\fP because that expression is
+true if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN.
+.TP
+.BR isunordered ()
+determines whether its arguments are unordered, that is, whether
+at least one of the arguments is a NaN.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The macros other than
+.BR isunordered ()
+return the result of the relational comparison;
+these macros return 0 if either argument is a NaN.
+.P
+.BR isunordered ()
+returns 1 if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is NaN and 0 otherwise.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR isgreater (),
+.BR isgreaterequal (),
+.BR isless (),
+.BR islessequal (),
+.BR islessgreater (),
+.BR isunordered ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Not all hardware supports these functions,
+and where hardware support isn't provided, they will be emulated by macros.
+This will result in a performance penalty.
+Don't use these functions if NaN is of no concern for you.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fpclassify (3),
+.BR isnan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/isgreaterequal.3 b/man/man3/isgreaterequal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24410b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isgreaterequal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isinf.3 b/man/man3/isinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17676c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isinff.3 b/man/man3/isinff.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isinff.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isinfl.3 b/man/man3/isinfl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isinfl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isless.3 b/man/man3/isless.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24410b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isless.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man/man3/islessequal.3 b/man/man3/islessequal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24410b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/islessequal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man/man3/islessgreater.3 b/man/man3/islessgreater.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24410b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/islessgreater.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man/man3/islower.3 b/man/man3/islower.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/islower.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/islower_l.3 b/man/man3/islower_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/islower_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isnan.3 b/man/man3/isnan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17676c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isnan.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isnanf.3 b/man/man3/isnanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isnanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isnanl.3 b/man/man3/isnanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19f709b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isnanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/finite.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isnormal.3 b/man/man3/isnormal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17676c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isnormal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpclassify.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isprint.3 b/man/man3/isprint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isprint.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isprint_l.3 b/man/man3/isprint_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isprint_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ispunct.3 b/man/man3/ispunct.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ispunct.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ispunct_l.3 b/man/man3/ispunct_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ispunct_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isspace.3 b/man/man3/isspace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isspace.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isspace_l.3 b/man/man3/isspace_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isspace_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isunordered.3 b/man/man3/isunordered.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24410b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isunordered.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isgreater.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isupper.3 b/man/man3/isupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isupper_l.3 b/man/man3/isupper_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isupper_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/iswalnum.3 b/man/man3/iswalnum.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d05ee1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswalnum.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswalnum 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswalnum \- test for alphanumeric wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswalnum(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswalnum ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isalnum (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "alnum".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alnum" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
+the wide-character class
+"alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
+the wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from
+the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alnum" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alnum" is the union of the wide-character classes
+"alpha" and "digit".
+As such, it also contains the wide-character class
+"xdigit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alnum"
+always contains at least the letters
+\[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq],
+\[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq],
+and the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswalnum ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "alnum".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswalnum ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswalnum ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isalnum (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswalpha.3 b/man/man3/iswalpha.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f309a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswalpha.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswalpha 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswalpha \- test for alphabetic wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswalpha(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswalpha ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isalpha (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "alpha".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alpha" is a subclass of the
+wide-character class "alnum",
+and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
+of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
+the wide-character class
+"alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
+the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from
+the wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
+the wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the
+wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alpha" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"digit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alpha" contains the wide-character classes "upper"
+and "lower".
+.P
+The wide-character class "alpha" always contains at least the
+letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq] and \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswalpha ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "alpha".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswalpha ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswalpha ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isalpha (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswblank.3 b/man/man3/iswblank.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e3953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswblank.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswblank 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswblank \- test for whitespace wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswblank(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR iswblank ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswblank ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isblank (3)
+function.
+It tests whether \fIwc\fP is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "blank".
+.P
+The wide-character class "blank" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"space".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "space",
+the wide-character class "blank" is disjoint from the
+wide-character class "graph" and therefore also disjoint
+from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha", "upper", "lower", "digit",
+"xdigit", "punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "blank" always contains
+at least the space character
+and the control character \[aq]\et\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswblank ()
+function returns nonzero
+if \fIwc\fP is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "blank".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswblank ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswblank ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isblank (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswcntrl.3 b/man/man3/iswcntrl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..424fb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswcntrl.3
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswcntrl 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswcntrl \- test for control wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswcntrl(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswcntrl ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR iscntrl (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+The wide-character class "cntrl" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"print" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "graph", "alpha",
+"upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
+.P
+For an unsigned char
+.IR c ,
+.I iscntrl(c)
+implies
+.IR iswcntrl(btowc(c)) ,
+but not vice versa.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswcntrl ()
+function returns nonzero if
+.I wc
+is a
+wide character belonging to the wide-character class "cntrl".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswcntrl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswcntrl ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iscntrl (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswctype.3 b/man/man3/iswctype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f49aff2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswctype.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswctype 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswctype \- wide-character classification
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswctype(wint_t " wc ", wctype_t " desc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I wc
+is a wide character having the character property designated by
+.I desc
+(or in other words: belongs to the character class designated by
+.IR desc ),
+then the
+.BR iswctype ()
+function returns nonzero.
+Otherwise, it
+returns zero.
+If
+.I wc
+is
+.BR WEOF ,
+zero is returned.
+.P
+.I desc
+must be a character property descriptor
+returned by the
+.BR wctype (3)
+function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswctype ()
+function returns nonzero if
+the
+.I wc
+has the designated
+property.
+Otherwise, it returns 0.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswctype ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswctype ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswalnum (3),
+.BR iswalpha (3),
+.BR iswblank (3),
+.BR iswcntrl (3),
+.BR iswdigit (3),
+.BR iswgraph (3),
+.BR iswlower (3),
+.BR iswprint (3),
+.BR iswpunct (3),
+.BR iswspace (3),
+.BR iswupper (3),
+.BR iswxdigit (3),
+.BR wctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswdigit.3 b/man/man3/iswdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6caa4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswdigit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswdigit \- test for decimal digit wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswdigit(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswdigit ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isdigit (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "digit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "digit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"xdigit", and therefore also a subclass
+of the wide-character class "alnum", of
+the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide character
+class "print", the wide-character class
+"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
+the wide-character class
+"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
+"blank".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character
+class "alnum", the wide-character class
+"digit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "digit" is
+disjoint from the wide-character class
+"alpha" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "lower", "upper".
+.P
+The wide-character class "digit" always
+contains exactly the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswdigit ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "digit".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswdigit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswdigit ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isdigit (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswgraph.3 b/man/man3/iswgraph.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cedc72f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswgraph.3
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswgraph 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswgraph \- test for graphic wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswgraph(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswgraph ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isgraph (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "graph".
+.P
+The wide-character class "graph" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
+the wide-character class
+"graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+The wide-character class "graph" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"space" and therefore also disjoint from its subclass "blank".
+.\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "graph" and "space" may
+.\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
+.P
+The wide-character class "graph" contains all the wide characters from the
+wide-character class "print" except the space character.
+It therefore contains
+the wide-character classes "alnum" and "punct".
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswgraph ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "graph".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswgraph ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswgraph ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isgraph (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswlower.3 b/man/man3/iswlower.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41051b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswlower.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswlower 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswlower \- test for lowercase wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswlower(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswlower ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR islower (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "lower".
+.P
+The wide-character class "lower" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"alpha", and therefore also a subclass
+of the wide-character class "alnum", of
+the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
+the wide-character class
+"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
+the wide-character class "lower" is disjoint from the
+wide-character class "space" and its subclass "blank".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum",
+the wide-character class
+"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha",
+the wide-character class
+"lower" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "lower" contains at least
+those characters
+.I wc
+which are equal to
+.I towlower(wc)
+and different from
+.IR towupper(wc) .
+.P
+The wide-character class "lower" always contains
+at least the letters \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]z\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswlower ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "lower".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswlower ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswlower ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
+because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR islower (3),
+.BR iswctype (3),
+.BR towlower (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswprint.3 b/man/man3/iswprint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e570b0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswprint.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswprint 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswprint \- test for printing wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswprint(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswprint ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isprint (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+The wide-character class "print" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"cntrl".
+.P
+The wide-character class "print" contains the wide-character class "graph".
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswprint ()
+function returns nonzero if
+.I wc
+is a
+wide character belonging to the wide-character class "print".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswprint ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswprint ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isprint (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswpunct.3 b/man/man3/iswpunct.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..426bd2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswpunct.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswpunct 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswpunct \- test for punctuation or symbolic wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswpunct(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswpunct ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR ispunct (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "punct" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"graph", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+The wide-character class "punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"alnum" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alpha", "upper",
+"lower", "digit", "xdigit".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print",
+the wide-character class
+"punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph",
+the wide-character class
+"punct" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
+"blank".
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswpunct ()
+function returns nonzero
+if
+.I wc
+is a wide-character
+belonging to the wide-character class "punct".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswpunct ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswpunct ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+This function's name is a misnomer when dealing with Unicode characters,
+because the wide-character class "punct" contains both punctuation characters
+and symbol (math, currency, etc.) characters.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ispunct (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswspace.3 b/man/man3/iswspace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fdddacb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswspace.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswspace 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswspace \- test for whitespace wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswspace(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswspace ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isspace (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "space".
+.P
+The wide-character class "space" is disjoint from the wide-character class
+"graph" and therefore also disjoint from its subclasses "alnum", "alpha",
+"upper", "lower", "digit", "xdigit", "punct".
+.\" Note: UNIX98 (susv2/xbd/locale.html) says that "space" and "graph" may
+.\" have characters in common, except U+0020. But C99 (ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\" section 7.25.2.1.10) says that "space" and "graph" are disjoint.
+.P
+The wide-character class "space" contains the wide-character class "blank".
+.P
+The wide-character class "space"
+always contains at least the space character
+and the control characters
+\[aq]\ef\[aq], \[aq]\en\[aq], \[aq]\er\[aq], \[aq]\et\[aq], and \[aq]\ev\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswspace ()
+function returns nonzero if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "space".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswspace ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswspace ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isspace (3),
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswupper.3 b/man/man3/iswupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27371e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswupper 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswupper \- test for uppercase wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswupper(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswupper ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isupper (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "upper".
+.P
+The wide-character class "upper" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"alpha", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", of
+the wide-character class "graph" and of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
+"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
+"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
+"blank".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
+"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alpha", the wide-character class
+"upper" is disjoint from the wide-character class "digit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "upper" contains at least those characters
+.I wc
+which are equal to
+.I towupper(wc)
+and different from
+.IR towlower(wc) .
+.P
+The wide-character class "upper" always contains at least the
+letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]Z\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswupper ()
+function returns nonzero if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "upper".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswupper ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswupper ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+This function is not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
+because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isupper (3),
+.BR iswctype (3),
+.BR towupper (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/iswxdigit.3 b/man/man3/iswxdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..063743b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/iswxdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH iswxdigit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+iswxdigit \- test for hexadecimal digit wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int iswxdigit(wint_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR iswxdigit ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR isxdigit (3)
+function.
+It tests whether
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "xdigit".
+.P
+The wide-character class "xdigit" is a subclass of the wide-character class
+"alnum", and therefore also a subclass of the wide-character class "graph" and
+of the wide-character class "print".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "print", the wide-character class
+"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "cntrl".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "graph", the wide-character class
+"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "space" and its subclass
+"blank".
+.P
+Being a subclass of the wide-character class "alnum", the wide-character class
+"xdigit" is disjoint from the wide-character class "punct".
+.P
+The wide-character class "xdigit" always contains at least the
+letters \[aq]A\[aq] to \[aq]F\[aq], \[aq]a\[aq] to \[aq]f\[aq]
+and the digits \[aq]0\[aq] to \[aq]9\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR iswxdigit ()
+function returns nonzero if
+.I wc
+is a wide character
+belonging to the wide-character class "xdigit".
+Otherwise, it returns zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iswxdigit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR iswxdigit ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswctype (3),
+.BR isxdigit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/isxdigit.3 b/man/man3/isxdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isxdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/isxdigit_l.3 b/man/man3/isxdigit_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b69c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/isxdigit_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/isalpha.3
diff --git a/man/man3/j0.3 b/man/man3/j0.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a97b3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j0.3
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:08:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-25, aeb
+.\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
+.\" 2008-07-24, mtk, moved yxx() material into separate y0.3 page
+.\"
+.TH j0 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+j0, j0f, j0l, j1, j1f, j1l, jn, jnf, jnl \-
+Bessel functions of the first kind
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double j0(double " x );
+.BI "double j1(double " x );
+.BI "double jn(int " n ", double " x );
+.P
+.BI "float j0f(float " x );
+.BI "float j1f(float " x );
+.BI "float jnf(int " n ", float " x );
+.P
+.BI "long double j0l(long double " x );
+.BI "long double j1l(long double " x );
+.BI "long double jnl(int " n ", long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR j0 (),
+.BR j1 (),
+.BR jn ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR j0f (),
+.BR j0l (),
+.BR j1f (),
+.BR j1l (),
+.BR jnf (),
+.BR jnl ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
+        || (_ISOC99_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE)
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR j0 ()
+and
+.BR j1 ()
+functions return Bessel functions of
+.I x
+of the first kind of orders 0 and 1, respectively.
+The
+.BR jn ()
+function
+returns the Bessel function of
+.I x
+of the first kind of order
+.IR n .
+.P
+The
+.BR j0f (),
+.BR j1f (),
+and
+.BR jnf (),
+functions are versions that take and return
+.I float
+values.
+The
+.BR j0l (),
+.BR j1l (),
+and
+.BR jnl ()
+functions are versions that take and return
+.I "long double"
+values.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the appropriate
+Bessel value of the first kind for
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is too large in magnitude,
+or the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the return value is 0.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow, or \fIx\fP is too large in magnitude
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.P
+These functions do not raise exceptions for
+.BR fetestexcept (3).
+.\" e.g., j0(1.5e16)
+.\" This is intentional.
+.\" See https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6805
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR j0 (),
+.BR j0f (),
+.BR j0l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR j1 (),
+.BR j1f (),
+.BR j1l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR jn (),
+.BR jnf (),
+.BR jnl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR j0 ()
+.TQ
+.BR j1 ()
+.TQ
+.BR jn ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+Others:
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR j0 ()
+.TQ
+.BR j1 ()
+.TQ
+.BR jn ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD,
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+Others:
+BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+There are errors of up to 2e\-16 in the values returned by
+.BR j0 (),
+.BR j1 (),
+and
+.BR jn ()
+for values of
+.I x
+between \-8 and 8.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR y0 (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/j0f.3 b/man/man3/j0f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j0f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/j0l.3 b/man/man3/j0l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j0l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/j1.3 b/man/man3/j1.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j1.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/j1f.3 b/man/man3/j1f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j1f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/j1l.3 b/man/man3/j1l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/j1l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/jn.3 b/man/man3/jn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/jn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/jnf.3 b/man/man3/jnf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/jnf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/jnl.3 b/man/man3/jnl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6dc1818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/jnl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/j0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/jrand48.3 b/man/man3/jrand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/jrand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/jrand48_r.3 b/man/man3/jrand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/jrand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/key_decryptsession.3 b/man/man3/key_decryptsession.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4bb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/key_decryptsession.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man/man3/key_encryptsession.3 b/man/man3/key_encryptsession.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4bb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/key_encryptsession.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man/man3/key_gendes.3 b/man/man3/key_gendes.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4bb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/key_gendes.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3 b/man/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc4bb02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/key_secretkey_is_set.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/key_setsecret.3
diff --git a/man/man3/key_setsecret.3 b/man/man3/key_setsecret.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ea22c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/key_setsecret.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\"  I had no way the check the functions out
+.\"  be careful
+.TH key_setsecret 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+key_decryptsession, key_encryptsession, key_setsecret, key_gendes,
+key_secretkey_is_set \- interfaces to rpc keyserver daemon
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <rpc/rpc.h>
+.P
+.BI "int key_decryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
+.BI "int key_encryptsession(char *" remotename ", des_block *" deskey );
+.P
+.BI "int key_gendes(des_block *" deskey );
+.P
+.BI "int key_setsecret(char *" key );
+.B int key_secretkey_is_set(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions here are used within the RPC's secure authentication
+mechanism (AUTH_DES).
+There should be no need for user programs to
+use this functions.
+.P
+The function
+.BR key_decryptsession ()
+uses the (remote) server netname and takes the DES key
+for decrypting.
+It uses the public key of the server and the
+secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
+.P
+The function
+.BR key_encryptsession ()
+is the inverse of
+.BR key_decryptsession ().
+It encrypts the DES keys with the public key of the server and
+the secret key associated with the effective UID of the calling process.
+.P
+The function
+.BR key_gendes ()
+is used to ask the keyserver for a secure conversation key.
+.P
+The function
+.BR key_setsecret ()
+is used to set the key for the effective UID of the calling process.
+.P
+The function
+.BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
+can be used to determine whether a key has been
+set for the effective UID of the calling process.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return 1 on success and 0 on failure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR key_decryptsession (),
+.BR key_encryptsession (),
+.BR key_gendes (),
+.BR key_setsecret (),
+.BR key_secretkey_is_set ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH NOTES
+Note that we talk about two types of encryption here.
+One is asymmetric using a public and secret key.
+The other is symmetric, the
+64-bit DES.
+.P
+These routines were part of the Linux/Doors-project, abandoned by now.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR crypt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/killpg.3 b/man/man3/killpg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35edc0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/killpg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)killpg.2	6.5 (Berkeley) 3/10/91
+.\"
+.\" Modified Fri Jul 23 21:55:01 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 22 08:11:14 EDT 1996 by Eric S. Raymond <esr@thyrsus.com>
+.\" Modified 2004-06-16 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"     Added notes on CAP_KILL
+.\" Modified 2004-06-21 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH killpg 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+killpg \- send signal to a process group
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int killpg(int " pgrp ", int " sig );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR killpg ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR killpg ()
+sends the signal
+.I sig
+to the process group
+.IR pgrp .
+See
+.BR signal (7)
+for a list of signals.
+.P
+If
+.I pgrp
+is 0,
+.BR killpg ()
+sends the signal to the calling process's process group.
+(POSIX says: if
+.I pgrp
+is less than or equal to 1, the behavior is undefined.)
+.P
+For the permissions required to send a signal to another process, see
+.BR kill (2).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sig
+is not a valid signal number.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The process does not have permission to send the signal
+to any of the target processes.
+For the required permissions, see
+.BR kill (2).
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No process can be found in the process group specified by
+.IR pgrp .
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+The process group was given as 0 but the sending process does not
+have a process group.
+.SH VERSIONS
+There are various differences between the permission checking
+in BSD-type systems and System\ V-type systems.
+See the POSIX rationale for
+.BR kill (3p).
+A difference not mentioned by POSIX concerns the return
+value
+.BR EPERM :
+BSD documents that no signal is sent and
+.B EPERM
+returned when the permission check failed for at least one target process,
+while POSIX documents
+.B EPERM
+only when the permission check failed for all target processes.
+.SS C library/kernel differences
+On Linux,
+.BR killpg ()
+is implemented as a library function that makes the call
+.IR "kill(\-pgrp,\ sig)" .
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.4BSD
+(first appeared in 4BSD).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getpgrp (2),
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR capabilities (7),
+.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/klogctl.3 b/man/man3/klogctl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbe6ab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/klogctl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/syslog.2
diff --git a/man/man3/l64a.3 b/man/man3/l64a.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e54ce27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/l64a.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/a64l.3
diff --git a/man/man3/labs.3 b/man/man3/labs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97db8d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/labs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lckpwdf.3 b/man/man3/lckpwdf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lckpwdf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lcong48.3 b/man/man3/lcong48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lcong48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lcong48_r.3 b/man/man3/lcong48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lcong48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ldexp.3 b/man/man3/ldexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e00270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ldexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH ldexp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ldexp, ldexpf, ldexpl \- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double ldexp(double " x ", int " exp );
+.BI "float ldexpf(float " x ", int " exp );
+.BI "long double ldexpl(long double " x ", int " exp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ldexpf (),
+.BR ldexpl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the result of multiplying the floating-point number
+.I x
+by 2 raised to the power
+.IR exp .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return
+.IR "x * (2\[ha]exp)" .
+.P
+If
+.I exp
+is zero, then
+.I x
+is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and zero is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with a sign the same as
+.IR x .
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error, overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error, underflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ldexp (),
+.BR ldexpf (),
+.BR ldexpl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR frexp (3),
+.BR modf (3),
+.BR scalbln (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ldexpf.3 b/man/man3/ldexpf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e74a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ldexpf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ldexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ldexpl.3 b/man/man3/ldexpl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e74a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ldexpl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ldexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ldiv.3 b/man/man3/ldiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..934824e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ldiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man/man3/le16toh.3 b/man/man3/le16toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/le16toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/le32toh.3 b/man/man3/le32toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/le32toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/le64toh.3 b/man/man3/le64toh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7bc77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/le64toh.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/endian.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lfind.3 b/man/man3/lfind.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24179b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lfind.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lgamma.3 b/man/man3/lgamma.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b1381b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgamma.3
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" based on glibc infopages
+.\"
+.TH lgamma 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lgamma, lgammaf, lgammal, lgamma_r, lgammaf_r, lgammal_r, signgam \-
+log gamma function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double lgamma(double " x );
+.BI "float lgammaf(float " x );
+.BI "long double lgammal(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "double lgamma_r(double " x ", int *" signp );
+.BI "float lgammaf_r(float " x ", int *" signp );
+.BI "long double lgammal_r(long double " x ", int *" signp );
+.P
+.BI "extern int " signgam ;
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.nf
+.BR lgamma ():
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR lgammaf (),
+.BR lgammal ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR lgamma_r (),
+.BR lgammaf_r (),
+.BR lgammal_r ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.IR signgam :
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+For the definition of the Gamma function, see
+.BR tgamma (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR lgamma (),
+.BR lgammaf (),
+and
+.BR lgammal ()
+functions return the natural logarithm of
+the absolute value of the Gamma function.
+The sign of the Gamma function is returned in the
+external integer
+.I signgam
+declared in
+.IR <math.h> .
+It is 1 when the Gamma function is positive or zero, \-1
+when it is negative.
+.P
+Since using a constant location
+.I signgam
+is not thread-safe, the functions
+.BR lgamma_r (),
+.BR lgammaf_r (),
+and
+.BR lgammal_r ()
+have been introduced; they return the sign via the argument
+.IR signp .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of Gamma(x).
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is 1 or 2, +0 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a nonpositive integer,
+a pole error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+.\" e.g., lgamma(DBL_MAX)
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is a nonpositive integer
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.\" glibc (as at 2.8) also supports an inexact
+.\" exception for various cases.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR lgamma ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammaf ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammal ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.I signgam
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR lgamma_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammaf_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammal_r ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR lgamma ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammaf ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammal ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.I signgam
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR lgamma_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammaf_r ()
+.TQ
+.BR lgammal_r ()
+None.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6777
+when a pole error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM ;
+instead of the POSIX-mandated
+.BR ERANGE .
+Since glibc 2.10, glibc does the right thing.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tgamma (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/lgamma_r.3 b/man/man3/lgamma_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgamma_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lgammaf.3 b/man/man3/lgammaf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgammaf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lgammaf_r.3 b/man/man3/lgammaf_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgammaf_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lgammal.3 b/man/man3/lgammal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgammal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lgammal_r.3 b/man/man3/lgammal_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lgammal_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lio_listio.3 b/man/man3/lio_listio.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e38492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lio_listio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2010, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH lio_listio 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lio_listio \- initiate a list of I/O requests
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <aio.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int lio_listio(int " mode ,
+.BI "               struct aiocb *restrict const " aiocb_list [restrict],
+.BI "               int " nitems ", struct sigevent *restrict " sevp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR lio_listio ()
+function initiates the list of I/O operations described by the array
+.IR aiocb_list .
+.P
+The
+.I mode
+operation has one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B LIO_WAIT
+The call blocks until all operations are complete.
+The
+.I sevp
+argument is ignored.
+.TP
+.B LIO_NOWAIT
+The I/O operations are queued for processing and the call returns immediately.
+When all of the I/O operations complete, asynchronous notification occurs,
+as specified by the
+.I sevp
+argument; see
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for details.
+If
+.I sevp
+is NULL, no asynchronous notification occurs.
+.P
+The
+.I aiocb_list
+argument is an array of pointers to
+.I aiocb
+structures that describe I/O operations.
+These operations are executed in an unspecified order.
+The
+.I nitems
+argument specifies the size of the array
+.IR aiocb_list .
+Null pointers in
+.I aiocb_list
+are ignored.
+.P
+In each control block in
+.IR aiocb_list ,
+the
+.I aio_lio_opcode
+field specifies the I/O operation to be initiated, as follows:
+.TP
+.B LIO_READ
+Initiate a read operation.
+The operation is queued as for a call to
+.BR aio_read (3)
+specifying this control block.
+.TP
+.B LIO_WRITE
+Initiate a write operation.
+The operation is queued as for a call to
+.BR aio_write (3)
+specifying this control block.
+.TP
+.B LIO_NOP
+Ignore this control block.
+.P
+The remaining fields in each control block have the same meanings as for
+.BR aio_read (3)
+and
+.BR aio_write (3).
+The
+.I aio_sigevent
+fields of each control block can be used to specify notifications
+for the individual I/O operations (see
+.BR sigevent (7)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I mode
+is
+.BR LIO_NOWAIT ,
+.BR lio_listio ()
+returns 0 if all I/O operations are successfully queued.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+If
+.I mode
+is
+.BR LIO_WAIT ,
+.BR lio_listio ()
+returns 0 when all of the I/O operations have completed successfully.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+The return status from
+.BR lio_listio ()
+provides information only about the call itself,
+not about the individual I/O operations.
+One or more of the I/O operations may fail,
+but this does not prevent other operations completing.
+The status of individual I/O operations in
+.I aiocb_list
+can be determined using
+.BR aio_error (3).
+When an operation has completed,
+its return status can be obtained using
+.BR aio_return (3).
+Individual I/O operations can fail for the reasons described in
+.BR aio_read (3)
+and
+.BR aio_write (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR lio_listio ()
+function may fail for the following reasons:
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Out of resources.
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+.\" Doesn't happen in glibc(?)
+The number of I/O operations specified by
+.I nitems
+would cause the limit
+.B AIO_MAX
+to be exceeded.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+.I mode
+was
+.B LIO_WAIT
+and a signal
+was caught before all I/O operations completed; see
+.BR signal (7).
+(This may even be one of the signals used for
+asynchronous I/O completion notification.)
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I mode
+is invalid, or
+.\" Doesn't happen in glibc(?)
+.I nitems
+exceeds the limit
+.BR AIO_LISTIO_MAX .
+.TP
+.B EIO
+One of more of the operations specified by
+.I aiocb_list
+failed.
+.\" e.g., ioa_reqprio or aio_lio_opcode was invalid
+The application can check the status of each operation using
+.BR aio_return (3).
+.P
+If
+.BR lio_listio ()
+fails with the error
+.BR EAGAIN ,
+.BR EINTR ,
+or
+.BR EIO ,
+then some of the operations in
+.I aiocb_list
+may have been initiated.
+If
+.BR lio_listio ()
+fails for any other reason,
+then none of the I/O operations has been initiated.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lio_listio ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+It is a good idea to zero out the control blocks before use.
+The control blocks must not be changed while the I/O operations
+are in progress.
+The buffer areas being read into or written from
+.\" or the control block of the operation
+must not be accessed during the operations or undefined results may occur.
+The memory areas involved must remain valid.
+.P
+Simultaneous I/O operations specifying the same
+.I aiocb
+structure produce undefined results.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR aio_cancel (3),
+.BR aio_error (3),
+.BR aio_fsync (3),
+.BR aio_return (3),
+.BR aio_suspend (3),
+.BR aio_write (3),
+.BR aio (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/list.3 b/man/man3/list.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bab95a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/list.3
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH LIST 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+LIST_EMPTY,
+LIST_ENTRY,
+LIST_FIRST,
+LIST_FOREACH,
+.\"LIST_FOREACH_FROM,
+.\"LIST_FOREACH_SAFE,
+.\"LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
+LIST_HEAD,
+LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+LIST_INIT,
+LIST_INSERT_AFTER,
+LIST_INSERT_BEFORE,
+LIST_INSERT_HEAD,
+LIST_NEXT,
+.\"LIST_PREV,
+LIST_REMOVE
+.\"LIST_SWAP
+\- implementation of a doubly linked list
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/queue.h>
+.P
+.B LIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
+.P
+.B LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
+.BI "LIST_HEAD LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(LIST_HEAD " head );
+.BI "void LIST_INIT(LIST_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "int LIST_EMPTY(LIST_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "void LIST_INSERT_HEAD(LIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void LIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "struct TYPE *LIST_FIRST(LIST_HEAD *" head );
+.\" .BI "struct TYPE *LIST_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *LIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "LIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", LIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        LIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.P
+.BI "void LIST_REMOVE(struct TYPE *" elm ", LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "void LIST_SWAP(LIST_HEAD *" head1 ", LIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
+.\" .BI "                        struct TYPE, LIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on doubly linked lists.
+.P
+In the macro definitions,
+.I TYPE
+is the name of a user-defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.IR LIST_ENTRY ,
+named
+.IR NAME .
+The argument
+.I HEADNAME
+is the name of a user-defined structure
+that must be declared using the macro
+.BR LIST_HEAD ().
+.SS Creation
+A list is headed by a structure defined by the
+.BR LIST_HEAD ()
+macro.
+This structure contains a single pointer to the first element on the list.
+The elements are doubly linked
+so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the list.
+New elements can be added to the list
+after an existing element,
+before an existing element,
+or at the head of the list.
+A
+.I LIST_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+LIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I struct HEADNAME
+is the structure to be defined, and
+.I struct TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
+A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The names
+.I head
+and
+.I headp
+are user selectable.)
+.P
+.BR LIST_ENTRY ()
+declares a structure that connects the elements in the list.
+.P
+.BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+evaluates to an initializer for the list
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR LIST_INIT ()
+initializes the list referenced by
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR LIST_EMPTY ()
+evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
+.SS Insertion
+.BR LIST_INSERT_HEAD ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the head of the list.
+.P
+.BR LIST_INSERT_BEFORE ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+before the element
+.IR listelm .
+.P
+.BR LIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+after the element
+.IR listelm .
+.SS Traversal
+.BR LIST_FIRST ()
+returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR LIST_PREV ()
+.\" returns the previous element in the list, or NULL if this is the first.
+.\" List
+.\" .I head
+.\" must contain element
+.\" .IR elm .
+.P
+.BR LIST_NEXT ()
+returns the next element in the list, or NULL if this is the last.
+.P
+.BR LIST_FOREACH ()
+traverses the list referenced by
+.I head
+in the forward direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found LIST element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the LIST referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" traverses the list referenced by
+.\" .I head
+.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element in turn to
+.\" .IR var .
+.\" However, unlike
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH ()
+.\" here it is permitted to both remove
+.\" .I var
+.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
+.\" traversal.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found LIST element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the LIST referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.SS Removal
+.BR LIST_REMOVE ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the list.
+.\" .SS Other features
+.\" .BR LIST_SWAP ()
+.\" swaps the contents of
+.\" .I head1
+.\" and
+.\" .IR head2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR LIST_EMPTY ()
+returns nonzero if the list is empty,
+and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
+.P
+.BR LIST_FIRST (),
+and
+.BR LIST_NEXT ()
+return a pointer to the first or next
+.I TYPE
+structure, respectively.
+.P
+.BR LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
+.IR head .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR LIST_FOREACH ()
+doesn't allow
+.I var
+to be removed or freed within the loop,
+as it would interfere with the traversal.
+.BR LIST_FOREACH_SAFE (),
+which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
+fixes this limitation by allowing
+.I var
+to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
+without interfering with the traversal.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (list.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+\&
+struct entry {
+    int data;
+    LIST_ENTRY(entry) entries;              /* List */
+};
+\&
+LIST_HEAD(listhead, entry);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
+    struct listhead head;                   /* List head */
+    int i;
+\&
+    LIST_INIT(&head);                       /* Initialize the list */
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
+    LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
+    LIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries);
+\&
+    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
+    LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(n2, n3, entries);
+\&
+    i = 0;                                  /* Forward traversal */
+    LIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        np\->data = i++;
+\&
+    LIST_REMOVE(n2, entries);               /* Deletion */
+    free(n2);
+                                            /* Forward traversal */
+    LIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
+                                            /* List deletion */
+    n1 = LIST_FIRST(&head);
+    while (n1 != NULL) {
+        n2 = LIST_NEXT(n1, entries);
+        free(n1);
+        n1 = n2;
+    }
+    LIST_INIT(&head);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR insque (3),
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/llabs.3 b/man/man3/llabs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97db8d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llabs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/abs.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lldiv.3 b/man/man3/lldiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..934824e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lldiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/div.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llrint.3 b/man/man3/llrint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c0af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llrint.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llrintf.3 b/man/man3/llrintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c0af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llrintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llrintl.3 b/man/man3/llrintl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c0af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llrintl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llround.3 b/man/man3/llround.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llround.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llroundf.3 b/man/man3/llroundf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llroundf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man/man3/llroundl.3 b/man/man3/llroundl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/llroundl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man/man3/localeconv.3 b/man/man3/localeconv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0077714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/localeconv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:01:20 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH localeconv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+localeconv \- get numeric formatting information
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <locale.h>
+.P
+.B struct lconv *localeconv(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR localeconv ()
+function returns a pointer to a
+.I struct lconv
+for the current locale.
+This structure is shown in
+.BR locale (7),
+and contains all values associated with the locale categories
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+and
+.BR LC_MONETARY .
+Programs may also use the functions
+.BR printf (3)
+and
+.BR strfmon (3),
+which behave according to the actual locale in use.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR localeconv ()
+function returns a pointer to a filled in
+.IR "struct lconv" .
+This structure may be (in glibc,
+.IR is )
+statically allocated, and may be overwritten by subsequent calls.
+According to POSIX,
+the caller should not modify the contents of this structure.
+The
+.BR localeconv ()
+function always succeeds.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR localeconv ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:localeconv locale
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR printf (3)
+family of functions may or may not honor the current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR localedef (1),
+.BR isalpha (3),
+.BR nl_langinfo (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR strftime (3),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/localtime.3 b/man/man3/localtime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/localtime.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/localtime_r.3 b/man/man3/localtime_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/localtime_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lockf.3 b/man/man3/lockf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86895a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lockf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1997 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\" Created Thu Aug  7 00:44:00 ART 1997
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Added section stuff, aeb, 2002-04-22.
+.\" Corrected include file, drepper, 2003-06-15.
+.\"
+.TH lockf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lockf \- apply, test or remove a POSIX lock on an open file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int lockf(int " fd ", int " op ", off_t " len );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR lockf ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Apply, test, or remove a POSIX lock on a section of an open file.
+The file is specified by
+.IR fd ,
+a file descriptor open for writing, the action by
+.IR op ,
+and the section consists of byte positions
+.IR pos .. pos + len \-1
+if
+.I len
+is positive, and
+.IR pos \- len .. pos \-1
+if
+.I len
+is negative, where
+.I pos
+is the current file position, and if
+.I len
+is zero, the section extends from the current file position to
+infinity, encompassing the present and future end-of-file positions.
+In all cases, the section may extend past current end-of-file.
+.P
+On Linux,
+.BR lockf ()
+is just an interface on top of
+.BR fcntl (2)
+locking.
+Many other systems implement
+.BR lockf ()
+in this way, but note that POSIX.1 leaves the relationship between
+.BR lockf ()
+and
+.BR fcntl (2)
+locks unspecified.
+A portable application should probably avoid mixing calls
+to these interfaces.
+.P
+Valid operations are given below:
+.TP
+.B F_LOCK
+Set an exclusive lock on the specified section of the file.
+If (part of) this section is already locked, the call
+blocks until the previous lock is released.
+If this section overlaps an earlier locked section,
+both are merged.
+File locks are released as soon as the process holding the locks
+closes some file descriptor for the file.
+A child process does not inherit these locks.
+.TP
+.B F_TLOCK
+Same as
+.B F_LOCK
+but the call never blocks and returns an error instead if the file is
+already locked.
+.TP
+.B F_ULOCK
+Unlock the indicated section of the file.
+This may cause a locked section to be split into two locked sections.
+.TP
+.B F_TEST
+Test the lock: return 0 if the specified section
+is unlocked or locked by this process; return \-1, set
+.I errno
+to
+.B EAGAIN
+.RB ( EACCES
+on some other systems),
+if another process holds a lock.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.BR EACCES " or " EAGAIN
+The file is locked and
+.B F_TLOCK
+or
+.B F_TEST
+was specified, or the operation is prohibited because the file has
+been memory-mapped by another process.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not an open file descriptor; or
+.I op
+is
+.B F_LOCK
+or
+.B F_TLOCK
+and
+.I fd
+is not a writable file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EDEADLK
+.I op
+was
+.B F_LOCK
+and this lock operation would cause a deadlock.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+While waiting to acquire a lock, the call was interrupted by
+delivery of a signal caught by a handler; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An invalid operation was specified in
+.IR op .
+.TP
+.B ENOLCK
+Too many segment locks open, lock table is full.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lockf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fcntl (2),
+.BR flock (2)
+.P
+.I locks.txt
+and
+.I mandatory\-locking.txt
+in the Linux kernel source directory
+.I Documentation/filesystems
+(on older kernels, these files are directly under the
+.I Documentation
+directory, and
+.I mandatory\-locking.txt
+is called
+.IR mandatory.txt )
diff --git a/man/man3/log.3 b/man/man3/log.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29ec350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log.3
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH log 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+log, logf, logl \- natural logarithmic function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double log(double " x );
+.BI "float logf(float " x );
+.BI "long double logl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR logf (),
+.BR logl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the natural logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is 1, the result is +0.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity,
+positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is zero,
+then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative (including negative infinity), then
+a domain error occurs, and a NaN (not a number) is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is zero
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR log (),
+.BR logf (),
+.BR logl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.5 and earlier,
+taking the
+.BR log ()
+of a NaN produces a bogus invalid floating-point
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+exception.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR clog (3),
+.BR log10 (3),
+.BR log1p (3),
+.BR log2 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/log10.3 b/man/man3/log10.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33bdaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log10.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH log10 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+log10, log10f, log10l \-  base-10 logarithmic function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double log10(double " x );
+.BI "float log10f(float " x );
+.BI "long double log10l(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR log10f (),
+.BR log10l ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the base-10 logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the base-10 logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.P
+For special cases, including where
+.I x
+is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
+.BR log (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
+.BR log (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR log10 (),
+.BR log10f (),
+.BR log10l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR clog10 (3),
+.BR exp10 (3),
+.BR log (3),
+.BR log2 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/log10f.3 b/man/man3/log10f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfa5796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log10f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/log10l.3 b/man/man3/log10l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfa5796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log10l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/log1p.3 b/man/man3/log1p.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eadb1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log1p.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH log1p 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+log1p, log1pf, log1pl \-  logarithm of 1 plus argument
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double log1p(double " x );
+.BI "float log1pf(float " x );
+.BI "long double log1pl(long double " x );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.nf
+.BR log1p ():
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR log1pf (),
+.BR log1pl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a value equivalent to
+.P
+.nf
+    log (1 + \fIx\fP)
+.fi
+.P
+The result is computed in a way
+that is accurate even if the value of
+.I x
+is near zero.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the natural logarithm of
+.IR "(1\ +\ x)" .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is \-1, a pole error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is less than \-1 (including negative infinity),
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN (not a number) is returned.
+.\" POSIX.1 specifies a possible range error if x is subnormal
+.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is less than \-1
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is \-1
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR log1p (),
+.BR log1pf (),
+.BR log1pl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" BSD
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6792
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6792
+.I errno
+to
+.B ERANGE
+when a range error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR exp (3),
+.BR expm1 (3),
+.BR log (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/log1pf.3 b/man/man3/log1pf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4dec80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log1pf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log1p.3
diff --git a/man/man3/log1pl.3 b/man/man3/log1pl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4dec80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log1pl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log1p.3
diff --git a/man/man3/log2.3 b/man/man3/log2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ea6d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH log2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+log2, log2f, log2l \- base-2 logarithmic function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double log2(double " x );
+.BI "float log2f(float " x );
+.BI "long double log2l(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR log2 (),
+.BR log2f (),
+.BR log2l ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the base-2 logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the base-2 logarithm of
+.IR x .
+.P
+For special cases, including where
+.I x
+is 0, 1, negative, infinity, or NaN, see
+.BR log (3).
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+For a discussion of the errors that can occur for these functions, see
+.BR log (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR log2 (),
+.BR log2f (),
+.BR log2l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR clog2 (3),
+.BR log (3),
+.BR log10 (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/log2f.3 b/man/man3/log2f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23aeb4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log2f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/log2l.3 b/man/man3/log2l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23aeb4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/log2l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log2.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logb.3 b/man/man3/logb.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9205905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logb.3
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Inspired by a page by Walter Harms created 2002-08-10
+.\"
+.TH logb 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+logb, logbf, logbl \- get exponent of a floating-point value
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double logb(double " x );
+.BI "float logbf(float " x );
+.BI "long double logbl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR logb ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR logbf (),
+.BR logbl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions extract the exponent from the
+internal floating-point representation of
+.I x
+and return it as a floating-point value.
+The integer constant
+.BR FLT_RADIX ,
+defined in
+.IR <float.h> ,
+indicates the radix used for the system's floating-point representation.
+If
+.B FLT_RADIX
+is 2,
+.BI logb( x )
+is similar to
+.BI floor(log2(fabs( x )))\f[R],\f[]
+except that the latter may give an incorrect integer
+due to intermediate rounding.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is subnormal,
+.BR logb ()
+returns the exponent
+.I x
+would have if it were normalized.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the exponent of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is zero, then a pole error occurs, and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity or positive infinity, then
+positive infinity is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
+.\" log(), log2(), log10() do set errno
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6793
+.\"
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR logb (),
+.BR logbf (),
+.BR logbl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR logb ()
+4.3BSD
+(see IEEE.3 in the 4.3BSD manual).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ilogb (3),
+.BR log (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/logbf.3 b/man/man3/logbf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a70936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logbf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/logb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logbl.3 b/man/man3/logbl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a70936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logbl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/logb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logf.3 b/man/man3/logf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7807e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log.3
diff --git a/man/man3/login.3 b/man/man3/login.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0df3ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/login.3
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Derived from text written by Martin Schulze (or taken from glibc.info)
+.\" and text written by Paul Thompson - both copyright 2002.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH login 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+login, logout \- write utmp and wtmp entries
+.SH LIBRARY
+System utilities library
+.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <utmp.h>
+.P
+.BI "void login(const struct utmp *" ut );
+.BI "int logout(const char *" ut_line );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The utmp file records who is currently using the system.
+The wtmp file records all logins and logouts.
+See
+.BR utmp (5).
+.P
+The function
+.BR login ()
+takes the supplied
+.IR "struct utmp" ,
+.IR ut ,
+and writes it to both the utmp and the wtmp file.
+.P
+The function
+.BR logout ()
+clears the entry in the utmp file again.
+.SS GNU details
+More precisely,
+.BR login ()
+takes the argument
+.I ut
+struct, fills the field
+.I ut\->ut_type
+(if there is such a field) with the value
+.BR USER_PROCESS ,
+and fills the field
+.I ut\->ut_pid
+(if there is such a field) with the process ID of the calling process.
+Then it tries to fill the field
+.IR ut\->ut_line .
+It takes the first of
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+.I stderr
+that is a terminal, and
+stores the corresponding pathname minus a possible leading
+.I /dev/
+into this field, and then writes the struct to the utmp file.
+On the other hand,
+if no terminal name was found, this field is filled with "???"
+and the struct is not written to the utmp file.
+After this, the struct is written to the wtmp file.
+.P
+The
+.BR logout ()
+function searches the utmp file for an entry matching the
+.I ut_line
+argument.
+If a record is found, it is updated by zeroing out the
+.I ut_name
+and
+.I ut_host
+fields, updating the
+.I ut_tv
+timestamp field and setting
+.I ut_type
+(if there is such a field) to
+.BR DEAD_PROCESS .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR logout ()
+function returns 1 if the entry was successfully written to the
+database, or 0 if an error occurred.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /var/run/utmp
+user accounting database, configured through
+.B _PATH_UTMP
+in
+.I <paths.h>
+.TP
+.I /var/log/wtmp
+user accounting log file, configured through
+.B _PATH_WTMP
+in
+.I <paths.h>
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR login (),
+.BR logout ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:utent
+sig:ALRM timer
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I utent
+in
+.I race:utent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setutent (3),
+.BR getutent (3),
+or
+.BR endutent (3)
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.BR login ()
+and
+.BR logout ()
+calls those functions,
+so we use race:utent to remind users.
+.SH VERSIONS
+The member
+.I ut_user
+of
+.I struct utmp
+is called
+.I ut_name
+in BSD.
+Therefore,
+.I ut_name
+is defined as an alias for
+.I ut_user
+in
+.IR <utmp.h> .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getutent (3),
+.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/login_tty.3 b/man/man3/login_tty.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb4952d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/login_tty.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/openpty.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logl.3 b/man/man3/logl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7807e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/log.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logout.3 b/man/man3/logout.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1ee672
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logout.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/login.3
diff --git a/man/man3/logwtmp.3 b/man/man3/logwtmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dc4dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/logwtmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/updwtmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/longjmp.3 b/man/man3/longjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cf497f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/longjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lrand48.3 b/man/man3/lrand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lrand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lrand48_r.3 b/man/man3/lrand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lrand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lrint.3 b/man/man3/lrint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..990b8d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lrint.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH lrint 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lrint, lrintf, lrintl, llrint, llrintf, llrintl \- round to nearest integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "long lrint(double " x );
+.BI "long lrintf(float " x );
+.BI "long lrintl(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "long long llrint(double " x );
+.BI "long long llrintf(float " x );
+.BI "long long llrintl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
+using the current rounding direction (see
+.BR fesetround (3)).
+.P
+Note that unlike the
+.BR rint (3)
+family of functions,
+the return type of these functions differs from
+that of their arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the rounded integer value.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN or an infinity,
+or the rounded value is too large to be stored in a
+.I long
+.RI ( "long long"
+in the case of the
+.B ll*
+functions),
+then a domain error occurs, and the return value is unspecified.
+.\" The return value is -(LONG_MAX - 1) or -(LLONG_MAX -1)
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6798
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lrint (),
+.BR lrintf (),
+.BR lrintl (),
+.BR llrint (),
+.BR llrintf (),
+.BR llrintl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lround (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/lrintf.3 b/man/man3/lrintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c0af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lrintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lrintl.3 b/man/man3/lrintl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1c0af3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lrintl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lrint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lround.3 b/man/man3/lround.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24533f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lround.3
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH lround 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lround, lroundf, lroundl, llround, llroundf, llroundl \- round to
+nearest integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "long lround(double " x );
+.BI "long lroundf(float " x );
+.BI "long lroundl(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "long long llround(double " x );
+.BI "long long llroundf(float " x );
+.BI "long long llroundl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
+rounding halfway cases away from zero,
+regardless of the current rounding direction (see
+.BR fenv (3)).
+.P
+Note that unlike the
+.BR round (3)
+and
+.BR ceil (3),
+functions, the return type of these functions differs from
+that of their arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the rounded integer value.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN or an infinity,
+or the rounded value is too large to be stored in a
+.I long
+.RI ( "long long"
+in the case of the
+.B ll*
+functions),
+then a domain error occurs, and the return value is unspecified.
+.\" The return value is -(LONG_MAX - 1) or -(LLONG_MAX -1)
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is a NaN or infinite, or the rounded value is too large
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6797
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lround (),
+.BR lroundf (),
+.BR lroundl (),
+.BR llround (),
+.BR llroundf (),
+.BR llroundl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/lroundf.3 b/man/man3/lroundf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lroundf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lroundl.3 b/man/man3/lroundl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc9b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lroundl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lround.3
diff --git a/man/man3/lsearch.3 b/man/man3/lsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea25d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Corrected prototype and include, aeb, 990927
+.TH lsearch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lfind, lsearch \- linear search of an array
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *lfind(const void " key [. size "], \
+const void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
+.BI "            size_t *" nmemb ", size_t " size ,
+.BI "            int(*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
+const void [." size ]));
+.BI "void *lsearch(const void " key [. size "], \
+void " base [. size " * ." nmemb ],
+.BI "            size_t *" nmemb ", size_t " size ,
+.BI "            int(*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
+const void [." size ]));
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR lfind ()
+and
+.BR lsearch ()
+perform a linear search for
+.I key
+in the array
+.I base
+which has
+.I *nmemb
+elements of
+.I size
+bytes each.
+The comparison function referenced by
+.I compar
+is expected to have two arguments which point to the
+.I key
+object and to an array member, in that order, and which
+returns zero if the
+.I key
+object matches the array member, and
+nonzero otherwise.
+.P
+If
+.BR lsearch ()
+does not find a matching element, then the
+.I key
+object is inserted at the end of the table, and
+.I *nmemb
+is
+incremented.
+In particular, one should know that a matching element
+exists, or that more room is available.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR lfind ()
+returns a pointer to a matching member of the array, or
+NULL if no match is found.
+.BR lsearch ()
+returns a pointer to
+a matching member of the array, or to the newly added member if no
+match is found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lfind (),
+.BR lsearch ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+libc-4.6.27.
+.SH BUGS
+The naming is unfortunate.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bsearch (3),
+.BR hsearch (3),
+.BR tsearch (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/lseek64.3 b/man/man3/lseek64.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e1d7ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lseek64.3
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH lseek64 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+lseek64 \- reposition 64-bit read/write file offset
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR lseek ()
+family of functions reposition the offset of the open file associated
+with the file descriptor
+.I fd
+to
+.I offset
+bytes relative to the start, current position, or end of the file,
+when
+.I whence
+has the value
+.BR SEEK_SET ,
+.BR SEEK_CUR ,
+or
+.BR SEEK_END ,
+respectively.
+.P
+For more details, return value, and errors, see
+.BR lseek (2).
+.P
+Four interfaces are available:
+.BR lseek (),
+.BR lseek64 (),
+.BR llseek (),
+and
+.BR _llseek ().
+.\"
+.\" For some background details, see:
+.\" https://lore.kernel.org/linux-man/CAKgNAkhNSWR3uYhYYaxx74fZfJ3JrpfAAPVrK0AFk_cAOUsbDg@mail.gmail.com/
+.\"
+.SS lseek()
+Prototype:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "off_t lseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", int " whence );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The C library's
+.BR lseek ()
+wrapper function uses the type
+.IR off_t .
+This is a 32-bit signed type on 32-bit architectures, unless one
+compiles with
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+in which case it is a 64-bit signed type.
+.SS lseek64()
+Prototype:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "off64_t lseek64(int " fd ", off64_t " offset ", int " whence );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.BR lseek64 ()
+library function uses a 64-bit type even when
+.I off_t
+is a 32-bit type.
+Its prototype (and the type
+.IR off64_t )
+is available only when one compiles with
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The function
+.BR lseek64 ()
+.\" in glibc 2.0.94, not in glibc 2.0.6
+is available since glibc 2.1.
+.\"
+.SS llseek()
+Prototype:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "loff_t llseek(int " fd ", loff_t " offset ", int " whence );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The type
+.I loff_t
+is a 64-bit signed type.
+The
+.BR llseek ()
+library function is available in glibc and works without special defines.
+However, the glibc headers do not provide a prototype.
+Users should add
+the above prototype, or something equivalent, to their own source.
+When users complained about data loss caused by a miscompilation of
+.BR e2fsck (8),
+glibc 2.1.3 added the link-time warning
+.P
+.in +4n
+"the \`llseek\' function may be dangerous; use \`lseek64\' instead."
+.in
+.P
+This makes this function unusable if one desires a warning-free
+compilation.
+.P
+Since glibc 2.28,
+.\" glibc commit 5c5c0dd747070db624c8e2c43691cec854f114ef
+this function symbol is no longer available to newly linked applications.
+.\"
+.SS _llseek()
+On 32-bit architectures,
+this is the system call that is used (by the C library wrapper functions)
+to implement all of the above functions.
+The prototype is:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "int _llseek(int " fd ", off_t " offset_hi ", off_t " offset_lo ,
+.BI "            loff_t *" result ", int " whence );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+For more details, see
+.BR llseek (2).
+.P
+64-bit systems don't need an
+.BR _llseek ()
+system call.
+Instead, they have an
+.BR lseek (2)
+system call that supports 64-bit file offsets.
+.\" In arch/x86/entry/syscalls/syscall_32.tbl,
+.\" we see the following line:
+.\"
+.\"    140     i386    _llseek                 sys_llseek
+.\"
+.\" This is essentially telling us that 'sys_llseek' (the name generated
+.\" by SYSCALL_DEFINE5(llseek...)) is exposed to user-space as system call
+.\" number 140, and that system call number will (IIUC) be exposed in
+.\" autogenerated headers with the name "__NR__llseek" (i.e., "_llseek").
+.\" The "i386" is telling us that this happens in i386 (32-bit Intel).
+.\" There is nothing equivalent on x86-64, because 64 bit systems don't
+.\" need an _llseek system call.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR lseek64 ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH NOTES
+.BR lseek64 ()
+is one of the functions that was specified in the Large File Summit (LFS)
+specification that was completed in 1996.
+The purpose of the specification was to provide transitional support
+that allowed applications on 32-bit systems to access
+files whose size exceeds that which can be represented with a 32-bit
+.I off_t
+type.
+As noted above, this symbol is exposed by header files if the
+.B _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined.
+ALternatively, on a 32-bit system, the symbol
+.I lseek
+is aliased to
+.I lseek64
+if the macro
+.B _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
+is defined with the value 64.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR llseek (2),
+.BR lseek (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/lutimes.3 b/man/man3/lutimes.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3145980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/lutimes.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/futimes.3
diff --git a/man/man3/major.3 b/man/man3/major.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eabbdd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/major.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man/man3/makecontext.3 b/man/man3/makecontext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a478fd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/makecontext.3
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2006-08-02, mtk, Added example program
+.\"
+.TH makecontext 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+makecontext, swapcontext \- manipulate user context
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ucontext.h>
+.P
+.BI "void makecontext(ucontext_t *" ucp ", void (*" func ")(), int " argc \
+", ...);"
+.BI "int swapcontext(ucontext_t *restrict " oucp ,
+.BI "                const ucontext_t *restrict " ucp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+In a System V-like environment, one has the type
+.I ucontext_t
+(defined in
+.I <ucontext.h>
+and described in
+.BR getcontext (3))
+and the four functions
+.BR getcontext (3),
+.BR setcontext (3),
+.BR makecontext (),
+and
+.BR swapcontext ()
+that allow user-level context switching
+between multiple threads of control within a process.
+.P
+The
+.BR makecontext ()
+function modifies the context pointed to
+by \fIucp\fP (which was obtained from a call to
+.BR getcontext (3)).
+Before invoking
+.BR makecontext (),
+the caller must allocate a new stack
+for this context and assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_stack\fP,
+and define a successor context and
+assign its address to \fIucp\->uc_link\fP.
+.P
+When this context is later activated (using
+.BR setcontext (3)
+or
+.BR swapcontext ())
+the function \fIfunc\fP is called,
+and passed the series of integer
+.RI ( int )
+arguments that follow
+.IR argc ;
+the caller must specify the number of these arguments in
+.IR argc .
+When this function returns, the successor context is activated.
+If the successor context pointer is NULL, the thread exits.
+.P
+The
+.BR swapcontext ()
+function saves the current context in
+the structure pointed to by \fIoucp\fP, and then activates the
+context pointed to by \fIucp\fP.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful,
+.BR swapcontext ()
+does not return.
+(But we may return later, in case \fIoucp\fP is
+activated, in which case it looks like
+.BR swapcontext ()
+returns 0.)
+On error,
+.BR swapcontext ()
+returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient stack space left.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR makecontext ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe race:ucp
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR swapcontext ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe race:oucp race:ucp
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
+citing portability issues, and
+recommending that applications be rewritten to use POSIX threads instead.
+.SH NOTES
+The interpretation of \fIucp\->uc_stack\fP is just as in
+.BR sigaltstack (2),
+namely, this struct contains the start and length of a memory area
+to be used as the stack, regardless of the direction of growth of
+the stack.
+Thus, it is not necessary for the user program to
+worry about this direction.
+.P
+On architectures where
+.I int
+and pointer types are the same size
+(e.g., x86-32, where both types are 32 bits),
+you may be able to get away with passing pointers as arguments to
+.BR makecontext ()
+following
+.IR argc .
+However, doing this is not guaranteed to be portable,
+is undefined according to the standards,
+and won't work on architectures where pointers are larger than
+.IR int s.
+Nevertheless, starting with glibc 2.8, glibc makes some changes to
+.BR makecontext (),
+to permit this on some 64-bit architectures (e.g., x86-64).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The example program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR getcontext (3),
+.BR makecontext (),
+and
+.BR swapcontext ().
+Running the program produces the following output:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+main: swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2)
+func2: started
+func2: swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1)
+func1: started
+func1: swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2)
+func2: returning
+func1: returning
+main: exiting
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (makecontext.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ucontext.h>
+\&
+static ucontext_t uctx_main, uctx_func1, uctx_func2;
+\&
+#define handle_error(msg) \e
+    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void
+func1(void)
+{
+    printf("%s: started\en", __func__);
+    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2)\en", __func__);
+    if (swapcontext(&uctx_func1, &uctx_func2) == \-1)
+        handle_error("swapcontext");
+    printf("%s: returning\en", __func__);
+}
+\&
+static void
+func2(void)
+{
+    printf("%s: started\en", __func__);
+    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1)\en", __func__);
+    if (swapcontext(&uctx_func2, &uctx_func1) == \-1)
+        handle_error("swapcontext");
+    printf("%s: returning\en", __func__);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char func1_stack[16384];
+    char func2_stack[16384];
+\&
+    if (getcontext(&uctx_func1) == \-1)
+        handle_error("getcontext");
+    uctx_func1.uc_stack.ss_sp = func1_stack;
+    uctx_func1.uc_stack.ss_size = sizeof(func1_stack);
+    uctx_func1.uc_link = &uctx_main;
+    makecontext(&uctx_func1, func1, 0);
+\&
+    if (getcontext(&uctx_func2) == \-1)
+        handle_error("getcontext");
+    uctx_func2.uc_stack.ss_sp = func2_stack;
+    uctx_func2.uc_stack.ss_size = sizeof(func2_stack);
+    /* Successor context is f1(), unless argc > 1 */
+    uctx_func2.uc_link = (argc > 1) ? NULL : &uctx_func1;
+    makecontext(&uctx_func2, func2, 0);
+\&
+    printf("%s: swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2)\en", __func__);
+    if (swapcontext(&uctx_main, &uctx_func2) == \-1)
+        handle_error("swapcontext");
+\&
+    printf("%s: exiting\en", __func__);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigaltstack (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR getcontext (3),
+.BR sigsetjmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/makedev.3 b/man/man3/makedev.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..019ac09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/makedev.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH makedev 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+makedev, major, minor \- manage a device number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/sysmacros.h>
+.P
+.BI "dev_t makedev(unsigned int " maj ", unsigned int " min );
+.P
+.BI "unsigned int major(dev_t " dev );
+.BI "unsigned int minor(dev_t " dev );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A device ID consists of two parts:
+a major ID, identifying the class of the device,
+and a minor ID, identifying a specific instance of a device in that class.
+A device ID is represented using the type
+.IR dev_t .
+.P
+Given major and minor device IDs,
+.BR makedev ()
+combines these to produce a device ID, returned as the function result.
+This device ID can be given to
+.BR mknod (2),
+for example.
+.P
+The
+.BR major ()
+and
+.BR minor ()
+functions perform the converse task: given a device ID,
+they return, respectively, the major and minor components.
+These macros can be useful to, for example,
+decompose the device IDs in the structure returned by
+.BR stat (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR makedev (),
+.BR major (),
+.BR minor ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The BSDs expose the definitions for these macros via
+.IR <sys/types.h> .
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+BSD, HP-UX, Solaris, AIX, Irix.
+.\" The header location is inconsistent:
+.\" Could be sys/mkdev.h, sys/sysmacros.h, or sys/types.h.
+.P
+These interfaces are defined as macros.
+Since glibc 2.3.3,
+they have been aliases for three GNU-specific functions:
+.BR gnu_dev_makedev (),
+.BR gnu_dev_major (),
+and
+.BR gnu_dev_minor ().
+The latter names are exported, but the traditional names are more portable.
+.P
+Depending on the version,
+glibc also exposes definitions for these macros from
+.I <sys/types.h>
+if suitable feature test macros are defined.
+However, this behavior was deprecated in glibc 2.25,
+.\" glibc commit dbab6577c6684c62bd2521c1c29dc25c3cac966f
+and since glibc 2.28,
+.\" glibc commit e16deca62e16f645213dffd4ecd1153c37765f17
+.I <sys/types.h>
+no longer provides these definitions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mknod (2),
+.BR stat (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/mallinfo.3 b/man/man3/mallinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa4b2cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mallinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mallinfo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mallinfo, mallinfo2 \- obtain memory allocation information
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.B struct mallinfo mallinfo(void);
+.B struct mallinfo2 mallinfo2(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a copy of a structure containing information about
+memory allocations performed by
+.BR malloc (3)
+and related functions.
+The structure returned by each function contains the same fields.
+However, the older function,
+.BR mallinfo (),
+is deprecated since the type used for the fields is too small (see BUGS).
+.P
+Note that not all allocations are visible to these functions;
+see BUGS and consider using
+.BR malloc_info (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.I mallinfo2
+structure returned by
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+is defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct mallinfo2 {
+    size_t arena;     /* Non\-mmapped space allocated (bytes) */
+    size_t ordblks;   /* Number of free chunks */
+    size_t smblks;    /* Number of free fastbin blocks */
+    size_t hblks;     /* Number of mmapped regions */
+    size_t hblkhd;    /* Space allocated in mmapped regions
+                         (bytes) */
+    size_t usmblks;   /* See below */
+    size_t fsmblks;   /* Space in freed fastbin blocks (bytes) */
+    size_t uordblks;  /* Total allocated space (bytes) */
+    size_t fordblks;  /* Total free space (bytes) */
+    size_t keepcost;  /* Top\-most, releasable space (bytes) */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I mallinfo
+structure returned by the deprecated
+.BR mallinfo ()
+function is exactly the same, except that the fields are typed as
+.IR int .
+.P
+The structure fields contain the following information:
+.TP 10
+.I arena
+The total amount of memory allocated by means other than
+.BR mmap (2)
+(i.e., memory allocated on the heap).
+This figure includes both in-use blocks and blocks on the free list.
+.TP
+.I ordblks
+The number of ordinary (i.e., non-fastbin) free blocks.
+.TP
+.I smblks
+.\" the glibc info page wrongly says this field is unused
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=26746
+The number of fastbin free blocks (see
+.BR mallopt (3)).
+.TP
+.I hblks
+The number of blocks currently allocated using
+.BR mmap (2).
+(See the discussion of
+.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
+in
+.BR mallopt (3).)
+.TP
+.I hblkhd
+The number of bytes in blocks currently allocated using
+.BR mmap (2).
+.TP
+.I usmblks
+This field is unused, and is always 0.
+.\" It seems to have been zero since at least as far back as glibc 2.15
+Historically, it was the "highwater mark" for allocated space\[em]that is,
+the maximum amount of space that was ever allocated (in bytes);
+this field was maintained only in nonthreading environments.
+.TP
+.I fsmblks
+.\" the glibc info page wrongly says this field is unused
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=26746
+The total number of bytes in fastbin free blocks.
+.TP
+.I uordblks
+The total number of bytes used by in-use allocations.
+.TP
+.I fordblks
+The total number of bytes in free blocks.
+.TP
+.I keepcost
+The total amount of releasable free space at the top
+of the heap.
+This is the maximum number of bytes that could ideally
+(i.e., ignoring page alignment restrictions, and so on) be released by
+.BR malloc_trim (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mallinfo (),
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe init const:mallopt
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+.BR mallinfo ()/
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+would access some global internal objects.
+If modify them with non-atomically,
+may get inconsistent results.
+The identifier
+.I mallopt
+in
+.I const:mallopt
+mean that
+.BR mallopt ()
+would modify the global internal objects with atomics, that make sure
+.BR mallinfo ()/
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+is safe enough, others modify with non-atomically maybe not.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR mallinfo ()
+glibc 2.0.
+SVID.
+.TP
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+.\" commit e3960d1c57e57f33e0e846d615788f4ede73b945
+glibc 2.33.
+.SH BUGS
+.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=208
+.\" See the 24 Aug 2011 mail by Paul Pluzhnikov:
+.\"     "[patch] Fix mallinfo() to accumulate results for all arenas"
+.\" on libc-alpha@sourceware.org
+.B Information is returned for only the main memory allocation area.
+Allocations in other arenas are excluded.
+See
+.BR malloc_stats (3)
+and
+.BR malloc_info (3)
+for alternatives that include information about other arenas.
+.P
+The fields of the
+.I mallinfo
+structure that is returned by the older
+.BR mallinfo ()
+function are typed as
+.IR int .
+However, because some internal bookkeeping values may be of type
+.IR long ,
+the reported values may wrap around zero and thus be inaccurate.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below employs
+.BR mallinfo2 ()
+to retrieve memory allocation statistics before and after
+allocating and freeing some blocks of memory.
+The statistics are displayed on standard output.
+.P
+The first two command-line arguments specify the number and size of
+blocks to be allocated with
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+The remaining three arguments specify which of the allocated blocks
+should be freed with
+.BR free (3).
+These three arguments are optional, and specify (in order):
+the step size to be used in the loop that frees blocks
+(the default is 1, meaning free all blocks in the range);
+the ordinal position of the first block to be freed
+(default 0, meaning the first allocated block);
+and a number one greater than the ordinal position
+of the last block to be freed
+(default is one greater than the maximum block number).
+If these three arguments are omitted,
+then the defaults cause all allocated blocks to be freed.
+.P
+In the following example run of the program,
+1000 allocations of 100 bytes are performed,
+and then every second allocated block is freed:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 1000 100 2\fP
+============== Before allocating blocks ==============
+Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       0
+# of free chunks (ordblks):            1
+# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
+# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
+Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
+Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
+Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
+Total allocated space (uordblks):      0
+Total free space (fordblks):           0
+Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   0
+\&
+============== After allocating blocks ==============
+Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       135168
+# of free chunks (ordblks):            1
+# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
+# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
+Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
+Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
+Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
+Total allocated space (uordblks):      104000
+Total free space (fordblks):           31168
+Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   31168
+\&
+============== After freeing blocks ==============
+Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       135168
+# of free chunks (ordblks):            501
+# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     0
+# of mapped regions (hblks):           0
+Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      0
+Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  0
+Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): 0
+Total allocated space (uordblks):      52000
+Total free space (fordblks):           83168
+Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   31168
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mallinfo.c)
+.EX
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+static void
+display_mallinfo2(void)
+{
+    struct mallinfo2 mi;
+\&
+    mi = mallinfo2();
+\&
+    printf("Total non\-mmapped bytes (arena):       %zu\en", mi.arena);
+    printf("# of free chunks (ordblks):            %zu\en", mi.ordblks);
+    printf("# of free fastbin blocks (smblks):     %zu\en", mi.smblks);
+    printf("# of mapped regions (hblks):           %zu\en", mi.hblks);
+    printf("Bytes in mapped regions (hblkhd):      %zu\en", mi.hblkhd);
+    printf("Max. total allocated space (usmblks):  %zu\en", mi.usmblks);
+    printf("Free bytes held in fastbins (fsmblks): %zu\en", mi.fsmblks);
+    printf("Total allocated space (uordblks):      %zu\en", mi.uordblks);
+    printf("Total free space (fordblks):           %zu\en", mi.fordblks);
+    printf("Topmost releasable block (keepcost):   %zu\en", mi.keepcost);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+#define MAX_ALLOCS 2000000
+    char *alloc[MAX_ALLOCS];
+    size_t blockSize, numBlocks, freeBegin, freeEnd, freeStep;
+\&
+    if (argc < 3 || strcmp(argv[1], "\-\-help") == 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s num\-blocks block\-size [free\-step "
+                "[start\-free [end\-free]]]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    numBlocks = atoi(argv[1]);
+    blockSize = atoi(argv[2]);
+    freeStep = (argc > 3) ? atoi(argv[3]) : 1;
+    freeBegin = (argc > 4) ? atoi(argv[4]) : 0;
+    freeEnd = (argc > 5) ? atoi(argv[5]) : numBlocks;
+\&
+    printf("============== Before allocating blocks ==============\en");
+    display_mallinfo2();
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++) {
+        if (numBlocks >= MAX_ALLOCS) {
+            fprintf(stderr, "Too many allocations\en");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+\&
+        alloc[j] = malloc(blockSize);
+        if (alloc[j] == NULL) {
+            perror("malloc");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    printf("\en============== After allocating blocks ==============\en");
+    display_mallinfo2();
+\&
+    for (size_t j = freeBegin; j < freeEnd; j += freeStep)
+        free(alloc[j]);
+\&
+    printf("\en============== After freeing blocks ==============\en");
+    display_mallinfo2();
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR malloc_info (3),
+.BR malloc_stats (3),
+.BR malloc_trim (3),
+.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mallinfo2.3 b/man/man3/mallinfo2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25caee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mallinfo2.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mallinfo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc.3 b/man/man3/malloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5edae40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,460 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2007, 2012, 2018, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:00:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Clarification concerning realloc, iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk (Ian Jackson), 950701
+.\" Documented MALLOC_CHECK_, Wolfram Gloger (wmglo@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de)
+.\" 2007-09-15 mtk: added notes on malloc()'s use of sbrk() and mmap().
+.\"
+.\" FIXME . Review http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=374
+.\" to see what changes are required on this page.
+.\"
+.TH malloc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc, free, calloc, realloc, reallocarray \- allocate and free dynamic memory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *malloc(size_t " size );
+.BI "void free(void *_Nullable " ptr );
+.BI "void *calloc(size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
+.BI "void *realloc(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t "  size );
+.BI "void *reallocarray(void *_Nullable " ptr ", size_t " nmemb ", size_t " size );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR reallocarray ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.29:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.28 and earlier:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS malloc()
+The
+.BR malloc ()
+function allocates
+.I size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
+.IR "The memory is not initialized" .
+If
+.I size
+is 0, then
+.BR malloc ()
+returns a unique pointer value that can later be successfully passed to
+.BR free ().
+(See "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues.)
+.SS free()
+The
+.BR free ()
+function frees the memory space pointed to by
+.IR ptr ,
+which must have been returned by a previous call to
+.BR malloc ()
+or related functions.
+Otherwise, or if
+.I ptr
+has already been freed, undefined behavior occurs.
+If
+.I ptr
+is NULL, no operation is performed.
+.SS calloc()
+The
+.BR calloc ()
+function allocates memory for an array of
+.I nmemb
+elements of
+.I size
+bytes each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
+The memory is set to zero.
+If
+.I nmemb
+or
+.I size
+is 0, then
+.BR calloc ()
+returns a unique pointer value that can later be successfully passed to
+.BR free ().
+.P
+If the multiplication of
+.I nmemb
+and
+.I size
+would result in integer overflow, then
+.BR calloc ()
+returns an error.
+By contrast,
+an integer overflow would not be detected in the following call to
+.BR malloc (),
+with the result that an incorrectly sized block of memory would be allocated:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+malloc(nmemb * size);
+.EE
+.in
+.SS realloc()
+The
+.BR realloc ()
+function changes the size of the memory block pointed to by
+.I ptr
+to
+.I size
+bytes.
+The contents of the memory
+will be unchanged in the range from the start of the region
+up to the minimum of the old and new sizes.
+If the new size is larger than the old size, the added memory will
+.I not
+be initialized.
+.P
+If
+.I ptr
+is NULL, then the call is equivalent to
+.IR malloc(size) ,
+for all values of
+.IR size .
+.P
+If
+.I size
+is equal to zero,
+and
+.I ptr
+is not NULL, then the call is equivalent to
+.I free(ptr)
+(but see "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues).
+.P
+Unless
+.I ptr
+is NULL, it must have been returned by an earlier call to
+.B malloc
+or related functions.
+If the area pointed to was moved, a
+.I free(ptr)
+is done.
+.SS reallocarray()
+The
+.BR reallocarray ()
+function changes the size of (and possibly moves)
+the memory block pointed to by
+.I ptr
+to be large enough for an array of
+.I nmemb
+elements, each of which is
+.I size
+bytes.
+It is equivalent to the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+realloc(ptr, nmemb * size);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+However, unlike that
+.BR realloc ()
+call,
+.BR reallocarray ()
+fails safely in the case where the multiplication would overflow.
+If such an overflow occurs,
+.BR reallocarray ()
+returns an error.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR calloc (),
+.BR realloc (),
+and
+.BR reallocarray ()
+functions return a pointer to the allocated memory,
+which is suitably aligned for any type that fits into
+the requested size or less.
+On error, these functions return NULL and set
+.IR errno .
+Attempting to allocate more than
+.B PTRDIFF_MAX
+bytes is considered an error, as an object that large
+could cause later pointer subtraction to overflow.
+.P
+The
+.BR free ()
+function returns no value, and preserves
+.IR errno .
+.P
+The
+.BR realloc ()
+and
+.BR reallocarray ()
+functions return NULL if
+.I ptr
+is not NULL and the requested size is zero;
+this is not considered an error.
+(See "Nonportable behavior" for portability issues.)
+Otherwise, the returned pointer may be the same as
+.I ptr
+if the allocation was not moved
+(e.g., there was room to expand the allocation in-place), or different from
+.I ptr
+if the allocation was moved to a new address.
+If these functions fail,
+the original block is left untouched; it is not freed or moved.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR calloc (),
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR realloc (),
+and
+.BR reallocarray ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+Possibly, the application hit the
+.B RLIMIT_AS
+or
+.B RLIMIT_DATA
+limit described in
+.BR getrlimit (2).
+Another reason could be that
+the number of mappings created by the caller process
+exceeded the limit specified by
+.IR /proc/sys/vm/max_map_count .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR free (),
+.BR calloc (),
+.BR realloc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR malloc ()
+.TQ
+.BR free ()
+.TQ
+.BR calloc ()
+.TQ
+.BR realloc ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR reallocarray ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR malloc ()
+.TQ
+.BR free ()
+.TQ
+.BR calloc ()
+.TQ
+.BR realloc ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.TP
+.BR reallocarray ()
+glibc 2.26.
+OpenBSD 5.6, FreeBSD 11.0.
+.P
+.BR malloc ()
+and related functions rejected sizes greater than
+.B PTRDIFF_MAX
+starting in glibc 2.30.
+.P
+.BR free ()
+preserved
+.I errno
+starting in glibc 2.33.
+.SH NOTES
+By default, Linux follows an optimistic memory allocation strategy.
+This means that when
+.BR malloc ()
+returns non-NULL there is no guarantee that the memory really
+is available.
+In case it turns out that the system is out of memory,
+one or more processes will be killed by the OOM killer.
+For more information, see the description of
+.I /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memory
+and
+.I /proc/sys/vm/oom_adj
+in
+.BR proc (5),
+and the Linux kernel source file
+.IR Documentation/vm/overcommit\-accounting.rst .
+.P
+Normally,
+.BR malloc ()
+allocates memory from the heap, and adjusts the size of the heap
+as required, using
+.BR sbrk (2).
+When allocating blocks of memory larger than
+.B MMAP_THRESHOLD
+bytes, the glibc
+.BR malloc ()
+implementation allocates the memory as a private anonymous mapping using
+.BR mmap (2).
+.B MMAP_THRESHOLD
+is 128\ kB by default, but is adjustable using
+.BR mallopt (3).
+Prior to Linux 4.7
+allocations performed using
+.BR mmap (2)
+were unaffected by the
+.B RLIMIT_DATA
+resource limit;
+since Linux 4.7, this limit is also enforced for allocations performed using
+.BR mmap (2).
+.P
+To avoid corruption in multithreaded applications,
+mutexes are used internally to protect the memory-management
+data structures employed by these functions.
+In a multithreaded application in which threads simultaneously
+allocate and free memory,
+there could be contention for these mutexes.
+To scalably handle memory allocation in multithreaded applications,
+glibc creates additional
+.I memory allocation arenas
+if mutex contention is detected.
+Each arena is a large region of memory that is internally allocated
+by the system
+(using
+.BR brk (2)
+or
+.BR mmap (2)),
+and managed with its own mutexes.
+.P
+If your program uses a private memory allocator,
+it should do so by replacing
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR free (),
+.BR calloc (),
+and
+.BR realloc ().
+The replacement functions must implement the documented glibc behaviors,
+including
+.I errno
+handling, size-zero allocations, and overflow checking;
+otherwise, other library routines may crash or operate incorrectly.
+For example, if the replacement
+.IR free ()
+does not preserve
+.IR errno ,
+then seemingly unrelated library routines may
+fail without having a valid reason in
+.IR errno .
+Private memory allocators may also need to replace other glibc functions;
+see "Replacing malloc" in the glibc manual for details.
+.P
+Crashes in memory allocators
+are almost always related to heap corruption, such as overflowing
+an allocated chunk or freeing the same pointer twice.
+.P
+The
+.BR malloc ()
+implementation is tunable via environment variables; see
+.BR mallopt (3)
+for details.
+.SS Nonportable behavior
+The behavior of
+these functions when the requested size is zero
+is glibc specific;
+other implementations may return NULL without setting
+.IR errno ,
+and portable POSIX programs should tolerate such behavior.
+See
+.BR realloc (3p).
+.P
+POSIX requires memory allocators
+to set
+.I errno
+upon failure.
+However, the C standard does not require this, and applications
+portable to non-POSIX platforms should not assume this.
+.P
+Portable programs should not use private memory allocators,
+as POSIX and the C standard do not allow replacement of
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR free (),
+.BR calloc (),
+and
+.BR realloc ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define MALLOCARRAY(n, type)  ((type *) my_mallocarray(n, sizeof(type)))
+#define MALLOC(type)          MALLOCARRAY(1, type)
+\&
+static inline void *my_mallocarray(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char  *p;
+\&
+    p = MALLOCARRAY(32, char);
+    if (p == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
+\&
+    strlcpy(p, "foo", 32);
+    puts(p);
+}
+\&
+static inline void *
+my_mallocarray(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+    return reallocarray(NULL, nmemb, size);
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" http://g.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html
+.\" A Memory Allocator - by Doug Lea
+.\"
+.\" http://www.bozemanpass.com/info/linux/malloc/Linux_Heap_Contention.html
+.\" Linux Heap, Contention in free() - David Boreham
+.\"
+.\" http://www.citi.umich.edu/projects/linux-scalability/reports/malloc.html
+.\" malloc() Performance in a Multithreaded Linux Environment -
+.\"     Check Lever, David Boreham
+.\"
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR valgrind (1),
+.BR brk (2),
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR alloca (3),
+.BR malloc_get_state (3),
+.BR malloc_info (3),
+.BR malloc_trim (3),
+.BR malloc_usable_size (3),
+.BR mallopt (3),
+.BR mcheck (3),
+.BR mtrace (3),
+.BR posix_memalign (3)
+.P
+For details of the GNU C library implementation, see
+.UR https://sourceware.org/glibc/wiki/MallocInternals
+.UE .
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_get_state.3 b/man/man3/malloc_get_state.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a24f85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_get_state.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH malloc_get_state 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc_get_state, malloc_set_state \-
+record and restore state of malloc implementation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.B void *malloc_get_state(void);
+.BI "int malloc_set_state(void *" state );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR Note :
+these functions are removed in glibc 2.25.
+.P
+The
+.BR malloc_get_state ()
+function records the current state of all
+.BR malloc (3)
+internal bookkeeping variables
+(but not the actual contents of the heap
+or the state of
+.BR malloc_hook (3)
+functions pointers).
+The state is recorded in a system-dependent opaque data structure
+dynamically allocated via
+.BR malloc (3),
+and a pointer to that data structure is returned as the function result.
+(It is the caller's responsibility to
+.BR free (3)
+this memory.)
+.P
+The
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+function restores the state of all
+.BR malloc (3)
+internal bookkeeping variables to the values recorded in
+the opaque data structure pointed to by
+.IR state .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR malloc_get_state ()
+returns a pointer to a newly allocated opaque data structure.
+On error (for example, memory could not be allocated for the data structure),
+.BR malloc_get_state ()
+returns NULL.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+returns 0.
+If the implementation detects that
+.I state
+does not point to a correctly formed data structure,
+.\" if(ms->magic != MALLOC_STATE_MAGIC) return -1;
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+returns \-1.
+If the implementation detects that
+the version of the data structure referred to by
+.I state
+is a more recent version than this implementation knows about,
+.\" /* Must fail if the major version is too high. */
+.\" if((ms->version & ~0xffl) > (MALLOC_STATE_VERSION & ~0xffl)) return -2;
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+returns \-2.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc_get_state (),
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions are useful when using this
+.BR malloc (3)
+implementation as part of a shared library,
+and the heap contents are saved/restored via some other method.
+This technique is used by GNU Emacs to implement its "dumping" function.
+.P
+Hook function pointers are never saved or restored by these
+functions, with two exceptions:
+if malloc checking (see
+.BR mallopt (3))
+was in use when
+.BR malloc_get_state ()
+was called, then
+.BR malloc_set_state ()
+resets malloc checking hooks
+.\" i.e., calls __malloc_check_init()
+if possible;
+.\" i.e., malloc checking is not already in use
+.\" and the caller requested malloc checking
+if malloc checking was not in use in the recorded state,
+but the caller has requested malloc checking,
+then the hooks are reset to 0.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_hook.3 b/man/man3/malloc_hook.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b10cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_hook.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Heavily based on glibc documentation
+.\" Polished, added docs, removed glibc doc bug, 2002-07-20, aeb
+.\"
+.TH __malloc_hook 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+__malloc_hook, __malloc_initialize_hook,
+__memalign_hook, __free_hook, __realloc_hook,
+__after_morecore_hook \- malloc debugging variables (DEPRECATED)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <malloc.h>"
+.P
+.BI "void *(*volatile __malloc_hook)(size_t " size ", const void *" caller );
+.P
+.BI "void *(*volatile __realloc_hook)(void *" ptr ", size_t " size ,
+.BI "                         const void *" caller );
+.P
+.BI "void *(*volatile __memalign_hook)(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size ,
+.BI "                         const void *" caller );
+.P
+.BI "void (*volatile __free_hook)(void *" ptr ", const void *" caller );
+.P
+.B "void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void);"
+.P
+.B "void (*volatile __after_morecore_hook)(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The GNU C library lets you modify the behavior of
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR realloc (3),
+and
+.BR free (3)
+by specifying appropriate hook functions.
+You can use these hooks
+to help you debug programs that use dynamic memory allocation,
+for example.
+.P
+The variable
+.B __malloc_initialize_hook
+points at a function that is called once when the malloc implementation
+is initialized.
+This is a weak variable, so it can be overridden in
+the application with a definition like the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void) = my_init_hook;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Now the function
+.IR my_init_hook ()
+can do the initialization of all hooks.
+.P
+The four functions pointed to by
+.BR __malloc_hook ,
+.BR __realloc_hook ,
+.BR __memalign_hook ,
+.B __free_hook
+have a prototype like the functions
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR realloc (3),
+.BR memalign (3),
+.BR free (3),
+respectively, except that they have a final argument
+.I caller
+that gives the address of the caller of
+.BR malloc (3),
+etc.
+.P
+The variable
+.B __after_morecore_hook
+points at a function that is called each time after
+.BR sbrk (2)
+was asked for more memory.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+The use of these hook functions is not safe in multithreaded programs,
+and they are now deprecated.
+From glibc 2.24 onwards, the
+.B __malloc_initialize_hook
+variable has been removed from the API,
+and from glibc 2.34 onwards, all
+the hook variables have been removed from the API.
+.\" https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=450187
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9957
+Programmers should instead preempt calls to the relevant functions
+by defining and exporting
+.BR malloc (),
+.BR free (),
+.BR realloc (),
+and
+.BR calloc ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Here is a short example of how to use these variables.
+.P
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+\&
+/* Prototypes for our hooks */
+static void my_init_hook(void);
+static void *my_malloc_hook(size_t, const void *);
+\&
+/* Variables to save original hooks */
+static void *(*old_malloc_hook)(size_t, const void *);
+\&
+/* Override initializing hook from the C library */
+void (*__malloc_initialize_hook)(void) = my_init_hook;
+\&
+static void
+my_init_hook(void)
+{
+    old_malloc_hook = __malloc_hook;
+    __malloc_hook = my_malloc_hook;
+}
+\&
+static void *
+my_malloc_hook(size_t size, const void *caller)
+{
+    void *result;
+\&
+    /* Restore all old hooks */
+    __malloc_hook = old_malloc_hook;
+\&
+    /* Call recursively */
+    result = malloc(size);
+\&
+    /* Save underlying hooks */
+    old_malloc_hook = __malloc_hook;
+\&
+    /* printf() might call malloc(), so protect it too */
+    printf("malloc(%zu) called from %p returns %p\en",
+            size, caller, result);
+\&
+    /* Restore our own hooks */
+    __malloc_hook = my_malloc_hook;
+\&
+    return result;
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mallinfo (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR mcheck (3),
+.BR mtrace (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_info.3 b/man/man3/malloc_info.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..086b3b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_info.3
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH malloc_info 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc_info \- export malloc state to a stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.BI "int malloc_info(int " options ", FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR malloc_info ()
+function exports an XML string that describes the current state
+of the memory-allocation
+implementation in the caller.
+The string is printed on the file stream
+.IR stream .
+The exported string includes information about all arenas (see
+.BR malloc (3)).
+.P
+As currently implemented,
+.I options
+must be zero.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR malloc_info ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, it returns \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I options
+was nonzero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc_info ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.10.
+.SH NOTES
+The memory-allocation information is provided as an XML string
+(rather than a C structure)
+because the information may change over time
+(according to changes in the underlying implementation).
+The output XML string includes a version field.
+.P
+The
+.BR open_memstream (3)
+function can be used to send the output of
+.BR malloc_info ()
+directly into a buffer in memory, rather than to a file.
+.P
+The
+.BR malloc_info ()
+function is designed to address deficiencies in
+.BR malloc_stats (3)
+and
+.BR mallinfo (3).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below takes up to four command-line arguments,
+of which the first three are mandatory.
+The first argument specifies the number of threads that
+the program should create.
+All of the threads, including the main thread,
+allocate the number of blocks of memory specified by the second argument.
+The third argument controls the size of the blocks to be allocated.
+The main thread creates blocks of this size,
+the second thread created by the program allocates blocks of twice this size,
+the third thread allocates blocks of three times this size, and so on.
+.P
+The program calls
+.BR malloc_info ()
+twice to display the memory-allocation state.
+The first call takes place before any threads
+are created or memory allocated.
+The second call is performed after all threads have allocated memory.
+.P
+In the following example,
+the command-line arguments specify the creation of one additional thread,
+and both the main thread and the additional thread
+allocate 10000 blocks of memory.
+After the blocks of memory have been allocated,
+.BR malloc_info ()
+shows the state of two allocation arenas.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$ " "getconf GNU_LIBC_VERSION"
+glibc 2.13
+.RB "$ " "./a.out 1 10000 100"
+============ Before allocating blocks ============
+<malloc version="1">
+<heap nr="0">
+<sizes>
+</sizes>
+<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
+<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
+<system type="current" size="135168"/>
+<system type="max" size="135168"/>
+<aspace type="total" size="135168"/>
+<aspace type="mprotect" size="135168"/>
+</heap>
+<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
+<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
+<system type="current" size="135168"/>
+<system type="max" size="135168"/>
+<aspace type="total" size="135168"/>
+<aspace type="mprotect" size="135168"/>
+</malloc>
+\&
+============ After allocating blocks ============
+<malloc version="1">
+<heap nr="0">
+<sizes>
+</sizes>
+<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
+<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
+<system type="current" size="1081344"/>
+<system type="max" size="1081344"/>
+<aspace type="total" size="1081344"/>
+<aspace type="mprotect" size="1081344"/>
+</heap>
+<heap nr="1">
+<sizes>
+</sizes>
+<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
+<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
+<system type="current" size="1032192"/>
+<system type="max" size="1032192"/>
+<aspace type="total" size="1032192"/>
+<aspace type="mprotect" size="1032192"/>
+</heap>
+<total type="fast" count="0" size="0"/>
+<total type="rest" count="0" size="0"/>
+<system type="current" size="2113536"/>
+<system type="max" size="2113536"/>
+<aspace type="total" size="2113536"/>
+<aspace type="mprotect" size="2113536"/>
+</malloc>
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (malloc_info.c)
+.EX
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+static size_t        blockSize;
+static size_t        numThreads;
+static unsigned int  numBlocks;
+\&
+static void *
+thread_func(void *arg)
+{
+    int tn = (int) arg;
+\&
+    /* The multiplier \[aq](2 + tn)\[aq] ensures that each thread (including
+       the main thread) allocates a different amount of memory. */
+\&
+    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++)
+        if (malloc(blockSize * (2 + tn)) == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc\-thread");
+\&
+    sleep(100);         /* Sleep until main thread terminates. */
+    return NULL;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int        sleepTime;
+    pthread_t  *thr;
+\&
+    if (argc < 4) {
+        fprintf(stderr,
+                "%s num\-threads num\-blocks block\-size [sleep\-time]\en",
+                argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    numThreads = atoi(argv[1]);
+    numBlocks = atoi(argv[2]);
+    blockSize = atoi(argv[3]);
+    sleepTime = (argc > 4) ? atoi(argv[4]) : 0;
+\&
+    thr = calloc(numThreads, sizeof(*thr));
+    if (thr == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "calloc");
+\&
+    printf("============ Before allocating blocks ============\en");
+    malloc_info(0, stdout);
+\&
+    /* Create threads that allocate different amounts of memory. */
+\&
+    for (size_t tn = 0; tn < numThreads; tn++) {
+        errno = pthread_create(&thr[tn], NULL, thread_func,
+                               (void *) tn);
+        if (errno != 0)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pthread_create");
+\&
+        /* If we add a sleep interval after the start\-up of each
+           thread, the threads likely won\[aq]t contend for malloc
+           mutexes, and therefore additional arenas won\[aq]t be
+           allocated (see malloc(3)). */
+\&
+        if (sleepTime > 0)
+            sleep(sleepTime);
+    }
+\&
+    /* The main thread also allocates some memory. */
+\&
+    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < numBlocks; j++)
+        if (malloc(blockSize) == NULL)
+            err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc");
+\&
+    sleep(2);           /* Give all threads a chance to
+                           complete allocations. */
+\&
+    printf("\en============ After allocating blocks ============\en");
+    malloc_info(0, stdout);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mallinfo (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR malloc_stats (3),
+.BR mallopt (3),
+.BR open_memstream (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_set_state.3 b/man/man3/malloc_set_state.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff16dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_set_state.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc_get_state.3
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_stats.3 b/man/man3/malloc_stats.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30df458
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_stats.3
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH malloc_stats 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc_stats \- print memory allocation statistics
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.B void malloc_stats(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR malloc_stats ()
+function prints (on standard error) statistics about memory allocated by
+.BR malloc (3)
+and related functions.
+For each arena (allocation area), this function prints
+the total amount of memory allocated
+and the total number of bytes consumed by in-use allocations.
+(These two values correspond to the
+.I arena
+and
+.I uordblks
+fields retrieved by
+.BR mallinfo (3).)
+In addition,
+the function prints the sum of these two statistics for all arenas,
+and the maximum number of blocks and bytes that were ever simultaneously
+allocated using
+.BR mmap (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc_stats ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH NOTES
+More detailed information about memory allocations in the main arena
+can be obtained using
+.BR mallinfo (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR mallinfo (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR malloc_info (3),
+.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_trim.3 b/man/man3/malloc_trim.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4049b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_trim.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH malloc_trim 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc_trim \- release free memory from the heap
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.BI "int malloc_trim(size_t "  pad );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR malloc_trim ()
+function attempts to release free memory from the heap
+(by calling
+.BR sbrk (2)
+or
+.BR madvise (2)
+with suitable arguments).
+.P
+The
+.I pad
+argument specifies the amount of free space to leave untrimmed
+at the top of the heap.
+If this argument is 0, only the minimum amount of memory is maintained
+at the top of the heap (i.e., one page or less).
+A nonzero argument can be used to maintain some trailing space
+at the top of the heap in order to allow future allocations
+to be made without having to extend the heap with
+.BR sbrk (2).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR malloc_trim ()
+function returns 1 if memory was actually released back to the system,
+or 0 if it was not possible to release any memory.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors are defined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc_trim ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH VERSIONS
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH NOTES
+Only the main heap (using
+.BR sbrk (2))
+honors the
+.I pad
+argument; thread heaps do not.
+.P
+Since glibc 2.8 this function frees memory in all arenas and in all
+chunks with whole free pages.
+.\" See commit 68631c8eb92ff38d9da1ae34f6aa048539b199cc
+.\" (dated 2007-12-16) which adds iteration over all
+.\" arenas and frees all pages in chunks which are free.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.8 this function only freed memory at the
+top of the heap in the main arena.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sbrk (2),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR mallopt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/malloc_usable_size.3 b/man/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0aa6b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/malloc_usable_size.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH malloc_usable_size 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+malloc_usable_size \- obtain size of block of memory allocated from heap
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t malloc_usable_size(void *_Nullable " ptr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function can be used for
+diagnostics or statistics about allocations from
+.BR malloc (3)
+or a related function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR malloc_usable_size ()
+returns a value no less than
+the size of the block of allocated memory pointed to by
+.IR ptr .
+If
+.I ptr
+is NULL, 0 is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR malloc_usable_size ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The value returned by
+.BR malloc_usable_size ()
+may be greater than the requested size of the allocation
+because of various internal implementation details,
+none of which the programmer should rely on.
+This function is intended to only be used
+for diagnostics and statistics;
+writing to the excess memory without first calling
+.BR realloc (3)
+to resize the allocation is not supported.
+The returned value is only valid at the time of the call.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mallopt.3 b/man/man3/mallopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d684eb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mallopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,619 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mallopt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mallopt \- set memory allocation parameters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mallopt(int " param ", int " value );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mallopt ()
+function adjusts parameters that control the behavior of the
+memory-allocation functions (see
+.BR malloc (3)).
+The
+.I param
+argument specifies the parameter to be modified, and
+.I value
+specifies the new value for that parameter.
+.P
+The following values can be specified for
+.IR param :
+.TP
+.B M_ARENA_MAX
+If this parameter has a nonzero value,
+it defines a hard limit on the maximum number of arenas that can be created.
+An arena represents a pool of memory that can be used by
+.BR malloc (3)
+(and similar) calls to service allocation requests.
+Arenas are thread safe and
+therefore may have multiple concurrent memory requests.
+The trade-off is between the number of threads and the number of arenas.
+The more arenas you have, the lower the per-thread contention,
+but the higher the memory usage.
+.IP
+The default value of this parameter is 0,
+meaning that the limit on the number of arenas is determined
+according to the setting of
+.BR M_ARENA_TEST .
+.IP
+This parameter has been available since glibc 2.10 via
+.BR \-\-enable\-experimental\-malloc ,
+and since glibc 2.15 by default.
+In some versions of the allocator there was no limit on the number
+of created arenas (e.g., CentOS 5, RHEL 5).
+.IP
+When employing newer glibc versions, applications may in
+some cases exhibit high contention when accessing arenas.
+In these cases, it may be beneficial to increase
+.B M_ARENA_MAX
+to match the number of threads.
+This is similar in behavior to strategies taken by tcmalloc and jemalloc
+(e.g., per-thread allocation pools).
+.TP
+.B M_ARENA_TEST
+This parameter specifies a value, in number of arenas created,
+at which point the system configuration will be examined
+to determine a hard limit on the number of created arenas.
+(See
+.B M_ARENA_MAX
+for the definition of an arena.)
+.IP
+The computation of the arena hard limit is implementation-defined
+and is usually calculated as a multiple of the number of available CPUs.
+Once the hard limit is computed, the result is final and constrains
+the total number of arenas.
+.IP
+The default value for the
+.B M_ARENA_TEST
+parameter is 2 on systems where
+.I sizeof(long)
+is 4; otherwise the default value is 8.
+.IP
+This parameter has been available since glibc 2.10 via
+.BR \-\-enable\-experimental\-malloc ,
+and since glibc 2.15 by default.
+.IP
+The value of
+.B M_ARENA_TEST
+is not used when
+.B M_ARENA_MAX
+has a nonzero value.
+.TP
+.B M_CHECK_ACTION
+Setting this parameter controls how glibc responds when various kinds
+of programming errors are detected (e.g., freeing the same pointer twice).
+The 3 least significant bits (2, 1, and 0) of the value assigned
+to this parameter determine the glibc behavior, as follows:
+.RS
+.TP
+Bit 0
+If this bit is set, then print a one-line message on
+.I stderr
+that provides details about the error.
+The message starts with the string "***\ glibc detected\ ***",
+followed by the program name,
+the name of the memory-allocation function in which the error was detected,
+a brief description of the error,
+and the memory address where the error was detected.
+.TP
+Bit 1
+If this bit is set, then,
+after printing any error message specified by bit 0,
+the program is terminated by calling
+.BR abort (3).
+Since glibc 2.4,
+if bit 0 is also set,
+then, between printing the error message and aborting,
+the program also prints a stack trace in the manner of
+.BR backtrace (3),
+and prints the process's memory mapping in the style of
+.IR /proc/ pid /maps
+(see
+.BR proc (5)).
+.TP
+Bit 2 (since glibc 2.4)
+This bit has an effect only if bit 0 is also set.
+If this bit is set,
+then the one-line message describing the error is simplified
+to contain just the name of the function where the error
+was detected and the brief description of the error.
+.RE
+.IP
+The remaining bits in
+.I value
+are ignored.
+.IP
+Combining the above details,
+the following numeric values are meaningful for
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
+.RS 12
+.TP
+.B 0
+Ignore error conditions; continue execution (with undefined results).
+.TP
+.B 1
+Print a detailed error message and continue execution.
+.TP
+.B 2
+Abort the program.
+.TP
+.B 3
+Print detailed error message, stack trace, and memory mappings,
+and abort the program.
+.TP
+.B 5
+Print a simple error message and continue execution.
+.TP
+.B 7
+Print simple error message, stack trace, and memory mappings,
+and abort the program.
+.RE
+.IP
+Since glibc 2.3.4, the default value for the
+.B M_CHECK_ACTION
+parameter is 3.
+In glibc 2.3.3 and earlier, the default value is 1.
+.IP
+Using a nonzero
+.B M_CHECK_ACTION
+value can be useful because otherwise a crash may happen much later,
+and the true cause of the problem is then very hard to track down.
+.TP
+.B M_MMAP_MAX
+.\" The following text adapted from comments in the glibc source:
+This parameter specifies the maximum number of allocation requests that
+may be simultaneously serviced using
+.BR mmap (2).
+This parameter exists because some systems have a limited number
+of internal tables for use by
+.BR mmap (2),
+and using more than a few of them may degrade performance.
+.IP
+The default value is 65,536,
+a value which has no special significance and
+which serves only as a safeguard.
+Setting this parameter to 0 disables the use of
+.BR mmap (2)
+for servicing large allocation requests.
+.TP
+.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
+For allocations greater than or equal to the limit specified (in bytes) by
+.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
+that can't be satisfied from the free list,
+the memory-allocation functions employ
+.BR mmap (2)
+instead of increasing the program break using
+.BR sbrk (2).
+.IP
+Allocating memory using
+.BR mmap (2)
+has the significant advantage that the allocated memory blocks
+can always be independently released back to the system.
+(By contrast,
+the heap can be trimmed only if memory is freed at the top end.)
+On the other hand, there are some disadvantages to the use of
+.BR mmap (2):
+deallocated space is not placed on the free list
+for reuse by later allocations;
+memory may be wasted because
+.BR mmap (2)
+allocations must be page-aligned;
+and the kernel must perform the expensive task of zeroing out
+memory allocated via
+.BR mmap (2).
+Balancing these factors leads to a default setting of 128*1024 for the
+.B M_MMAP_THRESHOLD
+parameter.
+.IP
+The lower limit for this parameter is 0.
+The upper limit is
+.BR DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD_MAX :
+512*1024 on 32-bit systems or
+.I 4*1024*1024*sizeof(long)
+on 64-bit systems.
+.IP
+.IR Note :
+Nowadays, glibc uses a dynamic mmap threshold by default.
+The initial value of the threshold is 128*1024,
+but when blocks larger than the current threshold and less than or equal to
+.B DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD_MAX
+are freed,
+the threshold is adjusted upward to the size of the freed block.
+When dynamic mmap thresholding is in effect,
+the threshold for trimming the heap is also dynamically adjusted
+to be twice the dynamic mmap threshold.
+Dynamic adjustment of the mmap threshold is disabled if any of the
+.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD ,
+.BR M_TOP_PAD ,
+.BR M_MMAP_THRESHOLD ,
+or
+.B M_MMAP_MAX
+parameters is set.
+.TP
+.BR M_MXFAST " (since glibc 2.3)"
+.\" The following text adapted from comments in the glibc sources:
+Set the upper limit for memory allocation requests that are satisfied
+using "fastbins".
+(The measurement unit for this parameter is bytes.)
+Fastbins are storage areas that hold deallocated blocks of memory
+of the same size without merging adjacent free blocks.
+Subsequent reallocation of blocks of the same size can be handled
+very quickly by allocating from the fastbin,
+although memory fragmentation and the overall memory footprint
+of the program can increase.
+.IP
+The default value for this parameter is
+.I 64*sizeof(size_t)/4
+(i.e., 64 on 32-bit architectures).
+The range for this parameter is 0 to
+.IR 80*sizeof(size_t)/4 .
+Setting
+.B M_MXFAST
+to 0 disables the use of fastbins.
+.TP
+.BR M_PERTURB " (since glibc 2.4)"
+If this parameter is set to a nonzero value,
+then bytes of allocated memory (other than allocations via
+.BR calloc (3))
+are initialized to the complement of the value
+in the least significant byte of
+.IR value ,
+and when allocated memory is released using
+.BR free (3),
+the freed bytes are set to the least significant byte of
+.IR value .
+This can be useful for detecting errors where programs
+incorrectly rely on allocated memory being initialized to zero,
+or reuse values in memory that has already been freed.
+.IP
+The default value for this parameter is 0.
+.TP
+.B M_TOP_PAD
+This parameter defines the amount of padding to employ when calling
+.BR sbrk (2)
+to modify the program break.
+(The measurement unit for this parameter is bytes.)
+This parameter has an effect in the following circumstances:
+.RS
+.IP \[bu] 3
+When the program break is increased, then
+.B M_TOP_PAD
+bytes are added to the
+.BR sbrk (2)
+request.
+.IP \[bu]
+When the heap is trimmed as a consequence of calling
+.BR free (3)
+(see the discussion of
+.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD )
+this much free space is preserved at the top of the heap.
+.RE
+.IP
+In either case,
+the amount of padding is always rounded to a system page boundary.
+.IP
+Modifying
+.B M_TOP_PAD
+is a trade-off between increasing the number of system calls
+(when the parameter is set low)
+and wasting unused memory at the top of the heap
+(when the parameter is set high).
+.IP
+The default value for this parameter is 128*1024.
+.\" DEFAULT_TOP_PAD in glibc source
+.TP
+.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
+When the amount of contiguous free memory at the top of the heap
+grows sufficiently large,
+.BR free (3)
+employs
+.BR sbrk (2)
+to release this memory back to the system.
+(This can be useful in programs that continue to execute for
+a long period after freeing a significant amount of memory.)
+The
+.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
+parameter specifies the minimum size (in bytes) that
+this block of memory must reach before
+.BR sbrk (2)
+is used to trim the heap.
+.IP
+The default value for this parameter is 128*1024.
+Setting
+.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
+to \-1 disables trimming completely.
+.IP
+Modifying
+.B M_TRIM_THRESHOLD
+is a trade-off between increasing the number of system calls
+(when the parameter is set low)
+and wasting unused memory at the top of the heap
+(when the parameter is set high).
+.\"
+.SS Environment variables
+A number of environment variables can be defined
+to modify some of the same parameters as are controlled by
+.BR mallopt ().
+Using these variables has the advantage that the source code
+of the program need not be changed.
+To be effective, these variables must be defined before the
+first call to a memory-allocation function.
+(If the same parameters are adjusted via
+.BR mallopt (),
+then the
+.BR mallopt ()
+settings take precedence.)
+For security reasons,
+these variables are ignored in set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
+.P
+The environment variables are as follows
+(note the trailing underscore at the end of the name of some variables):
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_ARENA_MAX
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_ARENA_MAX .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_ARENA_TEST
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_ARENA_TEST .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+This environment variable controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
+If this variable is set to a nonzero value,
+then a special implementation of the memory-allocation functions is used.
+(This is accomplished using the
+.BR malloc_hook (3)
+feature.)
+This implementation performs additional error checking,
+but is slower
+.\" On glibc 2.12/x86, a simple malloc()+free() loop is about 70% slower
+.\" when MALLOC_CHECK_ was set.
+than the standard set of memory-allocation functions.
+(This implementation does not detect all possible errors;
+memory leaks can still occur.)
+.IP
+The value assigned to this environment variable should be a single digit,
+whose meaning is as described for
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
+Any characters beyond the initial digit are ignored.
+.IP
+For security reasons, the effect of
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+is disabled by default for set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
+However, if the file
+.I /etc/suid\-debug
+exists (the content of the file is irrelevant), then
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+also has an effect for set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs.
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_MMAP_MAX_
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_MMAP_MAX .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_MMAP_THRESHOLD_
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_MMAP_THRESHOLD .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_PERTURB_
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_PERTURB .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_TRIM_THRESHOLD_
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_TRIM_THRESHOLD .
+.TP
+.B MALLOC_TOP_PAD_
+Controls the same parameter as
+.BR mallopt ()
+.BR M_TOP_PAD .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR mallopt ()
+returns 1.
+On error, it returns 0.
+.SH ERRORS
+On error,
+.I errno
+is
+.I not
+set.
+.SH VERSIONS
+A similar function exists on many System V derivatives,
+but the range of values for
+.I param
+varies across systems.
+The SVID defined options
+.BR M_MXFAST ,
+.BR M_NLBLKS ,
+.BR M_GRAIN ,
+and
+.BR M_KEEP ,
+but only the first of these is implemented in glibc.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH BUGS
+Specifying an invalid value for
+.I param
+does not generate an error.
+.P
+A calculation error within the glibc implementation means that
+a call of the form:
+.\" FIXME . This looks buggy:
+.\" setting the M_MXFAST limit rounds up:    (s + SIZE_SZ) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK)
+.\" malloc requests are rounded up:
+.\"    (req) + SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) & ~MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12129
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+mallopt(M_MXFAST, n)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+does not result in fastbins being employed for all allocations of size up to
+.IR n .
+To ensure desired results,
+.I n
+should be rounded up to the next multiple greater than or equal to
+.IR (2k+1)*sizeof(size_t) ,
+where
+.I k
+is an integer.
+.\" Bins are multiples of 2 * sizeof(size_t) + sizeof(size_t)
+.P
+If
+.BR mallopt ()
+is used to set
+.BR M_PERTURB ,
+then, as expected, the bytes of allocated memory are initialized
+to the complement of the byte in
+.IR value ,
+and when that memory is freed,
+the bytes of the region are initialized to the byte specified in
+.IR value .
+However, there is an
+.RI off-by- sizeof(size_t)
+error in the implementation:
+.\" FIXME . https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12140
+instead of initializing precisely the block of memory
+being freed by the call
+.IR free(p) ,
+the block starting at
+.I p+sizeof(size_t)
+is initialized.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION .
+If the program is supplied with an (integer) command-line argument,
+then that argument is used to set the
+.B M_CHECK_ACTION
+parameter.
+The program then allocates a block of memory,
+and frees it twice (an error).
+.P
+The following shell session shows what happens when we run this program
+under glibc, with the default value for
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+main(): returned from first free() call
+*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: double free or corruption (top): 0x09d30008 ***
+======= Backtrace: =========
+/lib/libc.so.6(+0x6c501)[0x523501]
+/lib/libc.so.6(+0x6dd70)[0x524d70]
+/lib/libc.so.6(cfree+0x6d)[0x527e5d]
+\&./a.out[0x80485db]
+/lib/libc.so.6(__libc_start_main+0xe7)[0x4cdce7]
+\&./a.out[0x8048471]
+======= Memory map: ========
+001e4000\-001fe000 r\-xp 00000000 08:06 1083555    /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
+001fe000\-001ff000 r\-\-p 00019000 08:06 1083555    /lib/libgcc_s.so.1
+[some lines omitted]
+b7814000\-b7817000 rw\-p 00000000 00:00 0
+bff53000\-bff74000 rw\-p 00000000 00:00 0          [stack]
+Aborted (core dumped)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The following runs show the results when employing other values for
+.BR M_CHECK_ACTION :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out 1\fP             # Diagnose error and continue
+main(): returned from first free() call
+*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: double free or corruption (top): 0x09cbe008 ***
+main(): returned from second free() call
+$ \fB./a.out 2\fP             # Abort without error message
+main(): returned from first free() call
+Aborted (core dumped)
+$ \fB./a.out 0\fP             # Ignore error and continue
+main(): returned from first free() call
+main(): returned from second free() call
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The next run shows how to set the same parameter using the
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+environment variable:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBMALLOC_CHECK_=1 ./a.out\fP
+main(): returned from first free() call
+*** glibc detected *** ./a.out: free(): invalid pointer: 0x092c2008 ***
+main(): returned from second free() call
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mallopt.c)
+.EX
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char *p;
+\&
+    if (argc > 1) {
+        if (mallopt(M_CHECK_ACTION, atoi(argv[1])) != 1) {
+            fprintf(stderr, "mallopt() failed");
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    p = malloc(1000);
+    if (p == NULL) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "malloc() failed");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    free(p);
+    printf("%s(): returned from first free() call\en", __func__);
+\&
+    free(p);
+    printf("%s(): returned from second free() call\en", __func__);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR sbrk (2),
+.BR mallinfo (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR malloc_hook (3),
+.BR malloc_info (3),
+.BR malloc_stats (3),
+.BR malloc_trim (3),
+.BR mcheck (3),
+.BR mtrace (3),
+.BR posix_memalign (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/matherr.3 b/man/man3/matherr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4536e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/matherr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH matherr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+matherr \- SVID math library exception handling
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int matherr(struct exception *" exc );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]] extern _LIB_VERSION_TYPE _LIB_VERSION;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR Note :
+the mechanism described in this page is no longer supported by glibc.
+Before glibc 2.27, it had been marked as obsolete.
+Since glibc 2.27,
+.\" glibc commit 813378e9fe17e029caf627cab76fe23eb46815fa
+the mechanism has been removed altogether.
+New applications should use the techniques described in
+.BR math_error (7)
+and
+.BR fenv (3).
+This page documents the
+.BR matherr ()
+mechanism as an aid for maintaining and porting older applications.
+.P
+The System V Interface Definition (SVID) specifies that various
+math functions should invoke a function called
+.BR matherr ()
+if a math exception is detected.
+This function is called before the math function returns;
+after
+.BR matherr ()
+returns, the system then returns to the math function,
+which in turn returns to the caller.
+.P
+To employ
+.BR matherr (),
+the programmer must define the
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+feature test macro
+(before including
+.I any
+header files),
+and assign the value
+.B _SVID_
+to the external variable
+.BR _LIB_VERSION .
+.P
+The system provides a default version of
+.BR matherr ().
+This version does nothing, and returns zero
+(see below for the significance of this).
+The default
+.BR matherr ()
+can be overridden by a programmer-defined
+version, which will be invoked when an exception occurs.
+The function is invoked with one argument, a pointer to an
+.I exception
+structure, defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct exception {
+    int    type;      /* Exception type */
+    char  *name;      /* Name of function causing exception */
+    double arg1;      /* 1st argument to function */
+    double arg2;      /* 2nd argument to function */
+    double retval;    /* Function return value */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I type
+field has one of the following values:
+.TP 12
+.B DOMAIN
+A domain error occurred (the function argument was outside the range
+for which the function is defined).
+The return value depends on the function;
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+.TP
+.B SING
+A pole error occurred (the function result is an infinity).
+The return value in most cases is
+.B HUGE
+(the largest single precision floating-point number),
+appropriately signed.
+In most cases,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+.TP
+.B OVERFLOW
+An overflow occurred.
+In most cases, the value
+.B HUGE
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.TP
+.B UNDERFLOW
+An underflow occurred.
+0.0 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.TP
+.B TLOSS
+Total loss of significance.
+0.0 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.TP
+.B PLOSS
+Partial loss of significance.
+This value is unused on glibc
+(and many other systems).
+.P
+The
+.I arg1
+and
+.I arg2
+fields are the arguments supplied to the function
+.RI ( arg2
+is undefined for functions that take only one argument).
+.P
+The
+.I retval
+field specifies the return value that the math
+function will return to its caller.
+The programmer-defined
+.BR matherr ()
+can modify this field to change the return value of the math function.
+.P
+If the
+.BR matherr ()
+function returns zero, then the system sets
+.I errno
+as described above, and may print an error message on standard error
+(see below).
+.P
+If the
+.BR matherr ()
+function returns a nonzero value, then the system does not set
+.IR errno ,
+and doesn't print an error message.
+.SS Math functions that employ matherr()
+The table below lists the functions and circumstances in which
+.BR matherr ()
+is called.
+The "Type" column indicates the value assigned to
+.I exc\->type
+when calling
+.BR matherr ().
+The "Result" column is the default return value assigned to
+.IR exc\->retval .
+.P
+The "Msg?" and "errno" columns describe the default behavior if
+.BR matherr ()
+returns zero.
+If the "Msg?" columns contains "y",
+then the system prints an error message on standard error.
+.P
+The table uses the following notations and abbreviations:
+.P
+.RS
+.TS
+l l.
+x        first argument to function
+y        second argument to function
+fin      finite value for argument
+neg      negative value for argument
+int      integral value for argument
+o/f      result overflowed
+u/f      result underflowed
+|x|      absolute value of x
+X_TLOSS  is a constant defined in \fI<math.h>\fP
+.TE
+.RE
+.\" Details below from glibc 2.8's sysdeps/ieee754/k_standard.c
+.\" A subset of cases were test by experimental programs.
+.TS
+lB lB lB cB lB
+l l l c l.
+Function	Type	Result	Msg?	errno
+acos(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
+asin(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
+atan2(0,0)	DOMAIN	HUGE	y	EDOM
+acosh(x<1)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
+atanh(|x|>1)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
+atanh(|x|==1)	SING	(x>0.0)?	y	EDOM	\" retval is x/0.0
+\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL :
+\ 	\ 	\-HUGE_VAL
+cosh(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+sinh(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	(x>0.0) ?	n	ERANGE
+\ 	\ 	HUGE : \-HUGE
+sqrt(x<0)	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
+hypot(fin,fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+exp(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+exp(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
+exp2(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+exp2(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
+exp10(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+exp10(fin) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
+j0(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+j1(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+jn(|x|>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+y0(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+y1(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+yn(x>X_TLOSS)	TLOSS	0.0	y	ERANGE
+y0(0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+y0(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+y1(0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+y1(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+yn(n,0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+yn(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+lgamma(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+lgamma(\-int) or	SING	HUGE	y	EDOM
+\ \ lgamma(0)
+tgamma(fin) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE_VAL	n	ERANGE
+tgamma(\-int)	SING	NAN	y	EDOM
+tgamma(0)	SING	copysign(	y	ERANGE
+\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL,x)
+log(0)	SING	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+log(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+log2(0)	SING	\-HUGE	n	EDOM	\" different from log()
+log2(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	n	EDOM	\" different from log()
+log10(0)	SING	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+log10(x<0)	DOMAIN	\-HUGE	y	EDOM
+pow(0.0,0.0)	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
+pow(x,y) o/f	OVERFLOW	HUGE	n	ERANGE
+pow(x,y) u/f	UNDERFLOW	0.0	n	ERANGE
+pow(NaN,0.0)	DOMAIN	x	n	EDOM
+0**neg	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM	\" +0 and -0
+neg**non-int	DOMAIN	0.0	y	EDOM
+scalb() o/f	OVERFLOW	(x>0.0) ?	n	ERANGE
+\ 	\ 	HUGE_VAL :
+\ 	\ 	\-HUGE_VAL
+scalb() u/f	UNDERFLOW	copysign(	n	ERANGE
+\ 	\ 	\ \ 0.0,x)
+fmod(x,0)	DOMAIN	x	y	EDOM
+remainder(x,0)	DOMAIN	NAN	y	EDOM	\" retval is 0.0/0.0
+.TE
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR matherr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The example program demonstrates the use of
+.BR matherr ()
+when calling
+.BR log (3).
+The program takes up to three command-line arguments.
+The first argument is the floating-point number to be given to
+.BR log (3).
+If the optional second argument is provided, then
+.B _LIB_VERSION
+is set to
+.B _SVID_
+so that
+.BR matherr ()
+is called, and the integer supplied in the
+command-line argument is used as the return value from
+.BR matherr ().
+If the optional third command-line argument is supplied,
+then it specifies an alternative return value that
+.BR matherr ()
+should assign as the return value of the math function.
+.P
+The following example run, where
+.BR log (3)
+is given an argument of 0.0, does not use
+.BR matherr ():
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0"
+errno: Numerical result out of range
+x=\-inf
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the following run,
+.BR matherr ()
+is called, and returns 0:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 0"
+matherr SING exception in log() function
+        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
+        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
+log: SING error
+errno: Numerical argument out of domain
+x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The message "log: SING error" was printed by the C library.
+.P
+In the following run,
+.BR matherr ()
+is called, and returns a nonzero value:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1"
+matherr SING exception in log() function
+        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
+        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
+x=\-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In this case, the C library did not print a message, and
+.I errno
+was not set.
+.P
+In the following run,
+.BR matherr ()
+is called, changes the return value of the math function,
+and returns a nonzero value:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0.0 1 12345.0"
+matherr SING exception in log() function
+        args:   0.000000, 0.000000
+        retval: \-340282346638528859811704183484516925440.000000
+x=12345.000000
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (matherr.c)
+.EX
+#define _SVID_SOURCE
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+static int matherr_ret = 0;     /* Value that matherr()
+                                   should return */
+static int change_retval = 0;   /* Should matherr() change
+                                   function\[aq]s return value? */
+static double new_retval;       /* New function return value */
+\&
+int
+matherr(struct exception *exc)
+{
+    fprintf(stderr, "matherr %s exception in %s() function\en",
+            (exc\->type == DOMAIN) ?    "DOMAIN" :
+            (exc\->type == OVERFLOW) ?  "OVERFLOW" :
+            (exc\->type == UNDERFLOW) ? "UNDERFLOW" :
+            (exc\->type == SING) ?      "SING" :
+            (exc\->type == TLOSS) ?     "TLOSS" :
+            (exc\->type == PLOSS) ?     "PLOSS" : "???",
+            exc\->name);
+    fprintf(stderr, "        args:   %f, %f\en",
+            exc\->arg1, exc\->arg2);
+    fprintf(stderr, "        retval: %f\en", exc\->retval);
+\&
+    if (change_retval)
+        exc\->retval = new_retval;
+\&
+    return matherr_ret;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    double x;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <argval>"
+                " [<matherr\-ret> [<new\-func\-retval>]]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (argc > 2) {
+        _LIB_VERSION = _SVID_;
+        matherr_ret = atoi(argv[2]);
+    }
+\&
+    if (argc > 3) {
+        change_retval = 1;
+        new_retval = atof(argv[3]);
+    }
+\&
+    x = log(atof(argv[1]));
+    if (errno != 0)
+        perror("errno");
+\&
+    printf("x=%f\en", x);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fenv (3),
+.BR math_error (7),
+.BR standards (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mblen.3 b/man/man3/mblen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f253965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mblen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mblen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mblen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mblen(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I s
+is not NULL, the
+.BR mblen ()
+function inspects at most
+.I n
+bytes of the multibyte string starting at
+.I s
+and extracts the
+next complete multibyte character.
+It uses a static anonymous shift state known only to the
+.BR mblen ()
+function.
+If the multibyte character is not the null wide
+character, it returns the number of bytes that were consumed from
+.IR s .
+If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it returns 0.
+.P
+If the
+.I n
+bytes starting at
+.I s
+do not contain a complete multibyte
+character,
+.BR mblen ()
+returns \-1.
+This can happen even if
+.I n
+is greater than or equal to
+.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
+if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
+.P
+If the multibyte string starting at
+.I s
+contains an invalid multibyte
+sequence before the next complete character,
+.BR mblen ()
+also returns \-1.
+.P
+If
+.I s
+is NULL, the
+.BR mblen ()
+function
+.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
+.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
+resets the shift state, known to only this function, to the initial state, and
+returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the
+encoding is stateless.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mblen ()
+function returns the number of
+bytes parsed from the multibyte
+sequence starting at
+.IR s ,
+if a non-null wide character was recognized.
+It returns 0, if a null wide character was recognized.
+It returns \-1, if an
+invalid multibyte sequence was encountered or if it couldn't parse a complete
+multibyte character.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mblen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The function
+.BR mbrlen (3)
+provides a better interface to the same
+functionality.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mblen ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbrlen (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbrlen.3 b/man/man3/mbrlen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83d9d36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbrlen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbrlen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbrlen \- determine number of bytes in next multibyte character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbrlen(const char " s "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
+.BI "              mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mbrlen ()
+function inspects at most
+.I n
+bytes of the multibyte
+string starting at
+.I s
+and extracts the next complete multibyte character.
+It updates the shift state
+.IR *ps .
+If the multibyte character is not the
+null wide character, it returns the number of bytes that were consumed from
+.IR s .
+If the multibyte character is the null wide character, it resets the
+shift state
+.I *ps
+to the initial state and returns 0.
+.P
+If the
+.I n
+bytes starting at
+.I s
+do not contain a complete multibyte
+character,
+.BR mbrlen ()
+returns
+.IR "(size_t)\ \-2" .
+This can happen even if
+.I n
+>=
+.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
+if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
+sequences.
+.P
+If the multibyte string starting at
+.I s
+contains an invalid multibyte
+sequence before the next complete character,
+.BR mbrlen ()
+returns
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+In this case,
+the effects on
+.I *ps
+are undefined.
+.P
+If
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous state known only to the
+.BR mbrlen ()
+function is used instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mbrlen ()
+function returns the number of bytes
+parsed from the multibyte
+sequence starting at
+.IR s ,
+if a non-null wide character was recognized.
+It returns 0, if a null wide character was recognized.
+It returns
+.I "(size_t)\ \-1"
+and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EILSEQ ,
+if an invalid multibyte sequence was
+encountered.
+It returns
+.I (size_t)\ \-2
+if it couldn't parse a complete multibyte
+character, meaning that
+.I n
+should be increased.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbrlen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrlen/!ps
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbrlen ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbrtowc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbrtowc.3 b/man/man3/mbrtowc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0cc56e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbrtowc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbrtowc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbrtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbrtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "               size_t " n ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The main case for this function is when
+.I s
+is not NULL and
+.I pwc
+is
+not NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function inspects at most
+.I n
+bytes of the multibyte string starting at
+.IR s ,
+extracts the next complete
+multibyte character, converts it to a wide character and stores it at
+.IR *pwc .
+It updates the shift state
+.IR *ps .
+If the converted wide
+character is not L\[aq]\e0\[aq] (the null wide character),
+it returns the number of bytes that were consumed
+from
+.IR s .
+If the converted wide character is L\[aq]\e0\[aq], it resets the shift
+state
+.I *ps
+to the initial state and returns 0.
+.P
+If the
+.I n
+bytes starting at
+.I s
+do not contain a complete multibyte
+character,
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+returns
+.IR "(size_t)\ \-2" .
+This can happen even if
+.I n
+>=
+.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
+if the multibyte string contains redundant shift
+sequences.
+.P
+If the multibyte string starting at
+.I s
+contains an invalid multibyte
+sequence before the next complete character,
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+returns
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+In this case,
+the effects on
+.I *ps
+are undefined.
+.P
+A different case is when
+.I s
+is not NULL but
+.I pwc
+is NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function behaves as above, except that it does not
+store the converted wide character in memory.
+.P
+A third case is when
+.I s
+is NULL.
+In this case,
+.I pwc
+and
+.I n
+are
+ignored.
+If the conversion state represented by
+.I *ps
+denotes an
+incomplete multibyte character conversion, the
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function
+returns
+.IR "(size_t)\ \-1" ,
+sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EILSEQ ,
+and
+leaves
+.I *ps
+in an undefined state.
+Otherwise, the
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function
+puts
+.I *ps
+in the initial state and returns 0.
+.P
+In all of the above cases, if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function is used instead.
+Otherwise,
+.I *ps
+must be a valid
+.I mbstate_t
+object.
+An
+.I mbstate_t
+object
+.I a
+can be initialized to the initial state
+by zeroing it, for example using
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+memset(&a, 0, sizeof(a));
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+function returns the number of bytes parsed from the
+multibyte sequence starting at
+.IR s ,
+if a non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide character
+was recognized.
+It returns 0, if a L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide character was recognized.
+It returns
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EILSEQ ,
+if an invalid multibyte sequence was
+encountered.
+It returns
+.I "(size_t)\ \-2"
+if it couldn't parse a complete multibyte
+character, meaning that
+.I n
+should be increased.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:mbrtowc/!ps
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbrtowc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbsinit.3 b/man/man3/mbsinit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00049c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbsinit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright, Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\" Copyright 2024, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbsinit 3 2024-05-03 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbsinit
+\-
+test for initial shift state
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *" ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR mbsinit ()
+tests whether
+.I *ps
+corresponds to an
+initial state.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR mbsinit ()
+returns nonzero if
+.I *ps
+is an initial state, or if
+.I ps
+is NULL.
+Otherwise, it returns 0.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbsinit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbsinit ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbstate_t (3type),
+.BR mbrlen (3),
+.BR mbrtowc (3),
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3),
+.BR wcrtomb (3),
+.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3 b/man/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b03f7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbsnrtowcs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH mbsnrtowcs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbsnrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." len "], const char **restrict " src ,
+.BI "                  size_t " nms ", size_t " len \
+", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+function is like the
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
+function, except that
+the number of bytes to be converted, starting at
+.IR *src ,
+is limited to at most
+.I nms
+bytes.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL, the
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+function converts at
+most
+.I nms
+bytes from the
+multibyte string
+.I *src
+to a wide-character string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I len
+wide characters are written to
+.IR dest .
+The shift state
+.I *ps
+is updated.
+The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
+calling
+.I "mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)"
+where
+.I n
+is some
+positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing
+.I dest
+by one and
+.I *src
+by the number of bytes consumed.
+The
+conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned,
+and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.IP \[bu]
+The
+.I nms
+limit forces a stop,
+or
+.I len
+non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters
+have been stored at
+.IR dest .
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the
+next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters
+written to
+.I dest
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null wide character (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
+(which has the side effect of bringing back
+.I *ps
+to the
+initial state).
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is set to NULL, and the number of wide
+characters written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null wide character,
+is returned.
+.P
+According to POSIX.1,
+if the input buffer ends with an incomplete character,
+it is unspecified whether conversion stops at the end of
+the previous character (if any), or at the end of the input buffer.
+The glibc implementation adopts the former behavior.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I len
+is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
+above, except that the converted wide characters
+are not written out to memory,
+and that no destination length limit exists.
+.P
+In both of the above cases, if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+function is used instead.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I len
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+function returns the number of wide characters
+that make up the converted part of the wide-character string,
+not including the terminating null wide character.
+If an invalid multibyte sequence was
+encountered,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:mbsnrtowcs/!ps
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbsnrtowcs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+Passing NULL as
+.I ps
+is not multithread safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR mbrtowc (3),
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbsrtowcs.3 b/man/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf70295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbsrtowcs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbsrtowcs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbsrtowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string (restartable)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize ],
+.BI "                 const char **restrict " src ,
+.BI "                 size_t " dsize ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL,
+convert the
+multibyte string
+.I *src
+to a wide-character string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I dsize
+wide characters are written to
+.IR dest .
+The shift state
+.I *ps
+is updated.
+The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
+calling
+.I "mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)"
+where
+.I n
+is some
+positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing
+.I dest
+by one and
+.I *src
+by the number of bytes consumed.
+The conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned,
+and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.IP \[bu]
+.I dsize
+non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
+.IR dest .
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the next
+multibyte sequence to be converted,
+and the number of wide characters written to
+.I dest
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null wide character (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), which has the side
+effect of bringing back
+.I *ps
+to the
+initial state.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is set to NULL, and the number of wide
+characters written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I dsize
+is ignored,
+and the conversion proceeds as above,
+except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
+and that no length limit exists.
+.P
+In both of the above cases,
+if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR mbsrtowcs ()
+function is used instead.
+.P
+In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
+.I dsize
+is
+greater than or equal to
+.IR "mbsrtowcs(NULL,src,0,ps)+1" .
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I dsize
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.P
+This function is a restartable version of
+.BR mbstowcs (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The number of wide characters that make
+up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
+terminating null wide character.
+If an invalid multibyte sequence was
+encountered,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbsrtowcs ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:mbsrtowcs/!ps
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbsrtowcs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+Passing NULL as
+.I ps
+is not multithread safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR mbrtowc (3),
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR mbsnrtowcs (3),
+.BR mbstowcs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbstowcs.3 b/man/man3/mbstowcs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1c4ea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbstowcs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\" and Copyright 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbstowcs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbstowcs \- convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." dsize "], \
+const char *restrict " src ,
+.BI "                size_t " dsize );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL,
+convert the
+multibyte string
+.I src
+to a wide-character string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I dsize
+wide characters are written to
+.IR dest .
+The sequence of characters in the string
+.I src
+shall begin in the initial shift state.
+The conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered.
+In this case,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+.I dsize
+non-L\[aq]\e0\[aq] wide characters have been stored at
+.IR dest .
+In this case, the number of wide characters written to
+.I dest
+is returned, but the
+shift state at this point is lost.
+.IP \[bu]
+The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null character (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+In this case, the number of wide characters written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null wide character, is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I dsize
+is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
+above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory,
+and that no length limit exists.
+.P
+In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
+.I dsize
+is
+greater than or equal to
+.IR "mbstowcs(NULL,src,0)+1" .
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I dsize
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The number of wide characters that make
+up the converted part of the wide-character string, not including the
+terminating null wide character.
+If an invalid multibyte sequence was
+encountered,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbstowcs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The function
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3)
+provides a better interface to the same
+functionality.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbstowcs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below illustrates the use of
+.BR mbstowcs (),
+as well as some of the wide character classification functions.
+An example run is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ ./t_mbstowcs de_DE.UTF\-8 Grüße!
+Length of source string (excluding terminator):
+    8 bytes
+    6 multibyte characters
+\&
+Wide character string is: Grüße! (6 characters)
+    G alpha upper
+    r alpha lower
+    ü alpha lower
+    ß alpha lower
+    e alpha lower
+    ! !alpha
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mbstowcs.c)
+.EX
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    size_t mbslen;      /* Number of multibyte characters in source */
+    wchar_t *wcs;       /* Pointer to converted wide character string */
+\&
+    if (argc < 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <locale> <string>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Apply the specified locale. */
+\&
+    if (setlocale(LC_ALL, argv[1]) == NULL) {
+        perror("setlocale");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Calculate the length required to hold argv[2] converted to
+       a wide character string. */
+\&
+    mbslen = mbstowcs(NULL, argv[2], 0);
+    if (mbslen == (size_t) \-1) {
+        perror("mbstowcs");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Describe the source string to the user. */
+\&
+    printf("Length of source string (excluding terminator):\en");
+    printf("    %zu bytes\en", strlen(argv[2]));
+    printf("    %zu multibyte characters\en\en", mbslen);
+\&
+    /* Allocate wide character string of the desired size.  Add 1
+       to allow for terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]). */
+\&
+    wcs = calloc(mbslen + 1, sizeof(*wcs));
+    if (wcs == NULL) {
+        perror("calloc");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Convert the multibyte character string in argv[2] to a
+       wide character string. */
+\&
+    if (mbstowcs(wcs, argv[2], mbslen + 1) == (size_t) \-1) {
+        perror("mbstowcs");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("Wide character string is: %ls (%zu characters)\en",
+           wcs, mbslen);
+\&
+    /* Now do some inspection of the classes of the characters in
+       the wide character string. */
+\&
+    for (wchar_t *wp = wcs; *wp != 0; wp++) {
+        printf("    %lc ", (wint_t) *wp);
+\&
+        if (!iswalpha(*wp))
+            printf("!");
+        printf("alpha ");
+\&
+        if (iswalpha(*wp)) {
+            if (iswupper(*wp))
+                printf("upper ");
+\&
+            if (iswlower(*wp))
+                printf("lower ");
+        }
+\&
+        putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mblen (3),
+.BR mbsrtowcs (3),
+.BR mbtowc (3),
+.BR wcstombs (3),
+.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mbtowc.3 b/man/man3/mbtowc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4057959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mbtowc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH mbtowc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mbtowc \- convert a multibyte sequence to a wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mbtowc(wchar_t *restrict " pwc ", const char " s "[restrict ." n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The main case for this function is when
+.I s
+is not NULL and
+.I pwc
+is
+not NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function inspects at most
+.I n
+bytes of the multibyte string starting at
+.IR s ,
+extracts the next complete
+multibyte character, converts it to a wide character and stores it at
+.IR *pwc .
+It updates an internal shift state known only to the
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function.
+If
+.I s
+does not point to a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), it returns the number
+of bytes that were consumed from
+.IR s ,
+otherwise it returns 0.
+.P
+If the
+.I n
+bytes starting at
+.I s
+do not contain a complete multibyte
+character, or if they contain an invalid multibyte sequence,
+.BR mbtowc ()
+returns \-1.
+This can happen even if
+.I n
+>=
+.IR MB_CUR_MAX ,
+if the multibyte string contains redundant shift sequences.
+.P
+A different case is when
+.I s
+is not NULL but
+.I pwc
+is NULL.
+In this case, the
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function behaves as above, except that it does not
+store the converted wide character in memory.
+.P
+A third case is when
+.I s
+is NULL.
+In this case,
+.I pwc
+and
+.I n
+are
+ignored.
+The
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function
+.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
+.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
+resets the shift state, only known to this function,
+to the initial state, and
+returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the
+encoding is stateless.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I s
+is not NULL, the
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function returns the number of
+consumed bytes starting at
+.IR s ,
+or 0 if
+.I s
+points to a null byte,
+or \-1 upon failure.
+.P
+If
+.I s
+is NULL, the
+.BR mbtowc ()
+function
+returns nonzero if the encoding
+has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the encoding is stateless.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mbtowc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+This function is not multithread safe.
+The function
+.BR mbrtowc (3)
+provides
+a better interface to the same functionality.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR mbtowc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3),
+.BR mblen (3),
+.BR mbrtowc (3),
+.BR mbstowcs (3),
+.BR wcstombs (3),
+.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mcheck.3 b/man/man3/mcheck.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d3a7da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mcheck.3
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mcheck 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mcheck, mcheck_check_all, mcheck_pedantic, mprobe \- heap consistency checking
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mcheck.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mcheck(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
+.BI "int mcheck_pedantic(void (*" abortfunc ")(enum mcheck_status " mstatus ));
+.B void mcheck_check_all(void);
+.P
+.BI "enum mcheck_status mprobe(void *" ptr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mcheck ()
+function installs a set of debugging hooks for the
+.BR malloc (3)
+family of memory-allocation functions.
+These hooks cause certain consistency checks to be performed
+on the state of the heap.
+The checks can detect application errors such as freeing a block of memory
+more than once or corrupting the bookkeeping data structures
+that immediately precede a block of allocated memory.
+.P
+To be effective, the
+.BR mcheck ()
+function must be called before the first call to
+.BR malloc (3)
+or a related function.
+In cases where this is difficult to ensure, linking the program with
+.I \-lmcheck
+inserts an implicit call to
+.BR mcheck ()
+(with a NULL argument)
+before the first call to a memory-allocation function.
+.P
+The
+.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
+function is similar to
+.BR mcheck (),
+but performs checks on all allocated blocks whenever
+one of the memory-allocation functions is called.
+This can be very slow!
+.P
+The
+.BR mcheck_check_all ()
+function causes an immediate check on all allocated blocks.
+This call is effective only if
+.BR mcheck ()
+is called beforehand.
+.P
+If the system detects an inconsistency in the heap,
+the caller-supplied function pointed to by
+.I abortfunc
+is invoked with a single argument,
+.IR mstatus ,
+that indicates what type of inconsistency was detected.
+If
+.I abortfunc
+is NULL, a default function prints an error message on
+.I stderr
+and calls
+.BR abort (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR mprobe ()
+function performs a consistency check on
+the block of allocated memory pointed to by
+.IR ptr .
+The
+.BR mcheck ()
+function should be called beforehand (otherwise
+.BR mprobe ()
+returns
+.BR MCHECK_DISABLED ).
+.P
+The following list describes the values returned by
+.BR mprobe ()
+or passed as the
+.I mstatus
+argument when
+.I abortfunc
+is invoked:
+.TP
+.BR MCHECK_DISABLED " (" mprobe "() only)"
+.BR mcheck ()
+was not called before the first memory allocation function was called.
+Consistency checking is not possible.
+.TP
+.BR MCHECK_OK " (" mprobe "() only)"
+No inconsistency detected.
+.TP
+.B MCHECK_HEAD
+Memory preceding an allocated block was clobbered.
+.TP
+.B MCHECK_TAIL
+Memory following an allocated block was clobbered.
+.TP
+.B
+MCHECK_FREE
+A block of memory was freed twice.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR mcheck ()
+and
+.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
+return 0 on success, or \-1 on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mcheck (),
+.BR mcheck_pedantic (),
+.BR mcheck_check_all (),
+.BR mprobe ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:mcheck
+const:malloc_hooks
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR mcheck_pedantic ()
+.TQ
+.BR mcheck_check_all ()
+glibc 2.2.
+.TP
+.BR mcheck ()
+.TQ
+.BR mprobe ()
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH NOTES
+Linking a program with
+.I \-lmcheck
+and using the
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+environment variable (described in
+.BR mallopt (3))
+cause the same kinds of errors to be detected.
+But, using
+.B MALLOC_CHECK_
+does not require the application to be relinked.
+.\" But is MALLOC_CHECK_ slower?
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below calls
+.BR mcheck ()
+with a NULL argument and then frees the same block of memory twice.
+The following shell session demonstrates what happens
+when running the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+About to free
+\&
+About to free a second time
+block freed twice
+Aborted (core dumped)
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mcheck.c)
+.EX
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char *p;
+\&
+    if (mcheck(NULL) != 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "mcheck() failed\en");
+\&
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    p = malloc(1000);
+\&
+    fprintf(stderr, "About to free\en");
+    free(p);
+    fprintf(stderr, "\enAbout to free a second time\en");
+    free(p);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR mallopt (3),
+.BR mtrace (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mcheck_check_all.3 b/man/man3/mcheck_check_all.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4baeaf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mcheck_check_all.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3 b/man/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4baeaf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mcheck_pedantic.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man/man3/memalign.3 b/man/man3/memalign.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..791d4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memalign.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/memccpy.3 b/man/man3/memccpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da4acf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memccpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:57:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memccpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memccpy \- copy memory area
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memccpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "              int " c ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memccpy ()
+function copies no more than
+.I n
+bytes from
+memory area
+.I src
+to memory area
+.IR dest ,
+stopping when the
+character
+.I c
+is found.
+.P
+If the memory areas overlap, the results are undefined.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memccpy ()
+function returns a pointer to the next character
+in
+.I dest
+after
+.IR c ,
+or NULL if
+.I c
+was not found in the
+first
+.I n
+characters of
+.IR src .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memccpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bcopy (3),
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memchr.3 b/man/man3/memchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f831625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Mon Apr 12 12:49:57 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:56:22 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Wed Feb 20 21:09:36 2002, Ian Redfern (redferni@logica.com)
+.\" 2008-07-09, mtk, add rawmemchr()
+.\"
+.TH memchr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memchr, memrchr, rawmemchr \- scan memory for a character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
+.BI "void *memrchr(const void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void *rawmemchr(const void *" s ", int " c );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR memrchr (),
+.BR rawmemchr ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memchr ()
+function scans the initial
+.I n
+bytes of the memory
+area pointed to by
+.I s
+for the first instance of
+.IR c .
+Both
+.I c
+and the bytes of the memory area pointed to by
+.I s
+are interpreted as
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+.P
+The
+.BR memrchr ()
+function is like the
+.BR memchr ()
+function,
+except that it searches backward from the end of the
+.I n
+bytes pointed to by
+.I s
+instead of forward from the beginning.
+.P
+The
+.BR rawmemchr ()
+function is similar to
+.BR memchr (),
+but it assumes
+(i.e., the programmer knows for certain)
+that an instance of
+.I c
+lies somewhere in the memory area starting at the location pointed to by
+.IR s .
+If an instance of
+.I c
+is not found, the behavior is undefined.
+Use either
+.BR strlen (3)
+or
+.BR memchr (3)
+instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memchr ()
+and
+.BR memrchr ()
+functions return a pointer
+to the matching byte or NULL if the character does not occur in
+the given memory area.
+.P
+The
+.BR rawmemchr ()
+function returns a pointer to the matching byte.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memchr (),
+.BR memrchr (),
+.BR rawmemchr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR memchr ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR memrchr ()
+.TQ
+.BR rawmemchr ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR memchr ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR memrchr ()
+glibc 2.2.
+.TP
+.BR rawmemchr ()
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR ffs (3),
+.BR memmem (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strrchr (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR wmemchr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memcmp.3 b/man/man3/memcmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd362a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memcmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:55:27 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memcmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memcmp \- compare memory areas
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "int memcmp(const void " s1 [. n "], const void " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memcmp ()
+function compares the first \fIn\fP bytes (each interpreted as
+.IR "unsigned char" )
+of the memory areas \fIs1\fP and \fIs2\fP.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memcmp ()
+function returns an integer less than, equal to, or
+greater than zero if the first \fIn\fP bytes of \fIs1\fP is found,
+respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than the first
+\fIn\fP bytes of \fIs2\fP.
+.P
+For a nonzero return value, the sign is determined by the sign of
+the difference between the first pair of bytes (interpreted as
+.IR "unsigned char" )
+that differ in
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+.P
+If
+.I n
+is zero, the return value is zero.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memcmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Do not use
+.BR memcmp ()
+to compare confidential data,
+such as cryptographic secrets,
+because the CPU time required for the comparison
+depends on the contents of the addresses compared,
+this function is subject to timing-based side-channel attacks.
+In such cases,
+a function that performs comparisons in deterministic time,
+depending only on
+.I n
+(the quantity of bytes compared)
+is required.
+Some operating systems provide such a function (e.g., NetBSD's
+.BR consttime_memequal ()),
+but no such function is specified in POSIX.
+On Linux, you may need to implement such a function yourself.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR strncasecmp (3),
+.BR strncmp (3),
+.BR wmemcmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memcpy.3 b/man/man3/memcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c1d801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:09 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memcpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memcpy \- copy memory area
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "             size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memcpy ()
+function copies \fIn\fP bytes from memory area
+\fIsrc\fP to memory area \fIdest\fP.
+The memory areas must not overlap.
+Use
+.BR memmove (3)
+if the memory areas do overlap.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memcpy ()
+function returns a pointer to \fIdest\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memcpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Failure to observe the requirement that the memory areas
+do not overlap has been the source of significant bugs.
+(POSIX and the C standards are explicit that employing
+.BR memcpy ()
+with overlapping areas produces undefined behavior.)
+Most notably, in glibc 2.13
+.\" glibc commit 6fb8cbcb58a29fff73eb2101b34caa19a7f88eba
+a performance optimization of
+.BR memcpy ()
+on some platforms (including x86-64) included changing the order
+.\" From forward copying to backward copying
+in which bytes were copied from
+.I src
+to
+.IR dest .
+.P
+This change revealed breakages in a number of applications that performed
+copying with overlapping areas.
+.\" Adobe Flash player was the highest profile example:
+.\"   https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=638477
+.\"   Reported: 2010-09-29 02:35 EDT by JCHuynh
+.\"   Bug 638477 - Strange sound on mp3 flash website
+.\"
+.\"   https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12518
+.\"   Bug 12518 - memcpy acts randomly (and differently) with overlapping areas
+.\"   Reported:       2011-02-25 02:26 UTC by Linus Torvalds
+.\"
+Under the previous implementation,
+the order in which the bytes were copied had fortuitously hidden the bug,
+which was revealed when the copying order was reversed.
+In glibc 2.14,
+.\" glibc commit 0354e355014b7bfda32622e0255399d859862fcd
+a versioned symbol was added so that old binaries
+(i.e., those linked against glibc versions earlier than 2.14)
+employed a
+.BR memcpy ()
+implementation that safely handles the overlapping buffers case
+(by providing an "older"
+.BR memcpy ()
+implementation that was aliased to
+.BR memmove (3)).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bcopy (3),
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR memccpy (3),
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR mempcpy (3),
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR strncpy (3),
+.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memfrob.3 b/man/man3/memfrob.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6178e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memfrob.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:54:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memfrob 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memfrob \- frobnicate (obfuscate) a memory area
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memfrob(void " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memfrob ()
+function obfuscates the first \fIn\fP bytes of the
+memory area \fIs\fP by exclusive-ORing each character with the number
+42.
+The effect can be reversed by using
+.BR memfrob ()
+on the
+obfuscated memory area.
+.P
+Note that this function is not a proper encryption routine as the XOR
+constant is fixed, and is suitable only for hiding strings.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memfrob ()
+function returns a pointer to the obfuscated memory
+area.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memfrob ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR strfry (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memmem.3 b/man/man3/memmem.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825a0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memmem.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:50:48 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Interchanged 'needle' and 'haystack'; added history, aeb, 980113.
+.TH memmem 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memmem \- locate a substring
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memmem(const void " haystack [. haystacklen "], size_t " haystacklen ,
+.BI "             const void " needle [. needlelen "], size_t " needlelen  );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memmem ()
+function finds the start of the first occurrence
+of the substring
+.I needle
+of length
+.I needlelen
+in the memory
+area
+.I haystack
+of length
+.IR haystacklen .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memmem ()
+function returns a pointer to the beginning of the
+substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memmem ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+musl libc 0.9.7;
+FreeBSD 6.0, OpenBSD 5.4, NetBSD, Illumos.
+.SH BUGS
+.\" This function was broken in Linux libraries up to and including libc 5.0.9;
+.\" there the
+.\" .IR needle
+.\" and
+.\" .I haystack
+.\" arguments were interchanged,
+.\" and a pointer to the end of the first occurrence of
+.\" .I needle
+.\" was returned.
+.\"
+.\" Both old and new libc's have the bug that if
+.\" .I needle
+.\" is empty,
+.\" .I haystack\-1
+.\" (instead of
+.\" .IR haystack )
+.\" is returned.
+In glibc 2.0, if
+.I needle
+is empty,
+.BR memmem ()
+returns a pointer to the last byte of
+.IR haystack .
+This is fixed in glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR strstr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memmove.3 b/man/man3/memmove.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..598fec7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memmove.3
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memmove 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memmove \- copy memory area
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memmove(void " dest [. n "], const void " src [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memmove ()
+function copies
+.I n
+bytes from memory area
+.I src
+to memory area
+.IR dest .
+The memory areas may overlap: copying takes place as though
+the bytes in
+.I src
+are first copied into a temporary array that does not overlap
+.I src
+or
+.IR dest ,
+and the bytes are then copied from the temporary array to
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memmove ()
+function returns a pointer to
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memmove ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bcopy (3),
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR memccpy (3),
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR strncpy (3),
+.BR wmemmove (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mempcpy.3 b/man/man3/mempcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f685a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mempcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
+.\"
+.\" aeb, 2003, polished a little
+.TH mempcpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mempcpy, wmempcpy  \- copy memory area
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *mempcpy(void " dest "[restrict ." n "], const void " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "              size_t " n );
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wmempcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "              const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "              size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mempcpy ()
+function is nearly identical to the
+.BR memcpy (3)
+function.
+It copies
+.I n
+bytes from the object beginning at
+.I src
+into the object pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+But instead of returning the value of
+.I dest
+it returns a pointer to the byte following the last written byte.
+.P
+This function is useful in situations where a number of objects
+shall be copied to consecutive memory positions.
+.P
+The
+.BR wmempcpy ()
+function is identical but takes
+.I wchar_t
+type arguments and copies
+.I n
+wide characters.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.I dest
++
+.IR n .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mempcpy (),
+.BR wmempcpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+void *
+combine(void *o1, size_t s1, void *o2, size_t s2)
+{
+    void *result = malloc(s1 + s2);
+    if (result != NULL)
+        mempcpy(mempcpy(result, o1, s1), o2, s2);
+    return result;
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memccpy (3),
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/memrchr.3 b/man/man3/memrchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b62c8f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memrchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/memchr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/memset.3 b/man/man3/memset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb3c143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/memset.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:49:23 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH memset 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+memset \- fill memory with a constant byte
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "void *memset(void " s [. n "], int " c ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR memset ()
+function fills the first
+.I n
+bytes of the
+memory area pointed to by
+.I s
+with the constant byte
+.IR c .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR memset ()
+function returns a pointer to the memory area
+.IR s .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR memset ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR bzero (3),
+.BR swab (3),
+.BR wmemset (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/minor.3 b/man/man3/minor.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eabbdd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/minor.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makedev.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mkdtemp.3 b/man/man3/mkdtemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a2332a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkdtemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\" Based on mkstemp(3), Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and GNU libc documentation
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.TH mkdtemp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mkdtemp \- create a unique temporary directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *mkdtemp(char *" template );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mkdtemp ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc 2.19 and earlier: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mkdtemp ()
+function generates a uniquely named temporary
+directory from \fItemplate\fP.
+The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP
+must be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the
+directory name unique.
+The directory is then created with
+permissions 0700.
+Since it will be modified,
+.I template
+must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mkdtemp ()
+function returns a pointer to the modified template
+string on success, and NULL on failure, in which case
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX.
+Now \fItemplate\fP is unchanged.
+.P
+Also see
+.BR mkdir (2)
+for other possible values for \fIerrno\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mkdtemp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.91.
+NetBSD 1.4.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mktemp (1),
+.BR mkdir (2),
+.BR mkstemp (3),
+.BR mktemp (3),
+.BR tempnam (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3),
+.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mkfifo.3 b/man/man3/mkfifo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46e1c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkfifo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This manpage is Copyright (C) 1995 James R. Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2006, 2014 Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" changed section from 2 to 3, aeb, 950919
+.\"
+.TH mkfifo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mkfifo, mkfifoat \- make a FIFO special file (a named pipe)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <sys/stat.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mkfifo(const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
+.P
+.BR "#include <fcntl.h>           " "/* Definition of AT_* constants */"
+.B #include <sys/stat.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mkfifoat(int " dirfd ", const char *" pathname ", mode_t " mode );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mkfifoat ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _ATFILE_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mkfifo ()
+makes a FIFO special file with name \fIpathname\fP.
+\fImode\fP specifies the FIFO's permissions.
+It is modified by the
+process's \fBumask\fP in the usual way: the permissions of the created
+file are \fB(\fP\fImode\fP\fB & \[ti]umask)\fP.
+.P
+A FIFO special file is similar to a pipe, except that it is created
+in a different way.
+Instead of being an anonymous communications
+channel, a FIFO special file is entered into the filesystem by
+calling
+.BR mkfifo ().
+.P
+Once you have created a FIFO special file in this way, any process can
+open it for reading or writing, in the same way as an ordinary file.
+However, it has to be open at both ends simultaneously before you can
+proceed to do any input or output operations on it.
+Opening a FIFO for reading normally blocks until some
+other process opens the same FIFO for writing, and vice versa.
+See
+.BR fifo (7)
+for nonblocking handling of FIFO special files.
+.SS mkfifoat()
+The
+.BR mkfifoat ()
+function operates in exactly the same way as
+.BR mkfifo (),
+except for the differences described here.
+.P
+If the pathname given in
+.I pathname
+is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
+referred to by the file descriptor
+.I dirfd
+(rather than relative to the current working directory of
+the calling process, as is done by
+.BR mkfifo ()
+for a relative pathname).
+.P
+If
+.I pathname
+is relative and
+.I dirfd
+is the special value
+.BR AT_FDCWD ,
+then
+.I pathname
+is interpreted relative to the current working
+directory of the calling process (like
+.BR mkfifo ()).
+.P
+If
+.I pathname
+is absolute, then
+.I dirfd
+is ignored.
+.P
+See
+.BR openat (2)
+for an explanation of the need for
+.BR mkfifoat ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR mkfifo ()
+and
+.BR mkfifoat ()
+return 0.
+On error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+One of the directories in \fIpathname\fP did not allow search
+(execute) permission.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.RB ( mkfifoat ())
+.I pathname
+is relative but
+.I dirfd
+is neither
+.B AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EDQUOT
+The user's quota of disk blocks or inodes on the filesystem has been
+exhausted.
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+\fIpathname\fP already exists.
+This includes the case where
+.I pathname
+is a symbolic link, dangling or not.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+Either the total length of \fIpathname\fP is greater than
+\fBPATH_MAX\fP, or an individual filename component has a length
+greater than \fBNAME_MAX\fP.
+In the GNU system, there is no imposed
+limit on overall filename length, but some filesystems may place
+limits on the length of a component.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+A directory component in \fIpathname\fP does not exist or is a
+dangling symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+The directory or filesystem has no room for the new file.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+A component used as a directory in \fIpathname\fP is not, in fact, a
+directory.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+.RB ( mkfifoat ())
+.I pathname
+is a relative pathname and
+.I dirfd
+is a file descriptor referring to a file other than a directory.
+.TP
+.B EROFS
+\fIpathname\fP refers to a read-only filesystem.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mkfifo (),
+.BR mkfifoat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+It is implemented using
+.BR mknodat (2).
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR mkfifo ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR mkfifoat ()
+glibc 2.4.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mkfifo (1),
+.BR close (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR read (2),
+.BR stat (2),
+.BR umask (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR fifo (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mkfifoat.3 b/man/man3/mkfifoat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25f4896
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkfifoat.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mkfifo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mkostemp.3 b/man/man3/mkostemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08cc2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkostemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mkostemps.3 b/man/man3/mkostemps.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08cc2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkostemps.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mkstemp.3 b/man/man3/mkstemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8461aae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkstemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:48:48 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 980310, aeb
+.\" Modified 990328, aeb
+.\" 2008-06-19, mtk, Added mkostemp(); various other changes
+.\"
+.TH mkstemp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mkstemp, mkostemp, mkstemps, mkostemps \- create a unique temporary file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mkstemp(char *" template );
+.BI "int mkostemp(char *" template ", int " flags );
+.BI "int mkstemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen );
+.BI "int mkostemps(char *" template ", int " suffixlen ", int " flags );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mkstemp ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR mkostemp ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR mkstemps ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR mkostemps ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mkstemp ()
+function generates a unique temporary filename from
+.IR template ,
+creates and opens the file,
+and returns an open file descriptor for the file.
+.P
+The last six characters of
+.I template
+must be "XXXXXX" and these are replaced with a string that makes the
+filename unique.
+Since it will be modified,
+.I template
+must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
+.P
+The file is created with
+permissions 0600, that is, read plus write for owner only.
+The returned file descriptor provides both read and write access to the file.
+The file is opened with the
+.BR open (2)
+.B O_EXCL
+flag, guaranteeing that the caller is the process that creates the file.
+.P
+The
+.BR mkostemp ()
+function is like
+.BR mkstemp (),
+with the difference that the following bits\[em]with the same meaning as for
+.BR open (2)\[em]may
+be specified in
+.IR flags :
+.BR O_APPEND ,
+.BR O_CLOEXEC ,
+and
+.BR O_SYNC .
+Note that when creating the file,
+.BR mkostemp ()
+includes the values
+.BR O_RDWR ,
+.BR O_CREAT ,
+and
+.B O_EXCL
+in the
+.I flags
+argument given to
+.BR open (2);
+including these values in the
+.I flags
+argument given to
+.BR mkostemp ()
+is unnecessary, and produces errors on some
+.\" Reportedly, FreeBSD
+systems.
+.P
+The
+.BR mkstemps ()
+function is like
+.BR mkstemp (),
+except that the string in
+.I template
+contains a suffix of
+.I suffixlen
+characters.
+Thus,
+.I template
+is of the form
+.IR "prefixXXXXXXsuffix" ,
+and the string XXXXXX is modified as for
+.BR mkstemp ().
+.P
+The
+.BR mkostemps ()
+function is to
+.BR mkstemps ()
+as
+.BR mkostemp ()
+is to
+.BR mkstemp ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the file descriptor
+of the temporary file.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+Could not create a unique temporary filename.
+Now the contents of \fItemplate\fP are undefined.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+For
+.BR mkstemp ()
+and
+.BR mkostemp ():
+The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX;
+now \fItemplate\fP is unchanged.
+.IP
+For
+.BR mkstemps ()
+and
+.BR mkostemps ():
+.I template
+is less than
+.I "(6 + suffixlen)"
+characters long, or the last 6 characters before the suffix in
+.I template
+were not XXXXXX.
+.P
+These functions may also fail with any of the errors described for
+.BR open (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mkstemp (),
+.BR mkostemp (),
+.BR mkstemps (),
+.BR mkostemps ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR mkstemp ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR mkstemps ()
+BSD.
+.\" mkstemps() appears to be at least on the BSDs, Mac OS X, Solaris,
+.\" and Tru64.
+.TP
+.BR mkostemp ()
+.TQ
+.BR mkostemps ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR mkstemp ()
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR mkstemps ()
+glibc 2.11.
+BSD, Mac OS X, Solaris, Tru64.
+.TP
+.BR mkostemp ()
+glibc 2.7.
+.TP
+.BR mkostemps ()
+glibc 2.11.
+.P
+In glibc versions 2.06 and earlier, the file is created with permissions 0666,
+that is, read and write for all users.
+This old behavior may be
+a security risk, especially since other UNIX flavors use 0600,
+and somebody might overlook this detail when porting programs.
+POSIX.1-2008 adds a requirement that the file be created with mode 0600.
+.P
+More generally, the POSIX specification of
+.BR mkstemp ()
+does not say anything
+about file modes, so the application should make sure its
+file mode creation mask (see
+.BR umask (2))
+is set appropriately before calling
+.BR mkstemp ()
+(and
+.BR mkostemp ()).
+.\"
+.\" The prototype for
+.\" .BR mkstemp ()
+.\" is in
+.\" .I <unistd.h>
+.\" for libc4, libc5, glibc1; glibc2 follows POSIX.1 and has the prototype in
+.\" .IR <stdlib.h> .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mkdtemp (3),
+.BR mktemp (3),
+.BR tempnam (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3),
+.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mkstemps.3 b/man/man3/mkstemps.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08cc2de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mkstemps.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mkstemp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mktemp.3 b/man/man3/mktemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54e5b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mktemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:48:06 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Jun 23 01:26:34 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" (prompted by Scott Burkett <scottb@IntNet.net>)
+.\" Modified Sun Mar 28 23:44:38 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH mktemp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mktemp \- make a unique temporary filename
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *mktemp(char *" template );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mktemp ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Never use this function" ;
+see BUGS.
+.P
+The
+.BR mktemp ()
+function generates a unique temporary filename
+from \fItemplate\fP.
+The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP must
+be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the
+filename unique.
+Since it will be modified,
+.I template
+must not be a string constant, but should be declared as a character array.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR mktemp ()
+function always returns \fItemplate\fP.
+If a unique name was created, the last six bytes of \fItemplate\fP will
+have been modified in such a way that the resulting name is unique
+(i.e., does not exist already)
+If a unique name could not be created,
+\fItemplate\fP is made an empty string, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The last six characters of \fItemplate\fP were not XXXXXX.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mktemp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.\" .SH NOTES
+.\" The prototype is in
+.\" .I <unistd.h>
+.\" for libc4, libc5, glibc1; glibc2 follows the Single UNIX Specification
+.\" and has the prototype in
+.\" .IR <stdlib.h> .
+.SH BUGS
+Never use
+.BR mktemp ().
+Some implementations follow 4.3BSD
+and replace XXXXXX by the current process ID and a single letter,
+so that at most 26 different names can be returned.
+Since on the one hand the names are easy to guess, and on the other
+hand there is a race between testing whether the name exists and
+opening the file, every use of
+.BR mktemp ()
+is a security risk.
+The race is avoided by
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+and
+.BR mkdtemp (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mktemp (1),
+.BR mkdtemp (3),
+.BR mkstemp (3),
+.BR tempnam (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3),
+.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mktime.3 b/man/man3/mktime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a3baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mktime.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ctime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mmap64.3 b/man/man3/mmap64.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8902d1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mmap64.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/mmap.2
diff --git a/man/man3/modf.3 b/man/man3/modf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89db053
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/modf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH modf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+modf, modff, modfl \- extract signed integral and fractional values from
+floating-point number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double modf(double " x ", double *" iptr );
+.BI "float modff(float " x ", float *" iptr );
+.BI "long double modfl(long double " x ", long double *" iptr );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR modff (),
+.BR modfl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions break the argument
+.I x
+into an integral
+part and a fractional part, each of which has the same sign as
+.IR x .
+The integral part is stored in the location pointed to by
+.IR iptr .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the fractional part of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned, and
+.I *iptr
+is set to a NaN.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity), +0 (\-0) is returned, and
+.I *iptr
+is set to positive infinity (negative infinity).
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR modf (),
+.BR modff (),
+.BR modfl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR frexp (3),
+.BR ldexp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/modff.3 b/man/man3/modff.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84af2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/modff.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/modf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/modfl.3 b/man/man3/modfl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84af2e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/modfl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/modf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mpool.3 b/man/man3/mpool.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..038be70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mpool.3
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mpool.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.TH mpool 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.UC 7
+.SH NAME
+mpool \- shared memory buffer pool
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <db.h>
+.B #include <mpool.h>
+.P
+.BI "MPOOL *mpool_open(DBT *" key ", int " fd ", pgno_t " pagesize \
+", pgno_t " maxcache );
+.P
+.BI "void mpool_filter(MPOOL *" mp ", void (*pgin)(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
+.BI "                  void (*" pgout ")(void *, pgno_t, void *),"
+.BI "                  void *" pgcookie );
+.P
+.BI "void *mpool_new(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t *" pgnoaddr );
+.BI "void *mpool_get(MPOOL *" mp ", pgno_t " pgno ", unsigned int " flags );
+.BI "int mpool_put(MPOOL *" mp ", void *" pgaddr ", unsigned int " flags );
+.P
+.BI "int mpool_sync(MPOOL *" mp );
+.BI "int mpool_close(MPOOL *" mp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Note well" :
+This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
+Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
+.I libdb
+library instead.
+.P
+.I Mpool
+is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management
+of files.
+The buffers may be shared between processes.
+.P
+The function
+.BR mpool_open ()
+initializes a memory pool.
+The
+.I key
+argument is the byte string used to negotiate between multiple
+processes wishing to share buffers.
+If the file buffers are mapped in shared memory, all processes using
+the same key will share the buffers.
+If
+.I key
+is NULL, the buffers are mapped into private memory.
+The
+.I fd
+argument is a file descriptor for the underlying file, which must be seekable.
+If
+.I key
+is non-NULL and matches a file already being mapped, the
+.I fd
+argument is ignored.
+.P
+The
+.I pagesize
+argument is the size, in bytes, of the pages into which the file is broken up.
+The
+.I maxcache
+argument is the maximum number of pages from the underlying file to cache
+at any one time.
+This value is not relative to the number of processes which share a file's
+buffers, but will be the largest value specified by any of the processes
+sharing the file.
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_filter ()
+function is intended to make transparent input and output processing of the
+pages possible.
+If the
+.I pgin
+function is specified, it is called each time a buffer is read into the memory
+pool from the backing file.
+If the
+.I pgout
+function is specified, it is called each time a buffer is written into the
+backing file.
+Both functions are called with the
+.I pgcookie
+pointer, the page number and a pointer to the page to being read or written.
+.P
+The function
+.BR mpool_new ()
+takes an
+.I MPOOL
+pointer and an address as arguments.
+If a new page can be allocated, a pointer to the page is returned and
+the page number is stored into the
+.I pgnoaddr
+address.
+Otherwise, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set.
+.P
+The function
+.BR mpool_get ()
+takes an
+.I MPOOL
+pointer and a page number as arguments.
+If the page exists, a pointer to the page is returned.
+Otherwise, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set.
+The
+.I flags
+argument is not currently used.
+.P
+The function
+.BR mpool_put ()
+unpins the page referenced by
+.IR pgaddr .
+.I pgaddr
+must be an address previously returned by
+.BR mpool_get ()
+or
+.BR mpool_new ().
+The flag value is specified by ORing
+any of the following values:
+.TP
+.B MPOOL_DIRTY
+The page has been modified and needs to be written to the backing file.
+.P
+.BR mpool_put ()
+returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+The function
+.BR mpool_sync ()
+writes all modified pages associated with the
+.I MPOOL
+pointer to the
+backing file.
+.BR mpool_sync ()
+returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_close ()
+function free's up any allocated memory associated with the memory pool
+cookie.
+Modified pages are
+.B not
+written to the backing file.
+.BR mpool_close ()
+returns 0 on success and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR mpool_open ()
+function may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_get ()
+function may fail and set
+.I errno
+for the following:
+.TP 15
+.B EINVAL
+The requested record doesn't exist.
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_new ()
+and
+.BR mpool_get ()
+functions may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+and
+.BR malloc (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_sync ()
+function may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR write (2).
+.P
+The
+.BR mpool_close ()
+function may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR free (3).
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR btree (3),
+.BR dbopen (3),
+.BR hash (3),
+.BR recno (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/mprobe.3 b/man/man3/mprobe.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4baeaf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mprobe.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mcheck.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_close.3 b/man/man3/mq_close.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ec220f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_close.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_close 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_close \- close a message queue descriptor
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mq_close(mqd_t " mqdes );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_close ()
+closes the message queue descriptor
+.IR mqdes .
+.P
+If the calling process has attached a notification request (see
+.BR mq_notify (3))
+to this message queue via
+.IR mqdes ,
+then this request is removed,
+and another process can now attach a notification request.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR mq_close ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The message queue descriptor specified in
+.I mqdes
+is invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_close ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+All open message queues are automatically closed on process termination,
+or upon
+.BR execve (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_getattr.3 b/man/man3/mq_getattr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6d5996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_getattr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_getattr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_getattr, mq_setattr \- get/set message queue attributes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mq_getattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", struct mq_attr *" attr );
+.BI "int mq_setattr(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct mq_attr *restrict " newattr ,
+.BI "               struct mq_attr *restrict " oldattr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_getattr ()
+and
+.BR mq_setattr ()
+respectively retrieve and modify attributes of the message queue
+referred to by the message queue descriptor
+.IR mqdes .
+.P
+.BR mq_getattr ()
+returns an
+.I mq_attr
+structure in the buffer pointed by
+.IR attr .
+This structure is defined as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct mq_attr {
+    long mq_flags;       /* Flags: 0 or O_NONBLOCK */
+    long mq_maxmsg;      /* Max. # of messages on queue */
+    long mq_msgsize;     /* Max. message size (bytes) */
+    long mq_curmsgs;     /* # of messages currently in queue */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I mq_flags
+field contains flags associated with the open message queue description.
+This field is initialized when the queue is created by
+.BR mq_open (3).
+The only flag that can appear in this field is
+.BR O_NONBLOCK .
+.P
+The
+.I mq_maxmsg
+and
+.I mq_msgsize
+fields are set when the message queue is created by
+.BR mq_open (3).
+The
+.I mq_maxmsg
+field is an upper limit on the number of messages
+that may be placed on the queue using
+.BR mq_send (3).
+The
+.I mq_msgsize
+field is an upper limit on the size of messages
+that may be placed on the queue.
+Both of these fields must have a value greater than zero.
+Two
+.I /proc
+files that place ceilings on the values for these fields are described in
+.BR mq_overview (7).
+.P
+The
+.I mq_curmsgs
+field returns the number of messages currently held in the queue.
+.P
+.BR mq_setattr ()
+sets message queue attributes using information supplied in the
+.I mq_attr
+structure pointed to by
+.IR newattr .
+The only attribute that can be modified is the setting of the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag in
+.IR mq_flags .
+The other fields in
+.I newattr
+are ignored.
+If the
+.I oldattr
+field is not NULL,
+then the buffer that it points to is used to return an
+.I mq_attr
+structure that contains the same information that is returned by
+.BR mq_getattr ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR mq_getattr ()
+and
+.BR mq_setattr ()
+return 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The message queue descriptor specified in
+.I mqdes
+is invalid.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I newattr\->mq_flags
+contained set bits other than
+.BR O_NONBLOCK .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_getattr (),
+.BR mq_setattr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux,
+.BR mq_getattr ()
+and
+.BR mq_setattr ()
+are library functions layered on top of the
+.BR mq_getsetattr (2)
+system call.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below can be used to show the default
+.I mq_maxmsg
+and
+.I mq_msgsize
+values that are assigned to a message queue that is created with a call to
+.BR mq_open (3)
+in which the
+.I attr
+argument is NULL.
+Here is an example run of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out /testq\fP
+Maximum # of messages on queue:   10
+Maximum message size:             8192
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Since Linux 3.5, the following
+.I /proc
+files (described in
+.BR mq_overview (7))
+can be used to control the defaults:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBuname \-sr\fP
+Linux 3.8.0
+$ \fBcat /proc/sys/fs/mqueue/msg_default\fP
+10
+$ \fBcat /proc/sys/fs/mqueue/msgsize_default\fP
+8192
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mq_getattr.c)
+.EX
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <mqueue.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
+                        } while (0)
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    mqd_t mqd;
+    struct mq_attr attr;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s mq\-name\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    mqd = mq_open(argv[1], O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0600, NULL);
+    if (mqd == (mqd_t) \-1)
+        errExit("mq_open");
+\&
+    if (mq_getattr(mqd, &attr) == \-1)
+        errExit("mq_getattr");
+\&
+    printf("Maximum # of messages on queue:   %ld\en", attr.mq_maxmsg);
+    printf("Maximum message size:             %ld\en", attr.mq_msgsize);
+\&
+    if (mq_unlink(argv[1]) == \-1)
+        errExit("mq_unlink");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_notify.3 b/man/man3/mq_notify.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c4dc50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_notify.3
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_notify 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_notify \- register for notification when a message is available
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.BR "#include <signal.h>           " "/* Definition of SIGEV_* constants */"
+.P
+.BI "int mq_notify(mqd_t " mqdes ", const struct sigevent *" sevp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_notify ()
+allows the calling process to register or unregister for delivery of
+an asynchronous notification when a new message arrives on
+the empty message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
+.IR mqdes .
+.P
+The
+.I sevp
+argument is a pointer to a
+.I sigevent
+structure.
+For the definition and general details of this structure, see
+.BR sigevent (3type).
+.P
+If
+.I sevp
+is a non-null pointer, then
+.BR mq_notify ()
+registers the calling process to receive message notification.
+The
+.I sigev_notify
+field of the
+.I sigevent
+structure to which
+.I sevp
+points specifies how notification is to be performed.
+This field has one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_NONE
+A "null" notification: the calling process is registered as the target
+for notification, but when a message arrives, no notification is sent.
+.\" When is SIGEV_NONE useful?
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
+Notify the process by sending the signal specified in
+.IR sigev_signo .
+See
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for general details.
+The
+.I si_code
+field of the
+.I siginfo_t
+structure will be set to
+.BR SI_MESGQ .
+In addition,
+.\" I don't know of other implementations that set
+.\" si_pid and si_uid -- MTK
+.I si_pid
+will be set to the PID of the process that sent the message, and
+.I si_uid
+will be set to the real user ID of the sending process.
+.TP
+.B SIGEV_THREAD
+Upon message delivery, invoke
+.I sigev_notify_function
+as if it were the start function of a new thread.
+See
+.BR sigevent (3type)
+for details.
+.P
+Only one process can be registered to receive notification
+from a message queue.
+.P
+If
+.I sevp
+is NULL, and the calling process is currently registered to receive
+notifications for this message queue, then the registration is removed;
+another process can then register to receive a message notification
+for this queue.
+.P
+Message notification occurs only when a new message arrives and
+the queue was previously empty.
+If the queue was not empty at the time
+.BR mq_notify ()
+was called, then a notification will occur only after
+the queue is emptied and a new message arrives.
+.P
+If another process or thread is waiting to read a message
+from an empty queue using
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+then any message notification registration is ignored:
+the message is delivered to the process or thread calling
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+and the message notification registration remains in effect.
+.P
+Notification occurs once: after a notification is delivered,
+the notification registration is removed,
+and another process can register for message notification.
+If the notified process wishes to receive the next notification,
+it can use
+.BR mq_notify ()
+to request a further notification.
+This should be done before emptying all unread messages from the queue.
+(Placing the queue in nonblocking mode is useful for emptying
+the queue of messages without blocking once it is empty.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR mq_notify ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The message queue descriptor specified in
+.I mqdes
+is invalid.
+.TP
+.B EBUSY
+Another process has already registered to receive notification
+for this message queue.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sevp\->sigev_notify
+is not one of the permitted values; or
+.I sevp\->sigev_notify
+is
+.B SIGEV_SIGNAL
+and
+.I sevp\->sigev_signo
+is not a valid signal number.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
+.I may
+generate an
+.B EINVAL
+.\" Linux does not do this
+error if
+.I sevp
+is NULL, and the caller is not currently registered to receive
+notifications for the queue
+.IR mqdes .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_notify ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS C library/kernel differences
+In the glibc implementation, the
+.BR mq_notify ()
+library function is implemented on top of the system call of the same name.
+When
+.I sevp
+is NULL, or specifies a notification mechanism other than
+.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
+the library function directly invokes the system call.
+For
+.BR SIGEV_THREAD ,
+much of the implementation resides within the library,
+rather than the kernel.
+(This is necessarily so,
+since the thread involved in handling the notification is one
+that must be managed by the C library POSIX threads implementation.)
+The implementation involves the use of a raw
+.BR netlink (7)
+socket and creates a new thread for each notification that is
+delivered to the process.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program registers a notification request for the
+message queue named in its command-line argument.
+Notification is performed by creating a thread.
+The thread executes a function which reads one message from the
+queue and then terminates the process.
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (mq_notify.c)
+.EX
+#include <mqueue.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error(msg) \e
+    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void                     /* Thread start function */
+tfunc(union sigval sv)
+{
+    struct mq_attr attr;
+    ssize_t nr;
+    void *buf;
+    mqd_t mqdes = *((mqd_t *) sv.sival_ptr);
+\&
+    /* Determine max. msg size; allocate buffer to receive msg */
+\&
+    if (mq_getattr(mqdes, &attr) == \-1)
+        handle_error("mq_getattr");
+    buf = malloc(attr.mq_msgsize);
+    if (buf == NULL)
+        handle_error("malloc");
+\&
+    nr = mq_receive(mqdes, buf, attr.mq_msgsize, NULL);
+    if (nr == \-1)
+        handle_error("mq_receive");
+\&
+    printf("Read %zd bytes from MQ\en", nr);
+    free(buf);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate the process */
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    mqd_t mqdes;
+    struct sigevent sev;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <mq\-name>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    mqdes = mq_open(argv[1], O_RDONLY);
+    if (mqdes == (mqd_t) \-1)
+        handle_error("mq_open");
+\&
+    sev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_THREAD;
+    sev.sigev_notify_function = tfunc;
+    sev.sigev_notify_attributes = NULL;
+    sev.sigev_value.sival_ptr = &mqdes;   /* Arg. to thread func. */
+    if (mq_notify(mqdes, &sev) == \-1)
+        handle_error("mq_notify");
+\&
+    pause();    /* Process will be terminated by thread function */
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7),
+.BR sigevent (3type)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_open.3 b/man/man3/mq_open.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dde565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_open.3
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_open 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_open \- open a message queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
+.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
+.BI "mqd_t mq_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode ,
+.BI "              struct mq_attr *" attr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_open ()
+creates a new POSIX message queue or opens an existing queue.
+The queue is identified by
+.IR name .
+For details of the construction of
+.IR name ,
+see
+.BR mq_overview (7).
+.P
+The
+.I oflag
+argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
+(Definitions of the flags values can be obtained by including
+.IR <fcntl.h> .)
+Exactly one of the following must be specified in
+.IR oflag :
+.TP
+.B O_RDONLY
+Open the queue to receive messages only.
+.TP
+.B O_WRONLY
+Open the queue to send messages only.
+.TP
+.B O_RDWR
+Open the queue to both send and receive messages.
+.P
+Zero or more of the following flags can additionally be
+.IR OR ed
+in
+.IR oflag :
+.TP
+.BR O_CLOEXEC " (since Linux 2.6.26)"
+.\" commit 269f21344b23e552c21c9e2d7ca258479dcd7a0a
+Set the close-on-exec flag for the message queue descriptor.
+See
+.BR open (2)
+for a discussion of why this flag is useful.
+.TP
+.B O_CREAT
+Create the message queue if it does not exist.
+The owner (user ID) of the message queue is set to the effective
+user ID of the calling process.
+The group ownership (group ID) is set to the effective group ID
+of the calling process.
+.\" In reality the filesystem IDs are used on Linux.
+.TP
+.B O_EXCL
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+was specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+and a queue with the given
+.I name
+already exists, then fail with the error
+.BR EEXIST .
+.TP
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+Open the queue in nonblocking mode.
+In circumstances where
+.BR mq_receive (3)
+and
+.BR mq_send (3)
+would normally block, these functions instead fail with the error
+.BR EAGAIN .
+.P
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+is specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+then two additional arguments must be supplied.
+The
+.I mode
+argument specifies the permissions to be placed on the new queue,
+as for
+.BR open (2).
+(Symbolic definitions for the permissions bits can be obtained by including
+.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
+The permissions settings are masked against the process umask.
+.P
+The fields of the
+.I struct mq_attr
+pointed to
+.I attr
+specify the maximum number of messages and
+the maximum size of messages that the queue will allow.
+This structure is defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct mq_attr {
+    long mq_flags;       /* Flags (ignored for mq_open()) */
+    long mq_maxmsg;      /* Max. # of messages on queue */
+    long mq_msgsize;     /* Max. message size (bytes) */
+    long mq_curmsgs;     /* # of messages currently in queue
+                            (ignored for mq_open()) */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Only the
+.I mq_maxmsg
+and
+.I mq_msgsize
+fields are employed when calling
+.BR mq_open ();
+the values in the remaining fields are ignored.
+.P
+If
+.I attr
+is NULL, then the queue is created with implementation-defined
+default attributes.
+Since Linux 3.5, two
+.I /proc
+files can be used to control these defaults; see
+.BR mq_overview (7)
+for details.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR mq_open ()
+returns a message queue descriptor for use by other
+message queue functions.
+On error,
+.BR mq_open ()
+returns
+.IR "(mqd_t)\ \-1",
+with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The queue exists, but the caller does not have permission to
+open it in the specified mode.
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+.I name
+contained more than one slash.
+.\" Note that this isn't consistent with the same case for sem_open()
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+Both
+.B O_CREAT
+and
+.B O_EXCL
+were specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+but a queue with this
+.I name
+already exists.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.\" glibc checks whether the name starts with a "/" and if not,
+.\" gives this error
+.I name
+doesn't follow the format in
+.BR mq_overview (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.B O_CREAT
+was specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+and
+.I attr
+was not NULL, but
+.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
+or
+.I attr\->mq_msqsize
+was invalid.
+Both of these fields must be greater than zero.
+In a process that is unprivileged (does not have the
+.B CAP_SYS_RESOURCE
+capability),
+.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
+must be less than or equal to the
+.I msg_max
+limit, and
+.I attr\->mq_msgsize
+must be less than or equal to the
+.I msgsize_max
+limit.
+In addition, even in a privileged process,
+.I attr\->mq_maxmsg
+cannot exceed the
+.B HARD_MAX
+limit.
+(See
+.BR mq_overview (7)
+for details of these limits.)
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file
+and message queue descriptors has been reached
+(see the description of
+.B RLIMIT_NOFILE
+in
+.BR getrlimit (2)).
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.I name
+was too long.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files
+and message queues has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The
+.B O_CREAT
+flag was not specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+and no queue with this
+.I name
+exists.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.I name
+was just "/" followed by no other characters.
+.\" Note that this isn't consistent with the same case for sem_open()
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory.
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+Insufficient space for the creation of a new message queue.
+This probably occurred because the
+.I queues_max
+limit was encountered; see
+.BR mq_overview (7).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_open ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS C library/kernel differences
+The
+.BR mq_open ()
+library function is implemented on top of a system call of the same name.
+The library function performs the check that the
+.I name
+starts with a slash (/), giving the
+.B EINVAL
+error if it does not.
+The kernel system call expects
+.I name
+to contain no preceding slash,
+so the C library function passes
+.I name
+without the preceding slash (i.e.,
+.IR name+1 )
+to the system call.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+Before Linux 2.6.14,
+the process umask was not applied to the permissions specified in
+.IR mode .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_receive.3 b/man/man3/mq_receive.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..368177f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_receive.3
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_receive 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_receive, mq_timedreceive \- receive a message from a message queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t mq_receive(mqd_t " mqdes ", char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
+.BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *" msg_prio );
+.P
+.B #include <time.h>
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t mq_timedreceive(mqd_t " mqdes ", \
+char *restrict " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
+.BI "                   size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int *restrict " msg_prio ,
+.BI "                   const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
+.fi
+.P
+.ad l
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mq_timedreceive ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_receive ()
+removes the oldest message with the highest priority from
+the message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
+.IR mqdes ,
+and places it in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR msg_ptr .
+The
+.I msg_len
+argument specifies the size of the buffer pointed to by
+.IR msg_ptr ;
+this must be greater than or equal to the
+.I mq_msgsize
+attribute of the queue (see
+.BR mq_getattr (3)).
+If
+.I msg_prio
+is not NULL, then the buffer to which it points is used
+to return the priority associated with the received message.
+.P
+If the queue is empty, then, by default,
+.BR mq_receive ()
+blocks until a message becomes available,
+or the call is interrupted by a signal handler.
+If the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag is enabled for the message queue description,
+then the call instead fails immediately with the error
+.BR EAGAIN .
+.P
+.BR mq_timedreceive ()
+behaves just like
+.BR mq_receive (),
+except that if the queue is empty and the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag is not enabled for the message queue description, then
+.I abs_timeout
+points to a structure which specifies how long the call will block.
+This value is an absolute timeout in seconds and nanoseconds
+since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
+specified in a
+.BR timespec (3)
+structure.
+.P
+If no message is available,
+and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
+.BR mq_timedreceive ()
+returns immediately.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR mq_receive ()
+and
+.BR mq_timedreceive ()
+return the number of bytes in the received message;
+on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The queue was empty, and the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag was set for the message queue description referred to by
+.IR mqdes .
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The descriptor specified in
+.I mqdes
+was invalid or not opened for reading.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The call would have blocked, and
+.I abs_timeout
+was invalid, either because
+.I tv_sec
+was less than zero, or because
+.I tv_nsec
+was less than zero or greater than 1000 million.
+.TP
+.B EMSGSIZE
+.I msg_len
+was less than the
+.I mq_msgsize
+attribute of the message queue.
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+The call timed out before a message could be transferred.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_receive (),
+.BR mq_timedreceive ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux,
+.BR mq_timedreceive ()
+is a system call, and
+.BR mq_receive ()
+is a library function layered on top of that system call.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR timespec (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_send.3 b/man/man3/mq_send.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de182b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_send.3
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_send 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_send, mq_timedsend \- send a message to a message queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mq_send(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
+.BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio );
+.P
+.B #include <time.h>
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mq_timedsend(mqd_t " mqdes ", const char " msg_ptr [. msg_len ],
+.BI "              size_t " msg_len ", unsigned int " msg_prio ,
+.BI "              const struct timespec *" abs_timeout );
+.fi
+.P
+.ad l
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR mq_timedsend ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_send ()
+adds the message pointed to by
+.I msg_ptr
+to the message queue referred to by the message queue descriptor
+.IR mqdes .
+The
+.I msg_len
+argument specifies the length of the message pointed to by
+.IR msg_ptr ;
+this length must be less than or equal to the queue's
+.I mq_msgsize
+attribute.
+Zero-length messages are allowed.
+.P
+The
+.I msg_prio
+argument is a nonnegative integer that specifies the priority
+of this message.
+Messages are placed on the queue in decreasing order of priority,
+with newer messages of the same priority being placed after
+older messages with the same priority.
+See
+.BR mq_overview (7)
+for details on the range for the message priority.
+.P
+If the message queue is already full
+(i.e., the number of messages on the queue equals the queue's
+.I mq_maxmsg
+attribute), then, by default,
+.BR mq_send ()
+blocks until sufficient space becomes available to allow the message
+to be queued, or until the call is interrupted by a signal handler.
+If the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag is enabled for the message queue description,
+then the call instead fails immediately with the error
+.BR EAGAIN .
+.P
+.BR mq_timedsend ()
+behaves just like
+.BR mq_send (),
+except that if the queue is full and the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag is not enabled for the message queue description, then
+.I abs_timeout
+points to a structure which specifies how long the call will block.
+This value is an absolute timeout in seconds and nanoseconds
+since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC),
+specified in a
+.BR timespec (3)
+structure.
+.P
+If the message queue is full,
+and the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
+.BR mq_timedsend ()
+returns immediately.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR mq_send ()
+and
+.BR mq_timedsend ()
+return zero; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The queue was full, and the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+flag was set for the message queue description referred to by
+.IR mqdes .
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The descriptor specified in
+.I mqdes
+was invalid or not opened for writing.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The call would have blocked, and
+.I abs_timeout
+was invalid, either because
+.I tv_sec
+was less than zero, or because
+.I tv_nsec
+was less than zero or greater than 1000 million.
+.TP
+.B EMSGSIZE
+.I msg_len
+was greater than the
+.I mq_msgsize
+attribute of the message queue.
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+The call timed out before a message could be transferred.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_send (),
+.BR mq_timedsend ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux,
+.BR mq_timedsend ()
+is a system call, and
+.BR mq_send ()
+is a library function layered on top of that system call.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_unlink (3),
+.BR timespec (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_setattr.3 b/man/man3/mq_setattr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3818a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_setattr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mq_getattr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_timedreceive.3 b/man/man3/mq_timedreceive.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fed5f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_timedreceive.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mq_receive.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_timedsend.3 b/man/man3/mq_timedsend.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28b1eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_timedsend.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mq_send.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mq_unlink.3 b/man/man3/mq_unlink.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cdb604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mq_unlink.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mq_unlink 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mq_unlink \- remove a message queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <mqueue.h>
+.P
+.BI "int mq_unlink(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR mq_unlink ()
+removes the specified message queue
+.IR name .
+The message queue name is removed immediately.
+The queue itself is destroyed once any other processes that have
+the queue open close their descriptors referring to the queue.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR mq_unlink ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The caller does not have permission to unlink this message queue.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.I name
+was too long.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+There is no message queue with the given
+.IR name .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mq_unlink ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mq_close (3),
+.BR mq_getattr (3),
+.BR mq_notify (3),
+.BR mq_open (3),
+.BR mq_receive (3),
+.BR mq_send (3),
+.BR mq_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/mrand48.3 b/man/man3/mrand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mrand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mrand48_r.3 b/man/man3/mrand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mrand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/mtrace.3 b/man/man3/mtrace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d332cc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/mtrace.3
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH mtrace 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+mtrace, muntrace \- malloc tracing
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <mcheck.h>"
+.P
+.B "void mtrace(void);"
+.B "void muntrace(void);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR mtrace ()
+function installs hook functions for the memory-allocation functions
+.RB ( malloc (3),
+.BR realloc (3)
+.BR memalign (3),
+.BR free (3)).
+These hook functions record tracing information about memory allocation
+and deallocation.
+The tracing information can be used to discover memory leaks and
+attempts to free nonallocated memory in a program.
+.P
+The
+.BR muntrace ()
+function disables the hook functions installed by
+.BR mtrace (),
+so that tracing information is no longer recorded
+for the memory-allocation functions.
+If no hook functions were successfully installed by
+.BR mtrace (),
+.BR muntrace ()
+does nothing.
+.P
+When
+.BR mtrace ()
+is called, it checks the value of the environment variable
+.BR MALLOC_TRACE ,
+which should contain the pathname of a file in which
+the tracing information is to be recorded.
+If the pathname is successfully opened, it is truncated to zero length.
+.P
+If
+.B MALLOC_TRACE
+is not set,
+or the pathname it specifies is invalid or not writable,
+then no hook functions are installed, and
+.BR mtrace ()
+has no effect.
+In set-user-ID and set-group-ID programs,
+.B MALLOC_TRACE
+is ignored, and
+.BR mtrace ()
+has no effect.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR mtrace (),
+.BR muntrace ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
+.\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
+.\"
+.\"      mtrace: MT-Unsafe env race:mtrace const:malloc_hooks init
+.\"      muntrace: MT-Unsafe race:mtrace const:malloc_hooks locale
+.\"
+.\" But there is something wrong in glibc manual, for example:
+.\" glibc manual says muntrace should have marking locale because it calls
+.\" fprintf(), but muntrace does not execute area which cause locale problem.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH NOTES
+In normal usage,
+.BR mtrace ()
+is called once at the start of execution of a program, and
+.BR muntrace ()
+is never called.
+.P
+The tracing output produced after a call to
+.BR mtrace ()
+is textual, but not designed to be human readable.
+The GNU C library provides a Perl script,
+.BR mtrace (1),
+that interprets the trace log and produces human-readable output.
+For best results,
+the traced program should be compiled with debugging enabled,
+so that line-number information is recorded in the executable.
+.P
+The tracing performed by
+.BR mtrace ()
+incurs a performance penalty (if
+.B MALLOC_TRACE
+points to a valid, writable pathname).
+.SH BUGS
+The line-number information produced by
+.BR mtrace (1)
+is not always precise:
+the line number references may refer to the previous or following (nonblank)
+line of the source code.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The shell session below demonstrates the use of the
+.BR mtrace ()
+function and the
+.BR mtrace (1)
+command in a program that has memory leaks at two different locations.
+The demonstration uses the following program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.RB "$ " "cat t_mtrace.c"
+.\" SRC BEGIN (t_mtrace.c)
+.EX
+#include <mcheck.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    mtrace();
+\&
+    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < 2; j++)
+        malloc(100);            /* Never freed\-\-a memory leak */
+\&
+    calloc(16, 16);             /* Never freed\-\-a memory leak */
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.P
+When we run the program as follows, we see that
+.BR mtrace ()
+diagnosed memory leaks at two different locations in the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$ " "cc \-g t_mtrace.c \-o t_mtrace"
+.RB "$ " "export MALLOC_TRACE=/tmp/t"
+.RB "$ " "./t_mtrace"
+.RB "$ " "mtrace ./t_mtrace $MALLOC_TRACE"
+Memory not freed:
+-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+   Address     Size     Caller
+0x084c9378     0x64  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:12
+0x084c93e0     0x64  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:12
+0x084c9448    0x100  at /home/cecilia/t_mtrace.c:16
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The first two messages about unfreed memory correspond to the two
+.BR malloc (3)
+calls inside the
+.I for
+loop.
+The final message corresponds to the call to
+.BR calloc (3)
+(which in turn calls
+.BR malloc (3)).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mtrace (1),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR malloc_hook (3),
+.BR mcheck (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/muntrace.3 b/man/man3/muntrace.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b03d10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/muntrace.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mtrace.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nan.3 b/man/man3/nan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fb8bc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Based on glibc infopages
+.\"
+.\" Corrections by aeb
+.\"
+.TH nan 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+nan, nanf, nanl \- return 'Not a Number'
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double nan(const char *" tagp );
+.BI "float nanf(const char *" tagp );
+.BI "long double nanl(const char *" tagp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR nan (),
+.BR nanf (),
+.BR nanl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return a representation (determined by
+.IR tagp )
+of a quiet NaN.
+If the implementation does not support
+quiet NaNs, these functions return zero.
+.P
+The call
+.I nan("char\-sequence")
+is equivalent to:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strtod("NAN(char\-sequence)", NULL);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Similarly, calls to
+.BR nanf ()
+and
+.BR nanl ()
+are equivalent to analogous calls to
+.BR strtof (3)
+and
+.BR strtold (3).
+.P
+The argument
+.I tagp
+is used in an unspecified manner.
+On IEEE 754 systems, there are many representations of NaN, and
+.I tagp
+selects one.
+On other systems it may do nothing.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nan (),
+.BR nanf (),
+.BR nanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+See also IEC 559 and the appendix with
+recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isnan (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR math_error (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/nanf.3 b/man/man3/nanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08e9aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nanl.3 b/man/man3/nanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08e9aa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nearbyint.3 b/man/man3/nearbyint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3300c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nearbyint.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nearbyintf.3 b/man/man3/nearbyintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3300c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nearbyintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nearbyintl.3 b/man/man3/nearbyintl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3300c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nearbyintl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/netlink.3 b/man/man3/netlink.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0722568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/netlink.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\" This manpage copyright 1998 by Andi Kleen.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Based on the original comments from Alexey Kuznetsov
+.\" $Id: netlink.3,v 1.1 1999/05/14 17:17:24 freitag Exp $
+.\"
+.TH netlink 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+netlink \- Netlink macros
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <asm/types.h>
+.B #include <linux/netlink.h>
+.P
+.BI "int NLMSG_ALIGN(size_t " len );
+.BI "int NLMSG_LENGTH(size_t " len );
+.BI "int NLMSG_SPACE(size_t " len );
+.BI "void *NLMSG_DATA(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh );
+.BI "struct nlmsghdr *NLMSG_NEXT(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
+.BI "int NLMSG_OK(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
+.BI "int NLMSG_PAYLOAD(struct nlmsghdr *" nlh ", int " len );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I <linux/netlink.h>
+defines several standard macros to access or create a netlink datagram.
+They are similar in spirit to the macros defined in
+.BR cmsg (3)
+for auxiliary data.
+The buffer passed to and from a netlink socket should
+be accessed using only these macros.
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_ALIGN ()
+Round the length of a netlink message up to align it properly.
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_LENGTH ()
+Given the payload length,
+.IR len ,
+this macro returns the aligned length to store in the
+.I nlmsg_len
+field of the
+.IR nlmsghdr .
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_SPACE ()
+Return the number of bytes that a netlink message with payload of
+.I len
+would occupy.
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_DATA ()
+Return a pointer to the payload associated with the passed
+.IR nlmsghdr .
+.TP
+.\" this is bizarre, maybe the interface should be fixed.
+.BR NLMSG_NEXT ()
+Get the next
+.I nlmsghdr
+in a multipart message.
+The caller must check if the current
+.I nlmsghdr
+didn't have the
+.B NLMSG_DONE
+set\[em]this function doesn't return NULL on end.
+The
+.I len
+argument is an lvalue containing the remaining length
+of the message buffer.
+This macro decrements it by the length of the message header.
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_OK ()
+Return true if the netlink message is not truncated and
+is in a form suitable for parsing.
+.TP
+.BR NLMSG_PAYLOAD ()
+Return the length of the payload associated with the
+.IR nlmsghdr .
+.SH VERSIONS
+It is often better to use netlink via
+.I libnetlink
+than via the low-level kernel interface.
+.SH STANDARDS
+Linux.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR libnetlink (3),
+.BR netlink (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/newlocale.3 b/man/man3/newlocale.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..198120f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/newlocale.3
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH newlocale 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+newlocale, freelocale \- create, modify, and free a locale object
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <locale.h>
+.P
+.BI "locale_t newlocale(int " category_mask ", const char *" locale ,
+.BI "                   locale_t " base );
+.BI "void freelocale(locale_t " locobj );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR newlocale (),
+.BR freelocale ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR newlocale ()
+function creates a new locale object, or modifies an existing object,
+returning a reference to the new or modified object as the function result.
+Whether the call creates a new object or modifies an existing object
+is determined by the value of
+.IR base :
+.IP \[bu] 3
+If
+.I base
+is
+.IR "(locale_t)\ 0" ,
+a new object is created.
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I base
+refers to valid existing locale object
+(i.e., an object returned by a previous call to
+.BR newlocale ()
+or
+.BR duplocale (3)),
+then that object is modified by the call.
+If the call is successful, the contents of
+.I base
+are unspecified (in particular, the object referred to by
+.I base
+may be freed, and a new object created).
+Therefore, the caller should ensure that it stops using
+.I base
+before the call to
+.BR newlocale (),
+and should subsequently refer to the modified object via the
+reference returned as the function result.
+If the call fails, the contents of
+.I base
+remain valid and unchanged.
+.P
+If
+.I base
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3)),
+or is not
+.I (locale_t)\ 0
+and is not a valid locale object handle,
+the behavior is undefined.
+.P
+The
+.I category_mask
+argument is a bit mask that specifies the locale categories
+that are to be set in a newly created locale object
+or modified in an existing object.
+The mask is constructed by a bitwise OR of the constants
+.BR LC_ADDRESS_MASK ,
+.BR LC_CTYPE_MASK ,
+.BR LC_COLLATE_MASK ,
+.BR LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK ,
+.BR LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK ,
+.BR LC_MESSAGES_MASK ,
+.BR LC_MONETARY_MASK ,
+.BR LC_NUMERIC_MASK ,
+.BR LC_NAME_MASK ,
+.BR LC_PAPER_MASK ,
+.BR LC_TELEPHONE_MASK ,
+and
+.BR LC_TIME_MASK .
+Alternatively, the mask can be specified as
+.BR LC_ALL_MASK ,
+which is equivalent to ORing all of the preceding constants.
+.P
+For each category specified in
+.IR category_mask ,
+the locale data from
+.I locale
+will be used in the object returned by
+.BR newlocale ().
+If a new locale object is being created,
+data for all categories not specified in
+.I category_mask
+is taken from the default ("POSIX") locale.
+.P
+The following preset values of
+.I locale
+are defined for all categories that can be specified in
+.IR category_mask :
+.TP
+"POSIX"
+A minimal locale environment for C language programs.
+.TP
+"C"
+Equivalent to "POSIX".
+.TP
+""
+An implementation-defined native environment
+corresponding to the values of the
+.B LC_*
+and
+.B LANG
+environment variables (see
+.BR locale (7)).
+.SS freelocale()
+The
+.BR freelocale ()
+function deallocates the resources associated with
+.IR locobj ,
+a locale object previously returned by a call to
+.BR newlocale ()
+or
+.BR duplocale (3).
+If
+.I locobj
+is
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+or is not valid locale object handle, the results are undefined.
+.P
+Once a locale object has been freed,
+the program should make no further use of it.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR newlocale ()
+returns a handle that can be used in calls to
+.BR duplocale (3),
+.BR freelocale (),
+and other functions that take a
+.I locale_t
+argument.
+On error,
+.BR newlocale ()
+returns
+.IR "(locale_t)\ 0",
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+One or more bits in
+.I category_mask
+do not correspond to a valid locale category.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I locale
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.I locale
+is not a string pointer referring to a valid locale.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to create a locale object.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.
+.SH NOTES
+Each locale object created by
+.BR newlocale ()
+should be deallocated using
+.BR freelocale ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below takes up to two command-line arguments,
+which each identify locales.
+The first argument is required, and is used to set the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+category in a locale object created using
+.BR newlocale ().
+The second command-line argument is optional;
+if it is present, it is used to set the
+.B LC_TIME
+category of the locale object.
+.P
+Having created and initialized the locale object,
+the program then applies it using
+.BR uselocale (3),
+and then tests the effect of the locale changes by:
+.IP (1) 5
+Displaying a floating-point number with a fractional part.
+This output will be affected by the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+setting.
+In many European-language locales,
+the fractional part of the number is separated from the integer part
+using a comma, rather than a period.
+.IP (2)
+Displaying the date.
+The format and language of the output will be affected by the
+.B LC_TIME
+setting.
+.P
+The following shell sessions show some example runs of this program.
+.P
+Set the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+category to
+.I fr_FR
+(French):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out fr_FR\fP
+123456,789
+Fri Mar  7 00:25:08 2014
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Set the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+category to
+.I fr_FR
+(French),
+and the
+.B LC_TIME
+category to
+.I it_IT
+(Italian):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out fr_FR it_IT\fP
+123456,789
+ven 07 mar 2014 00:26:01 CET
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Specify the
+.B LC_TIME
+setting as an empty string,
+which causes the value to be taken from environment variable settings
+(which, here, specify
+.IR mi_NZ ,
+New Zealand Māori):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ LC_ALL=mi_NZ ./a.out fr_FR ""
+123456,789
+Te Paraire, te 07 o Poutū\-te\-rangi, 2014 00:38:44 CET
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (newlocale.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 700
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
+                        } while (0)
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char buf[100];
+    time_t t;
+    size_t s;
+    struct tm *tm;
+    locale_t loc, nloc;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s locale1 [locale2]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Create a new locale object, taking the LC_NUMERIC settings
+       from the locale specified in argv[1]. */
+\&
+    loc = newlocale(LC_NUMERIC_MASK, argv[1], (locale_t) 0);
+    if (loc == (locale_t) 0)
+        errExit("newlocale");
+\&
+    /* If a second command\-line argument was specified, modify the
+       locale object to take the LC_TIME settings from the locale
+       specified in argv[2]. We assign the result of this newlocale()
+       call to \[aq]nloc\[aq] rather than \[aq]loc\[aq], since in some cases, we might
+       want to preserve \[aq]loc\[aq] if this call fails. */
+\&
+    if (argc > 2) {
+        nloc = newlocale(LC_TIME_MASK, argv[2], loc);
+        if (nloc == (locale_t) 0)
+            errExit("newlocale");
+        loc = nloc;
+    }
+\&
+    /* Apply the newly created locale to this thread. */
+\&
+    uselocale(loc);
+\&
+    /* Test effect of LC_NUMERIC. */
+\&
+    printf("%8.3f\en", 123456.789);
+\&
+    /* Test effect of LC_TIME. */
+\&
+    t = time(NULL);
+    tm = localtime(&t);
+    if (tm == NULL)
+        errExit("time");
+\&
+    s = strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c", tm);
+    if (s == 0)
+        errExit("strftime");
+\&
+    printf("%s\en", buf);
+\&
+    /* Free the locale object. */
+\&
+    uselocale(LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE);    /* So \[aq]loc\[aq] is no longer in use */
+    freelocale(loc);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR duplocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR uselocale (3),
+.BR locale (5),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/nextafter.3 b/man/man3/nextafter.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a48fa43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextafter.3
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Based on glibc infopages
+.\"
+.TH nextafter 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+nextafter, nextafterf, nextafterl, nexttoward, nexttowardf, nexttowardl \-
+floating-point number manipulation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double nextafter(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float nextafterf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double nextafterl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.P
+.BI "double nexttoward(double " x ", long double " y );
+.BI "float nexttowardf(float " x ", long double " y );
+.BI "long double nexttowardl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR nextafter ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR nextafterf (),
+.BR nextafterl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR nexttoward (),
+.BR nexttowardf (),
+.BR nexttowardl ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR nextafter (),
+.BR nextafterf (),
+and
+.BR nextafterl ()
+functions return the next representable floating-point value following
+.I x
+in the direction of
+.IR y .
+If
+.I y
+is less than
+.IR x ,
+these functions will return the largest representable number less than
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+equals
+.IR y ,
+the functions return
+.IR y .
+.P
+The
+.BR nexttoward (),
+.BR nexttowardf (),
+and
+.BR nexttowardl ()
+functions do the same as the corresponding
+.BR nextafter ()
+functions, except that they have a
+.I "long double"
+second argument.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+these functions return the next representable floating-point value after
+.I x
+in the direction of
+.IR y .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+equals
+.IR y ,
+then
+.I y
+(cast to the same type as
+.IR x )
+is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is finite,
+.\" e.g., DBL_MAX
+and the result would overflow,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is not equal to
+.IR y ,
+and the correct function result would be subnormal, zero, or underflow,
+a range error occurs,
+and either the correct value (if it can be represented),
+or 0.0, is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.\" e.g., nextafter(DBL_MAX, HUGE_VAL);
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result is subnormal or underflows
+.\" e.g., nextafter(DBL_MIN, 0.0);
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nextafter (),
+.BR nextafterf (),
+.BR nextafterl (),
+.BR nexttoward (),
+.BR nexttowardf (),
+.BR nexttowardl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
+recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+In glibc 2.5 and earlier, these functions do not raise an underflow
+floating-point
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+exception when an underflow occurs.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.23
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6799
+these functions did not set
+.IR errno .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR nearbyint (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/nextafterf.3 b/man/man3/nextafterf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531e48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextafterf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextafterl.3 b/man/man3/nextafterl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531e48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextafterl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextdown.3 b/man/man3/nextdown.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853b388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextdown.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextdownf.3 b/man/man3/nextdownf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853b388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextdownf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextdownl.3 b/man/man3/nextdownl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853b388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextdownl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nexttoward.3 b/man/man3/nexttoward.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531e48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nexttoward.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nexttowardf.3 b/man/man3/nexttowardf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531e48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nexttowardf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nexttowardl.3 b/man/man3/nexttowardl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531e48f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nexttowardl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextafter.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextup.3 b/man/man3/nextup.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c74a36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextup.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2016, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH nextup 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+nextup, nextupf, nextupl, nextdown, nextdownf, nextdownl \-
+return next floating-point number toward positive/negative infinity
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "     /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double nextup(double " x );
+.BI "float nextupf(float " x );
+.BI "long double nextupl(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "double nextdown(double " x );
+.BI "float nextdownf(float " x );
+.BI "long double nextdownl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR nextup (),
+.BR nextupf (),
+and
+.BR nextupl ()
+functions return the next representable floating-point number greater than
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is the smallest representable negative number in the corresponding type,
+these functions return \-0.
+If
+.I x
+is 0, the returned value is the smallest representable positive number
+of the corresponding type.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, the returned value is positive infinity.
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
+the returned value is the largest representable finite negative number
+of the corresponding type.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is Nan,
+the returned value is NaN.
+.P
+The value returned by
+.I nextdown(x)
+is
+.IR \-nextup(\-x) ,
+and similarly for the other types.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+See DESCRIPTION.
+.\" .SH ERRORS
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nextup (),
+.BR nextupf (),
+.BR nextupl (),
+.BR nextdown (),
+.BR nextdownf (),
+.BR nextdownl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+These functions are described in
+.I IEEE Std 754-2008 - Standard for Floating-Point Arithmetic
+and
+.IR "ISO/IEC TS 18661".
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.24.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR nextafter (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/nextupf.3 b/man/man3/nextupf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853b388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextupf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nextupl.3 b/man/man3/nextupl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..853b388
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nextupl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nextup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nftw.3 b/man/man3/nftw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a5c9c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nftw.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ftw.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nl_langinfo.3 b/man/man3/nl_langinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb1be16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nl_langinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Markus Kuhn <mkuhn@acm.org>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2015 Sam Varshavchik <mrsam@courier-mta.com>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 manual
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.\" Corrected prototype, 2002-10-18, aeb
+.\"
+.TH nl_langinfo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+nl_langinfo, nl_langinfo_l \- query language and locale information
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <langinfo.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *nl_langinfo(nl_item " item );
+.BI "char *nl_langinfo_l(nl_item " item ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR nl_langinfo ()
+and
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
+functions provide access to locale information
+in a more flexible way than
+.BR localeconv (3).
+.BR nl_langinfo ()
+returns a string which is the value corresponding to
+\fIitem\fP in the program's current global
+locale.
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
+returns a string which is the value corresponding to \fIitem\fP
+for the locale identified by the locale object \fIlocale\fP,
+which was previously created by
+.BR newlocale (3).
+Individual and additional elements of the locale categories can
+be queried.
+.P
+Examples for the locale elements that can be specified in \fIitem\fP
+using the constants defined in \fI<langinfo.h>\fP are:
+.TP
+.BR CODESET \ (LC_CTYPE)
+Return a string with the name of the character encoding used in the
+selected locale, such as "UTF\-8", "ISO\-8859\-1", or "ANSI_X3.4\-1968"
+(better known as US-ASCII).
+This is the same string that you get with
+"locale charmap".
+For a list of character encoding names,
+try "locale \-m" (see
+.BR locale (1)).
+.TP
+.BR D_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+to represent time and date in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %c
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR D_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+to represent a date in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %x
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+to represent a time in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %X
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR AM_STR \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that represents affix for ante meridiem (before noon, "AM")
+time.
+(Used in
+.B %p
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR PM_STR \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that represents affix for post meridiem (before midnight, "PM")
+time.
+(Used in
+.B %p
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR T_FMT_AMPM \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+to represent a time in a.m. or p.m. notation in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %r
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR ERA \ (LC_TIME)
+Return era description, which contains information about how years are counted
+and displayed for each era in a locale.
+Each era description segment shall have the format:
+.RS
+.IP
+.IR direction : offset : start_date : end_date : era_name : era_format
+.RE
+.IP
+according to the definitions below:
+.RS
+.TP 12
+.I direction
+Either a
+.RB \[dq] + "\[dq] or a \[dq]" - \[dq]
+character.
+The
+.RB \[dq] + \[dq]
+means that years increase from the
+.I start_date
+towards the
+.IR end_date ,
+.RB \[dq] - \[dq]
+means the opposite.
+.TP
+.I offset
+The epoch year of the
+.IR start_date .
+.TP
+.I start_date
+A date in the form
+.IR yyyy / mm / dd ,
+where
+.IR yyyy ", " mm ", and " dd
+are the year, month, and day numbers respectively of the start of the era.
+.TP
+.I end_date
+The ending date of the era, in the same format as the
+.IR start_date ,
+or one of the two special values
+.RB \[dq] -* \[dq]
+(minus infinity) or
+.RB \[dq] +* \[dq]
+(plus infinity).
+.TP
+.I era_name
+The name of the era, corresponding to the
+.B %EC
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.
+.TP
+.I era_format
+The format of the year in the era, corresponding to the
+.B %EY
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.
+.RE
+.IP
+Era description segments are separated by semicolons.
+Most locales do not define this value.
+Examples of locales that do define this value are the Japanese and Thai
+locales.
+.TP
+.BR ERA_D_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+for alternative representation of time and date in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %Ec
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR ERA_D_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+for alternative representation of a date in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %Ex
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR ERA_T_FMT \ (LC_TIME)
+Return a string that can be used as a format string for
+.BR strftime (3)
+for alternative representation of a time in a locale-specific way
+.RB ( %EX
+conversion specification).
+.TP
+.BR DAY_ "{1\[en]7} (LC_TIME)"
+Return name of the \fIn\fP-th day of the week.
+[Warning: this follows
+the US convention DAY_1 = Sunday, not the international convention
+(ISO\~8601) that Monday is the first day of the week.]
+(Used in
+.B %A
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR ABDAY_ "{1\[en]7} (LC_TIME)"
+Return abbreviated name of the \fIn\fP-th day of the week.
+(Used in
+.B %a
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR MON_ "{1\[en]12} (LC_TIME)"
+Return name of the \fIn\fP-th month.
+(Used in
+.B %B
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR ABMON_ "{1\[en]12} (LC_TIME)"
+Return abbreviated name of the \fIn\fP-th month.
+(Used in
+.B %b
+.BR strftime (3)
+conversion specification.)
+.TP
+.BR RADIXCHAR \ (LC_NUMERIC)
+Return radix character (decimal dot, decimal comma, etc.).
+.TP
+.BR THOUSEP \ (LC_NUMERIC)
+Return separator character for thousands (groups of three digits).
+.TP
+.BR YESEXPR \ (LC_MESSAGES)
+Return a regular expression that can be used with the
+.BR regex (3)
+function to recognize a positive response to a yes/no question.
+.TP
+.BR NOEXPR \ (LC_MESSAGES)
+Return a regular expression that can be used with the
+.BR regex (3)
+function to recognize a negative response to a yes/no question.
+.TP
+.BR CRNCYSTR \ (LC_MONETARY)
+Return the currency symbol, preceded by "\-" if the symbol should
+appear before the value, "+" if the symbol should appear after the
+value, or "." if the symbol should replace the radix character.
+.P
+The above list covers just some examples of items that can be requested.
+For a more detailed list, consult
+.IR "The GNU C Library Reference Manual" .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return a pointer to a string which
+is the value corresponding to
+.I item
+in the specified locale.
+.P
+If no locale has been selected by
+.BR setlocale (3)
+for the appropriate category,
+.BR nl_langinfo ()
+return a pointer to the corresponding string in the "C" locale.
+The same is true of
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
+if
+.I locale
+specifies a locale where
+.I langinfo
+data is not defined.
+.P
+If \fIitem\fP is not valid, a pointer to an empty string is returned.
+.P
+The pointer returned by these functions may point to static data that
+may be overwritten, or the pointer itself may be invalidated,
+by a subsequent call to
+.BR nl_langinfo (),
+.BR nl_langinfo_l (),
+or
+.BR setlocale (3).
+The same statements apply to
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
+if the locale object referred to by
+.I locale
+is freed or modified by
+.BR freelocale (3)
+or
+.BR newlocale (3).
+.P
+POSIX specifies that the application may not modify
+the string returned by these functions.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nl_langinfo ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR nl_langinfo_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program sets the character type and the numeric locale
+according to the environment and queries the terminal character set and
+the radix character.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (nl_langinfo.c)
+.EX
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    setlocale(LC_CTYPE, "");
+    setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "");
+\&
+    printf("%s\en", nl_langinfo(CODESET));
+    printf("%s\en", nl_langinfo(RADIXCHAR));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR localeconv (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR charsets (7),
+.BR locale (7)
+.P
+The GNU C Library Reference Manual
diff --git a/man/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3 b/man/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36c3e35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nl_langinfo_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/nl_langinfo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nrand48.3 b/man/man3/nrand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nrand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/nrand48_r.3 b/man/man3/nrand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/nrand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ntohl.3 b/man/man3/ntohl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba374e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ntohl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ntohs.3 b/man/man3/ntohs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba374e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ntohs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/byteorder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ntp_adjtime.3 b/man/man3/ntp_adjtime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b08b9c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ntp_adjtime.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man2/adjtimex.2
diff --git a/man/man3/ntp_gettime.3 b/man/man3/ntp_gettime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96ac817
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ntp_gettime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2016 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH ntp_gettime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ntp_gettime, ntp_gettimex  \- get time parameters (NTP daemon interface)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/timex.h>
+.P
+.BI "int ntp_gettime(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
+.BI "int ntp_gettimex(struct ntptimeval *" ntv );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Both of these APIs return information to the caller via the
+.I ntv
+argument, a structure of the following type:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct ntptimeval {
+    struct timeval time;    /* Current time */
+    long maxerror;          /* Maximum error */
+    long esterror;          /* Estimated error */
+    long tai;               /* TAI offset */
+\&
+    /* Further padding bytes allowing for future expansion */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The fields of this structure are as follows:
+.TP
+.I time
+The current time, expressed as a
+.I timeval
+structure:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct timeval {
+    time_t      tv_sec;   /* Seconds since the Epoch */
+    suseconds_t tv_usec;  /* Microseconds */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.TP
+.I maxerror
+Maximum error, in microseconds.
+This value can be initialized by
+.BR ntp_adjtime (3),
+and is increased periodically (on Linux: each second),
+but is clamped to an upper limit (the kernel constant
+.BR NTP_PHASE_MAX ,
+with a value of 16,000).
+.TP
+.I esterror
+Estimated error, in microseconds.
+This value can be set via
+.BR ntp_adjtime (3)
+to contain an estimate of the difference between the system clock
+and the true time.
+This value is not used inside the kernel.
+.TP
+.I tai
+TAI (Atomic International Time) offset.
+.P
+.BR ntp_gettime ()
+returns an
+.I ntptimeval
+structure in which the
+.IR time ,
+.IR maxerror ,
+and
+.I esterror
+fields are filled in.
+.P
+.BR ntp_gettimex ()
+performs the same task as
+.BR ntp_gettime (),
+but also returns information in the
+.I tai
+field.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return values for
+.BR ntp_gettime ()
+and
+.BR ntp_gettimex ()
+are as for
+.BR adjtimex (2).
+Given a correct pointer argument, these functions always succeed.
+.\" FIXME . the info page incorrectly describes the return values.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ntp_gettime (),
+.BR ntp_gettimex ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR ntp_gettime ()
+NTP Kernel Application Program Interface.
+.TP
+.BR ntp_gettimex ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR ntp_gettime ()
+glibc 2.1.
+.TP
+.BR ntp_gettimex ()
+glibc 2.12.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR adjtimex (2),
+.BR ntp_adjtime (3),
+.BR time (7)
+.P
+.ad l
+.UR http://www.slac.stanford.edu/comp/unix/\:package/\:rtems/\:src/\:ssrlApps/\:ntpNanoclock/\:api.htm
+NTP "Kernel Application Program Interface"
+.UE
diff --git a/man/man3/ntp_gettimex.3 b/man/man3/ntp_gettimex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142d76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ntp_gettimex.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ntp_gettime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/offsetof.3 b/man/man3/offsetof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9ce590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/offsetof.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\"     and Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" References:
+.\"   /usr/lib/gcc/i486-linux-gnu/4.1.1/include/stddef.h
+.\"   glibc-doc
+.TH offsetof 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+offsetof \- offset of a structure member
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stddef.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t offsetof(" type ", " member );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The macro
+.BR offsetof ()
+returns the offset of the field
+.I member
+from the start of the structure
+.IR type .
+.P
+This macro is useful because the sizes of the fields that compose
+a structure can vary across implementations,
+and compilers may insert different numbers of padding
+bytes between fields.
+Consequently, an element's offset is not necessarily
+given by the sum of the sizes of the previous elements.
+.P
+A compiler error will result if
+.I member
+is not aligned to a byte boundary
+(i.e., it is a bit field).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR offsetof ()
+returns the offset of the given
+.I member
+within the given
+.IR type ,
+in units of bytes.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+On a Linux/i386 system, when compiled using the default
+.BR gcc (1)
+options, the program below produces the following output:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+offsets: i=0; c=4; d=8 a=16
+sizeof(struct s)=16
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (offsetof.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct s {
+        int i;
+        char c;
+        double d;
+        char a[];
+    };
+\&
+    /* Output is compiler dependent */
+\&
+    printf("offsets: i=%zu; c=%zu; d=%zu a=%zu\en",
+           offsetof(struct s, i), offsetof(struct s, c),
+           offsetof(struct s, d), offsetof(struct s, a));
+    printf("sizeof(struct s)=%zu\en", sizeof(struct s));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
diff --git a/man/man3/on_exit.3 b/man/man3/on_exit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517c6e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/on_exit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-04-02, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-25, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH on_exit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+on_exit \- register a function to be called at normal process termination
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int on_exit(void (*" function ")(int, void *), void *" arg );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR on_exit ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR on_exit ()
+function registers the given
+.I function
+to be
+called at normal process termination, whether via
+.BR exit (3)
+or via return from the program's
+.IR main ().
+The
+.I function
+is passed the status argument given to the last call to
+.BR exit (3)
+and the
+.I arg
+argument from
+.BR on_exit ().
+.P
+The same function may be registered multiple times:
+it is called once for each registration.
+.P
+When a child process is created via
+.BR fork (2),
+it inherits copies of its parent's registrations.
+Upon a successful call to one of the
+.BR exec (3)
+functions, all registrations are removed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR on_exit ()
+function returns the value 0 if successful; otherwise
+it returns a nonzero value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR on_exit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SunOS 4, glibc.
+Removed in Solaris (SunOS 5).
+Use the standard
+.BR atexit (3)
+instead.
+.SH CAVEATS
+By the time
+.I function
+is executed, stack
+.RI ( auto )
+variables may already have gone out of scope.
+Therefore,
+.I arg
+should not be a pointer to a stack variable;
+it may however be a pointer to a heap variable or a global variable.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR _exit (2),
+.BR atexit (3),
+.BR exit (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/open_memstream.3 b/man/man3/open_memstream.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2a18ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/open_memstream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2005, 2012, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 2008-12-04, Petr Baudis <pasky@suse.cz>: Document open_wmemstream()
+.\"
+.TH open_memstream 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+open_memstream, open_wmemstream \- open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *open_memstream(char **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
+.P
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *open_wmemstream(wchar_t **" ptr ", size_t *" sizeloc );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR open_memstream (),
+.BR open_wmemstream ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR open_memstream ()
+function opens a stream for writing to a memory buffer.
+The function dynamically allocates the buffer,
+and the buffer automatically grows as needed.
+Initially, the buffer has a size of zero.
+After closing the stream, the caller should
+.BR free (3)
+this buffer.
+.P
+The locations pointed to by
+.I ptr
+and
+.I sizeloc
+are used to report, respectively,
+the current location and the size of the buffer.
+The locations referred to by these pointers are updated
+each time the stream is flushed
+.RB ( fflush (3))
+and when the stream is closed
+.RB ( fclose (3)).
+These values remain valid only as long as the caller
+performs no further output on the stream.
+If further output is performed, then the stream
+must again be flushed before trying to access these values.
+.P
+A null byte is maintained at the end of the buffer.
+This byte is
+.I not
+included in the size value stored at
+.IR sizeloc .
+.P
+The stream maintains the notion of a current position,
+which is initially zero (the start of the buffer).
+Each write operation implicitly adjusts the buffer position.
+The stream's buffer position can be explicitly changed with
+.BR fseek (3)
+or
+.BR fseeko (3).
+Moving the buffer position past the end
+of the data already written fills the intervening space with
+null characters.
+.P
+The
+.BR open_wmemstream ()
+is similar to
+.BR open_memstream (),
+but operates on wide characters instead of bytes.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion,
+.BR open_memstream ()
+and
+.BR open_wmemstream ()
+return a
+.I FILE
+pointer.
+Otherwise, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR open_memstream (),
+.BR open_wmemstream ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR open_memstream ()
+glibc 1.0.x.
+.TP
+.BR open_wmemstream ()
+glibc 2.4.
+.SH NOTES
+There is no file descriptor associated with the file stream
+returned by these functions
+(i.e.,
+.BR fileno (3)
+will return an error if called on the returned stream).
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.7, seeking past the end of a stream created by
+.BR open_memstream ()
+does not enlarge the buffer; instead the
+.BR fseek (3)
+call fails, returning \-1.
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1996
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR fmemopen (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fmemopen (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR setbuf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/open_wmemstream.3 b/man/man3/open_wmemstream.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a113f13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/open_wmemstream.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/open_memstream.3
diff --git a/man/man3/opendir.3 b/man/man3/opendir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a558e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/opendir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:46:01 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>: document fdopendir().
+.TH opendir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+opendir, fdopendir \- open a directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "DIR *opendir(const char *" name );
+.BI "DIR *fdopendir(int " fd );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR fdopendir ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR opendir ()
+function opens a directory stream corresponding to the
+directory \fIname\fP, and returns a pointer to the directory stream.
+The stream is positioned at the first entry in the directory.
+.P
+The
+.BR fdopendir ()
+function
+is like
+.BR opendir (),
+but returns a directory stream for the directory referred
+to by the open file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+After a successful call to
+.BR fdopendir (),
+.I fd
+is used internally by the implementation,
+and should not otherwise be used by the application.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR opendir ()
+and
+.BR fdopendir ()
+functions return a pointer to the directory stream.
+On error, NULL is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Permission denied.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor opened for reading.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+Directory does not exist, or \fIname\fP is an empty string.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+\fIname\fP is not a directory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR opendir (),
+.BR fdopendir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR opendir ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR fdopendir ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+glibc 2.4.
+.SH NOTES
+Filename entries can be read from a directory stream using
+.BR readdir (3).
+.P
+The underlying file descriptor of the directory stream can be obtained using
+.BR dirfd (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR opendir ()
+function sets the close-on-exec flag for the file descriptor underlying the
+.IR "DIR *" .
+The
+.BR fdopendir ()
+function leaves the setting of the close-on-exec
+flag unchanged for the file descriptor,
+.IR fd .
+POSIX.1-200x leaves it unspecified whether a successful call to
+.BR fdopendir ()
+will set the close-on-exec flag for the file descriptor,
+.IR fd .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR dirfd (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/openlog.3 b/man/man3/openlog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec352b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/openlog.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man/man3/openpty.3 b/man/man3/openpty.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09eb223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/openpty.3
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) OpenBSD Group
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\" Converted into a manpage again by Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
+.\"
+.\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
+.\"
+.TH openpty 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+openpty, login_tty, forkpty \- terminal utility functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+System utilities library
+.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pty.h>
+.P
+.BI "int openpty(int *" amaster ", int *" aslave ", char *" name ,
+.BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
+.BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
+.BI "pid_t forkpty(int *" amaster ", char *" name ,
+.BI "              const struct termios *" termp ,
+.BI "              const struct winsize *" winp );
+.P
+.B #include <utmp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int login_tty(int " fd );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR openpty ()
+function finds an available pseudoterminal and returns file descriptors
+for the master and slave in
+.I amaster
+and
+.IR aslave .
+If
+.I name
+is not NULL, the filename of the slave is returned in
+.IR name .
+If
+.I termp
+is not NULL, the terminal parameters of the slave will be set to the
+values in
+.IR termp .
+If
+.I winp
+is not NULL, the window size of the slave will be set to the values in
+.IR winp .
+.P
+The
+.BR login_tty ()
+function prepares for a login on the terminal
+referred to by the file descriptor
+.I fd
+(which may be a real terminal device, or the slave of a pseudoterminal as
+returned by
+.BR openpty ())
+by creating a new session, making
+.I fd
+the controlling terminal for the calling process, setting
+.I fd
+to be the standard input, output, and error streams of the current
+process, and closing
+.IR fd .
+.P
+The
+.BR forkpty ()
+function combines
+.BR openpty (),
+.BR fork (2),
+and
+.BR login_tty ()
+to create a new process operating in a pseudoterminal.
+A file descriptor referring to
+master side of the pseudoterminal is returned in
+.IR amaster .
+If
+.I name
+is not NULL, the buffer it points to is used to return the
+filename of the slave.
+The
+.I termp
+and
+.I winp
+arguments, if not NULL,
+will determine the terminal attributes and window size of the slave
+side of the pseudoterminal.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If a call to
+.BR openpty (),
+.BR login_tty (),
+or
+.BR forkpty ()
+is not successful, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+Otherwise,
+.BR openpty (),
+.BR login_tty (),
+and the child process of
+.BR forkpty ()
+return 0, and the parent process of
+.BR forkpty ()
+returns the process ID of the child process.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR openpty ()
+fails if:
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+There are no available terminals.
+.P
+.BR login_tty ()
+fails if
+.BR ioctl (2)
+fails to set
+.I fd
+to the controlling terminal of the calling process.
+.P
+.BR forkpty ()
+fails if either
+.BR openpty ()
+or
+.BR fork (2)
+fails.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR forkpty (),
+.BR openpty ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR login_tty ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyname
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+The
+.B const
+modifiers were added to the structure pointer arguments of
+.BR openpty ()
+and
+.BR forkpty ()
+in glibc 2.8.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.0.92,
+.BR openpty ()
+returns file descriptors for a BSD pseudoterminal pair;
+since glibc 2.0.92,
+it first attempts to open a UNIX 98 pseudoterminal pair,
+and falls back to opening a BSD pseudoterminal pair if that fails.
+.SH BUGS
+Nobody knows how much space should be reserved for
+.IR name .
+So, calling
+.BR openpty ()
+or
+.BR forkpty ()
+with non-NULL
+.I name
+may not be secure.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR ttyname (3),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/optarg.3 b/man/man3/optarg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/optarg.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/opterr.3 b/man/man3/opterr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/opterr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/optind.3 b/man/man3/optind.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/optind.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/optopt.3 b/man/man3/optopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7612d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/optopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getopt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/passwd2des.3 b/man/man3/passwd2des.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b6ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/passwd2des.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pathconf.3 b/man/man3/pathconf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46d8c8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pathconf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fpathconf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pclose.3 b/man/man3/pclose.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..663d4a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pclose.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/popen.3
diff --git a/man/man3/perror.3 b/man/man3/perror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ad088b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/perror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de), 1994-06-04
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Michael Haardt
+.\"      (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de), 1995-03-16
+.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl), 1996-01-13
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 1996-01-13 aeb: merged in some text contributed by Melvin Smith
+.\"   (msmith@falcon.mercer.peachnet.edu) and various other changes.
+.\" Modified 1996-05-16 by Martin Schulze (joey@infodrom.north.de)
+.\"
+.TH perror 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+perror \- print a system error message
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "void perror(const char *" s );
+.P
+.B #include <errno.h>
+.P
+.BI "int " errno ";       \fR/* Not really declared this way; see errno(3) */"
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] const char *const " sys_errlist [];
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int " sys_nerr ;
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.IR sys_errlist ,
+.IR sys_nerr :
+.nf
+    From glibc 2.19 to glibc 2.31:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR perror ()
+function produces a message on standard error describing the last
+error encountered during a call to a system or library function.
+.P
+First (if
+.I s
+is not NULL and
+.I *s
+is not a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])), the argument string
+.I s
+is printed, followed by a colon and a blank.
+Then an error message corresponding to the current value of
+.I errno
+and a new-line.
+.P
+To be of most use, the argument string should include the name
+of the function that incurred the error.
+.P
+The global error list
+.IR sys_errlist "[],"
+which can be indexed by
+.IR errno ,
+can be used to obtain the error message without the newline.
+The largest message number provided in the table is
+.IR sys_nerr "\-1."
+Be careful when directly accessing this list, because new error values
+may not have been added to
+.IR sys_errlist "[]."
+The use of
+.IR sys_errlist "[]"
+is nowadays deprecated; use
+.BR strerror (3)
+instead.
+.P
+When a system call fails, it usually returns \-1 and sets the
+variable
+.I errno
+to a value describing what went wrong.
+(These values can be found in
+.IR <errno.h> .)
+Many library functions do likewise.
+The function
+.BR perror ()
+serves to translate this error code into human-readable form.
+Note that
+.I errno
+is undefined after a successful system call or library function call:
+this call may well change this variable, even though it succeeds,
+for example because it internally used some other library function that failed.
+Thus, if a failing call is not immediately followed by a call to
+.BR perror (),
+the value of
+.I errno
+should be saved.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR perror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stderr
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.I errno
+.TQ
+.BR perror ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.I sys_nerr
+.TQ
+.I sys_errlist
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.I errno
+.TQ
+.BR perror ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.I sys_nerr
+.TQ
+.I sys_errlist
+Removed in glibc 2.32.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR err (3),
+.BR errno (3),
+.BR error (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/pmap_getmaps.3 b/man/man3/pmap_getmaps.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pmap_getmaps.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pmap_getport.3 b/man/man3/pmap_getport.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pmap_getport.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3 b/man/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pmap_rmtcall.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pmap_set.3 b/man/man3/pmap_set.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pmap_set.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pmap_unset.3 b/man/man3/pmap_unset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pmap_unset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/popen.3 b/man/man3/popen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9467e06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/popen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)popen.3	6.4 (Berkeley) 4/30/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:45:38 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Modified Sat May 18 20:37:44 1996 by Martin Schulze (joey@linux.de)
+.\" Modified 7 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
+.\"
+.TH popen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+popen, pclose \- pipe stream to or from a process
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *popen(const char *" command ", const char *" type );
+.BI "int pclose(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR popen (),
+.BR pclose ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 2
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR popen ()
+function opens a process by creating a pipe, forking, and invoking the
+shell.
+Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the
+.I type
+argument may specify only reading or writing, not both; the resulting
+stream is correspondingly read-only or write-only.
+.P
+The
+.I command
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string containing a shell
+command line.
+This command is passed to
+.I /bin/sh
+using the
+.B \-c
+flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell.
+.P
+The
+.I type
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string which must contain
+either the letter \[aq]r\[aq] for reading or the letter \[aq]w\[aq] for writing.
+Since glibc 2.9,
+this argument can additionally include the letter \[aq]e\[aq],
+which causes the close-on-exec flag
+.RB ( FD_CLOEXEC )
+to be set on the underlying file descriptor;
+see the description of the
+.B O_CLOEXEC
+flag in
+.BR open (2)
+for reasons why this may be useful.
+.P
+The return value from
+.BR popen ()
+is a normal standard I/O stream in all respects save that it must be closed
+with
+.BR pclose ()
+rather than
+.BR fclose (3).
+Writing to such a stream writes to the standard input of the command; the
+command's standard output is the same as that of the process that called
+.BR popen (),
+unless this is altered by the command itself.
+Conversely, reading from
+the stream reads the command's standard output, and the command's
+standard input is the same as that of the process that called
+.BR popen ().
+.P
+Note that output
+.BR popen ()
+streams are block buffered by default.
+.P
+The
+.BR pclose ()
+function waits for the associated process to terminate and returns the exit
+status of the command as returned by
+.BR wait4 (2).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR popen ():
+on success, returns a pointer to an open stream that
+can be used to read or write to the pipe;
+if the
+.BR fork (2)
+or
+.BR pipe (2)
+calls fail, or if the function cannot allocate memory,
+NULL is returned.
+.P
+.BR pclose ():
+on success, returns the exit status of the command; if
+.\" These conditions actually give undefined results, so I commented
+.\" them out.
+.\" .I stream
+.\" is not associated with a "popen()ed" command, if
+.\".I stream
+.\" already "pclose()d", or if
+.BR wait4 (2)
+returns an error, or some other error is detected,
+\-1 is returned.
+.P
+On failure, both functions set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR popen ()
+function does not set
+.I errno
+if memory allocation fails.
+If the underlying
+.BR fork (2)
+or
+.BR pipe (2)
+fails,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+If the
+.I type
+argument is invalid, and this condition is detected,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EINVAL .
+.P
+If
+.BR pclose ()
+cannot obtain the child status,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ECHILD .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR popen (),
+.BR pclose ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The \[aq]e\[aq] value for
+.I type
+is a Linux extension.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Carefully read Caveats in
+.BR system (3).
+.SH BUGS
+Since the standard input of a command opened for reading shares its seek
+offset with the process that called
+.BR popen (),
+if the original process has done a buffered read, the command's input
+position may not be as expected.
+Similarly, the output from a command
+opened for writing may become intermingled with that of the original
+process.
+The latter can be avoided by calling
+.BR fflush (3)
+before
+.BR popen ().
+.P
+Failure to execute the shell is indistinguishable from the shell's failure
+to execute the command, or an immediate exit of the command.
+The only hint is an exit status of 127.
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" A
+.\" .BR popen ()
+.\" and a
+.\" .BR pclose ()
+.\" function appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR pipe (2),
+.BR wait4 (2),
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR stdio (3),
+.BR system (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_fallocate.3 b/man/man3/posix_fallocate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8736f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_fallocate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH posix_fallocate 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+posix_fallocate \- allocate file space
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fcntl.h>
+.P
+.BI "int posix_fallocate(int " fd ", off_t " offset ", off_t " len );
+.fi
+.P
+.ad l
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR posix_fallocate ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR posix_fallocate ()
+ensures that disk space is allocated for the file referred to by the
+file descriptor
+.I fd
+for the bytes in the range starting at
+.I offset
+and continuing for
+.I len
+bytes.
+After a successful call to
+.BR posix_fallocate (),
+subsequent writes to bytes in the specified range are
+guaranteed not to fail because of lack of disk space.
+.P
+If the size of the file is less than
+.IR offset + len ,
+then the file is increased to this size;
+otherwise the file size is left unchanged.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR posix_fallocate ()
+returns zero on success, or an error number on failure.
+Note that
+.I errno
+is not set.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor, or is not opened for writing.
+.TP
+.B EFBIG
+.I offset+len
+exceeds the maximum file size.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+A signal was caught during execution.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I offset
+was less than 0, or
+.I len
+was less than or equal to 0, or the underlying filesystem does not
+support the operation.
+.TP
+.B ENODEV
+.I fd
+does not refer to a regular file.
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+There is not enough space left on the device containing the file
+referred to by
+.IR fd .
+.TP
+.B EOPNOTSUPP
+The filesystem containing the file referred to by
+.I fd
+does not support this operation.
+This error code can be returned by C libraries that don't perform the
+emulation shown in NOTES, such as musl libc.
+.TP
+.B ESPIPE
+.I fd
+refers to a pipe.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR posix_fallocate ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe (but see NOTES)
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.94.
+POSIX.1-2001
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 says that an implementation
+.I shall
+give the
+.B EINVAL
+error if
+.I len
+was 0, or
+.I offset
+was less than 0.
+POSIX.1-2001 says that an implementation
+.I shall
+give the
+.B EINVAL
+error if
+.I len
+is less than 0, or
+.I offset
+was less than 0, and
+.I may
+give the error if
+.I len
+equals zero.
+.SH CAVEATS
+In the glibc implementation,
+.BR posix_fallocate ()
+is implemented using the
+.BR fallocate (2)
+system call, which is MT-safe.
+If the underlying filesystem does not support
+.BR fallocate (2),
+then the operation is emulated with the following caveats:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The emulation is inefficient.
+.IP \[bu]
+There is a race condition where concurrent writes from another thread or
+process could be overwritten with null bytes.
+.IP \[bu]
+There is a race condition where concurrent file size increases by
+another thread or process could result in a file whose size is smaller
+than expected.
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I fd
+has been opened with the
+.B O_APPEND
+or
+.B O_WRONLY
+flags, the function fails with the error
+.BR EBADF .
+.P
+In general, the emulation is not MT-safe.
+On Linux, applications may use
+.BR fallocate (2)
+if they cannot tolerate the emulation caveats.
+In general, this is
+only recommended if the application plans to terminate the operation if
+.B EOPNOTSUPP
+is returned, otherwise the application itself will need to implement a
+fallback with all the same problems as the emulation provided by glibc.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fallocate (1),
+.BR fallocate (2),
+.BR lseek (2),
+.BR posix_fadvise (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_madvise.3 b/man/man3/posix_madvise.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..383f4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_madvise.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH posix_madvise 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+posix_madvise \- give advice about patterns of memory usage
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/mman.h>
+.P
+.BI "int posix_madvise(void " addr [. len "], size_t " len ", int " advice );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR posix_madvise ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR posix_madvise ()
+function allows an application to advise the system about its expected
+patterns of usage of memory in the address range starting at
+.I addr
+and continuing for
+.I len
+bytes.
+The system is free to use this advice in order to improve the performance
+of memory accesses (or to ignore the advice altogether), but calling
+.BR posix_madvise ()
+shall not affect the semantics of access to memory in the specified range.
+.P
+The
+.I advice
+argument is one of the following:
+.TP
+.B POSIX_MADV_NORMAL
+The application has no special advice regarding its memory usage patterns
+for the specified address range.
+This is the default behavior.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL
+The application expects to access the specified address range sequentially,
+running from lower addresses to higher addresses.
+Hence, pages in this region can be aggressively read ahead,
+and may be freed soon after they are accessed.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_MADV_RANDOM
+The application expects to access the specified address range randomly.
+Thus, read ahead may be less useful than normally.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED
+The application expects to access the specified address range
+in the near future.
+Thus, read ahead may be beneficial.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED
+The application expects that it will not access the specified address range
+in the near future.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR posix_madvise ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, it returns a positive error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I addr
+is not a multiple of the system page size or
+.I len
+is negative.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I advice
+is invalid.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Addresses in the specified range are partially or completely outside
+the caller's address space.
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX.1 permits an implementation to generate an error if
+.I len
+is 0.
+On Linux, specifying
+.I len
+as 0 is permitted (as a successful no-op).
+.P
+In glibc, this function is implemented using
+.BR madvise (2).
+However, since glibc 2.6,
+.B POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED
+is treated as a no-op, because the corresponding
+.BR madvise (2)
+value,
+.BR MADV_DONTNEED ,
+has destructive semantics.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR madvise (2),
+.BR posix_fadvise (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_memalign.3 b/man/man3/posix_memalign.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e89e1f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_memalign.3
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\" Based in part on GNU libc documentation.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2001-10-11, 2003-08-22, aeb, added some details
+.\" 2012-03-23, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@mail.com>
+.\"     Document pvalloc() and aligned_alloc()
+.TH posix_memalign 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+posix_memalign, aligned_alloc, memalign, valloc, pvalloc \-
+allocate aligned memory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int posix_memalign(void **" memptr ", size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
+.BI "void *aligned_alloc(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void *valloc(size_t " size );
+.P
+.B #include <malloc.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void *memalign(size_t " alignment ", size_t " size );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] void *pvalloc(size_t " size );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR posix_memalign ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.P
+.BR aligned_alloc ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC11_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR valloc ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && !(_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes and places the address of the allocated memory in
+.IR "*memptr" .
+The address of the allocated memory will be a multiple of
+.IR "alignment" ,
+which must be a power of two and a multiple of
+.IR "sizeof(void\ *)" .
+This address can later be successfully passed to
+.BR free (3).
+If
+.I size
+is 0, then
+the value placed in
+.I *memptr
+is either NULL
+.\" glibc does this:
+or a unique pointer value.
+.P
+The obsolete function
+.BR memalign ()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
+The memory address will be a multiple of
+.IR alignment ,
+which must be a power of two.
+.\" The behavior of memalign() for size==0 is as for posix_memalign()
+.\" but no standards govern this.
+.P
+.BR aligned_alloc ()
+is the same as
+.BR memalign (),
+except for the added restriction that
+.I alignment
+must be a power of two.
+.P
+The obsolete function
+.BR valloc ()
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
+The memory address will be a multiple of the page size.
+It is equivalent to
+.IR "memalign(sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE),size)" .
+.P
+The obsolete function
+.BR pvalloc ()
+is similar to
+.BR valloc (),
+but rounds the size of the allocation up to
+the next multiple of the system page size.
+.P
+For all of these functions, the memory is not zeroed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR aligned_alloc (),
+.BR memalign (),
+.BR valloc (),
+and
+.BR pvalloc ()
+return a pointer to the allocated memory on success.
+On error, NULL is returned, and \fIerrno\fP is set
+to indicate the error.
+.P
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+returns zero on success, or one of the error values listed in the
+next section on failure.
+The value of
+.I errno
+is not set.
+On Linux (and other systems),
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+does not modify
+.I memptr
+on failure.
+A requirement standardizing this behavior was added in POSIX.1-2008 TC2.
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=520
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I alignment
+argument was not a power of two, or was not a multiple of
+.IR "sizeof(void\ *)" .
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR aligned_alloc (),
+.BR memalign (),
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR valloc (),
+.BR pvalloc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe init
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR aligned_alloc ()
+C11.
+.TP
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR memalign ()
+.TQ
+.BR valloc ()
+None.
+.TP
+.BR pvalloc ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR aligned_alloc ()
+glibc 2.16.
+C11.
+.TP
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+glibc 2.1.91.
+POSIX.1d, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR memalign ()
+glibc 2.0.
+SunOS 4.1.3.
+.TP
+.BR valloc ()
+glibc 2.0.
+3.0BSD.
+Documented as obsolete in 4.3BSD,
+and as legacy in SUSv2.
+.TP
+.BR pvalloc ()
+glibc 2.0.
+.\"
+.SS Headers
+Everybody agrees that
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
+.P
+On some systems
+.BR memalign ()
+is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP instead of \fI<malloc.h>\fP.
+.P
+According to SUSv2,
+.BR valloc ()
+is declared in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP.
+.\" Libc4,5 and
+glibc declares it in \fI<malloc.h>\fP, and also in
+\fI<stdlib.h>\fP
+if suitable feature test macros are defined (see above).
+.SH NOTES
+On many systems there are alignment restrictions, for example, on buffers
+used for direct block device I/O.
+POSIX specifies the
+.I "pathconf(path,_PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN)"
+call that tells what alignment is needed.
+Now one can use
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+to satisfy this requirement.
+.P
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+verifies that
+.I alignment
+matches the requirements detailed above.
+.BR memalign ()
+may not check that the
+.I alignment
+argument is correct.
+.P
+POSIX requires that memory obtained from
+.BR posix_memalign ()
+can be freed using
+.BR free (3).
+Some systems provide no way to reclaim memory allocated with
+.BR memalign ()
+or
+.BR valloc ()
+(because one can pass to
+.BR free (3)
+only a pointer obtained from
+.BR malloc (3),
+while, for example,
+.BR memalign ()
+would call
+.BR malloc (3)
+and then align the obtained value).
+.\" Other systems allow passing the result of
+.\" .IR valloc ()
+.\" to
+.\" .IR free (3),
+.\" but not to
+.\" .IR realloc (3).
+The glibc implementation
+allows memory obtained from any of these functions to be
+reclaimed with
+.BR free (3).
+.P
+The glibc
+.BR malloc (3)
+always returns 8-byte aligned memory addresses, so these functions are
+needed only if you require larger alignment values.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR brk (2),
+.BR getpagesize (2),
+.BR free (3),
+.BR malloc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_openpt.3 b/man/man3/posix_openpt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04abebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_openpt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2004 Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH posix_openpt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+posix_openpt \- open a pseudoterminal device
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.B #include <fcntl.h>
+.P
+.BI "int posix_openpt(int " flags ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR posix_openpt ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR posix_openpt ()
+function opens an unused pseudoterminal master device, returning a
+file descriptor that can be used to refer to that device.
+.P
+The
+.I flags
+argument is a bit mask that ORs together zero or more of
+the following flags:
+.TP
+.B O_RDWR
+Open the device for both reading and writing.
+It is usual to specify this flag.
+.TP
+.B O_NOCTTY
+Do not make this device the controlling terminal for the process.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR posix_openpt ()
+returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer) which is the lowest
+numbered unused file descriptor.
+On failure, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR open (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR posix_openpt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+It is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
+.BR pts (4)).
+.SH NOTES
+Some older UNIX implementations that support System V
+(aka UNIX 98) pseudoterminals don't have this function, but it
+can be easily implemented by opening the pseudoterminal multiplexor device:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int
+posix_openpt(int flags)
+{
+    return open("/dev/ptmx", flags);
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Calling
+.BR posix_openpt ()
+creates a pathname for the corresponding pseudoterminal slave device.
+The pathname of the slave device can be obtained using
+.BR ptsname (3).
+The slave device pathname exists only as long as the master device is open.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR open (2),
+.BR getpt (3),
+.BR grantpt (3),
+.BR ptsname (3),
+.BR unlockpt (3),
+.BR pts (4),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_spawn.3 b/man/man3/posix_spawn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71a5b84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_spawn.3
@@ -0,0 +1,823 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Bill O. Gallmeister (bgallmeister@gmail.com)
+.\" and Copyright 2010 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux glibc source code
+.\"     POSIX 1003.1-2004 documentation
+.\"     (http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399)
+.\"
+.TH posix_spawn 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+posix_spawn, posix_spawnp \- spawn a process
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <spawn.h>
+.P
+.BI "int posix_spawn(pid_t *restrict " pid ", const char *restrict " path ,
+.BI "                const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *restrict " file_actions ,
+.BI "                const posix_spawnattr_t *restrict " attrp ,
+.BI "                char *const " argv [restrict],
+.BI "                char *const " envp [restrict]);
+.BI "int posix_spawnp(pid_t *restrict " pid ", const char *restrict " file ,
+.BI "                const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *restrict " file_actions ,
+.BI "                const posix_spawnattr_t *restrict " attrp ,
+.BI "                char *const " argv [restrict],
+.BI "                char *const " envp [restrict]);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+functions are used to create a new child process that executes
+a specified file.
+These functions were specified by POSIX to provide a standardized method
+of creating new processes on machines that lack the capability
+to support the
+.BR fork (2)
+system call.
+These machines are generally small, embedded systems lacking MMU support.
+.P
+The
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+functions provide the functionality of a combined
+.BR fork (2)
+and
+.BR exec (3),
+with some optional housekeeping steps in the child process before the
+.BR exec (3).
+These functions are not meant to replace the
+.BR fork (2)
+and
+.BR execve (2)
+system calls.
+In fact, they provide only a subset of the functionality
+that can be achieved by using the system calls.
+.P
+The only difference between
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+is the manner in which they specify the file to be executed by
+the child process.
+With
+.BR posix_spawn (),
+the executable file is specified as a pathname
+(which can be absolute or relative).
+With
+.BR posix_spawnp (),
+the executable file is specified as a simple filename;
+the system searches for this file in the list of directories specified by
+.B PATH
+(in the same way as for
+.BR execvp (3)).
+For the remainder of this page, the discussion is phrased in terms of
+.BR posix_spawn (),
+with the understanding that
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+differs only on the point just described.
+.P
+The remaining arguments to these two functions are as follows:
+.TP
+.I pid
+points to a buffer that is used to return the process ID
+of the new child process.
+.TP
+.I file_actions
+points to a
+.I "spawn file actions object"
+that specifies file-related actions to be performed in the child
+between the
+.BR fork (2)
+and
+.BR exec (3)
+steps.
+This object is initialized and populated before the
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+call using
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_init (3)
+and the
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_* ()
+functions.
+.TP
+.I attrp
+points to an
+.I attributes objects
+that specifies various attributes of the created child process.
+This object is initialized and populated before the
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+call using
+.BR posix_spawnattr_init (3)
+and the
+.BR posix_spawnattr_* ()
+functions.
+.TP
+.I argv
+.TQ
+.I envp
+specify the argument list and environment for the program
+that is executed in the child process, as for
+.BR execve (2).
+.P
+Below, the functions are described in terms of a three-step process: the
+.BR fork ()
+step, the
+.RB pre- exec ()
+step (executed in the child),
+and the
+.BR exec ()
+step (executed in the child).
+.SS fork() step
+Since glibc 2.24, the
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+function commences by calling
+.BR clone (2)
+with
+.B CLONE_VM
+and
+.B CLONE_VFORK
+flags.
+Older implementations use
+.BR fork (2),
+or possibly
+.BR vfork (2)
+(see below).
+.P
+The PID of the new child process is placed in
+.IR *pid .
+The
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+function then returns control to the parent process.
+.P
+Subsequently, the parent can use one of the system calls described in
+.BR wait (2)
+to check the status of the child process.
+If the child fails in any of the housekeeping steps described below,
+or fails to execute the desired file,
+it exits with a status of 127.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.24, the child process is created using
+.BR vfork (2)
+instead of
+.BR fork (2)
+when either of the following is true:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+the
+.I spawn-flags
+element of the attributes object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+contains the GNU-specific flag
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK ;
+or
+.IP \[bu]
+.I file_actions
+is NULL and the
+.I spawn-flags
+element of the attributes object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+does \fInot\fP contain
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK ,
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF ,
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM ,
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER ,
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP ,
+or
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS .
+.P
+In other words,
+.BR vfork (2)
+is used if the caller requests it,
+or if there is no cleanup expected in the child before it
+.BR exec (3)s
+the requested file.
+.SS pre-exec() step: housekeeping
+In between the
+.B fork()
+and the
+.B exec()
+steps, a child process may need to perform a set of housekeeping actions.
+The
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+functions support a small, well-defined set of system tasks that the child
+process can accomplish before it executes the executable file.
+These operations are controlled by the attributes object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+and the file actions object pointed to by
+.IR file_actions .
+In the child, processing is done in the following sequence:
+.IP (1) 5
+Process attribute actions: signal mask, signal default handlers,
+scheduling algorithm and parameters,
+process group, and effective user and group IDs
+are changed as specified by the attributes object pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+.IP (2)
+File actions, as specified in the
+.I file_actions
+argument,
+are performed in the order that they were specified using calls to the
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_add* ()
+functions.
+.IP (3)
+File descriptors with the
+.B FD_CLOEXEC
+flag set are closed.
+.P
+All process attributes in the child,
+other than those affected by attributes specified in the
+object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+and the file actions in the object pointed to by
+.IR file_actions ,
+will be affected as though the child was created with
+.BR fork (2)
+and it executed the program with
+.BR execve (2).
+.P
+The process attributes actions are defined by the attributes object
+pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+The
+.I spawn-flags
+attribute (set using
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setflags (3))
+controls the general actions that occur,
+and other attributes in the object specify values
+to be used during those actions.
+.P
+The effects of the flags that may be specified in
+.I spawn-flags
+are as follows:
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK
+Set the signal mask to the signal set specified in the
+.I spawn-sigmask
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+If the
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK
+flag is not set, then the child inherits the parent's signal mask.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF
+Reset the disposition of all signals in the set specified in the
+.I spawn-sigdefault
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+to the default.
+For the treatment of the dispositions of signals not specified in the
+.I spawn-sigdefault
+attribute, or the treatment when
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF
+is not specified, see
+.BR execve (2).
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
+.\" (POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING only)
+If this flag is set, and the
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+flag is not set, then set the scheduling parameters
+to the parameters specified in the
+.I spawn-schedparam
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+Set the scheduling policy algorithm and parameters of the child,
+as follows:
+.RS
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The scheduling policy is set to the value specified in the
+.I spawn-schedpolicy
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setpolicy (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+.IP \[bu]
+The scheduling parameters are set to the value specified in the
+.I spawn-schedparam
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.I attrp
+(but see BUGS).
+.P
+If the
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
+and
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPOLICY
+flags are not specified,
+the child inherits the corresponding scheduling attributes from the parent.
+.RE
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS
+If this flag is set,
+reset the effective UID and GID to the
+real UID and GID of the parent process.
+If this flag is not set,
+then the child retains the effective UID and GID of the parent.
+In either case, if the set-user-ID and set-group-ID permission
+bits are enabled on the executable file, their effect will override
+the setting of the effective UID and GID (se
+.BR execve (2)).
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP
+Set the process group to the value specified in the
+.I spawn-pgroup
+attribute
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" (see
+.\" .BR posix_spawnattr_setpgroup (3))
+of the object pointed to by
+.IR attrp .
+If the
+.I spawn-pgroup
+attribute has the value 0,
+the child's process group ID is made the same as its process ID.
+If the
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP
+flag is not set, the child inherits the parent's process group ID.
+.TP
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK
+Since glibc 2.24, this flag has no effect.
+On older implementations, setting this flag forces the
+.B fork()
+step to use
+.BR vfork (2)
+instead of
+.BR fork (2).
+The
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro must be defined to obtain the definition of this constant.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID " (since glibc 2.26)"
+If this flag is set,
+the child process shall create a new session and become the session leader.
+The child process shall also become the process group leader of the new process
+group in the session (see
+.BR setsid (2)).
+The
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro must be defined to obtain the definition of this constant.
+.\" This flag has been accepted in POSIX, see:
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1044
+.\" and has been implemented since glibc 2.26
+.\" commit daeb1fa2e1b33323e719015f5f546988bd4cc73b
+.P
+If
+.I attrp
+is NULL, then the default behaviors described above for each flag apply.
+.\" mtk: I think we probably don't want to say the following, since it
+.\"      could lead people to do the wrong thing
+.\" The POSIX standard tells you to call
+.\" this function to de-initialize the attributes object pointed to by
+.\" .I attrp
+.\" when you are done with it;
+.\" however, on Linux systems this operation is a no-op.
+.P
+The
+.I file_actions
+argument specifies a sequence of file operations
+that are performed in the child process after
+the general processing described above, and before it performs the
+.BR exec (3).
+If
+.I file_actions
+is NULL, then no special action is taken, and standard
+.BR exec (3)
+semantics apply\[em]file descriptors open before the exec
+remain open in the new process,
+except those for which the
+.B FD_CLOEXEC
+flag has been set.
+File locks remain in place.
+.P
+If
+.I file_actions
+is not NULL, then it contains an ordered set of requests to
+.BR open (2),
+.BR close (2),
+and
+.BR dup2 (2)
+files.
+These requests are added to the
+.I file_actions
+by
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (3),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (3),
+and
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3).
+The requested operations are performed in the order they were added to
+.IR file_actions .
+.\" FIXME . I think the following is best placed in the
+.\" posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2(3) page, and a similar statement is
+.\" also needed in posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose(3)
+.\" Note that you can specify file descriptors in
+.\" .I posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3)
+.\" which would not be usable if you called
+.\" .BR dup2 (2)
+.\" at that time--i.e., file descriptors that are opened or
+.\" closed by the earlier operations
+.\" added to
+.\" .I file_actions .
+.P
+If any of the housekeeping actions fails
+(due to bogus values being passed or other reasons why signal handling,
+process scheduling, process group ID functions,
+and file descriptor operations might fail),
+the child process exits with exit value 127.
+.SS exec() step
+Once the child has successfully forked and performed
+all requested pre-exec steps,
+the child runs the requested executable.
+.P
+The child process takes its environment from the
+.I envp
+argument, which is interpreted as if it had been passed to
+.BR execve (2).
+The arguments to the created process come from the
+.I argv
+argument, which is processed as for
+.BR execve (2).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful completion,
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+place the PID of the child process in
+.IR pid ,
+and return 0.
+If there is an error during the
+.B fork()
+step,
+then no child is created,
+the contents of
+.I *pid
+are unspecified,
+and these functions return an error number as described below.
+.P
+Even when these functions return a success status,
+the child process may still fail for a plethora of reasons related to its
+pre-\fBexec\fR() initialization.
+In addition, the
+.BR exec (3)
+may fail.
+In all of these cases, the child process will exit with the exit value of 127.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+and
+.BR posix_spawnp ()
+functions fail only in the case where the underlying
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR vfork (2),
+or
+.BR clone (2)
+call fails;  in these cases, these functions return an error number,
+which will be one of the errors described for
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR vfork (2),
+or
+.BR clone (2).
+.P
+In addition, these functions fail if:
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+Function not supported on this system.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" FIXME . This piece belongs in spawnattr_setflags(3)
+.\" The
+.\" .B POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK
+.\" flag is a GNU extension; the
+.\" .B _GNU_SOURCE
+.\" feature test macro must be defined (before including any header files)
+.\" to obtain the definition of this constant.
+.SH NOTES
+The housekeeping activities in the child are controlled by
+the objects pointed to by
+.I attrp
+(for non-file actions) and
+.I file_actions
+In POSIX parlance, the
+.I posix_spawnattr_t
+and
+.I posix_spawn_file_actions_t
+data types are referred to as objects,
+and their elements are not specified by name.
+Portable programs should initialize these objects using
+only the POSIX-specified functions.
+(In other words,
+although these objects may be implemented as structures containing fields,
+portable programs must avoid dependence on such implementation details.)
+.P
+According to POSIX, it is unspecified whether fork handlers established with
+.BR pthread_atfork (3)
+are called when
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+is invoked.
+Since glibc 2.24, the fork handlers are not executed in any case.
+.\" Tested on glibc 2.12
+On older implementations,
+fork handlers are called only if the child is created using
+.BR fork (2).
+.P
+There is no "posix_fspawn" function (i.e., a function that is to
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+as
+.BR fexecve (3)
+is to
+.BR execve (2)).
+However, this functionality can be obtained by specifying the
+.I path
+argument as one of the files in the caller's
+.I /proc/self/fd
+directory.
+.SH BUGS
+POSIX.1 says that when
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+is specified in
+.IR spawn-flags ,
+then the
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
+(if present) is ignored.
+However, before glibc 2.14, calls to
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+failed with an error if
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12052
+.B POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+was specified without also specifying
+.BR POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of various functions in the
+POSIX spawn API.
+The program accepts command-line attributes that can be used
+to create file actions and attributes objects.
+The remaining command-line arguments are used as the executable name
+and command-line arguments of the program that is executed in the child.
+.P
+In the first run, the
+.BR date (1)
+command is executed in the child, and the
+.BR posix_spawn ()
+call employs no file actions or attributes objects.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out date\fP
+PID of child: 7634
+Tue Feb  1 19:47:50 CEST 2011
+Child status: exited, status=0
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the next run, the
+.I \-c
+command-line option is used to create a file actions object that closes
+standard output in the child.
+Consequently,
+.BR date (1)
+fails when trying to perform output and exits with a status of 1.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out \-c date\fP
+PID of child: 7636
+date: write error: Bad file descriptor
+Child status: exited, status=1
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the next run, the
+.I \-s
+command-line option is used to create an attributes object that
+specifies that all (blockable) signals in the child should be blocked.
+Consequently, trying to kill child with the default signal sent by
+.BR kill (1)
+(i.e.,
+.BR SIGTERM )
+fails, because that signal is blocked.
+Therefore, to kill the child,
+.B SIGKILL
+is necessary
+.RB ( SIGKILL
+can't be blocked).
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out \-s sleep 60 &\fP
+[1] 7637
+$ PID of child: 7638
+.P
+$ \fBkill 7638\fP
+$ \fBkill \-KILL 7638\fP
+$ Child status: killed by signal 9
+[1]+  Done                    ./a.out \-s sleep 60
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+When we try to execute a nonexistent command in the child, the
+.BR exec (3)
+fails and the child exits with a status of 127.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out xxxxx
+PID of child: 10190
+Child status: exited, status=127
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (posix_spawn.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <spawn.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <wait.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); \e
+                             exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+#define errExitEN(en, msg) \e
+                        do { errno = en; perror(msg); \e
+                             exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+char **environ;
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    pid_t child_pid;
+    int s, opt, status;
+    sigset_t mask;
+    posix_spawnattr_t attr;
+    posix_spawnattr_t *attrp;
+    posix_spawn_file_actions_t file_actions;
+    posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actionsp;
+\&
+    /* Parse command\-line options, which can be used to specify an
+       attributes object and file actions object for the child. */
+\&
+    attrp = NULL;
+    file_actionsp = NULL;
+\&
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "sc")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]c\[aq]:       /* \-c: close standard output in child */
+\&
+            /* Create a file actions object and add a "close"
+               action to it. */
+\&
+            s = posix_spawn_file_actions_init(&file_actions);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_init");
+\&
+            s = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose(&file_actions,
+                                                  STDOUT_FILENO);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose");
+\&
+            file_actionsp = &file_actions;
+            break;
+\&
+        case \[aq]s\[aq]:       /* \-s: block all signals in child */
+\&
+            /* Create an attributes object and add a "set signal mask"
+               action to it. */
+\&
+            s = posix_spawnattr_init(&attr);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_init");
+            s = posix_spawnattr_setflags(&attr, POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_setflags");
+\&
+            sigfillset(&mask);
+            s = posix_spawnattr_setsigmask(&attr, &mask);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_setsigmask");
+\&
+            attrp = &attr;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    /* Spawn the child. The name of the program to execute and the
+       command\-line arguments are taken from the command\-line arguments
+       of this program. The environment of the program execed in the
+       child is made the same as the parent\[aq]s environment. */
+\&
+    s = posix_spawnp(&child_pid, argv[optind], file_actionsp, attrp,
+                     &argv[optind], environ);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn");
+\&
+    /* Destroy any objects that we created earlier. */
+\&
+    if (attrp != NULL) {
+        s = posix_spawnattr_destroy(attrp);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errExitEN(s, "posix_spawnattr_destroy");
+    }
+\&
+    if (file_actionsp != NULL) {
+        s = posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy(file_actionsp);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errExitEN(s, "posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy");
+    }
+\&
+    printf("PID of child: %jd\en", (intmax_t) child_pid);
+\&
+    /* Monitor status of the child until it terminates. */
+\&
+    do {
+        s = waitpid(child_pid, &status, WUNTRACED | WCONTINUED);
+        if (s == \-1)
+            errExit("waitpid");
+\&
+        printf("Child status: ");
+        if (WIFEXITED(status)) {
+            printf("exited, status=%d\en", WEXITSTATUS(status));
+        } else if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) {
+            printf("killed by signal %d\en", WTERMSIG(status));
+        } else if (WIFSTOPPED(status)) {
+            printf("stopped by signal %d\en", WSTOPSIG(status));
+        } else if (WIFCONTINUED(status)) {
+            printf("continued\en");
+        }
+    } while (!WIFEXITED(status) && !WIFSIGNALED(status));
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.nh \" Disable hyphenation
+.ad l
+.BR close (2),
+.BR dup2 (2),
+.BR execl (2),
+.BR execlp (2),
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR sched_setparam (2),
+.BR sched_setscheduler (2),
+.BR setpgid (2),
+.BR setuid (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (3),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (3),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (3),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (3),
+.BR posix_spawn_file_actions_init (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_destroy (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getflags (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getpgroup (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getschedparam (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_getsigmask (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_init (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setflags (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setpgroup (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault (3),
+.BR posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (3),
+.BR pthread_atfork (3),
+.IR <spawn.h> ,
+Base Definitions volume of POSIX.1-2001,
+.I http://www.opengroup.org/unix/online.html
diff --git a/man/man3/posix_spawnp.3 b/man/man3/posix_spawnp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6f49d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/posix_spawnp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/posix_spawn.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pow.3 b/man/man3/pow.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c252cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pow.3
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-08-14 by Arnt Gulbrandsen <agulbra@troll.no>
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH pow 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pow, powf, powl \- power functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double pow(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float powf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double powl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR powf (),
+.BR powl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the value of
+.I x
+raised to the
+power of
+.IR y .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the value of
+.I x
+to the power of
+.IR y .
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+.\" The range error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
+.P
+If result underflows, and is not representable,
+a range error occurs,
+and 0.0 with the appropriate sign is returned.
+.\" POSIX.1 does not specify the sign of the zero,
+.\" but https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2678
+.\" points out that the zero has the wrong sign in some cases.
+.P
+.\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
+If
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0,
+and
+.I y
+is an odd integer less than 0,
+a pole error occurs and
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+is returned,
+with the same sign as
+.IR x .
+.P
+.\" pow(\(+-0, <0 [[!odd]]) = HUGE_VAL*
+If
+.I x
+is +0 or \-0,
+and
+.I y
+is less than 0 and not an odd integer,
+a pole error occurs and
+.\" The pole error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
+.RB + HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB + HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB + HUGE_VALL ,
+is returned.
+.P
+.\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[odd]]) = \(+-0
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0),
+and
+.I y
+is an odd integer greater than 0,
+the result is +0 (\-0).
+.P
+.\" pow(\(+-0, >0 [[!odd]]) = +0
+If
+.I x
+is 0,
+and
+.I y
+greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
+the result is +0.
+.P
+.\" pow(-1, \(+-INFINITY) = 1.0
+If
+.I x
+is \-1,
+and
+.I y
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+the result is 1.0.
+.P
+.\" pow(+1, y) = 1.0
+If
+.I x
+is +1, the result is 1.0 (even if
+.I y
+is a NaN).
+.P
+.\" pow(x, \(+-0) = 1.0
+If
+.I y
+is 0, the result is 1.0 (even if
+.I x
+is a NaN).
+.P
+.\" pow(<0, y) = NaN
+If
+.I x
+is a finite value less than 0, and
+.I y
+is a finite noninteger, a domain error occurs,
+.\" The domain error is generated at least as far back as glibc 2.4
+and a NaN is returned.
+.P
+.\" pow(|x|<1, -INFINITY) = INFINITY
+If the absolute value of
+.I x
+is less than 1,
+and
+.I y
+is negative infinity,
+the result is positive infinity.
+.P
+.\" pow(|x|>1, -INFINITY) = +0
+If the absolute value of
+.I x
+is greater than 1,
+and
+.I y
+is negative infinity,
+the result is +0.
+.P
+.\" pow(|x|<1, INFINITY) = +0
+If the absolute value of
+.I x
+is less than 1,
+and
+.I y
+is positive infinity,
+the result is +0.
+.P
+.\" pow(|x|>1, INFINITY) = INFINITY
+If the absolute value of
+.I x
+is greater than 1,
+and
+.I y
+is positive infinity,
+the result is positive infinity.
+.P
+.\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[odd]]) = -0
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
+and
+.I y
+is an odd integer less than 0,
+the result is \-0.
+.P
+.\" pow(-INFINITY, <0 [[!odd]]) = +0
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
+and
+.I y
+less than 0 and not an odd integer,
+the result is +0.
+.P
+.\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[odd]]) = -INFINITY
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
+and
+.I y
+is an odd integer greater than 0,
+the result is negative infinity.
+.P
+.\" pow(-INFINITY, >0 [[!odd]]) = INFINITY
+If
+.I x
+is negative infinity,
+and
+.I y
+greater than 0 and not an odd integer,
+the result is positive infinity.
+.P
+.\" pow(INFINITY, <0) = +0
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity,
+and
+.I y
+less than 0,
+the result is +0.
+.P
+.\" pow(INFINITY, >0) = INFINITY
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity,
+and
+.I y
+greater than 0,
+the result is positive infinity.
+.P
+.\" pow(NaN, y) or pow(x, NaN) = NaN
+Except as specified above, if
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, the result is a NaN.
+.SH ERRORS
+.\" FIXME . review status of this error
+.\" longstanding bug report for glibc:
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=369
+.\" For negative x, and -large and +large y, glibc 2.8 gives incorrect
+.\" results
+.\" pow(-0.5,-DBL_MAX)=nan
+.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
+.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-overflow (ERANGE, FE_OVERFLOW); +INF)
+.\"
+.\" pow(-1.5,-DBL_MAX)=nan
+.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
+.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-underflow (ERANGE, FE_UNDERFLOW); +0)
+.\"
+.\" pow(-0.5,DBL_MAX)=nan
+.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
+.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-underflow (ERANGE, FE_UNDERFLOW); +0)
+.\"
+.\" pow(-1.5,DBL_MAX)=nan
+.\" EDOM FE_INVALID nan; fail-errno fail-except fail-result;
+.\" FAIL (expected: range-error-overflow (ERANGE, FE_OVERFLOW); +INF)
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative, and \fIy\fP is a finite noninteger
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is zero, and \fIy\fP is negative
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: the result overflows
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: the result underflows
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pow (),
+.BR powf (),
+.BR powl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH BUGS
+.SS Historical bugs (now fixed)
+Before glibc 2.28,
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13932
+on some architectures (e.g., x86-64)
+.BR pow ()
+may be more than 10,000 times slower for some inputs
+than for other nearby inputs.
+This affects only
+.BR pow (),
+and not
+.BR powf ()
+nor
+.BR powl ().
+This problem was fixed
+.\" commit c3d466cba1692708a19c6ff829d0386c83a0c6e5
+in glibc 2.28.
+.P
+A number of bugs
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3866
+in the glibc implementation of
+.BR pow ()
+were fixed in glibc 2.16.
+.P
+In glibc 2.9 and earlier,
+.\"
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6776
+when a pole error occurs,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+instead of the POSIX-mandated
+.BR ERANGE .
+Since glibc 2.10,
+.\" or possibly 2.9, I haven't found the source code change
+.\" and I don't have a 2.9 system to test
+glibc does the right thing.
+.P
+In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
+.\" Actually, glibc 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
+.\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
+when an overflow or underflow error occurs, glibc's
+.BR pow ()
+generates a bogus invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+in addition to the overflow or underflow exception.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR cpow (3),
+.BR sqrt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/pow10.3 b/man/man3/pow10.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8c9bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pow10.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pow10 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pow10, pow10f, pow10l \- base-10 power functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double pow10(double " x );
+.BI "float pow10f(float " x );
+.BI "long double pow10l(long double " x );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the value of 10 raised to the power
+.IR x .
+.P
+.BR "Note well" :
+These functions perform exactly the same task as the functions described in
+.BR exp10 (3),
+with the difference that the latter functions are now standardized
+in TS\ 18661-4:2015.
+Those latter functions should be used in preference
+to the functions described in this page.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pow10 (),
+.BR pow10f (),
+.BR pow10l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH VERSIONS
+glibc 2.1.
+Removed in glibc 2.27.
+.\" glibc commit 5a80d39d0d2587e9bd8e72f19e92eeb2a66fbe9e
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR exp10 (3),
+.BR pow (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/pow10f.3 b/man/man3/pow10f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a71580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pow10f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pow10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pow10l.3 b/man/man3/pow10l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a71580
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pow10l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pow10.3
diff --git a/man/man3/powerof2.3 b/man/man3/powerof2.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6e82d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/powerof2.3
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH powerof2 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+powerof2 \- test if a value is a power of 2
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/param.h>
+.P
+.BI "int powerof2(" x );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This macro returns true if
+.I x
+is a power of 2,
+and false otherwise.
+.P
+.B 0
+is considered a power of 2.
+This can make sense considering wrapping of unsigned integers,
+and has interesting properties.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+True or false,
+if
+.I x
+is a power of 2 or not,
+respectively.
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
+.P
+Because this macro is implemented using bitwise operations,
+some negative values can invoke undefined behavior.
+For example,
+the following invokes undefined behavior:
+.IR "powerof2(INT_MIN);".
+Call it only with unsigned types to be safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR stdc_bit_ceil (3),
+.BR stdc_bit_floor (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/powf.3 b/man/man3/powf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63da756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/powf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pow.3
diff --git a/man/man3/powl.3 b/man/man3/powl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63da756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/powl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pow.3
diff --git a/man/man3/printf.3 b/man/man3/printf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7023e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/printf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,1239 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" Earlier versions of this page influenced the present text.
+.\" It was derived from a Berkeley page with version
+.\"       @(#)printf.3    6.14 (Berkeley) 7/30/91
+.\" converted for Linux by faith@cs.unc.edu, updated by
+.\" Helmut.Geyer@iwr.uni-heidelberg.de, agulbra@troll.no and Bruno Haible.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" 1999-11-25 aeb - Rewritten, using SUSv2 and C99.
+.\" 2000-07-26 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - three small fixes
+.\" 2000-10-16 jsm28@hermes.cam.ac.uk - more fixes
+.\"
+.TH printf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+printf, fprintf, dprintf, sprintf, snprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, vdprintf,
+vsprintf, vsnprintf \- formatted output conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int printf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int fprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int dprintf(int " fd ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int sprintf(char *restrict " str ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int snprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.P
+.BI "int vprintf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.BI "int vfprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.BI "int vdprintf(int " fd ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.BI "int vsprintf(char *restrict " str ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.BI "int vsnprintf(char " str "[restrict ." size "], size_t " size ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR snprintf (),
+.BR vsnprintf ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR dprintf (),
+.BR vdprintf ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions in the
+.BR printf ()
+family produce output according to a
+.I format
+as described below.
+The functions
+.BR printf ()
+and
+.BR vprintf ()
+write output to
+.IR stdout ,
+the standard output stream;
+.BR fprintf ()
+and
+.BR vfprintf ()
+write output to the given output
+.IR stream ;
+.BR sprintf (),
+.BR snprintf (),
+.BR vsprintf (),
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+write to the character string
+.IR str .
+.P
+The function
+.BR dprintf ()
+is the same as
+.BR fprintf ()
+except that it outputs to a file descriptor,
+.IR fd ,
+instead of to a
+.BR stdio (3)
+stream.
+.P
+The functions
+.BR snprintf ()
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+write at most
+.I size
+bytes (including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])) to
+.IR str .
+.P
+The functions
+.BR vprintf (),
+.BR vfprintf (),
+.BR vdprintf (),
+.BR vsprintf (),
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+are equivalent to the functions
+.BR printf (),
+.BR fprintf (),
+.BR dprintf (),
+.BR sprintf (),
+.BR snprintf (),
+respectively, except that they are called with a
+.I va_list
+instead of a variable number of arguments.
+These functions do not call the
+.I va_end
+macro.
+Because they invoke the
+.I va_arg
+macro, the value of
+.I ap
+is undefined after the call.
+See
+.BR stdarg (3).
+.P
+All of these functions write the output under the control of a
+.I format
+string that specifies how subsequent arguments (or arguments accessed via
+the variable-length argument facilities of
+.BR stdarg (3))
+are converted for output.
+.P
+C99 and POSIX.1-2001 specify that the results are undefined if a call to
+.BR sprintf (),
+.BR snprintf (),
+.BR vsprintf (),
+or
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+would cause copying to take place between objects that overlap
+(e.g., if the target string array and one of the supplied input arguments
+refer to the same buffer).
+See CAVEATS.
+.SS Format of the format string
+The format string is a character string, beginning and ending
+in its initial shift state, if any.
+The format string is composed of zero or more directives: ordinary
+characters (not
+.BR % ),
+which are copied unchanged to the output stream;
+and conversion specifications, each of which results in fetching zero or
+more subsequent arguments.
+Each conversion specification is introduced by
+the character
+.BR % ,
+and ends with a
+.IR "conversion specifier" .
+In between there may be (in this order) zero or more
+.IR flags ,
+an optional minimum
+.IR "field width" ,
+an optional
+.I precision
+and an optional
+.IR "length modifier" .
+.P
+The overall syntax of a conversion specification is:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.nf
+%[$][flags][width][.precision][length modifier]conversion
+.fi
+.in
+.P
+The arguments must correspond properly (after type promotion) with the
+conversion specifier.
+By default, the arguments are used in the order
+given, where each \[aq]*\[aq] (see
+.I "Field width"
+and
+.I Precision
+below) and each conversion specifier asks for the next
+argument (and it is an error if insufficiently many arguments are given).
+One can also specify explicitly which argument is taken,
+at each place where an argument is required, by writing "%m$" instead
+of \[aq]%\[aq] and "*m$" instead of \[aq]*\[aq],
+where the decimal integer \fIm\fP denotes
+the position in the argument list of the desired argument, indexed starting
+from 1.
+Thus,
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+printf("%*d", width, num);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+and
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+printf("%2$*1$d", width, num);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+are equivalent.
+The second style allows repeated references to the
+same argument.
+The C99 standard does not include the style using \[aq]$\[aq],
+which comes from the Single UNIX Specification.
+If the style using
+\[aq]$\[aq] is used, it must be used throughout for all conversions taking an
+argument and all width and precision arguments, but it may be mixed
+with "%%" formats, which do not consume an argument.
+There may be no
+gaps in the numbers of arguments specified using \[aq]$\[aq]; for example, if
+arguments 1 and 3 are specified, argument 2 must also be specified
+somewhere in the format string.
+.P
+For some numeric conversions a radix character ("decimal point") or
+thousands' grouping character is used.
+The actual character used
+depends on the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+part of the locale.
+(See
+.BR setlocale (3).)
+The POSIX locale
+uses \[aq].\[aq] as radix character, and does not have a grouping character.
+Thus,
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+printf("%\[aq].2f", 1234567.89);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+results in "1234567.89" in the POSIX locale, in "1234567,89" in the
+nl_NL locale, and in "1.234.567,89" in the da_DK locale.
+.SS Flag characters
+The character % is followed by zero or more of the following flags:
+.TP
+.B #
+The value should be converted to an "alternate form".
+For
+.B o
+conversions, the first character of the output string is made zero
+(by prefixing a 0 if it was not zero already).
+For
+.B x
+and
+.B X
+conversions, a nonzero result has the string "0x" (or "0X" for
+.B X
+conversions) prepended to it.
+For
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+and
+.B G
+conversions, the result will always contain a decimal point, even if no
+digits follow it (normally, a decimal point appears in the results of those
+conversions only if a digit follows).
+For
+.B g
+and
+.B G
+conversions, trailing zeros are not removed from the result as they would
+otherwise be.
+For
+.BR m ,
+if
+.I errno
+contains a valid error code,
+the output of
+.I strerrorname_np(errno)
+is printed;
+otherwise, the value stored in
+.I errno
+is printed as a decimal number.
+For other conversions, the result is undefined.
+.TP
+.B \&0
+The value should be zero padded.
+For
+.BR d ,
+.BR i ,
+.BR o ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR x ,
+.BR X ,
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+and
+.B G
+conversions, the converted value is padded on the left with zeros rather
+than blanks.
+If the
+.B \&0
+and
+.B \-
+flags both appear, the
+.B \&0
+flag is ignored.
+If a precision is given with an integer conversion
+.RB ( d ,
+.BR i ,
+.BR o ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR x ,
+and
+.BR X ),
+the
+.B \&0
+flag is ignored.
+For other conversions, the behavior is undefined.
+.TP
+.B \-
+The converted value is to be left adjusted on the field boundary.
+(The default is right justification.)
+The converted value is padded on the right with blanks, rather
+than on the left with blanks or zeros.
+A
+.B \-
+overrides a
+.B \&0
+if both are given.
+.TP
+.B \[aq] \[aq]
+(a space) A blank should be left before a positive number
+(or empty string) produced by a signed conversion.
+.TP
+.B +
+A sign (+ or \-) should always be placed before a number produced by a signed
+conversion.
+By default, a sign is used only for negative numbers.
+A
+.B +
+overrides a space if both are used.
+.P
+The five flag characters above are defined in the C99 standard.
+The Single UNIX Specification specifies one further flag character.
+.TP
+.B \[aq]
+For decimal conversion
+.RB ( i ,
+.BR d ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+.BR G )
+the output is to be grouped with thousands' grouping characters
+if the locale information indicates any.
+(See
+.BR setlocale (3).)
+Note that many versions of
+.BR gcc (1)
+cannot parse this option and will issue a warning.
+(SUSv2 did not
+include \fI%\[aq]F\fP, but SUSv3 added it.)
+Note also that the default locale of a C program is "C"
+whose locale information indicates no thousands' grouping character.
+Therefore, without a prior call to
+.BR setlocale (3),
+no thousands' grouping characters will be printed.
+.P
+glibc 2.2 adds one further flag character.
+.TP
+.B I
+For decimal integer conversion
+.RB ( i ,
+.BR d ,
+.BR u )
+the output uses the locale's alternative output digits, if any.
+For example, since glibc 2.2.3 this will give Arabic-Indic digits
+in the Persian ("fa_IR") locale.
+.\" outdigits keyword in locale file
+.SS Field width
+An optional decimal digit string (with nonzero first digit) specifying
+a minimum field width.
+If the converted value has fewer characters
+than the field width, it will be padded with spaces on the left
+(or right, if the left-adjustment flag has been given).
+Instead of a decimal digit string one may write "*" or "*m$"
+(for some decimal integer \fIm\fP) to specify that the field width
+is given in the next argument, or in the \fIm\fP-th argument, respectively,
+which must be of type
+.IR int .
+A negative field width is taken as a \[aq]\-\[aq] flag followed by a
+positive field width.
+In no case does a nonexistent or small field width cause truncation of a
+field; if the result of a conversion is wider than the field width, the
+field is expanded to contain the conversion result.
+.SS Precision
+An optional precision, in the form of a period (\[aq].\[aq])  followed by an
+optional decimal digit string.
+Instead of a decimal digit string one may write "*" or "*m$"
+(for some decimal integer \fIm\fP) to specify that the precision
+is given in the next argument, or in the \fIm\fP-th argument, respectively,
+which must be of type
+.IR int .
+If the precision is given as just \[aq].\[aq], the precision is taken to
+be zero.
+A negative precision is taken as if the precision were omitted.
+This gives the minimum number of digits to appear for
+.BR d ,
+.BR i ,
+.BR o ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR x ,
+and
+.B X
+conversions, the number of digits to appear after the radix character for
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+and
+.B F
+conversions, the maximum number of significant digits for
+.B g
+and
+.B G
+conversions, or the maximum number of characters to be printed from a
+string for
+.B s
+and
+.B S
+conversions.
+.SS Length modifier
+Here, "integer conversion" stands for
+.BR d ,
+.BR i ,
+.BR o ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR x ,
+or
+.B X
+conversion.
+.TP
+.B hh
+A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I signed char
+or
+.I unsigned char
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I signed char
+argument.
+.TP
+.B h
+A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I short
+or
+.I unsigned short
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I short
+argument.
+.TP
+.B l
+(ell) A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I long
+or
+.I unsigned long
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I long
+argument, or a following
+.B c
+conversion corresponds to a
+.I wint_t
+argument, or a following
+.B s
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to
+.I wchar_t
+argument.
+On a following
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+or
+.B G
+conversion, this length modifier is ignored (C99; not in SUSv2).
+.TP
+.B ll
+(ell-ell).
+A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I long long
+or
+.I unsigned long long
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I long long
+argument.
+.TP
+.B q
+A synonym for
+.BR ll .
+This is a nonstandard extension, derived from BSD;
+avoid its use in new code.
+.TP
+.B L
+A following
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+or
+.B G
+conversion corresponds to a
+.I long double
+argument.
+(C99 allows %LF, but SUSv2 does not.)
+.TP
+.B j
+A following integer conversion corresponds to an
+.I intmax_t
+or
+.I uintmax_t
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to an
+.I intmax_t
+argument.
+.TP
+.B z
+A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I size_t
+or
+.I ssize_t
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I size_t
+argument.
+.TP
+.B Z
+A nonstandard synonym for
+.B z
+that predates the appearance of
+.BR z .
+Do not use in new code.
+.TP
+.B t
+A following integer conversion corresponds to a
+.I ptrdiff_t
+argument, or a following
+.B n
+conversion corresponds to a pointer to a
+.I ptrdiff_t
+argument.
+.P
+SUSv3 specifies all of the above,
+except for those modifiers explicitly noted as being nonstandard extensions.
+SUSv2 specified only the length modifiers
+.B h
+(in
+.BR hd ,
+.BR hi ,
+.BR ho ,
+.BR hx ,
+.BR hX ,
+.BR hn )
+and
+.B l
+(in
+.BR ld ,
+.BR li ,
+.BR lo ,
+.BR lx ,
+.BR lX ,
+.BR ln ,
+.BR lc ,
+.BR ls )
+and
+.B L
+(in
+.BR Le ,
+.BR LE ,
+.BR Lf ,
+.BR Lg ,
+.BR LG ).
+.P
+As a nonstandard extension, the GNU implementations treats
+.B ll
+and
+.B L
+as synonyms, so that one can, for example, write
+.B llg
+(as a synonym for the standards-compliant
+.BR Lg )
+and
+.B Ld
+(as a synonym for the standards compliant
+.BR lld ).
+Such usage is nonportable.
+.\"
+.SS Conversion specifiers
+A character that specifies the type of conversion to be applied.
+The conversion specifiers and their meanings are:
+.TP
+.BR d ", " i
+The
+.I int
+argument is converted to signed decimal notation.
+The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of digits
+that must appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it is
+padded on the left with zeros.
+The default precision is 1.
+When 0 is printed with an explicit precision 0, the output is empty.
+.TP
+.BR o ", " u ", " x ", " X
+The
+.I "unsigned int"
+argument is converted to unsigned octal
+.RB ( o ),
+unsigned decimal
+.RB ( u ),
+or unsigned hexadecimal
+.RB ( x
+and
+.BR X )
+notation.
+The letters
+.B abcdef
+are used for
+.B x
+conversions; the letters
+.B ABCDEF
+are used for
+.B X
+conversions.
+The precision, if any, gives the minimum number of digits
+that must appear; if the converted value requires fewer digits, it is
+padded on the left with zeros.
+The default precision is 1.
+When 0 is printed with an explicit precision 0, the output is empty.
+.TP
+.BR e ", " E
+The
+.I double
+argument is rounded and converted in the style
+.RB [\-]d \&. ddd e \(+-dd
+where there is one digit (which is nonzero if the argument is nonzero)
+before the decimal-point character and the number
+of digits after it is equal to the precision; if the precision is missing,
+it is taken as 6; if the precision is zero, no decimal-point character
+appears.
+An
+.B E
+conversion uses the letter
+.B E
+(rather than
+.BR e )
+to introduce the exponent.
+The exponent always contains at least two
+digits; if the value is zero, the exponent is 00.
+.TP
+.BR f ", " F
+The
+.I double
+argument is rounded and converted to decimal notation in the style
+.RB [\-]ddd \&. ddd,
+where the number of digits after the decimal-point character is equal to
+the precision specification.
+If the precision is missing, it is taken as
+6; if the precision is explicitly zero, no decimal-point character appears.
+If a decimal point appears, at least one digit appears before it.
+.IP
+(SUSv2 does not know about
+.B F
+and says that character string representations for infinity and NaN
+may be made available.
+SUSv3 adds a specification for
+.BR F .
+The C99 standard specifies "[\-]inf" or "[\-]infinity"
+for infinity, and a string starting with "nan" for NaN, in the case of
+.B f
+conversion, and "[\-]INF" or "[\-]INFINITY" or "NAN" in the case of
+.B F
+conversion.)
+.TP
+.BR g ", " G
+The
+.I double
+argument is converted in style
+.B f
+or
+.B e
+(or
+.B F
+or
+.B E
+for
+.B G
+conversions).
+The precision specifies the number of significant digits.
+If the precision is missing, 6 digits are given; if the precision is zero,
+it is treated as 1.
+Style
+.B e
+is used if the exponent from its conversion is less than \-4 or greater
+than or equal to the precision.
+Trailing zeros are removed from the
+fractional part of the result; a decimal point appears only if it is
+followed by at least one digit.
+.TP
+.BR a ", " A
+(C99; not in SUSv2, but added in SUSv3)
+For
+.B a
+conversion, the
+.I double
+argument is converted to hexadecimal notation (using the letters abcdef)
+in the style
+.RB [\-] 0x h \&. hhhh p \(+-d;
+for
+.B A
+conversion the prefix
+.BR 0X ,
+the letters ABCDEF, and the exponent separator
+.B P
+is used.
+There is one hexadecimal digit before the decimal point,
+and the number of digits after it is equal to the precision.
+The default precision suffices for an exact representation of the value
+if an exact representation in base 2 exists
+and otherwise is sufficiently large to distinguish values of type
+.IR double .
+The digit before the decimal point is unspecified for nonnormalized
+numbers, and nonzero but otherwise unspecified for normalized numbers.
+The exponent always contains at least one
+digit; if the value is zero, the exponent is 0.
+.TP
+.B c
+If no
+.B l
+modifier is present, the
+.I int
+argument is converted to an
+.IR "unsigned char" ,
+and the resulting character is written.
+If an
+.B l
+modifier is present, the
+.I wint_t
+(wide character) argument is converted to a multibyte sequence by a call
+to the
+.BR wcrtomb (3)
+function, with a conversion state starting in the initial state, and the
+resulting multibyte string is written.
+.TP
+.B s
+If no
+.B l
+modifier is present: the
+.I "const char\ *"
+argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of character type (pointer
+to a string).
+Characters from the array are written up to (but not
+including) a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]);
+if a precision is specified, no more than the number specified
+are written.
+If a precision is given, no null byte need be present;
+if the precision is not specified, or is greater than the size of the
+array, the array must contain a terminating null byte.
+.IP
+If an
+.B l
+modifier is present: the
+.I "const wchar_t\ *"
+argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of wide characters.
+Wide characters from the array are converted to multibyte characters
+(each by a call to the
+.BR wcrtomb (3)
+function, with a conversion state starting in the initial state before
+the first wide character), up to and including a terminating null
+wide character.
+The resulting multibyte characters are written up to
+(but not including) the terminating null byte.
+If a precision is
+specified, no more bytes than the number specified are written, but
+no partial multibyte characters are written.
+Note that the precision
+determines the number of
+.I bytes
+written, not the number of
+.I wide characters
+or
+.IR "screen positions" .
+The array must contain a terminating null wide character, unless a
+precision is given and it is so small that the number of bytes written
+exceeds it before the end of the array is reached.
+.TP
+.B C
+(Not in C99 or C11, but in SUSv2, SUSv3, and SUSv4.)
+Synonym for
+.BR lc .
+Don't use.
+.TP
+.B S
+(Not in C99 or C11, but in SUSv2, SUSv3, and SUSv4.)
+Synonym for
+.BR ls .
+Don't use.
+.TP
+.B p
+The
+.I "void\ *"
+pointer argument is printed in hexadecimal (as if by
+.B %#x
+or
+.BR %#lx ).
+.TP
+.B n
+The number of characters written so far is stored into the integer
+pointed to by the corresponding argument.
+That argument shall be an
+.IR "int\ *" ,
+or variant whose size matches the (optionally)
+supplied integer length modifier.
+No argument is converted.
+(This specifier is not supported by the bionic C library.)
+The behavior is undefined if the conversion specification includes
+any flags, a field width, or a precision.
+.TP
+.B m
+(glibc extension; supported by uClibc and musl.)
+Print output of
+.I strerror(errno)
+(or
+.I strerrorname_np(errno)
+in the alternate form).
+No argument is required.
+.TP
+.B %
+A \[aq]%\[aq] is written.
+No argument is converted.
+The complete conversion
+specification is \[aq]%%\[aq].
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Upon successful return, these functions return the number of bytes
+printed (excluding the null byte used to end output to strings).
+.P
+The functions
+.BR snprintf ()
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+do not write more than
+.I size
+bytes (including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])).
+If the output was truncated due to this limit, then the return value
+is the number of characters (excluding the terminating null byte)
+which would have been written to the final string if enough space
+had been available.
+Thus, a return value of
+.I size
+or more means that the output was truncated.
+(See also below under CAVEATS.)
+.P
+If an output error is encountered, a negative value is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR printf (),
+.BR fprintf (),
+.BR sprintf (),
+.BR snprintf (),
+.BR vprintf (),
+.BR vfprintf (),
+.BR vsprintf (),
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR fprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR printf ()
+.TQ
+.BR sprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vfprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vsprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR snprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR dprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vdprintf ()
+GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR fprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR printf ()
+.TQ
+.BR sprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vfprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vsprintf ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR snprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+SUSv2, C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.IP
+Concerning the return value of
+.BR snprintf (),
+SUSv2 and C99 contradict each other: when
+.BR snprintf ()
+is called with
+.IR size =0
+then SUSv2 stipulates an unspecified return value less than 1,
+while C99 allows
+.I str
+to be NULL in this case, and gives the return value (as always)
+as the number of characters that would have been written in case
+the output string has been large enough.
+POSIX.1-2001 and later align their specification of
+.BR snprintf ()
+with C99.
+.TP
+.BR dprintf ()
+.TQ
+.BR vdprintf ()
+GNU, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+.\" Linux libc4 knows about the five C standard flags.
+.\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
+.\" and the conversions
+.\" \fBc\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBe\fP, \fBE\fP, \fBf\fP, \fBF\fP,
+.\" \fBg\fP, \fBG\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBn\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBp\fP,
+.\" \fBs\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, and \fBX\fP,
+.\" where \fBF\fP is a synonym for \fBf\fP.
+.\" Additionally, it accepts \fBD\fP, \fBO\fP, and \fBU\fP as synonyms
+.\" for \fBld\fP, \fBlo\fP, and \fBlu\fP.
+.\" (This is bad, and caused serious bugs later, when
+.\" support for \fB%D\fP disappeared.)
+.\" No locale-dependent radix character,
+.\" no thousands' separator, no NaN or infinity, no "%m$" and "*m$".
+.\" .P
+.\" Linux libc5 knows about the five C standard flags and the \[aq] flag,
+.\" locale, "%m$" and "*m$".
+.\" It knows about the length modifiers \fBh\fP, \fBl\fP, \fBL\fP,
+.\" \fBZ\fP, and \fBq\fP, but accepts \fBL\fP and \fBq\fP
+.\" both for \fIlong double\fP and for \fIlong long\fP (this is a bug).
+.\" It no longer recognizes \fBF\fP, \fBD\fP, \fBO\fP, and \fBU\fP,
+.\" but adds the conversion character
+.\" .BR m ,
+.\" which outputs
+.\" .IR strerror(errno) .
+.\" .P
+.\" glibc 2.0 adds conversion characters \fBC\fP and \fBS\fP.
+.\" .P
+glibc 2.1 adds length modifiers \fBhh\fP, \fBj\fP, \fBt\fP, and \fBz\fP
+and conversion characters \fBa\fP and \fBA\fP.
+.P
+glibc 2.2 adds the conversion character \fBF\fP with C99 semantics,
+and the flag character \fBI\fP.
+.P
+glibc 2.35 gives a meaning to the alternate form
+.RB ( # )
+of the
+.B m
+conversion specifier, that is
+.IR %#m .
+.SH CAVEATS
+Some programs imprudently rely on code such as the following
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+sprintf(buf, "%s some further text", buf);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+to append text to
+.IR buf .
+However, the standards explicitly note that the results are undefined
+if source and destination buffers overlap when calling
+.BR sprintf (),
+.BR snprintf (),
+.BR vsprintf (),
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ().
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7075
+Depending on the version of
+.BR gcc (1)
+used, and the compiler options employed, calls such as the above will
+.B not
+produce the expected results.
+.P
+The glibc implementation of the functions
+.BR snprintf ()
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+conforms to the C99 standard, that is, behaves as described above,
+since glibc 2.1.
+Until glibc 2.0.6, they would return \-1
+when the output was truncated.
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" UNIX V7 defines the three routines
+.\" .BR printf (),
+.\" .BR fprintf (),
+.\" .BR sprintf (),
+.\" and has the flag \-, the width or precision *, the length modifier l,
+.\" and the conversions doxfegcsu, and also D,O,U,X as synonyms for ld,lo,lu,lx.
+.\" This is still true for 2.9.1BSD, but 2.10BSD has the flags
+.\" #, + and <space> and no longer mentions D,O,U,X.
+.\" 2.11BSD has
+.\" .BR vprintf (),
+.\" .BR vfprintf (),
+.\" .BR vsprintf (),
+.\" and warns not to use D,O,U,X.
+.\" 4.3BSD Reno has the flag 0, the length modifiers h and L,
+.\" and the conversions n, p, E, G, X (with current meaning)
+.\" and deprecates D,O,U.
+.\" 4.4BSD introduces the functions
+.\" .BR snprintf ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR vsnprintf (),
+.\" and the length modifier q.
+.\" FreeBSD also has functions
+.\" .BR asprintf ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR vasprintf (),
+.\" that allocate a buffer large enough for
+.\" .BR sprintf ().
+.\" In glibc there are functions
+.\" .BR dprintf ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR vdprintf ()
+.\" that print to a file descriptor instead of a stream.
+.SH BUGS
+Because
+.BR sprintf ()
+and
+.BR vsprintf ()
+assume an arbitrarily long string, callers must be careful not to overflow
+the actual space; this is often impossible to assure.
+Note that the length
+of the strings produced is locale-dependent and difficult to predict.
+Use
+.BR snprintf ()
+and
+.BR vsnprintf ()
+instead (or
+.BR asprintf (3)
+and
+.BR vasprintf (3)).
+.\" .P
+.\" Linux libc4.[45] does not have a
+.\" .BR snprintf (),
+.\" but provides a libbsd that contains an
+.\" .BR snprintf ()
+.\" equivalent to
+.\" .BR sprintf (),
+.\" that is, one that ignores the
+.\" .I size
+.\" argument.
+.\" Thus, the use of
+.\" .BR snprintf ()
+.\" with early libc4 leads to serious security problems.
+.P
+Code such as
+.BI printf( foo );
+often indicates a bug, since
+.I foo
+may contain a % character.
+If
+.I foo
+comes from untrusted user input, it may contain \fB%n\fP, causing the
+.BR printf ()
+call to write to memory and creating a security hole.
+.\" .P
+.\" Some floating-point conversions under early libc4
+.\" caused memory leaks.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+To print
+.I Pi
+to five decimal places:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+fprintf(stdout, "pi = %.5f\en", 4 * atan(1.0));
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+To print a date and time in the form "Sunday, July 3, 10:02",
+where
+.I weekday
+and
+.I month
+are pointers to strings:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+fprintf(stdout, "%s, %s %d, %.2d:%.2d\en",
+        weekday, month, day, hour, min);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Many countries use the day-month-year order.
+Hence, an internationalized version must be able to print
+the arguments in an order specified by the format:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+fprintf(stdout, format,
+        weekday, month, day, hour, min);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I format
+depends on locale, and may permute the arguments.
+With the value:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+"%1$s, %3$d. %2$s, %4$d:%5$.2d\en"
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+one might obtain "Sonntag, 3. Juli, 10:02".
+.P
+To allocate a sufficiently large string and print into it
+(code correct for both glibc 2.0 and glibc 2.1):
+.P
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+\&
+char *
+make_message(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    int n = 0;
+    size_t size = 0;
+    char *p = NULL;
+    va_list ap;
+\&
+    /* Determine required size. */
+\&
+    va_start(ap, fmt);
+    n = vsnprintf(p, size, fmt, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+\&
+    if (n < 0)
+        return NULL;
+\&
+    size = (size_t) n + 1;      /* One extra byte for \[aq]\e0\[aq] */
+    p = malloc(size);
+    if (p == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+\&
+    va_start(ap, fmt);
+    n = vsnprintf(p, size, fmt, ap);
+    va_end(ap);
+\&
+    if (n < 0) {
+        free(p);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+\&
+    return p;
+}
+.EE
+.P
+If truncation occurs in glibc versions prior to glibc 2.0.6,
+this is treated as an error instead of being handled gracefully.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR printf (1),
+.BR asprintf (3),
+.BR puts (3),
+.BR scanf (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strfromd (3),
+.BR wcrtomb (3),
+.BR wprintf (3),
+.BR locale (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/profil.3 b/man/man3/profil.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4773c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/profil.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Fri Jun 23 01:35:19 1995 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" (prompted by Bas V. de Bakker <bas@phys.uva.nl>)
+.\" Corrected (and moved to man3), 980612, aeb
+.TH profil 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+profil \- execution time profile
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int profil(unsigned short *" buf ", size_t " bufsiz ,
+.BI "           size_t " offset ", unsigned int " scale );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR profil ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.21:
+.\"             commit 266865c0e7b79d4196e2cc393693463f03c90bd8
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc 2.19 and 2.20:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This routine provides a means to find out in what areas your program
+spends most of its time.
+The argument
+.I buf
+points to
+.I bufsiz
+bytes of core.
+Every virtual 10 milliseconds, the user's program counter (PC)
+is examined:
+.I offset
+is subtracted and the result is multiplied by
+.I scale
+and divided by 65536.
+If the resulting value is less than
+.IR bufsiz ,
+then the corresponding entry in
+.I buf
+is incremented.
+If
+.I buf
+is NULL, profiling is disabled.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Zero is always returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR profil ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Similar to a call in SVr4.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR profil ()
+cannot be used on a program that also uses
+.B ITIMER_PROF
+interval timers (see
+.BR setitimer (2)).
+.P
+True kernel profiling provides more accurate results.
+.\" Libc 4.4 contained a kernel patch providing a system call profil.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gprof (1),
+.BR sprof (1),
+.BR setitimer (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/program_invocation_name.3 b/man/man3/program_invocation_name.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..874420d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/program_invocation_name.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.TH program_invocation_name 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name \- \
+obtain name used to invoke calling program
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <errno.h>
+.P
+.BI "extern char *" program_invocation_name ;
+.BI "extern char *" program_invocation_short_name ;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I program_invocation_name
+contains the name that was used to invoke the calling program.
+This is the same as the value of
+.I argv[0]
+in
+.IR main (),
+with the difference that the scope of
+.I program_invocation_name
+is global.
+.P
+.I program_invocation_short_name
+contains the basename component of name that was used to invoke
+the calling program.
+That is, it is the same value as
+.IR program_invocation_name ,
+with all text up to and including the final slash (/), if any, removed.
+.P
+These variables are automatically initialized by the glibc run-time
+startup code.
+.SH VERSIONS
+The Linux-specific
+.IR /proc/ pid /cmdline
+file provides access to similar information.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR proc (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3 b/man/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f603f6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/program_invocation_short_name.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/program_invocation_name.3
diff --git a/man/man3/psiginfo.3 b/man/man3/psiginfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd748fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/psiginfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/psignal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/psignal.3 b/man/man3/psignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b453ae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/psignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:45:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH psignal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+psignal, psiginfo \- print signal description
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "void psignal(int " sig ", const char *" s );
+.BI "void psiginfo(const siginfo_t *" pinfo ", const char *" s );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR psignal ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+            _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR psiginfo ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR psignal ()
+function displays a message on \fIstderr\fP
+consisting of the string \fIs\fP, a colon, a space, a string
+describing the signal number \fIsig\fP, and a trailing newline.
+If the string \fIs\fP is NULL or empty, the colon and space are omitted.
+If \fIsig\fP is invalid,
+the message displayed will indicate an unknown signal.
+.P
+The
+.BR psiginfo ()
+function is like
+.BR psignal (),
+except that it displays information about the signal described by
+.IR pinfo ,
+which should point to a valid
+.I siginfo_t
+structure.
+As well as the signal description,
+.BR psiginfo ()
+displays information about the origin of the signal,
+and other information relevant to the signal
+(e.g., the relevant memory address for hardware-generated signals,
+the child process ID for
+.BR SIGCHLD ,
+and the user ID and process ID of the sender, for signals set using
+.BR kill (2)
+or
+.BR sigqueue (3)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR psignal ()
+and
+.BR psiginfo ()
+functions return no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR psignal (),
+.BR psiginfo ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.10.
+POSIX.1-2008, 4.3BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+Up to glibc 2.12,
+.BR psiginfo ()
+had the following bugs:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+In some circumstances, a trailing newline is not printed.
+.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12107
+.\" Reportedly now fixed; check glibc 2.13
+.IP \[bu]
+Additional details are not displayed for real-time signals.
+.\" FIXME . http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=12108
+.\" Reportedly now fixed; check glibc 2.13
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR perror (3),
+.BR strsignal (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_atfork.3 b/man/man3/pthread_atfork.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5844ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_atfork.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_atfork 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_atfork \- register fork handlers
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B  #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_atfork(void (*" prepare ")(void), void (*" parent ")(void),"
+.BI "                   void (*" child ")(void));"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+function registers fork handlers that are to be executed when
+.BR fork (2)
+is called by any thread in a process.
+The handlers are executed in the context of the thread that calls
+.BR fork (2).
+.P
+Three kinds of handler can be registered:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+.I prepare
+specifies a handler that is executed in the parent process before
+.BR fork (2)
+processing starts.
+.IP \[bu]
+.I parent
+specifies a handler that is executed in the parent process after
+.BR fork (2)
+processing completes.
+.IP \[bu]
+.I child
+specifies a handler that is executed in the child process after
+.BR fork (2)
+processing completes.
+.P
+Any of the three arguments may be NULL if no handler is needed
+in the corresponding phase of
+.BR fork (2)
+processing.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+returns zero.
+On error, it returns an error number.
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+may be called multiple times by a process
+to register additional handlers.
+The handlers for each phase are called in a specified order: the
+.I prepare
+handlers are called in reverse order of registration; the
+.I parent
+and
+.I child
+handlers are called in the order of registration.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Could not allocate memory to record the fork handler list entry.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+When
+.BR fork (2)
+is called in a multithreaded process,
+only the calling thread is duplicated in the child process.
+The original intention of
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+was to allow the child process to be returned to a consistent state.
+For example, at the time of the call to
+.BR fork (2),
+other threads may have locked mutexes that are visible in the
+user-space memory duplicated in the child.
+Such mutexes would never be unlocked,
+since the threads that placed the locks are not duplicated in the child.
+The intent of
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+was to provide a mechanism whereby the application (or a library)
+could ensure that mutexes and other process and thread state would be
+restored to a consistent state.
+In practice, this task is generally too difficult to be practicable.
+.P
+After a
+.BR fork (2)
+in a multithreaded process returns in the child,
+the child should call only async-signal-safe functions (see
+.BR signal\-safety (7))
+until such time as it calls
+.BR execve (2)
+to execute a new program.
+.P
+POSIX.1 specifies that
+.BR pthread_atfork ()
+shall not fail with the error
+.BR EINTR .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR atexit (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e7c949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6af8fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getaffinity_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c57ecd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getdetachstate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..766ca2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getguardsize.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65239cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getinheritsched.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f830fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedparam.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10f740c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getschedpolicy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..965fd62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getscope.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92b55d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getsigmask_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b20d7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstack.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49d8a85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstackaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52431f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_getstacksize.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cb3a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_init, pthread_attr_destroy \- initialize and destroy
+thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_init(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_destroy(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_init ()
+function initializes the thread attributes object pointed to by
+.I attr
+with default attribute values.
+After this call, individual attributes of the object can be set
+using various related functions (listed under SEE ALSO),
+and then the object can be used in one or more
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+calls that create threads.
+.P
+Calling
+.BR pthread_attr_init ()
+on a thread attributes object that has already been initialized
+results in undefined behavior.
+.P
+When a thread attributes object is no longer required,
+it should be destroyed using the
+.BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
+function.
+Destroying a thread attributes object has no effect
+on threads that were created using that object.
+.P
+Once a thread attributes object has been destroyed,
+it can be reinitialized using
+.BR pthread_attr_init ().
+Any other use of a destroyed thread attributes object
+has undefined results.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+POSIX.1 documents an
+.B ENOMEM
+error for
+.BR pthread_attr_init ();
+on Linux these functions always succeed
+(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
+handle a possible error return).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_init (),
+.BR pthread_attr_destroy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.I pthread_attr_t
+type should be treated as opaque:
+any access to the object other than via pthreads functions
+is nonportable and produces undefined results.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below optionally makes use of
+.BR pthread_attr_init ()
+and various related functions to initialize a thread attributes
+object that is used to create a single thread.
+Once created, the thread uses the
+.BR pthread_getattr_np (3)
+function (a nonstandard GNU extension) to retrieve the thread's
+attributes, and then displays those attributes.
+.P
+If the program is run with no command-line argument,
+then it passes NULL as the
+.I attr
+argument of
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+so that the thread is created with default attributes.
+Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
+we see the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
+.RB "$" " ulimit \-s" "       # No stack limit ==> default stack size is 2 MB"
+unlimited
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+Thread attributes:
+        Detach state        = PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+        Scope               = PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+        Inherit scheduler   = PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
+        Scheduling policy   = SCHED_OTHER
+        Scheduling priority = 0
+        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x40196000
+        Stack size          = 0x201000 bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+When we supply a stack size as a command-line argument,
+the program initializes a thread attributes object,
+sets various attributes in that object,
+and passes a pointer to the object in the call to
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+Running the program on Linux/x86-32 with the NPTL threading implementation,
+we see the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.\" Results from glibc 2.8, SUSE 11.0; Oct 2008
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 0x3000000"
+posix_memalign() allocated at 0x40197000
+Thread attributes:
+        Detach state        = PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
+        Scope               = PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+        Inherit scheduler   = PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
+        Scheduling policy   = SCHED_OTHER
+        Scheduling priority = 0
+        Guard size          = 0 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x40197000
+        Stack size          = 0x3000000 bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_attr_init.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get pthread_getattr_np() declaration */
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+static void
+display_pthread_attr(pthread_attr_t *attr, char *prefix)
+{
+    int s, i;
+    size_t v;
+    void *stkaddr;
+    struct sched_param sp;
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getdetachstate(attr, &i);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getdetachstate");
+    printf("%sDetach state        = %s\en", prefix,
+           (i == PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED) ? "PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED" :
+           (i == PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE) ? "PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE" :
+           "???");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getscope(attr, &i);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getscope");
+    printf("%sScope               = %s\en", prefix,
+           (i == PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM)  ? "PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM" :
+           (i == PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS) ? "PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS" :
+           "???");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getinheritsched(attr, &i);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getinheritsched");
+    printf("%sInherit scheduler   = %s\en", prefix,
+           (i == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED)  ? "PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED" :
+           (i == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED" :
+           "???");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(attr, &i);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
+    printf("%sScheduling policy   = %s\en", prefix,
+           (i == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" :
+           (i == SCHED_FIFO)  ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
+           (i == SCHED_RR)    ? "SCHED_RR" :
+           "???");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(attr, &sp);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
+    printf("%sScheduling priority = %d\en", prefix, sp.sched_priority);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &v);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
+    printf("%sGuard size          = %zu bytes\en", prefix, v);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getstack(attr, &stkaddr, &v);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstack");
+    printf("%sStack address       = %p\en", prefix, stkaddr);
+    printf("%sStack size          = %#zx bytes\en", prefix, v);
+}
+\&
+static void *
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    int s;
+    pthread_attr_t gattr;
+\&
+    /* pthread_getattr_np() is a non\-standard GNU extension that
+       retrieves the attributes of the thread specified in its
+       first argument. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_getattr_np(pthread_self(), &gattr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_np");
+\&
+    printf("Thread attributes:\en");
+    display_pthread_attr(&gattr, "\et");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate all threads */
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    pthread_t thr;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+    pthread_attr_t *attrp;      /* NULL or &attr */
+    int s;
+\&
+    attrp = NULL;
+\&
+    /* If a command\-line argument was supplied, use it to set the
+       stack\-size attribute and set a few other thread attributes,
+       and set attrp pointing to thread attributes object. */
+\&
+    if (argc > 1) {
+        size_t stack_size;
+        void *sp;
+\&
+        attrp = &attr;
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_init");
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_setdetachstate(&attr, PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setdetachstate");
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setinheritsched");
+\&
+        stack_size = strtoul(argv[1], NULL, 0);
+\&
+        s = posix_memalign(&sp, sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE), stack_size);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "posix_memalign");
+\&
+        printf("posix_memalign() allocated at %p\en", sp);
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_setstack(&attr, sp, stack_size);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstack");
+    }
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thr, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    if (attrp != NULL) {
+        s = pthread_attr_destroy(attrp);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
+    }
+\&
+    pause();    /* Terminates when other thread calls exit() */
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_getattr_np (3),
+.BR pthread_setattr_default_np (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7d104a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setaffinity_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setaffinity_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setaffinity_np, pthread_attr_getaffinity_np \- set/get
+CPU affinity attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setaffinity_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                   size_t " cpusetsize ", const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getaffinity_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                   size_t " cpusetsize ", cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ()
+function
+sets the CPU affinity mask attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR cpuset .
+This attribute determines the CPU affinity mask
+of a thread created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
+function
+returns the CPU affinity mask attribute of the thread attributes object
+referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR cpuset .
+.P
+The argument
+.I cpusetsize
+is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
+.IR cpuset .
+Typically, this argument would be specified as
+.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
+.P
+For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2).
+For a description of a set of macros
+that can be used to manipulate and inspect CPU sets, see
+.BR CPU_SET (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ())
+.I cpuset
+specified a CPU that was outside the set supported by the kernel.
+(The kernel configuration option
+.B CONFIG_NR_CPUS
+defines the range of the set supported by the kernel data type
+.\" cpumask_t
+used to represent CPU sets.)
+.\" The raw sched_getaffinity() system call returns the size (in bytes)
+.\" of the cpumask_t type.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ())
+A CPU in the affinity mask of the thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+lies outside the range specified by
+.I cpusetsize
+(i.e.,
+.IR cpuset / cpusetsize
+is too small).
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setaffinity_np ())
+Could not allocate memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.4.
+.SH NOTES
+In glibc 2.3.3 only,
+versions of these functions were provided that did not have a
+.I cpusetsize
+argument.
+Instead the CPU set size given to the underlying system calls was always
+.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR cpuset (7),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb5c03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setdetachstate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setdetachstate 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setdetachstate, pthread_attr_getdetachstate \-
+set/get detach state attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setdetachstate(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
+", int " detachstate );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getdetachstate(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                int *" detachstate );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate ()
+function sets the detach state attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR detachstate .
+The detach state attribute determines whether a thread created using
+the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+will be created in a joinable or a detached state.
+.P
+The following values may be specified in
+.IR detachstate :
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED
+Threads that are created using
+.I attr
+will be created in a detached state.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
+Threads that are created using
+.I attr
+will be created in a joinable state.
+.P
+The default setting of the detach state attribute in a newly initialized
+thread attributes object is
+.BR PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
+returns the detach state attribute of the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR detachstate .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An invalid value was specified in
+.IR detachstate .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+See
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+for more details on detached and joinable threads.
+.P
+A thread that is created in a joinable state should
+eventually either be joined using
+.BR pthread_join (3)
+or detached using
+.BR pthread_detach (3);
+see
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.P
+It is an error to specify the thread ID of
+a thread that was created in a detached state
+in a later call to
+.BR pthread_detach (3)
+or
+.BR pthread_join (3).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_detach (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0056650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setguardsize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setguardsize 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setguardsize, pthread_attr_getguardsize \- set/get guard size
+attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setguardsize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
+", size_t " guardsize );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getguardsize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                              size_t *restrict " guardsize );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize ()
+function sets the guard size attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR guardsize .
+.P
+If
+.I guardsize
+is greater than 0,
+then for each new thread created using
+.I attr
+the system allocates an additional region of at least
+.I guardsize
+bytes at the end of the thread's stack to act as the guard area
+for the stack (but see BUGS).
+.P
+If
+.I guardsize
+is 0, then new threads created with
+.I attr
+will not have a guard area.
+.P
+The default guard size is the same as the system page size.
+.P
+If the stack address attribute has been set in
+.I attr
+(using
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
+or
+.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3)),
+meaning that the caller is allocating the thread's stack,
+then the guard size attribute is ignored
+(i.e., no guard area is created by the system):
+it is the application's responsibility to handle stack overflow
+(perhaps by using
+.BR mprotect (2)
+to manually define a guard area at the end of the stack
+that it has allocated).
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
+function returns the guard size attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR guardsize .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+POSIX.1 documents an
+.B EINVAL
+error if
+.I attr
+or
+.I guardsize
+is invalid.
+On Linux these functions always succeed
+(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
+handle a possible error return).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+A guard area consists of virtual memory pages that are protected
+to prevent read and write access.
+If a thread overflows its stack into the guard area,
+then, on most hard architectures, it receives a
+.B SIGSEGV
+signal, thus notifying it of the overflow.
+Guard areas start on page boundaries,
+and the guard size is internally rounded up to
+the system page size when creating a thread.
+(Nevertheless,
+.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize ()
+returns the guard size that was set by
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize ().)
+.P
+Setting a guard size of 0 may be useful to save memory
+in an application that creates many threads
+and knows that stack overflow can never occur.
+.P
+Choosing a guard size larger than the default size
+may be necessary for detecting stack overflows
+if a thread allocates large data structures on the stack.
+.SH BUGS
+As at glibc 2.8, the NPTL threading implementation includes
+the guard area within the stack size allocation,
+rather than allocating extra space at the end of the stack,
+as POSIX.1 requires.
+(This can result in an
+.B EINVAL
+error from
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+if the guard size value is too large,
+leaving no space for the actual stack.)
+.P
+The obsolete LinuxThreads implementation did the right thing,
+allocating extra space at the end of the stack for the guard area.
+.\" glibc includes the guardsize within the allocated stack size,
+.\" which looks pretty clearly to be in violation of POSIX.
+.\"
+.\" Filed bug, 22 Oct 2008:
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6973
+.\"
+.\" Older reports:
+.\" https//bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=435337
+.\" Reportedly, LinuxThreads did the right thing, allocating
+.\" extra space at the end of the stack:
+.\" http://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2008-05/msg00086.html
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_getattr_np (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR mprotect (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48406e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setinheritsched.3
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setinheritsched 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setinheritsched, pthread_attr_getinheritsched \- set/get
+inherit-scheduler attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                 int " inheritsched );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                                 int *restrict " inheritsched );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ()
+function sets the inherit-scheduler attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR inheritsched .
+The inherit-scheduler attribute determines whether a thread created using
+the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+will inherit its scheduling attributes from the calling thread
+or whether it will take them from
+.IR attr .
+.P
+The following scheduling attributes are affected by the
+inherit-scheduler attribute:
+scheduling policy
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3)),
+scheduling priority
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setschedparam (3)),
+and contention scope
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setscope (3)).
+.P
+The following values may be specified in
+.IR inheritsched :
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
+Threads that are created using
+.I attr
+inherit scheduling attributes from the creating thread;
+the scheduling attributes in
+.I attr
+are ignored.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED
+Threads that are created using
+.I attr
+take their scheduling attributes from the values specified
+by the attributes object.
+.\" FIXME Document the defaults for scheduler settings
+.P
+The default setting of the inherit-scheduler attribute in
+a newly initialized thread attributes object is
+.BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
+returns the inherit-scheduler attribute of the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR inheritsched .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid value in
+.IR inheritsched .
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an optional
+.B ENOTSUP
+error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+As at glibc 2.8, if a thread attributes object is initialized using
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+then the scheduling policy of the attributes object is set to
+.B SCHED_OTHER
+and the scheduling priority is set to 0.
+However, if the inherit-scheduler attribute is then set to
+.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED ,
+then a thread created using the attribute object
+wrongly inherits its scheduling attributes from the creating thread.
+This bug does not occur if either the scheduling policy or
+scheduling priority attribute is explicitly set
+in the thread attributes object before calling
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.\" FIXME . Track status of the following bug:
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7007
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3403b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedparam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setschedparam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setschedparam, pthread_attr_getschedparam \- set/get
+scheduling parameter attributes in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setschedparam(pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                              const struct sched_param *restrict " param );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getschedparam(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                              struct sched_param *restrict " param );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
+function sets the scheduling parameter attributes of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the values specified in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR param .
+These attributes determine the scheduling parameters of
+a thread created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
+returns the scheduling parameter attributes of the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR param .
+.P
+Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct sched_param {
+    int sched_priority;     /* Scheduling priority */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
+For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
+in each scheduling policy, see
+.BR sched (7).
+.P
+In order for the parameter setting made by
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
+to have effect when calling
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+the caller must use
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
+to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
+.I attr
+to
+.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The priority specified in
+.I param
+does not make sense for the current scheduling policy of
+.IR attr .
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an
+.B ENOTSUP
+error for
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam ().
+This value is never returned on Linux
+(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
+handle this error return value).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH NOTES
+See
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3)
+for a list of the thread scheduling policies supported on Linux.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5217fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setschedpolicy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setschedpolicy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setschedpolicy, pthread_attr_getschedpolicy \- set/get
+scheduling policy attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " policy );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                                int *restrict " policy );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
+function sets the scheduling policy attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR policy .
+This attribute determines the scheduling policy of
+a thread created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+The supported values for
+.I policy
+are
+.BR SCHED_FIFO ,
+.BR SCHED_RR ,
+and
+.BR SCHED_OTHER ,
+with the semantics described in
+.BR sched (7).
+.\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
+.\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
+returns the scheduling policy attribute of the thread attributes object
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR policy .
+.P
+In order for the policy setting made by
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
+to have effect when calling
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+the caller must use
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
+to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
+.I attr
+to
+.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid value in
+.IR policy .
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an optional
+.B ENOTSUP
+error ("attempt was made to set the attribute to an unsupported value") for
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fc3fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setscope.3
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setscope 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setscope, pthread_attr_getscope \- set/get contention scope
+attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setscope(pthread_attr_t *" attr ", int " scope );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getscope(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                          int *restrict " scope );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
+function sets the contention scope attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR scope .
+The contention scope attribute defines the set of threads
+against which a thread competes for resources such as the CPU.
+POSIX.1 specifies two possible values for
+.IR scope :
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+The thread competes for resources with all other threads
+in all processes on the system that are in the same scheduling
+allocation domain (a group of one or more processors).
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+threads are scheduled relative to one another
+according to their scheduling policy and priority.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
+The thread competes for resources with all other threads
+in the same process that were also created with the
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
+contention scope.
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS
+threads are scheduled relative to other threads in the process
+according to their scheduling policy and priority.
+POSIX.1 leaves it unspecified how these threads contend
+with other threads in other process on the system or
+with other threads in the same process that
+were created with the
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+contention scope.
+.P
+POSIX.1 requires that an implementation support at least one of these
+contention scopes.
+Linux supports
+.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM ,
+but not
+.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS .
+.P
+On systems that support multiple contention scopes, then,
+in order for the parameter setting made by
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
+to have effect when calling
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+the caller must use
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3)
+to set the inherit-scheduler attribute of the attributes object
+.I attr
+to
+.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
+function returns the contention scope attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR scope .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope ()
+can fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An invalid value was specified in
+.IR scope .
+.TP
+.B ENOTSUP
+.I scope
+specified the value
+.BR PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS ,
+which is not supported on Linux.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getscope ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.B PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM
+contention scope typically indicates that a user-space thread is
+bound directly to a single kernel-scheduling entity.
+This is the case on Linux for the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation
+and the modern NPTL implementation,
+which are both 1:1 threading implementations.
+.P
+POSIX.1 specifies that the default contention scope is
+implementation-defined.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b75a49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setsigmask_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setsigmask_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setsigmask_np, pthread_attr_getsigmask_np \- set/get
+signal mask attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setsigmask_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                               const sigset_t *" sigmask );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getsigmask_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                               sigset_t *" sigmask );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
+function sets the signal mask attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR *sigmask .
+If
+.I sigmask
+is specified as NULL, then any existing signal mask attribute in
+.I attr
+is unset.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
+function returns the signal mask attribute of the thread attributes object
+referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR sigmask .
+If the signal mask attribute is currently unset,
+then this function returns the special value
+.B PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP
+as its result.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
+function returns 0 on success, or a nonzero error number on failure.
+.P
+the
+.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
+function returns either 0 or
+.BR PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP .
+When 0 is returned, the signal mask attribute is returned via
+.IR sigmask .
+A return value of
+.B PTHREAD_ATTR_NO_SIGMASK_NP
+indicates that the signal mask attribute is not set in
+.IR attr .
+.P
+On error, these functions return a positive error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.RB ( pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ())
+Could not allocate memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getsigmask_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.32.
+.SH NOTES
+The signal mask attribute determines the signal mask that will be assigned to
+a thread created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+If this attribute is not set, then a thread created using
+.I attr
+will inherit a copy of the creating thread's signal mask.
+.P
+For more details on signal masks, see
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+For a description of a set of macros
+that can be used to manipulate and inspect signal sets, see
+.BR sigsetops (3).
+.P
+In the absence of
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np ()
+it is possible to create a thread with a desired signal mask as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The creating thread uses
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3)
+to save its current signal mask and set its mask to block all signals.
+.IP \[bu]
+The new thread is then created using
+.BR pthread_create ();
+the new thread will inherit the creating thread's signal mask.
+.IP \[bu]
+The new thread sets its signal mask to the desired value using
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3).
+.IP \[bu]
+The creating thread restores its signal mask to the original value.
+.P
+Following the above steps,
+there is no possibility for the new thread to receive a signal
+before it has adjusted its signal mask to the desired value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e060f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstack.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstack 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setstack, pthread_attr_getstack \- set/get stack
+attributes in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setstack(pthread_attr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                          void " stackaddr [. stacksize ],
+.BI "                          size_t " stacksize );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getstack(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                          void **restrict " stackaddr ,
+.BI "                          size_t *restrict " stacksize );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack (),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack ()
+function sets the stack address and stack size attributes of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the values specified in
+.I stackaddr
+and
+.IR stacksize ,
+respectively.
+These attributes specify the location and size of the stack that should
+be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+.I stackaddr
+should point to the lowest addressable byte of a buffer of
+.I stacksize
+bytes that was allocated by the caller.
+The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
+function returns the stack address and stack size attributes of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffers pointed to by
+.I stackaddr
+and
+.IR stacksize ,
+respectively.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I stacksize
+is less than
+.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
+(16384) bytes.
+On some systems, this error may also occur if
+.I stackaddr
+or
+.I stackaddr\~+\~stacksize
+is not suitably aligned.
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an
+.B EACCES
+error if the stack area described by
+.I stackaddr
+and
+.I stacksize
+is not both readable and writable by the caller.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions are provided for applications that must ensure that
+a thread's stack is placed in a particular location.
+For most applications, this is not necessary,
+and the use of these functions should be avoided.
+(Use
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3)
+if an application simply requires a stack size other than the default.)
+.P
+When an application employs
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (),
+it takes over the responsibility of allocating the stack.
+Any guard size value that was set using
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3)
+is ignored.
+If deemed necessary,
+it is the application's responsibility to allocate a guard area
+(one or more pages protected against reading and writing)
+to handle the possibility of stack overflow.
+.P
+The address specified in
+.I stackaddr
+should be suitably aligned:
+for full portability, align it on a page boundary
+.RI ( sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) ).
+.BR posix_memalign (3)
+may be useful for allocation.
+Probably,
+.I stacksize
+should also be a multiple of the system page size.
+.P
+If
+.I attr
+is used to create multiple threads, then the caller must change the
+stack address attribute between calls to
+.BR pthread_create (3);
+otherwise, the threads will attempt to use the same memory area
+for their stacks, and chaos will ensue.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR mprotect (2),
+.BR posix_memalign (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9744a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstackaddr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstackaddr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setstackaddr, pthread_attr_getstackaddr \-
+set/get stack address attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setstackaddr(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
+", void *" stackaddr );
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getstackaddr(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                              void **restrict " stackaddr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are obsolete:
+.B do not use them.
+Use
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
+and
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr ()
+function sets the stack address attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR stackaddr .
+This attribute specifies the location of the stack that should
+be used by a thread that is created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+.I stackaddr
+should point to a buffer of at least
+.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
+bytes that was allocated by the caller.
+The pages of the allocated buffer should be both readable and writable.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
+function returns the stack address attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR stackaddr .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors are defined
+(but applications should nevertheless
+handle a possible error return).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setstackaddr (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+Marked obsolete in POSIX.1-2001.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+.I Do not use these functions!
+They cannot be portably used, since they provide no way of specifying
+the direction of growth or the range of the stack.
+For example, on architectures with a stack that grows downward,
+.I stackaddr
+specifies the next address past the
+.I highest
+address of the allocated stack area.
+However, on architectures with a stack that grows upward,
+.I stackaddr
+specifies the
+.I lowest
+address in the allocated stack area.
+By contrast, the
+.I stackaddr
+used by
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
+and
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
+is always a pointer to the lowest address in the allocated stack area
+(and the
+.I stacksize
+argument specifies the range of the stack).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3 b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c98ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_attr_setstacksize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_attr_setstacksize 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_attr_setstacksize, pthread_attr_getstacksize \- set/get stack size
+attribute in thread attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_attr_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t *" attr \
+", size_t " stacksize );
+.BI "int pthread_attr_getstacksize(const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                              size_t *restrict " stacksize );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
+function sets the stack size attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR stacksize .
+.P
+The stack size attribute determines the minimum size (in bytes) that
+will be allocated for threads created using the thread attributes object
+.IR attr .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
+function returns the stack size attribute of the
+thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR stacksize .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The stack size is less than
+.B PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
+(16384) bytes.
+.P
+On some systems,
+.\" e.g., MacOS
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize ()
+can fail with the error
+.B EINVAL
+if
+.I stacksize
+is not a multiple of the system page size.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+These functions are provided since glibc 2.1.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+For details on the default stack size of new threads, see
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.P
+A thread's stack size is fixed at the time of thread creation.
+Only the main thread can dynamically grow its stack.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3)
+function allows an application to set both the size and location
+of a caller-allocated stack that is to be used by a thread.
+.SH BUGS
+As at glibc 2.8,
+if the specified
+.I stacksize
+is not a multiple of
+.B STACK_ALIGN
+(16 bytes on most architectures), it may be rounded
+.IR downward ,
+in violation of POSIX.1, which says that the allocated stack will
+be at least
+.I stacksize
+bytes.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setguardsize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setstack (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cancel.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cancel.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99232b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cancel.3
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_cancel 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_cancel \- send a cancelation request to a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_cancel(pthread_t " thread );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_cancel ()
+function sends a cancelation request to the thread
+.IR thread .
+Whether and when the target thread
+reacts to the cancelation request depends on
+two attributes that are under the control of that thread:
+its cancelability
+.I state
+and
+.IR type .
+.P
+A thread's cancelability state, determined by
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+can be
+.I enabled
+(the default for new threads) or
+.IR disabled .
+If a thread has disabled cancelation,
+then a cancelation request remains queued until the thread
+enables cancelation.
+If a thread has enabled cancelation,
+then its cancelability type determines when cancelation occurs.
+.P
+A thread's cancelation type, determined by
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
+may be either
+.I asynchronous
+or
+.I deferred
+(the default for new threads).
+Asynchronous cancelability
+means that the thread can be canceled at any time
+(usually immediately, but the system does not guarantee this).
+Deferred cancelability means that cancelation will be delayed until
+the thread next calls a function that is a
+.IR "cancelation point" .
+A list of functions that are or may be cancelation points is provided in
+.BR pthreads (7).
+.P
+When a cancelation requested is acted on, the following steps occur for
+.I thread
+(in this order):
+.IP (1) 5
+Cancelation clean-up handlers are popped
+(in the reverse of the order in which they were pushed) and called.
+(See
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).)
+.IP (2)
+Thread-specific data destructors are called,
+in an unspecified order.
+(See
+.BR pthread_key_create (3).)
+.IP (3)
+The thread is terminated.
+(See
+.BR pthread_exit (3).)
+.P
+The above steps happen asynchronously with respect to the
+.BR pthread_cancel ()
+call;
+the return status of
+.BR pthread_cancel ()
+merely informs the caller whether the cancelation request
+was successfully queued.
+.P
+After a canceled thread has terminated,
+a join with that thread using
+.BR pthread_join (3)
+obtains
+.B PTHREAD_CANCELED
+as the thread's exit status.
+(Joining with a thread is the only way to know that cancelation
+has completed.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_cancel ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_cancel ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux, cancelation is implemented using signals.
+Under the NPTL threading implementation,
+the first real-time signal (i.e., signal 32) is used for this purpose.
+On LinuxThreads, the second real-time signal is used,
+if real-time signals are available, otherwise
+.B SIGUSR2
+is used.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below creates a thread and then cancels it.
+The main thread joins with the canceled thread to check
+that its exit status was
+.BR PTHREAD_CANCELED .
+The following shell session shows what happens when we run the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ ./a.out
+thread_func(): started; cancelation disabled
+main(): sending cancelation request
+thread_func(): about to enable cancelation
+main(): thread was canceled
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_cancel.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void *
+thread_func(void *ignored_argument)
+{
+    int s;
+\&
+    /* Disable cancelation for a while, so that we don\[aq]t
+       immediately react to a cancelation request. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_setcancelstate(PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setcancelstate");
+\&
+    printf("%s(): started; cancelation disabled\en", __func__);
+    sleep(5);
+    printf("%s(): about to enable cancelation\en", __func__);
+\&
+    s = pthread_setcancelstate(PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setcancelstate");
+\&
+    /* sleep() is a cancelation point. */
+\&
+    sleep(1000);        /* Should get canceled while we sleep */
+\&
+    /* Should never get here. */
+\&
+    printf("%s(): not canceled!\en", __func__);
+    return NULL;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    pthread_t thr;
+    void *res;
+    int s;
+\&
+    /* Start a thread and then send it a cancelation request. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thr, NULL, &thread_func, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    sleep(2);           /* Give thread a chance to get started */
+\&
+    printf("%s(): sending cancelation request\en", __func__);
+    s = pthread_cancel(thr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_cancel");
+\&
+    /* Join with thread to see what its exit status was. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_join(thr, &res);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
+\&
+    if (res == PTHREAD_CANCELED)
+        printf("%s(): thread was canceled\en", __func__);
+    else
+        printf("%s(): thread wasn\[aq]t canceled (shouldn\[aq]t happen!)\en",
+               __func__);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR pthread_key_create (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
+.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb0e68b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c47e20a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..729e086
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push.3
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_cleanup_push 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_cleanup_push, pthread_cleanup_pop \- push and pop
+thread cancelation clean-up handlers
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "void pthread_cleanup_push(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
+.BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop(int " execute );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions manipulate the calling thread's stack of
+thread-cancelation clean-up handlers.
+A clean-up handler is a function that is automatically executed
+when a thread is canceled (or in various other circumstances
+described below);
+it might, for example, unlock a mutex so that
+it becomes available to other threads in the process.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+function pushes
+.I routine
+onto the top of the stack of clean-up handlers.
+When
+.I routine
+is later invoked, it will be given
+.I arg
+as its argument.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+function removes the routine at the top of the stack of clean-up handlers,
+and optionally executes it if
+.I execute
+is nonzero.
+.P
+A cancelation clean-up handler is popped from the stack
+and executed in the following circumstances:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+When a thread is canceled,
+all of the stacked clean-up handlers are popped and executed in
+the reverse of the order in which they were pushed onto the stack.
+.IP \[bu]
+When a thread terminates by calling
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+all clean-up handlers are executed as described in the preceding point.
+(Clean-up handlers are
+.I not
+called if the thread terminates by
+performing a
+.I return
+from the thread start function.)
+.IP \[bu]
+When a thread calls
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+with a nonzero
+.I execute
+argument, the top-most clean-up handler is popped and executed.
+.P
+POSIX.1 permits
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+and
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+to be implemented as macros that expand to text
+containing \[aq]\fB{\fP\[aq] and \[aq]\fB}\fP\[aq], respectively.
+For this reason, the caller must ensure that calls to these
+functions are paired within the same function,
+and at the same lexical nesting level.
+(In other words, a clean-up handler is established only
+during the execution of a specified section of code.)
+.P
+Calling
+.BR longjmp (3)
+.RB ( siglongjmp (3))
+produces undefined results if any call has been made to
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+or
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+without the matching call of the pair since the jump buffer
+was filled by
+.BR setjmp (3)
+.RB ( sigsetjmp (3)).
+Likewise, calling
+.BR longjmp (3)
+.RB ( siglongjmp (3))
+from inside a clean-up handler produces undefined results
+unless the jump buffer was also filled by
+.BR setjmp (3)
+.RB ( sigsetjmp (3))
+inside the handler.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions do not return a value.
+.SH ERRORS
+There are no errors.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On glibc, the
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+and
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+functions
+.I are
+implemented as macros that expand to text
+containing \[aq]\fB{\fP\[aq] and \[aq]\fB}\fP\[aq], respectively.
+This means that variables declared within the scope of
+paired calls to these functions will be visible within only that scope.
+.P
+POSIX.1
+.\" The text was actually added in the 2004 TC2
+says that the effect of using
+.IR return ,
+.IR break ,
+.IR continue ,
+or
+.I goto
+to prematurely leave a block bracketed
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+and
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+is undefined.
+Portable applications should avoid doing this.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.0.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below provides a simple example of the use of the functions
+described in this page.
+The program creates a thread that executes a loop bracketed by
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push ()
+and
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ().
+This loop increments a global variable,
+.IR cnt ,
+once each second.
+Depending on what command-line arguments are supplied,
+the main thread sends the other thread a cancelation request,
+or sets a global variable that causes the other thread
+to exit its loop and terminate normally (by doing a
+.IR return ).
+.P
+In the following shell session,
+the main thread sends a cancelation request to the other thread:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+New thread started
+cnt = 0
+cnt = 1
+Canceling thread
+Called clean\-up handler
+Thread was canceled; cnt = 0
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+From the above, we see that the thread was canceled,
+and that the cancelation clean-up handler was called
+and it reset the value of the global variable
+.I cnt
+to 0.
+.P
+In the next run, the main program sets a
+global variable that causes other thread to terminate normally:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out x\fP
+New thread started
+cnt = 0
+cnt = 1
+Thread terminated normally; cnt = 2
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+From the above, we see that the clean-up handler was not executed (because
+.I cleanup_pop_arg
+was 0), and therefore the value of
+.I cnt
+was not reset.
+.P
+In the next run, the main program sets a global variable that
+causes the other thread to terminate normally,
+and supplies a nonzero value for
+.IR cleanup_pop_arg :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out x 1\fP
+New thread started
+cnt = 0
+cnt = 1
+Called clean\-up handler
+Thread terminated normally; cnt = 0
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the above, we see that although the thread was not canceled,
+the clean-up handler was executed, because the argument given to
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop ()
+was nonzero.
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_cleanup_push.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static int done = 0;
+static int cleanup_pop_arg = 0;
+static int cnt = 0;
+\&
+static void
+cleanup_handler(void *arg)
+{
+    printf("Called clean\-up handler\en");
+    cnt = 0;
+}
+\&
+static void *
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    time_t curr;
+\&
+    printf("New thread started\en");
+\&
+    pthread_cleanup_push(cleanup_handler, NULL);
+\&
+    curr = time(NULL);
+\&
+    while (!done) {
+        pthread_testcancel();           /* A cancelation point */
+        if (curr < time(NULL)) {
+            curr = time(NULL);
+            printf("cnt = %d\en", cnt);  /* A cancelation point */
+            cnt++;
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    pthread_cleanup_pop(cleanup_pop_arg);
+    return NULL;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    pthread_t thr;
+    int s;
+    void *res;
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thr, NULL, thread_start, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    sleep(2);           /* Allow new thread to run a while */
+\&
+    if (argc > 1) {
+        if (argc > 2)
+            cleanup_pop_arg = atoi(argv[2]);
+        done = 1;
+\&
+    } else {
+        printf("Canceling thread\en");
+        s = pthread_cancel(thr);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_cancel");
+    }
+\&
+    s = pthread_join(thr, &res);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
+\&
+    if (res == PTHREAD_CANCELED)
+        printf("Thread was canceled; cnt = %d\en", cnt);
+    else
+        printf("Thread terminated normally; cnt = %d\en", cnt);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1d2792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np, pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np \- push and pop
+thread cancelation clean-up handlers while saving cancelability type
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "void pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(void (*" routine ")(void *), void *" arg );
+.BI "void pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(int " execute );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np (),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop_defer_np ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are the same as
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3)
+and
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
+except for the differences noted on this page.
+.P
+Like
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ()
+pushes
+.I routine
+onto the thread's stack of cancelation clean-up handlers.
+In addition, it also saves the thread's current cancelability type,
+and sets the cancelability type to "deferred" (see
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3));
+this ensures that cancelation clean-up will occur
+even if the thread's cancelability type was "asynchronous"
+before the call.
+.P
+Like
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np ()
+pops the top-most clean-up handler from the thread's
+stack of cancelation clean-up handlers.
+In addition, it restores the thread's cancelability
+type to its value at the time of the matching
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np ().
+.P
+The caller must ensure that calls to these
+functions are paired within the same function,
+and at the same lexical nesting level.
+Other restrictions apply, as described in
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).
+.P
+This sequence of calls:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+pthread_cleanup_push_defer_np(routine, arg);
+pthread_cleanup_pop_restore_np(execute);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+is equivalent to (but shorter and more efficient than):
+.P
+.\" As far as I can see, LinuxThreads reverses the two substeps
+.\" in the push and pop below.
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int oldtype;
+\&
+pthread_cleanup_push(routine, arg);
+pthread_setcanceltype(PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED, &oldtype);
+\&...
+pthread_setcanceltype(oldtype, NULL);
+pthread_cleanup_pop(execute);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe85ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_broadcast.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe85ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b7468d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_cond_init 3 2024-05-19 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_cond_init,
+pthread_cond_signal,
+pthread_cond_broadcast,
+pthread_cond_wait,
+pthread_cond_timedwait,
+pthread_cond_destroy
+\-
+operations on conditions
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_cond_t " cond " = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *" cond ,
+.BI "                      pthread_condattr_t *" cond_attr );
+.BI "int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *" cond );
+.BI "int pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t *" cond );
+.BI "int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.BI "int pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t *" cond ", pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ,
+.BI "                      const struct timespec *" abstime );
+.BI "int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *" cond );
+.fi
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A condition (short for ``condition variable'')
+is a synchronization device that allows threads
+to suspend execution and relinquish the processors
+until some predicate on shared data is satisfied.
+The basic operations on conditions are:
+signal the condition (when the predicate becomes true),
+and wait for the condition,
+suspending the thread execution until another thread signals the condition.
+.P
+A condition variable must always be associated with a mutex,
+to avoid the race condition where
+a thread prepares to wait on a condition variable
+and another thread signals the condition
+just before the first thread actually waits on it.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP initializes the condition variable \fIcond\fP,
+using the condition attributes specified in \fIcond_attr\fP,
+or default attributes if \fIcond_attr\fP is \fBNULL\fP.
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions,
+hence the \fIcond_attr\fP parameter is actually ignored.
+.P
+Variables of type \fBpthread_cond_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
+using the constant \fBPTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP restarts one of the threads that
+are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
+If no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
+nothing happens.
+If several threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP,
+exactly one is restarted,
+but it is not specified which.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP restarts all the threads that
+are waiting on the condition variable \fIcond\fP.
+Nothing happens if no threads are waiting on \fIcond\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP atomically unlocks the \fImutex\fP
+(as per \fBpthread_unlock_mutex\fP)
+and waits for the condition variable \fIcond\fP to be signaled.
+The thread execution is suspended and does not consume any CPU time
+until the condition variable is signaled.
+The \fImutex\fP must be locked by the calling thread
+on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP.
+Before returning to the calling thread,
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP re-acquires \fImutex\fP
+(as per \fBpthread_lock_mutex\fP).
+.P
+Unlocking the mutex and suspending on the condition variable is done atomically.
+Thus,
+if all threads always acquire the mutex before signaling the condition,
+this guarantees that the condition cannot be signaled (and thus ignored)
+between the time a thread locks the mutex
+and the time it waits on the condition variable.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP atomically unlocks \fImutex\fP
+and waits on \fIcond\fP,
+as \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP does,
+but it also bounds the duration of the wait.
+If \fIcond\fP has not been signaled
+within the amount of time specified by \fIabstime\fP,
+the mutex \fImutex\fP is re-acquired
+and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP returns the error \fBETIMEDOUT\fP.
+The \fIabstime\fP parameter specifies an absolute time,
+with the same origin as \fBtime\fP(2) and \fBgettimeofday\fP(2):
+an \fIabstime\fP of 0
+corresponds to 00:00:00 GMT, January 1, 1970.
+.P
+\fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP destroys a condition variable,
+freeing the resources it might hold.
+No threads must be waiting on the condition variable
+on entrance to \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP.
+In the LinuxThreads implementation,
+no resources are associated with condition variables,
+thus \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP actually does nothing
+except checking that the condition has no waiting threads.
+.
+.
+.SH CANCELLATION
+\fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP
+are cancelation points.
+If a thread is cancelled while suspended in one of these functions,
+the thread immediately resumes execution,
+then locks again the \fImutex\fP
+argument to \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP and \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP,
+and finally executes the cancelation.
+Consequently,
+cleanup handlers are assured that \fImutex\fP is locked
+when they are called.
+.
+.
+.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
+The condition functions are not async-signal safe,
+and should not be called from a signal handler.
+In particular,
+calling \fBpthread_cond_signal\fP or \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP
+from a signal handler
+may deadlock the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+All condition variable functions return 0 on success
+and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP,
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP,
+\fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP,
+and \fBpthread_cond_wait\fP
+never return an error code.
+.P
+The \fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP function returns
+the following error codes on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBETIMEDOUT\fP
+The condition variable was not signaled
+until the timeout specified by \fIabstime\fP.
+.TP
+\fBEINTR\fP
+\fBpthread_cond_timedwait\fP was interrupted by a signal.
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_cond_destroy\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+Some threads are currently waiting on \fIcond\fP.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP(3),
+\fBgettimeofday\fP(2),
+\fBnanosleep\fP(2).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+Consider two shared variables \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP,
+protected by the mutex \fImut\fP,
+and a condition variable \fIcond\fP
+that is to be signaled
+whenever \fIx\fP becomes greater than \fIy\fP.
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+int x,y;
+pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+pthread_cond_t cond = PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER;
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+Waiting until \fIx\fP is greater than \fIy\fP is performed as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+while (x <= y) {
+        pthread_cond_wait(&cond, &mut);
+}
+/* operate on x and y */
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+Modifications on \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP
+that may cause \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
+should signal the condition if needed:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+/* modify x and y */
+if (x > y) pthread_cond_broadcast(&cond);
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+If it can be proved that at most one waiting thread needs to be waken up
+(for instance,
+if there are only two threads communicating through \fIx\fP and \fIy\fP),
+\fBpthread_cond_signal\fP can be used as
+a slightly more efficient alternative to \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
+In doubt,
+use \fBpthread_cond_broadcast\fP.
+.P
+To wait for \fIx\fP to become greater than \fIy\fP
+with a timeout of 5 seconds,
+do:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+struct timeval now;
+struct timespec timeout;
+int retcode;
+\&
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+gettimeofday(&now);
+timeout.tv_sec = now.tv_sec + 5;
+timeout.tv_nsec = now.tv_usec * 1000;
+retcode = 0;
+while (x <= y && retcode != ETIMEDOUT) {
+        retcode = pthread_cond_timedwait(&cond, &mut, &timeout);
+}
+if (retcode == ETIMEDOUT) {
+        /* timeout occurred */
+} else {
+        /* operate on x and y */
+}
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe85ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_signal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe85ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_timedwait.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3 b/man/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe85ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_cond_wait.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_cond_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae5c63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_condattr_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf7fd33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_condattr_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_condattr_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_condattr_init,
+pthread_condattr_destroy
+\-
+condition creation attributes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_condattr_init(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
+.BI "int pthread_condattr_destroy(pthread_condattr_t *" attr ");"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Condition attributes can be specified at condition creation time,
+by passing a condition attribute object
+as second argument to \fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
+Passing \fBNULL\fP is equivalent to
+passing a condition attribute object
+with all attributes set to their default values.
+.P
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports no attributes for conditions.
+The functions on condition attributes are
+included only for compliance with the POSIX standard.
+.P
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP
+initializes the condition attribute object \fIattr\fP
+and fills it with default values for the attributes.
+\fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP destroys a condition attribute object,
+which must not be reused until it is reinitialized.
+Both functions do nothing in the LinuxThreads implementation.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_condattr_init\fP and \fBpthread_condattr_destroy\fP always return 0.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_cond_init\fP(3).
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_create.3 b/man/man3/pthread_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7f33de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_create 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_create \- create a new thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_create(pthread_t *restrict " thread ,
+.BI "                   const pthread_attr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                   void *(*" start_routine ")(void *),"
+.BI "                   void *restrict " arg );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_create ()
+function starts a new thread in the calling process.
+The new thread starts execution by invoking
+.IR start_routine ();
+.I arg
+is passed as the sole argument of
+.IR start_routine ().
+.P
+The new thread terminates in one of the following ways:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+It calls
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+specifying an exit status value that is available to another thread
+in the same process that calls
+.BR pthread_join (3).
+.IP \[bu]
+It returns from
+.IR start_routine ().
+This is equivalent to calling
+.BR pthread_exit (3)
+with the value supplied in the
+.I return
+statement.
+.IP \[bu]
+It is canceled (see
+.BR pthread_cancel (3)).
+.IP \[bu]
+Any of the threads in the process calls
+.BR exit (3),
+or the main thread performs a return from
+.IR main ().
+This causes the termination of all threads in the process.
+.P
+The
+.I attr
+argument points to a
+.I pthread_attr_t
+structure whose contents are used at thread creation time to
+determine attributes for the new thread;
+this structure is initialized using
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3)
+and related functions.
+If
+.I attr
+is NULL,
+then the thread is created with default attributes.
+.P
+Before returning, a successful call to
+.BR pthread_create ()
+stores the ID of the new thread in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR thread ;
+this identifier is used to refer to the thread
+in subsequent calls to other pthreads functions.
+.P
+The new thread inherits a copy of the creating thread's signal mask
+.RB ( pthread_sigmask (3)).
+The set of pending signals for the new thread is empty
+.RB ( sigpending (2)).
+The new thread does not inherit the creating thread's
+alternate signal stack
+.RB ( sigaltstack (2)).
+.P
+The new thread inherits the calling thread's floating-point environment
+.RB ( fenv (3)).
+.P
+The initial value of the new thread's CPU-time clock is 0
+(see
+.BR pthread_getcpuclockid (3)).
+.\" CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID in clock_gettime(2)
+.SS Linux-specific details
+The new thread inherits copies of the calling thread's capability sets
+(see
+.BR capabilities (7))
+and CPU affinity mask (see
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_create ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number, and the contents of
+.I *thread
+are undefined.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+Insufficient resources to create another thread.
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+.\" NOTE! The following should match the description in fork(2)
+A system-imposed limit on the number of threads was encountered.
+There are a number of limits that may trigger this error: the
+.B RLIMIT_NPROC
+soft resource limit (set via
+.BR setrlimit (2)),
+which limits the number of processes and threads for a real user ID,
+was reached;
+the kernel's system-wide limit on the number of processes and threads,
+.IR /proc/sys/kernel/threads\-max ,
+was reached (see
+.BR proc (5));
+or the maximum number of PIDs,
+.IR /proc/sys/kernel/pid_max ,
+was reached (see
+.BR proc (5)).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid settings in
+.IR attr .
+.TP
+.\" FIXME . Test the following
+.B EPERM
+No permission to set the scheduling policy and parameters specified in
+.IR attr .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_create ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+See
+.BR pthread_self (3)
+for further information on the thread ID returned in
+.I *thread
+by
+.BR pthread_create ().
+Unless real-time scheduling policies are being employed,
+after a call to
+.BR pthread_create (),
+it is indeterminate which thread\[em]the caller or the new thread\[em]will
+next execute.
+.P
+A thread may either be
+.I joinable
+or
+.IR detached .
+If a thread is joinable, then another thread can call
+.BR pthread_join (3)
+to wait for the thread to terminate and fetch its exit status.
+Only when a terminated joinable thread has been joined are
+the last of its resources released back to the system.
+When a detached thread terminates,
+its resources are automatically released back to the system:
+it is not possible to join with the thread in order to obtain
+its exit status.
+Making a thread detached is useful for some types of daemon threads
+whose exit status the application does not need to care about.
+By default, a new thread is created in a joinable state, unless
+.I attr
+was set to create the thread in a detached state (using
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)).
+.P
+Under the NPTL threading implementation, if the
+.B RLIMIT_STACK
+soft resource limit
+.I at the time the program started
+has any value other than "unlimited",
+then it determines the default stack size of new threads.
+Using
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3),
+the stack size attribute can be explicitly set in the
+.I attr
+argument used to create a thread,
+in order to obtain a stack size other than the default.
+If the
+.B RLIMIT_STACK
+resource limit is set to "unlimited",
+a per-architecture value is used for the stack size:
+2 MB on most architectures; 4 MB on POWER and Sparc-64.
+.SH BUGS
+In the obsolete LinuxThreads implementation,
+each of the threads in a process has a different process ID.
+This is in violation of the POSIX threads specification,
+and is the source of many other nonconformances to the standard; see
+.BR pthreads (7).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR pthread_create (),
+as well as a number of other functions in the pthreads API.
+.P
+In the following run,
+on a system providing the NPTL threading implementation,
+the stack size defaults to the value given by the
+"stack size" resource limit:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ulimit \-s"
+8192            # The stack size limit is 8 MB (0x800000 bytes)
+.RB "$" " ./a.out hola salut servus"
+Thread 1: top of stack near 0xb7dd03b8; argv_string=hola
+Thread 2: top of stack near 0xb75cf3b8; argv_string=salut
+Thread 3: top of stack near 0xb6dce3b8; argv_string=servus
+Joined with thread 1; returned value was HOLA
+Joined with thread 2; returned value was SALUT
+Joined with thread 3; returned value was SERVUS
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the next run, the program explicitly sets a stack size of 1\ MB (using
+.BR pthread_attr_setstacksize (3))
+for the created threads:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \-s 0x100000 hola salut servus"
+Thread 1: top of stack near 0xb7d723b8; argv_string=hola
+Thread 2: top of stack near 0xb7c713b8; argv_string=salut
+Thread 3: top of stack near 0xb7b703b8; argv_string=servus
+Joined with thread 1; returned value was HOLA
+Joined with thread 2; returned value was SALUT
+Joined with thread 3; returned value was SERVUS
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_create.c)
+.EX
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+#define handle_error(msg) \e
+        do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+struct thread_info {    /* Used as argument to thread_start() */
+    pthread_t thread_id;        /* ID returned by pthread_create() */
+    int       thread_num;       /* Application\-defined thread # */
+    char     *argv_string;      /* From command\-line argument */
+};
+\&
+/* Thread start function: display address near top of our stack,
+   and return upper\-cased copy of argv_string. */
+\&
+static void *
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    struct thread_info *tinfo = arg;
+    char *uargv;
+\&
+    printf("Thread %d: top of stack near %p; argv_string=%s\en",
+           tinfo\->thread_num, (void *) &tinfo, tinfo\->argv_string);
+\&
+    uargv = strdup(tinfo\->argv_string);
+    if (uargv == NULL)
+        handle_error("strdup");
+\&
+    for (char *p = uargv; *p != \[aq]\e0\[aq]; p++)
+        *p = toupper(*p);
+\&
+    return uargv;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int                 s, opt;
+    void                *res;
+    size_t              num_threads;
+    ssize_t             stack_size;
+    pthread_attr_t      attr;
+    struct thread_info  *tinfo;
+\&
+    /* The "\-s" option specifies a stack size for our threads. */
+\&
+    stack_size = \-1;
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "s:")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]s\[aq]:
+            stack_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);
+            break;
+\&
+        default:
+            fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-s stack\-size] arg...\en",
+                    argv[0]);
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    num_threads = argc \- optind;
+\&
+    /* Initialize thread creation attributes. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_init");
+\&
+    if (stack_size > 0) {
+        s = pthread_attr_setstacksize(&attr, stack_size);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
+    }
+\&
+    /* Allocate memory for pthread_create() arguments. */
+\&
+    tinfo = calloc(num_threads, sizeof(*tinfo));
+    if (tinfo == NULL)
+        handle_error("calloc");
+\&
+    /* Create one thread for each command\-line argument. */
+\&
+    for (size_t tnum = 0; tnum < num_threads; tnum++) {
+        tinfo[tnum].thread_num = tnum + 1;
+        tinfo[tnum].argv_string = argv[optind + tnum];
+\&
+        /* The pthread_create() call stores the thread ID into
+           corresponding element of tinfo[]. */
+\&
+        s = pthread_create(&tinfo[tnum].thread_id, &attr,
+                           &thread_start, &tinfo[tnum]);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+    }
+\&
+    /* Destroy the thread attributes object, since it is no
+       longer needed. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
+\&
+    /* Now join with each thread, and display its returned value. */
+\&
+    for (size_t tnum = 0; tnum < num_threads; tnum++) {
+        s = pthread_join(tinfo[tnum].thread_id, &res);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
+\&
+        printf("Joined with thread %d; returned value was %s\en",
+               tinfo[tnum].thread_num, (char *) res);
+        free(res);      /* Free memory allocated by thread */
+    }
+\&
+    free(tinfo);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_detach (3),
+.BR pthread_equal (3),
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+.BR pthread_getattr_np (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthread_setattr_default_np (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_detach.3 b/man/man3/pthread_detach.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c924d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_detach.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_detach 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_detach \- detach a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_detach(pthread_t " thread );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_detach ()
+function marks the thread identified by
+.I thread
+as detached.
+When a detached thread terminates,
+its resources are automatically released back to the system without
+the need for another thread to join with the terminated thread.
+.P
+Attempting to detach an already detached thread results
+in unspecified behavior.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_detach ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I thread
+is not a joinable thread.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_detach ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Once a thread has been detached, it can't be joined with
+.BR pthread_join (3)
+or be made joinable again.
+.P
+A new thread can be created in a detached state using
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3)
+to set the detached attribute of the
+.I attr
+argument of
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.P
+The detached attribute merely determines the behavior of the system
+when the thread terminates;
+it does not prevent the thread from being terminated
+if the process terminates using
+.BR exit (3)
+(or equivalently, if the main thread returns).
+.P
+Either
+.BR pthread_join (3)
+or
+.BR pthread_detach ()
+should be called for each thread that an application creates,
+so that system resources for the thread can be released.
+(But note that the resources of any threads for which one of these
+actions has not been done will be freed when the process terminates.)
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following statement detaches the calling thread:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+pthread_detach(pthread_self());
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_attr_setdetachstate (3),
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_equal.3 b/man/man3/pthread_equal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8a861b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_equal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_equal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_equal \- compare thread IDs
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_equal(pthread_t " t1 ", pthread_t " t2 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_equal ()
+function compares two thread identifiers.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If the two thread IDs are equal,
+.BR pthread_equal ()
+returns a nonzero value; otherwise, it returns 0.
+.SH ERRORS
+This function always succeeds.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_equal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR pthread_equal ()
+function is necessary because thread IDs should be considered opaque:
+there is no portable way for applications to directly compare two
+.I pthread_t
+values.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_exit.3 b/man/man3/pthread_exit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..479e40a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_exit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_exit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_exit \- terminate calling thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void pthread_exit(void *" retval );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_exit ()
+function terminates the calling thread and returns a value via
+.I retval
+that (if the thread is joinable)
+is available to another thread in the same process that calls
+.BR pthread_join (3).
+.P
+Any clean-up handlers established by
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3)
+that have not yet been popped,
+are popped (in the reverse of the order in which they were pushed)
+and executed.
+If the thread has any thread-specific data, then,
+after the clean-up handlers have been executed,
+the corresponding destructor functions are called,
+in an unspecified order.
+.P
+When a thread terminates,
+process-shared resources (e.g., mutexes, condition variables,
+semaphores, and file descriptors) are not released,
+and functions registered using
+.BR atexit (3)
+are not called.
+.P
+After the last thread in a process terminates,
+the process terminates as by calling
+.BR exit (3)
+with an exit status of zero;
+thus, process-shared resources
+are released and functions registered using
+.BR atexit (3)
+are called.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function does not return to the caller.
+.SH ERRORS
+This function always succeeds.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_exit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Performing a return from the start function of any thread other
+than the main thread results in an implicit call to
+.BR pthread_exit (),
+using the function's return value as the thread's exit status.
+.P
+To allow other threads to continue execution,
+the main thread should terminate by calling
+.BR pthread_exit ()
+rather than
+.BR exit (3).
+.P
+The value pointed to by
+.I retval
+should not be located on the calling thread's stack,
+since the contents of that stack are undefined after the thread terminates.
+.SH BUGS
+Currently,
+.\" Linux 2.6.27
+there are limitations in the kernel implementation logic for
+.BR wait (2)ing
+on a stopped thread group with a dead thread group leader.
+This can manifest in problems such as a locked terminal if a stop signal is
+sent to a foreground process whose thread group leader has already called
+.BR pthread_exit ().
+.\" FIXME . review a later kernel to see if this gets fixed
+.\" http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/611611
+.\" http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=122525468300823&w=2
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4cd6af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getaffinity_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c185c96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_getattr_default_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_getattr_default_np, pthread_setattr_default_np, \-
+get or set default thread-creation attributes
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_getattr_default_np(pthread_attr_t *" attr );
+.BI "int pthread_setattr_default_np(const pthread_attr_t *" attr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setattr_default_np ()
+function sets the default attributes used for creation of a new
+thread\[em]that is, the attributes that are used when
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+is called with a second argument that is NULL.
+The default attributes are set using the attributes supplied in
+.IR *attr ,
+a previously initialized thread attributes object.
+Note the following details about the supplied attributes object:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+The attribute settings in the object must be valid.
+.IP \[bu]
+The
+.I stack address
+attribute must not be set in the object.
+.IP \[bu]
+Setting the
+.I stack size
+attribute to zero means leave the default stack size unchanged.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_getattr_default_np ()
+function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+so that it contains the default attributes used for thread creation.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_setattr_default_np ())
+One of the attribute settings in
+.I attr
+is invalid, or the stack address attribute is set in
+.IR attr .
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" Can happen (but unlikely) while trying to allocate memory for cpuset
+.RB ( pthread_setattr_default_np ())
+Insufficient memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_getattr_default_np (),
+.BR pthread_setattr_default_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in their names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.18.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses
+.BR pthread_getattr_default_np ()
+to fetch the default thread-creation attributes and then displays
+various settings from the returned thread attributes object.
+When running the program, we see the following output:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+Stack size:          8388608
+Guard size:          4096
+Scheduling policy:   SCHED_OTHER
+Scheduling priority: 0
+Detach state:        JOINABLE
+Inherit scheduler:   INHERIT
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getattr_default_np.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+static void
+display_pthread_attr(pthread_attr_t *attr)
+{
+    int s;
+    size_t stacksize;
+    size_t guardsize;
+    int policy;
+    struct sched_param schedparam;
+    int detachstate;
+    int inheritsched;
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getstacksize(attr, &stacksize);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstacksize");
+    printf("Stack size:          %zu\en", stacksize);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &guardsize);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
+    printf("Guard size:          %zu\en", guardsize);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(attr, &policy);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
+    printf("Scheduling policy:   %s\en",
+           (policy == SCHED_FIFO) ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
+           (policy == SCHED_RR) ? "SCHED_RR" :
+           (policy == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" : "[unknown]");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(attr, &schedparam);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
+    printf("Scheduling priority: %d\en", schedparam.sched_priority);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getdetachstate(attr, &detachstate);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getdetachstate");
+    printf("Detach state:        %s\en",
+           (detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED) ? "DETACHED" :
+           (detachstate == PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE) ? "JOINABLE" :
+           "???");
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getinheritsched(attr, &inheritsched);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getinheritsched");
+    printf("Inherit scheduler:   %s\en",
+           (inheritsched == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED) ? "INHERIT" :
+           (inheritsched == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "EXPLICIT" :
+           "???");
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    int s;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+\&
+    s = pthread_getattr_default_np(&attr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_default_np");
+\&
+    display_pthread_attr(&attr);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getscope (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6135cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getattr_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_getattr_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_getattr_np \- get attributes of created thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_getattr_np(pthread_t " thread ", pthread_attr_t *" attr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
+function initializes the thread attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+so that it contains actual attribute values describing the running thread
+.IR thread .
+.P
+The returned attribute values may differ from
+the corresponding attribute values passed in the
+.I attr
+object that was used to create the thread using
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+In particular, the following attributes may differ:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+the detach state, since a joinable thread may have detached itself
+after creation;
+.IP \[bu]
+the stack size,
+which the implementation may align to a suitable boundary.
+.IP \[bu]
+and the guard size,
+which the implementation may round upward to a multiple of the page size,
+or ignore (i.e., treat as 0),
+if the application is allocating its own stack.
+.P
+Furthermore, if the stack address attribute was not set
+in the thread attributes object used to create the thread,
+then the returned thread attributes object will report the actual
+stack address that the implementation selected for the thread.
+.P
+When the thread attributes object returned by
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
+is no longer required, it should be destroyed using
+.BR pthread_attr_destroy (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, this function returns 0;
+on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+.\" Can happen (but unlikely) while trying to allocate memory for cpuset
+Insufficient memory.
+.P
+In addition, if
+.I thread
+refers to the main thread, then
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
+can fail because of errors from various underlying calls:
+.BR fopen (3),
+if
+.I /proc/self/maps
+can't be opened;
+and
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+if the
+.B RLIMIT_STACK
+resource limit is not supported.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the name.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.3.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ().
+The program creates a thread that then uses
+.BR pthread_getattr_np ()
+to retrieve and display its guard size, stack address,
+and stack size attributes.
+Command-line arguments can be used to set these attributes
+to values other than the default when creating the thread.
+The shell sessions below demonstrate the use of the program.
+.P
+In the first run, on an x86-32 system,
+a thread is created using default attributes:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ulimit \-s" "      # No stack limit ==> default stack size is 2 MB"
+unlimited
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+Attributes of created thread:
+        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x40196000 (EOS = 0x40397000)
+        Stack size          = 0x201000 (2101248) bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the following run, we see that if a guard size is specified,
+it is rounded up to the next multiple of the system page size
+(4096 bytes on x86-32):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4097"
+Thread attributes object after initializations:
+        Guard size          = 4097 bytes
+        Stack address       = (nil)
+        Stack size          = 0x0 (0) bytes
+\&
+Attributes of created thread:
+        Guard size          = 8192 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x40196000 (EOS = 0x40397000)
+        Stack size          = 0x201000 (2101248) bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.\".in +4n
+.\".nf
+.\"$ ./a.out \-s 0x8000
+.\"Thread attributes object after initializations:
+.\"        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
+.\"        Stack address       = 0xffff8000 (EOS = (nil))
+.\"        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
+.\"
+.\"Attributes of created thread:
+.\"        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
+.\"        Stack address       = 0x4001e000 (EOS = 0x40026000)
+.\"        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
+.\".fi
+.\".in
+.P
+In the last run, the program manually allocates a stack for the thread.
+In this case, the guard size attribute is ignored.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \-g 4096 \-s 0x8000 \-a"
+Allocated thread stack at 0x804d000
+\&
+Thread attributes object after initializations:
+        Guard size          = 4096 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x804d000 (EOS = 0x8055000)
+        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
+\&
+Attributes of created thread:
+        Guard size          = 0 bytes
+        Stack address       = 0x804d000 (EOS = 0x8055000)
+        Stack size          = 0x8000 (32768) bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getattr_np.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* To get pthread_getattr_np() declaration */
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+static void
+display_stack_related_attributes(pthread_attr_t *attr, char *prefix)
+{
+    int s;
+    size_t stack_size, guard_size;
+    void *stack_addr;
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getguardsize(attr, &guard_size);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getguardsize");
+    printf("%sGuard size          = %zu bytes\en", prefix, guard_size);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_getstack(attr, &stack_addr, &stack_size);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_getstack");
+    printf("%sStack address       = %p", prefix, stack_addr);
+    if (stack_size > 0)
+        printf(" (EOS = %p)", (char *) stack_addr + stack_size);
+    printf("\en");
+    printf("%sStack size          = %#zx (%zu) bytes\en",
+           prefix, stack_size, stack_size);
+}
+\&
+static void
+display_thread_attributes(pthread_t thread, char *prefix)
+{
+    int s;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+\&
+    s = pthread_getattr_np(thread, &attr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getattr_np");
+\&
+    display_stack_related_attributes(&attr, prefix);
+\&
+    s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
+}
+\&
+static void *           /* Start function for thread we create */
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    printf("Attributes of created thread:\en");
+    display_thread_attributes(pthread_self(), "\et");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminate all threads */
+}
+\&
+static void
+usage(char *pname, char *msg)
+{
+    if (msg != NULL)
+        fputs(msg, stderr);
+    fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [\-s stack\-size [\-a]]"
+            " [\-g guard\-size]\en", pname);
+    fprintf(stderr, "\et\et\-a means program should allocate stack\en");
+    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+\&
+static pthread_attr_t *   /* Get thread attributes from command line */
+get_thread_attributes_from_cl(int argc, char *argv[],
+                              pthread_attr_t *attrp)
+{
+    int s, opt, allocate_stack;
+    size_t stack_size, guard_size;
+    void *stack_addr;
+    pthread_attr_t *ret_attrp = NULL;   /* Set to attrp if we initialize
+                                           a thread attributes object */
+    allocate_stack = 0;
+    stack_size = \-1;
+    guard_size = \-1;
+\&
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "ag:s:")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]a\[aq]:   allocate_stack = 1;                     break;
+        case \[aq]g\[aq]:   guard_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);  break;
+        case \[aq]s\[aq]:   stack_size = strtoul(optarg, NULL, 0);  break;
+        default:    usage(argv[0], NULL);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (allocate_stack && stack_size == \-1)
+        usage(argv[0], "Specifying \-a without \-s makes no sense\en");
+\&
+    if (argc > optind)
+        usage(argv[0], "Extraneous command\-line arguments\en");
+\&
+    if (stack_size != -1 || guard_size > 0) {
+        ret_attrp = attrp;
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_init(attrp);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_init");
+    }
+\&
+    if (stack_size != -1) {
+        if (!allocate_stack) {
+            s = pthread_attr_setstacksize(attrp, stack_size);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
+        } else {
+            s = posix_memalign(&stack_addr, sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE),
+                               stack_size);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "posix_memalign");
+            printf("Allocated thread stack at %p\en\en", stack_addr);
+\&
+            s = pthread_attr_setstack(attrp, stack_addr, stack_size);
+            if (s != 0)
+                errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (guard_size != -1) {
+        s = pthread_attr_setguardsize(attrp, guard_size);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_setstacksize");
+    }
+\&
+    return ret_attrp;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int s;
+    pthread_t thr;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+    pthread_attr_t *attrp = NULL;    /* Set to &attr if we initialize
+                                        a thread attributes object */
+\&
+    attrp = get_thread_attributes_from_cl(argc, argv, &attr);
+\&
+    if (attrp != NULL) {
+        printf("Thread attributes object after initializations:\en");
+        display_stack_related_attributes(attrp, "\et");
+        printf("\en");
+    }
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thr, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    if (attrp != NULL) {
+        s = pthread_attr_destroy(attrp);
+        if (s != 0)
+            errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
+    }
+\&
+    pause();    /* Terminates when other thread calls exit() */
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_attr_getaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getdetachstate (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getguardsize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getscope (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstack (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstackaddr (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_getstacksize (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b2d543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getconcurrency.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ad000d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getcpuclockid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_getcpuclockid 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_getcpuclockid \- retrieve ID of a thread's CPU time clock
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_t " thread ", clockid_t *" clockid );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_getcpuclockid ()
+function obtains the ID of the CPU-time clock of the thread whose ID is
+given in
+.IR thread ,
+and returns it in the location pointed to by
+.IR clockid .
+.\" The clockid is constructed as follows:
+.\" *clockid = CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID | (pd->tid << CLOCK_IDFIELD_SIZE)
+.\" where CLOCK_IDFIELD_SIZE is 3.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, this function returns 0;
+on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.\" CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID not defined
+Per-thread CPU time clocks are not supported by the system.
+.\"
+.\" Looking at nptl/pthread_getcpuclockid.c an ERANGE error would
+.\" be possible if kernel thread IDs took more than 29 bits (which
+.\" they currently cannot).
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_getcpuclockid ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+When
+.I thread
+refers to the calling thread,
+this function returns an identifier that refers to the same clock
+manipulated by
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+and
+.BR clock_settime (2)
+when given the clock ID
+.BR CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below creates a thread and then uses
+.BR clock_gettime (2)
+to retrieve the total process CPU time,
+and the per-thread CPU time consumed by the two threads.
+The following shell session shows an example run:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+Main thread sleeping
+Subthread starting infinite loop
+Main thread consuming some CPU time...
+Process total CPU time:    1.368
+Main thread CPU time:      0.376
+Subthread CPU time:        0.992
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_getcpuclockid.c)
+.EX
+/* Link with "\-lrt" */
+\&
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error(msg) \e
+        do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void *
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    printf("Subthread starting infinite loop\en");
+    for (;;)
+        continue;
+}
+\&
+static void
+pclock(char *msg, clockid_t cid)
+{
+    struct timespec ts;
+\&
+    printf("%s", msg);
+    if (clock_gettime(cid, &ts) == \-1)
+        handle_error("clock_gettime");
+    printf("%4jd.%03ld\en", (intmax_t) ts.tv_sec, ts.tv_nsec / 1000000);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    pthread_t thread;
+    clockid_t cid;
+    int s;
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, thread_start, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    printf("Main thread sleeping\en");
+    sleep(1);
+\&
+    printf("Main thread consuming some CPU time...\en");
+    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < 2000000; j++)
+        getppid();
+\&
+    pclock("Process total CPU time: ", CLOCK_PROCESS_CPUTIME_ID);
+\&
+    s = pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_self(), &cid);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getcpuclockid");
+    pclock("Main thread CPU time:   ", cid);
+\&
+    /* The preceding 4 lines of code could have been replaced by:
+       pclock("Main thread CPU time:   ", CLOCK_THREAD_CPUTIME_ID); */
+\&
+    s = pthread_getcpuclockid(thread, &cid);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getcpuclockid");
+    pclock("Subthread CPU time: 1    ", cid);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);         /* Terminates both threads */
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clock_gettime (2),
+.BR clock_settime (2),
+.BR timer_create (2),
+.BR clock_getcpuclockid (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getname_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getname_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a385c6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getname_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_setname_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67299c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getschedparam.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_getspecific.3 b/man/man3/pthread_getspecific.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307a947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_getspecific.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_join.3 b/man/man3/pthread_join.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d3fbb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_join.3
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_join 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_join \- join with a terminated thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_join(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_join ()
+function waits for the thread specified by
+.I thread
+to terminate.
+If that thread has already terminated, then
+.BR pthread_join ()
+returns immediately.
+The thread specified by
+.I thread
+must be joinable.
+.P
+If
+.I retval
+is not NULL, then
+.BR pthread_join ()
+copies the exit status of the target thread
+(i.e., the value that the target thread supplied to
+.BR pthread_exit (3))
+into the location pointed to by
+.IR retval .
+If the target thread was canceled, then
+.B PTHREAD_CANCELED
+is placed in the location pointed to by
+.IR retval .
+.P
+If multiple threads simultaneously try to join with the same thread,
+the results are undefined.
+If the thread calling
+.BR pthread_join ()
+is canceled, then the target thread will remain joinable
+(i.e., it will not be detached).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_join ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EDEADLK
+A deadlock was detected
+.\" The following verified by testing on glibc 2.8/NPTL:
+(e.g., two threads tried to join with each other);
+or
+.\" The following verified by testing on glibc 2.8/NPTL:
+.I thread
+specifies the calling thread.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I thread
+is not a joinable thread.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Another thread is already waiting to join with this thread.
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 does not specify this error case.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_join ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+After a successful call to
+.BR pthread_join (),
+the caller is guaranteed that the target thread has terminated.
+The caller may then choose to do any clean-up that is required
+after termination of the thread (e.g., freeing memory or other
+resources that were allocated to the target thread).
+.P
+Joining with a thread that has previously been joined results in
+undefined behavior.
+.P
+Failure to join with a thread that is joinable
+(i.e., one that is not detached),
+produces a "zombie thread".
+Avoid doing this,
+since each zombie thread consumes some system resources,
+and when enough zombie threads have accumulated,
+it will no longer be possible to create new threads (or processes).
+.P
+There is no pthreads analog of
+.IR "waitpid(\-1,\ &status,\ 0)" ,
+that is, "join with any terminated thread".
+If you believe you need this functionality,
+you probably need to rethink your application design.
+.P
+All of the threads in a process are peers:
+any thread can join with any other thread in the process.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_create (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_detach (3),
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+.BR pthread_tryjoin_np (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_key_create.3 b/man/man3/pthread_key_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f319426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_key_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_key_create 3 2024-05-19 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_key_create,
+pthread_key_delete,
+pthread_setspecific,
+pthread_getspecific
+\-
+management of thread-specific data
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_key_create(pthread_key_t *" key ,
+.BI "                       void (*" destr_function ") (void *));"
+.BI "int pthread_key_delete(pthread_key_t " key );
+.BI "int pthread_setspecific(pthread_key_t " key ", const void *" pointer );
+.BI "void * pthread_getspecific(pthread_key_t " key );
+.fi
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Programs often need global or static variables
+that have different values in different threads.
+Since threads share one memory space,
+this cannot be achieved with regular variables.
+Thread-specific data is the POSIX threads answer to this need.
+.P
+Each thread possesses a private memory block,
+the thread-specific data area,
+or TSD area for short.
+This area is indexed by TSD keys.
+The TSD area associates values of type \fBvoid *\fP to TSD keys.
+TSD keys are common to all threads,
+but the value associated with a given TSD key
+can be different in each thread.
+.P
+For concreteness,
+the TSD areas can be viewed as arrays of \fBvoid *\fP pointers,
+TSD keys as integer indices into these arrays,
+and the value of a TSD key
+as the value of the corresponding array element in the calling thread.
+.P
+When a thread is created,
+its TSD area initially associates \fBNULL\fP with all keys.
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP allocates a new TSD key.
+The key is stored in the location pointed to by \fIkey\fP.
+There is a limit of \fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP
+on the number of keys allocated at a given time.
+The value initially associated with the returned key
+is \fBNULL\fP in all currently executing threads.
+.P
+The \fIdestr_function\fP argument,
+if not \fBNULL\fP,
+specifies a destructor function associated with the key.
+When a thread terminates via \fBpthread_exit\fP or by cancelation,
+\fIdestr_function\fP is called with arguments
+the value associated with the key in that thread.
+The \fIdestr_function\fP is not called if that value is \fBNULL\fP.
+The order in which destructor functions are called at thread termination time
+is unspecified.
+.P
+Before the destructor function is called,
+the \fBNULL\fP value is associated with the key in the current thread.
+A destructor function might,
+however,
+re-associate non-\fBNULL\fP values to that key or some other key.
+To deal with this,
+if after all the destructors have been called
+for all non-\fBNULL\fP values,
+there are still some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated destructors,
+then the process is repeated.
+The glibc implementation stops the process
+after \fBPTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS\fP iterations,
+even if some non-\fBNULL\fP values with associated descriptors remain.
+Other implementations may loop indefinitely.
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP deallocates a TSD key.
+It does not check
+whether non-\fBNULL\fP values are associated with that key
+in the currently executing threads,
+nor call the destructor function associated with the key.
+.P
+\fBpthread_setspecific\fP changes the value
+associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread,
+storing the given \fIpointer\fP instead.
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns the value
+currently associated with \fIkey\fP in the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP,
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP,
+and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP
+return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on failure.
+If successful,
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP stores the newly allocated key
+in the location pointed to by its \fIkey\fP argument.
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns
+the value associated with \fIkey\fP on success,
+and \fBNULL\fP on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+\fBpthread_key_create\fP returns the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEAGAIN\fP
+\fBPTHREAD_KEYS_MAX\fP keys are already allocated.
+.RE
+.P
+\fBpthread_key_delete\fP and \fBpthread_setspecific\fP return
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+\fIkey\fP is not a valid, allocated TSD key.
+.RE
+.P
+\fBpthread_getspecific\fP returns \fBNULL\fP if \fIkey\fP is not a valid,
+allocated TSD key.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+pthread_create(3), pthread_exit(3), pthread_testcancel(3).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+The following code fragment
+allocates a thread-specific array of 100 characters,
+with automatic reclamation at thread exit:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+/* Key for the thread-specific buffer */
+static pthread_key_t buffer_key;
+\&
+/* Once-only initialisation of the key */
+static pthread_once_t buffer_key_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+\&
+/* Allocate the thread-specific buffer */
+void buffer_alloc(void)
+{
+  pthread_once(&buffer_key_once, buffer_key_alloc);
+  pthread_setspecific(buffer_key, malloc(100));
+}
+\&
+/* Return the thread-specific buffer */
+char * get_buffer(void)
+{
+  return (char *) pthread_getspecific(buffer_key);
+}
+\&
+/* Allocate the key */
+static void buffer_key_alloc()
+{
+  pthread_key_create(&buffer_key, buffer_destroy);
+}
+\&
+/* Free the thread-specific buffer */
+static void buffer_destroy(void * buf)
+{
+  free(buf);
+}
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_key_delete.3 b/man/man3/pthread_key_delete.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307a947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_key_delete.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_kill.3 b/man/man3/pthread_kill.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d445ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_kill.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_kill 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_kill \- send a signal to a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_kill(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_kill ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+function sends the signal
+.I sig
+to
+.IR thread ,
+a thread in the same process as the caller.
+The signal is asynchronously directed to
+.IR thread .
+.P
+If
+.I sig
+is 0, then no signal is sent, but error checking is still performed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number, and no signal is sent.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An invalid signal was specified.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The glibc implementation of
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+gives an error
+.RB ( EINVAL )
+on attempts to send either of the real-time signals
+used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
+See
+.BR nptl (7)
+for details.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 recommends that if an implementation detects the use
+of a thread ID after the end of its lifetime,
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+should return the error
+.BR ESRCH .
+The glibc implementation returns this error in the cases where
+an invalid thread ID can be detected.
+But note also that POSIX says that an attempt to use a thread ID whose
+lifetime has ended produces undefined behavior,
+and an attempt to use an invalid thread ID in a call to
+.BR pthread_kill ()
+can, for example, cause a segmentation fault.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Signal dispositions are process-wide:
+if a signal handler is installed,
+the handler will be invoked in the thread
+.IR thread ,
+but if the disposition of the signal is "stop", "continue", or "terminate",
+this action will affect the whole process.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigpending (2),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
+.BR raise (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dea465f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_kill_other_threads_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_kill_other_threads_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_kill_other_threads_np \- terminate all other threads in process
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B void pthread_kill_other_threads_np(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
+has an effect only in the LinuxThreads threading implementation.
+On that implementation,
+calling this function causes the immediate termination of
+all threads in the application,
+except the calling thread.
+The cancelation state and cancelation type of the
+to-be-terminated threads are ignored,
+and the cleanup handlers are not called in those threads.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+In the NPTL threading implementation,
+.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
+exists, but does nothing.
+(Nothing needs to be done,
+because the implementation does the right thing during an
+.BR execve (2).)
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the name.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0
+.SH NOTES
+.BR pthread_kill_other_threads_np ()
+is intended to be called just before a thread calls
+.BR execve (2)
+or a similar function.
+This function is designed to address a limitation in the obsolete
+LinuxThreads implementation whereby the other threads of an application
+are not automatically terminated (as POSIX.1-2001 requires) during
+.BR execve (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR execve (2),
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d81b364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Yubin Ruan <ablacktshirt@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutex_consistent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutex_consistent \- make a robust mutex consistent
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function makes a robust mutex consistent if it is in an inconsistent
+state.
+A mutex can be left in an inconsistent state if its owner terminates
+while holding the mutex, in which case the next owner who acquires the
+mutex will succeed and be notified by a return value of
+.B EOWNERDEAD
+from a call to
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.IR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
+returns 0.
+Otherwise,
+it returns a positive error number to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The mutex is either not robust or is not in an inconsistent state.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.12.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+Before the addition of
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
+to POSIX,
+glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard function if
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+was defined:
+.P
+.nf
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_consistent_np(const pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.fi
+.P
+This GNU-specific API, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
+is nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
+since glibc 2.34 it has been marked as deprecated.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ()
+simply informs the implementation that the state (shared data)
+guarded by the mutex has been restored to a consistent state and that
+normal operations can now be performed with the mutex.
+It is the application's responsibility to ensure that the
+shared data has been restored to a consistent state before calling
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (3),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a45bea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_consistent_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutex_consistent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7eb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b05459
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutex_init 3 2024-05-19 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutex_init,
+pthread_mutex_lock,
+pthread_mutex_trylock,
+pthread_mutex_unlock,
+pthread_mutex_destroy
+\-
+operations on mutexes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " fastmutex " = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;"
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " recmutex " = PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
+.BI "pthread_mutex_t " errchkmutex " = PTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex ,
+.BI "                       const pthread_mutexattr_t *" mutexattr );
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.BI "int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *" mutex );
+.fi
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A mutex is a MUTual EXclusion device,
+and is useful for
+protecting shared data structures from concurrent modifications,
+and implementing critical sections and monitors.
+.P
+A mutex has two possible states:
+unlocked (not owned by any thread),
+and locked (owned by one thread).
+A mutex can never be owned by two different threads simultaneously.
+A thread attempting to lock a mutex
+that is already locked by another thread
+is suspended until the owning thread unlocks the mutex first.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP initializes the mutex object pointed to by \fImutex\fP
+according to the mutex attributes specified in \fImutexattr\fP.
+If \fImutexattr\fP is \fBNULL\fP,
+default attributes are used instead.
+.P
+The LinuxThreads implementation supports only one mutex attributes,
+the \fImutex kind\fP,
+which is either ``fast'',
+``recursive'',
+or ``error checking''.
+The kind of a mutex determines
+whether it can be locked again by a thread that already owns it.
+The default kind is ``fast''.
+See \fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3) for more information on mutex attributes.
+.P
+Variables of type \fBpthread_mutex_t\fP can also be initialized statically,
+using the constants
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER\fP
+(for fast mutexes),
+\fBPTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
+(for recursive mutexes),
+and \fBPTHREAD_ERRORCHECK_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP\fP
+(for error checking mutexes).
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP locks the given mutex.
+If the mutex is currently unlocked,
+it becomes locked and owned by the calling thread,
+and \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately.
+If the mutex is already locked by another thread,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP suspends the calling thread
+until the mutex is unlocked.
+.P
+If the mutex is already locked by the calling thread,
+the behavior of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP depends on the kind of the mutex.
+If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
+the calling thread is suspended until the mutex is unlocked,
+thus effectively causing the calling thread to deadlock.
+If the mutex is of the ``error checking'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP returns immediately with the error code \fBEDEADLK\fP.
+If the mutex is of the ``recursive'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP succeeds and returns immediately,
+recording the number of times the calling thread has locked the mutex.
+An equal number of \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP operations
+must be performed before the mutex returns to the unlocked state.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP behaves identically to \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
+except that it does not block the calling thread
+if the mutex is already locked by another thread
+(or by the calling thread in the case of a ``fast'' mutex).
+Instead,
+\fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP returns immediately
+with the error code \fBEBUSY\fP.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP unlocks the given mutex.
+The mutex is assumed to be locked and owned by the calling thread
+on entrance to \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
+If the mutex is of the ``fast'' kind,
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP always returns it to the unlocked state.
+If it is of the ``recursive'' kind,
+it decrements the locking count of the mutex
+(number of \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP operations
+performed on it by the calling thread),
+and only when this count reaches zero is the mutex actually unlocked.
+.P
+On ``error checking'' and ``recursive'' mutexes,
+\fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP actually checks at run-time
+that the mutex is locked on entrance,
+and that it was locked by the same thread
+that is now calling \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP.
+If these conditions are not met,
+an error code is returned and the mutex remains unchanged.
+``Fast'' mutexes perform no such checks,
+thus allowing a locked mutex to be
+unlocked by a thread other than its owner.
+This is non-portable behavior and must not be relied upon.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP destroys a mutex object,
+freeing the resources it might hold.
+The mutex must be unlocked on entrance.
+In the LinuxThreads implementation,
+no resources are associated with mutex objects,
+thus \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP actually does nothing
+except checking that the mutex is unlocked.
+.
+.
+.SH CANCELLATION
+None of the mutex functions is a cancelation point,
+not even \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP,
+in spite of the fact that it can suspend a thread for arbitrary durations.
+This way,
+the status of mutexes at cancelation points is predictable,
+allowing cancelation handlers
+to unlock precisely those mutexes that need to be unlocked
+before the thread stops executing.
+Consequently,
+threads using deferred cancelation
+should never hold a mutex for extended periods of time.
+.
+.
+.SH "ASYNC-SIGNAL SAFETY"
+The mutex functions are not async-signal safe.
+What this means is that they should not be called from a signal handler.
+In particular,
+calling \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP or \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
+from a signal handler
+may deadlock the calling thread.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_mutex_init\fP always returns 0.
+The other mutex functions
+return 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+The \fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.TP
+\fBEDEADLK\fP
+The mutex is already locked by the calling thread
+(``error checking'' mutexes only).
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_trylock\fP function returns
+the following error codes on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+The mutex could not be acquired because it was currently locked.
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+The mutex has not been properly initialized.
+.TP
+\fBEPERM\fP
+The calling thread does not own the mutex
+(``error checking'' mutexes only).
+.RE
+.P
+The \fBpthread_mutex_destroy\fP function returns
+the following error code on error:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBEBUSY\fP
+The mutex is currently locked.
+.RE
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_init\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_cancel\fP(3).
+.
+.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+A shared global variable \fIx\fP can be protected by a mutex as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+int x;
+pthread_mutex_t mut = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
+.P
+All accesses and modifications to \fIx\fP
+should be bracketed by calls to
+\fBpthread_mutex_lock\fP and \fBpthread_mutex_unlock\fP
+as follows:
+.P
+.RS
+.ft 3
+.nf
+.sp
+pthread_mutex_lock(&mut);
+/* operate on x */
+pthread_mutex_unlock(&mut);
+.ft
+.P
+.RE
+.fi
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7eb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_lock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7eb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_trylock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7eb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutex_unlock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutex_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eadaa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2ab96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d19e60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_getpshared 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutexattr_getpshared, pthread_mutexattr_setpshared \- get/set
+process-shared mutex attribute
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B int pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(
+.BI "                      const pthread_mutexattr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                      int *restrict " pshared );
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                      int " pshared );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions get and set the process-shared attribute
+in a mutex attributes object.
+This attribute must be appropriately set to ensure correct,
+efficient operation of a mutex created using this attributes object.
+.P
+The process-shared attribute can have one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
+Mutexes created with this attributes object are to be shared
+only among threads in the same process that initialized the mutex.
+This is the default value for the process-shared mutex attribute.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
+Mutexes created with this attributes object can be shared between
+any threads that have access to the memory containing the object,
+including threads in different processes.
+.P
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getpshared ()
+places the value of the process-shared attribute of
+the mutex attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the location pointed to by
+.IR pshared .
+.P
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setpshared ()
+sets the value of the process-shared attribute of
+the mutex attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.BR pshared .
+.P
+If
+.I attr
+does not refer to an initialized mutex attributes object,
+the behavior is undefined.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return a positive error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setpshared ()
+can fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The value specified in
+.I pshared
+is invalid.
+.TP
+.B ENOTSUP
+.I pshared is
+.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
+but the implementation does not support process-shared mutexes.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c40cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c40cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eadaa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_gettype.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b89bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutexattr_init, pthread_mutexattr_destroy \- initialize and
+destroy a mutex attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_init(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_destroy(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ");"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_init ()
+function initializes the mutex attributes object pointed to by
+.I attr
+with default values for all attributes defined by the implementation.
+.P
+The results of initializing an already initialized mutex attributes
+object are undefined.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_destroy ()
+function destroys a mutex attribute object (making it uninitialized).
+Once a mutex attributes object has been destroyed, it can be reinitialized with
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_init ().
+.P
+The results of destroying an uninitialized mutex attributes
+object are undefined.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return a positive error number.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Subsequent changes to a mutex attributes object do not affect mutex that
+have already been initialized using that object.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getpshared (3),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4480d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np 3 2024-05-19 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np,
+pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np
+\-
+deprecated mutex creation attributes
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ", int " kind );
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                 int *" kind );
+.fi
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are deprecated,
+use \fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3)
+and \fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3)
+instead.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_getkind_np\fP always returns 0.
+.P
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP
+returns 0 on success and a non-zero error code on error.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+On error,
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_setkind_np\fP returns the following error code:
+.TP
+\fBEINVAL\fP
+\fIkind\fP is neither
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_FAST_NP\fP
+nor
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_NP\fP
+nor
+\fBPTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK_NP\fP.
+.
+.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_settype\fP(3),
+\fBpthread_mutexattr_gettype\fP(3).
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07899fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setpshared.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_getpshared.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7467722
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Yubin Ruan <ablacktshirt@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_mutexattr_setrobust 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_mutexattr_getrobust, pthread_mutexattr_setrobust
+\- get and set the robustness attribute of a mutex attributes object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                int *" robustness ");"
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust(pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                int " robustness ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust (),
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" But see https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=22125
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
+function places the value of the robustness attribute of
+the mutex attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+in
+.IR *robustness .
+The
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
+function sets the value of the robustness attribute of
+the mutex attributes object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR *robustness .
+.P
+The robustness attribute specifies the behavior of the mutex when
+the owning thread dies without unlocking the mutex.
+The following values are valid for
+.IR robustness :
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
+This is the default value for a mutex attributes object.
+If a mutex is initialized with the
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
+attribute and its owner dies without unlocking it,
+the mutex remains locked afterwards and any future attempts to call
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
+on the mutex will block indefinitely.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
+If a mutex is initialized with the
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
+attribute and its owner dies without unlocking it,
+any future attempts to call
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
+on this mutex will succeed and return
+.B EOWNERDEAD
+to indicate that the original owner no longer exists and the mutex is in
+an inconsistent state.
+Usually after
+.B EOWNERDEAD
+is returned, the next owner should call
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3)
+on the acquired mutex to make it consistent again before using it any further.
+.IP
+If the next owner unlocks the mutex using
+.BR pthread_mutex_unlock (3)
+before making it consistent, the mutex will be permanently unusable and any
+subsequent attempts to lock it using
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
+will fail with the error
+.BR ENOTRECOVERABLE .
+The only permitted operation on such a mutex is
+.BR pthread_mutex_destroy (3).
+.IP
+If the next owner terminates before calling
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3),
+further
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3)
+operations on this mutex will still return
+.BR EOWNERDEAD .
+.P
+Note that the
+.I attr
+argument of
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
+and
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
+should refer to a mutex attributes object that was initialized by
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_init (3),
+otherwise the behavior is undefined.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+On error, they return a positive error number.
+.P
+In the glibc implementation,
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
+always return zero.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+A value other than
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED
+or
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST
+was passed to
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ().
+.SH VERSIONS
+In the Linux implementation,
+when using process-shared robust mutexes, a waiting thread also receives the
+.B EOWNERDEAD
+notification if the owner of a robust mutex performs an
+.BR execve (2)
+without first unlocking the mutex.
+POSIX.1 does not specify this detail,
+but the same behavior also occurs in at least some
+.\" E.g., Solaris, according to its manual page
+other implementations.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.12.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+Before the addition of
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_getrobust ()
+and
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setrobust ()
+to POSIX,
+glibc defined the following equivalent nonstandard functions if
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+was defined:
+.P
+.nf
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_getrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                   int *" robustness ");"
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np(const pthread_mutexattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                                   int " robustness ");"
+.fi
+.P
+Correspondingly, the constants
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_STALLED_NP
+and
+.B PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST_NP
+were also defined.
+.P
+These GNU-specific APIs, which first appeared in glibc 2.4,
+are nowadays obsolete and should not be used in new programs;
+since glibc 2.34 these APIs are marked as deprecated.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of the robustness attribute of a
+mutex attributes object.
+In this program, a thread holding the mutex
+dies prematurely without unlocking the mutex.
+The main thread subsequently acquires the mutex
+successfully and gets the error
+.BR EOWNERDEAD ,
+after which it makes the mutex consistent.
+.P
+The following shell session shows what we see when running this program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out\fP
+[original owner] Setting lock...
+[original owner] Locked. Now exiting without unlocking.
+[main] Attempting to lock the robust mutex.
+[main] pthread_mutex_lock() returned EOWNERDEAD
+[main] Now make the mutex consistent
+[main] Mutex is now consistent; unlocking
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static pthread_mutex_t mtx;
+\&
+static void *
+original_owner_thread(void *ptr)
+{
+    printf("[original owner] Setting lock...\en");
+    pthread_mutex_lock(&mtx);
+    printf("[original owner] Locked. Now exiting without unlocking.\en");
+    pthread_exit(NULL);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    pthread_t thr;
+    pthread_mutexattr_t attr;
+    int s;
+\&
+    pthread_mutexattr_init(&attr);
+\&
+    pthread_mutexattr_setrobust(&attr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_ROBUST);
+\&
+    pthread_mutex_init(&mtx, &attr);
+\&
+    pthread_create(&thr, NULL, original_owner_thread, NULL);
+\&
+    sleep(2);
+\&
+    /* "original_owner_thread" should have exited by now. */
+\&
+    printf("[main] Attempting to lock the robust mutex.\en");
+    s = pthread_mutex_lock(&mtx);
+    if (s == EOWNERDEAD) {
+        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() returned EOWNERDEAD\en");
+        printf("[main] Now make the mutex consistent\en");
+        s = pthread_mutex_consistent(&mtx);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_consistent");
+        printf("[main] Mutex is now consistent; unlocking\en");
+        s = pthread_mutex_unlock(&mtx);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_unlock");
+\&
+        exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+    } else if (s == 0) {
+        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() unexpectedly succeeded\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    } else {
+        printf("[main] pthread_mutex_lock() unexpectedly failed\en");
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_mutex_lock");
+    }
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR get_robust_list (2),
+.BR set_robust_list (2),
+.BR pthread_mutex_consistent (3),
+.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c40cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_setrobust.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3 b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eadaa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr_settype.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_once.3 b/man/man3/pthread_once.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86ecd84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_once.3
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+.\" Copyright, Xavier Leroy <Xavier.Leroy@inria.fr>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_once 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.
+.
+.SH NAME
+pthread_once
+\-
+once-only initialization
+.
+.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "pthread_once_t " once_control " = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;"
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_once(pthread_once_t *" once_control ", void (*" init_routine ") (void));"
+.
+.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The purpose of \fBpthread_once\fP is
+to ensure that a piece of initialization code is executed at most once.
+The \fIonce_control\fP argument points to a static or extern variable
+statically initialized to \fBPTHREAD_ONCE_INIT\fP.
+.P
+The first time \fBpthread_once\fP is called
+with a given \fIonce_control\fP argument,
+it calls \fIinit_routine\fP with no argument
+and changes the value of the \fIonce_control\fP variable
+to record that initialization has been performed.
+Subsequent calls to \fBpthread_once\fP
+with the same \fBonce_control\fP argument
+do nothing.
+.
+.
+.SH "RETURN VALUE"
+\fBpthread_once\fP always returns 0.
+.
+.
+.SH ERRORS
+None.
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f3f740
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce6a14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.\"Copyright (c) 2010 Novell Inc., written by Robert Schweikert
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np, pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np \- set/get
+the read-write lock kind of the thread read-write lock attribute object
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np(pthread_rwlockattr_t *" attr ,
+.BI "                       int " pref );
+.B int pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np(
+.BI "                       const pthread_rwlockattr_t *restrict " attr ,
+.BI "                       int *restrict " pref );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np (),
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np ()
+function sets the "lock kind" attribute of the
+read-write lock attribute object referred to by
+.I attr
+to the value specified in
+.IR pref .
+The argument
+.I pref
+may be set to one of the following:
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP
+This is the default.
+A thread may hold multiple read locks; that is, read locks are recursive.
+According to The Single Unix Specification, the behavior is unspecified when a
+reader tries to place a lock, and there is no write lock but writers are
+waiting.
+Giving preference to the reader, as is set by
+.BR PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP ,
+implies that the reader will receive the requested lock, even if
+a writer is waiting.
+As long as there are readers, the writer will be
+starved.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NP
+This is intended as the write lock analog of
+.BR PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_READER_NP .
+This is ignored by glibc because the POSIX requirement to support
+recursive read locks would cause this option to create trivial
+deadlocks; instead use
+.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP
+which ensures the application developer will not take recursive
+read locks thus avoiding deadlocks.
+.\" ---
+.\" Here is the relevant wording:
+.\"
+.\"     A thread may hold multiple concurrent read locks on rwlock (that is,
+.\"     successfully call the pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function n times). If
+.\"     so, the thread must perform matching unlocks (that is, it must call
+.\"     the pthread_rwlock_unlock() function n times).
+.\"
+.\" By making write-priority work correctly, I broke the above requirement,
+.\" because I had no clue that recursive read locks are permissible.
+.\"
+.\" If a thread which holds a read lock tries to acquire another read lock,
+.\" and now one or more writers is waiting for a write lock, then the algorithm
+.\" will lead to an obvious deadlock. The reader will be suspended, waiting for
+.\" the writers to acquire and release the lock, and the writers will be
+.\" suspended waiting for every existing read lock to be released.
+.\" ---
+.\" https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pthread_rwlock_rdlock.html
+.\" https://sourceware.org/legacy-ml/libc-alpha/2000-01/msg00055.html
+.\" https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7057
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_RWLOCK_PREFER_WRITER_NONRECURSIVE_NP
+Setting the lock kind to this
+avoids writer starvation as long as any read locking is not done in a
+recursive fashion.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ()
+function returns the value of the lock kind attribute of the
+read-write lock attribute object referred to by
+.I attr
+in the pointer
+.IR pref .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0.
+Given valid pointer arguments,
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_getkind_np ()
+always succeeds.
+On error,
+.BR pthread_rwlockattr_setkind_np ()
+returns a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I pref
+specifies an unsupported value.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_self.3 b/man/man3/pthread_self.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d2f5ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_self.3
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_self 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_self \- obtain ID of the calling thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B pthread_t pthread_self(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_self ()
+function returns the ID of the calling thread.
+This is the same value that is returned in
+.I *thread
+in the
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+call that created this thread.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function always succeeds, returning the calling thread's ID.
+.SH ERRORS
+This function always succeeds.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_self ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+POSIX.1 allows an implementation wide freedom in choosing
+the type used to represent a thread ID;
+for example, representation using either an arithmetic type or
+a structure is permitted.
+Therefore, variables of type
+.I pthread_t
+can't portably be compared using the C equality operator (\fB==\fP);
+use
+.BR pthread_equal (3)
+instead.
+.P
+Thread identifiers should be considered opaque:
+any attempt to use a thread ID other than in pthreads calls
+is nonportable and can lead to unspecified results.
+.P
+Thread IDs are guaranteed to be unique only within a process.
+A thread ID may be reused after a terminated thread has been joined,
+or a detached thread has terminated.
+.P
+The thread ID returned by
+.BR pthread_self ()
+is not the same thing as the kernel thread ID returned by a call to
+.BR gettid (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_equal (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..779f389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setaffinity_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setaffinity_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setaffinity_np, pthread_getaffinity_np \- set/get
+CPU affinity of a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
+.BI "                           const cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
+.BI "int pthread_getaffinity_np(pthread_t " thread ", size_t " cpusetsize ,
+.BI "                           cpu_set_t *" cpuset );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np ()
+function
+sets the CPU affinity mask of the thread
+.I thread
+to the CPU set pointed to by
+.IR cpuset .
+If the call is successful,
+and the thread is not currently running on one of the CPUs in
+.IR cpuset ,
+then it is migrated to one of those CPUs.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
+function returns the CPU affinity mask of the thread
+.I thread
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR cpuset .
+.P
+For more details on CPU affinity masks, see
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2).
+For a description of a set of macros
+that can be used to manipulate and inspect CPU sets, see
+.BR CPU_SET (3).
+.P
+The argument
+.I cpusetsize
+is the length (in bytes) of the buffer pointed to by
+.IR cpuset .
+Typically, this argument would be specified as
+.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
+(It may be some other value, if using the macros described in
+.BR CPU_SET (3)
+for dynamically allocating a CPU set.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EFAULT
+A supplied memory address was invalid.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_setaffinity_np ())
+The affinity bit mask
+.I mask
+contains no processors that are currently physically on the system
+and permitted to the thread according to any restrictions that
+may be imposed by the "cpuset" mechanism described in
+.BR cpuset (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_setaffinity_np ())
+.I cpuset
+specified a CPU that was outside the set supported by the kernel.
+(The kernel configuration option
+.B CONFIG_NR_CPUS
+defines the range of the set supported by the kernel data type
+.\" cpumask_t
+used to represent CPU sets.)
+.\" The raw sched_getaffinity() system call returns the size (in bytes)
+.\" of the cpumask_t type.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( pthread_getaffinity_np ())
+.I cpusetsize
+is smaller than the size of the affinity mask used by the kernel.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (),
+.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.4.
+.P
+In glibc 2.3.3 only,
+versions of these functions were provided that did not have a
+.I cpusetsize
+argument.
+Instead the CPU set size given to the underlying system calls was always
+.IR sizeof(cpu_set_t) .
+.SH NOTES
+After a call to
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np (),
+the set of CPUs on which the thread will actually run is
+the intersection of the set specified in the
+.I cpuset
+argument and the set of CPUs actually present on the system.
+The system may further restrict the set of CPUs on which the thread
+runs if the "cpuset" mechanism described in
+.BR cpuset (7)
+is being used.
+These restrictions on the actual set of CPUs on which the thread
+will run are silently imposed by the kernel.
+.P
+These functions are implemented on top of the
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2)
+and
+.BR sched_getaffinity (2)
+system calls.
+.P
+A new thread created by
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+inherits a copy of its creator's CPU affinity mask.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+In the following program, the main thread uses
+.BR pthread_setaffinity_np ()
+to set its CPU affinity mask to include CPUs 0 to 7
+(which may not all be available on the system),
+and then calls
+.BR pthread_getaffinity_np ()
+to check the resulting CPU affinity mask of the thread.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_setaffinity_np.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    int s;
+    cpu_set_t cpuset;
+    pthread_t thread;
+\&
+    thread = pthread_self();
+\&
+    /* Set affinity mask to include CPUs 0 to 7. */
+\&
+    CPU_ZERO(&cpuset);
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+        CPU_SET(j, &cpuset);
+\&
+    s = pthread_setaffinity_np(thread, sizeof(cpuset), &cpuset);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_setaffinity_np");
+\&
+    /* Check the actual affinity mask assigned to the thread. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_getaffinity_np(thread, sizeof(cpuset), &cpuset);
+    if (s != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, s, "pthread_getaffinity_np");
+\&
+    printf("Set returned by pthread_getaffinity_np() contained:\en");
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < CPU_SETSIZE; j++)
+        if (CPU_ISSET(j, &cpuset))
+            printf("    CPU %zu\en", j);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sched_setaffinity (2),
+.BR CPU_SET (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setaffinity_np (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR sched_getcpu (3),
+.BR cpuset (7),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ea2ab6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setattr_default_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_getattr_default_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b65f0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setcancelstate 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setcancelstate, pthread_setcanceltype \-
+set cancelability state and type
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setcancelstate(int " state ", int *" oldstate );
+.BI "int pthread_setcanceltype(int " type ", int *" oldtype );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
+sets the cancelability state of the calling thread to the value
+given in
+.IR state .
+The previous cancelability state of the thread is returned
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR oldstate .
+The
+.I state
+argument must have one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE
+The thread is cancelable.
+This is the default cancelability state in all new threads,
+including the initial thread.
+The thread's cancelability type determines when a cancelable thread
+will respond to a cancelation request.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE
+The thread is not cancelable.
+If a cancelation request is received,
+it is blocked until cancelability is enabled.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
+sets the cancelability type of the calling thread to the value
+given in
+.IR type .
+The previous cancelability type of the thread is returned
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR oldtype .
+The
+.I type
+argument must have one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED
+A cancelation request is deferred until the thread next calls
+a function that is a cancelation point (see
+.BR pthreads (7)).
+This is the default cancelability type in all new threads,
+including the initial thread.
+.IP
+Even with deferred cancelation, a
+cancelation point in an asynchronous signal handler may still
+be acted upon and the effect is as if it was an asynchronous
+cancelation.
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
+The thread can be canceled at any time.
+(Typically,
+it will be canceled immediately upon receiving a cancelation request,
+but the system doesn't guarantee this.)
+.P
+The set-and-get operation performed by each of these functions
+is atomic with respect to other threads in the process
+calling the same function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid value for
+.IR state .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid value for
+.IR type .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
+T}	Async-cancel safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+AC-Safe
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+For details of what happens when a thread is canceled, see
+.BR \%pthread_cancel (3).
+.P
+Briefly disabling cancelability is useful
+if a thread performs some critical action
+that must not be interrupted by a cancelation request.
+Beware of disabling cancelability for long periods,
+or around operations that may block for long periods,
+since that will render the thread unresponsive to cancelation requests.
+.SS Asynchronous cancelability
+Setting the cancelability type to
+.B PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS
+is rarely useful.
+Since the thread could be canceled at
+.I any
+time, it cannot safely reserve resources (e.g., allocating memory with
+.BR malloc (3)),
+acquire mutexes, semaphores, or locks, and so on.
+Reserving resources is unsafe because the application has no way of
+knowing what the state of these resources is when the thread is canceled;
+that is, did cancelation occur before the resources were reserved,
+while they were reserved, or after they were released?
+Furthermore, some internal data structures
+(e.g., the linked list of free blocks managed by the
+.BR malloc (3)
+family of functions) may be left in an inconsistent state
+if cancelation occurs in the middle of the function call.
+Consequently, clean-up handlers cease to be useful.
+.P
+Functions that can be safely asynchronously canceled are called
+.IR "async-cancel-safe functions" .
+POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require only that
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (),
+and
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ()
+be async-cancel-safe.
+In general, other library functions
+can't be safely called from an asynchronously cancelable thread.
+.P
+One of the few circumstances in which asynchronous cancelability is useful
+is for cancelation of a thread that is in a pure compute-bound loop.
+.SS Portability notes
+The Linux threading implementations permit the
+.I oldstate
+argument of
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate ()
+to be NULL, in which case the information about the previous
+cancelability state is not returned to the caller.
+Many other implementations also permit a NULL
+.I oldstat
+argument,
+.\" It looks like at least Solaris, FreeBSD and Tru64 support this.
+but POSIX.1 does not specify this point,
+so portable applications should always specify a non-NULL value in
+.IR oldstate .
+A precisely analogous set of statements applies for the
+.I oldtype
+argument of
+.BR pthread_setcanceltype ().
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_cancel (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
+.BR pthread_testcancel (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9625bc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setcanceltype.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_setcancelstate.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cee31b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setconcurrency.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setconcurrency 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setconcurrency, pthread_getconcurrency \- set/get
+the concurrency level
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setconcurrency(int " new_level );
+.BI "int pthread_getconcurrency(" void );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
+function informs the implementation of the application's
+desired concurrency level, specified in
+.IR new_level .
+The implementation takes this only as a hint:
+POSIX.1 does not specify the level of concurrency that
+should be provided as a result of calling
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency ().
+.P
+Specifying
+.I new_level
+as 0 instructs the implementation to manage the concurrency level
+as it deems appropriate.
+.P
+.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
+returns the current value of the concurrency level for this process.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
+.P
+.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
+always succeeds, returning the concurrency level set by a previous call to
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency (),
+or 0, if
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
+has not previously been called.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency ()
+can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I new_level
+is negative.
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an
+.B EAGAIN
+error ("the value specified by
+.I new_level
+would cause a system resource to be exceeded").
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setconcurrency (),
+.BR pthread_getconcurrency ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The default concurrency level is 0.
+.P
+Concurrency levels are meaningful only for M:N threading implementations,
+where at any moment a subset of a process's set of user-level threads
+may be bound to a smaller number of kernel-scheduling entities.
+Setting the concurrency level allows the application to
+give the system a hint as to the number of kernel-scheduling entities
+that should be provided for efficient execution of the application.
+.P
+Both LinuxThreads and NPTL are 1:1 threading implementations,
+so setting the concurrency level has no meaning.
+In other words,
+on Linux these functions merely exist for compatibility with other systems,
+and they have no effect on the execution of a program.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_attr_setscope (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setname_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b426d51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setname_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2012 Chandan Apsangi <chandan.jc@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setname_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setname_np, pthread_getname_np \- set/get the name of a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setname_np(pthread_t " thread ", const char *" name );
+.BI "int pthread_getname_np(pthread_t " thread ", char " name [. size "], \
+size_t " size );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+By default, all the threads created using
+.BR pthread_create ()
+inherit the program name.
+The
+.BR pthread_setname_np ()
+function can be used to set a unique name for a thread,
+which can be useful for debugging
+multithreaded applications.
+The thread name is a meaningful C language string,
+whose length is restricted to 16 characters,
+including the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+The
+.I thread
+argument specifies the thread whose name is to be changed;
+.I name
+specifies the new name.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_getname_np ()
+function can be used to retrieve the name of the thread.
+The
+.I thread
+argument specifies the thread whose name is to be retrieved.
+The buffer
+.I name
+is used to return the thread name;
+.I size
+specifies the number of bytes available in
+.IR name .
+The buffer specified by
+.I name
+should be at least 16 characters in length.
+The returned thread name in the output buffer will be null terminated.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.BR pthread_setname_np ()
+function can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+The length of the string specified pointed to by
+.I name
+exceeds the allowed limit.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_getname_np ()
+function can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+The buffer specified by
+.I name
+and
+.I size
+is too small to hold the thread name.
+.P
+If either of these functions fails to open
+.IR /proc/self/task/ tid /comm ,
+then the call may fail with one of the errors described in
+.BR open (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setname_np (),
+.BR pthread_getname_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.12.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR pthread_setname_np ()
+internally writes to the thread-specific
+.I comm
+file under the
+.I /proc
+filesystem:
+.IR /proc/self/task/ tid /comm .
+.BR pthread_getname_np ()
+retrieves it from the same location.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR pthread_setname_np ()
+and
+.BR pthread_getname_np ().
+.P
+The following shell session shows a sample run of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out"
+Created a thread. Default name is: a.out
+The thread name after setting it is THREADFOO.
+\fB\[ha]Z\fP                           # Suspend the program
+[1]+  Stopped           ./a.out
+.RB "$ " "ps H \-C a.out \-o \[aq]pid tid cmd comm\[aq]"
+  PID   TID CMD                         COMMAND
+ 5990  5990 ./a.out                     a.out
+ 5990  5991 ./a.out                     THREADFOO
+.RB "$ " "cat /proc/5990/task/5990/comm"
+a.out
+.RB "$ " "cat /proc/5990/task/5991/comm"
+THREADFOO
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_setname_np.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define NAMELEN 16
+\&
+static void *
+threadfunc(void *parm)
+{
+    sleep(5);          // allow main program to set the thread name
+    return NULL;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    pthread_t thread;
+    int rc;
+    char thread_name[NAMELEN];
+\&
+    rc = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, threadfunc, NULL);
+    if (rc != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    rc = pthread_getname_np(thread, thread_name, NAMELEN);
+    if (rc != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_getname_np");
+\&
+    printf("Created a thread. Default name is: %s\en", thread_name);
+    rc = pthread_setname_np(thread, (argc > 1) ? argv[1] : "THREADFOO");
+    if (rc != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_setname_np");
+\&
+    sleep(2);
+\&
+    rc = pthread_getname_np(thread, thread_name, NAMELEN);
+    if (rc != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_getname_np");
+    printf("The thread name after setting it is %s.\en", thread_name);
+\&
+    rc = pthread_join(thread, NULL);
+    if (rc != 0)
+        errc(EXIT_FAILURE, rc, "pthread_join");
+\&
+    printf("Done\en");
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR prctl (2),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f212f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setschedparam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setschedparam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setschedparam, pthread_getschedparam \- set/get
+scheduling policy and parameters of a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int " policy ,
+.BI "                          const struct sched_param *" param );
+.BI "int pthread_getschedparam(pthread_t " thread ", int *restrict " policy ,
+.BI "                          struct sched_param *restrict " param );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
+function sets the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
+.IR thread .
+.P
+.I policy
+specifies the new scheduling policy for
+.IR thread .
+The supported values for
+.IR policy ,
+and their semantics, are described in
+.BR sched (7).
+.\" FIXME . pthread_setschedparam() places no restriction on the policy,
+.\" but pthread_attr_setschedpolicy() restricts policy to RR/FIFO/OTHER
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=7013
+.P
+The structure pointed to by
+.I param
+specifies the new scheduling parameters for
+.IR thread .
+Scheduling parameters are maintained in the following structure:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct sched_param {
+    int sched_priority;     /* Scheduling priority */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+As can be seen, only one scheduling parameter is supported.
+For details of the permitted ranges for scheduling priorities
+in each scheduling policy, see
+.BR sched (7).
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_getschedparam ()
+function returns the scheduling policy and parameters of the thread
+.IR thread ,
+in the buffers pointed to by
+.I policy
+and
+.IR param ,
+respectively.
+The returned priority value is that set by the most recent
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (),
+.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
+or
+.BR pthread_create (3)
+call that affected
+.IR thread .
+The returned priority does not reflect any temporary priority adjustments
+as a result of calls to any priority inheritance or
+priority ceiling functions (see, for example,
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling (3)
+and
+.BR pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol (3)).
+.\" FIXME . nptl/pthread_setschedparam.c has the following
+.\"   /* If the thread should have higher priority because of some
+.\"      PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT mutexes it holds, adjust the priority. */
+.\" Eventually (perhaps after writing the mutexattr pages), we
+.\" may want to add something on the topic to this page.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return 0;
+on error, they return a nonzero error number.
+If
+.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
+fails, the scheduling policy and parameters of
+.I thread
+are not changed.
+.SH ERRORS
+Both of these functions can fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.P
+.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
+may additionally fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I policy
+is not a recognized policy, or
+.I param
+does not make sense for the
+.IR policy .
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The caller does not have appropriate privileges
+to set the specified scheduling policy and parameters.
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an
+.B ENOTSUP
+("attempt was made to set the policy or scheduling parameters
+to an unsupported value") error for
+.BR pthread_setschedparam ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (),
+.BR pthread_getschedparam ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+For a description of the permissions required to, and the effect of,
+changing a thread's scheduling policy and priority,
+and details of the permitted ranges for priorities
+in each scheduling policy, see
+.BR sched (7).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below demonstrates the use of
+.BR pthread_setschedparam ()
+and
+.BR pthread_getschedparam (),
+as well as the use of a number of other scheduling-related
+pthreads functions.
+.P
+In the following run, the main thread sets its scheduling policy to
+.B SCHED_FIFO
+with a priority of 10,
+and initializes a thread attributes object with
+a scheduling policy attribute of
+.B SCHED_RR
+and a scheduling priority attribute of 20.
+The program then sets (using
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3))
+the inherit scheduler attribute of the thread attributes object to
+.BR PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED ,
+meaning that threads created using this attributes object should
+take their scheduling attributes from the thread attributes object.
+The program then creates a thread using the thread attributes object,
+and that thread displays its scheduling policy and priority.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fBsu\fP      # Need privilege to set real\-time scheduling policies
+Password:
+# \fB./a.out \-mf10 \-ar20 \-i e\fP
+Scheduler settings of main thread
+    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
+\&
+Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]
+    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
+    inheritsched is EXPLICIT
+\&
+Scheduler attributes of new thread
+    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
+were taken from the values specified in the thread attributes object.
+.P
+The next run is the same as the previous,
+except that the inherit scheduler attribute is set to
+.BR PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED ,
+meaning that threads created using the thread attributes object should
+ignore the scheduling attributes specified in the attributes object
+and instead take their scheduling attributes from the creating thread.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+# \fB./a.out \-mf10 \-ar20 \-i i\fP
+Scheduler settings of main thread
+    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
+\&
+Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]
+    policy=SCHED_RR, priority=20
+    inheritsched is INHERIT
+\&
+Scheduler attributes of new thread
+    policy=SCHED_FIFO, priority=10
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In the above output, one can see that the scheduling policy and priority
+were taken from the creating thread,
+rather than the thread attributes object.
+.P
+Note that if we had omitted the
+.I \-i\~i
+option, the output would have been the same, since
+.B PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED
+is the default for the inherit scheduler attribute.
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthreads_sched_test.c)
+.EX
+/* pthreads_sched_test.c */
+\&
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+[[noreturn]]
+static void
+usage(char *prog_name, char *msg)
+{
+    if (msg != NULL)
+        fputs(msg, stderr);
+\&
+    fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s [options]\en", prog_name);
+    fprintf(stderr, "Options are:\en");
+#define fpe(msg) fprintf(stderr, "\et%s", msg)          /* Shorter */
+    fpe("\-a<policy><prio> Set scheduling policy and priority in\en");
+    fpe("                 thread attributes object\en");
+    fpe("                 <policy> can be\en");
+    fpe("                     f  SCHED_FIFO\en");
+    fpe("                     r  SCHED_RR\en");
+    fpe("                     o  SCHED_OTHER\en");
+    fpe("\-A               Use default thread attributes object\en");
+    fpe("\-i {e|i}         Set inherit scheduler attribute to\en");
+    fpe("                 \[aq]explicit\[aq] or \[aq]inherit\[aq]\en");
+    fpe("\-m<policy><prio> Set scheduling policy and priority on\en");
+    fpe("                 main thread before pthread_create() call\en");
+    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+\&
+static int
+get_policy(char p, int *policy)
+{
+    switch (p) {
+    case \[aq]f\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_FIFO;     return 1;
+    case \[aq]r\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_RR;       return 1;
+    case \[aq]o\[aq]: *policy = SCHED_OTHER;    return 1;
+    default:  return 0;
+    }
+}
+\&
+static void
+display_sched_attr(int policy, const struct sched_param *param)
+{
+    printf("    policy=%s, priority=%d\en",
+           (policy == SCHED_FIFO)  ? "SCHED_FIFO" :
+           (policy == SCHED_RR)    ? "SCHED_RR" :
+           (policy == SCHED_OTHER) ? "SCHED_OTHER" :
+           "???",
+           param\->sched_priority);
+}
+\&
+static void
+display_thread_sched_attr(char *msg)
+{
+    int policy, s;
+    struct sched_param param;
+\&
+    s = pthread_getschedparam(pthread_self(), &policy, &param);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_getschedparam");
+\&
+    printf("%s\en", msg);
+    display_sched_attr(policy, &param);
+}
+\&
+static void *
+thread_start(void *arg)
+{
+    display_thread_sched_attr("Scheduler attributes of new thread");
+\&
+    return NULL;
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int s, opt, inheritsched, use_null_attrib, policy;
+    pthread_t thread;
+    pthread_attr_t attr;
+    pthread_attr_t *attrp;
+    char *attr_sched_str, *main_sched_str, *inheritsched_str;
+    struct sched_param param;
+\&
+    /* Process command\-line options. */
+\&
+    use_null_attrib = 0;
+    attr_sched_str = NULL;
+    main_sched_str = NULL;
+    inheritsched_str = NULL;
+\&
+    while ((opt = getopt(argc, argv, "a:Ai:m:")) != \-1) {
+        switch (opt) {
+        case \[aq]a\[aq]: attr_sched_str = optarg;      break;
+        case \[aq]A\[aq]: use_null_attrib = 1;          break;
+        case \[aq]i\[aq]: inheritsched_str = optarg;    break;
+        case \[aq]m\[aq]: main_sched_str = optarg;      break;
+        default:  usage(argv[0], "Unrecognized option\en");
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    if (use_null_attrib
+        && (inheritsched_str != NULL || attr_sched_str != NULL))
+    {
+        usage(argv[0], "Can\[aq]t specify \-A with \-i or \-a\en");
+    }
+\&
+    /* Optionally set scheduling attributes of main thread,
+       and display the attributes. */
+\&
+    if (main_sched_str != NULL) {
+        if (!get_policy(main_sched_str[0], &policy))
+            usage(argv[0], "Bad policy for main thread (\-m)\en");
+        param.sched_priority = strtol(&main_sched_str[1], NULL, 0);
+\&
+        s = pthread_setschedparam(pthread_self(), policy, &param);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_setschedparam");
+    }
+\&
+    display_thread_sched_attr("Scheduler settings of main thread");
+    printf("\en");
+\&
+    /* Initialize thread attributes object according to options. */
+\&
+    attrp = NULL;
+\&
+    if (!use_null_attrib) {
+        s = pthread_attr_init(&attr);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_init");
+        attrp = &attr;
+    }
+\&
+    if (inheritsched_str != NULL) {
+        if (inheritsched_str[0] == \[aq]e\[aq])
+            inheritsched = PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED;
+        else if (inheritsched_str[0] == \[aq]i\[aq])
+            inheritsched = PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED;
+        else
+            usage(argv[0], "Value for \-i must be \[aq]e\[aq] or \[aq]i\[aq]\en");
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_setinheritsched(&attr, inheritsched);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setinheritsched");
+    }
+\&
+    if (attr_sched_str != NULL) {
+        if (!get_policy(attr_sched_str[0], &policy))
+            usage(argv[0], "Bad policy for \[aq]attr\[aq] (\-a)\en");
+        param.sched_priority = strtol(&attr_sched_str[1], NULL, 0);
+\&
+        s = pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(&attr, policy);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setschedpolicy");
+        s = pthread_attr_setschedparam(&attr, &param);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_setschedparam");
+    }
+\&
+    /* If we initialized a thread attributes object, display
+       the scheduling attributes that were set in the object. */
+\&
+    if (attrp != NULL) {
+        s = pthread_attr_getschedparam(&attr, &param);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_getschedparam");
+        s = pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(&attr, &policy);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_getschedpolicy");
+\&
+        printf("Scheduler settings in \[aq]attr\[aq]\en");
+        display_sched_attr(policy, &param);
+\&
+        pthread_attr_getinheritsched(&attr, &inheritsched);
+        printf("    inheritsched is %s\en",
+               (inheritsched == PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED)  ? "INHERIT" :
+               (inheritsched == PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED) ? "EXPLICIT" :
+               "???");
+        printf("\en");
+    }
+\&
+    /* Create a thread that will display its scheduling attributes. */
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thread, attrp, &thread_start, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    /* Destroy unneeded thread attributes object. */
+\&
+    if (!use_null_attrib) {
+      s = pthread_attr_destroy(&attr);
+      if (s != 0)
+          handle_error_en(s, "pthread_attr_destroy");
+    }
+\&
+    s = pthread_join(thread, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_join");
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedprio (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..668d1ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setschedprio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_setschedprio 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_setschedprio \- set scheduling priority of a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_setschedprio(pthread_t " thread ", int " prio );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
+function sets the scheduling priority of the thread
+.I thread
+to the value specified in
+.IR prio .
+(By contrast
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3)
+changes both the scheduling policy and priority of a thread.)
+.\" FIXME . nptl/pthread_setschedprio.c has the following
+.\"   /* If the thread should have higher priority because of some
+.\"      PTHREAD_PRIO_PROTECT mutexes it holds, adjust the priority. */
+.\" Eventually (perhaps after writing the mutexattr pages), we
+.\" may want to add something on the topic to this page.
+.\" nptl/pthread_setschedparam.c has a similar case.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, this function returns 0;
+on error, it returns a nonzero error number.
+If
+.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
+fails, the scheduling priority of
+.I thread
+is not changed.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I prio
+is not valid for the scheduling policy of the specified thread.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The caller does not have appropriate privileges
+to set the specified priority.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No thread with the ID
+.I thread
+could be found.
+.P
+POSIX.1 also documents an
+.B ENOTSUP
+("attempt was made to set the priority
+to an unsupported value") error for
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_setschedprio ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.4.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+For a description of the permissions required to, and the effect of,
+changing a thread's scheduling priority,
+and details of the permitted ranges for priorities
+in each scheduling policy, see
+.BR sched (7).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR sched_get_priority_min (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_init (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setinheritsched (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthread_attr_setschedpolicy (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_self (3),
+.BR pthread_setschedparam (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_setspecific.3 b/man/man3/pthread_setspecific.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..307a947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_setspecific.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_key_create.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3 b/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..810edf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_sigmask 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_sigmask \- examine and change mask of blocked signals
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_sigmask(int " how ", const sigset_t *" set \
+", sigset_t *" oldset );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_sigmask ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_sigmask ()
+function is just like
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+with the difference that its use in multithreaded programs
+is explicitly specified by POSIX.1.
+Other differences are noted in this page.
+.P
+For a description of the arguments and operation of this function, see
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_sigmask ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_sigmask ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+A new thread inherits a copy of its creator's signal mask.
+.P
+The glibc
+.BR pthread_sigmask ()
+function silently ignores attempts to block the two real-time signals that
+are used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
+See
+.BR nptl (7)
+for details.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below blocks some signals in the main thread,
+and then creates a dedicated thread to fetch those signals via
+.BR sigwait (3).
+The following shell session demonstrates its use:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out &"
+[1] 5423
+.RB "$" " kill \-QUIT %1"
+Signal handling thread got signal 3
+.RB "$" " kill \-USR1 %1"
+Signal handling thread got signal 10
+.RB "$" " kill \-TERM %1"
+[1]+  Terminated              ./a.out
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pthread_sigmask.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <pthread.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+/* Simple error handling functions */
+\&
+#define handle_error_en(en, msg) \e
+        do { errno = en; perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void *
+sig_thread(void *arg)
+{
+    sigset_t *set = arg;
+    int s, sig;
+\&
+    for (;;) {
+        s = sigwait(set, &sig);
+        if (s != 0)
+            handle_error_en(s, "sigwait");
+        printf("Signal handling thread got signal %d\en", sig);
+    }
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    pthread_t thread;
+    sigset_t set;
+    int s;
+\&
+    /* Block SIGQUIT and SIGUSR1; other threads created by main()
+       will inherit a copy of the signal mask. */
+\&
+    sigemptyset(&set);
+    sigaddset(&set, SIGQUIT);
+    sigaddset(&set, SIGUSR1);
+    s = pthread_sigmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, NULL);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_sigmask");
+\&
+    s = pthread_create(&thread, NULL, &sig_thread, &set);
+    if (s != 0)
+        handle_error_en(s, "pthread_create");
+\&
+    /* Main thread carries on to create other threads and/or do
+       other work. */
+\&
+    pause();            /* Dummy pause so we can test program */
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigpending (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR pthread_attr_setsigmask_np (3),
+.BR pthread_create (3),
+.BR pthread_kill (3),
+.BR sigsetops (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3 b/man/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32e234a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_sigqueue.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_sigqueue 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_sigqueue(pthread_t " thread ", int " sig ,
+.BI "                     const union sigval " value );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
+function performs a similar task to
+.BR sigqueue (3),
+but, rather than sending a signal to a process,
+it sends a signal to a thread in the same process as the
+calling thread.
+.P
+The
+.I thread
+argument is the ID of a thread in the same process as the caller.
+The
+.I sig
+argument specifies the signal to be sent.
+The
+.I value
+argument specifies data to accompany the signal; see
+.BR sigqueue (3)
+for details.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The limit of signals which may be queued has been reached.
+(See
+.BR signal (7)
+for further information.)
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sig
+was invalid.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
+is not supported on this system.
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+.I thread
+is not valid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The glibc implementation of
+.BR pthread_sigqueue ()
+gives an error
+.RB ( EINVAL )
+on attempts to send either of the real-time signals
+used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
+See
+.BR nptl (7)
+for details.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.11.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rt_tgsigqueueinfo (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
+.BR sigqueue (3),
+.BR sigwait (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3 b/man/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f19c345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_spin_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_spin_init.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_spin_init.3 b/man/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74b6414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_spin_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_spin_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_spin_init, pthread_spin_destroy \- initialize or destroy a spin lock
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_spin_init(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ", int " pshared ");"
+.BI "int pthread_spin_destroy(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_spin_init (),
+.BR pthread_spin_destroy ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "General note" :
+Most programs should use mutexes
+instead of spin locks.
+Spin locks are primarily useful in conjunction with real-time
+scheduling policies.
+See NOTES.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_spin_init ()
+function allocates any resources required for the use of
+the spin lock referred to by
+.I lock
+and initializes the lock to be in the unlocked state.
+The
+.I pshared
+argument must have one of the following values:
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE
+The spin lock is to be operated on only by threads in the same process
+as the thread that calls
+.BR pthread_spin_init ().
+(Attempting to share the spin lock between processes
+results in undefined behavior.)
+.TP
+.B PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED
+The spin lock may be operated on by any thread in any process that
+has access to the memory containing the lock
+(i.e., the lock may be in a shared memory object that is
+shared among multiple processes).
+.P
+Calling
+.BR pthread_spin_init ()
+on a spin lock that has already been initialized results
+in undefined behavior.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_spin_destroy ()
+function destroys a previously initialized spin lock,
+freeing any resources that were allocated for that lock.
+Destroying a spin lock that has not been previously been initialized
+or destroying a spin lock while another thread holds the lock
+results in undefined behavior.
+.P
+Once a spin lock has been destroyed,
+performing any operation on the lock other than
+once more initializing it with
+.BR pthread_spin_init ()
+results in undefined behavior.
+.P
+The result of performing operations such as
+.BR pthread_spin_lock (3),
+.BR pthread_spin_unlock (3),
+and
+.BR pthread_spin_destroy ()
+on
+.I copies
+of the object referred to by
+.I lock
+is undefined.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, there functions return zero.
+On failure, they return an error number.
+In the event that
+.BR pthread_spin_init ()
+fails, the lock is not initialized.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_spin_init ()
+may fail with the following errors:
+.\" These errors don't occur on the glibc implementation
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The system has insufficient resources to initialize
+a new spin lock.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to initialize the spin lock.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Support for process-shared spin locks is a POSIX option.
+The option is supported in the glibc implementation.
+.SH NOTES
+Spin locks should be employed in conjunction with
+real-time scheduling policies
+.RB ( SCHED_FIFO ,
+or possibly
+.BR SCHED_RR ).
+Use of spin locks with nondeterministic scheduling policies such as
+.B SCHED_OTHER
+probably indicates a design mistake.
+The problem is that if a thread operating under such a policy
+is scheduled off the CPU while it holds a spin lock,
+then other threads will waste time spinning on the lock
+until the lock holder is once more rescheduled and releases the lock.
+.P
+If threads create a deadlock situation while employing spin locks,
+those threads will spin forever consuming CPU time.
+.P
+User-space spin locks are
+.I not
+applicable as a general locking solution.
+They are, by definition,
+prone to priority inversion and unbounded spin times.
+A programmer using spin locks must be exceptionally careful not
+only in the code, but also in terms of system configuration,
+thread placement, and priority assignment.
+.\" FIXME . When PTHREAD_MUTEX_ADAPTIVE_NP is one day document
+.\" make reference to it here
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.BR pthread_mutex_init (3),
+.BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
+.BR pthread_spin_lock (3),
+.BR pthread_spin_unlock (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56c31da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_spin_lock 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_spin_lock, pthread_spin_trylock, pthread_spin_unlock \-
+lock and unlock a spin lock
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_spin_lock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
+.BI "int pthread_spin_trylock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
+.BI "int pthread_spin_unlock(pthread_spinlock_t *" lock );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR pthread_spin_lock (),
+.BR pthread_spin_trylock ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
+function locks the spin lock referred to by
+.IR lock .
+If the spin lock is currently unlocked,
+the calling thread acquires the lock immediately.
+If the spin lock is currently locked by another thread,
+the calling thread spins, testing the lock until it becomes available,
+at which point the calling thread acquires the lock.
+.P
+Calling
+.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
+on a lock that is already held by the caller
+or a lock that has not been initialized with
+.BR pthread_spin_init (3)
+results in undefined behavior.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
+function is like
+.BR pthread_spin_lock (),
+except that if the spin lock referred to by
+.I lock
+is currently locked,
+then, instead of spinning, the call returns immediately with the error
+.BR EBUSY .
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
+function unlocks the spin lock referred to
+.IR lock .
+If any threads are spinning on the lock,
+one of those threads will then acquire the lock.
+.P
+Calling
+.BR pthread_spin_unlock ()
+on a lock that is not held by the caller results in undefined behavior.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return zero.
+On failure, they return an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR pthread_spin_lock ()
+may fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EDEADLOCK
+.\" Not detected in glibc
+The system detected a deadlock condition.
+.P
+.BR pthread_spin_trylock ()
+fails with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EBUSY
+The spin lock is currently locked by another thread.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Applying any of the functions described on this page to
+an uninitialized spin lock results in undefined behavior.
+.P
+Carefully read NOTES in
+.BR pthread_spin_init (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.ad l
+.nh
+.\" FIXME . .BR pthread_mutex_lock (3),
+.BR pthread_spin_destroy (3),
+.BR pthread_spin_init (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad2969a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_spin_trylock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3 b/man/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad2969a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_spin_unlock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_spin_lock.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_testcancel.3 b/man/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1ce9fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_testcancel.3
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_testcancel 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_testcancel \- request delivery of any pending cancelation request
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B void pthread_testcancel(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Calling
+.BR pthread_testcancel ()
+creates a cancelation point within the calling thread,
+so that a thread that is otherwise executing code that contains
+no cancelation points will respond to a cancelation request.
+.P
+If cancelability is disabled (using
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3)),
+or no cancelation request is pending,
+then a call to
+.BR pthread_testcancel ()
+has no effect.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function does not return a value.
+If the calling thread is canceled as a consequence of a call
+to this function, then the function does not return.
+.SH ERRORS
+This function always succeeds.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_testcancel ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.0.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pthread_cancel (3),
+.BR pthread_cleanup_push (3),
+.BR pthread_setcancelstate (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a741f46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_timedjoin_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3 b/man/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e2a32a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_tryjoin_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008 Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_tryjoin_np 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_tryjoin_np, pthread_timedjoin_np \- try to join with a
+terminated thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.BI "int pthread_tryjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval );
+.BI "int pthread_timedjoin_np(pthread_t " thread ", void **" retval ,
+.BI "                         const struct timespec *" abstime );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate in the same way as
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+except for the differences described on this page.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_tryjoin_np ()
+function performs a nonblocking join with the thread
+.IR thread ,
+returning the exit status of the thread in
+.IR *retval .
+If
+.I thread
+has not yet terminated, then instead of blocking, as is done by
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+the call returns an error.
+.P
+The
+.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
+function performs a join-with-timeout.
+If
+.I thread
+has not yet terminated,
+then the call blocks until a maximum time, specified in
+.IR abstime ,
+measured against the
+.B CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock.
+If the timeout expires before
+.I thread
+terminates,
+the call returns an error.
+The
+.I abstime
+argument is a
+.BR timespec (3)
+structure,
+specifying an absolute time measured since the Epoch (see
+.BR time (2)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+these functions return 0;
+on error, they return an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+These functions can fail with the same errors as
+.BR pthread_join (3).
+.BR pthread_tryjoin_np ()
+can in addition fail with the following error:
+.TP
+.B EBUSY
+.I thread
+had not yet terminated at the time of the call.
+.P
+.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
+can in addition fail with the following errors:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I abstime
+value is invalid
+.RI ( tv_sec
+is less than 0 or
+.I tv_nsec
+is greater than 1e9).
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+The call timed out before
+.I thread
+terminated.
+.P
+.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
+never returns the error
+.BR EINTR .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_tryjoin_np (),
+.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU;
+hence the suffix "_np" (nonportable) in the names.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.3.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR pthread_timedjoin_np ()
+function measures time by internally calculating a relative sleep interval
+that is then measured against the
+.B CLOCK_MONOTONIC
+clock instead of the
+.B CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock.
+Consequently, the timeout is unaffected by discontinuous changes to the
+.B CLOCK_REALTIME
+clock.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code waits to join for up to 5 seconds:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct timespec ts;
+int s;
+\&
+\&...
+\&
+if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts) == \-1) {
+    /* Handle error */
+}
+\&
+ts.tv_sec += 5;
+\&
+s = pthread_timedjoin_np(thread, NULL, &ts);
+if (s != 0) {
+    /* Handle error */
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clock_gettime (2),
+.BR pthread_exit (3),
+.BR pthread_join (3),
+.BR timespec (3),
+.BR pthreads (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/pthread_yield.3 b/man/man3/pthread_yield.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14ff6b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pthread_yield.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Kerrisk, <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH pthread_yield 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+pthread_yield \- yield the processor
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <pthread.h>
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]] int pthread_yield(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR Note :
+This function is deprecated; see below.
+.P
+.BR pthread_yield ()
+causes the calling thread to relinquish the CPU.
+The thread is placed at the end of the run queue for its static
+priority and another thread is scheduled to run.
+For further details, see
+.BR sched_yield (2)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR pthread_yield ()
+returns 0;
+on error, it returns an error number.
+.SH ERRORS
+On Linux, this call always succeeds
+(but portable and future-proof applications should nevertheless
+handle a possible error return).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR pthread_yield ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux, this function is implemented as a call to
+.BR sched_yield (2).
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.\" BSD, Tru64, AIX, and Irix.
+Deprecated since glibc 2.34.
+Use the standardized
+.BR sched_yield (2)
+instead.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR pthread_yield ()
+is intended for use with real-time scheduling policies (i.e.,
+.B SCHED_FIFO
+or
+.BR SCHED_RR ).
+Use of
+.BR pthread_yield ()
+with nondeterministic scheduling policies such as
+.B SCHED_OTHER
+is unspecified and very likely means your application design is broken.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sched_yield (2),
+.\" FIXME . .BR pthread_cond_wait (3),
+.BR pthreads (7),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ptsname.3 b/man/man3/ptsname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14cad01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ptsname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+'\" t
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
+.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" 2004-12-17, mtk, added description of ptsname_r() + ERRORS
+.\"
+.TH ptsname 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ptsname, ptsname_r \- get the name of the slave pseudoterminal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *ptsname(int " fd );
+.BI "int ptsname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ptsname ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR ptsname_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ptsname ()
+function returns the name of the slave pseudoterminal device
+corresponding to the master referred to by the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.P
+The
+.BR ptsname_r ()
+function is the reentrant equivalent of
+.BR ptsname ().
+It returns the name of the slave pseudoterminal device as a
+null-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR buf .
+The
+.I buflen
+argument specifies the number of bytes available in
+.IR buf .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR ptsname ()
+returns a pointer to a string in static storage which will be
+overwritten by subsequent calls.
+This pointer must not be freed.
+On failure, NULL is returned.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR ptsname_r ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, an error number is returned to indicate the error.
+.\" In glibc, the error number is not only returned as the return value
+.\" but also stored in errno. But this is not true for musl libc.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( ptsname_r ()
+only)
+.I buf
+is NULL.
+(This error is returned only for
+.\" glibc commit 8f0a947cf55f3b0c4ebdf06953c57eff67a22fa9
+glibc 2.25 and earlier.)
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+.I fd
+does not refer to a pseudoterminal master device.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.RB ( ptsname_r ()
+only)
+.I buf
+is too small.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ptsname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ptsname
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ptsname_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+A version of
+.BR ptsname_r ()
+is documented on Tru64 and HP-UX,
+but on those implementations,
+\-1 is returned on error, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+Avoid using this function in portable programs.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR ptsname ():
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+.BR ptsname_r ()
+is a Linux extension, that is proposed for inclusion
+.\" FIXME . for later review when Issue 8 is one day released
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/tag_view_page.php?tag_id=8
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=508
+in the next major revision of POSIX.1 (Issue 8).
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR ptsname ():
+POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.1.
+.P
+.BR ptsname ()
+is part of the UNIX 98 pseudoterminal support (see
+.BR pts (4)).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR grantpt (3),
+.BR posix_openpt (3),
+.BR ttyname (3),
+.BR unlockpt (3),
+.BR pts (4),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ptsname_r.3 b/man/man3/ptsname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a5f98d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ptsname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ptsname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putc.3 b/man/man3/putc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c3b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/putc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putchar.3 b/man/man3/putchar.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7c3b57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putchar.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/puts.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putchar_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/putchar_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putchar_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putenv.3 b/man/man3/putenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd6bc81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"	Single UNIX Specification, Version 2
+.\" Modified Thu Apr  8 15:00:12 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:44:45 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Mon Oct 11 11:11:11 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Wed Nov 10 00:02:26 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Sun May 20 22:17:20 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.TH putenv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+putenv \- change or add an environment variable
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int putenv(char *" string );
+.\" Not: const char *
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR putenv ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR putenv ()
+function adds or changes the value of environment
+variables.
+The argument \fIstring\fP is of the form \fIname\fP=\fIvalue\fP.
+If \fIname\fP does not already exist in the environment, then
+\fIstring\fP is added to the environment.
+If \fIname\fP does exist,
+then the value of \fIname\fP in the environment is changed to
+\fIvalue\fP.
+The string pointed to by \fIstring\fP becomes part of the environment,
+so altering the string changes the environment.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR putenv ()
+function returns zero on success.
+On failure, it returns a nonzero value, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient space to allocate new environment.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putenv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr2, 4.3BSD-Reno.
+.P
+The
+.BR putenv ()
+function is not required to be reentrant, and the
+one in glibc 2.0 is not, but the glibc 2.1 version is.
+.\" .P
+.\" Description for libc4, libc5, glibc:
+.\" If the argument \fIstring\fP is of the form \fIname\fP,
+.\" and does not contain an \[aq]=\[aq] character, then the variable \fIname\fP
+.\" is removed from the environment.
+.\" If
+.\" .BR putenv ()
+.\" has to allocate a new array \fIenviron\fP,
+.\" and the previous array was also allocated by
+.\" .BR putenv (),
+.\" then it will be freed.
+.\" In no case will the old storage associated
+.\" to the environment variable itself be freed.
+.P
+Since glibc 2.1.2, the glibc implementation conforms to SUSv2:
+the pointer \fIstring\fP given to
+.BR putenv ()
+is used.
+In particular, this string becomes part of the environment;
+changing it later will change the environment.
+(Thus, it is an error to call
+.BR putenv ()
+with an automatic variable
+as the argument, then return from the calling function while \fIstring\fP
+is still part of the environment.)
+However, from glibc 2.0 to glibc 2.1.1, it differs:
+a copy of the string is used.
+On the one hand this causes a memory leak, and on the other hand
+it violates SUSv2.
+.P
+The 4.3BSD-Reno version, like glibc 2.0, uses a copy;
+this is fixed in all modern BSDs.
+.P
+SUSv2 removes the \fIconst\fP from the prototype, and so does glibc 2.1.3.
+.P
+The GNU C library implementation provides a nonstandard extension.
+If
+.I string
+does not include an equal sign:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+putenv("NAME");
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+then the named variable is removed from the caller's environment.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clearenv (3),
+.BR getenv (3),
+.BR setenv (3),
+.BR unsetenv (3),
+.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/putgrent.3 b/man/man3/putgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6437698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH putgrent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+putgrent \- write a group database entry to a file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int putgrent(const struct group *restrict " grp \
+", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR putgrent ()
+function is the counterpart for
+.BR fgetgrent (3).
+The function writes the content of the provided
+.I struct group
+into the
+.IR stream .
+The list of group members must be NULL-terminated or NULL-initialized.
+.P
+The
+.I struct group
+is defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct group {
+    char   *gr_name;      /* group name */
+    char   *gr_passwd;    /* group password */
+    gid_t   gr_gid;       /* group ID */
+    char  **gr_mem;       /* group members */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function returns zero on success, and a nonzero value on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetgrent (3),
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR group (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/putpwent.3 b/man/man3/putpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6742b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:43:46 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH putpwent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+putpwent \- write a password file entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int putpwent(const struct passwd *restrict " p \
+", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR putpwent ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR putpwent ()
+function writes a password entry from the
+structure \fIp\fP in the file associated with \fIstream\fP.
+.P
+The \fIpasswd\fP structure is defined in \fI<pwd.h>\fP as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct passwd {
+    char    *pw_name;        /* username */
+    char    *pw_passwd;      /* user password */
+    uid_t    pw_uid;         /* user ID */
+    gid_t    pw_gid;         /* group ID */
+    char    *pw_gecos;       /* real name */
+    char    *pw_dir;         /* home directory */
+    char    *pw_shell;       /* shell program */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR putpwent ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On failure, it returns \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Invalid (NULL) argument given.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putpwent ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR endpwent (3),
+.BR fgetpwent (3),
+.BR getpw (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getpwnam (3),
+.BR getpwuid (3),
+.BR setpwent (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/puts.3 b/man/man3/puts.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5724f62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/puts.3
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:42:59 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH puts 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+fputc, fputs, putc, putchar, puts \- output of characters and strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int fputc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int putc(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int putchar(int " c );
+.P
+.BI "int fputs(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "int puts(const char *" s );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR fputc ()
+writes the character
+.IR c ,
+cast to an
+.IR "unsigned char" ,
+to
+.IR stream .
+.P
+.BR putc ()
+is equivalent to
+.BR fputc ()
+except that it may be implemented as a macro which evaluates
+.I stream
+more than once.
+.P
+.BI "putchar(" c )
+is equivalent to
+.BI "putc(" c ", " stdout ) \fR.
+.P
+.BR fputs ()
+writes the string
+.I s
+to
+.IR stream ,
+without its terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.P
+.BR puts ()
+writes the string
+.I s
+and a trailing newline
+to
+.IR stdout .
+.P
+Calls to the functions described here can be mixed with each other and with
+calls to other output functions from the
+.I stdio
+library for the same output stream.
+.P
+For nonlocking counterparts, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR fputc (),
+.BR putc (),
+and
+.BR putchar ()
+return the character written as an
+.I unsigned char
+cast to an
+.I int
+or
+.B EOF
+on error.
+.P
+.BR puts ()
+and
+.BR fputs ()
+return a nonnegative number on success, or
+.B EOF
+on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR fputc (),
+.BR fputs (),
+.BR putc (),
+.BR putchar (),
+.BR puts ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, C99.
+.SH BUGS
+It is not advisable to mix calls to output functions from the
+.I stdio
+library with low-level calls to
+.BR write (2)
+for the file descriptor associated with the same output stream; the results
+will be undefined and very probably not what you want.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR write (2),
+.BR ferror (3),
+.BR fgets (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fputwc (3),
+.BR fputws (3),
+.BR fseek (3),
+.BR fwrite (3),
+.BR putwchar (3),
+.BR scanf (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/putspent.3 b/man/man3/putspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pututline.3 b/man/man3/pututline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pututline.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pututxline.3 b/man/man3/pututxline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pututxline.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putw.3 b/man/man3/putw.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7509345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putw.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getw.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putwc.3 b/man/man3/putwc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81826be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putwc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fputwc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putwc_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/putwc_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putwc_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/putwchar.3 b/man/man3/putwchar.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14a01ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putwchar.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification
+.\"      http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH putwchar 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+putwchar \- write a wide character to standard output
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t putwchar(wchar_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR putwchar ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR putchar (3)
+function.
+It writes the wide character
+.I wc
+to
+.IR stdout .
+If
+.I ferror(stdout)
+becomes true, it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+If a wide character
+conversion error occurs, it sets
+.I errno
+to
+.B EILSEQ
+and returns
+.BR WEOF .
+Otherwise, it returns
+.IR wc .
+.P
+For a nonlocking counterpart, see
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR putwchar ()
+function returns
+.I wc
+if no error occurred, or
+.B WEOF
+to indicate an error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putwchar ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR putwchar ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+It is reasonable to expect that
+.BR putwchar ()
+will actually write
+the multibyte sequence corresponding to the wide character
+.IR wc .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fputwc (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3 b/man/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858bd08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/putwchar_unlocked.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/unlocked_stdio.3
diff --git a/man/man3/pvalloc.3 b/man/man3/pvalloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..791d4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/pvalloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/qecvt.3 b/man/man3/qecvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89b169b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qecvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+.\"
+.TH qecvt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+qecvt, qfcvt, qgcvt \- convert a floating-point number to a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qecvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qfcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigits ,
+.BI "                           int *restrict " decpt ", int *restrict " sign );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *qgcvt(long double " number ", int " ndigit ", char *" buf );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR qecvt (),
+.BR qfcvt (),
+.BR qgcvt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.\" FIXME . The full FTM picture looks to have been something like the
+.\" following mess:
+.\"    glibc 2.20 onward
+.\"        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+.\"    glibc 2.18 to glibc 2.19
+.\"        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.\"    glibc 2.10 to glibc 2.17
+.\"        _SVID_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
+.\"            (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) &&
+.\"                ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L))
+.\"    Before glibc 2.10:
+.\"        _SVID_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
+.\"            (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR qecvt (),
+.BR qfcvt (),
+and
+.BR qgcvt ()
+are identical to
+.BR ecvt (3),
+.BR fcvt (3),
+and
+.BR gcvt (3)
+respectively, except that they use a
+.I "long double"
+argument
+.IR number .
+See
+.BR ecvt (3)
+and
+.BR gcvt (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR qecvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:qecvt
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR qfcvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:qfcvt
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR qgcvt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, SunOS, GNU.
+.\" Not supported by libc4 and libc5.
+.P
+These functions are obsolete.
+Instead,
+.BR snprintf (3)
+is recommended.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ecvt (3),
+.BR ecvt_r (3),
+.BR gcvt (3),
+.BR sprintf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/qecvt_r.3 b/man/man3/qecvt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ce9ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qecvt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/qfcvt.3 b/man/man3/qfcvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e58310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qfcvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/qecvt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/qfcvt_r.3 b/man/man3/qfcvt_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41ce9ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qfcvt_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ecvt_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/qgcvt.3 b/man/man3/qgcvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e58310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qgcvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/qecvt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/qsort.3 b/man/man3/qsort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cb493e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qsort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" 2006-01-15, mtk, Added example program.
+.\" Modified 2012-03-08, Mark R. Bannister <cambridge@users.sourceforge.net>
+.\"                  and Ben Bacarisse <software@bsb.me.uk>
+.\"     Document qsort_r()
+.\"
+.TH qsort 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+qsort, qsort_r \- sort an array
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "void qsort(void " base [. size " * ." nmemb "], size_t " nmemb ", \
+size_t " size ,
+.BI "           int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
+const void [." size ]));
+.BI "void qsort_r(void " base [. size " * ." nmemb "], size_t " nmemb ", \
+size_t " size ,
+.BI "           int (*" compar ")(const void [." size "], \
+const void [." size "], void *),"
+.BI "           void *" arg ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR qsort_r ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR qsort ()
+function sorts an array with \fInmemb\fP elements of
+size \fIsize\fP.
+The \fIbase\fP argument points to the start of the
+array.
+.P
+The contents of the array are sorted in ascending order according to a
+comparison function pointed to by \fIcompar\fP, which is called with two
+arguments that point to the objects being compared.
+.P
+The comparison function must return an integer less than, equal to, or
+greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be respectively
+less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+If two members compare as equal,
+their order in the sorted array is undefined.
+.P
+The
+.BR qsort_r ()
+function is identical to
+.BR qsort ()
+except that the comparison function
+.I compar
+takes a third argument.
+A pointer is passed to the comparison function via
+.IR arg .
+In this way, the comparison function does not need to use global variables to
+pass through arbitrary arguments, and is therefore reentrant and safe to
+use in threads.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR qsort ()
+and
+.BR qsort_r ()
+functions return no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR qsort (),
+.BR qsort_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR qsort ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR qsort ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR qsort_r ()
+glibc 2.8.
+.SH NOTES
+To compare C strings, the comparison function can call
+.BR strcmp (3),
+as shown in the example below.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+For one example of use, see the example under
+.BR bsearch (3).
+.P
+Another example is the following program,
+which sorts the strings given in its command-line arguments:
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (qsort.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+static int
+cmpstringp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+    /* The actual arguments to this function are "pointers to
+       pointers to char", but strcmp(3) arguments are "pointers
+       to char", hence the following cast plus dereference. */
+\&
+    return strcmp(*(const char **) p1, *(const char **) p2);
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <string>...\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    qsort(&argv[1], argc \- 1, sizeof(char *), cmpstringp);
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 1; j < argc; j++)
+        puts(argv[j]);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sort (1),
+.BR alphasort (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR versionsort (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/qsort_r.3 b/man/man3/qsort_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d073335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/qsort_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/qsort.3
diff --git a/man/man3/queue.3 b/man/man3/queue.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..000e4b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/queue.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man7/queue.7
diff --git a/man/man3/raise.3 b/man/man3/raise.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4ac02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/raise.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:40:56 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995 by Mike Battersby (mib@deakin.edu.au)
+.\"
+.TH raise 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+raise \- send a signal to the caller
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int raise(int " sig );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR raise ()
+function sends a signal to the calling process or thread.
+In a single-threaded program it is equivalent to
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+kill(getpid(), sig);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+In a multithreaded program it is equivalent to
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+pthread_kill(pthread_self(), sig);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If the signal causes a handler to be called,
+.BR raise ()
+will return only after the signal handler has returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR raise ()
+returns 0 on success, and nonzero for failure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR raise ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.P
+Since glibc 2.3.3,
+.BR raise ()
+is implemented by calling
+.BR tgkill (2),
+.\" 2.3.2 used the obsolete tkill(), if available.
+if the kernel supports that system call.
+Older glibc versions implemented
+.BR raise ()
+using
+.BR kill (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getpid (2),
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR pthread_kill (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/rand.3 b/man/man3/rand.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5357fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rand.3
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-03-29, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified 1993-04-28, Lars Wirzenius
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1995-05-18, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) to add
+.\"          better discussion of problems with rand on other systems.
+.\"          (Thanks to Esa Hyyti{ (ehyytia@snakemail.hut.fi).)
+.\" Modified 1998-04-10, Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\"          with contribution from Francesco Potorti <F.Potorti@cnuce.cnr.it>
+.\" Modified 2003-11-15, aeb, added rand_r
+.\" 2010-09-13, mtk, added example program
+.\"
+.TH rand 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rand, rand_r, srand \- pseudo-random number generator
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B int rand(void);
+.BI "void srand(unsigned int " seed );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int rand_r(unsigned int *" seedp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR rand_r ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
+    glibc 2.23 and earlier
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR rand ()
+function returns a pseudo-random integer in the range 0 to
+.B RAND_MAX
+inclusive (i.e., the mathematical range [0,\ \fBRAND_MAX\fR]).
+.P
+The
+.BR srand ()
+function sets its argument as the seed for a new
+sequence of pseudo-random integers to be returned by
+.BR rand ().
+These sequences are repeatable by calling
+.BR srand ()
+with the same seed value.
+.P
+If no seed value is provided, the
+.BR rand ()
+function is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
+.P
+The function
+.BR rand ()
+is not reentrant, since it
+uses hidden state that is modified on each call.
+This might just be the seed value to be used by the next call,
+or it might be something more elaborate.
+In order to get reproducible behavior in a threaded
+application, this state must be made explicit;
+this can be done using the reentrant function
+.BR rand_r ().
+.P
+Like
+.BR rand (),
+.BR rand_r ()
+returns a pseudo-random integer in the range [0,\ \fBRAND_MAX\fR].
+The
+.I seedp
+argument is a pointer to an
+.I unsigned int
+that is used to store state between calls.
+If
+.BR rand_r ()
+is called with the same initial value for the integer pointed to by
+.IR seedp ,
+and that value is not modified between calls,
+then the same pseudo-random sequence will result.
+.P
+The value pointed to by the
+.I seedp
+argument of
+.BR rand_r ()
+provides only a very small amount of state,
+so this function will be a weak pseudo-random generator.
+Try
+.BR drand48_r (3)
+instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR rand ()
+and
+.BR rand_r ()
+functions return a value between 0 and
+.B RAND_MAX
+(inclusive).
+The
+.BR srand ()
+function returns no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rand (),
+.BR rand_r (),
+.BR srand ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The versions of
+.BR rand ()
+and
+.BR srand ()
+in the Linux C Library use the same random number generator as
+.BR random (3)
+and
+.BR srandom (3),
+so the lower-order bits should be as random as the higher-order bits.
+However, on older
+.BR rand ()
+implementations, and on current implementations on different systems,
+the lower-order bits are much less random than the higher-order bits.
+Do not use this function in applications intended to be portable
+when good randomness is needed.
+(Use
+.BR random (3)
+instead.)
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR rand ()
+.TQ
+.BR srand ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR rand_r ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR rand ()
+.TQ
+.BR srand ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR rand_r ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+POSIX.1-2001 gives the following example of an implementation of
+.BR rand ()
+and
+.BR srand (),
+possibly useful when one needs the same sequence on two different machines.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+static unsigned long next = 1;
+\&
+/* RAND_MAX assumed to be 32767 */
+int myrand(void) {
+    next = next * 1103515245 + 12345;
+    return((unsigned)(next/65536) % 32768);
+}
+\&
+void mysrand(unsigned int seed) {
+    next = seed;
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The following program can be used to display the
+pseudo-random sequence produced by
+.BR rand ()
+when given a particular seed.
+When the seed is
+.IR \-1 ,
+the program uses a random seed.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.\" SRC BEGIN (rand.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int           r;
+    unsigned int  seed, nloops;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <seed> <nloops>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    seed = atoi(argv[1]);
+    nloops = atoi(argv[2]);
+\&
+    if (seed == \-1) {
+        seed = arc4random();
+        printf("seed: %u\en", seed);
+    }
+\&
+    srand(seed);
+    for (unsigned int j = 0; j < nloops; j++) {
+        r =  rand();
+        printf("%d\en", r);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR drand48 (3),
+.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rand_r.3 b/man/man3/rand_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b007c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rand_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rand.3
diff --git a/man/man3/random.3 b/man/man3/random.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff788e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/random.3
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Mar 28 00:25:51 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:13:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sun Aug 20 21:47:07 2000, aeb
+.\"
+.TH random 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+random, srandom, initstate, setstate \- random number generator
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.B long random(void);
+.BI "void srandom(unsigned int " seed );
+.P
+.BI "char *initstate(unsigned int " seed ", char " state [. n "], size_t " n );
+.BI "char *setstate(char *" state );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR random (),
+.BR srandom (),
+.BR initstate (),
+.BR setstate ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR random ()
+function uses a nonlinear additive feedback random
+number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to
+return successive pseudo-random numbers in
+the range from 0 to 2\[ha]31\ \-\ 1.
+The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
+.IR "16\ *\ ((2\[ha]31)\ \-\ 1)" .
+.P
+The
+.BR srandom ()
+function sets its argument as the seed for a new
+sequence of pseudo-random integers to be returned by
+.BR random ().
+These sequences are repeatable by calling
+.BR srandom ()
+with the same
+seed value.
+If no seed value is provided, the
+.BR random ()
+function
+is automatically seeded with a value of 1.
+.P
+The
+.BR initstate ()
+function allows a state array \fIstate\fP to
+be initialized for use by
+.BR random ().
+The size of the state array
+\fIn\fP is used by
+.BR initstate ()
+to decide how sophisticated a
+random number generator it should use\[em]the larger the state array,
+the better the random numbers will be.
+Current "optimal" values for the size of the state array \fIn\fP are
+8, 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes; other amounts will be rounded down to
+the nearest known amount.
+Using less than 8 bytes results in an error.
+\fIseed\fP is the seed for the
+initialization, which specifies a starting point for the random number
+sequence, and provides for restarting at the same point.
+.P
+The
+.BR setstate ()
+function changes the state array used by the
+.BR random ()
+function.
+The state array \fIstate\fP is used for
+random number generation until the next call to
+.BR initstate ()
+or
+.BR setstate ().
+\fIstate\fP must first have been initialized
+using
+.BR initstate ()
+or be the result of a previous call of
+.BR setstate ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR random ()
+function returns a value between 0 and
+.IR "(2\[ha]31)\ \-\ 1" .
+The
+.BR srandom ()
+function returns no value.
+.P
+The
+.BR initstate ()
+function returns a pointer to the previous state array.
+On failure, it returns NULL, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR setstate ()
+returns a pointer to the previous state array.
+On failure, it returns NULL, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I state
+argument given to
+.BR setstate ()
+was NULL.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+A state array of less than 8 bytes was specified to
+.BR initstate ().
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR random (),
+.BR srandom (),
+.BR initstate (),
+.BR setstate ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+Random-number generation is a complex topic.
+.I Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing
+(William H.\& Press, Brian P.\& Flannery, Saul A.\& Teukolsky,
+William T.\& Vetterling; New York: Cambridge University Press, 2007, 3rd ed.)
+provides an excellent discussion of practical random-number generation
+issues in Chapter 7 (Random Numbers).
+.P
+For a more theoretical discussion which also covers many practical issues
+in depth, see Chapter 3 (Random Numbers) in Donald E.\& Knuth's
+.IR "The Art of Computer Programming" ,
+volume 2 (Seminumerical Algorithms), 2nd ed.; Reading, Massachusetts:
+Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1981.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The
+.BR random ()
+function should not be used in multithreaded programs
+where reproducible behavior is required.
+Use
+.BR random_r (3)
+for that purpose.
+.SH BUGS
+According to POSIX,
+.BR initstate ()
+should return NULL on error.
+In the glibc implementation,
+.I errno
+is (as specified) set on error, but the function does not return NULL.
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15380
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getrandom (2),
+.BR drand48 (3),
+.BR rand (3),
+.BR random_r (3),
+.BR srand (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/random_r.3 b/man/man3/random_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5215975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/random_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2008 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH random_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+random_r, srandom_r, initstate_r, setstate_r \- reentrant
+random number generator
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int random_r(struct random_data *restrict " buf ,
+.BI "             int32_t *restrict " result );
+.BI "int srandom_r(unsigned int " seed ", struct random_data *" buf );
+.P
+.BI "int initstate_r(unsigned int " seed ", \
+char " statebuf "[restrict ." statelen ],
+.BI "             size_t " statelen ", struct random_data *restrict " buf );
+.BI "int setstate_r(char *restrict " statebuf ,
+.BI "             struct random_data *restrict " buf );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR random_r (),
+.BR srandom_r (),
+.BR initstate_r (),
+.BR setstate_r ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are the reentrant equivalents
+of the functions described in
+.BR random (3).
+They are suitable for use in multithreaded programs where each thread
+needs to obtain an independent, reproducible sequence of random numbers.
+.P
+The
+.BR random_r ()
+function is like
+.BR random (3),
+except that instead of using state information maintained
+in a global variable,
+it uses the state information in the argument pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+which must have been previously initialized by
+.BR initstate_r ().
+The generated random number is returned in the argument
+.IR result .
+.P
+The
+.BR srandom_r ()
+function is like
+.BR srandom (3),
+except that it initializes the seed for the random number generator
+whose state is maintained in the object pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+which must have been previously initialized by
+.BR initstate_r (),
+instead of the seed associated with the global state variable.
+.P
+The
+.BR initstate_r ()
+function is like
+.BR initstate (3)
+except that it initializes the state in the object pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+rather than initializing the global state variable.
+Before calling this function, the
+.I buf.state
+field must be initialized to NULL.
+The
+.BR initstate_r ()
+function records a pointer to the
+.I statebuf
+argument inside the structure pointed to by
+.IR buf .
+Thus,
+.I statebuf
+should not be deallocated so long as
+.I buf
+is still in use.
+(So,
+.I statebuf
+should typically be allocated as a static variable,
+or allocated on the heap using
+.BR malloc (3)
+or similar.)
+.P
+The
+.BR setstate_r ()
+function is like
+.BR setstate (3)
+except that it modifies the state in the object pointed to by
+.IR buf ,
+rather than modifying the global state variable.
+\fIstate\fP must first have been initialized
+using
+.BR initstate_r ()
+or be the result of a previous call of
+.BR setstate_r ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All of these functions return 0 on success.
+On error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+A state array of less than 8 bytes was specified to
+.BR initstate_r ().
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I statebuf
+or
+.I buf
+argument to
+.BR setstate_r ()
+was NULL.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I buf
+or
+.I result
+argument to
+.BR random_r ()
+was NULL.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR random_r (),
+.BR srandom_r (),
+.BR initstate_r (),
+.BR setstate_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:buf
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.\" These functions appear to be on Tru64, but don't seem to be on
+.\" Solaris, HP-UX, or FreeBSD.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR initstate_r ()
+interface is confusing.
+.\" FIXME . https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=3662
+It appears that the
+.I random_data
+type is intended to be opaque,
+but the implementation requires the user to either initialize the
+.I buf.state
+field to NULL or zero out the entire structure before the call.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR drand48 (3),
+.BR rand (3),
+.BR random (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rawmemchr.3 b/man/man3/rawmemchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b62c8f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rawmemchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/memchr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rcmd.3 b/man/man3/rcmd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..718a049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rcmd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+'\" t
+.\"	$NetBSD: rcmd.3,v 1.9 1996/05/28 02:07:39 mrg Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)rcmd.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.\" Contributed as Linux man page by David A. Holland, 970908
+.\" I have not checked whether the Linux situation is exactly the same.
+.\"
+.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH rcmd 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rcmd, rresvport, iruserok, ruserok, rcmd_af,
+rresvport_af, iruserok_af, ruserok_af \- routines for returning a
+stream to a remote command
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#include <netdb.h>    " "/* Or <unistd.h> on some systems */"
+.P
+.BI "int rcmd(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
+.P
+.BI "int rresvport(int *" port );
+.P
+.BI "int iruserok(uint32_t " raddr ", int " superuser ,
+.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
+.BI "int ruserok(const char *" rhost ", int " superuser ,
+.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser );
+.P
+.BI "int rcmd_af(char **restrict " ahost ", unsigned short " inport ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " locuser ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " remuser ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
+.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
+.P
+.BI "int rresvport_af(int *" port ", sa_family_t " af );
+.P
+.BI "int iruserok_af(const void *restrict " raddr ", int " superuser ,
+.BI "            const char *restrict " ruser ", const char *restrict " luser ,
+.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
+.BI "int ruserok_af(const char *" rhost ", int " superuser ,
+.BI "            const char *" ruser ", const char *" luser ,
+.BI "            sa_family_t " af );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.ad l
+.P
+.BR rcmd (),
+.BR rcmd_af (),
+.BR rresvport (),
+.BR rresvport_af (),
+.BR iruserok (),
+.BR iruserok_af (),
+.BR ruserok (),
+.BR ruserok_af ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.ad
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR rcmd ()
+function is used by the superuser to execute a command on
+a remote machine using an authentication scheme based
+on privileged port numbers.
+The
+.BR rresvport ()
+function
+returns a file descriptor to a socket
+with an address in the privileged port space.
+The
+.BR iruserok ()
+and
+.BR ruserok ()
+functions are used by servers
+to authenticate clients requesting service with
+.BR rcmd ().
+All four functions are used by the
+.BR rshd (8)
+server (among others).
+.SS rcmd()
+The
+.BR rcmd ()
+function
+looks up the host
+.I *ahost
+using
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+returning \-1 if the host does not exist.
+Otherwise,
+.I *ahost
+is set to the standard name of the host
+and a connection is established to a server
+residing at the well-known Internet port
+.IR inport .
+.P
+If the connection succeeds,
+a socket in the Internet domain of type
+.B SOCK_STREAM
+is returned to the caller, and given to the remote
+command as
+.I stdin
+and
+.IR stdout .
+If
+.I fd2p
+is nonzero, then an auxiliary channel to a control
+process will be set up, and a file descriptor for it will be placed
+in
+.IR *fd2p .
+The control process will return diagnostic
+output from the command (unit 2) on this channel, and will also
+accept bytes on this channel as being UNIX signal numbers, to be
+forwarded to the process group of the command.
+If
+.I fd2p
+is 0, then the
+.I stderr
+(unit 2 of the remote
+command) will be made the same as the
+.I stdout
+and no
+provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
+although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
+.P
+The protocol is described in detail in
+.BR rshd (8).
+.SS rresvport()
+The
+.BR rresvport ()
+function is used to obtain a socket with a privileged
+port bound to it.
+This socket is suitable for use by
+.BR rcmd ()
+and several other functions.
+Privileged ports are those in the range 0 to 1023.
+Only a privileged process
+(on Linux, a process that has the
+.B CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
+capability in the user namespace governing its network namespace)
+is allowed to bind to a privileged port.
+In the glibc implementation,
+this function restricts its search to the ports from 512 to 1023.
+The
+.I port
+argument is value-result:
+the value it supplies to the call is used as the starting point
+for a circular search of the port range;
+on (successful) return, it contains the port number that was bound to.
+.\"
+.SS iruserok() and ruserok()
+The
+.BR iruserok ()
+and
+.BR ruserok ()
+functions take a remote host's IP address or name, respectively,
+two usernames and a flag indicating whether the local user's
+name is that of the superuser.
+Then, if the user is
+.I not
+the superuser, it checks the
+.I /etc/hosts.equiv
+file.
+If that lookup is not done, or is unsuccessful, the
+.I .rhosts
+in the local user's home directory is checked to see if the request for
+service is allowed.
+.P
+If this file does not exist, is not a regular file, is owned by anyone
+other than the user or the superuser, is writable by anyone other
+than the owner, or is hardlinked anywhere, the check automatically fails.
+Zero is returned if the machine name is listed in the
+.I hosts.equiv
+file, or the host and remote username are found in the
+.I .rhosts
+file; otherwise
+.BR iruserok ()
+and
+.BR ruserok ()
+return \-1.
+If the local domain (as obtained from
+.BR gethostname (2))
+is the same as the remote domain, only the machine name need be specified.
+.P
+If the IP address of the remote host is known,
+.BR iruserok ()
+should be used in preference to
+.BR ruserok (),
+as it does not require trusting the DNS server for the remote host's domain.
+.SS *_af() variants
+All of the functions described above work with IPv4
+.RB ( AF_INET )
+sockets.
+The "_af" variants take an extra argument that allows the
+socket address family to be specified.
+For these functions, the
+.I af
+argument can be specified as
+.B AF_INET
+or
+.BR AF_INET6 .
+In addition,
+.BR rcmd_af ()
+supports the use of
+.BR AF_UNSPEC .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR rcmd ()
+function
+returns a valid socket descriptor on success.
+It returns \-1 on error and prints a diagnostic message on the standard error.
+.P
+The
+.BR rresvport ()
+function
+returns a valid, bound socket descriptor on success.
+On failure, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+The error code
+.B EAGAIN
+is overloaded to mean: "All network ports in use".
+.P
+For information on the return from
+.BR ruserok ()
+and
+.BR iruserok (),
+see above.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rcmd (),
+.BR rcmd_af ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rresvport (),
+.BR rresvport_af ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR iruserok (),
+.BR ruserok (),
+.BR iruserok_af (),
+.BR ruserok_af ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR iruserok_af ()
+.TQ
+.BR rcmd_af ()
+.TQ
+.BR rresvport_af ()
+.TQ
+.BR ruserok_af ()
+glibc 2.2.
+.P
+Solaris, 4.2BSD.
+The "_af" variants are more recent additions,
+and are not present on as wide a range of systems.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR iruserok ()
+and
+.BR iruserok_af ()
+are declared in glibc headers only since glibc 2.12.
+.\" Bug filed 25 Nov 2007:
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=5399
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rlogin (1),
+.BR rsh (1),
+.BR rexec (3),
+.BR rexecd (8),
+.BR rlogind (8),
+.BR rshd (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/rcmd_af.3 b/man/man3/rcmd_af.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rcmd_af.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/re_comp.3 b/man/man3/re_comp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16e0a5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/re_comp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C), 1995, Graeme W. Wilford. (Wilf.)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Wed Jun 14 16:10:28 BST 1995 Wilf. (G.Wilford@@ee.surrey.ac.uk)
+.\"
+.TH re_comp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+re_comp, re_exec \- BSD regex functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _REGEX_RE_COMP
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <regex.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *re_comp(const char *" regex );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int re_exec(const char *" string );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR re_comp ()
+is used to compile the null-terminated regular expression pointed to by
+.IR regex .
+The compiled pattern occupies a static area, the pattern buffer,
+which is overwritten by subsequent use of
+.BR re_comp ().
+If
+.I regex
+is NULL,
+no operation is performed and the pattern buffer's contents are not
+altered.
+.P
+.BR re_exec ()
+is used to assess whether the null-terminated string pointed to by
+.I string
+matches the previously compiled
+.IR regex .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR re_comp ()
+returns NULL on successful compilation of
+.I regex
+otherwise it returns a pointer to an appropriate error message.
+.P
+.BR re_exec ()
+returns 1 for a successful match, zero for failure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR re_comp (),
+.BR re_exec ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+.P
+These functions are obsolete; the functions documented in
+.BR regcomp (3)
+should be used instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR regcomp (3),
+.BR regex (7),
+GNU regex manual
diff --git a/man/man3/re_exec.3 b/man/man3/re_exec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36aba39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/re_exec.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/re_comp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/readdir.3 b/man/man3/readdir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..887dde8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/readdir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2008, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 16:09:49 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 22 July 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" 2007-07-30 Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>, mtk:
+.\"     Rework discussion of nonstandard structure fields.
+.\"
+.TH readdir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+readdir \- read a directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "struct dirent *readdir(DIR *" dirp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR readdir ()
+function returns a pointer to a \fIdirent\fP structure
+representing the next directory entry in the directory stream pointed
+to by \fIdirp\fP.
+It returns NULL on reaching the end of the directory stream or if
+an error occurred.
+.P
+In the glibc implementation, the
+.I dirent
+structure is defined as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct dirent {
+    ino_t          d_ino;       /* Inode number */
+    off_t          d_off;       /* Not an offset; see below */
+    unsigned short d_reclen;    /* Length of this record */
+    unsigned char  d_type;      /* Type of file; not supported
+                                   by all filesystem types */
+    char           d_name[256]; /* Null\-terminated filename */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The only fields in the
+.I dirent
+structure that are mandated by POSIX.1 are
+.I d_name
+and
+.IR d_ino .
+The other fields are unstandardized, and not present on all systems;
+see NOTES below for some further details.
+.P
+The fields of the
+.I dirent
+structure are as follows:
+.TP
+.I d_ino
+This is the inode number of the file.
+.TP
+.I d_off
+The value returned in
+.I d_off
+is the same as would be returned by calling
+.BR telldir (3)
+at the current position in the directory stream.
+Be aware that despite its type and name, the
+.I d_off
+field is seldom any kind of directory offset on modern filesystems.
+.\" https://lwn.net/Articles/544298/
+Applications should treat this field as an opaque value,
+making no assumptions about its contents; see also
+.BR telldir (3).
+.TP
+.I d_reclen
+This is the size (in bytes) of the returned record.
+This may not match the size of the structure definition shown above;
+see NOTES.
+.TP
+.I d_type
+This field contains a value indicating the file type,
+making it possible to avoid the expense of calling
+.BR lstat (2)
+if further actions depend on the type of the file.
+.IP
+When a suitable feature test macro is defined
+.RB ( _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+since glibc 2.19, or
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+on glibc 2.19 and earlier),
+glibc defines the following macro constants for the value returned in
+.IR d_type :
+.RS
+.TP 12
+.B DT_BLK
+This is a block device.
+.TP
+.B DT_CHR
+This is a character device.
+.TP
+.B DT_DIR
+This is a directory.
+.TP
+.B DT_FIFO
+This is a named pipe (FIFO).
+.TP
+.B DT_LNK
+This is a symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B DT_REG
+This is a regular file.
+.TP
+.B DT_SOCK
+This is a UNIX domain socket.
+.TP
+.B DT_UNKNOWN
+The file type could not be determined.
+.RE
+.IP
+Currently,
+.\" kernel 2.6.27
+.\" The same sentence is in getdents.2
+only some filesystems (among them: Btrfs, ext2, ext3, and ext4)
+have full support for returning the file type in
+.IR d_type .
+All applications must properly handle a return of
+.BR DT_UNKNOWN .
+.TP
+.I d_name
+This field contains the null terminated filename.
+.IR "See NOTES" .
+.P
+The data returned by
+.BR readdir ()
+may be overwritten by subsequent calls to
+.BR readdir ()
+for the same directory stream.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR readdir ()
+returns a pointer to a
+.I dirent
+structure.
+(This structure may be statically allocated; do not attempt to
+.BR free (3)
+it.)
+.P
+If the end of the directory stream is reached, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is not changed.
+If an error occurs, NULL is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+To distinguish end of stream from an error, set
+.I errno
+to zero before calling
+.BR readdir ()
+and then check the value of
+.I errno
+if NULL is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR readdir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:dirstream
+.TE
+.P
+In the current POSIX.1 specification (POSIX.1-2008),
+.BR readdir ()
+is not required to be thread-safe.
+However, in modern implementations (including the glibc implementation),
+concurrent calls to
+.BR readdir ()
+that specify different directory streams are thread-safe.
+In cases where multiple threads must read from the same directory stream,
+using
+.BR readdir ()
+with external synchronization is still preferable to the use of the deprecated
+.BR readdir_r (3)
+function.
+It is expected that a future version of POSIX.1
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=696
+will require that
+.BR readdir ()
+be thread-safe when concurrently employed on different directory streams.
+.SH VERSIONS
+Only the fields
+.I d_name
+and (as an XSI extension)
+.I d_ino
+are specified in POSIX.1.
+.\" POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008
+Other than Linux, the
+.I d_type
+field is available mainly only on BSD systems.
+The remaining fields are available on many, but not all systems.
+Under glibc,
+programs can check for the availability of the fields not defined
+in POSIX.1 by testing whether the macros
+.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_NAMLEN ,
+.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_RECLEN ,
+.BR _DIRENT_HAVE_D_OFF ,
+or
+.B _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE
+are defined.
+.\"
+.SS The d_name field
+The
+.I dirent
+structure definition shown above is taken from the glibc headers,
+and shows the
+.I d_name
+field with a fixed size.
+.P
+.IR Warning :
+applications should avoid any dependence on the size of the
+.I d_name
+field.
+POSIX defines it as
+.IR "char\ d_name[]",
+a character array of unspecified size, with at most
+.B NAME_MAX
+characters preceding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.P
+POSIX.1 explicitly notes that this field should not be used as an lvalue.
+The standard also notes that the use of
+.I sizeof(d_name)
+is incorrect; use
+.I strlen(d_name)
+instead.
+(On some systems, this field is defined as
+.IR char\~d_name[1] !)
+By implication, the use
+.I sizeof(struct dirent)
+to capture the size of the record including the size of
+.I d_name
+is also incorrect.
+.P
+Note that while the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+fpathconf(fd, _PC_NAME_MAX)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+returns the value 255 for most filesystems,
+on some filesystems (e.g., CIFS, Windows SMB servers),
+the null-terminated filename that is (correctly) returned in
+.I d_name
+can actually exceed this size.
+In such cases, the
+.I d_reclen
+field will contain a value that exceeds the size of the glibc
+.I dirent
+structure shown above.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+A directory stream is opened using
+.BR opendir (3).
+.P
+The order in which filenames are read by successive calls to
+.BR readdir ()
+depends on the filesystem implementation;
+it is unlikely that the names will be sorted in any fashion.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getdents (2),
+.BR read (2),
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR dirfd (3),
+.BR ftw (3),
+.BR offsetof (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir_r (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/readdir_r.3 b/man/man3/readdir_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a46c19c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/readdir_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2008, 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2016 Florian Weimer <fweimer@redhat.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH readdir_r 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+readdir_r \- read a directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int readdir_r(DIR *restrict " dirp ,
+.BI "                             struct dirent *restrict " entry ,
+.BI "                             struct dirent **restrict " result );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR readdir_r ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function is deprecated; use
+.BR readdir (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR readdir_r ()
+function was invented as a reentrant version of
+.BR readdir (3).
+It reads the next directory entry from the directory stream
+.IR dirp ,
+and returns it in the caller-allocated buffer pointed to by
+.IR entry .
+For details of the
+.I dirent
+structure, see
+.BR readdir (3).
+.P
+A pointer to the returned buffer is placed in
+.IR *result ;
+if the end of the directory stream was encountered,
+then NULL is instead returned in
+.IR *result .
+.P
+It is recommended that applications use
+.BR readdir (3)
+instead of
+.BR readdir_r ().
+Furthermore, since glibc 2.24, glibc deprecates
+.BR readdir_r ().
+The reasons are as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+On systems where
+.B NAME_MAX
+is undefined, calling
+.BR readdir_r ()
+may be unsafe because the interface does not allow the caller to specify
+the length of the buffer used for the returned directory entry.
+.IP \[bu]
+On some systems,
+.BR readdir_r ()
+can't read directory entries with very long names.
+When the glibc implementation encounters such a name,
+.BR readdir_r ()
+fails with the error
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.IR "after the final directory entry has been read" .
+On some other systems,
+.BR readdir_r ()
+may return a success status, but the returned
+.I d_name
+field may not be null terminated or may be truncated.
+.IP \[bu]
+In the current POSIX.1 specification (POSIX.1-2008),
+.BR readdir (3)
+is not required to be thread-safe.
+However, in modern implementations (including the glibc implementation),
+concurrent calls to
+.BR readdir (3)
+that specify different directory streams are thread-safe.
+Therefore, the use of
+.BR readdir_r ()
+is generally unnecessary in multithreaded programs.
+In cases where multiple threads must read from the same directory stream,
+using
+.BR readdir (3)
+with external synchronization is still preferable to the use of
+.BR readdir_r (),
+for the reasons given in the points above.
+.IP \[bu]
+It is expected that a future version of POSIX.1
+.\" FIXME .
+.\" http://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=696
+will make
+.BR readdir_r ()
+obsolete, and require that
+.BR readdir (3)
+be thread-safe when concurrently employed on different directory streams.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR readdir_r ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On error, it returns a positive error number (listed under ERRORS).
+If the end of the directory stream is reached,
+.BR readdir_r ()
+returns 0, and returns NULL in
+.IR *result .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+A directory entry whose name was too long to be read was encountered.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR readdir_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR readdir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/realloc.3 b/man/man3/realloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b9d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/realloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/reallocarray.3 b/man/man3/reallocarray.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4b9d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/reallocarray.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/malloc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/realpath.3 b/man/man3/realpath.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..581edf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/realpath.3
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Rewritten old page, 990824, aeb@cwi.nl
+.\" 2004-12-14, mtk, added discussion of resolved_path == NULL
+.\"
+.TH realpath 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+realpath \- return the canonicalized absolute pathname
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <limits.h>
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *realpath(const char *restrict " path ,
+.BI "               char *restrict " resolved_path );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR realpath ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR realpath ()
+expands all symbolic links and resolves references
+to
+.IR "/./" ", " "/../"
+and extra \[aq]/\[aq]
+characters in the null-terminated string named by
+.I path
+to produce a canonicalized absolute pathname.
+The resulting pathname is stored as a null-terminated string,
+up to a maximum of
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes,
+in the buffer pointed to by
+.IR resolved_path .
+The resulting path will have no symbolic link,
+.I "/./"
+or
+.I "/../"
+components.
+.P
+If
+.I resolved_path
+is specified as NULL, then
+.BR realpath ()
+uses
+.BR malloc (3)
+to allocate a buffer of up to
+.B PATH_MAX
+bytes to hold the resolved pathname,
+and returns a pointer to this buffer.
+The caller should deallocate this buffer using
+.BR free (3).
+.\" Even if we use resolved_path == NULL, then realpath() will still
+.\" return ENAMETOOLONG if the resolved pathname would exceed PATH_MAX
+.\" bytes -- MTK, Dec 04
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If there is no error,
+.BR realpath ()
+returns a pointer to the
+.IR resolved_path .
+.P
+Otherwise, it returns NULL, the contents
+of the array
+.I resolved_path
+are undefined, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Read or search permission was denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I path
+is NULL.
+.\" (In libc5 this would just cause a segfault.)
+(Before glibc 2.3,
+this error is also returned if
+.I resolved_path
+is NULL.)
+.TP
+.B EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the filesystem.
+.TP
+.B ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded
+.B NAME_MAX
+characters, or an entire pathname exceeded
+.B PATH_MAX
+characters.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR realpath ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS GNU extensions
+If the call fails with either
+.B EACCES
+or
+.B ENOENT
+and
+.I resolved_path
+is not NULL, then the prefix of
+.I path
+that is not readable or does not exist is returned in
+.IR resolved_path .
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001, Solaris.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 says that the behavior if
+.I resolved_path
+is NULL is implementation-defined.
+POSIX.1-2008 specifies the behavior described in this page.
+.P
+In 4.4BSD and Solaris, the limit on the pathname length is
+.B MAXPATHLEN
+(found in \fI<sys/param.h>\fP).
+SUSv2 prescribes
+.B PATH_MAX
+and
+.BR NAME_MAX ,
+as found in \fI<limits.h>\fP or provided by the
+.BR pathconf (3)
+function.
+A typical source fragment would be
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#ifdef PATH_MAX
+  path_max = PATH_MAX;
+#else
+  path_max = pathconf(path, _PC_PATH_MAX);
+  if (path_max <= 0)
+    path_max = 4096;
+#endif
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(But see the BUGS section.)
+.\".P
+.\"     2012-05-05, According to Casper Dik, the statement about
+.\"     Solaris was not true at least as far back as 1997, and
+.\"     may never have been true.
+.\"
+.\" The 4.4BSD, Linux and SUSv2 versions always return an absolute
+.\" pathname.
+.\" Solaris may return a relative pathname when the
+.\" .I path
+.\" argument is relative.
+.\" The prototype of
+.\" .BR realpath ()
+.\" is given in \fI<unistd.h>\fP in libc4 and libc5,
+.\" but in \fI<stdlib.h>\fP everywhere else.
+.SH BUGS
+The POSIX.1-2001 standard version of this function is broken by design,
+since it is impossible to determine a suitable size for the output buffer,
+.IR resolved_path .
+According to POSIX.1-2001 a buffer of size
+.B PATH_MAX
+suffices, but
+.B PATH_MAX
+need not be a defined constant, and may have to be obtained using
+.BR pathconf (3).
+And asking
+.BR pathconf (3)
+does not really help, since, on the one hand POSIX warns that
+the result of
+.BR pathconf (3)
+may be huge and unsuitable for mallocing memory,
+and on the other hand
+.BR pathconf (3)
+may return \-1 to signify that
+.B PATH_MAX
+is not bounded.
+The
+.I "resolved_path\ ==\ NULL"
+feature, not standardized in POSIX.1-2001,
+but standardized in POSIX.1-2008, allows this design problem to be avoided.
+.\" .P
+.\" The libc4 and libc5 implementation contained a buffer overflow
+.\" (fixed in libc-5.4.13).
+.\" Thus, set-user-ID programs like
+.\" .BR mount (8)
+.\" needed a private version.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR realpath (1),
+.BR readlink (2),
+.BR canonicalize_file_name (3),
+.BR getcwd (3),
+.BR pathconf (3),
+.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/recno.3 b/man/man3/recno.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03bcf1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/recno.3
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)recno.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 8/18/94
+.\"
+.TH recno 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.UC 7
+.SH NAME
+recno \- record number database access method
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <db.h>
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.IR "Note well" :
+This page documents interfaces provided up until glibc 2.1.
+Since glibc 2.2, glibc no longer provides these interfaces.
+Probably, you are looking for the APIs provided by the
+.I libdb
+library instead.
+.P
+The routine
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is the library interface to database files.
+One of the supported file formats is record number files.
+The general description of the database access methods is in
+.BR dbopen (3),
+this manual page describes only the recno-specific information.
+.P
+The record number data structure is either variable or fixed-length
+records stored in a flat-file format, accessed by the logical record
+number.
+The existence of record number five implies the existence of records
+one through four, and the deletion of record number one causes
+record number five to be renumbered to record number four, as well
+as the cursor, if positioned after record number one, to shift down
+one record.
+.P
+The recno access-method-specific data structure provided to
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned long flags;
+    unsigned int  cachesize;
+    unsigned int  psize;
+    int           lorder;
+    size_t        reclen;
+    unsigned char bval;
+    char         *bfname;
+} RECNOINFO;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The elements of this structure are defined as follows:
+.TP
+.I flags
+The flag value is specified by ORing
+any of the following values:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B R_FIXEDLEN
+The records are fixed-length, not byte delimited.
+The structure element
+.I reclen
+specifies the length of the record, and the structure element
+.I bval
+is used as the pad character.
+Any records, inserted into the database, that are less than
+.I reclen
+bytes long are automatically padded.
+.TP
+.B R_NOKEY
+In the interface specified by
+.BR dbopen (3),
+the sequential record retrieval fills in both the caller's key and
+data structures.
+If the
+.B R_NOKEY
+flag is specified, the
+.I cursor
+routines are not required to fill in the key structure.
+This permits applications to retrieve records at the end of files without
+reading all of the intervening records.
+.TP
+.B R_SNAPSHOT
+This flag requires that a snapshot of the file be taken when
+.BR dbopen (3)
+is called, instead of permitting any unmodified records to be read from
+the original file.
+.RE
+.TP
+.I cachesize
+A suggested maximum size, in bytes, of the memory cache.
+This value is
+.B only
+advisory, and the access method will allocate more memory rather than fail.
+If
+.I cachesize
+is  0 (no size is specified), a default cache is used.
+.TP
+.I psize
+The recno access method stores the in-memory copies of its records
+in a btree.
+This value is the size (in bytes) of the pages used for nodes in that tree.
+If
+.I psize
+is 0 (no page size is specified), a page size is chosen based on the
+underlying filesystem I/O block size.
+See
+.BR btree (3)
+for more information.
+.TP
+.I lorder
+The byte order for integers in the stored database metadata.
+The number should represent the order as an integer; for example,
+big endian order would be the number 4,321.
+If
+.I lorder
+is 0 (no order is specified), the current host order is used.
+.TP
+.I reclen
+The length of a fixed-length record.
+.TP
+.I bval
+The delimiting byte to be used to mark the end of a record for
+variable-length records, and the pad character for fixed-length
+records.
+If no value is specified, newlines ("\en") are used to mark the end
+of variable-length records and fixed-length records are padded with
+spaces.
+.TP
+.I bfname
+The recno access method stores the in-memory copies of its records
+in a btree.
+If
+.I bfname
+is non-NULL, it specifies the name of the btree file,
+as if specified as the filename for a
+.BR dbopen (3)
+of a btree file.
+.P
+The data part of the key/data pair used by the
+.I recno
+access method
+is the same as other access methods.
+The key is different.
+The
+.I data
+field of the key should be a pointer to a memory location of type
+.IR recno_t ,
+as defined in the
+.I <db.h>
+include file.
+This type is normally the largest unsigned integral type available to
+the implementation.
+The
+.I size
+field of the key should be the size of that type.
+.P
+Because there can be no metadata associated with the underlying
+recno access method files, any changes made to the default values
+(e.g., fixed record length or byte separator value) must be explicitly
+specified each time the file is opened.
+.P
+In the interface specified by
+.BR dbopen (3),
+using the
+.I put
+interface to create a new record will cause the creation of multiple,
+empty records if the record number is more than one greater than the
+largest record currently in the database.
+.SH ERRORS
+The
+.I recno
+access method routines may fail and set
+.I errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library routine
+.BR dbopen (3)
+or the following:
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+An attempt was made to add a record to a fixed-length database that
+was too large to fit.
+.SH BUGS
+Only big and little endian byte order is supported.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR btree (3),
+.BR dbopen (3),
+.BR hash (3),
+.BR mpool (3)
+.P
+.IR "Document Processing in a Relational Database System" ,
+Michael Stonebraker, Heidi Stettner, Joseph Kalash, Antonin Guttman,
+Nadene Lynn, Memorandum No. UCB/ERL M82/32, May 1982.
diff --git a/man/man3/regcomp.3 b/man/man3/regcomp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0daaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regcomp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/regerror.3 b/man/man3/regerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0daaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/regex.3 b/man/man3/regex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b3c795
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regex.3
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C), 1995, Graeme W. Wilford. (Wilf.)
+.\" Copyright 2023, Ahelenia Ziemiańska <nabijaczleweli@nabijaczleweli.xyz>
+.\" Copyright 2023, Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Wed Jun 14 16:10:28 BST 1995 Wilf. (G.Wilford@ee.surrey.ac.uk)
+.\" Tiny change in formatting - aeb, 950812
+.\" Modified 8 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
+.\"
+.\" show the synopsis section nicely
+.TH regex 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+regcomp, regexec, regerror, regfree \- POSIX regex functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <regex.h>
+.P
+.BI "int regcomp(regex_t *restrict " preg ", const char *restrict " regex ,
+.BI "            int " cflags );
+.BI "int regexec(const regex_t *restrict " preg \
+", const char *restrict " string ,
+.BI "            size_t " nmatch ", \
+regmatch_t " pmatch "[_Nullable restrict ." nmatch ],
+.BI "            int " eflags );
+.P
+.BI "size_t regerror(int " errcode ", const regex_t *_Nullable restrict " preg ,
+.BI "            char " errbuf "[_Nullable restrict ." errbuf_size ],
+.BI "            size_t " errbuf_size );
+.BI "void regfree(regex_t *" preg );
+.P
+.B typedef struct {
+.B "    size_t    re_nsub;"
+.B } regex_t;
+.P
+.B typedef struct {
+.B "    regoff_t  rm_so;"
+.B "    regoff_t  rm_eo;"
+.B } regmatch_t;
+.P
+.BR typedef " /* ... */  " regoff_t;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS Compilation
+.BR regcomp ()
+is used to compile a regular expression into a form that is suitable
+for subsequent
+.BR regexec ()
+searches.
+.P
+On success, the pattern buffer at
+.I *preg
+is initialized.
+.I regex
+is a null-terminated string.
+The locale must be the same when running
+.BR regexec ().
+.P
+After
+.BR regcomp ()
+succeeds,
+.I preg->re_nsub
+holds the number of subexpressions in
+.IR regex .
+Thus, a value of
+.I preg->re_nsub
++ 1
+passed as
+.I nmatch
+to
+.BR regexec ()
+is sufficient to capture all matches.
+.P
+.I cflags
+is the
+bitwise OR
+of zero or more of the following:
+.TP
+.B REG_EXTENDED
+Use
+POSIX
+Extended Regular Expression syntax when interpreting
+.IR regex .
+If not set,
+POSIX
+Basic Regular Expression syntax is used.
+.TP
+.B REG_ICASE
+Do not differentiate case.
+Subsequent
+.BR regexec ()
+searches using this pattern buffer will be case insensitive.
+.TP
+.B REG_NOSUB
+Report only overall success.
+.BR regexec ()
+will use only
+.I pmatch
+for
+.BR REG_STARTEND ,
+ignoring
+.IR nmatch .
+.TP
+.B REG_NEWLINE
+Match-any-character operators don't match a newline.
+.IP
+A nonmatching list
+.RB ( [\[ha]...\&] )
+not containing a newline does not match a newline.
+.IP
+Match-beginning-of-line operator
+.RB ( \[ha] )
+matches the empty string immediately after a newline, regardless of
+whether
+.IR eflags ,
+the execution flags of
+.BR regexec (),
+contains
+.BR REG_NOTBOL .
+.IP
+Match-end-of-line operator
+.RB ( $ )
+matches the empty string immediately before a newline, regardless of
+whether
+.I eflags
+contains
+.BR REG_NOTEOL .
+.SS Matching
+.BR regexec ()
+is used to match a null-terminated string
+against the compiled pattern buffer in
+.IR *preg ,
+which must have been initialised with
+.BR regexec ().
+.I eflags
+is the
+bitwise OR
+of zero or more of the following flags:
+.TP
+.B REG_NOTBOL
+The match-beginning-of-line operator always fails to match (but see the
+compilation flag
+.B REG_NEWLINE
+above).
+This flag may be used when different portions of a string are passed to
+.BR regexec ()
+and the beginning of the string should not be interpreted as the
+beginning of the line.
+.TP
+.B REG_NOTEOL
+The match-end-of-line operator always fails to match (but see the
+compilation flag
+.B REG_NEWLINE
+above).
+.TP
+.B REG_STARTEND
+Match
+.RI [ "string + pmatch[0].rm_so" , " string + pmatch[0].rm_eo" )
+instead of
+.RI [ string , " string + strlen(string)" ).
+This allows matching embedded NUL bytes
+and avoids a
+.BR strlen (3)
+on known-length strings.
+If any matches are returned
+.RB ( REG_NOSUB
+wasn't passed to
+.BR regcomp (),
+the match succeeded, and
+.I nmatch
+> 0), they overwrite
+.I pmatch
+as usual, and the match offsets remain relative to
+.I string
+(not
+.IR "string + pmatch[0].rm_so" ).
+This flag is a BSD extension, not present in POSIX.
+.SS Match offsets
+Unless
+.B REG_NOSUB
+was passed to
+.BR regcomp (),
+it is possible to
+obtain the locations of matches within
+.IR string :
+.BR regexec ()
+fills
+.I nmatch
+elements of
+.I pmatch
+with results:
+.I pmatch[0]
+corresponds to the entire match,
+.I pmatch[1]
+to the first subexpression, etc.
+If there were more matches than
+.IR nmatch ,
+they are discarded;
+if fewer,
+unused elements of
+.I pmatch
+are filled with
+.BR \-1 s.
+.P
+Each returned valid
+.RB (non- \-1 )
+match corresponds to the range
+.RI [ "string + rm_so" , " string + rm_eo" ).
+.P
+.I regoff_t
+is a signed integer type
+capable of storing the largest value that can be stored in either an
+.I ptrdiff_t
+type or a
+.I ssize_t
+type.
+.SS Error reporting
+.BR regerror ()
+is used to turn the error codes that can be returned by both
+.BR regcomp ()
+and
+.BR regexec ()
+into error message strings.
+.P
+If
+.I preg
+isn't a null pointer,
+.I errcode
+must be the latest error returned from an operation on
+.IR preg .
+.P
+If
+.I errbuf_size
+isn't 0, up to
+.I errbuf_size
+bytes are copied to
+.IR errbuf ;
+the error string is always null-terminated, and truncated to fit.
+.SS Freeing
+.BR regfree ()
+deinitializes the pattern buffer at
+.IR *preg ,
+freeing any associated memory;
+.I *preg
+must have been initialized via
+.BR regcomp ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR regcomp ()
+returns zero for a successful compilation or an error code for failure.
+.P
+.BR regexec ()
+returns zero for a successful match or
+.B REG_NOMATCH
+for failure.
+.P
+.BR regerror ()
+returns the size of the buffer required to hold the string.
+.SH ERRORS
+The following errors can be returned by
+.BR regcomp ():
+.TP
+.B REG_BADBR
+Invalid use of back reference operator.
+.TP
+.B REG_BADPAT
+Invalid use of pattern operators such as group or list.
+.TP
+.B REG_BADRPT
+Invalid use of repetition operators such as using \[aq]*\[aq]
+as the first character.
+.TP
+.B REG_EBRACE
+Un-matched brace interval operators.
+.TP
+.B REG_EBRACK
+Un-matched bracket list operators.
+.TP
+.B REG_ECOLLATE
+Invalid collating element.
+.TP
+.B REG_ECTYPE
+Unknown character class name.
+.TP
+.B REG_EEND
+Nonspecific error.
+This is not defined by POSIX.
+.TP
+.B REG_EESCAPE
+Trailing backslash.
+.TP
+.B REG_EPAREN
+Un-matched parenthesis group operators.
+.TP
+.B REG_ERANGE
+Invalid use of the range operator; for example, the ending point of the range
+occurs prior to the starting point.
+.TP
+.B REG_ESIZE
+Compiled regular expression requires a pattern buffer larger than 64\ kB.
+This is not defined by POSIX.
+.TP
+.B REG_ESPACE
+The regex routines ran out of memory.
+.TP
+.B REG_ESUBREG
+Invalid back reference to a subexpression.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR regcomp (),
+.BR regexec ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR regerror ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR regfree ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Prior to POSIX.1-2008,
+.I regoff_t
+was required to be
+capable of storing the largest value that can be stored in either an
+.I off_t
+type or a
+.I ssize_t
+type.
+.SH CAVEATS
+.I re_nsub
+is only required to be initialized if
+.B REG_NOSUB
+wasn't specified, but all known implementations initialize it regardless.
+.\" glibc, musl, 4.4BSD, illumos
+.P
+Both
+.I regex_t
+and
+.I regmatch_t
+may (and do) have more members, in any order.
+Always reference them by name.
+.\" illumos has two more start/end pairs and the first one is of pointers
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <regex.h>
+\&
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
+\&
+static const char *const str =
+        "1) John Driverhacker;\en2) John Doe;\en3) John Foo;\en";
+static const char *const re = "John.*o";
+\&
+int main(void)
+{
+    static const char *s = str;
+    regex_t     regex;
+    regmatch_t  pmatch[1];
+    regoff_t    off, len;
+\&
+    if (regcomp(&regex, re, REG_NEWLINE))
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+\&
+    printf("String = \e"%s\e"\en", str);
+    printf("Matches:\en");
+\&
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; ; i++) {
+        if (regexec(&regex, s, ARRAY_SIZE(pmatch), pmatch, 0))
+            break;
+\&
+        off = pmatch[0].rm_so + (s \- str);
+        len = pmatch[0].rm_eo \- pmatch[0].rm_so;
+        printf("#%zu:\en", i);
+        printf("offset = %jd; length = %jd\en", (intmax_t) off,
+                (intmax_t) len);
+        printf("substring = \e"%.*s\e"\en", len, s + pmatch[0].rm_so);
+\&
+        s += pmatch[0].rm_eo;
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR grep (1),
+.BR regex (7)
+.P
+The glibc manual section,
+.I "Regular Expressions"
diff --git a/man/man3/regexec.3 b/man/man3/regexec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0daaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regexec.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/regfree.3 b/man/man3/regfree.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0daaf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/regfree.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/regex.3
diff --git a/man/man3/register_printf_modifier.3 b/man/man3/register_printf_modifier.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad10bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/register_printf_modifier.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man/man3/register_printf_specifier.3 b/man/man3/register_printf_specifier.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad10bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/register_printf_specifier.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man/man3/register_printf_type.3 b/man/man3/register_printf_type.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad10bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/register_printf_type.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3head/printf.h.3head
diff --git a/man/man3/registerrpc.3 b/man/man3/registerrpc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/registerrpc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/remainder.3 b/man/man3/remainder.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..430e81c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remainder.3
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-10 Walter Harms
+.\"	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" Modified 2003-11-18, 2004-10-05 aeb
+.\"
+.TH remainder 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+drem, dremf, dreml, remainder, remainderf, remainderl \- \
+floating-point remainder function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double remainder(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "float remainderf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "long double remainderl(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.P
+/* Obsolete synonyms */
+.BI "[[deprecated]] double drem(double " x ", double " y );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] float dremf(float " x ", float " y );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] long double dreml(long double " x ", long double " y );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR remainder ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR remainderf (),
+.BR remainderl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR drem (),
+.BR dremf (),
+.BR dreml ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These
+functions compute the remainder of dividing
+.I x
+by
+.IR y .
+The return value is
+\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP,
+where
+.I n
+is the value
+.IR "x\ /\ y" ,
+rounded to the nearest integer.
+If the absolute value of
+\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP
+is 0.5,
+.I n
+is chosen to be even.
+.P
+These functions are unaffected by the current rounding mode (see
+.BR fenv (3)).
+.P
+The
+.BR drem ()
+function does precisely the same thing.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these
+functions return the floating-point remainder,
+\fIx\fP\-\fIn\fP*\fIy\fP.
+If the return value is 0, it has the sign of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is an infinity,
+and
+.I y
+is not a NaN,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is zero,
+.\" FIXME . Instead, glibc gives a domain error even if x is a NaN
+and
+.I x
+is not a NaN,
+.\" Interestingly, remquo(3) does not have the same problem.
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity and \fIy\fP is not a NaN
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.IP
+These functions do not set
+.I errno
+for this case.
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIy\fP is zero\" [XXX see bug above] and \fIx\fP is not a NaN
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR drem (),
+.BR dremf (),
+.BR dreml (),
+.BR remainder (),
+.BR remainderf (),
+.BR remainderl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.\" IEC 60559.
+.TP
+.BR remainder ()
+.TQ
+.BR remainderf ()
+.TQ
+.BR remainderl ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR drem ()
+.TQ
+.BR dremf ()
+.TQ
+.BR dreml ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.\" IEC 60559.
+.TP
+.BR remainder ()
+.TQ
+.BR remainderf ()
+.TQ
+.BR remainderl ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR drem ()
+4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR dremf ()
+.TQ
+.BR dreml ()
+Tru64, glibc2.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.15,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6779
+the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+remainder(nan(""), 0);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+returned a NaN, as expected, but wrongly caused a domain error.
+Since glibc 2.15, a silent NaN (i.e., no domain error) is returned.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.15,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6783
+.I errno
+was not set to
+.B EDOM
+for the domain error that occurs when
+.I x
+is an infinity and
+.I y
+is not a NaN.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The call "remainder(29.0, 3.0)" returns \-1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR div (3),
+.BR fmod (3),
+.BR remquo (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/remainderf.3 b/man/man3/remainderf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a5b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remainderf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/remainderl.3 b/man/man3/remainderl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7a5b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remainderl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remainder.3
diff --git a/man/man3/remove.3 b/man/man3/remove.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6bedf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remove.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This file is derived from unlink.2, which has the following copyright:
+.\"
+.\" This manpage is Copyright (C) 1992 Drew Eckhardt;
+.\"             and Copyright (C) 1993 Ian Jackson.
+.\"
+.\" Edited into remove.3 shape by:
+.\" Graeme W. Wilford (G.Wilford@ee.surrey.ac.uk) on 13th July 1994
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH remove 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+remove \- remove a file or directory
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int remove(const char *" pathname );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR remove ()
+deletes a name from the filesystem.
+It calls
+.BR unlink (2)
+for files, and
+.BR rmdir (2)
+for directories.
+.P
+If the removed name was the
+last link to a file and no processes have the file open, the file is
+deleted and the space it was using is made available for reuse.
+.P
+If the name was the last link to a file,
+but any processes still have the file open,
+the file will remain in existence until the last file
+descriptor referring to it is closed.
+.P
+If the name referred to a symbolic link, the link is removed.
+.P
+If the name referred to a socket, FIFO, or device, the name is removed,
+but processes which have the object open may continue to use it.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+The errors that occur are those for
+.BR unlink (2)
+and
+.BR rmdir (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR remove ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, 4.3BSD.
+.\" .SH NOTES
+.\" Under libc4 and libc5,
+.\" .BR remove ()
+.\" was an alias for
+.\" .BR unlink (2)
+.\" (and hence would not remove directories).
+.SH BUGS
+Infelicities in the protocol underlying NFS can cause the unexpected
+disappearance of files which are still being used.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rm (1),
+.BR unlink (1),
+.BR link (2),
+.BR mknod (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR rename (2),
+.BR rmdir (2),
+.BR unlink (2),
+.BR mkfifo (3),
+.BR symlink (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/remque.3 b/man/man3/remque.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0c8836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remque.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/insque.3
diff --git a/man/man3/remquo.3 b/man/man3/remquo.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a78671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remquo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" based on glibc infopages
+.\" polished, aeb
+.\"
+.TH remquo 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+remquo, remquof, remquol \- remainder and part of quotient
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double remquo(double " x ", double " y ", int *" quo );
+.BI "float remquof(float " x ", float " y ", int *" quo );
+.BI "long double remquol(long double " x ", long double " y ", int *" quo );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR remquo (),
+.BR remquof (),
+.BR remquol ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions compute the remainder and part of the quotient
+upon division of
+.I x
+by
+.IR y .
+A few bits of the quotient are stored via the
+.I quo
+pointer.
+The remainder is returned as the function result.
+.P
+The value of the remainder is the same as that computed by the
+.BR remainder (3)
+function.
+.P
+The value stored via the
+.I quo
+pointer has the sign of
+.I x\~/\~y
+and agrees with the quotient in at least the low order 3 bits.
+.P
+For example, \fIremquo(29.0,\ 3.0)\fP returns \-1.0 and might store 2.
+Note that the actual quotient might not fit in an integer.
+.\" A possible application of this function might be the computation
+.\" of sin(x). Compute remquo(x, pi/2, &quo) or so.
+.\"
+.\" glibc, UnixWare: return 3 bits
+.\" MacOS 10: return 7 bits
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the same value as
+the analogous functions described in
+.BR remainder (3).
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I y
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is an infinity,
+and
+.I y
+is not a NaN,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I y
+is zero,
+and
+.I x
+is not a NaN,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity or \fIy\fP is 0, \
+and the other argument is not a NaN
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.P
+These functions do not set
+.IR errno .
+.\" FIXME . Is it intentional that these functions do not set errno?
+.\" Bug raised: https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6802
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR remquo (),
+.BR remquof (),
+.BR remquol ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fmod (3),
+.BR logb (3),
+.BR remainder (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/remquof.3 b/man/man3/remquof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458f051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remquof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remquo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/remquol.3 b/man/man3/remquol.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458f051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/remquol.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/remquo.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_init.3 b/man/man3/res_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_mkquery.3 b/man/man3/res_mkquery.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_mkquery.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nclose.3 b/man/man3/res_nclose.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nclose.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_ninit.3 b/man/man3/res_ninit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_ninit.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nmkquery.3 b/man/man3/res_nmkquery.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nmkquery.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nquery.3 b/man/man3/res_nquery.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nquery.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nquerydomain.3 b/man/man3/res_nquerydomain.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nquerydomain.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nsearch.3 b/man/man3/res_nsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_nsend.3 b/man/man3/res_nsend.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_nsend.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_query.3 b/man/man3/res_query.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_query.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_querydomain.3 b/man/man3/res_querydomain.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_querydomain.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_search.3 b/man/man3/res_search.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_search.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/res_send.3 b/man/man3/res_send.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87a6d0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/res_send.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/resolver.3
diff --git a/man/man3/resolver.3 b/man/man3/resolver.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc5f404
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/resolver.3
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and (C) Copyright 2015 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-25 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2004-10-31 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH resolver 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+res_ninit, res_nquery, res_nsearch, res_nquerydomain, res_nmkquery, res_nsend,
+res_nclose,
+res_init, res_query, res_search, res_querydomain, res_mkquery, res_send,
+dn_comp, dn_expand \-
+resolver routines
+.SH LIBRARY
+Resolver library
+.RI ( libresolv ", " \-lresolv )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netinet/in.h>
+.B #include <arpa/nameser.h>
+.B #include <resolv.h>
+.P
+.B struct __res_state;
+.B typedef struct __res_state *res_state;
+.P
+.BI "int res_ninit(res_state " statep );
+.P
+.BI "void res_nclose(res_state " statep );
+.P
+.BI "int res_nquery(res_state " statep ,
+.BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.P
+.BI "int res_nsearch(res_state " statep ,
+.BI "           const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.P
+.BI "int res_nquerydomain(res_state " statep ,
+.BI "           const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
+.BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
+.BI "           int " anslen );
+.P
+.BI "int res_nmkquery(res_state " statep ,
+.BI "           int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
+.BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
+int " datalen ,
+.BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
+.P
+.BI "int res_nsend(res_state " statep ,
+.BI "           const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.P
+.BI "int dn_comp(const char *" exp_dn ", unsigned char " comp_dn [. length ],
+.BI "           int " length ", unsigned char **" dnptrs ,
+.BI "           unsigned char **" lastdnptr );
+.P
+.BI "int dn_expand(const unsigned char *" msg ,
+.BI "           const unsigned char *" eomorig ,
+.BI "           const unsigned char *" comp_dn ", char " exp_dn [. length ],
+.BI "           int " length );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]] extern struct __res_state _res;
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]] int res_init(void);
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int res_query(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int res_search(const char *" dname ", int " class ", int " type ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int res_querydomain(const char *" name ", const char *" domain ,
+.BI "           int " class ", int " type ", unsigned char " answer [. anslen ],
+.BI "           int " anslen );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int res_mkquery(int " op ", const char *" dname ", int " class ,
+.BI "           int " type ", const unsigned char " data [. datalen "], \
+int " datalen ,
+.BI "           const unsigned char *" newrr ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " buf [. buflen "], int " buflen );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int res_send(const unsigned char " msg [. msglen "], int " msglen ,
+.BI "           unsigned char " answer [. anslen "], int " anslen );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B Note:
+This page is incomplete (various resolver functions provided by glibc
+are not described) and likely out of date.
+.P
+The functions described below make queries to and interpret
+the responses from Internet domain name servers.
+.P
+The API consists of a set of more modern, reentrant functions
+and an older set of nonreentrant functions that have been superseded.
+The traditional resolver interfaces such as
+.BR res_init ()
+and
+.BR res_query ()
+use some static (global) state stored in the
+.I _res
+structure, rendering these functions non-thread-safe.
+BIND 8.2 introduced a set of new interfaces
+.BR res_ninit (),
+.BR res_nquery (),
+and so on, which take a
+.I res_state
+as their first argument, so you can use a per-thread resolver state.
+.P
+The
+.BR res_ninit ()
+and
+.BR res_init ()
+functions read the configuration files (see
+.BR resolv.conf (5))
+to get the default domain name and name
+server address(es).
+If no server is given, the local host is tried.
+If no domain is given, that associated with the local host is used.
+It can be overridden with the environment variable
+.BR LOCALDOMAIN .
+.BR res_ninit ()
+or
+.BR res_init ()
+is normally executed by the first call to one of the
+other functions.
+Every call to
+.BR res_ninit ()
+requires a corresponding call to
+.BR res_nclose ()
+to free memory allocated by
+.BR res_ninit ()
+and subsequent calls to
+.BR res_nquery ().
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nquery ()
+and
+.BR res_query ()
+functions query the name server for the
+fully qualified domain name \fIname\fP of specified \fItype\fP and
+\fIclass\fP.
+The reply is left in the buffer \fIanswer\fP of length
+\fIanslen\fP supplied by the caller.
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nsearch ()
+and
+.BR res_search ()
+functions make a query and waits for the response like
+.BR res_nquery ()
+and
+.BR res_query (),
+but in addition they implement the default and search
+rules controlled by
+.B RES_DEFNAMES
+and
+.B RES_DNSRCH
+(see description of
+\fI_res\fP options below).
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nquerydomain ()
+and
+.BR res_querydomain ()
+functions make a query using
+.BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ()
+on the concatenation of \fIname\fP and \fIdomain\fP.
+.P
+The following functions are lower-level routines used by
+.BR res_nquery ()/ res_query ().
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nmkquery ()
+and
+.BR res_mkquery ()
+functions construct a query message in \fIbuf\fP
+of length \fIbuflen\fP for the domain name \fIdname\fP.
+The query type
+\fIop\fP is one of the following (typically
+.BR QUERY ):
+.TP
+.B QUERY
+Standard query.
+.TP
+.B IQUERY
+Inverse query.
+This option was removed in glibc 2.26,
+.\" commit e4e794841e3140875f2aa86b90e2ada3d61e1244
+since it has not been supported by DNS servers for a very long time.
+.TP
+.B NS_NOTIFY_OP
+Notify secondary of SOA (Start of Authority) change.
+.P
+\fInewrr\fP is currently unused.
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nsend ()
+and
+.BR res_send ()
+function send a preformatted query given in
+\fImsg\fP of length \fImsglen\fP and returns the answer in \fIanswer\fP
+which is of length \fIanslen\fP.
+They will call
+.BR res_ninit ()/ res_init ()
+if it has not already been called.
+.P
+The
+.BR dn_comp ()
+function compresses the domain name \fIexp_dn\fP
+and stores it in the buffer \fIcomp_dn\fP of length \fIlength\fP.
+The compression uses an array of pointers \fIdnptrs\fP to previously
+compressed names in the current message.
+The first pointer points
+to the beginning of the message and the list ends with NULL.
+The limit of the array is specified by \fIlastdnptr\fP.
+If \fIdnptr\fP is NULL, domain names are not compressed.
+If \fIlastdnptr\fP is NULL, the list
+of labels is not updated.
+.P
+The
+.BR dn_expand ()
+function expands the compressed domain name
+\fIcomp_dn\fP to a full domain name, which is placed in the buffer
+\fIexp_dn\fP of size \fIlength\fP.
+The compressed name is contained
+in a query or reply message, and \fImsg\fP points to the beginning of
+the message.
+.P
+The resolver routines use configuration and state information
+contained in a
+.I __res_state
+structure (either passed as the
+.I statep
+argument, or in the global variable
+.IR _res ,
+in the case of the older nonreentrant functions).
+The only field of this structure that is normally manipulated by the
+user is the
+.I options
+field.
+This field can contain the bitwise "OR"
+of the following options:
+.TP
+.B RES_INIT
+True if
+.BR res_ninit ()
+or
+.BR res_init ()
+has been called.
+.TP
+.B RES_DEBUG
+Print debugging messages.
+This option is available only if glibc was built with debugging enabled,
+.\" See resolv/README.
+.\" Support for RES_DEBUG was made conditional in glibc 2.2.
+which is not the default.
+.TP
+.BR RES_AAONLY " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
+Accept authoritative answers only.
+.BR res_send ()
+continues until
+it finds an authoritative answer or returns an error.
+This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
+since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
+.TP
+.B RES_USEVC
+Use TCP connections for queries rather than UDP datagrams.
+.TP
+.BR RES_PRIMARY " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
+Query primary domain name server only.
+This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
+since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
+.TP
+.B RES_IGNTC
+Ignore truncation errors.
+Don't retry with TCP.
+.TP
+.B RES_RECURSE
+Set the recursion desired bit in queries.
+Recursion is carried out
+by the domain name server, not by
+.BR res_send ().
+[Enabled by default].
+.TP
+.B RES_DEFNAMES
+If set,
+.BR res_search ()
+will append the default domain name to
+single component names\[em]that is, those that do not contain a dot.
+[Enabled by default].
+.TP
+.B RES_STAYOPEN
+Used with
+.B RES_USEVC
+to keep the TCP connection open between queries.
+.TP
+.B RES_DNSRCH
+If set,
+.BR res_search ()
+will search for hostnames in the current
+domain and in parent domains.
+This option is used by
+.BR gethostbyname (3).
+[Enabled by default].
+.TP
+.B RES_INSECURE1
+Accept a response from a wrong server.
+This can be used to detect potential security hazards,
+but you need to compile glibc with debugging enabled and use
+.B RES_DEBUG
+option (for debug purpose only).
+.TP
+.B RES_INSECURE2
+Accept a response which contains a wrong query.
+This can be used to detect potential security hazards,
+but you need to compile glibc with debugging enabled and use
+.B RES_DEBUG
+option (for debug purpose only).
+.TP
+.B RES_NOALIASES
+Disable usage of
+.B HOSTALIASES
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.B RES_USE_INET6
+Try an AAAA query before an A query inside the
+.BR gethostbyname (3)
+function, and map IPv4 responses in IPv6 "tunneled form" if no AAAA records
+are found but an A record set exists.
+Since glibc 2.25, this option is deprecated,
+and its usage produces a warning;
+applications should use
+.BR getaddrinfo (3),
+rather than
+.BR gethostbyname (3).
+.TP
+.B RES_ROTATE
+Causes round-robin selection of name servers from among those listed.
+This has the effect of spreading the query load among all listed servers,
+rather than having all clients try the first listed server first every
+time.
+.TP
+.BR RES_NOCHECKNAME " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
+Disable the modern BIND checking of incoming hostnames and mail names
+for invalid characters such as underscore (_), non-ASCII,
+or control characters.
+This option was present until glibc 2.24;
+since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
+.TP
+.BR RES_KEEPTSIG " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
+Do not strip TSIG records.
+This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
+since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
+.TP
+.BR RES_BLAST " (unimplemented; deprecated in glibc 2.25)"
+Send each query simultaneously and recursively to all servers.
+This option was present but unimplemented until glibc 2.24;
+since glibc 2.25, it is deprecated, and its usage produces a warning.
+.TP
+.BR RES_USEBSTRING " (glibc 2.3.4 to glibc 2.24)"
+Make reverse IPv6 lookups using the bit-label format described in RFC 2673;
+if this option is not set (which is the default), then nibble format is used.
+This option was removed in glibc 2.25,
+since it relied on a backward-incompatible
+DNS extension that was never deployed on the Internet.
+.TP
+.BR RES_NOIP6DOTINT " (glibc 2.24 and earlier)"
+Use
+.I ip6.arpa
+zone in IPv6 reverse lookup instead of
+.IR ip6.int ,
+which is deprecated since glibc 2.3.4.
+This option is present up to and including glibc 2.24,
+where it is enabled by default.
+In glibc 2.25, this option was removed.
+.TP
+.BR RES_USE_EDNS0 " (since glibc 2.6)"
+Enables support for the DNS extensions (EDNS0) described in RFC 2671.
+.TP
+.BR RES_SNGLKUP " (since glibc 2.10)"
+By default, glibc performs IPv4 and IPv6 lookups in parallel
+since glibc 2.9.
+Some appliance DNS servers cannot handle these queries properly
+and make the requests time out.
+This option disables the behavior and makes glibc
+perform the IPv6 and IPv4 requests sequentially
+(at the cost of some slowdown of the resolving process).
+.TP
+.B RES_SNGLKUPREOP
+When
+.B RES_SNGLKUP
+option is enabled, opens a new socket for the each request.
+.TP
+.B RES_USE_DNSSEC
+Use DNSSEC with OK bit in OPT record.
+This option implies
+.BR RES_USE_EDNS0 .
+.TP
+.B RES_NOTLDQUERY
+Do not look up unqualified name as a top-level domain (TLD).
+.TP
+.B RES_DEFAULT
+Default option which implies:
+.BR RES_RECURSE ,
+.BR RES_DEFNAMES ,
+.BR RES_DNSRCH ,
+and
+.BR RES_NOIP6DOTINT .
+.\"
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR res_ninit ()
+and
+.BR res_init ()
+functions return 0 on success, or \-1 if an error
+occurs.
+.P
+The
+.BR res_nquery (),
+.BR res_query (),
+.BR res_nsearch (),
+.BR res_search (),
+.BR res_nquerydomain (),
+.BR res_querydomain (),
+.BR res_nmkquery (),
+.BR res_mkquery (),
+.BR res_nsend (),
+and
+.BR res_send ()
+functions return the length
+of the response, or \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+The
+.BR dn_comp ()
+and
+.BR dn_expand ()
+functions return the length
+of the compressed name, or \-1 if an error occurs.
+.P
+In the case of an error return from
+.BR res_nquery (),
+.BR res_query (),
+.BR res_nsearch (),
+.BR res_search (),
+.BR res_nquerydomain (),
+or
+.BR res_querydomain (),
+the global variable
+.I h_errno
+(see
+.BR gethostbyname (3))
+can be consulted to determine the cause of the error.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/resolv.conf
+resolver configuration file
+.TP
+.I /etc/host.conf
+resolver configuration file
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR res_ninit (),
+.BR res_nclose (),
+.BR res_nquery (),
+.BR res_nsearch (),
+.BR res_nquerydomain (),
+.BR res_nsend ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR res_nmkquery (),
+.BR dn_comp (),
+.BR dn_expand ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+.BR resolv.conf (5),
+.BR resolver (5),
+.BR hostname (7),
+.BR named (8)
+.P
+The GNU C library source file
+.IR resolv/README .
diff --git a/man/man3/rewind.3 b/man/man3/rewind.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1487b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rewind.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fseek.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rewinddir.3 b/man/man3/rewinddir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74ab903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rewinddir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:29:11 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 11 June 1995 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.TH rewinddir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rewinddir \- reset directory stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "void rewinddir(DIR *" dirp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR rewinddir ()
+function resets the position of the directory
+stream
+.I dirp
+to the beginning of the directory.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR rewinddir ()
+function returns no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rewinddir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rexec.3 b/man/man3/rexec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b6c839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rexec.3
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"     The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)rexec.3     8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3,v 1.12 2004/07/02 23:52:14 ru Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Taken from FreeBSD 5.4; not checked against Linux reality (mtk)
+.\"
+.\" 2013-06-21, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH rexec 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rexec, rexec_af \- return stream to a remote command
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int rexec(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
+.BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
+.BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p );
+.P
+.B [[deprecated]]
+.BI "int rexec_af(char **restrict " ahost ", int " inport ,
+.BI "          const char *restrict " user ", const char *restrict " passwd ,
+.BI "          const char *restrict " cmd ", int *restrict " fd2p ,
+.BI "          sa_family_t " af  );
+.fi
+.P
+.BR rexec (),
+.BR rexec_af ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    In glibc up to and including 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This interface is obsoleted by
+.BR rcmd (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR rexec ()
+function
+looks up the host
+.I *ahost
+using
+.BR gethostbyname (3),
+returning \-1 if the host does not exist.
+Otherwise,
+.I *ahost
+is set to the standard name of the host.
+If a username and password are both specified, then these
+are used to authenticate to the foreign host; otherwise
+the environment and then the
+.I .netrc
+file in user's
+home directory are searched for appropriate information.
+If all this fails, the user is prompted for the information.
+.P
+The port
+.I inport
+specifies which well-known DARPA Internet port to use for
+the connection; the call
+.I "getservbyname(""exec"", ""tcp"")"
+(see
+.BR getservent (3))
+will return a pointer to a structure that contains the necessary port.
+The protocol for connection is described in detail in
+.BR rexecd (8).
+.P
+If the connection succeeds,
+a socket in the Internet domain of type
+.B SOCK_STREAM
+is returned to
+the caller, and given to the remote command as
+.I stdin
+and
+.IR stdout .
+If
+.I fd2p
+is nonzero, then an auxiliary channel to a control
+process will be setup, and a file descriptor for it will be placed
+in
+.IR *fd2p .
+The control process will return diagnostic
+output from the command (unit 2) on this channel, and will also
+accept bytes on this channel as being UNIX signal numbers, to be
+forwarded to the process group of the command.
+The diagnostic
+information returned does not include remote authorization failure,
+as the secondary connection is set up after authorization has been
+verified.
+If
+.I fd2p
+is 0, then the
+.I stderr
+(unit 2 of the remote
+command) will be made the same as the
+.I stdout
+and no
+provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
+although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
+.SS rexec_af()
+The
+.BR rexec ()
+function works over IPv4
+.RB ( AF_INET ).
+By contrast, the
+.BR rexec_af ()
+function provides an extra argument,
+.IR af ,
+that allows the caller to select the protocol.
+This argument can be specified as
+.BR AF_INET ,
+.BR AF_INET6 ,
+or
+.B AF_UNSPEC
+(to allow the implementation to select the protocol).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rexec (),
+.BR rexec_af ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR rexec ()
+4.2BSD, BSD, Solaris.
+.TP
+.BR rexec_af ()
+glibc 2.2.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR rexec ()
+function sends the unencrypted password across the network.
+.P
+The underlying service is considered a big security hole and therefore
+not enabled on many sites; see
+.BR rexecd (8)
+for explanations.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rcmd (3),
+.BR rexecd (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/rexec_af.3 b/man/man3/rexec_af.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517a2d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rexec_af.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rexec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rindex.3 b/man/man3/rindex.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9cd4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rindex.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/index.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rint.3 b/man/man3/rint.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87538b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rint.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH rint 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+nearbyint, nearbyintf, nearbyintl, rint, rintf, rintl \- round
+to nearest integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double nearbyint(double " x );
+.BI "float nearbyintf(float " x );
+.BI "long double nearbyintl(long double " x );
+.P
+.BI "double rint(double " x );
+.BI "float rintf(float " x );
+.BI "long double rintl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR nearbyint (),
+.BR nearbyintf (),
+.BR nearbyintl ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR rint ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR rintf (),
+.BR rintl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR nearbyint (),
+.BR nearbyintf (),
+and
+.BR nearbyintl ()
+functions round their argument to an integer value in floating-point
+format, using the current rounding direction (see
+.BR fesetround (3))
+and without raising the
+.I inexact
+exception.
+When the current rounding direction is to nearest, these
+functions round halfway cases to the even integer in accordance with
+IEEE-754.
+.P
+The
+.BR rint (),
+.BR rintf (),
+and
+.BR rintl ()
+functions do the same, but will raise the
+.I inexact
+exception
+.RB ( FE_INEXACT ,
+checkable via
+.BR fetestexcept (3))
+when the result differs in value from the argument.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the rounded integer value.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
+.I x
+itself is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR nearbyint (),
+.BR nearbyintf (),
+.BR nearbyintl (),
+.BR rint (),
+.BR rintf (),
+.BR rintl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001 contain text about overflow (which might set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE ,
+or raise an
+.B FE_OVERFLOW
+exception).
+In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
+so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
+(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
+of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
+For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
+the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
+and the number of mantissa bits
+including the implicit bit
+is 24 (respectively, 53).)
+.P
+If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
+you probably want to use one of the functions described in
+.BR lrint (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR round (3),
+.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rintf.3 b/man/man3/rintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3300c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rintl.3 b/man/man3/rintl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3300c2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rintl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rint.3
diff --git a/man/man3/round.3 b/man/man3/round.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86bc373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/round.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH round 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+round, roundf, roundl \- round to nearest integer, away from zero
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double round(double " x );
+.BI "float roundf(float " x );
+.BI "long double roundl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR round (),
+.BR roundf (),
+.BR roundl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions round
+.I x
+to the nearest integer, but
+round halfway cases away from zero (regardless of the current rounding
+direction, see
+.BR fenv (3)),
+instead of to the nearest even integer like
+.BR rint (3).
+.P
+For example,
+.I round(0.5)
+is 1.0, and
+.I round(\-0.5)
+is \-1.0.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the rounded integer value.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is integral, +0, \-0, NaN, or infinite,
+.I x
+itself is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+POSIX.1-2001 documents a range error for overflows, but see NOTES.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR round (),
+.BR roundf (),
+.BR roundl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+POSIX.1-2001 contains text about overflow (which might set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE ,
+or raise an
+.B FE_OVERFLOW
+exception).
+In practice, the result cannot overflow on any current machine,
+so this error-handling stuff is just nonsense.
+.\" The POSIX.1-2001 APPLICATION USAGE SECTION discusses this point.
+(More precisely, overflow can happen only when the maximum value
+of the exponent is smaller than the number of mantissa bits.
+For the IEEE-754 standard 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers
+the maximum value of the exponent is 127 (respectively, 1023),
+and the number of mantissa bits
+including the implicit bit
+is 24 (respectively, 53).)
+.P
+If you want to store the rounded value in an integer type,
+you probably want to use one of the functions described in
+.BR lround (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lround (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR trunc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/roundf.3 b/man/man3/roundf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ab386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/roundf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/round.3
diff --git a/man/man3/roundl.3 b/man/man3/roundl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7ab386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/roundl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/round.3
diff --git a/man/man3/roundup.3 b/man/man3/roundup.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4265e96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/roundup.3
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2023 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH roundup 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+roundup \- round up in steps
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/param.h>
+.P
+.BI roundup( x ", " step );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This macro rounds
+.I x
+to the nearest multiple of
+.I step
+that is not less than
+.IR x .
+.P
+It is typically used for
+rounding up a pointer to align it or
+increasing a buffer to be allocated.
+.P
+This API is not designed to be generic,
+and doesn't work in some cases
+that are not important for the typical use cases described above.
+See CAVEATS.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This macro returns the rounded value.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The arguments may be evaluated more than once.
+.P
+.I x
+should be nonnegative,
+and
+.I step
+should be positive.
+.P
+If
+.I x + step
+would overflow or wrap around,
+the behavior is undefined.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR lround (3),
+.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rpc.3 b/man/man3/rpc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3de9704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rpc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,1201 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" @(#)rpc.3n	2.4 88/08/08 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.19 88/06/24 SMI
+.\"
+.\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
+.\"
+.TH rpc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rpc \- library routines for remote procedure calls
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS AND DESCRIPTION
+These routines allow C programs to make procedure
+calls on other machines across the network.
+First, the client calls a procedure to send a data packet to the server.
+Upon receipt of the packet, the server calls a dispatch routine
+to perform the requested service, and then sends back a reply.
+Finally, the procedure call returns to the client.
+.\" .P
+.\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
+.\" Routines that are used for Secure RPC (DES authentication) are described in
+.\" .BR rpc_secure (3).
+.\" Secure RPC can be used only if DES encryption is available.
+.P
+To take use of these routines, include the header file
+.IR "<rpc/rpc.h>" .
+.P
+The prototypes below make use of the following types:
+.P
+.RS 4
+.EX
+.BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
+.P
+.BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *, ...);"
+.P
+.BI "typedef bool_t (*" resultproc_t ")(caddr_t " resp ,
+.BI "                               struct sockaddr_in *" raddr );
+.EE
+.RE
+.P
+See the header files for the declarations of the
+.IR AUTH ,
+.IR CLIENT ,
+.IR SVCXPRT ,
+and
+.I XDR
+types.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void auth_destroy(AUTH *" auth );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that destroys the authentication information associated with
+.IR auth .
+Destruction usually involves deallocation of private data structures.
+The use of
+.I auth
+is undefined after calling
+.BR auth_destroy ().
+.P
+.nf
+.B AUTH *authnone_create(void);
+.fi
+.IP
+Create and return an RPC
+authentication handle that passes nonusable authentication
+information with each remote procedure call.
+This is the default authentication used by RPC.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "AUTH *authunix_create(char *" host ", uid_t " uid ", gid_t " gid ,
+.BI "                      int " len ", gid_t " aup_gids [. len ]);
+.fi
+.IP
+Create and return an RPC authentication handle that contains
+authentication information.
+The parameter
+.I host
+is the name of the machine on which the information was created;
+.I uid
+is the user's user ID;
+.I gid
+is the user's current group ID;
+.I len
+and
+.I aup_gids
+refer to a counted array of groups to which the user belongs.
+It is easy to impersonate a user.
+.P
+.nf
+.B AUTH *authunix_create_default(void);
+.fi
+.IP
+Calls
+.BR authunix_create ()
+with the appropriate parameters.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "int callrpc(char *" host ", unsigned long " prognum ,
+.BI "            unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
+.BI "            xdrproc_t " inproc ", const char *" in ,
+.BI "            xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out );
+.fi
+.IP
+Call the remote procedure associated with
+.IR prognum ,
+.IR versnum ,
+and
+.I procnum
+on the machine,
+.IR host .
+The parameter
+.I in
+is the address of the procedure's argument(s), and
+.I out
+is the address of where to place the result(s);
+.I inproc
+is used to encode the procedure's parameters, and
+.I outproc
+is used to decode the procedure's results.
+This routine returns zero if it succeeds, or the value of
+.B "enum clnt_stat"
+cast to an integer if it fails.
+The routine
+.BR clnt_perrno ()
+is handy for translating failure statuses into messages.
+.IP
+Warning: calling remote procedures with this routine
+uses UDP/IP as a transport; see
+.BR clntudp_create ()
+for restrictions.
+You do not have control of timeouts or authentication using this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_broadcast(unsigned long " prognum ,
+.BI "                     unsigned long " versnum ", unsigned long " procnum ,
+.BI "                     xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
+.BI "                     xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
+.BI "                     resultproc_t " eachresult );
+.fi
+.IP
+Like
+.BR callrpc (),
+except the call message is broadcast to all locally
+connected broadcast nets.
+Each time it receives a response, this routine calls
+.BR eachresult (),
+whose form is:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "eachresult(char *" out ", struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+where
+.I out
+is the same as
+.I out
+passed to
+.BR clnt_broadcast (),
+except that the remote procedure's output is decoded there;
+.I addr
+points to the address of the machine that sent the results.
+If
+.BR eachresult ()
+returns zero,
+.BR clnt_broadcast ()
+waits for more replies; otherwise it returns with appropriate status.
+.IP
+Warning: broadcast sockets are limited in size to the
+maximum transfer unit of the data link.
+For ethernet, this value is 1500 bytes.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "enum clnt_stat clnt_call(CLIENT *" clnt ", unsigned long " procnum ,
+.BI "                    xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
+.BI "                    xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
+.BI "                    struct timeval " tout );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that calls the remote procedure
+.I procnum
+associated with the client handle,
+.IR clnt ,
+which is obtained with an RPC client creation routine such as
+.BR clnt_create ().
+The parameter
+.I in
+is the address of the procedure's argument(s), and
+.I out
+is the address of where to place the result(s);
+.I inproc
+is used to encode the procedure's parameters, and
+.I outproc
+is used to decode the procedure's results;
+.I tout
+is the time allowed for results to come back.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "clnt_destroy(CLIENT *" clnt );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that destroys the client's RPC handle.
+Destruction usually involves deallocation
+of private data structures, including
+.I clnt
+itself.
+Use of
+.I clnt
+is undefined after calling
+.BR clnt_destroy ().
+If the RPC library opened the associated socket, it will close it also.
+Otherwise, the socket remains open.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "CLIENT *clnt_create(const char *" host ", unsigned long " prog ,
+.BI "                    unsigned long " vers ", const char *" proto );
+.fi
+.IP
+Generic client creation routine.
+.I host
+identifies the name of the remote host where the server is located.
+.I proto
+indicates which kind of transport protocol to use.
+The currently supported values for this field are \[lq]udp\[rq]
+and \[lq]tcp\[rq].
+Default timeouts are set, but can be modified using
+.BR clnt_control ().
+.IP
+Warning: using UDP has its shortcomings.
+Since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes of encoded data,
+this transport cannot be used for procedures that take
+large arguments or return huge results.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t clnt_control(CLIENT *" cl ", int " req ", char *" info );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro used to change or retrieve various information
+about a client object.
+.I req
+indicates the type of operation, and
+.I info
+is a pointer to the information.
+For both UDP and TCP, the supported values of
+.I req
+and their argument types and what they do are:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+\fBCLSET_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // set total timeout
+\fBCLGET_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // get total timeout
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+Note: if you set the timeout using
+.BR clnt_control (),
+the timeout parameter passed to
+.BR clnt_call ()
+will be ignored in all future calls.
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+\fBCLGET_SERVER_ADDR\fP  \fIstruct sockaddr_in\fP
+                // get server\[aq]s address
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The following operations are valid for UDP only:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+\fBCLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // set the retry timeout
+\fBCLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT\fP  \fIstruct timeval\fP // get the retry timeout
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The retry timeout is the time that "UDP RPC"
+waits for the server to reply before
+retransmitting the request.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "clnt_freeres(CLIENT * " clnt ", xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that frees any data allocated by the RPC/XDR
+system when it decoded the results of an RPC call.
+The parameter
+.I out
+is the address of the results, and
+.I outproc
+is the XDR routine describing the results.
+This routine returns one if the results were successfully freed,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void clnt_geterr(CLIENT *" clnt ", struct rpc_err *" errp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that copies the error structure out of the client
+handle to the structure at address
+.IR errp .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void clnt_pcreateerror(const char *" s );
+.fi
+.IP
+Print a message to standard error indicating why a client RPC
+handle could not be created.
+The message is prepended with string
+.I s
+and a colon.
+Used when a
+.BR clnt_create (),
+.BR clntraw_create (),
+.BR clnttcp_create (),
+or
+.BR clntudp_create ()
+call fails.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void clnt_perrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
+.fi
+.IP
+Print a message to standard error corresponding
+to the condition indicated by
+.IR stat .
+Used after
+.BR callrpc ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "clnt_perror(CLIENT *" clnt ", const char *" s );
+.fi
+.IP
+Print a message to standard error indicating why an RPC call failed;
+.I clnt
+is the handle used to do the call.
+The message is prepended with string
+.I s
+and a colon.
+Used after
+.BR clnt_call ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "char *clnt_spcreateerror(const char *" s );
+.fi
+.IP
+Like
+.BR clnt_pcreateerror (),
+except that it returns a string instead of printing to the standard error.
+.IP
+Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "char *clnt_sperrno(enum clnt_stat " stat );
+.fi
+.IP
+Take the same arguments as
+.BR clnt_perrno (),
+but instead of sending a message to the standard error indicating why an RPC
+call failed, return a pointer to a string which contains the message.
+The string ends with a NEWLINE.
+.IP
+.BR clnt_sperrno ()
+is used instead of
+.BR clnt_perrno ()
+if the program does not have a standard error (as a program
+running as a server quite likely does not), or if the programmer
+does not want the message to be output with
+.BR printf (3),
+or if a message format different than that supported by
+.BR clnt_perrno ()
+is to be used.
+Note: unlike
+.BR clnt_sperror ()
+and
+.BR clnt_spcreateerror (),
+.BR clnt_sperrno ()
+returns pointer to static data, but the
+result will not get overwritten on each call.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "char *clnt_sperror(CLIENT *" rpch ", const char *" s );
+.fi
+.IP
+Like
+.BR clnt_perror (),
+except that (like
+.BR clnt_sperrno ())
+it returns a string instead of printing to standard error.
+.IP
+Bugs: returns pointer to static data that is overwritten on each call.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "CLIENT *clntraw_create(unsigned long " prognum \
+", unsigned long " versnum );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates a toy RPC client for the remote program
+.IR prognum ,
+version
+.IR versnum .
+The transport used to pass messages to the service is
+actually a buffer within the process's address space, so the
+corresponding RPC server should live in the same address space; see
+.BR svcraw_create ().
+This allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
+overheads, such as round trip times, without any kernel interference.
+This routine returns NULL if it fails.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "CLIENT *clnttcp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
+.BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                int *" sockp ", unsigned int " sendsz \
+", unsigned int " recvsz );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
+.IR prognum ,
+version
+.IR versnum ;
+the client uses TCP/IP as a transport.
+The remote program is located at Internet address
+.IR *addr .
+If
+.\"The following inline font conversion is necessary for the hyphen indicator
+.I addr\->sin_port
+is zero, then it is set to the actual port that the remote
+program is listening on (the remote
+.B portmap
+service is consulted for this information).
+The parameter
+.I sockp
+is a socket; if it is
+.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
+then this routine opens a new one and sets
+.IR sockp .
+Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O,
+the user may specify the size of the send and receive buffers
+with the parameters
+.I sendsz
+and
+.IR recvsz ;
+values of zero choose suitable defaults.
+This routine returns NULL if it fails.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "CLIENT *clntudp_create(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
+.BI "                unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                struct timeval " wait ", int *" sockp );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
+.IR prognum ,
+version
+.IR versnum ;
+the client uses use UDP/IP as a transport.
+The remote program is located at Internet address
+.IR addr .
+If
+.I addr\->sin_port
+is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote
+program is listening on (the remote
+.B portmap
+service is consulted for this information).
+The parameter
+.I sockp
+is a socket; if it is
+.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
+then this routine opens a new one and sets
+.IR sockp .
+The UDP transport resends the call message in intervals of
+.I wait
+time until a response is received or until the call times out.
+The total time for the call to time out is specified by
+.BR clnt_call ().
+.IP
+Warning: since UDP-based RPC messages can hold only up to 8 Kbytes
+of encoded data, this transport cannot be used for procedures
+that take large arguments or return huge results.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "CLIENT *clntudp_bufcreate(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
+.BI "            unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "            struct timeval " wait ", int *" sockp ,
+.BI "            unsigned int " sendsize ", unsigned int "recosize );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates an RPC client for the remote program
+.IR prognum ,
+on
+.IR versnum ;
+the client uses use UDP/IP as a transport.
+The remote program is located at Internet address
+.IR addr .
+If
+.I addr\->sin_port
+is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote
+program is listening on (the remote
+.B portmap
+service is consulted for this information).
+The parameter
+.I sockp
+is a socket; if it is
+.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
+then this routine opens a new one and sets
+.IR sockp .
+The UDP transport resends the call message in intervals of
+.I wait
+time until a response is received or until the call times out.
+The total time for the call to time out is specified by
+.BR clnt_call ().
+.IP
+This allows the user to specify the maximum packet
+size for sending and receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void get_myaddress(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
+.fi
+.IP
+Stuff the machine's IP address into
+.IR *addr ,
+without consulting the library routines that deal with
+.IR /etc/hosts .
+The port number is always set to
+.BR htons(PMAPPORT) .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "struct pmaplist *pmap_getmaps(struct sockaddr_in *" addr );
+.fi
+.IP
+A user interface to the
+.B portmap
+service, which returns a list of the current RPC
+program-to-port mappings on the host located at IP address
+.IR *addr .
+This routine can return NULL.
+The command
+.I rpcinfo\~\-p
+uses this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "unsigned short pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
+.BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                    unsigned int " protocol );
+.fi
+.IP
+A user interface to the
+.B portmap
+service, which returns the port number
+on which waits a service that supports program number
+.IR prognum ,
+version
+.IR versnum ,
+and speaks the transport protocol associated with
+.IR protocol .
+The value of
+.I protocol
+is most likely
+.B IPPROTO_UDP
+or
+.BR IPPROTO_TCP .
+A return value of zero means that the mapping does not exist
+or that the RPC system failed to contact the remote
+.B portmap
+service.
+In the latter case, the global variable
+.I rpc_createerr
+contains the RPC status.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "enum clnt_stat pmap_rmtcall(struct sockaddr_in *" addr ,
+.BI "                    unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                    unsigned long " procnum ,
+.BI "                    xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in ,
+.BI "                    xdrproc_t " outproc ", char *" out ,
+.BI "                    struct timeval " tout ", unsigned long *" portp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A user interface to the
+.B portmap
+service, which instructs
+.B portmap
+on the host at IP address
+.I *addr
+to make an RPC call on your behalf to a procedure on that host.
+The parameter
+.I *portp
+will be modified to the program's port number if the procedure succeeds.
+The definitions of other parameters are discussed
+in
+.BR callrpc ()
+and
+.BR clnt_call ().
+This procedure should be used for a \[lq]ping\[rq] and nothing else.
+See also
+.BR clnt_broadcast ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t pmap_set(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                int " protocol ", unsigned short " port );
+.fi
+.IP
+A user interface to the
+.B portmap
+service, which establishes a mapping between the triple
+.RI [ prognum , versnum , protocol ]
+and
+.I port
+on the machine's
+.B portmap
+service.
+The value of
+.I protocol
+is most likely
+.B IPPROTO_UDP
+or
+.BR IPPROTO_TCP .
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+Automatically done by
+.BR svc_register ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t pmap_unset(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
+.fi
+.IP
+A user interface to the
+.B portmap
+service, which destroys all mapping between the triple
+.RI [ prognum , versnum , * ]
+and
+.B ports
+on the machine's
+.B portmap
+service.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "int registerrpc(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                unsigned long " procnum ", char *(*" procname ")(char *),"
+.BI "                xdrproc_t " inproc ", xdrproc_t " outproc );
+.fi
+.IP
+Register procedure
+.I procname
+with the RPC service package.
+If a request arrives for program
+.IR prognum ,
+version
+.IR versnum ,
+and procedure
+.IR procnum ,
+.I procname
+is called with a pointer to its parameter(s);
+.I procname
+should return a pointer to its static result(s);
+.I inproc
+is used to decode the parameters while
+.I outproc
+is used to encode the results.
+This routine returns zero if the registration succeeded, \-1 otherwise.
+.IP
+Warning: remote procedures registered in this form
+are accessed using the UDP/IP transport; see
+.BR svcudp_create ()
+for restrictions.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "struct rpc_createerr " rpc_createerr ;
+.fi
+.IP
+A global variable whose value is set by any RPC client creation routine
+that does not succeed.
+Use the routine
+.BR clnt_pcreateerror ()
+to print the reason why.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svc_destroy(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that destroys the RPC service transport handle,
+.IR xprt .
+Destruction usually involves deallocation
+of private data structures, including
+.I xprt
+itself.
+Use of
+.I xprt
+is undefined after calling this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "fd_set " svc_fdset ;
+.fi
+.IP
+A global variable reflecting the RPC service side's
+read file descriptor bit mask; it is suitable as a parameter to the
+.BR select (2)
+system call.
+This is of interest only if a service implementor does their own
+asynchronous event processing, instead of calling
+.BR svc_run ().
+This variable is read-only (do not pass its address to
+.BR select (2)!),
+yet it may change after calls to
+.BR svc_getreqset ()
+or any creation routines.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "int " svc_fds ;
+.fi
+.IP
+Similar to
+.BR svc_fdset ,
+but limited to 32 file descriptors.
+This interface is obsoleted by
+.BR svc_fdset .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "svc_freeargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that frees any data allocated by the RPC/XDR
+system when it decoded the arguments to a service procedure using
+.BR svc_getargs ().
+This routine returns 1 if the results were successfully freed,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "svc_getargs(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " inproc ", char *" in );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that decodes the arguments of an RPC request
+associated with the RPC service transport handle,
+.IR xprt .
+The parameter
+.I in
+is the address where the arguments will be placed;
+.I inproc
+is the XDR routine used to decode the arguments.
+This routine returns one if decoding succeeds, and zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "struct sockaddr_in *svc_getcaller(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+The approved way of getting the network address of the caller
+of a procedure associated with the RPC service transport handle,
+.IR xprt .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svc_getreqset(fd_set *" rdfds );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine is of interest only if a service implementor does not call
+.BR svc_run (),
+but instead implements custom asynchronous event processing.
+It is called when the
+.BR select (2)
+system call has determined that an RPC request has arrived on some
+RPC socket(s);
+.I rdfds
+is the resultant read file descriptor bit mask.
+The routine returns when all sockets associated with the value of
+.I rdfds
+have been serviced.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svc_getreq(int " rdfds );
+.fi
+.IP
+Similar to
+.BR svc_getreqset (),
+but limited to 32 file descriptors.
+This interface is obsoleted by
+.BR svc_getreqset ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t svc_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " prognum ,
+.BI "                    unsigned long " versnum ,
+.BI "                    void (*" dispatch ")(struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *),"
+.BI "                    unsigned long " protocol );
+.fi
+.IP
+Associates
+.I prognum
+and
+.I versnum
+with the service dispatch procedure,
+.IR dispatch .
+If
+.I protocol
+is zero, the service is not registered with the
+.B portmap
+service.
+If
+.I protocol
+is nonzero, then a mapping of the triple
+.RI [ prognum , versnum , protocol ]
+to
+.I xprt\->xp_port
+is established with the local
+.B portmap
+service (generally
+.I protocol
+is zero,
+.B IPPROTO_UDP
+or
+.BR IPPROTO_TCP ).
+The procedure
+.I dispatch
+has the following form:
+.IP
+.in +4n
+.EX
+dispatch(struct svc_req *request, SVCXPRT *xprt);
+.EE
+.in
+.IP
+The
+.BR svc_register ()
+routine returns one if it succeeds, and zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.B "void svc_run(void);"
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine never returns.
+It waits for RPC requests to arrive, and calls the appropriate service
+procedure using
+.BR svc_getreq ()
+when one arrives.
+This procedure is usually waiting for a
+.BR select (2)
+system call to return.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", xdrproc_t " outproc \
+", char *" out );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by an RPC service's dispatch routine to send the results of a
+remote procedure call.
+The parameter
+.I xprt
+is the request's associated transport handle;
+.I outproc
+is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and
+.I out
+is the address of the results.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svc_unregister(unsigned long " prognum ", unsigned long " versnum );
+.fi
+.IP
+Remove all mapping of the double
+.RI [ prognum , versnum ]
+to dispatch routines, and of the triple
+.RI [ prognum , versnum , * ]
+to port number.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_auth(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", enum auth_stat " why );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
+a remote procedure call due to an authentication error.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_decode(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by a service dispatch routine that cannot successfully
+decode its parameters.
+See also
+.BR svc_getargs ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_noproc(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by a service dispatch routine that does not implement
+the procedure number that the caller requests.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_noprog(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called when the desired program is not registered with the RPC package.
+Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_progvers(SVCXPRT *" xprt ", unsigned long " low_vers ,
+.BI "                     unsigned long " high_vers );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called when the desired version of a program is not registered
+with the RPC package.
+Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_systemerr(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by a service dispatch routine when it detects a system
+error not covered by any particular protocol.
+For example, if a service can no longer allocate storage,
+it may call this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void svcerr_weakauth(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Called by a service dispatch routine that refuses to perform
+a remote procedure call due to insufficient authentication parameters.
+The routine calls
+.BR "svcerr_auth(xprt, AUTH_TOOWEAK)" .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "SVCXPRT *svcfd_create(int " fd ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
+.BI "                      unsigned int " recvsize );
+.fi
+.IP
+Create a service on top of any open file descriptor.
+Typically, this file descriptor is a connected socket for a stream protocol such
+as TCP.
+.I sendsize
+and
+.I recvsize
+indicate sizes for the send and receive buffers.
+If they are zero, a reasonable default is chosen.
+.P
+.nf
+.B SVCXPRT *svcraw_create(void);
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates a toy RPC
+service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
+The transport is really a buffer within the process's address space,
+so the corresponding RPC client should live in the same address space; see
+.BR clntraw_create ().
+This routine allows simulation of RPC and acquisition of RPC
+overheads (such as round trip times), without any kernel interference.
+This routine returns NULL if it fails.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int " sock ", unsigned int " send_buf_size ,
+.BI "                       unsigned int " recv_buf_size );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates a TCP/IP-based RPC
+service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
+The transport is associated with the socket
+.IR sock ,
+which may be
+.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
+in which case a new socket is created.
+If the socket is not bound to a local TCP
+port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port.
+Upon completion,
+.I xprt\->xp_sock
+is the transport's socket descriptor, and
+.I xprt\->xp_port
+is the transport's port number.
+This routine returns NULL if it fails.
+Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O,
+users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero
+choose suitable defaults.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_bufcreate(int " sock ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
+.BI "                          unsigned int " recosize );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine creates a UDP/IP-based RPC
+service transport, to which it returns a pointer.
+The transport is associated with the socket
+.IR sock ,
+which may be
+.BR RPC_ANYSOCK ,
+in which case a new socket is created.
+If the socket is not bound to a local UDP
+port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port.
+Upon completion,
+.I xprt\->xp_sock
+is the transport's socket descriptor, and
+.I xprt\->xp_port
+is the transport's port number.
+This routine returns NULL if it fails.
+.IP
+This allows the user to specify the maximum packet size for sending and
+receiving UDP-based RPC messages.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "SVCXPRT *svcudp_create(int " sock );
+.fi
+.IP
+This call is equivalent to
+.I svcudp_bufcreate(sock,SZ,SZ)
+for some default size
+.IR SZ .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_accepted_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct accepted_reply *" ar );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for encoding RPC reply messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_authunix_parms(XDR *" xdrs ", struct authunix_parms *" aupp );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing UNIX credentials.
+This routine is useful for users
+who wish to generate these credentials without using the RPC
+authentication package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdr_callhdr(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" chdr );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing RPC call header messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_callmsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" cmsg );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing RPC call messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate RPC-style
+messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_opaque_auth(XDR *" xdrs ", struct opaque_auth *" ap );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing RPC authentication information messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_pmap(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmap *" regs );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing parameters to various
+.B portmap
+procedures, externally.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+these parameters without using the
+.B pmap
+interface.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_pmaplist(XDR *" xdrs ", struct pmaplist **" rp );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing a list of port mappings, externally.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+these parameters without using the
+.B pmap
+interface.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_rejected_reply(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rejected_reply *" rr );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing RPC reply messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+RPC-style messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_replymsg(XDR *" xdrs ", struct rpc_msg *" rmsg );
+.fi
+.IP
+Used for describing RPC reply messages.
+This routine is useful for users who wish to generate
+RPC style messages without using the RPC package.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xprt_register(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+After RPC service transport handles are created,
+they should register themselves with the RPC service package.
+This routine modifies the global variable
+.IR svc_fds .
+Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xprt_unregister(SVCXPRT *" xprt );
+.fi
+.IP
+Before an RPC service transport handle is destroyed,
+it should unregister itself with the RPC service package.
+This routine modifies the global variable
+.IR svc_fds .
+Service implementors usually do not need this routine.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR auth_destroy (),
+.BR authnone_create (),
+.BR authunix_create (),
+.BR authunix_create_default (),
+.BR callrpc (),
+.BR clnt_broadcast (),
+.BR clnt_call (),
+.BR clnt_destroy (),
+.BR clnt_create (),
+.BR clnt_control (),
+.BR clnt_freeres (),
+.BR clnt_geterr (),
+.BR clnt_pcreateerror (),
+.BR clnt_perrno (),
+.BR clnt_perror (),
+.BR clnt_spcreateerror (),
+.BR clnt_sperrno (),
+.BR clnt_sperror (),
+.BR clntraw_create (),
+.BR clnttcp_create (),
+.BR clntudp_create (),
+.BR clntudp_bufcreate (),
+.BR get_myaddress (),
+.BR pmap_getmaps (),
+.BR pmap_getport (),
+.BR pmap_rmtcall (),
+.BR pmap_set (),
+.BR pmap_unset (),
+.BR registerrpc (),
+.BR svc_destroy (),
+.BR svc_freeargs (),
+.BR svc_getargs (),
+.BR svc_getcaller (),
+.BR svc_getreqset (),
+.BR svc_getreq (),
+.BR svc_register (),
+.BR svc_run (),
+.BR svc_sendreply (),
+.BR svc_unregister (),
+.BR svcerr_auth (),
+.BR svcerr_decode (),
+.BR svcerr_noproc (),
+.BR svcerr_noprog (),
+.BR svcerr_progvers (),
+.BR svcerr_systemerr (),
+.BR svcerr_weakauth (),
+.BR svcfd_create (),
+.BR svcraw_create (),
+.BR svctcp_create (),
+.BR svcudp_bufcreate (),
+.BR svcudp_create (),
+.BR xdr_accepted_reply (),
+.BR xdr_authunix_parms (),
+.BR xdr_callhdr (),
+.BR xdr_callmsg (),
+.BR xdr_opaque_auth (),
+.BR xdr_pmap (),
+.BR xdr_pmaplist (),
+.BR xdr_rejected_reply (),
+.BR xdr_replymsg (),
+.BR xprt_register (),
+.BR xprt_unregister ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" We don't have an rpc_secure.3 page in the set at the moment -- MTK, 19 Sep 05
+.\" .BR rpc_secure (3),
+.BR xdr (3)
+.P
+The following manuals:
+.RS
+Remote Procedure Calls: Protocol Specification
+.br
+Remote Procedure Call Programming Guide
+.br
+rpcgen Programming Guide
+.br
+.RE
+.P
+.IR "RPC: Remote Procedure Call Protocol Specification" ,
+RFC\ 1050, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
+USC-ISI.
diff --git a/man/man3/rpmatch.3 b/man/man3/rpmatch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5739b82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rpmatch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PERMISSIVE_MISC)
+.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+.\" a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+.\" the following conditions:
+.\"
+.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+.\" included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+.\"
+.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
+.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
+.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" References:
+.\"   glibc manual and source
+.\"
+.\" 2006-05-19, mtk, various edits and example program
+.\"
+.TH rpmatch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rpmatch \- determine if the answer to a question is affirmative or negative
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int rpmatch(const char *" response );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR rpmatch ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR rpmatch ()
+handles a user response to yes or no questions, with
+support for internationalization.
+.P
+.I response
+should be a null-terminated string containing a
+user-supplied response, perhaps obtained with
+.BR fgets (3)
+or
+.BR getline (3).
+.P
+The user's language preference is taken into account per the
+environment variables
+.BR LANG ,
+.BR LC_MESSAGES ,
+and
+.BR LC_ALL ,
+if the program has called
+.BR setlocale (3)
+to effect their changes.
+.P
+Regardless of the locale, responses matching
+.B \[ha][Yy]
+are always accepted as affirmative, and those matching
+.B \[ha][Nn]
+are always accepted as negative.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+After examining
+.IR response ,
+.BR rpmatch ()
+returns 0 for a recognized negative response ("no"), 1
+for a recognized positive response ("yes"), and \-1 when the value
+of
+.I response
+is unrecognized.
+.SH ERRORS
+A return value of \-1 may indicate either an invalid input, or some
+other error.
+It is incorrect to only test if the return value is nonzero.
+.P
+.BR rpmatch ()
+can fail for any of the reasons that
+.BR regcomp (3)
+or
+.BR regexec (3)
+can fail; the cause of the error
+is not available from
+.I errno
+or anywhere else, but indicates a
+failure of the regex engine (but this case is indistinguishable from
+that of an unrecognized value of
+.IR response ).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rpmatch ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+GNU, FreeBSD, AIX.
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.BR YESEXPR " and " NOEXPR
+of some locales (including "C") only inspect the first character of the
+.IR response .
+This can mean that "yno" et al. resolve to
+.BR 1 .
+This is an unfortunate historical side-effect which should be fixed in time
+with proper localisation, and should not deter from
+.BR rpmatch ()
+being the proper way to distinguish between binary answers.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program displays the results when
+.BR rpmatch ()
+is applied to the string given in the program's command-line argument.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (rpmatch.c)
+.EX
+#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    if (argc != 2 || strcmp(argv[1], "\-\-help") == 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "%s response\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+    printf("rpmatch() returns: %d\en", rpmatch(argv[1]));
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgets (3),
+.BR getline (3),
+.BR nl_langinfo (3),
+.BR regcomp (3),
+.BR setlocale (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/rresvport.3 b/man/man3/rresvport.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rresvport.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rresvport_af.3 b/man/man3/rresvport_af.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rresvport_af.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/rtime.3 b/man/man3/rtime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f116831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rtime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2003 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2003-04-04 Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
+.\"
+.\" Slightly polished, aeb, 2003-04-06
+.\"
+.TH rtime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rtime \- get time from a remote machine
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <rpc/auth_des.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *" addrp ", struct rpc_timeval *" timep ,
+.BI "          struct rpc_timeval *" timeout );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function uses the Time Server Protocol as described in
+RFC\ 868 to obtain the time from a remote machine.
+.P
+The Time Server Protocol gives the time in seconds since
+00:00:00 UTC, 1 Jan 1900,
+and this function subtracts the appropriate constant in order to
+convert the result to seconds since the
+Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+.P
+When
+.I timeout
+is non-NULL, the udp/time socket (port 37) is used.
+Otherwise, the tcp/time socket (port 37) is used.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, 0 is returned, and the obtained 32-bit time value is stored in
+.IR timep\->tv_sec .
+In case of error \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+All errors for underlying functions
+.RB ( sendto (2),
+.BR poll (2),
+.BR recvfrom (2),
+.BR connect (2),
+.BR read (2))
+can occur.
+Moreover:
+.TP
+.B EIO
+The number of returned bytes is not 4.
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+The waiting time as defined in timeout has expired.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR rtime ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH NOTES
+Only IPv4 is supported.
+.P
+Some
+.I in.timed
+versions support only TCP.
+Try the example program with
+.I use_tcp
+set to 1.
+.\" .P
+.\" Libc5 uses the prototype
+.\" .P
+.\" .nf
+.\"    int rtime(struct sockaddr_in *, struct timeval *, struct timeval *);
+.\" .fi
+.\" .P
+.\" and requires
+.\" .I <sys/time.h>
+.\" instead of
+.\" .IR <rpc/auth_des.h> .
+.SH BUGS
+.BR rtime ()
+in glibc 2.2.5 and earlier does not work properly on 64-bit machines.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This example requires that port 37 is up and open.
+You may check
+that the time entry within
+.I /etc/inetd.conf
+is not commented out.
+.P
+The program connects to a computer called "linux".
+Using "localhost" does not work.
+The result is the localtime of the computer "linux".
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (rtime.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+#include <rpc/auth_des.h>
+\&
+static int use_tcp = 0;
+static const char servername[] = "linux";
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    int                 ret;
+    time_t              t;
+    struct hostent      *hent;
+    struct rpc_timeval  time1 = {0, 0};
+    struct rpc_timeval  timeout = {1, 0};
+    struct sockaddr_in  name;
+\&
+    memset(&name, 0, sizeof(name));
+    sethostent(1);
+    hent = gethostbyname(servername);
+    memcpy(&name.sin_addr, hent\->h_addr, hent\->h_length);
+\&
+    ret = rtime(&name, &time1, use_tcp ? NULL : &timeout);
+    if (ret < 0)
+        perror("rtime error");
+    else {
+        t = time1.tv_sec;
+        printf("%s\en", ctime(&t));
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.\" .BR netdate (1),
+.BR ntpdate (1),
+.\" .BR rdate (1),
+.BR inetd (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/rtnetlink.3 b/man/man3/rtnetlink.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eaef31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/rtnetlink.3
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-1-para
+.\"
+.\" This man page is Copyright (C) 1999 Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de>.
+.\"
+.\" $Id: rtnetlink.3,v 1.2 1999/05/18 10:35:10 freitag Exp $
+.\"
+.TH rtnetlink 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+rtnetlink \- macros to manipulate rtnetlink messages
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <asm/types.h>
+.B #include <linux/netlink.h>
+.B #include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.P
+.BI "rtnetlink_socket = socket(AF_NETLINK, int " socket_type \
+", NETLINK_ROUTE);"
+.P
+.BI "int RTA_OK(struct rtattr *" rta ", int " rtabuflen );
+.P
+.BI "void *RTA_DATA(struct rtattr *" rta );
+.BI "unsigned int RTA_PAYLOAD(struct rtattr *" rta );
+.P
+.BI "struct rtattr *RTA_NEXT(struct rtattr *" rta \
+", unsigned int " rtabuflen );
+.P
+.BI "unsigned int RTA_LENGTH(unsigned int " length );
+.BI "unsigned int RTA_SPACE(unsigned int "length );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+All
+.BR rtnetlink (7)
+messages consist of a
+.BR netlink (7)
+message header and appended attributes.
+The attributes should be manipulated only using the macros provided here.
+.P
+.BI RTA_OK( rta ", " attrlen )
+returns true if
+.I rta
+points to a valid routing attribute;
+.I attrlen
+is the running length of the attribute buffer.
+When not true then you must assume there are no more attributes in the
+message, even if
+.I attrlen
+is nonzero.
+.P
+.BI RTA_DATA( rta )
+returns a pointer to the start of this attribute's data.
+.P
+.BI RTA_PAYLOAD( rta )
+returns the length of this attribute's data.
+.P
+.BI RTA_NEXT( rta ", " attrlen )
+gets the next attribute after
+.IR rta .
+Calling this macro will update
+.IR attrlen .
+You should use
+.B RTA_OK
+to check the validity of the returned pointer.
+.P
+.BI RTA_LENGTH( len )
+returns the length which is required for
+.I len
+bytes of data plus the header.
+.P
+.BI RTA_SPACE( len )
+returns the amount of space which will be needed in a message with
+.I len
+bytes of data.
+.SH STANDARDS
+Linux.
+.SH BUGS
+This manual page is incomplete.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" FIXME . ? would be better to use libnetlink in the EXAMPLE code here
+Creating a rtnetlink message to set the MTU of a device:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
+\&
+\&...
+\&
+struct {
+    struct nlmsghdr  nh;
+    struct ifinfomsg if;
+    char             attrbuf[512];
+} req;
+\&
+struct rtattr *rta;
+unsigned int mtu = 1000;
+\&
+int rtnetlink_sk = socket(AF_NETLINK, SOCK_DGRAM, NETLINK_ROUTE);
+\&
+memset(&req, 0, sizeof(req));
+req.nh.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_LENGTH(sizeof(req.if));
+req.nh.nlmsg_flags = NLM_F_REQUEST;
+req.nh.nlmsg_type = RTM_NEWLINK;
+req.if.ifi_family = AF_UNSPEC;
+req.if.ifi_index = INTERFACE_INDEX;
+req.if.ifi_change = 0xffffffff; /* ??? */
+rta = (struct rtattr *)(((char *) &req) +
+                         NLMSG_ALIGN(req.nh.nlmsg_len));
+rta\->rta_type = IFLA_MTU;
+rta\->rta_len = RTA_LENGTH(sizeof(mtu));
+req.nh.nlmsg_len = NLMSG_ALIGN(req.nh.nlmsg_len) +
+                              RTA_LENGTH(sizeof(mtu));
+memcpy(RTA_DATA(rta), &mtu, sizeof(mtu));
+send(rtnetlink_sk, &req, req.nh.nlmsg_len, 0);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR netlink (3),
+.BR netlink (7),
+.BR rtnetlink (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ruserok.3 b/man/man3/ruserok.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ruserok.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ruserok_af.3 b/man/man3/ruserok_af.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b58efef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ruserok_af.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rcmd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalb.3 b/man/man3/scalb.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..754530c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalb.3
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH scalb 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+scalb, scalbf, scalbl \- multiply floating-point number
+by integral power of radix (OBSOLETE)
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] double scalb(double " x ", double " exp );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] float scalbf(float " x ", float " exp );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] long double scalbl(long double " x ", long double " exp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR scalb ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR scalbf (),
+.BR scalbl ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions multiply their first argument
+.I x
+by
+.B FLT_RADIX
+(probably 2)
+to the power of
+.IR exp ,
+that is:
+.P
+.nf
+    x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
+.fi
+.P
+The definition of
+.B FLT_RADIX
+can be obtained by including
+.IR <float.h> .
+.\" not in /usr/include but in a gcc lib
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return
+.I x
+*
+.B FLT_RADIX
+**
+.IR exp .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+or
+.I exp
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+and
+.I exp
+is not negative infinity,
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), and
+.I exp
+is not positive infinity, +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is zero, and
+.I exp
+is positive infinity,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is an infinity,
+and
+.I exp
+is negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with a sign the same as
+.IR x .
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
+.IR x .
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is 0, and \fIexp\fP is positive infinity, \
+or \fIx\fP is positive infinity and \fIexp\fP is negative infinity \
+and the other argument is not a NaN
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error, overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error, underflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR scalb (),
+.BR scalbf (),
+.BR scalbl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR scalb ()
+4.3BSD.
+Obsolescent in POSIX.1-2001;
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008,
+recommending the use of
+.BR scalbln (3),
+.BR scalblnf (3),
+or
+.BR scalblnl (3)
+instead.
+.\" Looking at header files: scalbf() is present on the
+.\" BSDs, Tru64, HP-UX 11, Irix 6.5; scalbl() is on HP-UX 11 and Tru64.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.20,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6803
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6804
+these functions did not set
+.I errno
+for domain and range errors.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ldexp (3),
+.BR scalbln (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbf.3 b/man/man3/scalbf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a33fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbl.3 b/man/man3/scalbl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a33fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalb.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbln.3 b/man/man3/scalbln.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7b8f9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbln.3
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2004 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH scalbln 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+scalbn, scalbnf, scalbnl, scalbln, scalblnf, scalblnl \-
+multiply floating-point number by integral power of radix
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double scalbln(double " x ", long " exp );
+.BI "float scalblnf(float " x ", long " exp );
+.BI "long double scalblnl(long double " x ", long " exp );
+.P
+.BI "double scalbn(double " x ", int " exp );
+.BI "float scalbnf(float " x ", int " exp );
+.BI "long double scalbnl(long double " x ", int " exp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR scalbln (),
+.BR scalblnf (),
+.BR scalblnl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR scalbn (),
+.BR scalbnf (),
+.BR scalbnl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions multiply their first argument
+.I x
+by
+.B FLT_RADIX
+(probably 2)
+to the power of
+.IR exp ,
+that is:
+.P
+.nf
+    x * FLT_RADIX ** exp
+.fi
+.P
+The definition of
+.B FLT_RADIX
+can be obtained by including
+.IR <float.h> .
+.\" not in /usr/include but in a gcc lib
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return
+.I x
+*
+.B FLT_RADIX
+**
+.IR exp .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with a sign the same as
+.IR x .
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return zero, with a sign the same as
+.IR x .
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error, overflow
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error, underflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR scalbn (),
+.BR scalbnf (),
+.BR scalbnl (),
+.BR scalbln (),
+.BR scalblnf (),
+.BR scalblnl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH HISTORY
+These functions differ from the obsolete functions described in
+.BR scalb (3)
+in the type of their second argument.
+The functions described on this page have a second argument
+of an integral type, while those in
+.BR scalb (3)
+have a second argument of type
+.IR double .
+.SH NOTES
+If
+.B FLT_RADIX
+equals 2 (which is usual), then
+.BR scalbn ()
+is equivalent to
+.BR ldexp (3).
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.20,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6803
+these functions did not set
+.I errno
+for range errors.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ldexp (3),
+.BR scalb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/scalblnf.3 b/man/man3/scalblnf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d82f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalblnf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalblnl.3 b/man/man3/scalblnl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d82f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalblnl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbn.3 b/man/man3/scalbn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d82f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbnf.3 b/man/man3/scalbnf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d82f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbnf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scalbnl.3 b/man/man3/scalbnl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58d82f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scalbnl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scalbln.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scandir.3 b/man/man3/scandir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dff2c6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scandir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:26:16 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Thu Apr 11 17:11:33 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl):
+.\"     Corrected type of compar routines, as suggested by
+.\"     Miguel Barreiro (enano@avalon.yaix.es).  Added example.
+.\" Modified Sun Sep 24 20:15:46 2000 by aeb, following Petter Reinholdtsen.
+.\" Modified 2001-12-26 by aeb, following Joey. Added versionsort.
+.\"
+.\" The pieces on scandirat(3) were copyright and licensed as follows.
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2012, Mark R. Bannister <cambridge@users.sourceforge.net>
+.\"        based on text in mkfifoat.3 Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH scandir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+scandir, scandirat, alphasort, versionsort \- scan
+a directory for matching entries
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "int scandir(const char *restrict " dirp ,
+.BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
+.BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
+.BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
+.B "                          const struct dirent **));"
+.P
+.BI "int alphasort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
+.BI "int versionsort(const struct dirent **" a ", const struct dirent **" b );
+.P
+.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "          /* Definition of AT_* constants */"
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "int scandirat(int " dirfd ", const char *restrict " dirp ,
+.BI "            struct dirent ***restrict " namelist ,
+.BI "            int (*" filter ")(const struct dirent *),"
+.BI "            int (*" compar ")(const struct dirent **,"
+.B "                          const struct dirent **));"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR scandir (),
+.BR alphasort ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.10: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR versionsort ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR scandirat ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR scandir ()
+function scans the directory \fIdirp\fP, calling
+\fIfilter\fP() on each directory entry.
+Entries for which
+\fIfilter\fP() returns nonzero are stored in strings allocated via
+.BR malloc (3),
+sorted using
+.BR qsort (3)
+with the comparison
+function \fIcompar\fP(), and collected in array \fInamelist\fP
+which is allocated via
+.BR malloc (3).
+If \fIfilter\fP is NULL, all entries are selected.
+.P
+The
+.BR alphasort ()
+and
+.BR versionsort ()
+functions can be used as the comparison function
+.IR compar ().
+The former sorts directory entries using
+.BR strcoll (3),
+the latter using
+.BR strverscmp (3)
+on the strings \fI(*a)\->d_name\fP and \fI(*b)\->d_name\fP.
+.SS scandirat()
+The
+.BR scandirat ()
+function operates in exactly the same way as
+.BR scandir (),
+except for the differences described here.
+.P
+If the pathname given in
+.I dirp
+is relative, then it is interpreted relative to the directory
+referred to by the file descriptor
+.I dirfd
+(rather than relative to the current working directory of
+the calling process, as is done by
+.BR scandir ()
+for a relative pathname).
+.P
+If
+.I dirp
+is relative and
+.I dirfd
+is the special value
+.BR AT_FDCWD ,
+then
+.I dirp
+is interpreted relative to the current working
+directory of the calling process (like
+.BR scandir ()).
+.P
+If
+.I dirp
+is absolute, then
+.I dirfd
+is ignored.
+.P
+See
+.BR openat (2)
+for an explanation of the need for
+.BR scandirat ().
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR scandir ()
+function returns the number of directory entries
+selected.
+On error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.P
+The
+.BR alphasort ()
+and
+.BR versionsort ()
+functions return an integer less than, equal to,
+or greater than zero if the first argument is considered to be
+respectively less than, equal to, or greater than the second.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.RB ( scandirat ())
+.I dirp
+is relative but
+.I dirfd
+is neither
+.B AT_FDCWD
+nor a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The path in \fIdirp\fR does not exist.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to complete the operation.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+The path in \fIdirp\fR is not a directory.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+.RB ( scandirat ())
+.I dirp
+is a relative pathname and
+.I dirfd
+is a file descriptor referring to a file other than a directory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR scandir (),
+.BR scandirat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR alphasort (),
+.BR versionsort ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR alphasort ()
+.TQ
+.BR scandir ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR versionsort ()
+.TQ
+.BR scandirat ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR alphasort ()
+.TQ
+.BR scandir ()
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR versionsort ()
+glibc 2.1.
+.TP
+.BR scandirat ()
+glibc 2.15.
+.\" .P
+.\" The functions
+.\" .BR scandir ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR alphasort ()
+.\" are from 4.3BSD, and have been available under Linux since libc4.
+.\" Libc4 and libc5 use the more precise prototype
+.\" .sp
+.\" .nf
+.\"    int alphasort(const struct dirent ** a,
+.\"                  const struct dirent **b);
+.\" .fi
+.\" .sp
+.\" but glibc 2.0 returns to the imprecise BSD prototype.
+.SH NOTES
+Since glibc 2.1,
+.BR alphasort ()
+calls
+.BR strcoll (3);
+earlier it used
+.BR strcmp (3).
+.P
+Before glibc 2.10, the two arguments of
+.BR alphasort ()
+and
+.BR versionsort ()
+were typed as
+.IR "const void\ *" .
+When
+.BR alphasort ()
+was standardized in POSIX.1-2008,
+the argument type was specified as the type-safe
+.IR "const struct dirent\ **",
+and glibc 2.10 changed the definition of
+.BR alphasort ()
+(and the nonstandard
+.BR versionsort ())
+to match the standard.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below prints a list of the files in the current directory
+in reverse order.
+.\"
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (scandir.c)
+.EX
+#define _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct dirent **namelist;
+    int n;
+\&
+    n = scandir(".", &namelist, NULL, alphasort);
+    if (n == \-1) {
+        perror("scandir");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    while (n\-\-) {
+        printf("%s\en", namelist[n]\->d_name);
+        free(namelist[n]);
+    }
+    free(namelist);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR fnmatch (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR strverscmp (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/scandirat.3 b/man/man3/scandirat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e757c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scandirat.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man/man3/scanf.3 b/man/man3/scanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3855e77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/scanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH scanf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+scanf, fscanf, vscanf, vfscanf \- input FILE format conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int scanf(const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int fscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.P
+.B #include <stdarg.h>
+.P
+.BI "int vscanf(const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.BI "int vfscanf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR vscanf (),
+.BR vfscanf ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR scanf ()
+family of functions scans formatted input like
+.BR sscanf (3),
+but read from a
+.IR FILE .
+It is very difficult to use these functions correctly,
+and it is preferable to read entire lines with
+.BR fgets (3)
+or
+.BR getline (3)
+and parse them later with
+.BR sscanf (3)
+or more specialized functions such as
+.BR strtol (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR scanf ()
+function reads input from the standard input stream
+.I stdin
+and
+.BR fscanf ()
+reads input from the stream pointer
+.IR stream .
+.P
+The
+.BR vfscanf ()
+function is analogous to
+.BR vfprintf (3)
+and reads input from the stream pointer
+.I stream
+using a variable argument list of pointers (see
+.BR stdarg (3).
+The
+.BR vscanf ()
+function is analogous to
+.BR vprintf (3)
+and reads from the standard input.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the number of input items
+successfully matched and assigned;
+this can be fewer than provided for,
+or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
+.P
+The value
+.B EOF
+is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
+successful conversion or a matching failure occurs.
+.B EOF
+is also returned if a read error occurs,
+in which case the error indicator for the stream (see
+.BR ferror (3))
+is set, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The file descriptor underlying
+.I stream
+is marked nonblocking, and the read operation would block.
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The file descriptor underlying
+.I stream
+is invalid, or not open for reading.
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+Input byte sequence does not form a valid character.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The read operation was interrupted by a signal; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Not enough arguments; or
+.I format
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR scanf (),
+.BR fscanf (),
+.BR vscanf (),
+.BR vfscanf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+These functions make it difficult to
+distinguish newlines from other white space,
+This is especially problematic with line-buffered input,
+like the standard input stream.
+.P
+These functions can't report errors after the last
+non-suppressed conversion specification.
+.SH BUGS
+It is impossible to accurately know
+how many characters these functions have consumed from the input stream,
+since they only report the number of successful conversions.
+For example,
+if the input is "123\en\ a",
+.I scanf(\[dq]%d\ %d\[dq], &a, &b)
+will consume the digits, the newline, and the space, but not the letter a.
+This makes it difficult to recover from invalid input.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgets (3),
+.BR getline (3),
+.BR sscanf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sched_getcpu.3 b/man/man3/sched_getcpu.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1c6c67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sched_getcpu.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sched_getcpu 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sched_getcpu \- determine CPU on which the calling thread is running
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sched.h>
+.P
+.B int sched_getcpu(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sched_getcpu ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.14:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.14:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+            /* _GNU_SOURCE also suffices */
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sched_getcpu ()
+returns the number of the CPU
+on which the calling thread is currently executing.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR sched_getcpu ()
+returns a nonnegative CPU number.
+On error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+This kernel does not implement
+.BR getcpu (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sched_getcpu ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.6.
+.SH NOTES
+The call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+cpu = sched_getcpu();
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+is equivalent to the following
+.BR getcpu (2)
+call:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+int c, s;
+s = getcpu(&c, NULL);
+cpu = (s == \-1) ? s : c;
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getcpu (2),
+.BR sched (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/secure_getenv.3 b/man/man3/secure_getenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5142bef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/secure_getenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/seed48.3 b/man/man3/seed48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/seed48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/seed48_r.3 b/man/man3/seed48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/seed48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/seekdir.3 b/man/man3/seekdir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a053f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/seekdir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:25:21 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\"
+.TH seekdir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+seekdir \- set the position of the next readdir() call in the directory
+stream.
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "void seekdir(DIR *" dirp ", long " loc );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR seekdir ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR seekdir ()
+function sets the location in the directory stream
+from which the next
+.BR readdir (2)
+call will start.
+The
+.I loc
+argument should be a value returned by a previous call to
+.BR telldir (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR seekdir ()
+function returns no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR seekdir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Up to glibc 2.1.1, the type of the
+.I loc
+argument was
+.IR off_t .
+POSIX.1-2001 specifies
+.IR long ,
+and this is the type used since glibc 2.1.2.
+See
+.BR telldir (3)
+for information on why you should be careful in making any
+assumptions about the value in this argument.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR lseek (2),
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR telldir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_close.3 b/man/man3/sem_close.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46331ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_close.3
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_close 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_close \- close a named semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_close(sem_t *" sem );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_close ()
+closes the named semaphore referred to by
+.IR sem ,
+allowing any resources that the system has allocated to
+the calling process for this semaphore to be freed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR sem_close ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sem
+is not a valid semaphore.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_close ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+All open named semaphores are automatically closed on process
+termination, or upon
+.BR execve (2).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_getvalue (3),
+.BR sem_open (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_unlink (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_destroy.3 b/man/man3/sem_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6675537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_destroy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_destroy \- destroy an unnamed semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_destroy(sem_t *" sem );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_destroy ()
+destroys the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
+.IR sem .
+.P
+Only a semaphore that has been initialized by
+.BR sem_init (3)
+should be destroyed using
+.BR sem_destroy ().
+.P
+Destroying a semaphore that other processes or threads are
+currently blocked on (in
+.BR sem_wait (3))
+produces undefined behavior.
+.P
+Using a semaphore that has been destroyed produces undefined results,
+until the semaphore has been reinitialized using
+.BR sem_init (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR sem_destroy ()
+returns 0 on success;
+on error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sem
+is not a valid semaphore.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_destroy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+An unnamed semaphore should be destroyed with
+.BR sem_destroy ()
+before the memory in which it is located is deallocated.
+Failure to do this can result in resource leaks on some implementations.
+.\" But not on NPTL, where sem_destroy () is a no-op..
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_init (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_getvalue.3 b/man/man3/sem_getvalue.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfadd47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_getvalue.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_getvalue 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_getvalue \- get the value of a semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_getvalue(sem_t *restrict " sem ", int *restrict " sval );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_getvalue ()
+places the current value of the semaphore pointed to
+.I sem
+into the integer pointed to by
+.IR sval .
+.P
+If one or more processes or threads are blocked
+waiting to lock the semaphore with
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+POSIX.1 permits two possibilities for the value returned in
+.IR sval :
+either 0 is returned;
+or a negative number whose absolute value is the count
+of the number of processes and threads currently blocked in
+.BR sem_wait (3).
+Linux adopts the former behavior.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR sem_getvalue ()
+returns 0 on success;
+on error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sem
+is not a valid semaphore.
+(The glibc implementation currently does not check whether
+.I sem
+is valid.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_getvalue ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The value of the semaphore may already have changed by the time
+.BR sem_getvalue ()
+returns.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_init.3 b/man/man3/sem_init.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ea6b64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_init.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_init 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_init \- initialize an unnamed semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_init(sem_t *" sem ", int " pshared ", unsigned int " value );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_init ()
+initializes the unnamed semaphore at the address pointed to by
+.IR sem .
+The
+.I value
+argument specifies the initial value for the semaphore.
+.P
+The
+.I pshared
+argument indicates whether this semaphore is to be shared
+between the threads of a process, or between processes.
+.P
+If
+.I pshared
+has the value 0,
+then the semaphore is shared between the threads of a process,
+and should be located at some address that is visible to all threads
+(e.g., a global variable, or a variable allocated dynamically on
+the heap).
+.P
+If
+.I pshared
+is nonzero, then the semaphore is shared between processes,
+and should be located in a region of shared memory (see
+.BR shm_open (3),
+.BR mmap (2),
+and
+.BR shmget (2)).
+(Since a child created by
+.BR fork (2)
+inherits its parent's memory mappings, it can also access the semaphore.)
+Any process that can access the shared memory region
+can operate on the semaphore using
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+and so on.
+.P
+Initializing a semaphore that has already been initialized
+results in undefined behavior.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR sem_init ()
+returns 0 on success;
+on error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I value
+exceeds
+.BR SEM_VALUE_MAX .
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+.I pshared
+is nonzero,
+but the system does not support process-shared semaphores (see
+.BR sem_overview (7)).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_init ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Bizarrely, POSIX.1-2001 does not specify the value that should
+be returned by a successful call to
+.BR sem_init ().
+POSIX.1-2008 rectifies this, specifying the zero return on success.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR shm_open (3)
+and
+.BR sem_wait (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_destroy (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_open.3 b/man/man3/sem_open.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f29dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_open.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_open 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_open \- initialize and open a named semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
+.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag );
+.BI "sem_t *sem_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ,
+.BI "                mode_t " mode ", unsigned int " value );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_open ()
+creates a new POSIX semaphore or opens an existing semaphore.
+The semaphore is identified by
+.IR name .
+For details of the construction of
+.IR name ,
+see
+.BR sem_overview (7).
+.P
+The
+.I oflag
+argument specifies flags that control the operation of the call.
+(Definitions of the flags values can be obtained by including
+.IR <fcntl.h> .)
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+is specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+then the semaphore is created if
+it does not already exist.
+The owner (user ID) of the semaphore is set to the effective
+user ID of the calling process.
+The group ownership (group ID) is set to the effective group ID
+of the calling process.
+.\" In reality the filesystem IDs are used on Linux.
+If both
+.B O_CREAT
+and
+.B O_EXCL
+are specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+then an error is returned if a semaphore with the given
+.I name
+already exists.
+.P
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+is specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+then two additional arguments must be supplied.
+The
+.I mode
+argument specifies the permissions to be placed on the new semaphore,
+as for
+.BR open (2).
+(Symbolic definitions for the permissions bits can be obtained by including
+.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
+The permissions settings are masked against the process umask.
+Both read and write permission should be granted to each class of
+user that will access the semaphore.
+The
+.I value
+argument specifies the initial value for the new semaphore.
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+is specified, and a semaphore with the given
+.I name
+already exists, then
+.I mode
+and
+.I value
+are ignored.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR sem_open ()
+returns the address of the new semaphore;
+this address is used when calling other semaphore-related functions.
+On error,
+.BR sem_open ()
+returns
+.BR SEM_FAILED ,
+with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The semaphore exists, but the caller does not have permission to
+open it.
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+Both
+.B O_CREAT
+and
+.B O_EXCL
+were specified in
+.IR oflag ,
+but a semaphore with this
+.I name
+already exists.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I value
+was greater than
+.BR SEM_VALUE_MAX .
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I name
+consists of just "/", followed by no other characters.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.I name
+was too long.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+The
+.B O_CREAT
+flag was not specified in
+.I oflag
+and no semaphore with this
+.I name
+exists;
+or,
+.\" this error can occur if we have a name of the (nonportable) form
+.\" /dir/name, and the directory /dev/shm/dir does not exist.
+.B O_CREAT
+was specified, but
+.I name
+wasn't well formed.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_open ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_close (3),
+.BR sem_getvalue (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_unlink (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_post.3 b/man/man3/sem_post.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb23ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_post.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_post 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_post \- unlock a semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_post(sem_t *" sem );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_post ()
+increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by
+.IR sem .
+If the semaphore's value consequently becomes greater than zero,
+then another process or thread blocked in a
+.BR sem_wait (3)
+call will be woken up and proceed to lock the semaphore.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR sem_post ()
+returns 0 on success;
+on error, the value of the semaphore is left unchanged,
+\-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sem
+is not a valid semaphore.
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+.\" Added in POSIX.1-2008 TC1 (Austin Interpretation 213)
+The maximum allowable value for a semaphore would be exceeded.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_post ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR sem_post ()
+is async-signal-safe:
+it may be safely called within a signal handler.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR sem_wait (3)
+and
+.BR shm_open (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_getvalue (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7),
+.BR signal\-safety (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_timedwait.3 b/man/man3/sem_timedwait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7b43fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_timedwait.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sem_wait.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_trywait.3 b/man/man3/sem_trywait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7b43fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_trywait.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sem_wait.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_unlink.3 b/man/man3/sem_unlink.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c061332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_unlink.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_unlink 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_unlink \- remove a named semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_unlink(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_unlink ()
+removes the named semaphore referred to by
+.IR name .
+The semaphore name is removed immediately.
+The semaphore is destroyed once all other processes that have
+the semaphore open close it.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success
+.BR sem_unlink ()
+returns 0; on error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+The caller does not have permission to unlink this semaphore.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.I name
+was too long.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+There is no semaphore with the given
+.IR name .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_unlink ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sem_getvalue (3),
+.BR sem_open (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR sem_wait (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sem_wait.3 b/man/man3/sem_wait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f09f697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sem_wait.3
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sem_wait 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sem_wait, sem_timedwait, sem_trywait \- lock a semaphore
+.SH LIBRARY
+POSIX threads library
+.RI ( libpthread ", " \-lpthread )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <semaphore.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sem_wait(sem_t *" sem );
+.BI "int sem_trywait(sem_t *" sem );
+.BI "int sem_timedwait(sem_t *restrict " sem ,
+.BI "                  const struct timespec *restrict " abs_timeout );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sem_timedwait ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sem_wait ()
+decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by
+.IR sem .
+If the semaphore's value is greater than zero,
+then the decrement proceeds, and the function returns, immediately.
+If the semaphore currently has the value zero,
+then the call blocks until either it becomes possible to perform
+the decrement (i.e., the semaphore value rises above zero),
+or a signal handler interrupts the call.
+.P
+.BR sem_trywait ()
+is the same as
+.BR sem_wait (),
+except that if the decrement cannot be immediately performed,
+then call returns an error
+.RI ( errno
+set to
+.BR EAGAIN )
+instead of blocking.
+.P
+.BR sem_timedwait ()
+is the same as
+.BR sem_wait (),
+except that
+.I abs_timeout
+specifies a limit on the amount of time that the call
+should block if the decrement cannot be immediately performed.
+The
+.I abs_timeout
+argument points to a
+.BR timespec (3)
+structure that specifies an absolute timeout
+in seconds and nanoseconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+.P
+If the timeout has already expired by the time of the call,
+and the semaphore could not be locked immediately,
+then
+.BR sem_timedwait ()
+fails with a timeout error
+.RI ( errno
+set to
+.BR ETIMEDOUT ).
+.P
+If the operation can be performed immediately, then
+.BR sem_timedwait ()
+never fails with a timeout error, regardless of the value of
+.IR abs_timeout .
+Furthermore, the validity of
+.I abs_timeout
+is not checked in this case.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+All of these functions return 0 on success;
+on error, the value of the semaphore is left unchanged,
+\-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+.RB ( sem_trywait ())
+The operation could not be performed without blocking (i.e., the
+semaphore currently has the value zero).
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a signal handler; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sem
+is not a valid semaphore.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.RB ( sem_timedwait ())
+The value of
+.I abs_timeout.tv_nsecs
+is less than 0, or greater than or equal to 1000 million.
+.TP
+.B ETIMEDOUT
+.RB ( sem_timedwait ())
+The call timed out before the semaphore could be locked.
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 also allows EDEADLK -- "A deadlock condition
+.\" was detected", but this does not occur on Linux(?).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sem_wait (),
+.BR sem_trywait (),
+.BR sem_timedwait ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The (somewhat trivial) program shown below operates on an
+unnamed semaphore.
+The program expects two command-line arguments.
+The first argument specifies a seconds value that is used to
+set an alarm timer to generate a
+.B SIGALRM
+signal.
+This handler performs a
+.BR sem_post (3)
+to increment the semaphore that is being waited on in
+.I main()
+using
+.BR sem_timedwait ().
+The second command-line argument specifies the length
+of the timeout, in seconds, for
+.BR sem_timedwait ().
+The following shows what happens on two different runs of the program:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 2 3"
+About to call sem_timedwait()
+sem_post() from handler
+sem_timedwait() succeeded
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 2 1"
+About to call sem_timedwait()
+sem_timedwait() timed out
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (sem_wait.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <semaphore.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#include <assert.h>
+\&
+sem_t sem;
+\&
+#define handle_error(msg) \e
+    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } while (0)
+\&
+static void
+handler(int sig)
+{
+    write(STDOUT_FILENO, "sem_post() from handler\en", 24);
+    if (sem_post(&sem) == \-1) {
+        write(STDERR_FILENO, "sem_post() failed\en", 18);
+        _exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+}
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct sigaction sa;
+    struct timespec ts;
+    int s;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <alarm\-secs> <wait\-secs>\en",
+                argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (sem_init(&sem, 0, 0) == \-1)
+        handle_error("sem_init");
+\&
+    /* Establish SIGALRM handler; set alarm timer using argv[1]. */
+\&
+    sa.sa_handler = handler;
+    sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+    sa.sa_flags = 0;
+    if (sigaction(SIGALRM, &sa, NULL) == \-1)
+        handle_error("sigaction");
+\&
+    alarm(atoi(argv[1]));
+\&
+    /* Calculate relative interval as current time plus
+       number of seconds given argv[2]. */
+\&
+    if (clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &ts) == \-1)
+        handle_error("clock_gettime");
+\&
+    ts.tv_sec += atoi(argv[2]);
+\&
+    printf("%s() about to call sem_timedwait()\en", __func__);
+    while ((s = sem_timedwait(&sem, &ts)) == \-1 && errno == EINTR)
+        continue;       /* Restart if interrupted by handler. */
+\&
+    /* Check what happened. */
+\&
+    if (s == \-1) {
+        if (errno == ETIMEDOUT)
+            printf("sem_timedwait() timed out\en");
+        else
+            perror("sem_timedwait");
+    } else
+        printf("sem_timedwait() succeeded\en");
+\&
+    exit((s == 0) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clock_gettime (2),
+.BR sem_getvalue (3),
+.BR sem_post (3),
+.BR timespec (3),
+.BR sem_overview (7),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/setaliasent.3 b/man/man3/setaliasent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c82b647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setaliasent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2003 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Polished a bit, added a little, aeb
+.\"
+.TH setaliasent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setaliasent, endaliasent, getaliasent, getaliasent_r,
+getaliasbyname, getaliasbyname_r \- read an alias entry
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <aliases.h>
+.P
+.B "void setaliasent(void);"
+.B "void endaliasent(void);"
+.P
+.B "struct aliasent *getaliasent(void);"
+.BI "int getaliasent_r(struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
+.BI "                     char " buffer "[restrict ." buflen "], \
+size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                     struct aliasent **restrict " res );
+.P
+.BI "struct aliasent *getaliasbyname(const char *" name );
+.BI "int getaliasbyname_r(const char *restrict " name ,
+.BI "                     struct aliasent *restrict " result ,
+.BI "                     char " buffer "[restrict ." buflen "], \
+size_t " buflen ,
+.BI "                     struct aliasent **restrict " res );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+One of the databases available with the Name Service Switch (NSS)
+is the aliases database, that contains mail aliases.
+(To find out which databases are supported, try
+.IR "getent \-\-help" .)
+Six functions are provided to access the aliases database.
+.P
+The
+.BR getaliasent ()
+function returns a pointer to a structure containing
+the group information from the aliases database.
+The first time it is called it returns the first entry;
+thereafter, it returns successive entries.
+.P
+The
+.BR setaliasent ()
+function rewinds the file pointer to the beginning of the
+aliases database.
+.P
+The
+.BR endaliasent ()
+function closes the aliases database.
+.P
+.BR getaliasent_r ()
+is the reentrant version of the previous function.
+The requested structure
+is stored via the first argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
+arguments also.
+Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
+.P
+The function
+.BR getaliasbyname ()
+takes the name argument and searches the aliases database.
+The entry is returned as a pointer to a
+.IR "struct aliasent" .
+.P
+.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
+is the reentrant version of the previous function.
+The requested structure
+is stored via the second argument but the programmer needs to fill the other
+arguments also.
+Not providing enough space causes the function to fail.
+.P
+The
+.I "struct aliasent"
+is defined in
+.IR <aliases.h> :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct aliasent {
+    char    *alias_name;             /* alias name */
+    size_t   alias_members_len;
+    char   **alias_members;          /* alias name list */
+    int      alias_local;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions
+.BR getaliasent_r ()
+and
+.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
+return a nonzero value on error.
+.SH FILES
+The default alias database is the file
+.IR /etc/aliases .
+This can be changed in the
+.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+file.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setaliasent (),
+.BR endaliasent (),
+.BR getaliasent_r (),
+.BR getaliasbyname_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getaliasent (),
+.BR getaliasbyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+The NeXT system has similar routines:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#include <aliasdb.h>
+\&
+void alias_setent(void);
+void alias_endent(void);
+alias_ent *alias_getent(void);
+alias_ent *alias_getbyname(char *name);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following example compiles with
+.IR "gcc example.c \-o example" .
+It will dump all names in the alias database.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (setaliasent.c)
+.EX
+#include <aliases.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct aliasent *al;
+\&
+    setaliasent();
+    for (;;) {
+        al = getaliasent();
+        if (al == NULL)
+            break;
+        printf("Name: %s\en", al\->alias_name);
+    }
+    if (errno) {
+        perror("reading alias");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+    endaliasent();
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getgrent (3),
+.BR getpwent (3),
+.BR getspent (3),
+.BR aliases (5)
+.\"
+.\" /etc/sendmail/aliases
+.\" Yellow Pages
+.\" newaliases, postalias
diff --git a/man/man3/setbuf.3 b/man/man3/setbuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38400e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setbuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setbuf.3	6.10 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 14:55:24 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Added section to BUGS, Sun Mar 12 22:28:33 MET 1995,
+.\"                   Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
+.\" Correction,  Sun, 11 Apr 1999 15:55:18,
+.\"     Martin Vicente <martin@netadmin.dgac.fr>
+.\" Correction,  2000-03-03, Andreas Jaeger <aj@suse.de>
+.\" Added return value for setvbuf, aeb,
+.\"
+.TH setbuf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setbuf, setbuffer, setlinebuf, setvbuf \- stream buffering operations
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int setvbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
+.BI "            int " mode ", size_t " size );
+.P
+.BI "void setbuf(FILE *restrict " stream ", char *restrict " buf );
+.BI "void setbuffer(FILE *restrict " stream ", char " buf "[restrict ." size ],
+.BI "            size_t "  size );
+.BI "void setlinebuf(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR setbuffer (),
+.BR setlinebuf ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and
+line buffered.
+When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on
+the destination file or terminal as soon as written; when it is block
+buffered, many characters are saved up and written as a block; when it is
+line buffered, characters are saved up until a newline is output or input is
+read from any stream attached to a terminal device (typically \fIstdin\fP).
+The function
+.BR fflush (3)
+may be used to force the block out early.
+(See
+.BR fclose (3).)
+.P
+Normally all files are block buffered.
+If a stream refers to a terminal (as
+.I stdout
+normally does), it is line buffered.
+The standard error stream
+.I stderr
+is always unbuffered by default.
+.P
+The
+.BR setvbuf ()
+function may be used on any open stream to change its buffer.
+The
+.I mode
+argument must be one of the following three macros:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B _IONBF
+unbuffered
+.TP
+.B _IOLBF
+line buffered
+.TP
+.B _IOFBF
+fully buffered
+.RE
+.P
+Except for unbuffered files, the
+.I buf
+argument should point to a buffer at least
+.I size
+bytes long; this buffer will be used instead of the current buffer.
+If the argument
+.I buf
+is NULL,
+only the mode is affected; a new buffer will be allocated on the next read
+or write operation.
+The
+.BR setvbuf ()
+function may be used only after opening a stream and before any other
+operations have been performed on it.
+.P
+The other three calls are, in effect, simply aliases for calls to
+.BR setvbuf ().
+The
+.BR setbuf ()
+function is exactly equivalent to the call
+.P
+.in +4n
+setvbuf(stream, buf, buf ? _IOFBF : _IONBF, BUFSIZ);
+.in
+.P
+The
+.BR setbuffer ()
+function is the same, except that the size of the buffer is up to the
+caller, rather than being determined by the default
+.BR BUFSIZ .
+The
+.BR setlinebuf ()
+function is exactly equivalent to the call:
+.P
+.in +4n
+setvbuf(stream, NULL, _IOLBF, 0);
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function
+.BR setvbuf ()
+returns 0 on success.
+It returns nonzero on failure
+.RI ( mode
+is invalid or the request cannot be honored).
+It may set
+.I errno
+on failure.
+.P
+The other functions do not return a value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setbuf (),
+.BR setbuffer (),
+.BR setlinebuf (),
+.BR setvbuf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR setbuf ()
+.TQ
+.BR setvbuf ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR setbuf ()
+.TQ
+.BR setvbuf ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+POSIX notes
+.\" https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=397#c799
+.\" 0000397: setbuf and errno
+that the value of
+.I errno
+is unspecified after a call to
+.BR setbuf ()
+and further notes that, since the value of
+.I errno
+is not required to be unchanged after a successful call to
+.BR setbuf (),
+applications should instead use
+.BR setvbuf ()
+in order to detect errors.
+.SH BUGS
+.\" The
+.\" .BR setbuffer ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR setlinebuf ()
+.\" functions are not portable to versions of BSD before 4.2BSD, and
+.\" are available under Linux since libc 4.5.21.
+.\" On 4.2BSD and 4.3BSD systems,
+.\" .BR setbuf ()
+.\" always uses a suboptimal buffer size and should be avoided.
+.\".P
+You must make sure that the space that
+.I buf
+points to still exists by the time
+.I stream
+is closed, which also happens at program termination.
+For example, the following is invalid:
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (setbuf.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char buf[BUFSIZ];
+\&
+    setbuf(stdout, buf);
+    printf("Hello, world!\en");
+    return 0;
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR stdbuf (1),
+.BR fclose (3),
+.BR fflush (3),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR fread (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR printf (3),
+.BR puts (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/setbuffer.3 b/man/man3/setbuffer.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc02d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setbuffer.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setcontext.3 b/man/man3/setcontext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01818d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setcontext.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getcontext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setenv.3 b/man/man3/setenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6f9683
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2004, 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:20:58 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Fri Feb 14 21:47:50 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified 9 Jun 2004, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"     Changed unsetenv() prototype; added EINVAL error
+.\"     Noted nonstandard behavior of setenv() if name contains '='
+.\" 2005-08-12, mtk, glibc 2.3.4 fixed the "name contains '='" bug
+.\"
+.TH setenv 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setenv \- change or add an environment variable
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int setenv(const char *" name ", const char *" value ", int " overwrite );
+.BI "int unsetenv(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR setenv (),
+.BR unsetenv ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR setenv ()
+function adds the variable
+.I name
+to the
+environment with the value
+.IR value ,
+if
+.I name
+does not
+already exist.
+If
+.I name
+does exist in the environment, then
+its value is changed to
+.I value
+if
+.I overwrite
+is nonzero;
+if
+.I overwrite
+is zero, then the value of
+.I name
+is not changed (and
+.BR setenv ()
+returns a success status).
+This function makes copies of the strings pointed to by
+.I name
+and
+.I value
+(by contrast with
+.BR putenv (3)).
+.P
+The
+.BR unsetenv ()
+function deletes the variable
+.I name
+from
+the environment.
+If
+.I name
+does not exist in the environment,
+then the function succeeds, and the environment is unchanged.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR setenv ()
+and
+.BR unsetenv ()
+functions return zero on success,
+or \-1 on error, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I name
+is NULL, points to a string of length 0,
+or contains an \[aq]=\[aq] character.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory to add a new variable to the environment.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setenv (),
+.BR unsetenv ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+Prior to glibc 2.2.2,
+.BR unsetenv ()
+was prototyped
+as returning
+.IR void ;
+more recent glibc versions follow the
+POSIX.1-compliant prototype shown in the SYNOPSIS.
+.SH CAVEATS
+POSIX.1 does not require
+.BR setenv ()
+or
+.BR unsetenv ()
+to be reentrant.
+.SH BUGS
+POSIX.1 specifies that if
+.I name
+contains an \[aq]=\[aq] character, then
+.BR setenv ()
+should fail with the error
+.BR EINVAL ;
+however, versions of glibc before glibc 2.3.4 allowed an \[aq]=\[aq] sign in
+.IR name .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR clearenv (3),
+.BR getenv (3),
+.BR putenv (3),
+.BR environ (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/setfsent.3 b/man/man3/setfsent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e6a3eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setfsent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getfsent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setgrent.3 b/man/man3/setgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bde736f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getgrent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sethostent.3 b/man/man3/sethostent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d0fb4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sethostent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostbyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sethostid.3 b/man/man3/sethostid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3210db0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sethostid.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gethostid.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setjmp.3 b/man/man3/setjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b42e0d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH setjmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setjmp, sigsetjmp, longjmp, siglongjmp  \- performing a nonlocal goto
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <setjmp.h>
+.P
+.BI "int setjmp(jmp_buf " env );
+.BI "int sigsetjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " savesigs );
+.P
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void longjmp(jmp_buf " env ", int " val );
+.BI "[[noreturn]] void siglongjmp(sigjmp_buf " env ", int " val );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR setjmp ():
+see NOTES.
+.P
+.BR sigsetjmp ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions described on this page are used for performing "nonlocal gotos":
+transferring execution from one function to a predetermined location
+in another function.
+The
+.BR setjmp ()
+function dynamically establishes the target to which control
+will later be transferred, and
+.BR longjmp ()
+performs the transfer of execution.
+.P
+The
+.BR setjmp ()
+function saves various information about the calling environment
+(typically, the stack pointer, the instruction pointer,
+possibly the values of other registers and the signal mask)
+in the buffer
+.I env
+for later use by
+.BR longjmp ().
+In this case,
+.BR setjmp ()
+returns 0.
+.P
+The
+.BR longjmp ()
+function uses the information saved in
+.I env
+to transfer control back to the point where
+.BR setjmp ()
+was called and to restore ("rewind") the stack to its state at the time of the
+.BR setjmp ()
+call.
+In addition, and depending on the implementation (see NOTES),
+the values of some other registers and the process signal mask
+may be restored to their state at the time of the
+.BR setjmp ()
+call.
+.P
+Following a successful
+.BR longjmp (),
+execution continues as if
+.BR setjmp ()
+had returned for a second time.
+This "fake" return can be distinguished from a true
+.BR setjmp ()
+call because the "fake" return returns the value provided in
+.IR val .
+If the programmer mistakenly passes the value 0 in
+.IR val ,
+the "fake" return will instead return 1.
+.SS sigsetjmp() and siglongjmp()
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+and
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+also perform nonlocal gotos, but provide predictable handling of
+the process signal mask.
+.P
+If, and only if, the
+.I savesigs
+argument provided to
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+is nonzero, the process's current signal mask is saved in
+.I env
+and will be restored if a
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+is later performed with this
+.IR env .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR setjmp ()
+and
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+return 0 when called directly;
+on the "fake" return that occurs after
+.BR longjmp ()
+or
+.BR siglongjmp (),
+the nonzero value specified in
+.I val
+is returned.
+.P
+The
+.BR longjmp ()
+or
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+functions do not return.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setjmp (),
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR longjmp (),
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR setjmp ()
+.TQ
+.BR longjmp ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+.TQ
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR setjmp ()
+.TQ
+.BR longjmp ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.TP
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+.TQ
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+POSIX does not specify whether
+.BR setjmp ()
+will save the signal mask
+(to be later restored during
+.BR longjmp ()).
+In System V it will not.
+In 4.3BSD it will, and there
+is a function
+.BR _setjmp ()
+that will not.
+The behavior under Linux depends on the glibc version
+and the setting of feature test macros.
+Before glibc 2.19,
+.BR setjmp ()
+follows the System V behavior by default,
+but the BSD behavior is provided if the
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+feature test macro is explicitly defined
+.\" so that _FAVOR_BSD is triggered
+and none of
+.BR _POSIX_SOURCE ,
+.BR _POSIX_C_SOURCE ,
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ,
+.\" .BR _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED ,
+.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+is defined.
+Since glibc 2.19,
+.I <setjmp.h>
+exposes only the System V version of
+.BR setjmp ().
+Programs that need the BSD semantics should replace calls to
+.BR setjmp ()
+with calls to
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+with a nonzero
+.I savesigs
+argument.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR setjmp ()
+and
+.BR longjmp ()
+can be useful for dealing with errors inside deeply nested function calls
+or to allow a signal handler to pass control to
+a specific point in the program,
+rather than returning to the point where the handler interrupted
+the main program.
+In the latter case,
+if you want to portably save and restore signal masks, use
+.BR sigsetjmp ()
+and
+.BR siglongjmp ().
+See also the discussion of program readability below.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The compiler may optimize variables into registers, and
+.BR longjmp ()
+may restore the values of other registers in addition to the
+stack pointer and program counter.
+Consequently, the values of automatic variables are unspecified
+after a call to
+.BR longjmp ()
+if they meet all the following criteria:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+they are local to the function that made the corresponding
+.BR setjmp ()
+call;
+.IP \[bu]
+their values are changed between the calls to
+.BR setjmp ()
+and
+.BR longjmp ();
+and
+.IP \[bu]
+they are not declared as
+.IR volatile .
+.P
+Analogous remarks apply for
+.BR siglongjmp ().
+.\"
+.SS Nonlocal gotos and program readability
+While it can be abused,
+the traditional C "goto" statement at least has the benefit that lexical cues
+(the goto statement and the target label)
+allow the programmer to easily perceive the flow of control.
+Nonlocal gotos provide no such cues: multiple
+.BR setjmp ()
+calls might employ the same
+.I jmp_buf
+variable so that the content of the variable may change
+over the lifetime of the application.
+Consequently, the programmer may be forced to perform detailed
+reading of the code to determine the dynamic target of a particular
+.BR longjmp ()
+call.
+(To make the programmer's life easier, each
+.BR setjmp ()
+call should employ a unique
+.I jmp_buf
+variable.)
+.P
+Adding further difficulty, the
+.BR setjmp ()
+and
+.BR longjmp ()
+calls may not even be in the same source code module.
+.P
+In summary, nonlocal gotos can make programs harder to understand
+and maintain, and an alternative should be used if possible.
+.\"
+.SS Undefined Behavior
+If the function which called
+.BR setjmp ()
+returns before
+.BR longjmp ()
+is called, the behavior is undefined.
+Some kind of subtle or unsubtle chaos is sure to result.
+.P
+If, in a multithreaded program, a
+.BR longjmp ()
+call employs an
+.I env
+buffer that was initialized by a call to
+.BR setjmp ()
+in a different thread, the behavior is undefined.
+.\"
+.\" The following statement appeared in versions up to POSIX.1-2008 TC1,
+.\" but is set to be removed in POSIX.1-2008 TC2:
+.\"
+.\"     According to POSIX.1, if a
+.\"     .BR longjmp ()
+.\"     call is performed from a nested signal handler
+.\"     (i.e., from a handler that was invoked in response to a signal that was
+.\"     generated while another signal was already in the process of being
+.\"     handled), the behavior is undefined.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2008 Technical Corrigendum 2 adds
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=516#c1195
+.BR longjmp ()
+and
+.BR siglongjmp ()
+to the list of async-signal-safe functions.
+However, the standard recommends avoiding the use of these functions
+from signal handlers and goes on to point out that
+if these functions are called from a signal handler that interrupted
+a call to a non-async-signal-safe function (or some equivalent,
+such as the steps equivalent to
+.BR exit (3)
+that occur upon a return from the initial call to
+.IR main ()),
+the behavior is undefined if the program subsequently makes a call to
+a non-async-signal-safe function.
+The only way of avoiding undefined behavior is to ensure one of the following:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+After long jumping from the signal handler,
+the program does not call any non-async-signal-safe functions
+and does not return from the initial call to
+.IR main ().
+.IP \[bu]
+Any signal whose handler performs a long jump must be blocked during
+.I every
+call to a non-async-signal-safe function and
+no non-async-signal-safe functions are called after
+returning from the initial call to
+.IR main ().
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR signal (7),
+.BR signal\-safety (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/setkey.3 b/man/man3/setkey.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e34c9e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setkey.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setkey_r.3 b/man/man3/setkey_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e34c9e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setkey_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/encrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setlinebuf.3 b/man/man3/setlinebuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc02d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setlinebuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setlocale.3 b/man/man3/setlocale.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe01130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setlocale.3
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright 1999 by Bruno Haible (haible@clisp.cons.org)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:20:12 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Tue Jul 15 16:49:10 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Sun Jul  4 14:52:16 1999 by Bruno Haible (haible@clisp.cons.org)
+.\" Modified Tue Aug 24 17:11:01 1999 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Tue Feb  6 03:31:55 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH setlocale 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setlocale \- set the current locale
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <locale.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *setlocale(int " category ", const char *" locale );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR setlocale ()
+function is used to set or query the program's current locale.
+.P
+If
+.I locale
+is not NULL,
+the program's current locale is modified according to the arguments.
+The argument
+.I category
+determines which parts of the program's current locale should be modified.
+.TS
+lB lB
+lB lx.
+Category	Governs
+LC_ALL	All of the locale
+LC_ADDRESS	T{
+Formatting of addresses and
+geography-related items (*)
+T}
+LC_COLLATE	String collation
+LC_CTYPE	Character classification
+LC_IDENTIFICATION	T{
+Metadata describing the locale (*)
+T}
+LC_MEASUREMENT	T{
+Settings related to measurements
+(metric versus US customary) (*)
+T}
+LC_MESSAGES	T{
+Localizable natural-language messages
+T}
+LC_MONETARY	T{
+Formatting of monetary values
+T}
+LC_NAME	T{
+Formatting of salutations for persons (*)
+T}
+LC_NUMERIC	T{
+Formatting of nonmonetary numeric values
+T}
+LC_PAPER	T{
+Settings related to the standard paper size (*)
+T}
+LC_TELEPHONE	T{
+Formats to be used with telephone services (*)
+T}
+LC_TIME	T{
+Formatting of date and time values
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+The categories marked with an asterisk in the above table
+are GNU extensions.
+For further information on these locale categories, see
+.BR locale (7).
+.P
+The argument
+.I locale
+is a pointer to a character string containing the
+required setting of
+.IR category .
+Such a string is either a well-known constant like "C" or "da_DK"
+(see below), or an opaque string that was returned by another call of
+.BR setlocale ().
+.P
+If
+.I locale
+is an empty string,
+.BR \[dq]\[dq] ,
+each part of the locale that should be modified is set according to the
+environment variables.
+The details are implementation-dependent.
+For glibc, first (regardless of
+.IR category ),
+the environment variable
+.B LC_ALL
+is inspected,
+next the environment variable with the same name as the category
+(see the table above),
+and finally the environment variable
+.BR LANG .
+The first existing environment variable is used.
+If its value is not a valid locale specification, the locale
+is unchanged, and
+.BR setlocale ()
+returns NULL.
+.P
+The locale
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
+or
+.B \[dq]POSIX\[dq]
+is a portable locale;
+it exists on all conforming systems.
+.P
+A locale name is typically of the form
+.IR language "[_" territory "][." codeset "][@" modifier "],"
+where
+.I language
+is an ISO\~639 language code,
+.I territory
+is an ISO\~3166 country code, and
+.I codeset
+is a character set or encoding identifier like
+.B "ISO\-8859\-1"
+or
+.BR "UTF\-8" .
+For a list of all supported locales, try "locale \-a" (see
+.BR locale (1)).
+.P
+If
+.I locale
+is NULL, the current locale is only queried, not modified.
+.P
+On startup of the main program, the portable
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
+locale is selected as default.
+A program may be made portable to all locales by calling:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+after program initialization, and then:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+using the values returned from a
+.BR localeconv (3)
+call for locale-dependent information;
+.IP \[bu]
+using the multibyte and wide character functions for text processing if
+.BR "MB_CUR_MAX > 1" ;
+.IP \[bu]
+using
+.BR strcoll (3)
+and
+.BR strxfrm (3)
+to compare strings; and
+.IP \[bu]
+using
+.BR wcscoll (3)
+and
+.BR wcsxfrm (3)
+to compare wide-character strings.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+A successful call to
+.BR setlocale ()
+returns an opaque string that corresponds to the locale set.
+This string may be allocated in static storage.
+The string returned is such that a subsequent call with that string
+and its associated category will restore that part of the process's
+locale.
+The return value is NULL if the request cannot be honored.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setlocale ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe const:locale env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SS Categories
+.TP
+.B LC_ALL
+.TQ
+.B LC_COLLATE
+.TQ
+.B LC_CTYPE
+.TQ
+.B LC_MONETARY
+.TQ
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+.TQ
+.B LC_TIME
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+Others:
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SS Categories
+.TP
+.B LC_ALL
+.TQ
+.B LC_COLLATE
+.TQ
+.B LC_CTYPE
+.TQ
+.B LC_MONETARY
+.TQ
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+.TQ
+.B LC_TIME
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+Others:
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR localedef (1),
+.BR isalpha (3),
+.BR localeconv (3),
+.BR nl_langinfo (3),
+.BR rpmatch (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR strftime (3),
+.BR charsets (7),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/setlogmask.3 b/man/man3/setlogmask.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4a5ddb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setlogmask.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH setlogmask 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setlogmask \- set log priority mask
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <syslog.h>
+.P
+.BI "int setlogmask(int " mask );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A process has a log priority mask that determines which calls to
+.BR syslog (3)
+may be logged.
+All other calls will be ignored.
+Logging is enabled for the priorities that have the corresponding
+bit set in
+.IR mask .
+The initial mask is such that logging is enabled for all priorities.
+.P
+The
+.BR setlogmask ()
+function sets this logmask for the calling process,
+and returns the previous mask.
+If the
+.I mask
+argument is
+.BR 0 ,
+the current logmask is not modified.
+.P
+The eight priorities are
+.BR LOG_EMERG ,
+.BR LOG_ALERT ,
+.BR LOG_CRIT ,
+.BR LOG_ERR ,
+.BR LOG_WARNING ,
+.BR LOG_NOTICE ,
+.BR LOG_INFO ,
+and
+.BR LOG_DEBUG .
+The bit corresponding to a priority
+.I p
+is
+.IR LOG_MASK(p) .
+Some systems also provide a macro
+.I LOG_UPTO(p)
+for the mask
+of all priorities in the above list up to and including
+.IR p .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function returns the previous log priority mask.
+.SH ERRORS
+None.
+.\" .SH NOTES
+.\" The glibc logmask handling was broken before glibc 2.1.1.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setlogmask ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:LogMask
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" Note that the description in POSIX.1-2001 is flawed.
+.P
+.BR LOG_UPTO ()
+will be included in the next release of the POSIX specification (Issue 8).
+.\" FIXME . https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1033
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR closelog (3),
+.BR openlog (3),
+.BR syslog (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/setmntent.3 b/man/man3/setmntent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2bb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setmntent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getmntent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setnetent.3 b/man/man3/setnetent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f5670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setnetent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getnetent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setnetgrent.3 b/man/man3/setnetgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b47d4d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setnetgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2002 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\"  based on glibc infopages
+.\" polished - aeb
+.\"
+.TH setnetgrent 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+setnetgrent, endnetgrent, getnetgrent, getnetgrent_r, innetgr \-
+handle network group entries
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <netdb.h>
+.P
+.BI "int setnetgrent(const char *" netgroup );
+.B "void endnetgrent(void);"
+.P
+.BI "int getnetgrent(char **restrict " host ,
+.BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain );
+.BI "int getnetgrent_r(char **restrict " host ,
+.BI "            char **restrict " user ", char **restrict " domain ,
+.BI "            char " buf "[restrict ." buflen "], size_t " buflen );
+.P
+.BI "int innetgr(const char *" netgroup ", const char *" host ,
+.BI "            const char *" user ", const char *" domain );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR \%setnetgrent (),
+.BR \%endnetgrent (),
+.BR \%getnetgrent (),
+.BR \%getnetgrent_r (),
+.BR \%innetgr ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I netgroup
+is a SunOS invention.
+A netgroup database is a list of string triples
+.RI ( hostname ", " username ", " domainname )
+or other netgroup names.
+Any of the elements in a triple can be empty,
+which means that anything matches.
+The functions described here allow access to the netgroup databases.
+The file
+.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+defines what database is searched.
+.P
+The
+.BR setnetgrent ()
+call defines the netgroup that will be searched by subsequent
+.BR getnetgrent ()
+calls.
+The
+.BR getnetgrent ()
+function retrieves the next netgroup entry, and returns pointers in
+.IR host ,
+.IR user ,
+.IR domain .
+A null pointer means that the corresponding entry matches any string.
+The pointers are valid only as long as there is no call to other
+netgroup-related functions.
+To avoid this problem you can use the GNU function
+.BR getnetgrent_r ()
+that stores the strings in the supplied buffer.
+To free all allocated buffers use
+.BR endnetgrent ().
+.P
+In most cases you want to check only if the triplet
+.RI ( hostname ", " username ", " domainname )
+is a member of a netgroup.
+The function
+.BR innetgr ()
+can be used for this without calling the above three functions.
+Again, a null pointer is a wildcard and matches any string.
+The function is thread-safe.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return 1 on success and 0 for failure.
+.SH FILES
+.I /etc/netgroup
+.br
+.I /etc/nsswitch.conf
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR setnetgrent (),
+.BR getnetgrent_r (),
+.BR innetgr ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
+locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR endnetgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getnetgrent ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:netgrent
+race:netgrentbuf locale
+T}
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I netgrent
+in
+.I race:netgrent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setnetgrent (),
+.BR getnetgrent_r (),
+.BR innetgr (),
+.BR getnetgrent (),
+or
+.BR endnetgrent ()
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.SH VERSIONS
+In the BSD implementation,
+.BR setnetgrent ()
+returns void.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.BR setnetgrent (),
+.BR endnetgrent (),
+.BR getnetgrent (),
+and
+.BR innetgr ()
+are available on most UNIX systems.
+.BR getnetgrent_r ()
+is not widely available on other systems.
+.\" getnetgrent_r() is on Solaris 8 and AIX 5.1, but not the BSDs.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sethostent (3),
+.BR setprotoent (3),
+.BR setservent (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/setprotoent.3 b/man/man3/setprotoent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8cb4bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setprotoent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getprotoent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setpwent.3 b/man/man3/setpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d121b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getpwent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setrpcent.3 b/man/man3/setrpcent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923085e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setrpcent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getrpcent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setservent.3 b/man/man3/setservent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaafb1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setservent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getservent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setspent.3 b/man/man3/setspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setstate.3 b/man/man3/setstate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e34104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setstate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setstate_r.3 b/man/man3/setstate_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01937f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setstate_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setttyent.3 b/man/man3/setttyent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd11e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setttyent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getttyent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setusershell.3 b/man/man3/setusershell.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..718ed12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setusershell.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getusershell.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setutent.3 b/man/man3/setutent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setutent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setutxent.3 b/man/man3/setutxent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setutxent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/setvbuf.3 b/man/man3/setvbuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc02d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/setvbuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setbuf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sgetspent.3 b/man/man3/sgetspent.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sgetspent.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sgetspent_r.3 b/man/man3/sgetspent_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sgetspent_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/shm_open.3 b/man/man3/shm_open.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..257e460
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/shm_open.3
@@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002, 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH shm_open 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+shm_open, shm_unlink \- create/open or unlink POSIX shared memory objects
+.SH LIBRARY
+Real-time library
+.RI ( librt ", " \-lrt )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/mman.h>
+.BR "#include <sys/stat.h>" "        /* For mode constants */"
+.BR "#include <fcntl.h>" "           /* For O_* constants */"
+.P
+.BI "int shm_open(const char *" name ", int " oflag ", mode_t " mode );
+.BI "int shm_unlink(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR shm_open ()
+creates and opens a new, or opens an existing, POSIX shared memory object.
+A POSIX shared memory object is in effect a handle which can
+be used by unrelated processes to
+.BR mmap (2)
+the same region of shared memory.
+The
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+function performs the converse operation,
+removing an object previously created by
+.BR shm_open ().
+.P
+The operation of
+.BR shm_open ()
+is analogous to that of
+.BR open (2).
+.I name
+specifies the shared memory object to be created or opened.
+For portable use,
+a shared memory object should be identified by a name of the form
+.IR /somename ;
+that is, a null-terminated string of up to
+.B NAME_MAX
+(i.e., 255) characters consisting of an initial slash,
+.\" glibc allows the initial slash to be omitted, and makes
+.\" multiple initial slashes equivalent to a single slash.
+.\" This differs from the implementation of POSIX message queues.
+followed by one or more characters, none of which are slashes.
+.\" glibc allows subdirectory components in the name, in which
+.\" case the subdirectory must exist under /dev/shm, and allow the
+.\" required permissions if a user wants to create a shared memory
+.\" object in that subdirectory.
+.P
+.I oflag
+is a bit mask created by ORing together exactly one of
+.B O_RDONLY
+or
+.B O_RDWR
+and any of the other flags listed here:
+.TP
+.B O_RDONLY
+Open the object for read access.
+A shared memory object opened in this way can be
+.BR mmap (2)ed
+only for read
+.RB ( PROT_READ )
+access.
+.TP
+.B O_RDWR
+Open the object for read-write access.
+.TP
+.B O_CREAT
+Create the shared memory object if it does not exist.
+The user and group ownership of the object are taken
+from the corresponding effective IDs of the calling process,
+.\" In truth it is actually the filesystem IDs on Linux, but these
+.\" are nearly always the same as the effective IDs.  (MTK, Jul 05)
+and the object's
+permission bits are set according to the low-order 9 bits of
+.IR mode ,
+except that those bits set in the process file mode
+creation mask (see
+.BR umask (2))
+are cleared for the new object.
+A set of macro constants which can be used to define
+.I mode
+is listed in
+.BR open (2).
+(Symbolic definitions of these constants can be obtained by including
+.IR <sys/stat.h> .)
+.IP
+A new shared memory object initially has zero length\[em]the size of the
+object can be set using
+.BR ftruncate (2).
+The newly allocated bytes of a shared memory
+object are automatically initialized to 0.
+.TP
+.B O_EXCL
+If
+.B O_CREAT
+was also specified, and a shared memory object with the given
+.I name
+already exists, return an error.
+The check for the existence of the object, and its creation if it
+does not exist, are performed atomically.
+.TP
+.B O_TRUNC
+If the shared memory object already exists, truncate it to zero bytes.
+.P
+Definitions of these flag values can be obtained by including
+.IR <fcntl.h> .
+.P
+On successful completion
+.BR shm_open ()
+returns a new file descriptor referring to the shared memory object.
+This file descriptor is guaranteed to be the lowest-numbered file descriptor
+not previously opened within the process.
+The
+.B FD_CLOEXEC
+flag (see
+.BR fcntl (2))
+is set for the file descriptor.
+.P
+The file descriptor is normally used in subsequent calls
+to
+.BR ftruncate (2)
+(for a newly created object) and
+.BR mmap (2).
+After a call to
+.BR mmap (2)
+the file descriptor may be closed without affecting the memory mapping.
+.P
+The operation
+of
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+is analogous to
+.BR unlink (2):
+it removes a shared memory object name, and, once all processes
+have unmapped the object, deallocates and
+destroys the contents of the associated memory region.
+After a successful
+.BR shm_unlink (),
+attempts to
+.BR shm_open ()
+an object with the same
+.I name
+fail (unless
+.B O_CREAT
+was specified, in which case a new, distinct object is created).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR shm_open ()
+returns a file descriptor (a nonnegative integer).
+On success,
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+returns 0.
+On failure, both functions return \-1 and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Permission to
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+the shared memory object was denied.
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Permission was denied to
+.BR shm_open ()
+.I name
+in the specified
+.IR mode ,
+or
+.B O_TRUNC
+was specified and the caller does not have write permission on the object.
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+Both
+.B O_CREAT
+and
+.B O_EXCL
+were specified to
+.BR shm_open ()
+and the shared memory object specified by
+.I name
+already exists.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I name
+argument to
+.BR shm_open ()
+was invalid.
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+The length of
+.I name
+exceeds
+.BR PATH_MAX .
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+An attempt was made to
+.BR shm_open ()
+a
+.I name
+that did not exist, and
+.B O_CREAT
+was not specified.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+An attempt was to made to
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+a
+.I name
+that does not exist.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR shm_open (),
+.BR shm_unlink ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX leaves the behavior of the combination of
+.B O_RDONLY
+and
+.B O_TRUNC
+unspecified.
+On Linux, this will successfully truncate an existing
+shared memory object\[em]this may not be so on other UNIX systems.
+.P
+The POSIX shared memory object implementation on Linux makes use
+of a dedicated
+.BR tmpfs (5)
+filesystem that is normally mounted under
+.IR /dev/shm .
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 says that the group ownership of a newly created shared
+memory object is set to either the calling process's effective group ID
+or "a system default group ID".
+POSIX.1-2008 says that the group ownership
+may be set to either the calling process's effective group ID
+or, if the object is visible in the filesystem,
+the group ID of the parent directory.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The programs below employ POSIX shared memory and POSIX unnamed semaphores
+to exchange a piece of data.
+The "bounce" program (which must be run first) raises the case
+of a string that is placed into the shared memory by the "send" program.
+Once the data has been modified, the "send" program then prints
+the contents of the modified shared memory.
+An example execution of the two programs is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./pshm_ucase_bounce /myshm &\fP
+[1] 270171
+$ \fB./pshm_ucase_send /myshm hello\fP
+HELLO
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Further detail about these programs is provided below.
+.\"
+.SS Program source: pshm_ucase.h
+The following header file is included by both programs below.
+Its primary purpose is to define a structure that will be imposed
+on the memory object that is shared between the two programs.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase.h)
+.EX
+#ifndef PSHM_UCASE_H
+#define PSHM_UCASE_H
+\&
+#include <semaphore.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+#define errExit(msg)    do { perror(msg); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); \e
+                        } while (0)
+\&
+#define BUF_SIZE 1024   /* Maximum size for exchanged string */
+\&
+/* Define a structure that will be imposed on the shared
+   memory object */
+\&
+struct shmbuf {
+    sem_t  sem1;            /* POSIX unnamed semaphore */
+    sem_t  sem2;            /* POSIX unnamed semaphore */
+    size_t cnt;             /* Number of bytes used in \[aq]buf\[aq] */
+    char   buf[BUF_SIZE];   /* Data being transferred */
+};
+\&
+#endif  // include guard
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.\"
+.SS Program source: pshm_ucase_bounce.c
+The "bounce" program creates a new shared memory object with the name
+given in its command-line argument and sizes the object to
+match the size of the
+.I shmbuf
+structure defined in the header file.
+It then maps the object into the process's address space,
+and initializes two POSIX semaphores inside the object to 0.
+.P
+After the "send" program has posted the first of the semaphores,
+the "bounce" program upper cases the data that has been placed
+in the memory by the "send" program and then posts the second semaphore
+to tell the "send" program that it may now access the shared memory.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_bounce.c)
+.EX
+/* pshm_ucase_bounce.c
+\&
+   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
+*/
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#include "pshm_ucase.h"
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int            fd;
+    char           *shmpath;
+    struct shmbuf  *shmp;
+\&
+    if (argc != 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s /shm\-path\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    shmpath = argv[1];
+\&
+    /* Create shared memory object and set its size to the size
+       of our structure. */
+\&
+    fd = shm_open(shmpath, O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_RDWR, 0600);
+    if (fd == \-1)
+        errExit("shm_open");
+\&
+    if (ftruncate(fd, sizeof(struct shmbuf)) == \-1)
+        errExit("ftruncate");
+\&
+    /* Map the object into the caller\[aq]s address space. */
+\&
+    shmp = mmap(NULL, sizeof(*shmp), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+    if (shmp == MAP_FAILED)
+        errExit("mmap");
+\&
+    /* Initialize semaphores as process\-shared, with value 0. */
+\&
+    if (sem_init(&shmp\->sem1, 1, 0) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_init\-sem1");
+    if (sem_init(&shmp\->sem2, 1, 0) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_init\-sem2");
+\&
+    /* Wait for \[aq]sem1\[aq] to be posted by peer before touching
+       shared memory. */
+\&
+    if (sem_wait(&shmp\->sem1) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_wait");
+\&
+    /* Convert data in shared memory into upper case. */
+\&
+    for (size_t j = 0; j < shmp\->cnt; j++)
+        shmp\->buf[j] = toupper((unsigned char) shmp\->buf[j]);
+\&
+    /* Post \[aq]sem2\[aq] to tell the peer that it can now
+       access the modified data in shared memory. */
+\&
+    if (sem_post(&shmp\->sem2) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_post");
+\&
+    /* Unlink the shared memory object. Even if the peer process
+       is still using the object, this is okay. The object will
+       be removed only after all open references are closed. */
+\&
+    shm_unlink(shmpath);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.\"
+.SS Program source: pshm_ucase_send.c
+The "send" program takes two command-line arguments:
+the pathname of a shared memory object previously created by the "bounce"
+program and a string that is to be copied into that object.
+.P
+The program opens the shared memory object
+and maps the object into its address space.
+It then copies the data specified in its second argument
+into the shared memory,
+and posts the first semaphore,
+which tells the "bounce" program that it can now access that data.
+After the "bounce" program posts the second semaphore,
+the "send" program prints the contents of the shared memory
+on standard output.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.\" SRC BEGIN (pshm_ucase_send.c)
+.EX
+/* pshm_ucase_send.c
+\&
+   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
+*/
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+\&
+#include "pshm_ucase.h"
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int            fd;
+    char           *shmpath, *string;
+    size_t         len;
+    struct shmbuf  *shmp;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s /shm\-path string\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    shmpath = argv[1];
+    string = argv[2];
+    len = strlen(string);
+\&
+    if (len > BUF_SIZE) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "String is too long\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* Open the existing shared memory object and map it
+       into the caller\[aq]s address space. */
+\&
+    fd = shm_open(shmpath, O_RDWR, 0);
+    if (fd == \-1)
+        errExit("shm_open");
+\&
+    shmp = mmap(NULL, sizeof(*shmp), PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+                MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
+    if (shmp == MAP_FAILED)
+        errExit("mmap");
+\&
+    /* Copy data into the shared memory object. */
+\&
+    shmp\->cnt = len;
+    memcpy(&shmp\->buf, string, len);
+\&
+    /* Tell peer that it can now access shared memory. */
+\&
+    if (sem_post(&shmp\->sem1) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_post");
+\&
+    /* Wait until peer says that it has finished accessing
+       the shared memory. */
+\&
+    if (sem_wait(&shmp\->sem2) == \-1)
+        errExit("sem_wait");
+\&
+    /* Write modified data in shared memory to standard output. */
+\&
+    write(STDOUT_FILENO, &shmp\->buf, len);
+    write(STDOUT_FILENO, "\en", 1);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR fchmod (2),
+.BR fchown (2),
+.BR fcntl (2),
+.BR fstat (2),
+.BR ftruncate (2),
+.BR memfd_create (2),
+.BR mmap (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR umask (2),
+.BR shm_overview (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/shm_unlink.3 b/man/man3/shm_unlink.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f2986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/shm_unlink.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/shm_open.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigabbrev_np.3 b/man/man3/sigabbrev_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f64f756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigabbrev_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigaddset.3 b/man/man3/sigaddset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigaddset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigandset.3 b/man/man3/sigandset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigandset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigblock.3 b/man/man3/sigblock.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5582b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigblock.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigdelset.3 b/man/man3/sigdelset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigdelset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigdescr_np.3 b/man/man3/sigdescr_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f64f756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigdescr_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigemptyset.3 b/man/man3/sigemptyset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigemptyset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigfillset.3 b/man/man3/sigfillset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigfillset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/siggetmask.3 b/man/man3/siggetmask.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5582b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/siggetmask.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sighold.3 b/man/man3/sighold.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e1d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sighold.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigignore.3 b/man/man3/sigignore.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e1d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigignore.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/siginterrupt.3 b/man/man3/siginterrupt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82c17e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/siginterrupt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:51 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sun Apr 14 16:20:34 1996 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.TH siginterrupt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+siginterrupt \- allow signals to interrupt system calls
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int siginterrupt(int " sig ", int " flag );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR siginterrupt ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR siginterrupt ()
+function changes the restart behavior when
+a system call is interrupted by the signal \fIsig\fP.
+If the \fIflag\fP
+argument is false (0), then system calls will be restarted if interrupted
+by the specified signal \fIsig\fP.
+This is the default behavior in Linux.
+.P
+If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and no data has been transferred,
+then a system call interrupted by the signal \fIsig\fP will return \-1
+and \fIerrno\fP will be set to
+.BR EINTR .
+.P
+If the \fIflag\fP argument is true (1) and data transfer has started,
+then the system call will be interrupted and will return the actual
+amount of data transferred.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR siginterrupt ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+It returns \-1 if the
+signal number
+.I sig
+is invalid, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The specified signal number is invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR siginterrupt ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe const:sigintr
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008,
+recommending the use of
+.BR sigaction (2)
+with the
+.B SA_RESTART
+flag instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR signal (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigisemptyset.3 b/man/man3/sigisemptyset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigisemptyset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigismember.3 b/man/man3/sigismember.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigismember.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/siglongjmp.3 b/man/man3/siglongjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cf497f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/siglongjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigmask.3 b/man/man3/sigmask.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5582b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigmask.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/signbit.3 b/man/man3/signbit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c39fc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/signbit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
+.\"
+.TH signbit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+signbit \- test sign of a real floating-point number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <math.h>"
+.P
+.BI  "int signbit(" x ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR signbit ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR signbit ()
+is a generic macro which can work on all real floating-point types.
+It returns a nonzero value if the value of
+.I x
+has its sign bit set.
+.P
+This is not the same as
+.IR "x < 0.0" ,
+because IEEE 754 floating point allows zero to be signed.
+The comparison
+.I \-0.0\~<\~0.0
+is false, but
+.I signbit(\-0.0)
+will return a nonzero value.
+.P
+NaNs and infinities have a sign bit.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR signbit ()
+macro returns nonzero if the sign of
+.I x
+is negative; otherwise it returns zero.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR signbit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.P
+This function is defined in IEC 559 (and the appendix with
+recommended functions in IEEE 754/IEEE 854).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR copysign (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/signgam.3 b/man/man3/signgam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be0ed98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/signgam.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/lgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/significand.3 b/man/man3/significand.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1966d24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/significand.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" heavily based on glibc infopages, copyright Free Software Foundation
+.\"
+.TH significand 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+significand, significandf, significandl \-
+get mantissa of floating-point number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double significand(double " x );
+.BI "float significandf(float " x );
+.BI "long double significandl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR significand (),
+.BR significandf (),
+.BR significandl ():
+.nf
+    /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the mantissa of
+.I x
+scaled to the range
+.RB [ 1 ,\~ FLT_RADIX ).
+They are equivalent to
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+scalb(x, (double) \-ilogb(x))
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+This function exists mainly for use in certain standardized tests
+for IEEE 754 conformance.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR significand (),
+.BR significandf (),
+.BR significandl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.TP
+.BR significand ()
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR significand ()
+BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ilogb (3),
+.BR scalb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/significandf.3 b/man/man3/significandf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ae39f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/significandf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/significand.3
diff --git a/man/man3/significandl.3 b/man/man3/significandl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ae39f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/significandl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/significand.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigorset.3 b/man/man3/sigorset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c730781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigorset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigsetops.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigpause.3 b/man/man3/sigpause.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd93593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigpause.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2004 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sigpause 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigpause \- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sigmask ");  /* BSD (but see NOTES) */"
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigpause(int " sig ");      /* POSIX.1 / SysV / UNIX 95 */"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Don't use this function.
+Use
+.BR sigsuspend (2)
+instead.
+.P
+The function
+.BR sigpause ()
+is designed to wait for some signal.
+It changes the process's signal mask (set of blocked signals),
+and then waits for a signal to arrive.
+Upon arrival of a signal, the original signal mask is restored.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.BR sigpause ()
+returns, it was interrupted by a signal and the return value is \-1
+with
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EINTR .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigpause ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
+.\" marking in glibc manual is more detailed:
+.\"
+.\" sigpause: MT-Unsafe race:sigprocmask/!bsd!linux
+.\"
+.\" glibc manual says /!linux!bsd indicate the preceding marker only applies
+.\" when the underlying kernel is neither Linux nor a BSD kernel.
+.\" So, it is safe in Linux kernel.
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux, this routine is a system call only on the Sparc (sparc64)
+architecture.
+.P
+.\" Libc4 and libc5 know only about the BSD version.
+.\"
+glibc uses the BSD version if the
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined and none of
+.BR _POSIX_SOURCE ,
+.BR _POSIX_C_SOURCE ,
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ,
+.BR _GNU_SOURCE ,
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+is defined.
+Otherwise, the System V version is used,
+and feature test macros must be defined as follows to obtain the declaration:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+Since glibc 2.26:
+_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\" || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+.IP \[bu]
+glibc 2.25 and earlier: _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.P
+Since glibc 2.19, only the System V version is exposed by
+.IR <signal.h> ;
+applications that formerly used the BSD
+.BR sigpause ()
+should be amended to use
+.BR sigsuspend (2).
+.\"
+.\" For the BSD version, one usually uses a zero
+.\" .I sigmask
+.\" to indicate that no signals are to be blocked.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsoleted in POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+The classical BSD version of this function appeared in 4.2BSD.
+It sets the process's signal mask to
+.IR sigmask .
+UNIX 95 standardized the incompatible System V version of
+this function, which removes only the specified signal
+.I sig
+from the process's signal mask.
+.\" __xpg_sigpause: UNIX 95, spec 1170, SVID, SVr4, XPG
+The unfortunate situation with two incompatible functions with the
+same name was solved by the
+.BR \%sigsuspend (2)
+function, that takes a
+.I "sigset_t\ *"
+argument (instead of an
+.IR int ).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR sigsuspend (2),
+.BR sigblock (3),
+.BR sigvec (3),
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigqueue.3 b/man/man3/sigqueue.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..341d942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigqueue.3
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" added note on self-signaling, aeb, 2002-06-07
+.\" added note on CAP_KILL, mtk, 2004-06-16
+.\"
+.TH sigqueue 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigqueue \- queue a signal and data to a process
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sigqueue(pid_t " pid ", int " sig ", const union sigval " value );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sigqueue ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sigqueue ()
+sends the signal specified in
+.I sig
+to the process whose PID is given in
+.IR pid .
+The permissions required to send a signal are the same as for
+.BR kill (2).
+As with
+.BR kill (2),
+the null signal (0) can be used to check if a process with a given
+PID exists.
+.P
+The
+.I value
+argument is used to specify an accompanying item of data (either an integer
+or a pointer value) to be sent with the signal, and has the following type:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+union sigval {
+    int   sival_int;
+    void *sival_ptr;
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the
+.B SA_SIGINFO
+flag to
+.BR sigaction (2),
+then it can obtain this data via the
+.I si_value
+field of the
+.I siginfo_t
+structure passed as the second argument to the handler.
+Furthermore, the
+.I si_code
+field of that structure will be set to
+.BR SI_QUEUE .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR sigqueue ()
+returns 0, indicating that the signal was successfully
+queued to the receiving process.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EAGAIN
+The limit of signals which may be queued has been reached.
+(See
+.BR signal (7)
+for further information.)
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I sig
+was invalid.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+The process does not have permission to send the signal
+to the receiving process.
+For the required permissions, see
+.BR kill (2).
+.TP
+.B ESRCH
+No process has a PID matching
+.IR pid .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigqueue ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS C library/kernel differences
+On Linux,
+.BR sigqueue ()
+is implemented using the
+.BR rt_sigqueueinfo (2)
+system call.
+The system call differs in its third argument, which is the
+.I siginfo_t
+structure that will be supplied to the receiving process's
+signal handler or returned by the receiving process's
+.BR sigtimedwait (2)
+call.
+Inside the glibc
+.BR sigqueue ()
+wrapper, this argument,
+.IR uinfo ,
+is initialized as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+uinfo.si_signo = sig;      /* Argument supplied to sigqueue() */
+uinfo.si_code = SI_QUEUE;
+uinfo.si_pid = getpid();   /* Process ID of sender */
+uinfo.si_uid = getuid();   /* Real UID of sender */
+uinfo.si_value = val;      /* Argument supplied to sigqueue() */
+.EE
+.in
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+Linux 2.2.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+If this function results in the sending of a signal to the process
+that invoked it, and that signal was not blocked by the calling thread,
+and no other threads were willing to handle this signal (either by
+having it unblocked, or by waiting for it using
+.BR sigwait (3)),
+then at least some signal must be delivered to this thread before this
+function returns.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR rt_sigqueueinfo (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR pthread_sigqueue (3),
+.BR sigwait (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigrelse.3 b/man/man3/sigrelse.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e1d3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigrelse.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigset.3 b/man/man3/sigset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..195b5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigset.3
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sigset 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigset, sighold, sigrelse, sigignore \- System V signal API
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] sighandler_t sigset(int " sig ", sighandler_t " disp );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sighold(int " sig );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigrelse(int " sig );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigignore(int " sig );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sigset (),
+.BR sighold (),
+.BR sigrelse (),
+.BR sigignore ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are provided in glibc as a compatibility interface
+for programs that make use of the historical System V signal API.
+This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
+.RB ( sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+etc.)
+.P
+The
+.BR sigset ()
+function modifies the disposition of the signal
+.IR sig .
+The
+.I disp
+argument can be the address of a signal handler function,
+or one of the following constants:
+.TP
+.B SIG_DFL
+Reset the disposition of
+.I sig
+to the default.
+.TP
+.B SIG_IGN
+Ignore
+.IR sig .
+.TP
+.B SIG_HOLD
+Add
+.I sig
+to the process's signal mask, but leave the disposition of
+.I sig
+unchanged.
+.P
+If
+.I disp
+specifies the address of a signal handler, then
+.I sig
+is added to the process's signal mask during execution of the handler.
+.P
+If
+.I disp
+was specified as a value other than
+.BR SIG_HOLD ,
+then
+.I sig
+is removed from the process's signal mask.
+.P
+The dispositions for
+.B SIGKILL
+and
+.B SIGSTOP
+cannot be changed.
+.P
+The
+.BR sighold ()
+function adds
+.I sig
+to the calling process's signal mask.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigrelse ()
+function removes
+.I sig
+from the calling process's signal mask.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigignore ()
+function sets the disposition of
+.I sig
+to
+.BR SIG_IGN .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR sigset ()
+returns
+.B SIG_HOLD
+if
+.I sig
+was blocked before the call,
+or the signal's previous disposition
+if it was not blocked before the call.
+On error,
+.BR sigset ()
+returns \-1, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+(But see BUGS below.)
+.P
+The
+.BR sighold (),
+.BR sigrelse (),
+and
+.BR sigignore ()
+functions return 0 on success; on error, these functions return \-1 and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+For
+.BR sigset ()
+see the ERRORS under
+.BR sigaction (2)
+and
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+.P
+For
+.BR sighold ()
+and
+.BR sigrelse ()
+see the ERRORS under
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+.P
+For
+.BR sigignore (),
+see the errors under
+.BR sigaction (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigset (),
+.BR sighold (),
+.BR sigrelse (),
+.BR sigignore ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.I sighandler_t
+GNU.
+POSIX.1 uses the same type but without a
+.IR typedef .
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2008 marks these functions
+as obsolete, recommending the use of
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3),
+and
+.BR sigsuspend (2)
+instead.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR sigset ()
+function provides reliable signal handling semantics (as when calling
+.BR sigaction (2)
+with
+.I sa_mask
+equal to 0).
+.P
+On System V, the
+.BR signal ()
+function provides unreliable semantics (as when calling
+.BR sigaction (2)
+with
+.I sa_mask
+equal to
+.IR "SA_RESETHAND | SA_NODEFER" ).
+On BSD,
+.BR signal ()
+provides reliable semantics.
+POSIX.1-2001 leaves these aspects of
+.BR signal ()
+unspecified.
+See
+.BR signal (2)
+for further details.
+.P
+In order to wait for a signal,
+BSD and System V both provided a function named
+.BR sigpause (3),
+but this function has a different argument on the two systems.
+See
+.BR sigpause (3)
+for details.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.2,
+.BR sigset ()
+did not unblock
+.I sig
+if
+.I disp
+was specified as a value other than
+.BR SIG_HOLD .
+.P
+Before glibc 2.5,
+.BR sigset ()
+does not correctly return the previous disposition of the signal
+in two cases.
+First, if
+.I disp
+is specified as
+.BR SIG_HOLD ,
+then a successful
+.BR sigset ()
+always returns
+.BR SIG_HOLD .
+Instead, it should return the previous disposition of the signal
+(unless the signal was blocked, in which case
+.B SIG_HOLD
+should be returned).
+Second, if the signal is currently blocked, then
+the return value of a successful
+.BR sigset ()
+should be
+.BR SIG_HOLD .
+Instead, the previous disposition of the signal is returned.
+These problems have been fixed since glibc 2.5.
+.\" See http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=1951
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR pause (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR raise (3),
+.BR sigpause (3),
+.BR sigvec (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigsetjmp.3 b/man/man3/sigsetjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cf497f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigsetjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setjmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigsetmask.3 b/man/man3/sigsetmask.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5582b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigsetmask.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sigvec.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sigsetops.3 b/man/man3/sigsetops.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd1ea9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigsetops.3
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Mike Battersby
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified by aeb, 960721
+.\" 2005-11-21, mtk, added descriptions of sigisemptyset(), sigandset(),
+.\"                  and sigorset()
+.\" 2007-10-26 mdw   added wording that a sigset_t must be initialized
+.\"                  prior to use
+.\"
+.TH SIGSETOPS 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigemptyset, sigfillset, sigaddset, sigdelset, sigismember \- POSIX
+signal set operations
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sigemptyset(sigset_t *" set );
+.BI "int sigfillset(sigset_t *" set );
+.P
+.BI "int sigaddset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
+.BI "int sigdelset(sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
+.P
+.BI "int sigismember(const sigset_t *" set ", int " signum );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sigemptyset (),
+.BR sigfillset (),
+.BR sigaddset (),
+.BR sigdelset (),
+.BR sigismember ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions allow the manipulation of POSIX signal sets.
+.P
+.BR sigemptyset ()
+initializes the signal set given by
+.I set
+to empty, with all signals excluded from the set.
+.P
+.BR sigfillset ()
+initializes
+.I set
+to full, including all signals.
+.P
+.BR sigaddset ()
+and
+.BR sigdelset ()
+add and delete respectively signal
+.I signum
+from
+.IR set .
+.P
+.BR sigismember ()
+tests whether
+.I signum
+is a member of
+.IR set .
+.P
+Objects of type
+.I sigset_t
+must be initialized by a call to either
+.BR sigemptyset ()
+or
+.BR sigfillset ()
+before being passed to the functions
+.BR sigaddset (),
+.BR sigdelset (),
+and
+.BR sigismember ()
+or the additional glibc functions described below
+.RB ( sigisemptyset (),
+.BR sigandset (),
+and
+.BR sigorset ()).
+The results are undefined if this is not done.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR sigemptyset (),
+.BR sigfillset (),
+.BR sigaddset (),
+and
+.BR sigdelset ()
+return 0 on success and \-1 on error.
+.P
+.BR sigismember ()
+returns 1 if
+.I signum
+is a member of
+.IR set ,
+0 if
+.I signum
+is not a member, and \-1 on error.
+.P
+On error, these functions set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I signum
+is not a valid signal.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigemptyset (),
+.BR sigfillset (),
+.BR sigaddset (),
+.BR sigdelset (),
+.BR sigismember (),
+.BR sigisemptyset (),
+.BR sigorset (),
+.BR sigandset ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.SS GNU
+If the
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined, then \fI<signal.h>\fP
+exposes three other functions for manipulating signal
+sets:
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t *" set );
+.BI "int sigorset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
+.BI "              const sigset_t *" right );
+.BI "int sigandset(sigset_t *" dest ", const sigset_t *" left ,
+.BI "              const sigset_t *" right );
+.fi
+.P
+.BR sigisemptyset ()
+returns 1 if
+.I set
+contains no signals, and 0 otherwise.
+.P
+.BR sigorset ()
+places the union of the sets
+.I left
+and
+.I right
+in
+.IR dest .
+.BR sigandset ()
+places the intersection of the sets
+.I left
+and
+.I right
+in
+.IR dest .
+Both functions return 0 on success, and \-1 on failure.
+.P
+These functions are nonstandard (a few other systems provide similar
+functions) and their use should be avoided in portable applications.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+When creating a filled signal set, the glibc
+.BR sigfillset ()
+function does not include the two real-time signals used internally
+by the NPTL threading implementation.
+See
+.BR nptl (7)
+for details.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigpending (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR sigsuspend (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigstack.3 b/man/man3/sigstack.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf85961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigstack.3
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+.so man2/sigaltstack.2
+.\" No new programs should use sigstack(3).
+.\" sigaltstack(2) briefly discusses sigstack(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man/man3/sigvec.3 b/man/man3/sigvec.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31f5ef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigvec.3
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2005 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sigvec 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigvec, sigblock, sigsetmask, siggetmask, sigmask \- BSD signal API
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigvec(int " sig ", const struct sigvec *" vec ,
+.BI "                          struct sigvec *" ovec );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigmask(int " signum );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigblock(int " mask );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int sigsetmask(int " mask );
+.B [[deprecated]] int siggetmask(void);
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are provided in glibc as a compatibility interface
+for programs that make use of the historical BSD signal API.
+This API is obsolete: new applications should use the POSIX signal API
+.RB ( sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+etc.).
+.P
+The
+.BR sigvec ()
+function sets and/or gets the disposition of the signal
+.I sig
+(like the POSIX
+.BR sigaction (2)).
+If
+.I vec
+is not NULL, it points to a
+.I sigvec
+structure that defines the new disposition for
+.IR sig .
+If
+.I ovec
+is not NULL, it points to a
+.I sigvec
+structure that is used to return the previous disposition of
+.IR sig .
+To obtain the current disposition of
+.I sig
+without changing it, specify NULL for
+.IR vec ,
+and a non-null pointer for
+.IR ovec .
+.P
+The dispositions for
+.B SIGKILL
+and
+.B SIGSTOP
+cannot be changed.
+.P
+The
+.I sigvec
+structure has the following form:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct sigvec {
+    void (*sv_handler)(int); /* Signal disposition */
+    int    sv_mask;          /* Signals to be blocked in handler */
+    int    sv_flags;         /* Flags */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.I sv_handler
+field specifies the disposition of the signal, and is either:
+the address of a signal handler function;
+.BR SIG_DFL ,
+meaning the default disposition applies for the signal; or
+.BR SIG_IGN ,
+meaning that the signal is ignored.
+.P
+If
+.I sv_handler
+specifies the address of a signal handler, then
+.I sv_mask
+specifies a mask of signals that are to be blocked while
+the handler is executing.
+In addition, the signal for which the handler is invoked is
+also blocked.
+Attempts to block
+.B SIGKILL
+or
+.B SIGSTOP
+are silently ignored.
+.P
+If
+.I sv_handler
+specifies the address of a signal handler, then the
+.I sv_flags
+field specifies flags controlling what happens when the handler is called.
+This field may contain zero or more of the following flags:
+.TP
+.B SV_INTERRUPT
+If the signal handler interrupts a blocking system call,
+then upon return from the handler the system call is not restarted:
+instead it fails with the error
+.BR EINTR .
+If this flag is not specified, then system calls are restarted
+by default.
+.TP
+.B SV_RESETHAND
+Reset the disposition of the signal to the default
+before calling the signal handler.
+If this flag is not specified, then the handler remains established
+until explicitly removed by a later call to
+.BR sigvec ()
+or until the process performs an
+.BR execve (2).
+.TP
+.B SV_ONSTACK
+Handle the signal on the alternate signal stack
+(historically established under BSD using the obsolete
+.BR sigstack ()
+function; the POSIX replacement is
+.BR sigaltstack (2)).
+.P
+The
+.BR sigmask ()
+macro constructs and returns a "signal mask" for
+.IR signum .
+For example, we can initialize the
+.I vec.sv_mask
+field given to
+.BR sigvec ()
+using code such as the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+vec.sv_mask = sigmask(SIGQUIT) | sigmask(SIGABRT);
+            /* Block SIGQUIT and SIGABRT during
+               handler execution */
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The
+.BR sigblock ()
+function adds the signals in
+.I mask
+to the process's signal mask
+(like POSIX
+.IR sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK) ),
+and returns the process's previous signal mask.
+Attempts to block
+.B SIGKILL
+or
+.B SIGSTOP
+are silently ignored.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigsetmask ()
+function sets the process's signal mask to the value given in
+.I mask
+(like POSIX
+.IR sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK) ),
+and returns the process's previous signal mask.
+.P
+The
+.BR siggetmask ()
+function returns the process's current signal mask.
+This call is equivalent to
+.IR sigblock(0) .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR sigvec ()
+function returns 0 on success; on error, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigblock ()
+and
+.BR sigsetmask ()
+functions return the previous signal mask.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigmask ()
+macro returns the signal mask for
+.IR signum .
+.SH ERRORS
+See the ERRORS under
+.BR sigaction (2)
+and
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigvec (),
+.BR sigmask (),
+.BR sigblock (),
+.BR sigsetmask (),
+.BR siggetmask ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR sigvec ()
+.TQ
+.BR sigblock ()
+.TQ
+.BR sigmask ()
+.TQ
+.BR sigsetmask ()
+4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR siggetmask ()
+Unclear origin.
+.TP
+.BR sigvec ()
+Removed in glibc 2.21.
+.SH NOTES
+On 4.3BSD, the
+.BR signal ()
+function provided reliable semantics (as when calling
+.BR sigvec ()
+with
+.I vec.sv_mask
+equal to 0).
+On System V,
+.BR signal ()
+provides unreliable semantics.
+POSIX.1 leaves these aspects of
+.BR signal ()
+unspecified.
+See
+.BR signal (2)
+for further details.
+.P
+In order to wait for a signal,
+BSD and System V both provided a function named
+.BR sigpause (3),
+but this function has a different argument on the two systems.
+See
+.BR sigpause (3)
+for details.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kill (2),
+.BR pause (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR raise (3),
+.BR sigpause (3),
+.BR sigset (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sigwait.3 b/man/man3/sigwait.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f79c917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sigwait.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sigwait 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sigwait \- wait for a signal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sigwait(const sigset_t *restrict " set ", int *restrict " sig );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sigwait ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.26:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506L
+    glibc 2.25 and earlier:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR sigwait ()
+function suspends execution of the calling thread until
+one of the signals specified in the signal set
+.I set
+becomes pending.
+For a signal to become pending,
+it must first be blocked with
+.BR sigprocmask (2).
+The function accepts the signal
+(removes it from the pending list of signals),
+and returns the signal number in
+.IR sig .
+.P
+The operation of
+.BR sigwait ()
+is the same as
+.BR sigwaitinfo (2),
+except that:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+.BR sigwait ()
+returns only the signal number, rather than a
+.I siginfo_t
+structure describing the signal.
+.IP \[bu]
+The return values of the two functions are different.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR sigwait ()
+returns 0.
+On error, it returns a positive error number (listed in ERRORS).
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.\" Does not occur for glibc.
+.I set
+contains an invalid signal number.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigwait ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+.BR sigwait ()
+is implemented using
+.BR sigtimedwait (2);
+consult its
+.BR NOTES .
+.P
+The glibc implementation of
+.BR sigwait ()
+silently ignores attempts to wait for the two real-time signals that
+are used internally by the NPTL threading implementation.
+See
+.BR nptl (7)
+for details.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR pthread_sigmask (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signalfd (2),
+.BR sigpending (2),
+.BR sigsuspend (2),
+.BR sigwaitinfo (2),
+.BR sigsetops (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/simpleq.3 b/man/man3/simpleq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb71f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/simpleq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stailq.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sin.3 b/man/man3/sin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d90bee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH sin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sin, sinf, sinl \- sine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double sin(double " x );
+.BI "float sinf(float " x );
+.BI "long double sinl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sinf (),
+.BR sinl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the sine of
+.IR x ,
+where
+.I x
+is
+given in radians.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the sine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1 allows an optional range error for subnormal x
+.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sin (),
+.BR sinf (),
+.BR sinl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6781
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR csin (3),
+.BR sincos (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sincos.3 b/man/man3/sincos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69769f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sincos.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH sincos 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sincos, sincosf, sincosl \- calculate sin and cos simultaneously
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "void sincos(double " x ", double *" sin ", double *" cos );
+.BI "void sincosf(float " x ", float *" sin ", float *" cos );
+.BI "void sincosl(long double " x ", long double *" sin ", long double *" cos );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Several applications need sine and cosine of the same angle
+.IR x .
+These functions compute both at the same time, and store the results in
+.I *sin
+and
+.IR *cos .
+Using this function can be more efficient than two separate calls to
+.BR sin (3)
+and
+.BR cos (3).
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN,
+a NaN is returned in
+.I *sin
+and
+.IR *cos .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs, and
+a NaN is returned in
+.I *sin
+and
+.IR *cos .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return
+.IR void .
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sincos (),
+.BR sincosf (),
+.BR sincosl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+To see the performance advantage of
+.BR sincos (),
+it may be necessary to disable
+.BR gcc (1)
+built-in optimizations, using flags such as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+cc \-O \-lm \-fno\-builtin prog.c
+.EE
+.in
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.22, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15467
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR sin (3),
+.BR tan (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sincosf.3 b/man/man3/sincosf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9faef65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sincosf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sincos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sincosl.3 b/man/man3/sincosl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9faef65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sincosl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sincos.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sinf.3 b/man/man3/sinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab51f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sinh.3 b/man/man3/sinh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a80a95f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sinh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 1996-06-08 by aeb
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH sinh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sinh, sinhf, sinhl \- hyperbolic sine function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double sinh(double " x );
+.BI "float sinhf(float " x );
+.BI "long double sinhl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sinhf (),
+.BR sinhl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the hyperbolic sine of
+.IR x ,
+which
+is defined mathematically as:
+.P
+.nf
+    sinh(x) = (exp(x) \- exp(\-x)) / 2
+.fi
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the hyperbolic sine of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
+positive infinity (negative infinity) is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the same sign as
+.IR x .
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error (underflow)
+.\" for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sinh (),
+.BR sinhf (),
+.BR sinhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR cosh (3),
+.BR csinh (3),
+.BR tanh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sinhf.3 b/man/man3/sinhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3ce94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sinhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sinhl.3 b/man/man3/sinhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc3ce94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sinhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sinh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sinl.3 b/man/man3/sinl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab51f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sinl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sleep.3 b/man/man3/sleep.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d3effc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sleep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:16:02 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH sleep 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sleep \- sleep for a specified number of seconds
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "unsigned int sleep(unsigned int " "seconds" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sleep ()
+causes the calling thread to sleep either until
+the number of real-time seconds specified in
+.I seconds
+have elapsed or until a signal arrives which is not ignored.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Zero if the requested time has elapsed,
+or the number of seconds left to sleep,
+if the call was interrupted by a signal handler.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sleep ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:SIGCHLD/linux
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On Linux,
+.BR sleep ()
+is implemented via
+.BR nanosleep (2).
+See the
+.BR nanosleep (2)
+man page for a discussion of the clock used.
+.P
+On some systems,
+.BR sleep ()
+may be implemented using
+.BR alarm (2)
+and
+.B SIGALRM
+(POSIX.1 permits this);
+mixing calls to
+.BR alarm (2)
+and
+.BR sleep ()
+is a bad idea.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Using
+.BR longjmp (3)
+from a signal handler or modifying the handling of
+.B SIGALRM
+while sleeping will cause undefined results.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sleep (1),
+.BR alarm (2),
+.BR nanosleep (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/slist.3 b/man/man3/slist.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecdfe5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/slist.3
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH SLIST 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+SLIST_EMPTY,
+SLIST_ENTRY,
+SLIST_FIRST,
+SLIST_FOREACH,
+.\"SLIST_FOREACH_FROM,
+.\"SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
+.\"SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE,
+SLIST_HEAD,
+SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+SLIST_INIT,
+SLIST_INSERT_AFTER,
+SLIST_INSERT_HEAD,
+SLIST_NEXT,
+SLIST_REMOVE,
+.\"SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER,
+SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD
+.\"SLIST_SWAP
+\- implementation of a singly linked list
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/queue.h>
+.P
+.B SLIST_ENTRY(TYPE);
+.P
+.B SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
+.BI "SLIST_HEAD SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(SLIST_HEAD " head );
+.BI "void SLIST_INIT(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "int SLIST_EMPTY(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "void SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                        struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_FIRST(SLIST_HEAD *" head );
+.BI "struct TYPE *SLIST_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "SLIST_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ", SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.P
+.BI "void SLIST_REMOVE(SLIST_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(SLIST_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "void SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "void SLIST_SWAP(SLIST_HEAD *" head1 ", SLIST_HEAD *" head2 ,
+.\" .BI "                        SLIST_ENTRY " NAME );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on singly linked lists.
+.P
+In the macro definitions,
+.I TYPE
+is the name of a user-defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.IR SLIST_ENTRY ,
+named
+.IR NAME .
+The argument
+.I HEADNAME
+is the name of a user-defined structure
+that must be declared using the macro
+.BR SLIST_HEAD ().
+.SS Creation
+A singly linked list is headed by a structure defined by the
+.BR SLIST_HEAD ()
+macro.
+This structure contains a single pointer to the first element on the list.
+The elements are singly linked
+for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead
+at the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements.
+New elements can be added to the list
+after an existing element
+or at the head of the list.
+An
+.I SLIST_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+SLIST_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I struct HEADNAME
+is the structure to be defined, and
+.I struct TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the list.
+A pointer to the head of the list can later be declared as:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The names
+.I head
+and
+.I headp
+are user selectable.)
+.P
+.BR SLIST_ENTRY ()
+declares a structure that connects the elements in
+the list.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+evaluates to an initializer for the list
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR SLIST_INIT ()
+initializes the list referenced by
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
+evaluates to true if there are no elements in the list.
+.SS Insertion
+.BR SLIST_INSERT_HEAD ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the head of the list.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_INSERT_AFTER ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+after the element
+.IR listelm .
+.SS Traversal
+.BR SLIST_FIRST ()
+returns the first element in the list, or NULL if the list is empty.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_NEXT ()
+returns the next element in the list.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
+traverses the list referenced by
+.I head
+in the forward direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found SLIST element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the SLIST referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.\" .Pp
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" traverses the list referenced by
+.\" .I head
+.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element in
+.\" turn to
+.\" .IR var .
+.\" However, unlike
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
+.\" here it is permitted to both remove
+.\" .I var
+.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
+.\" traversal.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found SLIST element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the SLIST referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.SS Removal
+.BR SLIST_REMOVE ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the list.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the head of the list.
+For optimum efficiency,
+elements being removed from the head of the list
+should explicitly use this macro instead of the generic
+.BR SLIST_REMOVE ().
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER ()
+.\" removes the element after
+.\" .I elm
+.\" from the list.
+.\" Unlike
+.\" .IR SLIST_REMOVE ,
+.\" this macro does not traverse the entire list.
+.\" .SS Other features
+.\" .BR SLIST_SWAP ()
+.\" swaps the contents of
+.\" .I head1
+.\" and
+.\" .IR head2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR SLIST_EMPTY ()
+returns nonzero if the list is empty,
+and zero if the list contains at least one entry.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_FIRST (),
+and
+.BR SLIST_NEXT ()
+return a pointer to the first or next
+.I TYPE
+structure, respectively.
+.P
+.BR SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+returns an initializer that can be assigned to the list
+.IR head .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+.BR SLIST_FOREACH ()
+doesn't allow
+.I var
+to be removed or freed within the loop,
+as it would interfere with the traversal.
+.BR SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE (),
+which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
+fixes this limitation by allowing
+.I var
+to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
+without interfering with the traversal.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (slist.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+\&
+struct entry {
+    int data;
+    SLIST_ENTRY(entry) entries;             /* Singly linked list */
+};
+\&
+SLIST_HEAD(slisthead, entry);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
+    struct slisthead head;                  /* Singly linked list
+                                               head */
+\&
+    SLIST_INIT(&head);                      /* Initialize the queue */
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
+    SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
+    SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries);
+\&
+    SLIST_REMOVE(&head, n2, entry, entries);/* Deletion */
+    free(n2);
+\&
+    n3 = SLIST_FIRST(&head);
+    SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);      /* Deletion from the head */
+    free(n3);
+\&
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+        n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));
+        SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+        n1\->data = i;
+    }
+\&
+                                            /* Forward traversal */
+    SLIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
+\&
+    while (!SLIST_EMPTY(&head)) {           /* List deletion */
+        n1 = SLIST_FIRST(&head);
+        SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);
+        free(n1);
+    }
+    SLIST_INIT(&head);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR insque (3),
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/snprintf.3 b/man/man3/snprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/snprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sockatmark.3 b/man/man3/sockatmark.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62d1ba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sockatmark.3
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sockatmark 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sockatmark \- determine whether socket is at out-of-band mark
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/socket.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sockatmark(int " sockfd );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sockatmark ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR sockatmark ()
+returns a value indicating whether or not the socket referred
+to by the file descriptor
+.I sockfd
+is at the out-of-band mark.
+If the socket is at the mark, then 1 is returned;
+if the socket is not at the mark, 0 is returned.
+This function does not remove the out-of-band mark.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+A successful call to
+.BR sockatmark ()
+returns 1 if the socket is at the out-of-band mark, or 0 if it is not.
+On error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I sockfd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.\" POSIX.1 says ENOTTY for this case
+.I sockfd
+is not a file descriptor to which
+.BR sockatmark ()
+can be applied.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sockatmark ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.2.4.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+If
+.BR sockatmark ()
+returns 1, then the out-of-band data can be read using the
+.B MSG_OOB
+flag of
+.BR recv (2).
+.P
+Out-of-band data is supported only on some stream socket protocols.
+.P
+.BR sockatmark ()
+can safely be called from a handler for the
+.B SIGURG
+signal.
+.P
+.BR sockatmark ()
+is implemented using the
+.B SIOCATMARK
+.BR ioctl (2)
+operation.
+.SH BUGS
+Prior to glibc 2.4,
+.BR sockatmark ()
+did not work.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code can be used after receipt of a
+.B SIGURG
+signal to read (and discard) all data up to the mark,
+and then read the byte of data at the mark:
+.P
+.EX
+    char buf[BUF_LEN];
+    char oobdata;
+    int atmark, s;
+\&
+    for (;;) {
+        atmark = sockatmark(sockfd);
+        if (atmark == \-1) {
+            perror("sockatmark");
+            break;
+        }
+\&
+        if (atmark)
+            break;
+\&
+        s = read(sockfd, buf, BUF_LEN);
+        if (s == \-1)
+            perror("read");
+        if (s <= 0)
+            break;
+    }
+\&
+    if (atmark == 1) {
+        if (recv(sockfd, &oobdata, 1, MSG_OOB) == \-1) {
+            perror("recv");
+            ...
+        }
+    }
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fcntl (2),
+.BR recv (2),
+.BR send (2),
+.BR tcp (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sprintf.3 b/man/man3/sprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sqrt.3 b/man/man3/sqrt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f012ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sqrt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.TH sqrt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sqrt, sqrtf, sqrtl \- square root function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double sqrt(double " x );
+.BI "float sqrtf(float " x );
+.BI "long double sqrtl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sqrtf (),
+.BR sqrtl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the nonnegative square root of
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the square root of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is less than \-0,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP less than \-0
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sqrt (),
+.BR sqrtf (),
+.BR sqrtl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbrt (3),
+.BR csqrt (3),
+.BR hypot (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/sqrtf.3 b/man/man3/sqrtf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81258bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sqrtf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sqrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sqrtl.3 b/man/man3/sqrtl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81258bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sqrtl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sqrt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/srand.3 b/man/man3/srand.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b007c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/srand.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rand.3
diff --git a/man/man3/srand48.3 b/man/man3/srand48.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3133f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/srand48.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48.3
diff --git a/man/man3/srand48_r.3 b/man/man3/srand48_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e9d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/srand48_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/drand48_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/srandom.3 b/man/man3/srandom.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e34104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/srandom.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random.3
diff --git a/man/man3/srandom_r.3 b/man/man3/srandom_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01937f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/srandom_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/random_r.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sscanf.3 b/man/man3/sscanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46eef25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sscanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Chris Torek and the American National Standards Committee X3,
+.\" on Information Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)scanf.3	6.14 (Berkeley) 1/8/93
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:22:01 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" modified to resemble the GNU libio setup used in the Linux libc
+.\" used in versions 4.x (x>4) and 5   Helmut.Geyer@iwr.uni-heidelberg.de
+.\" Modified, aeb, 970121
+.\" 2005-07-14, mtk, added description of %n$ form; various text
+.\"	incorporated from the GNU C library documentation ((C) The
+.\"	Free Software Foundation); other parts substantially rewritten.
+.\"
+.\" 2008-06-23, mtk
+.\"     Add ERRORS section.
+.\"     Document the 'a' and 'm' modifiers for dynamic string allocation.
+.\"
+.TH sscanf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sscanf, vsscanf \- input string format conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int sscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
+.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.P
+.B #include <stdarg.h>
+.P
+.BI "int vsscanf(const char *restrict " str ,
+.BI "           const char *restrict " format ", va_list " ap );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR vsscanf ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR sscanf ()
+family of functions scans formatted input according to
+.I format
+as described below.
+This format may contain
+.IR "conversion specifications" ;
+the results from such conversions, if any,
+are stored in the locations pointed to by the
+.I pointer
+arguments that follow
+.IR format .
+Each
+.I pointer
+argument must be of a type that is appropriate for the value returned
+by the corresponding conversion specification.
+.P
+If the number of conversion specifications in
+.I format
+exceeds the number of
+.I pointer
+arguments, the results are undefined.
+If the number of
+.I pointer
+arguments exceeds the number of conversion specifications, then the excess
+.I pointer
+arguments are evaluated, but are otherwise ignored.
+.P
+.BR sscanf ()
+These functions
+read their input from the string pointed to by
+.IR str .
+.P
+The
+.BR vsscanf ()
+function is analogous to
+.BR vsprintf (3).
+.P
+The
+.I format
+string consists of a sequence of
+.I directives
+which describe how to process the sequence of input characters.
+If processing of a directive fails, no further input is read, and
+.BR sscanf ()
+returns.
+A "failure" can be either of the following:
+.IR "input failure" ,
+meaning that input characters were unavailable, or
+.IR "matching failure" ,
+meaning that the input was inappropriate (see below).
+.P
+A directive is one of the following:
+.TP
+\[bu]
+A sequence of white-space characters (space, tab, newline, etc.; see
+.BR isspace (3)).
+This directive matches any amount of white space,
+including none, in the input.
+.TP
+\[bu]
+An ordinary character (i.e., one other than white space or \[aq]%\[aq]).
+This character must exactly match the next character of input.
+.TP
+\[bu]
+A conversion specification,
+which commences with a \[aq]%\[aq] (percent) character.
+A sequence of characters from the input is converted according to
+this specification, and the result is placed in the corresponding
+.I pointer
+argument.
+If the next item of input does not match the conversion specification,
+the conversion fails\[em]this is a
+.IR "matching failure" .
+.P
+Each
+.I conversion specification
+in
+.I format
+begins with either the character \[aq]%\[aq] or the character sequence
+"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
+(see below for the distinction) followed by:
+.TP
+\[bu]
+An optional \[aq]*\[aq] assignment-suppression character:
+.BR sscanf ()
+reads input as directed by the conversion specification,
+but discards the input.
+No corresponding
+.I pointer
+argument is required, and this specification is not
+included in the count of successful assignments returned by
+.BR scanf ().
+.TP
+\[bu]
+For decimal conversions, an optional quote character (\[aq]).
+This specifies that the input number may include thousands'
+separators as defined by the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+category of the current locale.
+(See
+.BR setlocale (3).)
+The quote character may precede or follow the \[aq]*\[aq]
+assignment-suppression character.
+.TP
+\[bu]
+An optional \[aq]m\[aq] character.
+This is used with string conversions
+.RI ( %s ,
+.IR %c ,
+.IR %[ ),
+and relieves the caller of the
+need to allocate a corresponding buffer to hold the input: instead,
+.BR sscanf ()
+allocates a buffer of sufficient size,
+and assigns the address of this buffer to the corresponding
+.I pointer
+argument, which should be a pointer to a
+.I "char\ *"
+variable (this variable does not need to be initialized before the call).
+The caller should subsequently
+.BR free (3)
+this buffer when it is no longer required.
+.TP
+\[bu]
+An optional decimal integer which specifies the
+.IR "maximum field width" .
+Reading of characters stops either when this maximum is reached or
+when a nonmatching character is found, whichever happens first.
+Most conversions discard initial white space characters (the exceptions
+are noted below),
+and these discarded characters don't count toward the maximum field width.
+String input conversions store a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq])
+to mark the end of the input;
+the maximum field width does not include this terminator.
+.TP
+\[bu]
+An optional
+.IR "type modifier character" .
+For example, the
+.B l
+type modifier is used with integer conversions such as
+.B %d
+to specify that the corresponding
+.I pointer
+argument refers to a
+.I "long"
+rather than a pointer to an
+.IR int .
+.TP
+\[bu]
+A
+.I "conversion specifier"
+that specifies the type of input conversion to be performed.
+.P
+The conversion specifications in
+.I format
+are of two forms, either beginning with \[aq]%\[aq] or beginning with
+"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP".
+The two forms should not be mixed in the same
+.I format
+string, except that a string containing
+"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
+specifications can include
+.B %%
+and
+.BR %* .
+If
+.I format
+contains \[aq]%\[aq]
+specifications, then these correspond in order with successive
+.I pointer
+arguments.
+In the
+"\fB%\fP\fIn\fP\fB$\fP"
+form (which is specified in POSIX.1-2001, but not C99),
+.I n
+is a decimal integer that specifies that the converted input should
+be placed in the location referred to by the
+.IR n -th
+.I pointer
+argument following
+.IR format .
+.SS Conversions
+The following
+.I "type modifier characters"
+can appear in a conversion specification:
+.TP
+.B h
+Indicates that the conversion will be one of
+\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, \fBX\fP, or \fBn\fP
+and the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.I short
+or
+.I unsigned short
+(rather than
+.IR int ).
+.TP
+.B hh
+As for
+.BR h ,
+but the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.I signed char
+or
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+.TP
+.B j
+As for
+.BR h ,
+but the next pointer is a pointer to an
+.I intmax_t
+or a
+.IR uintmax_t .
+This modifier was introduced in C99.
+.TP
+.B l
+Indicates either that the conversion will be one of
+\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, \fBX\fP, or \fBn\fP
+and the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.I long
+or
+.I unsigned long
+(rather than
+.IR int ),
+or that the conversion will be one of
+\fBe\fP, \fBf\fP, or \fBg\fP
+and the next pointer is a pointer to
+.I double
+(rather than
+.IR float ).
+If used with
+.B %c
+or
+.BR %s ,
+the corresponding parameter is considered
+as a pointer to a wide character or wide-character string respectively.
+.\" This use of l was introduced in Amendment 1 to ISO C90.
+.TP
+.B ll
+(ell-ell)
+Indicates that the conversion will be one of
+.BR b ,
+.BR d ,
+.BR i ,
+.BR o ,
+.BR u ,
+.BR x ,
+.BR X ,
+or
+.B n
+and the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.I long long
+or
+.I unsigned long long
+(rather than
+.IR int ).
+.TP
+.B L
+Indicates that the conversion will be either
+\fBe\fP, \fBf\fP, or \fBg\fP
+and the next pointer is a pointer to
+.I "long double"
+or
+(as a GNU extension)
+the conversion will be
+\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, or \fBx\fP
+and the next pointer is a pointer to
+.IR "long long" .
+.\" MTK, Jul 05: The following is no longer true for modern
+.\" ANSI C (i.e., C99):
+.\" (Note that long long is not an
+.\" ANSI C
+.\" type. Any program using this will not be portable to all
+.\" architectures).
+.TP
+.B q
+equivalent to
+.BR L .
+This specifier does not exist in ANSI C.
+.TP
+.B t
+As for
+.BR h ,
+but the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.IR ptrdiff_t .
+This modifier was introduced in C99.
+.TP
+.B z
+As for
+.BR h ,
+but the next pointer is a pointer to a
+.IR size_t .
+This modifier was introduced in C99.
+.P
+The following
+.I "conversion specifiers"
+are available:
+.TP
+.B %
+Matches a literal \[aq]%\[aq].
+That is,
+.B %\&%
+in the format string matches a
+single input \[aq]%\[aq] character.
+No conversion is done (but initial white space characters are discarded),
+and assignment does not occur.
+.TP
+.B d
+Matches an optionally signed decimal integer;
+the next pointer must be a pointer to
+.IR int .
+.\" .TP
+.\" .B D
+.\" Equivalent to
+.\" .IR ld ;
+.\" this exists only for backward compatibility.
+.\" (Note: thus only in libc4
+.\" In libc5 and glibc the
+.\" .B %D
+.\" is silently ignored, causing old programs to fail mysteriously.)
+.TP
+.B i
+Matches an optionally signed integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
+.IR int .
+The integer is read in base 16 if it begins with
+.I 0x
+or
+.IR 0X ,
+in base 8 if it begins with
+.IR 0 ,
+and in base 10 otherwise.
+Only characters that correspond to the base are used.
+.TP
+.B o
+Matches an unsigned octal integer; the next pointer must be a pointer to
+.IR "unsigned int" .
+.TP
+.B u
+Matches an unsigned decimal integer; the next pointer must be a
+pointer to
+.IR "unsigned int" .
+.TP
+.B x
+Matches an unsigned hexadecimal integer
+(that may optionally begin with a prefix of
+.I 0x
+or
+.IR 0X ,
+which is discarded); the next pointer must
+be a pointer to
+.IR "unsigned int" .
+.TP
+.B X
+Equivalent to
+.BR x .
+.TP
+.B f
+Matches an optionally signed floating-point number; the next pointer must
+be a pointer to
+.IR float .
+.TP
+.B e
+Equivalent to
+.BR f .
+.TP
+.B g
+Equivalent to
+.BR f .
+.TP
+.B E
+Equivalent to
+.BR f .
+.TP
+.B a
+(C99) Equivalent to
+.BR f .
+.TP
+.B s
+Matches a sequence of non-white-space characters;
+the next pointer must be a pointer to the initial element of a
+character array that is long enough to hold the input sequence and
+the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), which is added automatically.
+The input string stops at white space or at the maximum field
+width, whichever occurs first.
+.TP
+.B c
+Matches a sequence of characters whose length is specified by the
+.I maximum field width
+(default 1); the next pointer must be a pointer to
+.IR char ,
+and there must be enough room for all the characters
+(no terminating null byte is added).
+The usual skip of leading white space is suppressed.
+To skip white space first, use an explicit space in the format.
+.TP
+.B \&[
+Matches a nonempty sequence of characters from the specified set of
+accepted characters; the next pointer must be a pointer to
+.IR char ,
+and there must be enough room for all the characters in the string, plus a
+terminating null byte.
+The usual skip of leading white space is suppressed.
+The string is to be made up of characters in (or not in) a particular set;
+the set is defined by the characters between the open bracket
+.B [
+character and a close bracket
+.B ]
+character.
+The set
+.I excludes
+those characters if the first character after the open bracket is a
+circumflex
+.RB ( \[ha] ).
+To include a close bracket in the set, make it the first character after
+the open bracket or the circumflex; any other position will end the set.
+The hyphen character
+.B \-
+is also special; when placed between two other characters, it adds all
+intervening characters to the set.
+To include a hyphen, make it the last
+character before the final close bracket.
+For instance,
+.B [\[ha]]0\-9\-]
+means
+the set "everything except close bracket, zero through nine, and hyphen".
+The string ends with the appearance of a character not in the (or, with a
+circumflex, in) set or when the field width runs out.
+.TP
+.B p
+Matches a pointer value (as printed by
+.B %p
+in
+.BR printf (3));
+the next pointer must be a pointer to a pointer to
+.IR void .
+.TP
+.B n
+Nothing is expected; instead, the number of characters consumed thus far
+from the input is stored through the next pointer, which must be a pointer
+to
+.IR int ,
+or variant whose size matches the (optionally)
+supplied integer length modifier.
+This is
+.I not
+a conversion and does
+.I not
+increase the count returned by the function.
+The assignment can be suppressed with the
+.B *
+assignment-suppression character, but the effect on the
+return value is undefined.
+Therefore
+.B %*n
+conversions should not be used.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the number of input items
+successfully matched and assigned;
+this can be fewer than provided for,
+or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
+.P
+The value
+.B EOF
+is returned if the end of input is reached before either the first
+successful conversion or a matching failure occurs.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EILSEQ
+Input byte sequence does not form a valid character.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+Not enough arguments; or
+.I format
+is NULL.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Out of memory.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sscanf (),
+.BR vsscanf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The
+.B q
+specifier is the 4.4BSD notation for
+.IR "long long" ,
+while
+.B ll
+or the usage of
+.B L
+in integer conversions is the GNU notation.
+.P
+The Linux version of these functions is based on the
+.I GNU
+.I libio
+library.
+Take a look at the
+.I info
+documentation of
+.I GNU
+.I libc (glibc-1.08)
+for a more concise description.
+.SH NOTES
+.SS The 'a' assignment-allocation modifier
+Originally, the GNU C library supported dynamic allocation for string inputs
+(as a nonstandard extension) via the
+.B a
+character.
+(This feature is present at least as far back as glibc 2.0.)
+Thus, one could write the following to have
+.BR sscanf ()
+allocate a buffer for a string,
+with a pointer to that buffer being returned in
+.IR *buf :
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *buf;
+sscanf(str, "%as", &buf);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The use of the letter
+.B a
+for this purpose was problematic, since
+.B a
+is also specified by the ISO C standard as a synonym for
+.B f
+(floating-point input).
+POSIX.1-2008 instead specifies the
+.B m
+modifier for assignment allocation (as documented in DESCRIPTION, above).
+.P
+Note that the
+.B a
+modifier is not available if the program is compiled with
+.I gcc\~\-std=c99
+or
+.I gcc\~\-D_ISOC99_SOURCE
+(unless
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+is also specified), in which case the
+.B a
+is interpreted as a specifier for floating-point numbers (see above).
+.P
+Support for the
+.B m
+modifier was added to glibc 2.7,
+and new programs should use that modifier instead of
+.BR a .
+.P
+As well as being standardized by POSIX, the
+.B m
+modifier has the following further advantages over
+the use of
+.BR a :
+.IP \[bu] 3
+It may also be applied to
+.B %c
+conversion specifiers (e.g.,
+.BR %3mc ).
+.IP \[bu]
+It avoids ambiguity with respect to the
+.B %a
+floating-point conversion specifier (and is unaffected by
+.I gcc\~\-std=c99
+etc.).
+.SH BUGS
+.SS Numeric conversion specifiers
+Use of the numeric conversion specifiers produces Undefined Behavior
+for invalid input.
+See
+.UR https://port70.net/\:%7Ensz/\:c/\:c11/\:n1570.html\:#7.21.6.2p10
+C11 7.21.6.2/10
+.UE .
+This is a bug in the ISO C standard,
+and not an inherent design issue with the API.
+However,
+current implementations are not safe from that bug,
+so it is not recommended to use them.
+Instead,
+programs should use functions such as
+.BR strtol (3)
+to parse numeric input.
+Alternatively,
+mitigate it by specifying a maximum field width.
+.SS Nonstandard modifiers
+These functions are fully C99 conformant, but provide the
+additional modifiers
+.B q
+and
+.B a
+as well as an additional behavior of the
+.B L
+and
+.B ll
+modifiers.
+The latter may be considered to be a bug, as it changes the
+behavior of modifiers defined in C99.
+.P
+Some combinations of the type modifiers and conversion
+specifiers defined by C99 do not make sense
+(e.g.,
+.BR "%Ld" ).
+While they may have a well-defined behavior on Linux, this need not
+to be so on other architectures.
+Therefore it usually is better to use
+modifiers that are not defined by C99 at all, that is, use
+.B q
+instead of
+.B L
+in combination with
+\fBd\fP, \fBi\fP, \fBo\fP, \fBu\fP, \fBx\fP, and \fBX\fP
+conversions or
+.BR ll .
+.P
+The usage of
+.B q
+is not the same as on 4.4BSD,
+as it may be used in float conversions equivalently to
+.BR L .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+To use the dynamic allocation conversion specifier, specify
+.B m
+as a length modifier (thus
+.B %ms
+or
+\fB%m[\fP\fIrange\fP\fB]\fP).
+The caller must
+.BR free (3)
+the returned string, as in the following example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *p;
+int n;
+\&
+errno = 0;
+n = sscanf(str, "%m[a\-z]", &p);
+if (n == 1) {
+    printf("read: %s\en", p);
+    free(p);
+} else if (errno != 0) {
+    perror("sscanf");
+} else {
+    fprintf(stderr, "No matching characters\en");
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+As shown in the above example, it is necessary to call
+.BR free (3)
+only if the
+.BR sscanf ()
+call successfully read a string.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getc (3),
+.BR printf (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ssignal.3 b/man/man3/ssignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..047cab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ssignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/gsignal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/stailq.3 b/man/man3/stailq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2441dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stailq.3
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH STAILQ 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+.\"SIMPLEQ_CONCAT,
+SIMPLEQ_EMPTY,
+SIMPLEQ_ENTRY,
+SIMPLEQ_FIRST,
+SIMPLEQ_FOREACH,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_FROM,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
+SIMPLEQ_HEAD,
+SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+SIMPLEQ_INIT,
+SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER,
+SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD,
+SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_LAST,
+SIMPLEQ_NEXT,
+SIMPLEQ_REMOVE,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_AFTER,
+SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD,
+.\"SIMPLEQ_SWAP,
+STAILQ_CONCAT,
+STAILQ_EMPTY,
+STAILQ_ENTRY,
+STAILQ_FIRST,
+STAILQ_FOREACH,
+.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM,
+.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
+.\"STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
+STAILQ_HEAD,
+STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+STAILQ_INIT,
+STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER,
+STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD,
+STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL,
+.\"STAILQ_LAST,
+STAILQ_NEXT,
+STAILQ_REMOVE,
+.\"STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER,
+STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD,
+.\"STAILQ_SWAP
+\- implementation of a singly linked tail queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/queue.h>
+.P
+.B STAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
+.P
+.B STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
+.BI "STAILQ_HEAD STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(STAILQ_HEAD " head );
+.BI "void STAILQ_INIT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "int STAILQ_EMPTY(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_FIRST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.\" .BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_LAST(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *STAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "STAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ", struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.P
+.BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ", TYPE,"
+.BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "void STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(STAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "void STAILQ_CONCAT(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 );
+.\" .BI "void STAILQ_SWAP(STAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", STAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
+.\" .BI "                          STAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.fi
+.IR Note :
+Identical macros prefixed with SIMPLEQ instead of STAILQ exist; see NOTES.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on singly linked tail queues.
+.P
+In the macro definitions,
+.I TYPE
+is the name of a user-defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.IR STAILQ_ENTRY ,
+named
+.IR NAME .
+The argument
+.I HEADNAME
+is the name of a user-defined structure that must be declared
+using the macro
+.BR STAILQ_HEAD ().
+.SS Creation
+A singly linked tail queue is headed by a structure defined by the
+.BR STAILQ_HEAD ()
+macro.
+This structure contains a pair of pointers,
+one to the first element in the tail queue and the other to
+the last element in the tail queue.
+The elements are singly linked for minimum space and pointer
+manipulation overhead at the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements.
+New elements can be added to the tail queue after an existing element,
+at the head of the tail queue, or at the end of the tail queue.
+A
+.I STAILQ_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+STAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I struct HEADNAME
+is the structure to be defined, and
+.I struct TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the tail queue.
+A pointer to the head of the tail queue can later be declared as:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The names
+.I head
+and
+.I headp
+are user selectable.)
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_ENTRY ()
+declares a structure that connects the elements in the tail queue.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+evaluates to an initializer for the tail queue
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_INIT ()
+initializes the tail queue referenced by
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
+evaluates to true if there are no items on the tail queue.
+.SS Insertion
+.BR STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the head of the tail queue.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the end of the tail queue.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+after the element
+.IR listelm .
+.SS Traversal
+.BR STAILQ_FIRST ()
+returns the first item on the tail queue or NULL if the tail queue is empty.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_LAST ()
+.\" returns the last item on the tail queue.
+.\" If the tail queue is empty the return value is NULL .
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
+returns the next item on the tail queue, or NULL this item is the last.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
+traverses the tail queue referenced by
+.I head
+in the forward direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found STAILQ element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the STAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" traverses the tail queue referenced by
+.\" .I head
+.\" in the forward direction, assigning each element
+.\" in turn to
+.\" .IR var .
+.\" However, unlike
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
+.\" here it is permitted to both remove
+.\" .I var
+.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
+.\" traversal.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found STAILQ element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the STAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.SS Removal
+.BR STAILQ_REMOVE ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the tail queue.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD ()
+removes the element at the head of the tail queue.
+For optimum efficiency,
+elements being removed from the head of the tail queue should
+use this macro explicitly rather than the generic
+.BR STAILQ_REMOVE ()
+macro.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER ()
+.\" removes the element after
+.\" .I elm
+.\" from the tail queue.
+.\" Unlike
+.\" .BR STAILQ_REMOVE (),
+.\" this macro does not traverse the entire tail queue.
+.SS Other features
+.BR STAILQ_CONCAT ()
+concatenates the tail queue headed by
+.I head2
+onto the end of the one headed by
+.I head1
+removing all entries from the former.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR STAILQ_SWAP ()
+.\" swaps the contents of
+.\" .I head1
+.\" and
+.\" .IR head2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR STAILQ_EMPTY ()
+returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
+and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_FIRST (),
+and
+.BR STAILQ_NEXT ()
+return a pointer to the first or next
+.I TYPE
+structure, respectively.
+.P
+.BR STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
+.IR head .
+.SH VERSIONS
+Some BSDs provide SIMPLEQ instead of STAILQ.
+They are identical, but for historical reasons
+they were named differently on different BSDs.
+STAILQ originated on FreeBSD, and SIMPLEQ originated on NetBSD.
+For compatibility reasons, some systems provide both sets of macros.
+glibc provides both STAILQ and SIMPLEQ,
+which are identical except for a missing SIMPLEQ equivalent to
+.BR STAILQ_CONCAT ().
+.SH BUGS
+.BR STAILQ_FOREACH ()
+doesn't allow
+.I var
+to be removed or freed within the loop,
+as it would interfere with the traversal.
+.BR STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE (),
+which is present on the BSDs but is not present in glibc,
+fixes this limitation by allowing
+.I var
+to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
+without interfering with the traversal.
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (stailq.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+\&
+struct entry {
+    int data;
+    STAILQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;        /* Singly linked tail queue */
+};
+\&
+STAILQ_HEAD(stailhead, entry);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
+    struct stailhead head;                  /* Singly linked tail queue
+                                               head */
+\&
+    STAILQ_INIT(&head);                     /* Initialize the queue */
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
+    STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
+    STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
+    STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+\&
+    STAILQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entry, entries); /* Deletion */
+    free(n2);
+\&
+    n3 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
+    STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries);     /* Deletion from the head */
+    free(n3);
+\&
+    n1 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
+    n1\->data = 0;
+    for (unsigned int i = 1; i < 5; i++) {
+        n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));
+        STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+        n1\->data = i;
+    }
+                                            /* Forward traversal */
+    STAILQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
+                                            /* TailQ deletion */
+    n1 = STAILQ_FIRST(&head);
+    while (n1 != NULL) {
+        n2 = STAILQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
+        free(n1);
+        n1 = n2;
+    }
+    STAILQ_INIT(&head);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR insque (3),
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/static_assert.3 b/man/man3/static_assert.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee83779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/static_assert.3
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2022 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH static_assert 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+static_assert, _Static_assert \- fail compilation if assertion is false
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <assert.h>
+.P
+.BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression ", const char *" msg );
+.P
+/* Since C23: */
+.BI "void static_assert(scalar " constant-expression );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This macro is similar to
+.BR \%assert (3),
+but it works at compile time,
+generating a compilation error (with an optional message)
+when the input is false (i.e., compares equal to zero).
+.P
+If the input is nonzero,
+no code is emitted.
+.P
+.I msg
+must be a string literal.
+Since C23, this argument is optional.
+.P
+There's a keyword,
+.BR \%_Static_assert (),
+that behaves identically,
+and can be used without including
+.IR <assert.h> .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+No value is returned.
+.SH VERSIONS
+In C11,
+the second argument
+.RI ( msg )
+was mandatory;
+since C23,
+it can be omitted.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11 and later.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.BR static_assert ()
+can't be used in some places,
+like for example at global scope.
+For that,
+a macro
+.BR \%must_be ()
+can be written in terms of
+.BR \%static_assert ().
+The following program uses the macro to get the size of an array safely.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.\" SRC BEGIN (must_be.c)
+.EX
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+/*
+ * This macro behaves like static_assert(), failing to
+ * compile if its argument is not true.  However, it always
+ * returns 0, which allows using it everywhere an expression
+ * can be used.
+ */
+#define must_be(e)                                        \e
+(                                                         \e
+    0 * (int) sizeof(                                     \e
+        struct {                                          \e
+            static_assert(e);                             \e
+            int  ISO_C_forbids_a_struct_with_no_members;  \e
+        }                                                 \e
+    )                                                     \e
+)
+\&
+#define is_same_type(a, b)  \e
+    __builtin_types_compatible_p(typeof(a), typeof(b))
+\&
+#define is_array(arr)       (!is_same_type((arr), &*(arr)))
+#define must_be_array(arr)  must_be(is_array(arr))
+\&
+#define sizeof_array(arr)   (sizeof(arr) + must_be_array(arr))
+#define nitems(arr)         (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]) \e
+                             + must_be_array(arr))
+\&
+int     foo[10];
+int8_t  bar[sizeof_array(foo)];
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < nitems(foo); i++) {
+        foo[i] = i;
+    }
+\&
+    memcpy(bar, foo, sizeof_array(bar));
+\&
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < nitems(bar); i++) {
+        printf("%d,", bar[i]);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR assert (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/statvfs.3 b/man/man3/statvfs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b4f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/statvfs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" The pathconf note is from Walter Harms
+.\" This is not a system call on Linux
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2004-06-23 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.TH statvfs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+statvfs, fstatvfs \- get filesystem statistics
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/statvfs.h>
+.P
+.BI "int statvfs(const char *restrict " path \
+", struct statvfs *restrict " buf );
+.BI "int fstatvfs(int " fd ", struct statvfs *" buf );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR statvfs ()
+returns information about a mounted filesystem.
+.I path
+is the pathname of any file within the mounted filesystem.
+.I buf
+is a pointer to a
+.I statvfs
+structure defined approximately as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct statvfs {
+    unsigned long  f_bsize;    /* Filesystem block size */
+    unsigned long  f_frsize;   /* Fragment size */
+    fsblkcnt_t     f_blocks;   /* Size of fs in f_frsize units */
+    fsblkcnt_t     f_bfree;    /* Number of free blocks */
+    fsblkcnt_t     f_bavail;   /* Number of free blocks for
+                                  unprivileged users */
+    fsfilcnt_t     f_files;    /* Number of inodes */
+    fsfilcnt_t     f_ffree;    /* Number of free inodes */
+    fsfilcnt_t     f_favail;   /* Number of free inodes for
+                                  unprivileged users */
+    unsigned long  f_fsid;     /* Filesystem ID */
+    unsigned long  f_flag;     /* Mount flags */
+    unsigned long  f_namemax;  /* Maximum filename length */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Here the types
+.I fsblkcnt_t
+and
+.I fsfilcnt_t
+are defined in
+.IR <sys/types.h> .
+Both used to be
+.IR "unsigned long" .
+.P
+The field
+.I f_flag
+is a bit mask indicating various options that were employed
+when mounting this filesystem.
+It contains zero or more of the following flags:
+.\" XXX Keep this list in sync with statfs(2)
+.TP
+.B ST_MANDLOCK
+Mandatory locking is permitted on the filesystem (see
+.BR fcntl (2)).
+.TP
+.B ST_NOATIME
+Do not update access times; see
+.BR mount (2).
+.TP
+.B ST_NODEV
+Disallow access to device special files on this filesystem.
+.TP
+.B ST_NODIRATIME
+Do not update directory access times; see
+.BR mount (2).
+.TP
+.B ST_NOEXEC
+Execution of programs is disallowed on this filesystem.
+.TP
+.B ST_NOSUID
+The set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits are ignored by
+.BR exec (3)
+for executable files on this filesystem
+.TP
+.B ST_RDONLY
+This filesystem is mounted read-only.
+.TP
+.B ST_RELATIME
+Update atime relative to mtime/ctime; see
+.BR mount (2).
+.TP
+.B ST_SYNCHRONOUS
+Writes are synched to the filesystem immediately (see the description of
+.B O_SYNC
+in
+.BR open (2)).
+.P
+It is unspecified whether all members of the returned struct
+have meaningful values on all filesystems.
+.P
+.BR fstatvfs ()
+returns the same information about an open file referenced by descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, zero is returned.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+.RB ( statvfs ())
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of
+.IR path .
+(See also
+.BR path_resolution (7).)
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.RB ( fstatvfs ())
+.I fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EFAULT
+.I Buf
+or
+.I path
+points to an invalid address.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+This call was interrupted by a signal; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the filesystem.
+.TP
+.B ELOOP
+.RB ( statvfs ())
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating
+.IR path .
+.TP
+.B ENAMETOOLONG
+.RB ( statvfs ())
+.I path
+is too long.
+.TP
+.B ENOENT
+.RB ( statvfs ())
+The file referred to by
+.I path
+does not exist.
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient kernel memory was available.
+.TP
+.B ENOSYS
+The filesystem does not support this call.
+.TP
+.B ENOTDIR
+.RB ( statvfs ())
+A component of the path prefix of
+.I path
+is not a directory.
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+Some values were too large to be represented in the returned struct.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR statvfs (),
+.BR fstatvfs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Only the
+.B ST_NOSUID
+and
+.B ST_RDONLY
+flags of the
+.I f_flag
+field are specified in POSIX.1.
+To obtain definitions of the remaining flags, one must define
+.BR _GNU_SOURCE .
+.SH NOTES
+The Linux kernel has system calls
+.BR statfs (2)
+and
+.BR fstatfs (2)
+to support this library call.
+.P
+The glibc implementations of
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+pathconf(path, _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN);
+pathconf(path, _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN);
+pathconf(path, _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+respectively use the
+.IR f_frsize ,
+.IR f_frsize ,
+and
+.I f_bsize
+fields returned by a call to
+.BR statvfs ()
+with the argument
+.IR path .
+.P
+Under Linux,
+.I f_favail
+is always the same as
+.IR f_ffree ,
+and there's no way for a filesystem to report otherwise.
+This is not an issue,
+since no filesystems with an inode root reservation exist.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.13,
+.\" glibc commit 3cdaa6adb113a088fdfb87aa6d7747557eccc58d
+.BR statvfs ()
+populated the bits of the
+.I f_flag
+field by scanning the mount options shown in
+.IR /proc/mounts .
+However, starting with Linux 2.6.36, the underlying
+.BR statfs (2)
+system call provides the necessary information via the
+.I f_flags
+field, and since glibc 2.13, the
+.BR statvfs ()
+function will use information from that field rather than scanning
+.IR /proc/mounts .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR statfs (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/stdarg.3 b/man/man3/stdarg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40f6cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stdarg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)stdarg.3	6.8 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 15:11:11 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Additions, 2001-10-14, aeb
+.\"
+.TH stdarg 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stdarg, va_start, va_arg, va_end, va_copy \- variable argument lists
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdarg.h>
+.P
+.BI "void va_start(va_list " ap ", " last );
+.IB type " va_arg(va_list " ap ", " type );
+.BI "void va_end(va_list " ap );
+.BI "void va_copy(va_list " dest ", va_list " src );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying
+types.
+The include file
+.I <stdarg.h>
+declares a type
+.I va_list
+and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments whose
+number and types are not known to the called function.
+.P
+The called function must declare an object of type
+.I va_list
+which is used by the macros
+.BR va_start (),
+.BR va_arg (),
+and
+.BR va_end ().
+.SS va_start()
+The
+.BR va_start ()
+macro initializes
+.I ap
+for subsequent use by
+.BR va_arg ()
+and
+.BR va_end (),
+and must be called first.
+.P
+The argument
+.I last
+is the name of the last argument before the variable argument list, that is,
+the last argument of which the calling function knows the type.
+.P
+Because the address of this argument may be used in the
+.BR va_start ()
+macro, it should not be declared as a register variable,
+or as a function or an array type.
+.SS va_arg()
+The
+.BR va_arg ()
+macro expands to an expression that has the type and value of the next
+argument in the call.
+The argument
+.I ap
+is the
+.I va_list
+.I ap
+initialized by
+.BR va_start ().
+Each call to
+.BR va_arg ()
+modifies
+.I ap
+so that the next call returns the next argument.
+The argument
+.I type
+is a type name specified so that the type of a pointer to an object that
+has the specified type can be obtained simply by adding a * to
+.IR type .
+.P
+The first use of the
+.BR va_arg ()
+macro after that of the
+.BR va_start ()
+macro returns the argument after
+.IR last .
+Successive invocations return the values of the remaining arguments.
+.P
+If there is no next argument, or if
+.I type
+is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument (as promoted
+according to the default argument promotions), random errors will occur.
+.P
+If
+.I ap
+is passed to a function that uses
+.BI va_arg( ap , type ),
+then the value of
+.I ap
+is undefined after the return of that function.
+.SS va_end()
+Each invocation of
+.BR va_start ()
+must be matched by a corresponding invocation of
+.BR va_end ()
+in the same function.
+After the call
+.BI va_end( ap )
+the variable
+.I ap
+is undefined.
+Multiple traversals of the list, each
+bracketed by
+.BR va_start ()
+and
+.BR va_end ()
+are possible.
+.BR va_end ()
+may be a macro or a function.
+.SS va_copy()
+The
+.BR va_copy ()
+macro copies the (previously initialized) variable argument list
+.I src
+to
+.IR dest .
+The behavior is as if
+.BR va_start ()
+were applied to
+.I dest
+with the same
+.I last
+argument, followed by the same number of
+.BR va_arg ()
+invocations that was used to reach the current state of
+.IR src .
+.P
+.\" Proposal from clive@demon.net, 1997-02-28
+An obvious implementation would have a
+.I va_list
+be a pointer to the stack frame of the variadic function.
+In such a setup (by far the most common) there seems
+nothing against an assignment
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+va_list aq = ap;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Unfortunately, there are also systems that make it an
+array of pointers (of length 1), and there one needs
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+va_list aq;
+*aq = *ap;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Finally, on systems where arguments are passed in registers,
+it may be necessary for
+.BR va_start ()
+to allocate memory, store the arguments there, and also
+an indication of which argument is next, so that
+.BR va_arg ()
+can step through the list.
+Now
+.BR va_end ()
+can free the allocated memory again.
+To accommodate this situation, C99 adds a macro
+.BR va_copy (),
+so that the above assignment can be replaced by
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+va_list aq;
+va_copy(aq, ap);
+\&...
+va_end(aq);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Each invocation of
+.BR va_copy ()
+must be matched by a corresponding invocation of
+.BR va_end ()
+in the same function.
+Some systems that do not supply
+.BR va_copy ()
+have
+.B __va_copy
+instead, since that was the name used in the draft proposal.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR va_start (),
+.BR va_end (),
+.BR va_copy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR va_arg ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:ap
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR va_start ()
+.TQ
+.BR va_arg ()
+.TQ
+.BR va_end ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR va_copy ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Unlike the historical
+.B varargs
+macros, the
+.B stdarg
+macros do not permit programmers to code a function with no fixed
+arguments.
+This problem generates work mainly when converting
+.B varargs
+code to
+.B stdarg
+code, but it also creates difficulties for variadic functions that wish to
+pass all of their arguments on to a function that takes a
+.I va_list
+argument, such as
+.BR vfprintf (3).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The function
+.I foo
+takes a string of format characters and prints out the argument associated
+with each format character based on the type.
+.P
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+\&
+void
+foo(char *fmt, ...)   /* \[aq]...\[aq] is C syntax for a variadic function */
+\&
+{
+    va_list ap;
+    int d;
+    char c;
+    char *s;
+\&
+    va_start(ap, fmt);
+    while (*fmt)
+        switch (*fmt++) {
+        case \[aq]s\[aq]:              /* string */
+            s = va_arg(ap, char *);
+            printf("string %s\en", s);
+            break;
+        case \[aq]d\[aq]:              /* int */
+            d = va_arg(ap, int);
+            printf("int %d\en", d);
+            break;
+        case \[aq]c\[aq]:              /* char */
+            /* need a cast here since va_arg only
+               takes fully promoted types */
+            c = (char) va_arg(ap, int);
+            printf("char %c\en", c);
+            break;
+        }
+    va_end(ap);
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR vprintf (3),
+.BR vscanf (3),
+.BR vsyslog (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/stderr.3 b/man/man3/stderr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..752ae27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stderr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/stdin.3 b/man/man3/stdin.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ffbc9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stdin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+.\" From dholland@burgundy.eecs.harvard.edu Tue Mar 24 18:08:15 1998
+.\"
+.\" This man page was written in 1998 by David A. Holland
+.\" Polished a bit by aeb.
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
+.\" Placed in the Public Domain.
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" 2005-06-16 mtk, mentioned freopen()
+.\" 2007-12-08, mtk, Converted from mdoc to man macros
+.\"
+.TH stdin 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stdin, stdout, stderr \- standard I/O streams
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "extern FILE *" stdin ;
+.BI "extern FILE *" stdout ;
+.BI "extern FILE *" stderr ;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Under normal circumstances every UNIX program has three streams opened
+for it when it starts up, one for input, one for output, and one for
+printing diagnostic or error messages.
+These are typically attached to
+the user's terminal (see
+.BR tty (4))
+but might instead refer to files or other devices, depending on what
+the parent process chose to set up.
+(See also the "Redirection" section of
+.BR sh (1).)
+.P
+The input stream is referred to as "standard input"; the output stream is
+referred to as "standard output"; and the error stream is referred to
+as "standard error".
+These terms are abbreviated to form the symbols
+used to refer to these files, namely
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.IR stderr .
+.P
+Each of these symbols is a
+.BR stdio (3)
+macro of type pointer to
+.IR FILE ,
+and can be used with functions like
+.BR fprintf (3)
+or
+.BR fread (3).
+.P
+Since
+.IR FILE s
+are a buffering wrapper around UNIX file descriptors, the
+same underlying files may also be accessed using the raw UNIX file
+interface, that is, the functions like
+.BR read (2)
+and
+.BR lseek (2).
+.P
+On program startup, the integer file descriptors
+associated with the streams
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.I stderr
+are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
+The preprocessor symbols
+.BR STDIN_FILENO ,
+.BR STDOUT_FILENO ,
+and
+.B STDERR_FILENO
+are defined with these values in
+.IR <unistd.h> .
+(Applying
+.BR freopen (3)
+to one of these streams can change the file descriptor number
+associated with the stream.)
+.P
+Note that mixing use of
+.IR FILE s
+and raw file descriptors can produce
+unexpected results and should generally be avoided.
+(For the masochistic among you: POSIX.1, section 8.2.3, describes
+in detail how this interaction is supposed to work.)
+A general rule is that file descriptors are handled in the kernel,
+while stdio is just a library.
+This means for example, that after an
+.BR exec (3),
+the child inherits all open file descriptors, but all old streams
+have become inaccessible.
+.P
+Since the symbols
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.I stderr
+are specified to be macros, assigning to them is nonportable.
+The standard streams can be made to refer to different files
+with help of the library function
+.BR freopen (3),
+specially introduced to make it possible to reassign
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.IR stderr .
+The standard streams are closed by a call to
+.BR exit (3)
+and by normal program termination.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+The standards also stipulate that these three
+streams shall be open at program startup.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The stream
+.I stderr
+is unbuffered.
+The stream
+.I stdout
+is line-buffered when it points to a terminal.
+Partial lines will not
+appear until
+.BR fflush (3)
+or
+.BR exit (3)
+is called, or a newline is printed.
+This can produce unexpected
+results, especially with debugging output.
+The buffering mode of the standard streams (or any other stream)
+can be changed using the
+.BR setbuf (3)
+or
+.BR setvbuf (3)
+call.
+Note that in case
+.I stdin
+is associated with a terminal, there may also be input buffering
+in the terminal driver, entirely unrelated to stdio buffering.
+(Indeed, normally terminal input is line buffered in the kernel.)
+This kernel input handling can be modified using calls like
+.BR tcsetattr (3);
+see also
+.BR stty (1),
+and
+.BR termios (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR csh (1),
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR fopen (3),
+.BR stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/stdio.3 b/man/man3/stdio.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45a8727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stdio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)stdio.3	6.5 (Berkeley) 5/6/91
+.\"
+.\" Converted for Linux, Mon Nov 29 16:07:22 1993, faith@cs.unc.edu
+.\" Modified, 2001-12-26, aeb
+.\"
+.TH stdio 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stdio \- standard input/output library functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "FILE *" stdin ;
+.BI "FILE *" stdout ;
+.BI "FILE *" stderr ;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream
+I/O interface.
+Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the
+physical I/O characteristics are concealed.
+The functions and macros are
+listed below; more information is available from the individual man pages.
+.P
+A stream is associated with an external file (which may be a physical
+device) by
+.I opening
+a file, which may involve creating a new file.
+Creating an existing file
+causes its former contents to be discarded.
+If a file can support positioning requests (such as a disk file,
+as opposed to a terminal), then a
+.I file position indicator
+associated with the stream is positioned at the start of the file (byte
+zero), unless the file is opened with append mode.
+If append mode is used,
+it is unspecified whether the position indicator will be placed at the
+start or the end of the file.
+The position indicator is maintained by
+subsequent reads, writes, and positioning requests.
+All input occurs as if the characters were read by successive calls to the
+.BR fgetc (3)
+function; all output takes place as if all characters were written by
+successive calls to the
+.BR fputc (3)
+function.
+.P
+A file is disassociated from a stream by
+.I closing
+the file.
+Output streams are flushed (any unwritten buffer contents are
+transferred to the host environment) before the stream is disassociated from
+the file.
+The value of a pointer to a
+.I FILE
+object is indeterminate after a file is closed (garbage).
+.P
+A file may be subsequently reopened, by the same or another program
+execution, and its contents reclaimed or modified (if it can be
+repositioned at the start).
+If the main function returns to its original
+caller, or the
+.BR exit (3)
+function is called, all open files are closed (hence all output streams are
+flushed) before program termination.
+Other methods of program termination,
+such as
+.BR abort (3)
+do not bother about closing files properly.
+.P
+At program startup, three text streams are predefined and need not be
+opened explicitly:
+.I standard input
+(for reading conventional input),
+.I standard output
+(for writing conventional output), and
+.I standard error
+(for writing diagnostic output).
+These streams are abbreviated
+.IR stdin ,
+.IR stdout ,
+and
+.IR stderr .
+When opened, the standard error stream is not fully buffered; the standard
+input and output streams are fully buffered if and only if the streams do
+not refer to an interactive device.
+.P
+Output streams that refer to terminal devices are always line buffered by
+default; pending output to such streams is written automatically whenever
+an input stream that refers to a terminal device is read.
+In cases where a
+large amount of computation is done after printing part of a line on an
+output terminal, it is necessary to
+.BR fflush (3)
+the standard output before going off and computing so that the output will
+appear.
+.P
+The
+.I stdio
+library is a part of the library
+.B libc
+and routines are automatically loaded as needed by
+.BR cc (1).
+The
+SYNOPSIS
+sections of the following manual pages indicate which include files are to
+be used, what the compiler declaration for the function looks like and
+which external variables are of interest.
+.P
+The following are defined as macros; these names may not be reused without
+first removing their current definitions with
+.BR #undef :
+.BR BUFSIZ ,
+.BR EOF ,
+.BR FILENAME_MAX ,
+.BR FOPEN_MAX ,
+.BR L_cuserid ,
+.BR L_ctermid ,
+.BR L_tmpnam ,
+.BR NULL ,
+.BR SEEK_END ,
+.BR SEEK_SET ,
+.BR SEEK_CUR ,
+.BR TMP_MAX ,
+.BR clearerr ,
+.BR feof ,
+.BR ferror ,
+.BR fileno ,
+.\" Not on Linux: .BR fropen ,
+.\" Not on Linux: .BR fwopen ,
+.BR getc ,
+.BR getchar ,
+.BR putc ,
+.BR putchar ,
+.BR stderr ,
+.BR stdin ,
+.BR stdout .
+Function versions of the macro functions
+.BR feof ,
+.BR ferror ,
+.BR clearerr ,
+.BR fileno ,
+.BR getc ,
+.BR getchar ,
+.BR putc ,
+and
+.B putchar
+exist and will be used if the macros definitions are explicitly removed.
+.SS List of functions
+.TS
+;
+lb lbx
+l l.
+Function	Description
+_
+\fBclearerr\fP(3)	T{
+check and reset stream status
+T}
+\fBfclose\fP(3)	T{
+close a stream
+T}
+\fBfdopen\fP(3)	T{
+stream open functions
+T}
+\fBfeof\fP(3)	T{
+check and reset stream status
+T}
+\fBferror\fP(3)	T{
+check and reset stream status
+T}
+\fBfflush\fP(3)	T{
+flush a stream
+T}
+\fBfgetc\fP(3)	T{
+get next character or word from input stream
+T}
+\fBfgetpos\fP(3)	T{
+reposition a stream
+T}
+\fBfgets\fP(3)	T{
+get a line from a stream
+T}
+\fBfileno\fP(3)	T{
+return the integer descriptor of the argument stream
+T}
+\fBfmemopen\fP(3)	T{
+open memory as stream
+T}
+\fBfopen\fP(3)	T{
+stream open functions
+T}
+\fBfopencookie\fP(3)	T{
+open a custom stream
+T}
+\fBfprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBfpurge\fP(3)	T{
+flush a stream
+T}
+\fBfputc\fP(3)	T{
+output a character or word to a stream
+T}
+\fBfputs\fP(3)	T{
+output a line to a stream
+T}
+\fBfread\fP(3)	T{
+binary stream input/output
+T}
+\fBfreopen\fP(3)	T{
+stream open functions
+T}
+\fBfscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+\fBfseek\fP(3)	T{
+reposition a stream
+T}
+\fBfsetpos\fP(3)	T{
+reposition a stream
+T}
+\fBftell\fP(3)	T{
+reposition a stream
+T}
+\fBfwrite\fP(3)	T{
+binary stream input/output
+T}
+\fBgetc\fP(3)	T{
+get next character or word from input stream
+T}
+\fBgetchar\fP(3)	T{
+get next character or word from input stream
+T}
+\fBgets\fP(3)	T{
+get a line from a stream
+T}
+\fBgetw\fP(3)	T{
+get next character or word from input stream
+T}
+\fBmktemp\fP(3)	T{
+make temporary filename (unique)
+T}
+\fBopen_memstream\fP(3)	T{
+open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+T}
+\fBopen_wmemstream\fP(3)	T{
+open a dynamic memory buffer stream
+T}
+\fBperror\fP(3)	T{
+system error messages
+T}
+\fBprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBputc\fP(3)	T{
+output a character or word to a stream
+T}
+\fBputchar\fP(3)	T{
+output a character or word to a stream
+T}
+\fBputs\fP(3)	T{
+output a line to a stream
+T}
+\fBputw\fP(3)	T{
+output a character or word to a stream
+T}
+\fBremove\fP(3)	T{
+remove directory entry
+T}
+\fBrewind\fP(3)	T{
+reposition a stream
+T}
+\fBscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+\fBsetbuf\fP(3)	T{
+stream buffering operations
+T}
+\fBsetbuffer\fP(3)	T{
+stream buffering operations
+T}
+\fBsetlinebuf\fP(3)	T{
+stream buffering operations
+T}
+\fBsetvbuf\fP(3)	T{
+stream buffering operations
+T}
+\fBsprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBsscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+\fBstrerror\fP(3)	T{
+system error messages
+T}
+\fBsys_errlist\fP(3)	T{
+system error messages
+T}
+\fBsys_nerr\fP(3)	T{
+system error messages
+T}
+\fBtempnam\fP(3)	T{
+temporary file routines
+T}
+\fBtmpfile\fP(3)	T{
+temporary file routines
+T}
+\fBtmpnam\fP(3)	T{
+temporary file routines
+T}
+\fBungetc\fP(3)	T{
+un-get character from input stream
+T}
+\fBvfprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBvfscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+\fBvprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBvscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+\fBvsprintf\fP(3)	T{
+formatted output conversion
+T}
+\fBvsscanf\fP(3)	T{
+input format conversion
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR close (2),
+.BR open (2),
+.BR read (2),
+.BR write (2),
+.BR stdout (3),
+.BR unlocked_stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/stdio_ext.3 b/man/man3/stdio_ext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0203c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stdio_ext.3
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH stdio_ext 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+__fbufsize, __flbf, __fpending, __fpurge, __freadable,
+__freading, __fsetlocking, __fwritable, __fwriting, _flushlbf \-
+interfaces to stdio FILE structure
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <stdio_ext.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t __fbufsize(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "size_t __fpending(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __flbf(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __freadable(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __fwritable(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __freading(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __fwriting(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int __fsetlocking(FILE *" stream ", int " type );
+.B "void _flushlbf(void);"
+.BI "void __fpurge(FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Solaris introduced routines to allow portable access to the
+internals of the
+.I FILE
+structure, and glibc also implemented these.
+.P
+The
+.BR __fbufsize ()
+function returns the size of the buffer currently used
+by the given stream.
+.P
+The
+.BR __fpending ()
+function returns the number of bytes in the output buffer.
+For wide-oriented streams the unit is wide characters.
+This function is undefined on buffers in reading mode,
+or opened read-only.
+.P
+The
+.BR __flbf ()
+function returns a nonzero value if the stream is line-buffered,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR __freadable ()
+function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows reading,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR __fwritable ()
+function returns a nonzero value if the stream allows writing,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR __freading ()
+function returns a nonzero value if the stream is read-only, or
+if the last operation on the stream was a read operation,
+and zero otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR __fwriting ()
+function returns a nonzero value if the stream is write-only (or
+append-only), or if the last operation on the stream was a write
+operation, and zero otherwise.
+.P
+The
+.BR __fsetlocking ()
+function can be used to select the desired type of locking on the stream.
+It returns the current type.
+The
+.I type
+argument can take the following three values:
+.TP
+.B FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL
+Perform implicit locking around every operation on the given stream
+(except for the *_unlocked ones).
+This is the default.
+.TP
+.B FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER
+The caller will take care of the locking (possibly using
+.BR flockfile (3)
+in case there is more than one thread), and the stdio routines
+will not do locking until the state is reset to
+.BR FSETLOCKING_INTERNAL .
+.TP
+.B FSETLOCKING_QUERY
+Don't change the type of locking.
+(Only return it.)
+.P
+The
+.BR _flushlbf ()
+function flushes all line-buffered streams.
+(Presumably so that
+output to a terminal is forced out, say before reading keyboard input.)
+.P
+The
+.BR __fpurge ()
+function discards the contents of the stream's buffer.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR __fbufsize (),
+.BR __fpending (),
+.BR __fpurge (),
+.BR __fsetlocking ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:stream
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR __flbf (),
+.BR __freadable (),
+.BR __freading (),
+.BR __fwritable (),
+.BR __fwriting (),
+.BR _flushlbf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR flockfile (3),
+.BR fpurge (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/stdout.3 b/man/man3/stdout.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..752ae27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stdout.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdin.3
diff --git a/man/man3/stpcpy.3 b/man/man3/stpcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff7476a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stpcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strcpy.3
diff --git a/man/man3/stpncpy.3 b/man/man3/stpncpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e45f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/stpncpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH stpncpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stpncpy, strncpy
+\-
+fill a fixed-size buffer with non-null bytes from a string,
+padding with null bytes as needed
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
+const char *restrict " src ,
+.BI "              size_t " dsize );
+.BI "char *stpncpy(char " dst "[restrict ." dsize "], \
+const char *restrict " src ,
+.BI "              size_t " dsize );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR stpncpy ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions copy non-null bytes from the string pointed to by
+.I src
+into the array pointed to by
+.IR dst .
+If the source has too few non-null bytes to fill the destination,
+the functions pad the destination with trailing null bytes.
+If the destination buffer,
+limited by its size,
+isn't large enough to hold the copy,
+the resulting character sequence is truncated.
+For the difference between the two functions, see RETURN VALUE.
+.P
+An implementation of these functions might be:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *
+strncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
+{
+    stpncpy(dst, src, dsize);
+    return dst;
+}
+\&
+char *
+stpncpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t dsize)
+{
+    size_t  dlen;
+\&
+    dlen = strnlen(src, dsize);
+    return memset(mempcpy(dst, src, dlen), 0, dsize \- dlen);
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.TP
+.BR strncpy ()
+returns
+.IR dst .
+.TP
+.BR stpncpy ()
+returns a pointer to
+one after the last character in the destination character sequence.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR stpncpy (),
+.BR strncpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strncpy ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR stpncpy ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strncpy ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR stpncpy ()
+glibc 1.07.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The name of these functions is confusing.
+These functions produce a null-padded character sequence,
+not a string (see
+.BR string_copying (7)).
+For example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strncpy(buf, "1", 5);       // { \[aq]1\[aq],   0,   0,   0,   0 }
+strncpy(buf, "1234", 5);    // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq],   0 }
+strncpy(buf, "12345", 5);   // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
+strncpy(buf, "123456", 5);  // { \[aq]1\[aq], \[aq]2\[aq], \[aq]3\[aq], \[aq]4\[aq], \[aq]5\[aq] }
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+It's impossible to distinguish truncation by the result of the call,
+from a character sequence that just fits the destination buffer;
+truncation should be detected by
+comparing the length of the input string
+with the size of the destination buffer.
+.P
+If you're going to use this function in chained calls,
+it would be useful to develop a similar function that accepts
+a pointer to the end (one after the last element) of the destination buffer
+instead of its size.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (stpncpy.c)
+.EX
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char    *p;
+    char    buf1[20];
+    char    buf2[20];
+    size_t  len;
+\&
+    if (sizeof(buf2) < strlen("Hello world!"))
+        errx("strncpy: truncating character sequence");
+    strncpy(buf2, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf2));
+    len = strnlen(buf2, sizeof(buf2));
+\&
+    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
+    fwrite(buf2, 1, len, stdout);
+    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
+\&
+    if (sizeof(buf1) < strlen("Hello world!"))
+        errx("stpncpy: truncating character sequence");
+    p = stpncpy(buf1, "Hello world!", sizeof(buf1));
+    len = p \- buf1;
+\&
+    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
+    fwrite(buf1, 1, len, stdout);
+    putchar(\[aq]\en\[aq]);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR wcpncpy (3),
+.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strcasecmp.3 b/man/man3/strcasecmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..647f211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcasecmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:12:45 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strcasecmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strcasecmp, strncasecmp \- compare two strings ignoring case
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.P
+.BI "int strcasecmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+.BI "int strncasecmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strcasecmp ()
+function performs a byte-by-byte comparison of the strings
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring the case of the characters.
+It returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
+.I s1
+is found,
+respectively, to be less than, to match, or be greater than
+.IR s2 .
+.P
+The
+.BR strncasecmp ()
+function is similar, except that it compares
+no more than
+.I n
+bytes of
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strcasecmp ()
+and
+.BR strncasecmp ()
+functions return
+an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
+.I s1
+is, after ignoring case, found to be
+less than, to match, or be greater than
+.IR s2 ,
+respectively.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strcasecmp (),
+.BR strncasecmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The
+.BR strcasecmp ()
+and
+.BR strncasecmp ()
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD, where they were declared in
+.IR <string.h> .
+Thus, for reasons of historical compatibility, the glibc
+.I <string.h>
+header file also declares these functions, if the
+.B _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+(or, in glibc 2.19 and earlier,
+.BR _BSD_SOURCE )
+feature test macro is defined.
+.P
+The POSIX.1-2008 standard says of these functions:
+.P
+.RS
+When the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the locale being used is from the POSIX locale,
+these functions shall behave as if the strings had been converted
+to lowercase and then a byte comparison performed.
+Otherwise, the results are unspecified.
+.RE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strncmp (3),
+.BR wcscasecmp (3),
+.BR wcsncasecmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strcasestr.3 b/man/man3/strcasestr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2feb2c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcasestr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strstr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strcat.3 b/man/man3/strcat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff7476a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcat.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strcpy.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strchr.3 b/man/man3/strchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3abb02e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Mon Apr 12 12:51:24 1993, David Metcalfe
+.\" 2006-05-19, Justin Pryzby <pryzbyj@justinpryzby.com>
+.\"	Document strchrnul(3).
+.\"
+.TH strchr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strchr, strrchr, strchrnul \- locate character in string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
+.BI "char *strrchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strchrnul(const char *" s ", int " c );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strchr ()
+function returns a pointer to the first occurrence
+of the character
+.I c
+in the string
+.IR s .
+.P
+The
+.BR strrchr ()
+function returns a pointer to the last occurrence
+of the character
+.I c
+in the string
+.IR s .
+.P
+The
+.BR strchrnul ()
+function is like
+.BR strchr ()
+except that if
+.I c
+is not found in
+.IR s ,
+then it returns a pointer to the null byte
+at the end of
+.IR s ,
+rather than NULL.
+.P
+Here "character" means "byte"; these functions do not work with
+wide or multibyte characters.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strchr ()
+and
+.BR strrchr ()
+functions return a pointer to
+the matched character or NULL if the character is not found.
+The terminating null byte is considered part of the string,
+so that if
+.I c
+is specified as \[aq]\e0\[aq],
+these functions return a pointer to the terminator.
+.P
+The
+.BR strchrnul ()
+function returns a pointer to the matched character,
+or a pointer to the null byte at the end of
+.I s
+(i.e.,
+.IR "s+strlen(s)" )
+if the character is not found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strchr (),
+.BR strrchr (),
+.BR strchrnul ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strchr ()
+.TQ
+.BR strrchr ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strchrnul ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strchr ()
+.TQ
+.BR strrchr ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR strchrnul ()
+glibc 2.1.1,
+FreeBSD 10,
+NetBSD 8.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strlen (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR wcschr (3),
+.BR wcsrchr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strchrnul.3 b/man/man3/strchrnul.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..322b7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strchrnul.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strchr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strcmp.3 b/man/man3/strcmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba9eefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:08:52 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2001-08-31, aeb
+.\"
+.TH strcmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strcmp, strncmp \- compare two strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "int strcmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+.BI "int strncmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strcmp ()
+function compares the two strings
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+The locale is not taken into account (for a locale-aware comparison, see
+.BR strcoll (3)).
+The comparison is done using unsigned characters.
+.P
+.BR strcmp ()
+returns an integer indicating the result of the comparison, as follows:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+0, if the
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+are equal;
+.IP \[bu]
+a negative value if
+.I s1
+is less than
+.IR s2 ;
+.IP \[bu]
+a positive value if
+.I s1
+is greater than
+.IR s2 .
+.P
+The
+.BR strncmp ()
+function is similar, except it compares
+only the first (at most)
+.I n
+bytes of
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strcmp ()
+and
+.BR strncmp ()
+functions return an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
+.I s1
+(or the first
+.I n
+bytes thereof) is found, respectively, to be less than, to
+match, or be greater than
+.IR s2 .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strcmp (),
+.BR strncmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+POSIX.1 specifies only that:
+.RS
+.P
+The sign of a nonzero return value shall be determined by the sign
+of the difference between the values of the first pair of bytes
+(both interpreted as type
+.IR "unsigned char" )
+that differ in the strings being compared.
+.RE
+.P
+In glibc, as in most other implementations,
+the return value is the arithmetic result of subtracting
+the last compared byte in
+.I s2
+from the last compared byte in
+.IR s1 .
+(If the two characters are equal, this difference is 0.)
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below can be used to demonstrate the operation of
+.BR strcmp ()
+(when given two arguments) and
+.BR strncmp ()
+(when given three arguments).
+First, some examples using
+.BR strcmp ():
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./string_comp ABC ABC\fP
+<str1> and <str2> are equal
+$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB\fP      # \[aq]C\[aq] is ASCII 67; \[aq]C\[aq] \- \[aq]\e0\[aq] = 67
+<str1> is greater than <str2> (67)
+$ \fB./string_comp ABA ABZ\fP     # \[aq]A\[aq] is ASCII 65; \[aq]Z\[aq] is ASCII 90
+<str1> is less than <str2> (\-25)
+$ \fB./string_comp ABJ ABC\fP
+<str1> is greater than <str2> (7)
+$ .\fB/string_comp $\[aq]\e201\[aq] A\fP   # 0201 \- 0101 = 0100 (or 64 decimal)
+<str1> is greater than <str2> (64)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The last example uses
+.BR bash (1)-specific
+syntax to produce a string containing an 8-bit ASCII code;
+the result demonstrates that the string comparison uses unsigned
+characters.
+.P
+And then some examples using
+.BR strncmp ():
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB 3\fP
+<str1> is greater than <str2> (67)
+$ \fB./string_comp ABC AB 2\fP
+<str1> and <str2> are equal in the first 2 bytes
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (string_comp.c)
+.EX
+/* string_comp.c
+\&
+   Licensed under GNU General Public License v2 or later.
+*/
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int res;
+\&
+    if (argc < 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <str1> <str2> [<len>]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (argc == 3)
+        res = strcmp(argv[1], argv[2]);
+    else
+        res = strncmp(argv[1], argv[2], atoi(argv[3]));
+\&
+    if (res == 0) {
+        printf("<str1> and <str2> are equal");
+        if (argc > 3)
+            printf(" in the first %d bytes\en", atoi(argv[3]));
+        printf("\en");
+    } else if (res < 0) {
+        printf("<str1> is less than <str2> (%d)\en", res);
+    } else {
+        printf("<str1> is greater than <str2> (%d)\en", res);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strncasecmp (3),
+.BR strverscmp (3),
+.BR wcscmp (3),
+.BR wcsncmp (3),
+.BR ascii (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strcoll.3 b/man/man3/strcoll.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b19cfc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcoll.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:40:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strcoll 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strcoll \- compare two strings using the current locale
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "int strcoll(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strcoll ()
+function compares the two strings
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+It returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater
+than zero if
+.I s1
+is found, respectively, to be less than,
+to match, or be greater than
+.IR s2 .
+The comparison is based on
+strings interpreted as appropriate for the program's current locale
+for category
+.BR LC_COLLATE .
+(See
+.BR setlocale (3).)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strcoll ()
+function returns an integer less than, equal to,
+or greater than zero if
+.I s1
+is found, respectively, to be less
+than, to match, or be greater than
+.IR s2 ,
+when both are interpreted
+as appropriate for the current locale.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strcoll ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+In the
+.I "POSIX"
+or
+.I "C"
+locales
+.BR strcoll ()
+is equivalent to
+.BR strcmp (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strxfrm (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strcpy.3 b/man/man3/strcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a14e8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH strcpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stpcpy, strcpy, strcat \- copy or catenate a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *stpcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
+.BI "char *strcpy(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
+.BI "char *strcat(char *restrict " dst ", const char *restrict " src );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR stpcpy ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.TP
+.BR stpcpy ()
+.TQ
+.BR strcpy ()
+These functions copy the string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+into a string
+at the buffer pointed to by
+.IR dst .
+The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
+that is,
+.IR "strlen(src) + 1" .
+For the difference between the two functions, see RETURN VALUE.
+.TP
+.BR strcat ()
+This function catenates the string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+after the string pointed to by
+.I dst
+(overwriting its terminating null byte).
+The programmer is responsible for allocating a destination buffer large enough,
+that is,
+.IR "strlen(dst) + strlen(src) + 1" .
+.P
+An implementation of these functions might be:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *
+stpcpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
+{
+    char  *p;
+\&
+    p = mempcpy(dst, src, strlen(src));
+    *p = \[aq]\e0\[aq];
+\&
+    return p;
+}
+\&
+char *
+strcpy(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
+{
+    stpcpy(dst, src);
+    return dst;
+}
+\&
+char *
+strcat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src)
+{
+    stpcpy(dst + strlen(dst), src);
+    return dst;
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.TP
+.BR stpcpy ()
+This function returns
+a pointer to the terminating null byte of the copied string.
+.TP
+.BR strcpy ()
+.TQ
+.BR strcat ()
+These functions return
+.IR dst .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR stpcpy (),
+.BR strcpy (),
+.BR strcat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR stpcpy ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strcpy ()
+.TQ
+.BR strcat ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR stpcpy ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strcpy ()
+.TQ
+.BR strcat ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The strings
+.I src
+and
+.I dst
+may not overlap.
+.P
+If the destination buffer is not large enough,
+the behavior is undefined.
+See
+.B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
+in
+.BR feature_test_macros (7).
+.P
+.BR strcat ()
+can be very inefficient.
+Read about
+.UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
+Shlemiel the painter
+.UE .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strcpy.c)
+.EX
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    char    *p;
+    char    *buf1;
+    char    *buf2;
+    size_t  len, maxsize;
+\&
+    maxsize = strlen("Hello ") + strlen("world") + strlen("!") + 1;
+    buf1 = malloc(sizeof(*buf1) * maxsize);
+    if (buf1 == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
+    buf2 = malloc(sizeof(*buf2) * maxsize);
+    if (buf2 == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
+\&
+    p = buf1;
+    p = stpcpy(p, "Hello ");
+    p = stpcpy(p, "world");
+    p = stpcpy(p, "!");
+    len = p \- buf1;
+\&
+    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
+    puts(buf1);  // "Hello world!"
+    free(buf1);
+\&
+    strcpy(buf2, "Hello ");
+    strcat(buf2, "world");
+    strcat(buf2, "!");
+    len = strlen(buf2);
+\&
+    printf("[len = %zu]: ", len);
+    puts(buf2);  // "Hello world!"
+    free(buf2);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strdup (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR wcscpy (3),
+.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strcspn.3 b/man/man3/strcspn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26284f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strcspn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strspn.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strdup.3 b/man/man3/strdup.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..530ffb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strdup.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:34 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Wed Oct 17 01:12:26 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.TH strdup 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strdup, strndup, strdupa, strndupa \- duplicate a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strdup(const char *" s );
+.P
+.BI "char *strndup(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.BI "char *strdupa(const char *" s );
+.BI "char *strndupa(const char " s [. n "], size_t " n );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strdup ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+        || /* Since glibc 2.12: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR strndup ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR strdupa (),
+.BR strndupa ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strdup ()
+function returns a pointer to a new string which
+is a duplicate of the string
+.IR s .
+Memory for the new string is
+obtained with
+.BR malloc (3),
+and can be freed with
+.BR free (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR strndup ()
+function is similar, but copies at most
+.I n
+bytes.
+If
+.I s
+is longer than
+.IR n ,
+only
+.I n
+bytes are copied, and a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is added.
+.P
+.BR strdupa ()
+and
+.BR strndupa ()
+are similar, but use
+.BR alloca (3)
+to allocate the buffer.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, the
+.BR strdup ()
+function returns a pointer to the duplicated
+string.
+It returns NULL if insufficient memory was available, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory available to allocate duplicate string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strdup (),
+.BR strndup (),
+.BR strdupa (),
+.BR strndupa ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strdup ()
+.TQ
+.BR strndup ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strdupa ()
+.TQ
+.BR strndupa ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strdup ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD-Reno, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR strndup ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strdupa ()
+.TQ
+.BR strndupa ()
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR alloca (3),
+.BR calloc (3),
+.BR free (3),
+.BR malloc (3),
+.BR realloc (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR wcsdup (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strdupa.3 b/man/man3/strdupa.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dd8f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strdupa.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strerror.3 b/man/man3/strerror.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62a99c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strerror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2005, 2014, 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:05:30 1993 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified Fri Feb 16 14:25:17 1996 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 21 20:55:44 1996 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" Modified Mon Oct 15 21:16:25 2001 by John Levon <moz@compsoc.man.ac.uk>
+.\" Modified Tue Oct 16 00:04:43 2001 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" Modified Fri Jun 20 03:04:30 2003 by Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" 2005-12-13, mtk, Substantial rewrite of strerror_r() description
+.\"         Addition of extra material on portability and standards.
+.\"
+.TH strerror 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strerror, strerrorname_np, strerrordesc_np, strerror_r, strerror_l \-
+return string describing error number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strerror(int " errnum );
+.BI "const char *strerrorname_np(int " errnum );
+.BI "const char *strerrordesc_np(int " errnum );
+.P
+.BI "int strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
+               /* XSI-compliant */
+.P
+.BI "char *strerror_r(int " errnum ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
+               /* GNU-specific */
+.P
+.BI "char *strerror_l(int " errnum ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strerrorname_np (),
+.BR strerrordesc_np ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR strerror_r ():
+.nf
+    The XSI-compliant version is provided if:
+        (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L) && ! _GNU_SOURCE
+    Otherwise, the GNU-specific version is provided.
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strerror ()
+function returns a pointer to a string that describes the error
+code passed in the argument
+.IR errnum ,
+possibly using the
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+part of the current locale to select the appropriate language.
+(For example, if
+.I errnum
+is
+.BR EINVAL ,
+the returned description will be "Invalid argument".)
+This string must not be modified by the application,
+and the returned pointer will be invalidated on a subsequent call to
+.BR strerror ()
+or
+.BR strerror_l (),
+or if the thread that obtained the string exits.
+No other library function, including
+.BR perror (3),
+will modify this string.
+.P
+Like
+.BR strerror (),
+the
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+function returns a pointer to a string that describes the error
+code passed in the argument
+.IR errnum ,
+with the difference that the returned string is not translated
+according to the current locale.
+.P
+The
+.BR strerrorname_np ()
+function returns a pointer to a string containing the name of the error
+code passed in the argument
+.IR errnum .
+For example, given
+.B EPERM
+as an argument, this function returns a pointer to the string "EPERM".
+Given
+.B 0
+as an argument,
+this function returns a pointer to the string "0".
+.\"
+.SS strerror_r()
+.BR strerror_r ()
+is like
+.BR strerror (),
+but might use the supplied buffer
+.I buf
+instead of allocating one internally.
+This function is available in two versions:
+an XSI-compliant version specified in POSIX.1-2001
+(available since glibc 2.3.4, but not POSIX-compliant until glibc 2.13),
+and a GNU-specific version (available since glibc 2.0).
+The XSI-compliant version is provided with the feature test macros
+settings shown in the SYNOPSIS;
+otherwise the GNU-specific version is provided.
+If no feature test macros are explicitly defined,
+then (since glibc 2.4)
+.B _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+is defined by default with the value
+200112L, so that the XSI-compliant version of
+.BR strerror_r ()
+is provided by default.
+.P
+The XSI-compliant
+.BR strerror_r ()
+is preferred for portable applications.
+It returns the error string in the user-supplied buffer
+.I buf
+of length
+.IR buflen .
+.P
+The GNU-specific
+.BR strerror_r ()
+returns a pointer to a string containing the error message.
+This may be either a pointer to a string that the function stores in
+.IR buf ,
+or a pointer to some (immutable) static string
+(in which case
+.I buf
+is unused).
+If the function stores a string in
+.IR buf ,
+then at most
+.I buflen
+bytes are stored (the string may be truncated if
+.I buflen
+is too small and
+.I errnum
+is unknown).
+The string always includes a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.\"
+.SS strerror_l()
+.BR strerror_l ()
+is like
+.BR strerror (),
+but maps
+.I errnum
+to a locale-dependent error message in the locale specified by
+.IR locale .
+The behavior of
+.BR strerror_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strerror (),
+.BR strerror_l (),
+and the GNU-specific
+.BR strerror_r ()
+functions return
+the appropriate error description string,
+or an "Unknown error nnn" message if the error number is unknown.
+.P
+On success,
+.BR strerrorname_np ()
+and
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+return the appropriate error description string.
+If
+.I errnum
+is an invalid error number, these functions return NULL.
+.P
+The XSI-compliant
+.BR strerror_r ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On error,
+a (positive) error number is returned (since glibc 2.13),
+or \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error (before glibc 2.13).
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008 require that a successful call to
+.BR strerror ()
+or
+.BR strerror_l ()
+shall leave
+.I errno
+unchanged, and note that,
+since no function return value is reserved to indicate an error,
+an application that wishes to check for errors should initialize
+.I errno
+to zero before the call,
+and then check
+.I errno
+after the call.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The value of
+.I errnum
+is not a valid error number.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Insufficient storage was supplied to contain the error description string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strerror ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strerrorname_np (),
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strerror_r (),
+.BR strerror_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.P
+Before glibc 2.32,
+.BR strerror ()
+is not MT-Safe.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strerror ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strerror_r ()
+.\" FIXME . for later review when Issue 8 is one day released...
+.\" A future POSIX.1 may remove strerror_r()
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/tag_view_page.php?tag_id=8
+.\" http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=508
+.TQ
+.BR strerror_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strerrorname_np ()
+.TQ
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+GNU.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 permits
+.BR strerror ()
+to set
+.I errno
+if the call encounters an error, but does not specify what
+value should be returned as the function result in the event of an error.
+On some systems,
+.\" e.g., Solaris 8, HP-UX 11
+.BR strerror ()
+returns NULL if the error number is unknown.
+On other systems,
+.\" e.g., FreeBSD 5.4, Tru64 5.1B
+.BR strerror ()
+returns a string something like "Error nnn occurred" and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.B EINVAL
+if the error number is unknown.
+C99 and POSIX.1-2008 require the return value to be non-NULL.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strerror ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.TP
+.BR strerror_r ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR strerror_l ()
+glibc 2.6.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strerrorname_np ()
+.TQ
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+glibc 2.32.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR strerrorname_np ()
+and
+.BR strerrordesc_np ()
+are thread-safe and async-signal-safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR err (3),
+.BR errno (3),
+.BR error (3),
+.BR perror (3),
+.BR strsignal (3),
+.BR locale (7),
+.BR signal-safety (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strerror_l.3 b/man/man3/strerror_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649dd6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strerror_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strerror_r.3 b/man/man3/strerror_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649dd6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strerror_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strerrordesc_np.3 b/man/man3/strerrordesc_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649dd6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strerrordesc_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strerrorname_np.3 b/man/man3/strerrorname_np.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..649dd6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strerrorname_np.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strerror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strfmon.3 b/man/man3/strfmon.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3a9cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfmon.3
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH strfmon 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strfmon, strfmon_l \- convert monetary value to a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <monetary.h>
+.P
+.BI "ssize_t strfmon(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "ssize_t strfmon_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ", \
+locale_t " locale ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strfmon ()
+function formats the specified monetary amount
+according to the current locale
+and format specification
+.I format
+and places the
+result in the character array
+.I s
+of size
+.IR max .
+.P
+The
+.BR strfmon_l ()
+function performs the same task,
+but uses
+the locale specified by
+.IR locale .
+The behavior of
+.BR strfmon_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3))
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.P
+Ordinary characters in
+.I format
+are copied to
+.I s
+without conversion.
+Conversion specifiers are introduced by a \[aq]%\[aq]
+character.
+Immediately following it there can be zero or more
+of the following flags:
+.TP
+.BI = f
+The single-byte character
+.I f
+is used as the numeric fill character (to be used with
+a left precision, see below).
+When not specified, the space character is used.
+.TP
+.B \[ha]
+Do not use any grouping characters that might be defined
+for the current locale.
+By default, grouping is enabled.
+.TP
+.BR ( " or " +
+The ( flag indicates that negative amounts should be enclosed between
+parentheses.
+The + flag indicates that signs should be handled
+in the default way, that is, amounts are preceded by the locale's
+sign indication, for example, nothing for positive, "\-" for negative.
+.TP
+.B !
+Omit the currency symbol.
+.TP
+.B \-
+Left justify all fields.
+The default is right justification.
+.P
+Next, there may be a field width: a decimal digit string specifying
+a minimum field width in bytes.
+The default is 0.
+A result smaller than this width is padded with spaces
+(on the left, unless the left-justify flag was given).
+.P
+Next, there may be a left precision of the form "#" followed by
+a decimal digit string.
+If the number of digits left of the
+radix character is smaller than this, the representation is
+padded on the left with the numeric fill character.
+Grouping characters are not counted in this field width.
+.P
+Next, there may be a right precision of the form "." followed by
+a decimal digit string.
+The amount being formatted is rounded to
+the specified number of digits prior to formatting.
+The default is specified in the
+.I frac_digits
+and
+.I int_frac_digits
+items of the current locale.
+If the right precision is 0, no radix character is printed.
+(The radix character here is determined by
+.BR LC_MONETARY ,
+and may differ from that specified by
+.BR LC_NUMERIC .)
+.P
+Finally, the conversion specification must be ended with a
+conversion character.
+The three conversion characters are
+.TP
+.B %
+(In this case, the entire specification must be exactly "%%".)
+Put a \[aq]%\[aq] character in the result string.
+.TP
+.B i
+One argument of type
+.I double
+is converted using the locale's international currency format.
+.TP
+.B n
+One argument of type
+.I double
+is converted using the locale's national currency format.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strfmon ()
+function returns the number of characters placed
+in the array
+.IR s ,
+not including the terminating null byte,
+provided the string, including the terminating null byte, fits.
+Otherwise, it sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR E2BIG ,
+returns \-1, and the contents of the array is undefined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strfmon ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strfmon_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The call
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+strfmon(buf, sizeof(buf), "[%\[ha]=*#6n] [%=*#6i]",
+        1234.567, 1234.567);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+outputs
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+[€ **1234,57] [EUR **1 234,57]
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+in the
+.I nl_NL
+locale.
+The
+.IR de_DE ,
+.IR de_CH ,
+.IR en_AU ,
+and
+.I en_GB
+locales yield
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+[ **1234,57 €] [ **1.234,57 EUR]
+[ Fr. **1234.57] [ CHF **1\[aq]234.57]
+[ $**1234.57] [ AUD**1,234.57]
+[ £**1234.57] [ GBP**1,234.57]
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR duplocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR sprintf (3),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strfmon_l.3 b/man/man3/strfmon_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdbc310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfmon_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strfmon.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strfromd.3 b/man/man3/strfromd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74bc736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfromd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2016, IBM Corporation.
+.\" Written by Wainer dos Santos Moschetta <wainersm@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   glibc 2.25 source code and manual.
+.\"   C99 standard document.
+.\"   ISO/IEC TS 18661-1 technical specification.
+.\"   snprintf and other man.3 pages.
+.\"
+.TH strfromd 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strfromd, strfromf, strfroml \- convert a floating-point value into
+a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int strfromd(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
+.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", double " fp ");"
+.BI "int strfromf(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
+.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", float "fp ");"
+.BI "int strfroml(char " str "[restrict ." n "], size_t " n ,
+.BI "             const char *restrict " format ", long double " fp ");"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strfromd (),
+.BR strfromf (),
+.BR strfroml ():
+.nf
+    __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions convert a floating-point value,
+.IR fp ,
+into a string of characters,
+.IR str ,
+with a configurable
+.I format
+string.
+At most
+.I n
+characters are stored into
+.IR str .
+.P
+The terminating null byte ('\e0') is written if and only if
+.I n
+is sufficiently large, otherwise the written string is truncated at
+.I n
+characters.
+.P
+The
+.BR strfromd (),
+.BR strfromf (),
+and
+.BR strfroml ()
+functions are equivalent to
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+snprintf(str, n, format, fp);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+except for the
+.I format
+string.
+.SS Format of the format string
+The
+.I format
+string must start with the character \[aq]%\[aq].
+This is followed by an optional precision which starts with the period
+character (.), followed by an optional decimal integer.
+If no integer is specified after the period character,
+a precision of zero is used.
+Finally, the format string should have one of the conversion specifiers
+.BR a ,
+.BR A ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR F ,
+.BR g ,
+or
+.BR G .
+.P
+The conversion specifier is applied based on the floating-point type
+indicated by the function suffix.
+Therefore, unlike
+.BR snprintf (),
+the format string does not have a length modifier character.
+See
+.BR snprintf (3)
+for a detailed description of these conversion specifiers.
+.P
+The implementation conforms to the C99 standard on conversion of NaN and
+infinity values:
+.P
+.RS
+If
+.I fp
+is a NaN, +NaN, or \-NaN, and
+.B f
+(or
+.BR a ,
+.BR e ,
+.BR g )
+is the conversion specifier, the conversion is to "nan", "nan", or "\-nan",
+respectively.
+If
+.B F
+(or
+.BR A ,
+.BR E ,
+.BR G )
+is the conversion specifier, the conversion is to "NAN" or "\-NAN".
+.P
+Likewise if
+.I fp
+is infinity, it is converted to [\-]inf or [\-]INF.
+.RE
+.P
+A malformed
+.I format
+string results in undefined behavior.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strfromd (),
+.BR strfromf (),
+and
+.BR strfroml ()
+functions return the number of characters that would have been written in
+.I str
+if
+.I n
+had enough space,
+not counting the terminating null byte.
+Thus, a return value of
+.I n
+or greater means that the output was truncated.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7)
+and the
+.B POSIX Safety Concepts
+section in GNU C Library manual.
+.P
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strfromd (),
+.BR strfromf (),
+.BR strfroml ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+\^	Async-signal safety	AS-Unsafe heap
+\^	Async-cancel safety	AC-Unsafe mem
+.TE
+.P
+Note: these attributes are preliminary.
+.SH STANDARDS
+ISO/IEC TS 18661-1.
+.SH VERSIONS
+.TP
+.BR strfromd ()
+.TQ
+.BR strfromf ()
+.TQ
+.BR strfroml ()
+glibc 2.25.
+.SH NOTES
+These functions take account of the
+.B LC_NUMERIC
+category of the current locale.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+To convert the value 12.1 as a float type to a string using decimal
+notation, resulting in "12.100000":
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int ssize = 10;
+char s[ssize];
+strfromf(s, ssize, "%f", 12.1);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+To convert the value 12.3456 as a float type to a string using
+decimal notation with two digits of precision, resulting in "12.35":
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int ssize = 10;
+char s[ssize];
+strfromf(s, ssize, "%.2f", 12.3456);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+To convert the value 12.345e19 as a double type to a string using
+scientific notation with zero digits of precision, resulting in "1E+20":
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+#define __STDC_WANT_IEC_60559_BFP_EXT__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+int ssize = 10;
+char s[ssize];
+strfromd(s, ssize, "%.E", 12.345e19);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atof (3),
+.BR snprintf (3),
+.BR strtod (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strfromf.3 b/man/man3/strfromf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d20099d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfromf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strfromd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strfroml.3 b/man/man3/strfroml.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d20099d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfroml.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strfromd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strfry.3 b/man/man3/strfry.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f7daec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strfry.3
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:39:43 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strfry 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strfry \- randomize a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strfry(char *" string );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strfry ()
+function randomizes the contents of
+.I string
+by randomly swapping characters in the string.
+The result is an anagram of
+.IR string .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strfry ()
+functions returns a pointer to the randomized
+string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strfry ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memfrob (3),
+.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strftime.3 b/man/man3/strftime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e94a3ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strftime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,777 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\"     GNU texinfo documentation on glibc date/time functions.
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:03:44 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Applied fix by Wolfgang Franke, aeb, 961011
+.\" Corrected return value, aeb, 970307
+.\" Added Single UNIX Spec conversions and %z, aeb/esr, 990329.
+.\" 2005-11-22 mtk, added glibc Notes covering optional 'flag' and
+.\"           'width' components of conversion specifications.
+.\"
+.TH strftime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strftime \- format date and time
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t strftime(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
+.BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm );
+.P
+.BI "size_t strftime_l(char " s "[restrict ." max "], size_t " max ,
+.BI "                const char *restrict " format ,
+.BI "                const struct tm *restrict " tm ,
+.BI "                locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strftime ()
+function formats the broken-down time
+.I tm
+according to the format specification
+.I format
+and places the
+result in the character array
+.I s
+of size
+.IR max .
+The broken-down time structure
+.I tm
+is defined in
+.IR <time.h> .
+See also
+.BR ctime (3).
+.\" FIXME . POSIX says: Local timezone information is used as though
+.\" strftime() called tzset().  But this doesn't appear to be the case
+.P
+The format specification is a null-terminated string and may contain
+special character sequences called
+.IR "conversion specifications",
+each of which is introduced by a \[aq]%\[aq] character and terminated by
+some other character known as a
+.IR "conversion specifier character".
+All other character sequences are
+.IR "ordinary character sequences".
+.P
+The characters of ordinary character sequences (including the null byte)
+are copied verbatim from
+.I format
+to
+.IR s .
+However, the characters
+of conversion specifications are replaced as shown in the list below.
+In this list, the field(s) employed from the
+.I tm
+structure are also shown.
+.TP
+.B %a
+The abbreviated name of the day of the week according to the current locale.
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_wday .)
+(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.BR ABDAY_ { 1 \[en] 7 }
+as an argument.)
+.TP
+.B %A
+The full name of the day of the week according to the current locale.
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_wday .)
+(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.BR DAY_ { 1 \[en] 7 }
+as an argument.)
+.TP
+.B %b
+The abbreviated month name according to the current locale.
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_mon .)
+(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.BR ABMON_ { 1 \[en] 12 }
+as an argument.)
+.TP
+.B %B
+The full month name according to the current locale.
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_mon .)
+(The specific names used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.BR MON_ { 1 \[en] 12 }
+as an argument.)
+.TP
+.B %c
+The preferred date and time representation for the current locale.
+(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.B D_T_FMT
+as an argument for the
+.B %c
+conversion specification, and with
+.B ERA_D_T_FMT
+for the
+.B %Ec
+conversion specification.)
+(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
+.BR "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y" .)
+.TP
+.B %C
+The century number (year/100) as a 2-digit integer. (SU)
+(The
+.B %EC
+conversion specification corresponds to the name of the era.)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year .)
+.TP
+.B %d
+The day of the month as a decimal number (range 01 to 31).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_mday .)
+.TP
+.B %D
+Equivalent to
+.BR %m/%d/%y .
+(Yecch\[em]for Americans only.
+Americans should note that in other countries
+.B %d/%m/%y
+is rather common.
+This means that in international context this format is
+ambiguous and should not be used.) (SU)
+.TP
+.B %e
+Like
+.BR %d ,
+the day of the month as a decimal number, but a leading
+zero is replaced by a space. (SU)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_mday .)
+.TP
+.B %E
+Modifier: use alternative ("era-based") format, see below. (SU)
+.TP
+.B %F
+Equivalent to
+.B %Y\-%m\-%d
+(the ISO\~8601 date format). (C99)
+.TP
+.B %G
+The ISO\~8601 week-based year (see NOTES) with century as a decimal number.
+The 4-digit year corresponding to the ISO week number (see
+.BR %V ).
+This has the same format and value as
+.BR %Y ,
+except that if the ISO week number belongs to the previous or next year,
+that year is used instead. (TZ)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year ,
+.IR tm_yday ,
+and
+.IR tm_wday .)
+.TP
+.B %g
+Like
+.BR %G ,
+but without century, that is, with a 2-digit year (00\[en]99). (TZ)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year ,
+.IR tm_yday ,
+and
+.IR tm_wday .)
+.TP
+.B %h
+Equivalent to
+.BR %b .
+(SU)
+.TP
+.B %H
+The hour as a decimal number using a 24-hour clock (range 00 to 23).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+.TP
+.B %I
+The hour as a decimal number using a 12-hour clock (range 01 to 12).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+.TP
+.B %j
+The day of the year as a decimal number (range 001 to 366).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_yday .)
+.TP
+.B %k
+The hour (24-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 0 to 23);
+single digits are preceded by a blank.
+(See also
+.BR %H .)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+(TZ)
+.TP
+.B %l
+The hour (12-hour clock) as a decimal number (range 1 to 12);
+single digits are preceded by a blank.
+(See also
+.BR %I .)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+(TZ)
+.TP
+.B %m
+The month as a decimal number (range 01 to 12).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_mon .)
+.TP
+.B %M
+The minute as a decimal number (range 00 to 59).
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_min .)
+.TP
+.B %n
+A newline character. (SU)
+.TP
+.B %O
+Modifier: use alternative numeric symbols, see below. (SU)
+.TP
+.B %p
+Either "AM" or "PM" according to the given time value, or the
+corresponding strings for the current locale.
+Noon is treated as "PM" and midnight as "AM".
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+(The specific string representations used for "AM" and "PM"
+in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.BR AM_STR " and " PM_STR ,
+respectively.)
+.TP
+.B %P
+Like
+.B %p
+but in lowercase: "am" or "pm" or a corresponding
+string for the current locale.
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_hour .)
+(GNU)
+.TP
+.B %r
+The time in a.m. or p.m. notation.
+(SU)
+(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.B T_FMT_AMPM
+as an argument.)
+(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
+.BR "%I:%M:%S %p" .)
+.TP
+.B %R
+The time in 24-hour notation
+.RB ( %H:%M ).
+(SU)
+For a version including the seconds, see
+.B %T
+below.
+.TP
+.B %s
+The number of seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC). (TZ)
+(Calculated from
+.IR mktime(tm) .)
+.TP
+.B %S
+The second as a decimal number (range 00 to 60).
+(The range is up to 60 to allow for occasional leap seconds.)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_sec .)
+.TP
+.B %t
+A tab character. (SU)
+.TP
+.B %T
+The time in 24-hour notation
+.RB ( %H:%M:%S ).
+(SU)
+.TP
+.B %u
+The day of the week as a decimal, range 1 to 7, Monday being 1.
+See also
+.BR %w .
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_wday .)
+(SU)
+.TP
+.B %U
+The week number of the current year as a decimal number,
+range 00 to 53, starting with the first Sunday as the first day
+of week 01.
+See also
+.B %V
+and
+.BR %W .
+(Calculated from
+.I tm_yday
+and
+.IR tm_wday .)
+.TP
+.B %V
+The ISO\~8601 week number (see NOTES) of the current year as a decimal number,
+range 01 to 53, where week 1 is the first week that has at least
+4 days in the new year.
+See also
+.B %U
+and
+.BR %W .
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year ,
+.IR tm_yday ,
+and
+.IR tm_wday .)
+(SU)
+.TP
+.B %w
+The day of the week as a decimal, range 0 to 6, Sunday being 0.
+See also
+.BR %u .
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_wday .)
+.TP
+.B %W
+The week number of the current year as a decimal number,
+range 00 to 53, starting with the first Monday as the first day of week 01.
+(Calculated from
+.I tm_yday
+and
+.IR tm_wday .)
+.TP
+.B %x
+The preferred date representation for the current locale without the time.
+(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.B D_FMT
+as an argument for the
+.B %x
+conversion specification, and with
+.B ERA_D_FMT
+for the
+.B %Ex
+conversion specification.)
+(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
+.BR %m/%d/%y .)
+.TP
+.B %X
+The preferred time representation for the current locale without the date.
+(The specific format used in the current locale can be obtained by calling
+.BR nl_langinfo (3)
+with
+.B T_FMT
+as an argument for the
+.B %X
+conversion specification, and with
+.B ERA_T_FMT
+for the
+.B %EX
+conversion specification.)
+(In the POSIX locale this is equivalent to
+.BR %H:%M:%S .)
+.TP
+.B %y
+The year as a decimal number without a century (range 00 to 99).
+(The
+.B %Ey
+conversion specification corresponds to the year since the beginning of the era
+denoted by the
+.B %EC
+conversion specification.)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year )
+.TP
+.B %Y
+The year as a decimal number including the century.
+(The
+.B %EY
+conversion specification corresponds to
+the full alternative year representation.)
+(Calculated from
+.IR tm_year )
+.TP
+.B %z
+The
+.I +hhmm
+or
+.I \-hhmm
+numeric timezone (that is, the hour and minute offset from UTC). (SU)
+.TP
+.B %Z
+The timezone name or abbreviation.
+.TP
+.B %+
+.\" Nov 05 -- Not in Linux/glibc, but is in some BSDs (according to
+.\" their man pages)
+The date and time in
+.BR date (1)
+format. (TZ)
+(Not supported in glibc2.)
+.TP
+.B %%
+A literal \[aq]%\[aq] character.
+.P
+Some conversion specifications can be modified by preceding the
+conversion specifier character by the
+.B E
+or
+.B O
+.I modifier
+to indicate that an alternative format should be used.
+If the alternative format or specification does not exist for
+the current locale, the behavior will be as if the unmodified
+conversion specification were used. (SU)
+The Single UNIX Specification mentions
+.BR %Ec ,
+.BR %EC ,
+.BR %Ex ,
+.BR %EX ,
+.BR %Ey ,
+.BR %EY ,
+.BR %Od ,
+.BR %Oe ,
+.BR %OH ,
+.BR %OI ,
+.BR %Om ,
+.BR %OM ,
+.BR %OS ,
+.BR %Ou ,
+.BR %OU ,
+.BR %OV ,
+.BR %Ow ,
+.BR %OW ,
+.BR %Oy ,
+where the effect of the
+.B O
+modifier is to use
+alternative numeric symbols (say, roman numerals), and that of the
+.B E
+modifier is to use a locale-dependent alternative representation.
+The rules governing date representation with the
+.B E
+modifier can be obtained by supplying
+.B ERA
+as an argument to a
+.BR nl_langinfo (3).
+One example of such alternative forms is the Japanese era calendar scheme in the
+.B ja_JP
+glibc locale.
+.P
+.BR strftime_l ()
+is equivalent to
+.BR strftime (),
+except it uses the specified
+.I locale
+instead of the current locale.
+The behaviour is undefined if
+.I locale
+is invalid or
+.BR LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+Provided that the result string,
+including the terminating null byte, does not exceed
+.I max
+bytes,
+.BR strftime ()
+returns the number of bytes (excluding the terminating null byte)
+placed in the array
+.IR s .
+If the length of the result string (including the terminating null byte)
+would exceed
+.I max
+bytes, then
+.BR strftime ()
+returns 0, and the contents of the array are undefined.
+.\" (This behavior applies since at least libc 4.4.4;
+.\" very old versions of libc, such as libc 4.4.1,
+.\" would return
+.\" .I max
+.\" if the array was too small.)
+.P
+Note that the return value 0 does not necessarily indicate an error.
+For example, in many locales
+.B %p
+yields an empty string.
+An empty
+.I format
+string will likewise yield an empty string.
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+The environment variables
+.B TZ
+and
+.B LC_TIME
+are used.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strftime (),
+.BR strftime_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strftime ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strftime_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strftime ()
+SVr4, C89.
+.\" FIXME strftime() is in POSIX.1-2001 and POSIX.1-2008, but the details
+.\" in the standards changed across versions. Investigate and
+.\" write up.
+.TP
+.BR strftime_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+There are strict inclusions between the set of conversions
+given in ANSI C (unmarked), those given in the Single UNIX Specification
+(marked SU), those given in Olson's timezone package (marked TZ),
+and those given in glibc (marked GNU), except that
+.B %+
+is not supported in glibc2.
+On the other hand glibc2 has several more extensions.
+POSIX.1 only refers to ANSI C; POSIX.2 describes under
+.BR date (1)
+several extensions that could apply to
+.BR strftime ()
+as well.
+The
+.B %F
+conversion is in C99 and POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+In SUSv2, the
+.B %S
+specifier allowed a range of 00 to 61,
+to allow for the theoretical possibility of a minute that
+included a double leap second
+(there never has been such a minute).
+.SH NOTES
+.SS ISO\~8601 week dates
+.BR %G ,
+.BR %g ,
+and
+.B %V
+yield values calculated from the week-based year defined by the
+ISO\~8601 standard.
+In this system, weeks start on a Monday, and are numbered from 01,
+for the first week, up to 52 or 53, for the last week.
+Week 1 is the first week where four or more days fall within the
+new year (or, synonymously, week 01 is:
+the first week of the year that contains a Thursday;
+or, the week that has 4 January in it).
+When three or fewer days of the first calendar week of the new year fall
+within that year,
+then the ISO\~8601 week-based system counts those days as part of week 52
+or 53 of the preceding year.
+For example, 1 January 2010 is a Friday,
+meaning that just three days of that calendar week fall in 2010.
+Thus, the ISO\~8601 week-based system considers these days to be part of
+week 53
+.RB ( %V )
+of the year 2009
+.RB ( %G );
+week 01 of ISO\~8601 year 2010 starts on Monday, 4 January 2010.
+Similarly, the first two days of January 2011 are considered to be part
+of week 52 of the year 2010.
+.SS glibc notes
+glibc provides some extensions for conversion specifications.
+(These extensions are not specified in POSIX.1-2001, but a few other
+systems provide similar features.)
+.\" HP-UX and Tru64 also have features like this.
+Between the \[aq]%\[aq] character and the conversion specifier character,
+an optional
+.I flag
+and field
+.I width
+may be specified.
+(These precede the
+.B E
+or
+.B O
+modifiers, if present.)
+.P
+The following flag characters are permitted:
+.TP
+.B _
+(underscore)
+Pad a numeric result string with spaces.
+.TP
+.B \-
+(dash)
+Do not pad a numeric result string.
+.TP
+.B 0
+Pad a numeric result string with zeros even if the conversion
+specifier character uses space-padding by default.
+.TP
+.B \[ha]
+Convert alphabetic characters in result string to uppercase.
+.TP
+.B #
+Swap the case of the result string.
+(This flag works only with certain conversion specifier characters,
+and of these, it is only really useful with
+.BR %Z .)
+.P
+An optional decimal width specifier may follow the (possibly absent) flag.
+If the natural size of the field is smaller than this width,
+then the result string is padded (on the left) to the specified width.
+.SH BUGS
+If the output string would exceed
+.I max
+bytes,
+.I errno
+is
+.I not
+set.
+This makes it impossible to distinguish this error case from cases where the
+.I format
+string legitimately produces a zero-length output string.
+POSIX.1-2001
+does
+.I not
+specify any
+.I errno
+settings for
+.BR strftime ().
+.P
+Some buggy versions of
+.BR gcc (1)
+complain about the use of
+.BR %c :
+.IR "warning: \`%c\[aq] yields only last 2 digits of year in some locales" .
+Of course programmers are encouraged to use
+.BR %c ,
+as it gives the preferred date and time representation.
+One meets all kinds of strange obfuscations
+to circumvent this
+.BR gcc (1)
+problem.
+A relatively clean one is to add an
+intermediate function
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+size_t
+my_strftime(char *s, size_t max, const char *fmt,
+            const struct tm *tm)
+{
+    return strftime(s, max, fmt, tm);
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Nowadays,
+.BR gcc (1)
+provides the
+.I \-Wno\-format\-y2k
+option to prevent the warning,
+so that the above workaround is no longer required.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.B RFC\~2822-compliant date format
+(with an English locale for %a and %b)
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+"%a,\ %d\ %b\ %Y\ %T\ %z"
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+.B RFC\~822-compliant date format
+(with an English locale for %a and %b)
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+"%a,\ %d\ %b\ %y\ %T\ %z"
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Example program
+The program below can be used to experiment with
+.BR strftime ().
+.P
+Some examples of the result string produced by the glibc implementation of
+.BR strftime ()
+are as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%m\[aq]"
+Result string is "11"
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%5m\[aq]"
+Result string is "00011"
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]%_5m\[aq]"
+Result string is "   11"
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strftime.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char outstr[200];
+    time_t t;
+    struct tm *tmp;
+\&
+    t = time(NULL);
+    tmp = localtime(&t);
+    if (tmp == NULL) {
+        perror("localtime");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (strftime(outstr, sizeof(outstr), argv[1], tmp) == 0) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "strftime returned 0");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    printf("Result string is \e"%s\e"\en", outstr);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR date (1),
+.BR time (2),
+.BR ctime (3),
+.BR nl_langinfo (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR sprintf (3),
+.BR strptime (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strftime_l.3 b/man/man3/strftime_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02e797a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strftime_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strftime.3
diff --git a/man/man3/string.3 b/man/man3/string.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7069b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/string.3
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:54:31 1993, Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH string 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+stpcpy, strcasecmp, strcat, strchr, strcmp, strcoll, strcpy, strcspn,
+strdup, strfry, strlen, strncat, strncmp, strncpy, strncasecmp, strpbrk,
+strrchr, strsep, strspn, strstr, strtok, strxfrm, index, rindex
+\- string operations
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <strings.h>
+.TP
+.BI "int strcasecmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+Compare the strings
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+ignoring case.
+.TP
+.BI "int strncasecmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+Compare the first
+.I n
+bytes of the strings
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+ignoring case.
+.TP
+.BI "char *index(const char *" s ", int " c );
+Identical to
+.BR strchr (3).
+.TP
+.BI "char *rindex(const char *" s ", int " c );
+Identical to
+.BR strrchr (3).
+.TP
+.B #include <string.h>
+.TP
+.BI "char *stpcpy(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
+Copy a string from
+.I src
+to
+.IR dest ,
+returning a pointer to the end of the resulting string at
+.IR dest .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strcat(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
+Append the string
+.I src
+to the string
+.IR dest ,
+returning a pointer
+.IR dest .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
+Return a pointer to the first occurrence of the character
+.I c
+in the string
+.IR s .
+.TP
+.BI "int strcmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+Compare the strings
+.I s1
+with
+.IR s2 .
+.TP
+.BI "int strcoll(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+Compare the strings
+.I s1
+with
+.I s2
+using the current locale.
+.TP
+.BI "char *strcpy(char *restrict " dest ", const char *restrict " src );
+Copy the string
+.I src
+to
+.IR dest ,
+returning a pointer to the start of
+.IR dest .
+.TP
+.BI "size_t strcspn(const char *" s ", const char *" reject );
+Calculate the length of the initial segment of the string
+.I s
+which does not contain any of bytes in the string
+.IR reject ,
+.TP
+.BI "char *strdup(const char *" s );
+Return a duplicate of the string
+.I s
+in memory allocated using
+.BR malloc (3).
+.TP
+.BI "char *strfry(char *" string );
+Randomly swap the characters in
+.IR string .
+.TP
+.BI "size_t strlen(const char *" s );
+Return the length of the string
+.IR s .
+.TP
+.nf
+.BI "char *strncat(char " dest "[restrict strlen(." dest ") + ." n " + 1],"
+.BI "       const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "       size_t " n );
+.fi
+Append at most
+.I n
+bytes from the unterminated string
+.I src
+to the string
+.IR dest ,
+returning a pointer to
+.IR dest .
+.TP
+.BI "int strncmp(const char " s1 [. n "], const char " s2 [. n "], size_t " n );
+Compare at most
+.I n
+bytes of the strings
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strpbrk(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
+Return a pointer to the first occurrence in the string
+.I s
+of one of the bytes in the string
+.IR accept .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strrchr(const char *" s ", int " c );
+Return a pointer to the last occurrence of the character
+.I c
+in the string
+.IR s .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strsep(char **restrict " stringp ", const char *restrict " delim );
+Extract the initial token in
+.I stringp
+that is delimited by one of the bytes in
+.IR delim .
+.TP
+.BI "size_t strspn(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
+Calculate the length of the starting segment in the string
+.I s
+that consists entirely of bytes in
+.IR accept .
+.TP
+.BI "char *strstr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
+Find the first occurrence of the substring
+.I needle
+in the string
+.IR haystack ,
+returning a pointer to the found substring.
+.TP
+.BI "char *strtok(char *restrict " s ", const char *restrict " delim );
+Extract tokens from the string
+.I s
+that are delimited by one of the bytes in
+.IR delim .
+.TP
+.nf
+.BI "size_t strxfrm(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
+const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "        size_t " n );
+.fi
+Transforms
+.I src
+to the current locale and copies the first
+.I n
+bytes to
+.IR dest .
+.TP
+.nf
+.BI "char *strncpy(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
+const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "       size_t " n );
+.fi
+Fill a fixed-size buffer with leading non-null bytes from a source array,
+padding with null bytes as needed.
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The string functions perform operations on null-terminated
+strings.
+See the individual man pages for descriptions of each function.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3),
+.BR stpcpy (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcat (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR strcspn (3),
+.BR strdup (3),
+.BR strfry (3),
+.BR strlen (3),
+.BR strncasecmp (3),
+.BR strncat (3),
+.BR strncmp (3),
+.BR strncpy (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strrchr (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR strxfrm (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strlen.3 b/man/man3/strlen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69aa2e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strlen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:02:26 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strlen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strlen \- calculate the length of a string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t strlen(const char *" s );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strlen ()
+function calculates the length of the string pointed to by
+.IR s ,
+excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strlen ()
+function returns the number of bytes in the string pointed to by
+.IR s .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strlen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+In cases where the input buffer may not contain
+a terminating null byte,
+.BR strnlen (3)
+should be used instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strnlen (3),
+.BR wcslen (3),
+.BR wcsnlen (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strncasecmp.3 b/man/man3/strncasecmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd3b671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strncasecmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strcasecmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strncat.3 b/man/man3/strncat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275e8d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strncat.3
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2022 Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH strncat 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strncat
+\-
+append non-null bytes from a source array to a string,
+and null-terminate the result
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strncat(char *restrict " dst ", const char " src "[restrict ." ssize ],
+.BI "              size_t " ssize );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This function appends at most
+.I ssize
+non-null bytes from the array pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+followed by a null character,
+to the end of the string pointed to by
+.IR dst .
+.I dst
+must point to a string contained in a buffer that is large enough,
+that is, the buffer size must be at least
+.IR "strlen(dst) + strnlen(src, ssize) + 1" .
+.P
+An implementation of this function might be:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char *
+strncat(char *restrict dst, const char *restrict src, size_t ssize)
+{
+    #define strnul(s)  (s + strlen(s))
+\&
+    stpcpy(mempcpy(strnul(dst), src, strnlen(src, ssize)), "");
+    return dst;
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR strncat ()
+returns
+.IR dst .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strncat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The name of this function is confusing;
+it has no relation to
+.BR strncpy (3).
+.P
+If the destination buffer does not already contain a string,
+or is not large enough,
+the behavior is undefined.
+See
+.B _FORTIFY_SOURCE
+in
+.BR feature_test_macros (7).
+.SH BUGS
+This function can be very inefficient.
+Read about
+.UR https://www.joelonsoftware.com/\:2001/12/11/\:back\-to\-basics/
+Shlemiel the painter
+.UE .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strncat.c)
+.EX
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+#define nitems(arr)  (sizeof((arr)) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    size_t  n;
+\&
+    // Null-padded fixed-size character sequences
+    char    pre[4] = "pre.";
+    char    new_post[50] = ".foo.bar";
+\&
+    // Strings
+    char    post[] = ".post";
+    char    src[] = "some_long_body.post";
+    char    *dest;
+\&
+    n = nitems(pre) + strlen(src) \- strlen(post) + nitems(new_post) + 1;
+    dest = malloc(sizeof(*dest) * n);
+    if (dest == NULL)
+        err(EXIT_FAILURE, "malloc()");
+\&
+    dest[0] = \[aq]\e0\[aq];  // There's no 'cpy' function to this 'cat'.
+    strncat(dest, pre, nitems(pre));
+    strncat(dest, src, strlen(src) \- strlen(post));
+    strncat(dest, new_post, nitems(new_post));
+\&
+    puts(dest);  // "pre.some_long_body.foo.bar"
+    free(dest);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR string (3),
+.BR string_copying (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/strncmp.3 b/man/man3/strncmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1007f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strncmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strcmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strncpy.3 b/man/man3/strncpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4710b02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strncpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stpncpy.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strndup.3 b/man/man3/strndup.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dd8f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strndup.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strndupa.3 b/man/man3/strndupa.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dd8f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strndupa.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strdup.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strnlen.3 b/man/man3/strnlen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..147f9aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strnlen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"
+.TH strnlen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t strnlen(const char " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strnlen ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strnlen ()
+function returns the number of bytes in the string
+pointed to by
+.IR s ,
+excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+but at most
+.IR maxlen .
+In doing this,
+.BR strnlen ()
+looks only at the first
+.I maxlen
+characters in the string pointed to by
+.I s
+and never beyond
+.IR s[maxlen\-1] .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strnlen ()
+function returns
+.IR strlen(s) ,
+if that is less than
+.IR maxlen ,
+or
+.I maxlen
+if there is no null terminating (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) among the first
+.I maxlen
+characters pointed to by
+.IR s .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strnlen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strlen (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strpbrk.3 b/man/man3/strpbrk.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ad85af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strpbrk.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:01:24 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strpbrk 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strpbrk \- search a string for any of a set of bytes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strpbrk(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strpbrk ()
+function locates the first occurrence in the
+string
+.I s
+of any of the bytes in the string
+.IR accept .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strpbrk ()
+function returns a pointer to the byte in
+.I s
+that matches one of the bytes in
+.IR accept ,
+or NULL
+if no such byte is found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strpbrk ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR wcspbrk (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strptime.3 b/man/man3/strptime.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba6c383
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strptime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 Mitchum DSouza <m.dsouza@mrc-apu.cam.ac.uk>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified, jmv@lucifer.dorms.spbu.ru, 1999-11-08
+.\" Modified, aeb, 2000-04-07
+.\" Updated from glibc docs, C. Scott Ananian, 2001-08-25
+.\" Modified, aeb, 2001-08-31
+.\" Modified, wharms 2001-11-12, remark on white space and example
+.\"
+.TH strptime 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strptime \- convert a string representation of time to a time tm structure
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strptime(const char *restrict " s ", const char *restrict " format ,
+.BI "               struct tm *restrict " tm );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strptime ()
+function is the converse of
+.BR strftime (3);
+it converts the character string pointed to by
+.I s
+to values which are stored in the
+"broken-down time"
+structure pointed to by
+.IR tm ,
+using the format specified by
+.IR format .
+.P
+The broken-down time structure
+.I tm
+is described in
+.BR tm (3type).
+.P
+The
+.I format
+argument
+is a character string that consists of field descriptors and text characters,
+reminiscent of
+.BR scanf (3).
+Each field descriptor consists of a
+.B %
+character followed by another character that specifies the replacement
+for the field descriptor.
+All other characters in the
+.I format
+string must have a matching character in the input string,
+except for whitespace, which matches zero or more
+whitespace characters in the input string.
+There should be white\%space or other alphanumeric characters
+between any two field descriptors.
+.P
+The
+.BR strptime ()
+function processes the input string from left
+to right.
+Each of the three possible input elements (whitespace,
+literal, or format) are handled one after the other.
+If the input cannot be matched to the format string, the function stops.
+The remainder of the format and input strings are not processed.
+.P
+The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
+In case a text string (such as the name of a day of the week or a month name)
+is to be matched, the comparison is case insensitive.
+In case a number is to be matched, leading zeros are
+permitted but not required.
+.TP
+.B %%
+The
+.B %
+character.
+.TP
+.BR %a " or " %A
+The name of the day of the week according to the current locale,
+in abbreviated form or the full name.
+.TP
+.BR %b " or " %B " or " %h
+The month name according to the current locale,
+in abbreviated form or the full name.
+.TP
+.B %c
+The date and time representation for the current locale.
+.TP
+.B %C
+The century number (0\[en]99).
+.TP
+.BR %d " or " %e
+The day of month (1\[en]31).
+.TP
+.B %D
+Equivalent to
+.BR %m/%d/%y .
+(This is the American style date, very confusing
+to non-Americans, especially since
+.B %d/%m/%y
+is widely used in Europe.
+The ISO\~8601 standard format is
+.BR %Y\-%m\-%d .)
+.TP
+.B %H
+The hour (0\[en]23).
+.TP
+.B %I
+The hour on a 12-hour clock (1\[en]12).
+.TP
+.B %j
+The day number in the year (1\[en]366).
+.TP
+.B %m
+The month number (1\[en]12).
+.TP
+.B %M
+The minute (0\[en]59).
+.TP
+.B %n
+Arbitrary whitespace.
+.TP
+.B %p
+The locale's equivalent of AM or PM.
+(Note: there may be none.)
+.TP
+.B %r
+The 12-hour clock time (using the locale's AM or PM).
+In the POSIX locale equivalent to
+.BR "%I:%M:%S %p" .
+If
+.I t_fmt_ampm
+is empty in the
+.B LC_TIME
+part of the current locale,
+then the behavior is undefined.
+.TP
+.B %R
+Equivalent to
+.BR %H:%M .
+.TP
+.B %S
+The second (0\[en]60; 60 may occur for leap seconds;
+earlier also 61 was allowed).
+.TP
+.B %t
+Arbitrary whitespace.
+.TP
+.B %T
+Equivalent to
+.BR %H:%M:%S .
+.TP
+.B %U
+The week number with Sunday the first day of the week (0\[en]53).
+The first Sunday of January is the first day of week 1.
+.TP
+.B %w
+The ordinal number of the day of the week (0\[en]6), with Sunday = 0.
+.TP
+.B %W
+The week number with Monday the first day of the week (0\[en]53).
+The first Monday of January is the first day of week 1.
+.TP
+.B %x
+The date, using the locale's date format.
+.TP
+.B %X
+The time, using the locale's time format.
+.TP
+.B %y
+The year within century (0\[en]99).
+When a century is not otherwise specified, values in the range 69\[en]99 refer
+to years in the twentieth century (1969\[en]1999); values in the
+range 00\[en]68 refer to years in the twenty-first century (2000\[en]2068).
+.TP
+.B %Y
+The year, including century (for example, 1991).
+.P
+Some field descriptors can be modified by the E or O modifier characters
+to indicate that an alternative format or specification should be used.
+If the
+alternative format or specification does not exist in the current locale, the
+unmodified field descriptor is used.
+.P
+The E modifier specifies that the input string may contain
+alternative locale-dependent versions of the date and time representation:
+.TP
+.B %Ec
+The locale's alternative date and time representation.
+.TP
+.B %EC
+The name of the base year (period) in the locale's alternative representation.
+.TP
+.B %Ex
+The locale's alternative date representation.
+.TP
+.B %EX
+The locale's alternative time representation.
+.TP
+.B %Ey
+The offset from
+.B %EC
+(year only) in the locale's alternative representation.
+.TP
+.B %EY
+The full alternative year representation.
+.P
+The O modifier specifies that the numerical input may be in an
+alternative locale-dependent format:
+.TP
+.BR %Od " or " %Oe
+The day of the month using the locale's alternative numeric symbols;
+leading zeros are permitted but not required.
+.TP
+.B %OH
+The hour (24-hour clock) using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %OI
+The hour (12-hour clock) using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %Om
+The month using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %OM
+The minutes using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %OS
+The seconds using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %OU
+The week number of the year (Sunday as the first day of the week)
+using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %Ow
+The ordinal number of the day of the week (Sunday=0),
+using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %OW
+The week number of the year (Monday as the first day of the week)
+using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.TP
+.B %Oy
+The year (offset from
+.BR %C )
+using the locale's alternative numeric symbols.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value of the function is a pointer to the first character
+not processed in this function call.
+In case the input string
+contains more characters than required by the format string, the return
+value points right after the last consumed input character.
+In case the whole input string is consumed,
+the return value points to the null byte at the end of the string.
+If
+.BR strptime ()
+fails to match all
+of the format string and therefore an error occurred, the function
+returns NULL.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strptime ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SUSv2.
+.SH NOTES
+In principle, this function does not initialize
+.I tm
+but
+stores only the values specified.
+This means that
+.I tm
+should be initialized before the call.
+Details differ a bit between different UNIX systems.
+The glibc implementation does not touch those fields which are not
+explicitly specified, except that it recomputes the
+.I tm_wday
+and
+.I tm_yday
+field if any of the year, month, or day elements changed.
+.\" .P
+.\" This function is available since libc 4.6.8.
+.\" Linux libc4 and libc5 includes define the prototype unconditionally;
+.\" glibc2 includes provide a prototype only when
+.\" .B _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.\" or
+.\" .B _GNU_SOURCE
+.\" are defined.
+.\" .P
+.\" Before libc 5.4.13 whitespace
+.\" (and the \[aq]n\[aq] and \[aq]t\[aq] specifications) was not handled,
+.\" no \[aq]E\[aq] and \[aq]O\[aq] locale modifier characters were accepted,
+.\" and the \[aq]C\[aq] specification was a synonym for the \[aq]c\[aq] specification.
+.P
+The \[aq]y\[aq] (year in century) specification is taken to specify a year
+.\" in the 20th century by libc4 and libc5.
+.\" It is taken to be a year
+in the range 1950\[en]2049 by glibc 2.0.
+It is taken to be a year in
+1969\[en]2068 since glibc 2.1.
+.\" In libc4 and libc5 the code for %I is broken (fixed in glibc;
+.\" %OI was fixed in glibc 2.2.4).
+.SS glibc notes
+For reasons of symmetry, glibc tries to support for
+.BR strptime ()
+the same format characters as for
+.BR strftime (3).
+(In most cases, the corresponding fields are parsed, but no field in
+.I tm
+is changed.)
+This leads to
+.TP
+.B %F
+Equivalent to
+.BR %Y\-%m\-%d ,
+the ISO\~8601 date format.
+.TP
+.B %g
+The year corresponding to the ISO week number, but without the century
+(0\[en]99).
+.TP
+.B %G
+The year corresponding to the ISO week number.
+(For example, 1991.)
+.TP
+.B %u
+The day of the week as a decimal number (1\[en]7, where Monday = 1).
+.TP
+.B %V
+The ISO\~8601:1988 week number as a decimal number (1\[en]53).
+If the week (starting on Monday) containing 1 January has four or more days
+in the new year, then it is considered week 1.
+Otherwise, it is the last week
+of the previous year, and the next week is week 1.
+.TP
+.B %z
+An RFC-822/ISO\~8601 standard timezone specification.
+.TP
+.B %Z
+The timezone name.
+.P
+Similarly, because of GNU extensions to
+.BR strftime (3),
+.B %k
+is accepted as a synonym for
+.BR %H ,
+and
+.B %l
+should be accepted
+as a synonym for
+.BR %I ,
+and
+.B %P
+is accepted as a synonym for
+.BR %p .
+Finally
+.TP
+.B %s
+The number of seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+Leap seconds are not counted unless leap second support is available.
+.P
+The glibc implementation does not require whitespace between
+two field descriptors.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following example demonstrates the use of
+.BR strptime ()
+and
+.BR strftime (3).
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strptime.c)
+.EX
+#define _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct tm tm;
+    char buf[255];
+\&
+    memset(&tm, 0, sizeof(tm));
+    strptime("2001\-11\-12 18:31:01", "%Y\-%m\-%d %H:%M:%S", &tm);
+    strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d %b %Y %H:%M", &tm);
+    puts(buf);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR time (2),
+.BR getdate (3),
+.BR scanf (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strftime (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strrchr.3 b/man/man3/strrchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..322b7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strrchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strchr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strsep.3 b/man/man3/strsep.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3f0153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strsep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 18:00:10 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Mon Jan 20 12:04:18 1997 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\" Modified Tue Jan 23 20:23:07 2001 by Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.TH strsep 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strsep \- extract token from string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strsep(char **restrict " stringp ", const char *restrict " delim );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strsep ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I *stringp
+is NULL, the
+.BR strsep ()
+function returns NULL
+and does nothing else.
+Otherwise, this function finds the first token
+in the string
+.I *stringp
+that is delimited by one of the bytes in the string
+.IR delim .
+This token is terminated by overwriting the delimiter
+with a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+and
+.I *stringp
+is updated to point past the token.
+In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be
+the entire string
+.IR *stringp ,
+and
+.I *stringp
+is made NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strsep ()
+function returns a pointer to the token,
+that is, it returns the original value of
+.IR *stringp .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strsep ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.P
+The
+.BR strsep ()
+function was introduced as a replacement for
+.BR strtok (3),
+since the latter cannot handle empty fields.
+However,
+.BR strtok (3)
+conforms to C89/C99 and hence is more portable.
+.SH BUGS
+Be cautious when using this function.
+If you do use it, note that:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+This function modifies its first argument.
+.IP \[bu]
+This function cannot be used on constant strings.
+.IP \[bu]
+The identity of the delimiting character is lost.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below is a port of the one found in
+.BR strtok (3),
+which, however, doesn't discard multiple delimiters or empty tokens:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
+1: a/bbb///cc
+         \-\-> a
+         \-\-> bbb
+         \-\->
+         \-\->
+         \-\-> cc
+2: xxx
+         \-\-> xxx
+3: yyy
+         \-\-> yyy
+4:
+         \-\->
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strsep.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char *token, *subtoken;
+\&
+    if (argc != 4) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string delim subdelim\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (unsigned int j = 1; (token = strsep(&argv[1], argv[2])); j++) {
+        printf("%u: %s\en", j, token);
+\&
+        while ((subtoken = strsep(&token, argv[3])))
+            printf("\et \-\-> %s\en", subtoken);
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR strtok (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strsignal.3 b/man/man3/strsignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..168cde4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strsignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2020 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:59:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strsignal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strsignal, sigabbrev_np, sigdescr_np, sys_siglist \-
+return string describing signal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strsignal(int " sig );
+.BI "const char *sigdescr_np(int " sig );
+.BI "const char *sigabbrev_np(int " sig );
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] extern const char *const " sys_siglist [];
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR sigabbrev_np (),
+.BR sigdescr_np ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR strsignal ():
+.nf
+    From glibc 2.10 to glibc 2.31:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.IR sys_siglist :
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strsignal ()
+function returns a string describing the signal
+number passed in the argument
+.IR sig .
+The string can be used only until the next call to
+.BR strsignal ().
+The string returned by
+.BR strsignal ()
+is localized according to the
+.B LC_MESSAGES
+category in the current locale.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+function returns a string describing the signal
+number passed in the argument
+.IR sig .
+Unlike
+.BR strsignal ()
+this string is not influenced by the current locale.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+function returns the abbreviated name of the signal,
+.IR sig .
+For example, given the value
+.BR SIGINT ,
+it returns the string "INT".
+.P
+The (deprecated) array
+.I sys_siglist
+holds the signal description strings
+indexed by signal number.
+The
+.BR strsignal ()
+or the
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+function should be used instead of this array; see also VERSIONS.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strsignal ()
+function returns the appropriate description
+string, or an unknown signal message if the signal number is invalid.
+On some systems (but not on Linux), NULL may instead be
+returned for an invalid signal number.
+.P
+The
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+and
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+functions return the appropriate description string.
+The returned string is statically allocated and valid for
+the lifetime of the program.
+These functions return NULL for an invalid signal number.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strsignal ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:strsignal locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sigdescr_np (),
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strsignal ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+.TQ
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+GNU.
+.TP
+.I sys_siglist
+None.
+.\" glibc commit b1ccfc061feee9ce616444ded8e1cd5acf9fa97f
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strsignal ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+Solaris, BSD.
+.TP
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+.TQ
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+glibc 2.32.
+.TP
+.I sys_siglist
+Removed in glibc 2.32.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR sigdescr_np ()
+and
+.BR sigabbrev_np ()
+are thread-safe and async-signal-safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR psignal (3),
+.BR strerror (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strspn.3 b/man/man3/strspn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1739c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strspn.3
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:57:50 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strspn 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strspn, strcspn \- get length of a prefix substring
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t strspn(const char *" s ", const char *" accept );
+.BI "size_t strcspn(const char *" s ", const char *" reject );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strspn ()
+function calculates the length (in bytes) of the initial
+segment of
+.I s
+which consists entirely of bytes in
+.IR accept .
+.P
+The
+.BR strcspn ()
+function calculates the length of the initial
+segment of
+.I s
+which consists entirely of bytes not in
+.IR reject .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strspn ()
+function returns the number of bytes in
+the initial segment of
+.I s
+which consist only of bytes
+from
+.IR accept .
+.P
+The
+.BR strcspn ()
+function returns the number of bytes in
+the initial segment of
+.I s
+which are not in the string
+.IR reject .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strspn (),
+.BR strcspn ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR wcscspn (3),
+.BR wcsspn (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strstr.3 b/man/man3/strstr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c62469d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strstr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:56:43 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Added history, aeb, 980113.
+.\" 2005-05-05 mtk: added strcasestr()
+.\"
+.TH strstr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strstr, strcasestr \- locate a substring
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strstr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strcasestr(const char *" haystack ", const char *" needle );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strstr ()
+function finds the first occurrence of the substring
+.I needle
+in the string
+.IR haystack .
+The terminating null bytes (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) are not compared.
+.P
+The
+.BR strcasestr ()
+function is like
+.BR strstr (),
+but ignores the case of both arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return a pointer to the beginning of the
+located substring, or NULL if the substring is not found.
+.P
+If
+.I needle
+is the empty string,
+the return value is always
+.I haystack
+itself.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strstr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strcasestr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strstr ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strcasestr ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strstr ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.TP
+.BR strcasestr ()
+GNU.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR memmem (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR wcsstr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtod.3 b/man/man3/strtod.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1b36cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtod.3
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-4-Clause-UC
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)strtod.3	5.3 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sun Aug 21 17:16:22 1994 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Sat May 04 19:34:31 MET DST 1996 by Michael Haardt
+.\"   (michael@cantor.informatik.rwth-aachen.de)
+.\" Added strof, strtold, aeb, 2001-06-07
+.\"
+.TH strtod 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strtod, strtof, strtold \- convert ASCII string to floating-point number
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "double strtod(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
+.BI "float strtof(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr );
+.BI "long double strtold(const char *restrict " nptr \
+", char **restrict " endptr );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strtof (),
+.BR strtold ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strtod (),
+.BR strtof (),
+and
+.BR strtold ()
+functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by
+.I nptr
+to
+.IR double ,
+.IR float ,
+and
+.I long double
+representation, respectively.
+.P
+The expected form of the (initial portion of the) string is
+optional leading white space as recognized by
+.BR isspace (3),
+an optional plus (\[aq]+\[aq]) or minus sign (\[aq]\-\[aq]) and then either
+(i) a decimal number, or (ii) a hexadecimal number,
+or (iii) an infinity, or (iv) a NAN (not-a-number).
+.P
+A
+.I "decimal number"
+consists of a nonempty sequence of decimal digits
+possibly containing a radix character (decimal point, locale-dependent,
+usually \[aq].\[aq]), optionally followed by a decimal exponent.
+A decimal exponent consists of an \[aq]E\[aq] or \[aq]e\[aq], followed by an
+optional plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
+decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 10.
+.P
+A
+.I "hexadecimal number"
+consists of a "0x" or "0X" followed by a nonempty sequence of
+hexadecimal digits possibly containing a radix character,
+optionally followed by a binary exponent.
+A binary exponent
+consists of a \[aq]P\[aq] or \[aq]p\[aq], followed by an optional
+plus or minus sign, followed by a nonempty sequence of
+decimal digits, and indicates multiplication by a power of 2.
+At least one of radix character and binary exponent must be present.
+.P
+An
+.I infinity
+is either "INF" or "INFINITY", disregarding case.
+.P
+A
+.I NAN
+is "NAN" (disregarding case) optionally followed by a string,
+.IR (n-char-sequence) ,
+where
+.I n-char-sequence
+specifies in an implementation-dependent
+way the type of NAN (see NOTES).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the converted value, if any.
+.P
+If
+.I endptr
+is not NULL,
+a pointer to the character after the last character used in the conversion
+is stored in the location referenced by
+.IR endptr .
+.P
+If no conversion is performed, zero is returned and (unless
+.I endptr
+is null) the value of
+.I nptr
+is stored in the location referenced by
+.IR endptr .
+.P
+If the correct value would cause overflow, plus or minus
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.B HUGE_VALL
+is returned (according to the return type and sign of the value),
+and
+.B ERANGE
+is stored in
+.IR errno .
+.P
+If the correct value would cause underflow,
+a value with magnitude no larger than
+.BR DBL_MIN ,
+.BR FLT_MIN ,
+or
+.B LDBL_MIN
+is returned and
+.B ERANGE
+is stored in
+.IR errno .
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+Overflow or underflow occurred.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtod (),
+.BR strtof (),
+.BR strtold ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+In the glibc implementation, the
+.I n-char-sequence
+that optionally follows "NAN"
+is interpreted as an integer number
+(with an optional '0' or '0x' prefix to select base 8 or 16)
+that is to be placed in the
+mantissa component of the returned value.
+.\" From glibc 2.8's stdlib/strtod_l.c:
+.\"     We expect it to be a number which is put in the
+.\"     mantissa of the number.
+.\" It looks as though at least FreeBSD (according to the manual) does
+.\" something similar.
+.\" C11 says: "An implementation may use the n-char sequence to determine
+.\"	extra information to be represented in the NaN's significant."
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strtod ()
+C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR strtof ()
+.TQ
+.BR strtold ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+Since
+0 can legitimately be returned
+on both success and failure, the calling program should set
+.I errno
+to 0 before the call,
+and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
+.I errno
+has a nonzero value after the call.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See the example on the
+.BR strtol (3)
+manual page;
+the use of the functions described in this manual page is similar.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atof (3),
+.BR atoi (3),
+.BR atol (3),
+.BR nan (3),
+.BR nanf (3),
+.BR nanl (3),
+.BR strfromd (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtof.3 b/man/man3/strtof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac3e4a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtod.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoimax.3 b/man/man3/strtoimax.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54799d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoimax.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH strtoimax 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strtoimax, strtoumax \- convert string to integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <inttypes.h>
+.P
+.BI "intmax_t strtoimax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
+.BI "                   int " base );
+.BI "uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *restrict " nptr ", char **restrict " endptr ,
+.BI "                   int " base );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are just like
+.BR strtol (3)
+and
+.BR strtoul (3),
+except that they return a value of type
+.I intmax_t
+and
+.IR uintmax_t ,
+respectively.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, the converted value is returned.
+If nothing was found to convert, zero is returned.
+On overflow or underflow
+.B INTMAX_MAX
+or
+.B INTMAX_MIN
+or
+.B UINTMAX_MAX
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtoimax (),
+.BR strtoumax ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR imaxabs (3),
+.BR imaxdiv (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoul (3),
+.BR wcstoimax (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtok.3 b/man/man3/strtok.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd56de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtok.3
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2005, 2013 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" a few fragments from an earlier (1996) version by
+.\" Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) remain.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Rewritten old page, 960210, aeb@cwi.nl
+.\" Updated, added strtok_r. 2000-02-13 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\" 2005-11-17, mtk: Substantial parts rewritten
+.\" 2013-05-19, mtk: added much further detail on the operation of strtok()
+.\"
+.TH strtok 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strtok, strtok_r \- extract tokens from strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *strtok(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim );
+.BI "char *strtok_r(char *restrict " str ", const char *restrict " delim ,
+.BI "               char **restrict " saveptr );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strtok_r ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strtok ()
+function breaks a string into a sequence of zero or more nonempty tokens.
+On the first call to
+.BR strtok (),
+the string to be parsed should be
+specified in
+.IR str .
+In each subsequent call that should parse the same string,
+.I str
+must be NULL.
+.P
+The
+.I delim
+argument specifies a set of bytes that
+delimit the tokens in the parsed string.
+The caller may specify different strings in
+.I delim
+in successive
+calls that parse the same string.
+.P
+Each call to
+.BR strtok ()
+returns a pointer to a
+null-terminated string containing the next token.
+This string does not include the delimiting byte.
+If no more tokens are found,
+.BR strtok ()
+returns NULL.
+.P
+A sequence of calls to
+.BR strtok ()
+that operate on the same string maintains a pointer
+that determines the point from which to start searching for the next token.
+The first call to
+.BR strtok ()
+sets this pointer to point to the first byte of the string.
+The start of the next token is determined by scanning forward
+for the next nondelimiter byte in
+.IR str .
+If such a byte is found, it is taken as the start of the next token.
+If no such byte is found,
+then there are no more tokens, and
+.BR strtok ()
+returns NULL.
+(A string that is empty or that contains only delimiters
+will thus cause
+.BR strtok ()
+to return NULL on the first call.)
+.P
+The end of each token is found by scanning forward until either
+the next delimiter byte is found or until the
+terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]) is encountered.
+If a delimiter byte is found, it is overwritten with
+a null byte to terminate the current token, and
+.BR strtok ()
+saves a pointer to the following byte;
+that pointer will be used as the starting point
+when searching for the next token.
+In this case,
+.BR strtok ()
+returns a pointer to the start of the found token.
+.P
+From the above description,
+it follows that a sequence of two or more contiguous delimiter bytes in
+the parsed string is considered to be a single delimiter, and that
+delimiter bytes at the start or end of the string are ignored.
+Put another way: the tokens returned by
+.BR strtok ()
+are always nonempty strings.
+Thus, for example, given the string "\fIaaa;;bbb,\fP",
+successive calls to
+.BR strtok ()
+that specify the delimiter string "\fI;,\fP"
+would return the strings "\fIaaa\fP" and "\fIbbb\fP",
+and then a null pointer.
+.P
+The
+.BR strtok_r ()
+function is a reentrant version of
+.BR strtok ().
+The
+.I saveptr
+argument is a pointer to a
+.I char\~*
+variable that is used internally by
+.BR strtok_r ()
+in order to maintain context between successive calls that parse the
+same string.
+.P
+On the first call to
+.BR strtok_r (),
+.I str
+should point to the string to be parsed, and the value of
+.I *saveptr
+is ignored (but see NOTES).
+In subsequent calls,
+.I str
+should be NULL, and
+.I saveptr
+(and the buffer that it points to)
+should be unchanged since the previous call.
+.P
+Different strings may be parsed concurrently using sequences of calls to
+.BR strtok_r ()
+that specify different
+.I saveptr
+arguments.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strtok ()
+and
+.BR strtok_r ()
+functions return a pointer to
+the next token, or NULL if there are no more tokens.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtok ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:strtok
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtok_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+On some implementations,
+.\" Tru64, according to its manual page
+.I *saveptr
+is required to be NULL on the first call to
+.BR strtok_r ()
+that is being used to parse
+.IR str .
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR strtok ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR strtok_r ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strtok ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR strtok_r ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+Be cautious when using these functions.
+If you do use them, note that:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+These functions modify their first argument.
+.IP \[bu]
+These functions cannot be used on constant strings.
+.IP \[bu]
+The identity of the delimiting byte is lost.
+.IP \[bu]
+The
+.BR strtok ()
+function uses a static buffer while parsing, so it's not thread safe.
+Use
+.BR strtok_r ()
+if this matters to you.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below uses nested loops that employ
+.BR strtok_r ()
+to break a string into a two-level hierarchy of tokens.
+The first command-line argument specifies the string to be parsed.
+The second argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
+to be used to separate that string into "major" tokens.
+The third argument specifies the delimiter byte(s)
+to be used to separate the "major" tokens into subtokens.
+.P
+An example of the output produced by this program is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]a/bbb///cc;xxx:yyy:\[aq] \[aq]:;\[aq] \[aq]/\[aq]"
+1: a/bbb///cc
+         \-\-> a
+         \-\-> bbb
+         \-\-> cc
+2: xxx
+         \-\-> xxx
+3: yyy
+         \-\-> yyy
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strtok.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    char *str1, *str2, *token, *subtoken;
+    char *saveptr1, *saveptr2;
+    int j;
+\&
+    if (argc != 4) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s string delim subdelim\en",
+                argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    for (j = 1, str1 = argv[1]; ; j++, str1 = NULL) {
+        token = strtok_r(str1, argv[2], &saveptr1);
+        if (token == NULL)
+            break;
+        printf("%d: %s\en", j, token);
+\&
+        for (str2 = token; ; str2 = NULL) {
+            subtoken = strtok_r(str2, argv[3], &saveptr2);
+            if (subtoken == NULL)
+                break;
+            printf("\et \-\-> %s\en", subtoken);
+        }
+    }
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.P
+Another example program using
+.BR strtok ()
+can be found in
+.BR getaddrinfo_a (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR string (3),
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR strsep (3),
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR wcstok (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtok_r.3 b/man/man3/strtok_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19095a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtok_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtok.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtol.3 b/man/man3/strtol.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c001265
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtol.3
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2006 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@ganil.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:53:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Added correction due to nsd@bbc.com (Nick Duffek) - aeb, 950610
+.TH strtol 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strtol, strtoll, strtoq \- convert a string to a long integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "long strtol(const char *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.BI "long long strtoll(const char *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "            char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strtoll ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strtol ()
+function converts the initial part of the string
+in
+.I nptr
+to a long integer value according to the given
+.IR base ,
+which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
+.P
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
+determined by
+.BR isspace (3))
+followed by a single optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq] sign.
+If
+.I base
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
+"0x" or "0X" prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a
+zero
+.I base
+is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
+is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
+.P
+The remainder of the string is converted to a
+.I long
+value
+in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a
+valid digit in the given base.
+(In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
+either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
+forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
+.P
+If
+.I endptr
+is not NULL,
+and the
+.I base
+is supported,
+.BR strtol ()
+stores the address of the
+first invalid character in
+.IR *endptr .
+If there were no digits at
+all,
+.BR strtol ()
+stores the original value of
+.I nptr
+in
+.I *endptr
+(and returns 0).
+In particular, if
+.I *nptr
+is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
+.I **endptr
+is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
+.P
+The
+.BR strtoll ()
+function works just like the
+.BR strtol ()
+function but returns a
+.I long long
+integer value.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strtol ()
+function returns the result of the conversion,
+unless the value would underflow or overflow.
+If an underflow occurs,
+.BR strtol ()
+returns
+.BR LONG_MIN .
+If an overflow occurs,
+.BR strtol ()
+returns
+.BR LONG_MAX .
+In both cases,
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+Precisely the same holds for
+.BR strtoll ()
+(with
+.B LLONG_MIN
+and
+.B LLONG_MAX
+instead of
+.B LONG_MIN
+and
+.BR LONG_MAX ).
+.SH ERRORS
+This function does not modify
+.I errno
+on success.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+(not in C99)
+The given
+.I base
+contains an unsupported value.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+The resulting value was out of range.
+.P
+The implementation may also set
+.I errno
+to
+.B EINVAL
+in case
+no conversion was performed (no digits seen, and 0 returned).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtol (),
+.BR strtoll (),
+.BR strtoq ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strtol ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.TP
+.BR strtoll ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+Since
+.BR strtol ()
+can legitimately return 0,
+.BR LONG_MAX ,
+or
+.B LONG_MIN
+.RB ( LLONG_MAX
+or
+.B LLONG_MIN
+for
+.BR strtoll ())
+on both success and failure, the calling program should set
+.I errno
+to 0 before the call,
+and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
+.I errno == ERANGE
+after the call.
+.P
+According to POSIX.1,
+in locales other than "C" and "POSIX",
+these functions may accept other,
+implementation-defined numeric strings.
+.P
+BSD also has
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "quad_t strtoq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+with completely analogous definition.
+Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
+may be equivalent to
+.BR strtoll ()
+or to
+.BR strtol ().
+.SH CAVEATS
+If the
+.I base
+needs to be tested,
+it should be tested in a call where the string is known to succeed.
+Otherwise, it's impossible to portably differentiate the errors.
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+errno = 0;
+strtol("0", NULL, base);
+if (errno == EINVAL)
+    goto unsupported_base;
+.EE
+.in
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program shown below demonstrates the use of
+.BR strtol ().
+The first command-line argument specifies a string from which
+.BR strtol ()
+should parse a number.
+The second (optional) argument specifies the base to be used for
+the conversion.
+(This argument is converted to numeric form using
+.BR atoi (3),
+a function that performs no error checking and
+has a simpler interface than
+.BR strtol ().)
+Some examples of the results produced by this program are the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 123"
+strtol() returned 123
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]    123\[aq]"
+strtol() returned 123
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 123abc"
+strtol() returned 123
+Further characters after number: "abc"
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 123abc 55"
+strtol: Invalid argument
+.RB "$" " ./a.out \[aq]\[aq]"
+No digits were found
+.RB "$" " ./a.out 4000000000"
+strtol: Numerical result out of range
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strtol.c)
+.EX
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int base;
+    char *endptr, *str;
+    long val;
+\&
+    if (argc < 2) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s str [base]\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    str = argv[1];
+    base = (argc > 2) ? atoi(argv[2]) : 0;
+\&
+    errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
+    strtol("0", NULL, base);
+    if (errno == EINVAL) {
+        perror("strtol");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    errno = 0;    /* To distinguish success/failure after call */
+    val = strtol(str, &endptr, base);
+\&
+    /* Check for various possible errors. */
+\&
+    if (errno == ERANGE) {
+        perror("strtol");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    if (endptr == str) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "No digits were found\en");
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    /* If we got here, strtol() successfully parsed a number. */
+\&
+    printf("strtol() returned %ld\en", val);
+\&
+    if (*endptr != \[aq]\e0\[aq])        /* Not necessarily an error... */
+        printf("Further characters after number: \e"%s\e"\en", endptr);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR atof (3),
+.BR atoi (3),
+.BR atol (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR strtoimax (3),
+.BR strtoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtold.3 b/man/man3/strtold.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac3e4a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtold.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtod.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoll.3 b/man/man3/strtoll.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d090393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoll.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtol.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoq.3 b/man/man3/strtoq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d090393
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtol.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoul.3 b/man/man3/strtoul.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd9d2c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoul.3
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:54:03 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Fixed typo, aeb, 950823
+.\" 2002-02-22, joey, mihtjel: Added strtoull()
+.\"
+.TH strtoul 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strtoul, strtoull, strtouq \- convert a string to an unsigned long integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "unsigned long strtoul(const char *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.BI "unsigned long long strtoull(const char *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "                      char **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR strtoull ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strtoul ()
+function converts the initial part of the string
+in
+.I nptr
+to an
+.I "unsigned long"
+value according to the
+given
+.IR base ,
+which must be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be
+the special value 0.
+.P
+The string may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as
+determined by
+.BR isspace (3))
+followed by a single optional \[aq]+\[aq] or \[aq]\-\[aq]
+sign.
+If
+.I base
+is zero or 16, the string may then include a
+"0x" prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a
+zero
+.I base
+is taken as 10 (decimal) unless the next character
+is \[aq]0\[aq], in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
+.P
+The remainder of the string is converted to an
+.I "unsigned long"
+value in the obvious manner,
+stopping at the first character which is not a
+valid digit in the given base.
+(In bases above 10, the letter \[aq]A\[aq] in
+either uppercase or lowercase represents 10, \[aq]B\[aq] represents 11, and so
+forth, with \[aq]Z\[aq] representing 35.)
+.P
+If
+.I endptr
+is not NULL,
+and the
+.I base
+is supported,
+.BR strtoul ()
+stores the address of the
+first invalid character in
+.IR *endptr .
+If there were no digits at
+all,
+.BR strtoul ()
+stores the original value of
+.I nptr
+in
+.I *endptr
+(and returns 0).
+In particular, if
+.I *nptr
+is not \[aq]\e0\[aq] but
+.I **endptr
+is \[aq]\e0\[aq] on return, the entire string is valid.
+.P
+The
+.BR strtoull ()
+function works just like the
+.BR strtoul ()
+function but returns an
+.I "unsigned long long"
+value.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strtoul ()
+function returns either the result of the conversion
+or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the
+conversion represented as an unsigned value,
+unless the original (nonnegated) value would overflow; in
+the latter case,
+.BR strtoul ()
+returns
+.B ULONG_MAX
+and sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE .
+Precisely the same holds for
+.BR strtoull ()
+(with
+.B ULLONG_MAX
+instead of
+.BR ULONG_MAX ).
+.SH ERRORS
+This function does not modify
+.I errno
+on success.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+(not in C99)
+The given
+.I base
+contains an unsupported value.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+The resulting value was out of range.
+.P
+The implementation may also set
+.I errno
+to
+.B EINVAL
+in case
+no conversion was performed (no digits seen, and 0 returned).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strtoul (),
+.BR strtoull (),
+.BR strtouq ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR strtoul ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4.
+.TP
+.BR strtoull ()
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+Since
+.BR strtoul ()
+can legitimately return 0 or
+.B ULONG_MAX
+.RB ( ULLONG_MAX
+for
+.BR strtoull ())
+on both success and failure, the calling program should set
+.I errno
+to 0 before the call,
+and then determine if an error occurred by checking whether
+.I errno
+has a nonzero value after the call.
+.P
+In locales other than the "C" locale, other strings may be accepted.
+(For example, the thousands separator of the current locale may be
+supported.)
+.P
+BSD also has
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BI "u_quad_t strtouq(const char *" nptr ", char **" endptr ", int " base );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+with completely analogous definition.
+Depending on the wordsize of the current architecture, this
+may be equivalent to
+.BR strtoull ()
+or to
+.BR strtoul ().
+.P
+Negative values are considered valid input and are
+silently converted to the equivalent
+.I "unsigned long"
+value.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See the example on the
+.BR strtol (3)
+manual page;
+the use of the functions described in this manual page is similar.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR a64l (3),
+.BR atof (3),
+.BR atoi (3),
+.BR atol (3),
+.BR strtod (3),
+.BR strtol (3),
+.BR strtoumax (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoull.3 b/man/man3/strtoull.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3340a83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoull.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtoul.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtoumax.3 b/man/man3/strtoumax.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..753be84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtoumax.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtoimax.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strtouq.3 b/man/man3/strtouq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3340a83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strtouq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strtoul.3
diff --git a/man/man3/strverscmp.3 b/man/man3/strverscmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e3cc39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strverscmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2016 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH strverscmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strverscmp \- compare two version strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "int strverscmp(const char *" s1 ", const char *" s2 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Often one has files
+.IR jan1 ", " jan2 ", ..., " jan9 ", " jan10 ", ..."
+and it feels wrong when
+.BR ls (1)
+orders them
+.IR jan1 ", " jan10 ", ..., " jan2 ", ..., " jan9 .
+.\" classical solution: "rename jan jan0 jan?"
+In order to rectify this, GNU introduced the
+.I \-v
+option to
+.BR ls (1),
+which is implemented using
+.BR versionsort (3),
+which again uses
+.BR strverscmp ().
+.P
+Thus, the task of
+.BR strverscmp ()
+is to compare two strings and find the "right" order, while
+.BR strcmp (3)
+finds only the lexicographic order.
+This function does not use
+the locale category
+.BR LC_COLLATE ,
+so is meant mostly for situations
+where the strings are expected to be in ASCII.
+.P
+What this function does is the following.
+If both strings are equal, return 0.
+Otherwise, find the position
+between two bytes with the property that before it both strings are equal,
+while directly after it there is a difference.
+Find the largest consecutive digit strings containing (or starting at,
+or ending at) this position.
+If one or both of these is empty,
+then return what
+.BR strcmp (3)
+would have returned (numerical ordering of byte values).
+Otherwise, compare both digit strings numerically, where digit strings with
+one or more leading zeros are interpreted as if they have a decimal point
+in front (so that in particular digit strings with more leading zeros
+come before digit strings with fewer leading zeros).
+Thus, the ordering is
+.IR 000 ", " 00 ", " 01 ", " 010 ", " 09 ", " 0 ", " 1 ", " 9 ", " 10 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strverscmp ()
+function returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
+.I s1
+is found, respectively, to be earlier than, equal to,
+or later than
+.IR s2 .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strverscmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: The marking is different from that in the glibc manual,
+.\" which has:
+.\"
+.\"     strverscmp: MT-Safe locale
+.\"
+.\" glibc manual says strverscmp should have marking locale because it calls
+.\" isdigit() multiple times and isdigit() uses locale variable.
+.\" But isdigit() has two implementations. With different compiling conditions,
+.\" we may call isdigit() in macro, then strverscmp() should not have locale
+.\" problem.
+.SH STANDARDS
+GNU.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The program below can be used to demonstrate the behavior of
+.BR strverscmp ().
+It uses
+.BR strverscmp ()
+to compare the two strings given as its command-line arguments.
+An example of its use is the following:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+$ \fB./a.out jan1 jan10\fP
+jan1 < jan10
+.EE
+.in
+.SS Program source
+\&
+.\" SRC BEGIN (strverscmp.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+\&
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    int res;
+\&
+    if (argc != 3) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s <string1> <string2>\en", argv[0]);
+        exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    }
+\&
+    res = strverscmp(argv[1], argv[2]);
+\&
+    printf("%s %s %s\en", argv[1],
+           (res < 0) ? "<" : (res == 0) ? "==" : ">", argv[2]);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rename (1),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/strxfrm.3 b/man/man3/strxfrm.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fb9097
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/strxfrm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 10:41:28 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH strxfrm 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+strxfrm \- string transformation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <string.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t strxfrm(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
+const char " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "               size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR strxfrm ()
+function transforms the
+.I src
+string into a
+form such that the result of
+.BR strcmp (3)
+on two strings that have
+been transformed with
+.BR strxfrm ()
+is the same as the result of
+.BR strcoll (3)
+on the two strings before their transformation.
+The first
+.I n
+bytes of the transformed string are placed in
+.IR dest .
+The transformation is based on the program's current
+locale for category
+.BR LC_COLLATE .
+(See
+.BR setlocale (3)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR strxfrm ()
+function returns the number of bytes required to
+store the transformed string in
+.I dest
+excluding the
+terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+If the value returned is
+.I n
+or more, the
+contents of
+.I dest
+are indeterminate.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR strxfrm ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR strcoll (3),
+.BR string (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_destroy.3 b/man/man3/svc_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_freeargs.3 b/man/man3/svc_freeargs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_freeargs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_getargs.3 b/man/man3/svc_getargs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_getargs.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_getcaller.3 b/man/man3/svc_getcaller.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_getcaller.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_getreq.3 b/man/man3/svc_getreq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_getreq.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_getreqset.3 b/man/man3/svc_getreqset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_getreqset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_register.3 b/man/man3/svc_register.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_register.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_run.3 b/man/man3/svc_run.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_run.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_sendreply.3 b/man/man3/svc_sendreply.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_sendreply.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svc_unregister.3 b/man/man3/svc_unregister.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svc_unregister.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_auth.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_auth.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_auth.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_decode.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_decode.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_decode.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_noproc.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_noproc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_noproc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_noprog.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_noprog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_noprog.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_progvers.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_progvers.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_progvers.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_systemerr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3 b/man/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcerr_weakauth.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcfd_create.3 b/man/man3/svcfd_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcfd_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcraw_create.3 b/man/man3/svcraw_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcraw_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svctcp_create.3 b/man/man3/svctcp_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svctcp_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3 b/man/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcudp_bufcreate.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/svcudp_create.3 b/man/man3/svcudp_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/svcudp_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/swab.3 b/man/man3/swab.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b263846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/swab.3
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:52:15 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2001-12-15, aeb
+.TH swab 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+swab \- swap adjacent bytes
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "void swab(const void " from "[restrict ." n "], void " to "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "          ssize_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR swab ()
+function copies
+.I n
+bytes from the array pointed
+to by
+.I from
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR to ,
+exchanging
+adjacent even and odd bytes.
+This function is used to exchange data
+between machines that have different low/high byte ordering.
+.P
+This function does nothing when
+.I n
+is negative.
+When
+.I n
+is positive and odd, it handles
+.I n\-1
+bytes
+as above, and does something unspecified with the last byte.
+(In other words,
+.I n
+should be even.)
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR swab ()
+function returns no value.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR swab ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bstring (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/swapcontext.3 b/man/man3/swapcontext.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdccd64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/swapcontext.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/makecontext.3
diff --git a/man/man3/swprintf.3 b/man/man3/swprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/swprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sys_errlist.3 b/man/man3/sys_errlist.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..837f1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sys_errlist.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/perror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sys_nerr.3 b/man/man3/sys_nerr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..837f1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sys_nerr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/perror.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sys_siglist.3 b/man/man3/sys_siglist.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f64f756
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sys_siglist.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/strsignal.3
diff --git a/man/man3/sysconf.3 b/man/man3/sysconf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c269fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sysconf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:51:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified Tue Aug 17 11:42:20 1999 by Ariel Scolnicov (ariels@compugen.co.il)
+.TH sysconf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sysconf \- get configuration information at run time
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "long sysconf(int " "name" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+POSIX allows an application to test at compile or run time
+whether certain options are supported, or what the value is
+of certain configurable constants or limits.
+.P
+At compile time this is done by including
+.I <unistd.h>
+and/or
+.I <limits.h>
+and testing the value of certain macros.
+.P
+At run time, one can ask for numerical values using the present function
+.BR sysconf ().
+One can ask for numerical values that may depend
+on the filesystem in which a file resides using
+.BR fpathconf (3)
+and
+.BR pathconf (3).
+One can ask for string values using
+.BR confstr (3).
+.P
+The values obtained from these functions are system configuration constants.
+They do not change during the lifetime of a process.
+.\" except that sysconf(_SC_OPEN_MAX) may change answer after a call
+.\" to setrlimit( ) which changes the RLIMIT_NOFILE soft limit
+.P
+For options, typically, there is a constant
+.B _POSIX_FOO
+that may be defined in
+.IR <unistd.h> .
+If it is undefined, one should ask at run time.
+If it is defined to \-1, then the option is not supported.
+If it is defined to 0, then relevant functions and headers exist,
+but one has to ask at run time what degree of support is available.
+If it is defined to a value other than \-1 or 0, then the option is
+supported.
+Usually the value (such as 200112L) indicates the year and month
+of the POSIX revision describing the option.
+glibc uses the value 1
+to indicate support as long as the POSIX revision has not been published yet.
+.\" and 999 to indicate support for options no longer present in the latest
+.\" standard. (?)
+The
+.BR sysconf ()
+argument will be
+.BR _SC_FOO .
+For a list of options, see
+.BR posixoptions (7).
+.P
+For variables or limits, typically, there is a constant
+.BR _FOO ,
+maybe defined in
+.IR <limits.h> ,
+or
+.BR _POSIX_FOO ,
+maybe defined in
+.IR <unistd.h> .
+The constant will not be defined if the limit is unspecified.
+If the constant is defined, it gives a guaranteed value, and
+a greater value might actually be supported.
+If an application wants to take advantage of values which may change
+between systems, a call to
+.BR sysconf ()
+can be made.
+The
+.BR sysconf ()
+argument will be
+.BR _SC_FOO .
+.SS POSIX.1 variables
+We give the name of the variable, the name of the
+.BR sysconf ()
+argument used to inquire about its value,
+and a short description.
+.P
+First, the POSIX.1 compatible values.
+.\" [for the moment: only the things that are unconditionally present]
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AIO_LISTIO_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX
+.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
+.\" Maximum number of I/O operations in a single list I/O call.
+.\" Must not be less than _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AIO_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_MAX
+.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
+.\" Maximum number of outstanding asynchronous I/O operations.
+.\" Must not be less than _POSIX_AIO_MAX.
+.\" .TP
+.\" .BR AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX " - " _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX
+.\" (if _POSIX_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO)
+.\" The maximum amount by which a process can decrease its
+.\" asynchronous I/O priority level from its own scheduling priority.
+.\" Must be nonnegative.
+.TP
+.BR ARG_MAX " - " _SC_ARG_MAX
+The maximum length of the arguments to the
+.BR exec (3)
+family of functions.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_ARG_MAX
+(4096).
+.TP
+.BR CHILD_MAX " - " _SC_CHILD_MAX
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes per user ID.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_CHILD_MAX
+(25).
+.TP
+.BR HOST_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX
+Maximum length of a hostname, not including the terminating null byte,
+as returned by
+.BR gethostname (2).
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX
+(255).
+.TP
+.BR LOGIN_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX
+Maximum length of a login name, including the terminating null byte.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX
+(9).
+.TP
+.BR NGROUPS_MAX " - " _SC_NGROUPS_MAX
+Maximum number of supplementary group IDs.
+.TP
+.BR "" "clock ticks - " _SC_CLK_TCK
+The number of clock ticks per second.
+The corresponding variable is obsolete.
+It was of course called
+.BR CLK_TCK .
+(Note: the macro
+.B CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+does not give information: it must equal 1000000.)
+.TP
+.BR OPEN_MAX " - " _SC_OPEN_MAX
+The maximum number of files that a process can have open at any time.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_OPEN_MAX
+(20).
+.TP
+.BR PAGESIZE " - " _SC_PAGESIZE
+Size of a page in bytes.
+Must not be less than 1.
+.TP
+.BR PAGE_SIZE " - " _SC_PAGE_SIZE
+A synonym for
+.BR PAGESIZE / _SC_PAGESIZE .
+(Both
+.B PAGESIZE
+and
+.B PAGE_SIZE
+are specified in POSIX.)
+.TP
+.BR RE_DUP_MAX " - " _SC_RE_DUP_MAX
+The number of repeated occurrences of a BRE permitted by
+.BR regexec (3)
+and
+.BR regcomp (3).
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX
+(255).
+.TP
+.BR STREAM_MAX " - " _SC_STREAM_MAX
+The maximum number of streams that a process can have open at any
+time.
+If defined, it has the same value as the standard C macro
+.BR FOPEN_MAX .
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_STREAM_MAX
+(8).
+.TP
+.BR SYMLOOP_MAX " - " _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX
+The maximum number of symbolic links seen in a pathname before resolution
+returns
+.BR ELOOP .
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX
+(8).
+.TP
+.BR TTY_NAME_MAX " - " _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX
+The maximum length of terminal device name,
+including the terminating null byte.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_TTY_NAME_MAX
+(9).
+.TP
+.BR TZNAME_MAX " - " _SC_TZNAME_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a timezone name.
+Must not be less than
+.B _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX
+(6).
+.TP
+.BR _POSIX_VERSION " - " _SC_VERSION
+indicates the year and month the POSIX.1 standard was approved in the
+format
+.BR YYYYMML ;
+the value
+.B 199009L
+indicates the Sept. 1990 revision.
+.SS POSIX.2 variables
+Next, the POSIX.2 values, giving limits for utilities.
+.TP
+.BR BC_BASE_MAX " - " _SC_BC_BASE_MAX
+indicates the maximum
+.I obase
+value accepted by the
+.BR bc (1)
+utility.
+.TP
+.BR BC_DIM_MAX " - " _SC_BC_DIM_MAX
+indicates the maximum value of elements permitted in an array by
+.BR bc (1).
+.TP
+.BR BC_SCALE_MAX " - " _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX
+indicates the maximum
+.I scale
+value allowed by
+.BR bc (1).
+.TP
+.BR BC_STRING_MAX " - " _SC_BC_STRING_MAX
+indicates the maximum length of a string accepted by
+.BR bc (1).
+.TP
+.BR COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX " - " _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
+indicates the maximum numbers of weights that can be assigned to an
+entry of the
+.B LC_COLLATE order
+keyword in the locale definition file.
+.TP
+.BR EXPR_NEST_MAX " - " _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX
+is the maximum number of expressions which can be nested within
+parentheses by
+.BR expr (1).
+.TP
+.BR LINE_MAX " - " _SC_LINE_MAX
+The maximum length of a utility's input line, either from
+standard input or from a file.
+This includes space for a trailing
+newline.
+.TP
+.BR RE_DUP_MAX " - " _SC_RE_DUP_MAX
+The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression when
+the interval notation
+.B \e{m,n\e}
+is used.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX2_VERSION " - " _SC_2_VERSION
+indicates the version of the POSIX.2 standard in the format of
+YYYYMML.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX2_C_DEV " - " _SC_2_C_DEV
+indicates whether the POSIX.2 C language development facilities are
+supported.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX2_FORT_DEV " - " _SC_2_FORT_DEV
+indicates whether the POSIX.2 FORTRAN development utilities are
+supported.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX2_FORT_RUN " - " _SC_2_FORT_RUN
+indicates whether the POSIX.2 FORTRAN run-time utilities are supported.
+.TP
+.BR _POSIX2_LOCALEDEF " - " _SC_2_LOCALEDEF
+indicates whether the POSIX.2 creation of locales via
+.BR localedef (1)
+is supported.
+.TP
+.BR POSIX2_SW_DEV " - " _SC_2_SW_DEV
+indicates whether the POSIX.2 software development utilities option is
+supported.
+.P
+These values also exist, but may not be standard.
+.TP
+.BR "" " - " _SC_PHYS_PAGES
+The number of pages of physical memory.
+Note that it is possible
+for the product of this value and the value of
+.B _SC_PAGESIZE
+to overflow.
+.TP
+.BR "" " - " _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES
+The number of currently available pages of physical memory.
+.TP
+.BR "" " - " _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
+The number of processors configured.
+See also
+.BR get_nprocs_conf (3).
+.TP
+.BR "" " - " _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
+The number of processors currently online (available).
+See also
+.BR get_nprocs_conf (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value of
+.BR sysconf ()
+is one of the following:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+On error, \-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error
+(for example,
+.BR EINVAL ,
+indicating that
+.I name
+is invalid).
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I name
+corresponds to a maximum or minimum limit, and that limit is indeterminate,
+\-1 is returned and
+.I errno
+is not changed.
+(To distinguish an indeterminate limit from an error, set
+.I errno
+to zero before the call, and then check whether
+.I errno
+is nonzero when \-1 is returned.)
+.IP \[bu]
+If
+.I name
+corresponds to an option,
+a positive value is returned if the option is supported,
+and \-1 is returned if the option is not supported.
+.IP \[bu]
+Otherwise,
+the current value of the option or limit is returned.
+This value will not be more restrictive than
+the corresponding value that was described to the application in
+.I <unistd.h>
+or
+.I <limits.h>
+when the application was compiled.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I name
+is invalid.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sysconf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH BUGS
+It is difficult to use
+.B ARG_MAX
+because it is not specified how much of the argument space for
+.BR exec (3)
+is consumed by the user's environment variables.
+.P
+Some returned values may be huge; they are not suitable for allocating
+memory.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bc (1),
+.BR expr (1),
+.BR getconf (1),
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR confstr (3),
+.BR fpathconf (3),
+.BR pathconf (3),
+.BR posixoptions (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/syslog.3 b/man/man3/syslog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6b885b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/syslog.3
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Written  Feb 1994 by Steve Greenland (stevegr@neosoft.com)
+.\" and Copyright 2001, 2017 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Updated 1999.12.19 by Karl M. Hegbloom <karlheg@debian.org>
+.\"
+.\" Updated 13 Oct 2001, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"	Added description of vsyslog
+.\"	Added descriptions of LOG_ODELAY and LOG_NOWAIT
+.\"	Added brief description of facility and option arguments
+.\"	Added CONFORMING TO section
+.\" 2001-10-13, aeb, minor changes
+.\" Modified 13 Dec 2001, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
+.\" Modified 3 Jan 2002, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.TH syslog 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+closelog, openlog, syslog, vsyslog \- send messages to the system logger
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <syslog.h>
+.P
+.BI "void openlog(const char *" ident ", int " option ", int " facility );
+.BI "void syslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", ...);"
+.B "void closelog(void);"
+.P
+.BI "void vsyslog(int " priority ", const char *" format ", va_list " ap );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR vsyslog ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.SS openlog()
+.BR openlog ()
+opens a connection to the system logger for a program.
+.P
+The string pointed to by
+.I ident
+is prepended to every message, and is typically set to the program name.
+If
+.I ident
+is NULL, the program name is used.
+(POSIX.1-2008 does not specify the behavior when
+.I ident
+is NULL.)
+.P
+The
+.I option
+argument specifies flags which control the operation of
+.BR openlog ()
+and subsequent calls to
+.BR syslog ().
+The
+.I facility
+argument establishes a default to be used if
+none is specified in subsequent calls to
+.BR syslog ().
+The values that may be specified for
+.I option
+and
+.I facility
+are described below.
+.P
+The use of
+.BR openlog ()
+is optional; it will automatically be called by
+.BR syslog ()
+if necessary, in which case
+.I ident
+will default to NULL.
+.\"
+.SS syslog() and vsyslog()
+.BR syslog ()
+generates a log message, which will be distributed by
+.BR syslogd (8).
+.P
+The
+.I priority
+argument is formed by ORing together a
+.I facility
+value and a
+.I level
+value (described below).
+If no
+.I facility
+value is ORed into
+.IR priority ,
+then the default value set by
+.BR openlog ()
+is used, or, if there was no preceding
+.BR openlog ()
+call, a default of
+.B LOG_USER
+is employed.
+.P
+The remaining arguments are a
+.IR format ,
+as in
+.BR printf (3),
+and any arguments required by the
+.IR format ,
+except that the two-character sequence
+.B %m
+will be replaced by
+the error message string
+.IR strerror ( errno ).
+The format string need not include a terminating newline character.
+.P
+The function
+.BR vsyslog ()
+performs the same task as
+.BR syslog ()
+with the difference that it takes a set of arguments which have
+been obtained using the
+.BR stdarg (3)
+variable argument list macros.
+.\"
+.SS closelog()
+.BR closelog ()
+closes the file descriptor being used to write to the system logger.
+The use of
+.BR closelog ()
+is optional.
+.\"
+.SS Values for \fIoption\fP
+The
+.I option
+argument to
+.BR openlog ()
+is a bit mask constructed by ORing together any of the following values:
+.TP 15
+.B LOG_CONS
+Write directly to the system console if there is an error while sending to
+the system logger.
+.TP
+.B LOG_NDELAY
+Open the connection immediately (normally, the connection is opened when
+the first message is logged).
+This may be useful, for example, if a subsequent
+.BR chroot (2)
+would make the pathname used internally by the logging facility unreachable.
+.TP
+.B LOG_NOWAIT
+Don't wait for child processes that may have been created while logging
+the message.
+(The GNU C library does not create a child process, so this
+option has no effect on Linux.)
+.TP
+.B LOG_ODELAY
+The converse of
+.BR LOG_NDELAY ;
+opening of the connection is delayed until
+.BR syslog ()
+is called.
+(This is the default, and need not be specified.)
+.TP
+.B LOG_PERROR
+(Not in POSIX.1-2001 or POSIX.1-2008.)
+Also log the message to
+.IR stderr .
+.TP
+.B LOG_PID
+Include the caller's PID with each message.
+.\"
+.SS Values for \fIfacility\fP
+The
+.I facility
+argument is used to specify what type of program is logging the message.
+This lets the configuration file specify that messages from different
+facilities will be handled differently.
+.TP 15
+.B LOG_AUTH
+security/authorization messages
+.TP
+.B LOG_AUTHPRIV
+security/authorization messages (private)
+.TP
+.B LOG_CRON
+clock daemon
+.RB ( cron " and " at )
+.TP
+.B LOG_DAEMON
+system daemons without separate facility value
+.TP
+.B LOG_FTP
+ftp daemon
+.TP
+.B LOG_KERN
+kernel messages (these can't be generated from user processes)
+.\" LOG_KERN has the value 0; if used as a facility, zero translates to:
+.\" "use the default facility".
+.TP
+.BR LOG_LOCAL0 " through " LOG_LOCAL7
+reserved for local use
+.TP
+.B LOG_LPR
+line printer subsystem
+.TP
+.B LOG_MAIL
+mail subsystem
+.TP
+.B LOG_NEWS
+USENET news subsystem
+.TP
+.B LOG_SYSLOG
+messages generated internally by
+.BR syslogd (8)
+.TP
+.BR LOG_USER " (default)"
+generic user-level messages
+.TP
+.B LOG_UUCP
+UUCP subsystem
+.\"
+.SS Values for \fIlevel\fP
+This determines the importance of the message.
+The levels are, in order of decreasing importance:
+.TP 15
+.B LOG_EMERG
+system is unusable
+.TP
+.B LOG_ALERT
+action must be taken immediately
+.TP
+.B LOG_CRIT
+critical conditions
+.TP
+.B LOG_ERR
+error conditions
+.TP
+.B LOG_WARNING
+warning conditions
+.TP
+.B LOG_NOTICE
+normal, but significant, condition
+.TP
+.B LOG_INFO
+informational message
+.TP
+.B LOG_DEBUG
+debug-level message
+.P
+The function
+.BR setlogmask (3)
+can be used to restrict logging to specified levels only.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR openlog (),
+.BR closelog ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR syslog (),
+.BR vsyslog ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR syslog ()
+.TQ
+.BR openlog ()
+.TQ
+.BR closelog ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR vsyslog ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR syslog ()
+4.2BSD, SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR openlog ()
+.TQ
+.BR closelog ()
+4.3BSD, SUSv2, POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" 4.3BSD documents
+.\" .BR setlogmask ().
+.TP
+.BR vsyslog ()
+4.3BSD-Reno.
+.\" Of course early v* functions used the
+.\" .I <varargs.h>
+.\" mechanism, which is not compatible with
+.\" .IR <stdarg.h> .
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 specifies only the
+.B LOG_USER
+and
+.B LOG_LOCAL*
+values for
+.IR facility .
+However, with the exception of
+.B LOG_AUTHPRIV
+and
+.BR LOG_FTP ,
+the other
+.I facility
+values appear on most UNIX systems.
+.P
+The
+.B LOG_PERROR
+value for
+.I option
+is not specified by POSIX.1-2001 or POSIX.1-2008, but is available
+in most versions of UNIX.
+.SH NOTES
+The argument
+.I ident
+in the call of
+.BR openlog ()
+is probably stored as-is.
+Thus, if the string it points to
+is changed,
+.BR syslog ()
+may start prepending the changed string, and if the string
+it points to ceases to exist, the results are undefined.
+Most portable is to use a string constant.
+.P
+Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format,
+use the following instead:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+syslog(priority, "%s", string);
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR journalctl (1),
+.BR logger (1),
+.BR setlogmask (3),
+.BR syslog.conf (5),
+.BR syslogd (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/system.3 b/man/man3/system.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a00ba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/system.3
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2014 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:51:15 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 11 May 1998 by Joseph S. Myers (jsm28@cam.ac.uk)
+.\" Modified 14 May 2001, 23 Sep 2001 by aeb
+.\" 2004-12-20, mtk
+.\"
+.TH system 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+system \- execute a shell command
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int system(const char *" "command" );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR system ()
+library function behaves as if it used
+.BR fork (2)
+to create a child process that executed the shell command specified in
+.I command
+using
+.BR execl (3)
+as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+execl("/bin/sh", "sh", "\-c", command, (char *) NULL);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+.BR system ()
+returns after the command has been completed.
+.P
+During execution of the command,
+.B SIGCHLD
+will be blocked, and
+.B SIGINT
+and
+.B SIGQUIT
+will be ignored, in the process that calls
+.BR system ().
+(These signals will be handled according to their defaults inside
+the child process that executes
+.IR command .)
+.P
+If
+.I command
+is NULL, then
+.BR system ()
+returns a status indicating whether a shell is available on the system.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The return value of
+.BR system ()
+is one of the following:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+If
+.I command
+is NULL, then a nonzero value if a shell is available,
+or 0 if no shell is available.
+.IP \[bu]
+If a child process could not be created,
+or its status could not be retrieved,
+the return value is \-1 and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.IP \[bu]
+If a shell could not be executed in the child process,
+then the return value is as though the child shell terminated by calling
+.BR _exit (2)
+with the status 127.
+.IP \[bu]
+If all system calls succeed,
+then the return value is the termination status of the child shell
+used to execute
+.IR command .
+(The termination status of a shell is the termination status of
+the last command it executes.)
+.P
+In the last two cases,
+the return value is a "wait status" that can be examined using
+the macros described in
+.BR waitpid (2).
+(i.e.,
+.BR WIFEXITED (),
+.BR WEXITSTATUS (),
+and so on).
+.P
+.BR system ()
+does not affect the wait status of any other children.
+.SH ERRORS
+.BR system ()
+can fail with any of the same errors as
+.BR fork (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR system ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR system ()
+provides simplicity and convenience:
+it handles all of the details of calling
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR execl (3),
+and
+.BR waitpid (2),
+as well as the necessary manipulations of signals;
+in addition,
+the shell performs the usual substitutions and I/O redirections for
+.IR command .
+The main cost of
+.BR system ()
+is inefficiency:
+additional system calls are required to create the process that
+runs the shell and to execute the shell.
+.P
+If the
+.B _XOPEN_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined
+(before including
+.I any
+header files),
+then the macros described in
+.BR waitpid (2)
+.RB ( WEXITSTATUS (),
+etc.) are made available when including
+.IR <stdlib.h> .
+.P
+As mentioned,
+.BR system ()
+ignores
+.B SIGINT
+and
+.BR SIGQUIT .
+This may make programs that call it
+from a loop uninterruptible, unless they take care themselves
+to check the exit status of the child.
+For example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+while (something) {
+    int ret = system("foo");
+\&
+    if (WIFSIGNALED(ret) &&
+        (WTERMSIG(ret) == SIGINT || WTERMSIG(ret) == SIGQUIT))
+            break;
+}
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+According to POSIX.1, it is unspecified whether handlers registered using
+.BR pthread_atfork (3)
+are called during the execution of
+.BR system ().
+In the glibc implementation, such handlers are not called.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.1.3, the check for the availability of
+.I /bin/sh
+was not actually performed if
+.I command
+was NULL; instead it was always assumed to be available, and
+.BR system ()
+always returned 1 in this case.
+Since glibc 2.1.3, this check is performed because, even though
+POSIX.1-2001 requires a conforming implementation to provide
+a shell, that shell may not be available or executable if
+the calling program has previously called
+.BR chroot (2)
+(which is not specified by POSIX.1-2001).
+.P
+It is possible for the shell command to terminate with a status of 127,
+which yields a
+.BR system ()
+return value that is indistinguishable from the case
+where a shell could not be executed in the child process.
+.\"
+.SS Caveats
+Do not use
+.BR system ()
+from a privileged program
+(a set-user-ID or set-group-ID program, or a program with capabilities)
+because strange values for some environment variables
+might be used to subvert system integrity.
+For example,
+.B PATH
+could be manipulated so that an arbitrary program
+is executed with privilege.
+Use the
+.BR exec (3)
+family of functions instead, but not
+.BR execlp (3)
+or
+.BR execvp (3)
+(which also use the
+.B PATH
+environment variable to search for an executable).
+.P
+.BR system ()
+will not, in fact, work properly from programs with set-user-ID or
+set-group-ID privileges on systems on which
+.I /bin/sh
+is bash version 2: as a security measure, bash 2 drops privileges on startup.
+(Debian uses a different shell,
+.BR dash (1),
+which does not do this when invoked as
+.BR sh .)
+.P
+Any user input that is employed as part of
+.I command
+should be
+.I carefully
+sanitized, to ensure that unexpected shell commands or command options
+are not executed.
+Such risks are especially grave when using
+.BR system ()
+from a privileged program.
+.SH BUGS
+.\" [BUG 211029](https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=211029)
+.\" [glibc bug](https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=27143)
+.\" [POSIX bug](https://www.austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=1440)
+If the command name starts with a hyphen,
+.BR sh (1)
+interprets the command name as an option,
+and the behavior is undefined.
+(See the
+.B \-c
+option to
+.BR sh (1).)
+To work around this problem,
+prepend the command with a space as in the following call:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+    system(" \-unfortunate\-command\-name");
+.EE
+.in
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sh (1),
+.BR execve (2),
+.BR fork (2),
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR sigprocmask (2),
+.BR wait (2),
+.BR exec (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/sysv_signal.3 b/man/man3/sysv_signal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcdfa6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/sysv_signal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH sysv_signal 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+sysv_signal \- signal handling with System V semantics
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <signal.h>
+.P
+.B typedef void (*sighandler_t)(int);
+.P
+.BI "sighandler_t sysv_signal(int " signum ", sighandler_t " handler );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+function takes the same arguments, and performs the same task, as
+.BR signal (2).
+.P
+However
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+provides the System V unreliable signal semantics, that is:
+a) the disposition of the signal is reset to the default
+when the handler is invoked;
+b) delivery of further instances of the signal is not blocked while
+the signal handler is executing; and
+c) if the handler interrupts (certain) blocking system calls,
+then the system call is not automatically restarted.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+function returns the previous value of the signal handler, or
+.B SIG_ERR
+on error.
+.SH ERRORS
+As for
+.BR signal (2).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+Use of
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+should be avoided; use
+.BR sigaction (2)
+instead.
+.P
+On older Linux systems,
+.BR sysv_signal ()
+and
+.BR signal (2)
+were equivalent.
+But on newer systems,
+.BR signal (2)
+provides reliable signal semantics; see
+.BR signal (2)
+for details.
+.P
+The use of
+.I sighandler_t
+is a GNU extension;
+this type is defined only if
+the
+.B _GNU_SOURCE
+feature test macro is defined.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR sigaction (2),
+.BR signal (2),
+.BR bsd_signal (3),
+.BR signal (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/tailq.3 b/man/man3/tailq.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45899a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tailq.3
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"    The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\" and Copyright (c) 2020 by Alejandro Colomar <alx@kernel.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
+.\"
+.\"
+.TH TAILQ 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+TAILQ_CONCAT,
+TAILQ_EMPTY,
+TAILQ_ENTRY,
+TAILQ_FIRST,
+TAILQ_FOREACH,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE,
+TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE,
+.\"TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE,
+TAILQ_HEAD,
+TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER,
+TAILQ_INIT,
+TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER,
+TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE,
+TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD,
+TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL,
+TAILQ_LAST,
+TAILQ_NEXT,
+TAILQ_PREV,
+TAILQ_REMOVE
+.\"TAILQ_SWAP
+\- implementation of a doubly linked tail queue
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/queue.h>
+.P
+.B TAILQ_ENTRY(TYPE);
+.P
+.B TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE);
+.BI "TAILQ_HEAD TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(TAILQ_HEAD " head );
+.BI "void TAILQ_INIT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "int TAILQ_EMPTY(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.P
+.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "void TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" listelm ,
+.BI "                         struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_FIRST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head );
+.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_LAST(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME);"
+.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_PREV(struct TYPE *" elm ", HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "struct TYPE *TAILQ_NEXT(struct TYPE *" elm ", TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "TAILQ_FOREACH(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME,"
+.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", HEADNAME,"
+.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .P
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
+.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
+.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                                HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
+.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.\" .BI "TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE(struct TYPE *" var ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head ,
+.\" .BI "                                HEADNAME, TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME ,
+.\" .BI "                                struct TYPE *" temp_var );
+.P
+.BI "void TAILQ_REMOVE(TAILQ_HEAD *" head ", struct TYPE *" elm ,
+.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.P
+.BI "void TAILQ_CONCAT(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ,
+.BI "                         TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.\" .BI "void TAILQ_SWAP(TAILQ_HEAD *" head1 ", TAILQ_HEAD *" head2 ", TYPE,"
+.\" .BI "                                TAILQ_ENTRY " NAME );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros define and operate on doubly linked tail queues.
+.P
+In the macro definitions,
+.I TYPE
+is the name of a user defined structure,
+that must contain a field of type
+.IR TAILQ_ENTRY ,
+named
+.IR NAME .
+The argument
+.I HEADNAME
+is the name of a user defined structure that must be declared
+using the macro
+.BR TAILQ_HEAD ().
+.SS Creation
+A tail queue is headed by a structure defined by the
+.BR TAILQ_HEAD ()
+macro.
+This structure contains a pair of pointers,
+one to the first element in the queue
+and the other to the last element in the queue.
+The elements are doubly linked
+so that an arbitrary element can be removed without traversing the queue.
+New elements can be added to the queue
+after an existing element,
+before an existing element,
+at the head of the queue,
+or at the end of the queue.
+A
+.I TAILQ_HEAD
+structure is declared as follows:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+TAILQ_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I struct HEADNAME
+is the structure to be defined, and
+.I struct TYPE
+is the type of the elements to be linked into the queue.
+A pointer to the head of the queue can later be declared as:
+.P
+.in +4
+.EX
+struct HEADNAME *headp;
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+(The names
+.I head
+and
+.I headp
+are user selectable.)
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_ENTRY ()
+declares a structure that connects the elements in the queue.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+evaluates to an initializer for the queue
+.IR head .
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_INIT ()
+initializes the queue referenced by
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
+evaluates to true if there are no items on the queue.
+.IR head .
+.SS Insertion
+.BR TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the head of the queue.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+at the end of the queue.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+before the element
+.IR listelm .
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER ()
+inserts the new element
+.I elm
+after the element
+.IR listelm .
+.SS Traversal
+.BR TAILQ_FIRST ()
+returns the first item on the queue, or NULL if the queue is empty.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_LAST ()
+returns the last item on the queue.
+If the queue is empty the return value is NULL.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_PREV ()
+returns the previous item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the first.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_NEXT ()
+returns the next item on the queue, or NULL if this item is the last.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
+traverses the queue referenced by
+.I head
+in the forward direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.I var
+is set to NULL if the loop completes normally,
+or if there were no elements.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+traverses the queue referenced by
+.I head
+in the reverse direction,
+assigning each element in turn to
+.IR var .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the reverse loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the last element in the TAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
+.\" traverse the list referenced by
+.\" .I head
+.\" in the forward or reverse direction respectively,
+.\" assigning each element in turn to
+.\" .IR var .
+.\" However, unlike their unsafe counterparts,
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
+.\" and
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+.\" permit to both remove
+.\" .I var
+.\" as well as free it from within the loop safely without interfering with the
+.\" traversal.
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_FROM_SAFE ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the first element in the TAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.\" .P
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM_SAFE ()
+.\" behaves identically to
+.\" .BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE ()
+.\" when
+.\" .I var
+.\" is NULL, else it treats
+.\" .I var
+.\" as a previously found TAILQ element and begins the reverse loop at
+.\" .I var
+.\" instead of the last element in the TAILQ referenced by
+.\" .IR head .
+.SS Removal
+.BR TAILQ_REMOVE ()
+removes the element
+.I elm
+from the queue.
+.SS Other features
+.\" .BR TAILQ_SWAP ()
+.\" swaps the contents of
+.\" .I head1
+.\" and
+.\" .IR head2 .
+.\" .P
+.BR TAILQ_CONCAT ()
+concatenates the queue headed by
+.I head2
+onto the end of the one headed by
+.I head1
+removing all entries from the former.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR TAILQ_EMPTY ()
+returns nonzero if the queue is empty,
+and zero if the queue contains at least one entry.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_FIRST (),
+.BR TAILQ_LAST (),
+.BR TAILQ_PREV (),
+and
+.BR TAILQ_NEXT ()
+return a pointer to the first, last, previous, or next
+.I TYPE
+structure, respectively.
+.P
+.BR TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER ()
+returns an initializer that can be assigned to the queue
+.IR head .
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.4BSD.
+.SH CAVEATS
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH ()
+and
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE ()
+don't allow
+.I var
+to be removed or freed within the loop,
+as it would interfere with the traversal.
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE ()
+and
+.BR TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE (),
+which are present on the BSDs but are not present in glibc,
+fix this limitation by allowing
+.I var
+to safely be removed from the list and freed from within the loop
+without interfering with the traversal.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.\" SRC BEGIN (tailq.c)
+.EX
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <sys/queue.h>
+\&
+struct entry {
+    int data;
+    TAILQ_ENTRY(entry) entries;             /* Tail queue */
+};
+\&
+TAILQ_HEAD(tailhead, entry);
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    struct entry *n1, *n2, *n3, *np;
+    struct tailhead head;                   /* Tail queue head */
+    int i;
+\&
+    TAILQ_INIT(&head);                      /* Initialize the queue */
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the head */
+    TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert at the tail */
+    TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries);
+\&
+    n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert after */
+    TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries);
+\&
+    n3 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry));      /* Insert before */
+    TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(n2, n3, entries);
+\&
+    TAILQ_REMOVE(&head, n2, entries);       /* Deletion */
+    free(n2);
+                                            /* Forward traversal */
+    i = 0;
+    TAILQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries)
+        np\->data = i++;
+                                            /* Reverse traversal */
+    TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, &head, tailhead, entries)
+        printf("%i\en", np\->data);
+                                            /* TailQ deletion */
+    n1 = TAILQ_FIRST(&head);
+    while (n1 != NULL) {
+        n2 = TAILQ_NEXT(n1, entries);
+        free(n1);
+        n1 = n2;
+    }
+    TAILQ_INIT(&head);
+\&
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR insque (3),
+.BR queue (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/tan.3 b/man/man3/tan.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..738a052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH tan 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tan, tanf, tanl \- tangent function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double tan(double " x );
+.BI "float tanf(float " x );
+.BI "long double tanl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tanf (),
+.BR tanl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the tangent of
+.IR x ,
+where
+.I x
+is
+given in radians.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the tangent of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity or negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the correct result would overflow,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the mathematically correct sign.
+.\" I think overflow can't occur, because the closest floating-point
+.\" representation of pi/2 is still not close enough to pi/2 to
+.\" produce a large enough value to overflow.
+.\" Testing certainly seems to bear this out.  -- mtk, Jul 08
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1 allows an optional underflow error;
+.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
+.\" POSIX.1 an optional range error for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 doesn't do this
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is an infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B EDOM
+(but see BUGS).
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.\" Unable to test this case, since the best approximation of
+.\" pi/2 in double precision only yields a tan() value of 1.633e16.
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tan (),
+.BR tanf (),
+.BR tanl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.10, the glibc implementation did not set
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6782
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when a domain error occurred.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acos (3),
+.BR asin (3),
+.BR atan (3),
+.BR atan2 (3),
+.BR cos (3),
+.BR ctan (3),
+.BR sin (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tanf.3 b/man/man3/tanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58e5a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tanh.3 b/man/man3/tanh.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08a7a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tanh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-07-27 by Walter Harms
+.\" 	(walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.TH tanh 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tanh, tanhf, tanhl \- hyperbolic tangent function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double tanh(double " x );
+.BI "float tanhf(float " x );
+.BI "long double tanhl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tanhf (),
+.BR tanhl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR x ,
+which
+is defined mathematically as:
+.P
+.nf
+    tanh(x) = sinh(x) / cosh(x)
+.fi
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the hyperbolic tangent of
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is +0 (\-0), +0 (\-0) is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity (negative infinity),
++1 (\-1) is returned.
+.\"
+.\" POSIX.1-2001 documents an optional range error (underflow)
+.\" for subnormal x;
+.\" glibc 2.8 does not do this.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tanh (),
+.BR tanhf (),
+.BR tanhl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The variant returning
+.I double
+also conforms to
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR acosh (3),
+.BR asinh (3),
+.BR atanh (3),
+.BR cosh (3),
+.BR ctanh (3),
+.BR sinh (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tanhf.3 b/man/man3/tanhf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3556edb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tanhf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tanhl.3 b/man/man3/tanhl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3556edb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tanhl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tanh.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tanl.3 b/man/man3/tanl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58e5a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tanl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tan.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcdrain.3 b/man/man3/tcdrain.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcdrain.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcflow.3 b/man/man3/tcflow.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcflow.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcflush.3 b/man/man3/tcflush.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcflush.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcgetattr.3 b/man/man3/tcgetattr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcgetattr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcgetpgrp.3 b/man/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b29c9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcgetpgrp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH tcgetpgrp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tcgetpgrp, tcsetpgrp \- get and set terminal foreground process group
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <unistd.h>"
+.P
+.BI "pid_t tcgetpgrp(int " fd );
+.BI "int tcsetpgrp(int " fd ", pid_t " pgrp );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR tcgetpgrp ()
+returns the process group ID of the foreground process group on the
+terminal associated to
+.IR fd ,
+which must be the controlling terminal of the calling process.
+.\" The process itself may be a background process.
+.P
+The function
+.BR tcsetpgrp ()
+makes the process group with process group ID
+.I pgrp
+the foreground process group on the terminal associated to
+.IR fd ,
+which must be the controlling terminal of the calling process,
+and still be associated with its session.
+Moreover,
+.I pgrp
+must be a (nonempty) process group belonging to
+the same session as the calling process.
+.P
+If
+.BR tcsetpgrp ()
+is called by a member of a background process group in its session,
+and the calling process is not blocking or ignoring
+.BR SIGTTOU ,
+a
+.B SIGTTOU
+signal is sent to all members of this background process group.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When
+.I fd
+refers to the controlling terminal of the calling process,
+the function
+.BR tcgetpgrp ()
+will return the foreground process group ID of that terminal
+if there is one, and some value larger than 1 that is not
+presently a process group ID otherwise.
+When
+.I fd
+does not refer to the controlling terminal of the calling process,
+\-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.P
+When successful,
+.BR tcsetpgrp ()
+returns 0.
+Otherwise, it returns \-1, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I pgrp
+has an unsupported value.
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+The calling process does not have a controlling terminal, or
+it has one but it is not described by
+.IR fd ,
+or, for
+.BR tcsetpgrp (),
+this controlling terminal is no longer associated with the session
+of the calling process.
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+.I pgrp
+has a supported value, but is not the process group ID of a
+process in the same session as the calling process.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tcgetpgrp (),
+.BR tcsetpgrp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+These functions are implemented via the
+.B TIOCGPGRP
+and
+.B TIOCSPGRP
+ioctls.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+The ioctls appeared in 4.2BSD.
+The functions are POSIX inventions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR setpgid (2),
+.BR setsid (2),
+.BR credentials (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/tcgetsid.3 b/man/man3/tcgetsid.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8925f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcgetsid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH tcgetsid 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tcgetsid \- get session ID
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500" "        /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B "#include <termios.h>"
+.P
+.BI "pid_t tcgetsid(int " fd );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR tcgetsid ()
+returns the session ID of the current session that has the
+terminal associated to
+.I fd
+as controlling terminal.
+This terminal must be the controlling terminal of the calling process.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When
+.I fd
+refers to the controlling terminal of our session,
+the function
+.BR tcgetsid ()
+will return the session ID of this session.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+.I fd
+is not a valid file descriptor.
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+The calling process does not have a controlling terminal, or
+it has one but it is not described by
+.IR fd .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tcgetsid ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+This function is implemented via the
+.B TIOCGSID
+.BR ioctl (2),
+present
+since Linux 2.1.71.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getsid (2)
diff --git a/man/man3/tcsendbreak.3 b/man/man3/tcsendbreak.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcsendbreak.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcsetattr.3 b/man/man3/tcsetattr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb47249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcsetattr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/termios.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tcsetpgrp.3 b/man/man3/tcsetpgrp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a8b360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tcsetpgrp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tcgetpgrp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tdelete.3 b/man/man3/tdelete.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tdelete.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tdestroy.3 b/man/man3/tdestroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tdestroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/telldir.3 b/man/man3/telldir.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90ae1f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/telldir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:48:42 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.TH telldir 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+telldir \- return current location in directory stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <dirent.h>
+.P
+.BI "long telldir(DIR *" dirp );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR telldir ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+       || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+       || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR telldir ()
+function returns the current location associated with
+the directory stream \fIdirp\fP.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, the
+.BR telldir ()
+function returns the current location
+in the directory stream.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Invalid directory stream descriptor \fIdirp\fP.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR telldir ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+Up to glibc 2.1.1, the return type of
+.BR telldir ()
+was
+.IR off_t .
+POSIX.1-2001 specifies
+.IR long ,
+and this is the type used since glibc 2.1.2.
+.P
+In early filesystems, the value returned by
+.BR telldir ()
+was a simple file offset within a directory.
+Modern filesystems use tree or hash structures, rather than flat tables,
+to represent directories.
+On such filesystems, the value returned by
+.BR telldir ()
+(and used internally by
+.BR readdir (3))
+is a "cookie" that is used by the implementation
+to derive a position within a directory.
+.\" https://lwn.net/Articles/544298/
+Application programs should treat this strictly as an opaque value, making
+.I no
+assumptions about its contents.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR closedir (3),
+.BR opendir (3),
+.BR readdir (3),
+.BR rewinddir (3),
+.BR scandir (3),
+.BR seekdir (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tempnam.3 b/man/man3/tempnam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f9baca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tempnam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH tempnam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tempnam \- create a name for a temporary file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *tempnam(const char *" dir ", const char *" pfx );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tempnam ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I "Never use this function."
+Use
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+or
+.BR tmpfile (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR tempnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
+and such that a file with this name did not exist when
+.BR tempnam ()
+checked.
+The filename suffix of the pathname generated will start with
+.I pfx
+in case
+.I pfx
+is a non-NULL string of at most five bytes.
+The directory prefix part of the pathname generated is required to
+be "appropriate" (often that at least implies writable).
+.P
+Attempts to find an appropriate directory go through the following
+steps:
+.TP 3
+a)
+In case the environment variable
+.B TMPDIR
+exists and
+contains the name of an appropriate directory, that is used.
+.TP
+b)
+Otherwise, if the
+.I dir
+argument is non-NULL and appropriate, it is used.
+.TP
+c)
+Otherwise,
+.I P_tmpdir
+(as defined in
+.IR <stdio.h> )
+is used when appropriate.
+.TP
+d)
+Finally an implementation-defined directory may be used.
+.P
+The string returned by
+.BR tempnam ()
+is allocated using
+.BR malloc (3)
+and hence should be freed by
+.BR free (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, the
+.BR tempnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a unique temporary filename.
+It returns NULL if a unique name cannot be generated, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Allocation of storage failed.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tempnam ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsoleted in POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+Although
+.BR tempnam ()
+generates names that are difficult to guess,
+it is nevertheless possible that between the time that
+.BR tempnam ()
+returns a pathname, and the time that the program opens it,
+another program might create that pathname using
+.BR open (2),
+or create it as a symbolic link.
+This can lead to security holes.
+To avoid such possibilities, use the
+.BR open (2)
+.B O_EXCL
+flag to open the pathname.
+Or better yet, use
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+or
+.BR tmpfile (3).
+.P
+SUSv2 does not mention the use of
+.BR TMPDIR ;
+glibc will use it only
+when the program is not set-user-ID.
+On SVr4, the directory used under \fBd)\fP is
+.I /tmp
+(and this is what glibc does).
+.P
+Because it dynamically allocates memory used to return the pathname,
+.BR tempnam ()
+is reentrant, and thus thread safe, unlike
+.BR tmpnam (3).
+.P
+The
+.BR tempnam ()
+function generates a different string each time it is called,
+up to
+.B TMP_MAX
+(defined in
+.IR <stdio.h> )
+times.
+If it is called more than
+.B TMP_MAX
+times,
+the behavior is implementation defined.
+.P
+.BR tempnam ()
+uses at most the first five bytes from
+.IR pfx .
+.P
+The glibc implementation of
+.BR tempnam ()
+fails with the error
+.B EEXIST
+upon failure to find a unique name.
+.SH BUGS
+The precise meaning of "appropriate" is undefined;
+it is unspecified how accessibility of a directory is determined.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mkstemp (3),
+.BR mktemp (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3),
+.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/termios.3 b/man/man3/termios.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..932cfb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/termios.3
@@ -0,0 +1,1235 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 Michael Haardt (michael@moria.de)
+.\" Fri Apr  2 11:32:09 MET DST 1993
+.\" Copyright (c) 2006-2015, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
+.\" Modified 1995-02-25 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" Modified 1995-09-02 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\" moved to man3, aeb, 950919
+.\" Modified 2001-09-22 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" Modified 2001-12-17, aeb
+.\" Modified 2004-10-31, aeb
+.\" 2006-12-28, mtk:
+.\"     Added .SS headers to give some structure to this page; and a
+.\"     small amount of reordering.
+.\"     Added a section on canonical and noncanonical mode.
+.\"     Enhanced the discussion of "raw" mode for cfmakeraw().
+.\"     Document CMSPAR.
+.\"
+.TH termios 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+termios, tcgetattr, tcsetattr, tcsendbreak, tcdrain, tcflush, tcflow,
+cfmakeraw, cfgetospeed, cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfsetospeed, cfsetspeed \-
+get and set terminal attributes, line control, get and set baud rate
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <termios.h>
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "int tcgetattr(int " fd ", struct termios *" termios_p );
+.BI "int tcsetattr(int " fd ", int " optional_actions ,
+.BI "              const struct termios *" termios_p );
+.P
+.BI "int tcsendbreak(int " fd ", int " duration );
+.BI "int tcdrain(int " fd );
+.BI "int tcflush(int " fd ", int " queue_selector );
+.BI "int tcflow(int " fd ", int " action );
+.P
+.BI "void cfmakeraw(struct termios *" termios_p );
+.P
+.BI "speed_t cfgetispeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
+.BI "speed_t cfgetospeed(const struct termios *" termios_p );
+.P
+.BI "int cfsetispeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
+.BI "int cfsetospeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
+.BI "int cfsetspeed(struct termios *" termios_p ", speed_t " speed );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR cfsetspeed (),
+.BR cfmakeraw ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The termios functions describe a general terminal interface that is
+provided to control asynchronous communications ports.
+.SS The termios structure
+Many of the functions described here have a \fItermios_p\fP argument
+that is a pointer to a \fItermios\fP structure.
+This structure contains at least the following members:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+tcflag_t c_iflag;      /* input modes */
+tcflag_t c_oflag;      /* output modes */
+tcflag_t c_cflag;      /* control modes */
+tcflag_t c_lflag;      /* local modes */
+cc_t     c_cc[NCCS];   /* special characters */
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The values that may be assigned to these fields are described below.
+In the case of the first four bit-mask fields,
+the definitions of some of the associated flags that may be set are
+exposed only if a specific feature test macro (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7))
+is defined, as noted in brackets ("[]").
+.P
+In the descriptions below, "not in POSIX" means that the
+value is not specified in POSIX.1-2001,
+and "XSI" means that the value is specified in POSIX.1-2001
+as part of the XSI extension.
+.P
+\fIc_iflag\fP flag constants:
+.TP
+.B IGNBRK
+Ignore BREAK condition on input.
+.TP
+.B BRKINT
+If \fBIGNBRK\fP is set, a BREAK is ignored.
+If it is not set
+but \fBBRKINT\fP is set, then a BREAK causes the input and output
+queues to be flushed, and if the terminal is the controlling
+terminal of a foreground process group, it will cause a
+\fBSIGINT\fP to be sent to this foreground process group.
+When neither \fBIGNBRK\fP nor \fBBRKINT\fP are set, a BREAK
+reads as a null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), except when \fBPARMRK\fP is set,
+in which case it reads as the sequence \e377 \e0 \e0.
+.TP
+.B IGNPAR
+Ignore framing errors and parity errors.
+.TP
+.B PARMRK
+If this bit is set, input bytes with parity or framing errors are
+marked when passed to the program.
+This bit is meaningful only when
+\fBINPCK\fP is set and \fBIGNPAR\fP is not set.
+The way erroneous bytes are marked is with two preceding bytes,
+\e377 and \e0.
+Thus, the program actually reads three bytes for one
+erroneous byte received from the terminal.
+If a valid byte has the value \e377,
+and \fBISTRIP\fP (see below) is not set,
+the program might confuse it with the prefix that marks a
+parity error.
+Therefore, a valid byte \e377 is passed to the program as two
+bytes, \e377 \e377, in this case.
+.IP
+If neither \fBIGNPAR\fP nor \fBPARMRK\fP
+is set, read a character with a parity error or framing error
+as \e0.
+.TP
+.B INPCK
+Enable input parity checking.
+.TP
+.B ISTRIP
+Strip off eighth bit.
+.TP
+.B INLCR
+Translate NL to CR on input.
+.TP
+.B IGNCR
+Ignore carriage return on input.
+.TP
+.B ICRNL
+Translate carriage return to newline on input (unless \fBIGNCR\fP is set).
+.TP
+.B IUCLC
+(not in POSIX) Map uppercase characters to lowercase on input.
+.TP
+.B IXON
+Enable XON/XOFF flow control on output.
+.TP
+.B IXANY
+(XSI) Typing any character will restart stopped output.
+(The default is to allow just the START character to restart output.)
+.TP
+.B IXOFF
+Enable XON/XOFF flow control on input.
+.TP
+.B IMAXBEL
+(not in POSIX) Ring bell when input queue is full.
+Linux does not implement this bit, and acts as if it is always set.
+.TP
+.BR IUTF8 " (since Linux 2.6.4)"
+(not in POSIX) Input is UTF8;
+this allows character-erase to be correctly performed in cooked mode.
+.P
+.I c_oflag
+flag constants:
+.TP
+.B OPOST
+Enable implementation-defined output processing.
+.TP
+.B OLCUC
+(not in POSIX) Map lowercase characters to uppercase on output.
+.TP
+.B ONLCR
+(XSI) Map NL to CR-NL on output.
+.TP
+.B OCRNL
+Map CR to NL on output.
+.TP
+.B ONOCR
+Don't output CR at column 0.
+.TP
+.B ONLRET
+The NL character is assumed to do the carriage-return function;
+the kernel's idea of the current column is set to 0
+after both NL and CR.
+.TP
+.B OFILL
+Send fill characters for a delay, rather than using a timed delay.
+.TP
+.B OFDEL
+Fill character is ASCII DEL (0177).
+If unset, fill character is ASCII NUL (\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+(Not implemented on Linux.)
+.TP
+.B NLDLY
+Newline delay mask.
+Values are \fBNL0\fP and \fBNL1\fP.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B CRDLY
+Carriage return delay mask.
+Values are \fBCR0\fP, \fBCR1\fP, \fBCR2\fP, or \fBCR3\fP.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B TABDLY
+Horizontal tab delay mask.
+Values are \fBTAB0\fP, \fBTAB1\fP, \fBTAB2\fP, \fBTAB3\fP (or \fBXTABS\fP,
+but see the
+.B BUGS
+section).
+A value of TAB3, that is, XTABS, expands tabs to spaces
+(with tab stops every eight columns).
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B BSDLY
+Backspace delay mask.
+Values are \fBBS0\fP or \fBBS1\fP.
+(Has never been implemented.)
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B VTDLY
+Vertical tab delay mask.
+Values are \fBVT0\fP or \fBVT1\fP.
+.TP
+.B FFDLY
+Form feed delay mask.
+Values are \fBFF0\fP or \fBFF1\fP.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.P
+\fIc_cflag\fP flag constants:
+.TP
+.B CBAUD
+(not in POSIX) Baud speed mask (4+1 bits).
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B CBAUDEX
+(not in POSIX) Extra baud speed mask (1 bit), included in
+.BR CBAUD .
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.IP
+(POSIX says that the baud speed is stored in the
+.I termios
+structure without specifying where precisely, and provides
+.BR cfgetispeed ()
+and
+.BR cfsetispeed ()
+for getting at it.
+Some systems use bits selected by
+.B CBAUD
+in
+.IR c_cflag ,
+other systems use separate fields, for example,
+.I sg_ispeed
+and
+.IR sg_ospeed .)
+.TP
+.B CSIZE
+Character size mask.
+Values are \fBCS5\fP, \fBCS6\fP, \fBCS7\fP, or \fBCS8\fP.
+.TP
+.B CSTOPB
+Set two stop bits, rather than one.
+.TP
+.B CREAD
+Enable receiver.
+.TP
+.B PARENB
+Enable parity generation on output and parity checking for input.
+.TP
+.B PARODD
+If set, then parity for input and output is odd;
+otherwise even parity is used.
+.TP
+.B HUPCL
+Lower modem control lines after last process closes the device (hang up).
+.TP
+.B CLOCAL
+Ignore modem control lines.
+.TP
+.B LOBLK
+(not in POSIX) Block output from a noncurrent shell layer.
+For use by \fBshl\fP (shell layers).
+(Not implemented on Linux.)
+.TP
+.B CIBAUD
+(not in POSIX) Mask for input speeds.
+The values for the
+.B CIBAUD
+bits are
+the same as the values for the
+.B CBAUD
+bits, shifted left
+.B IBSHIFT
+bits.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+(Not implemented in glibc, supported on Linux via
+.BR TCGET *
+and
+.BR TCSET *
+ioctls; see
+.BR ioctl_tty (2))
+.TP
+.B CMSPAR
+(not in POSIX)
+Use "stick" (mark/space) parity (supported on certain serial
+devices): if
+.B PARODD
+is set, the parity bit is always 1; if
+.B PARODD
+is not set, then the parity bit is always 0.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B CRTSCTS
+(not in POSIX) Enable RTS/CTS (hardware) flow control.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.P
+\fIc_lflag\fP flag constants:
+.TP
+.B ISIG
+When any of the characters INTR, QUIT, SUSP, or DSUSP are received,
+generate the corresponding signal.
+.TP
+.B ICANON
+Enable canonical mode (described below).
+.TP
+.B XCASE
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
+If \fBICANON\fP is also set, terminal is uppercase only.
+Input is converted to lowercase, except for characters preceded by \e.
+On output, uppercase characters are preceded by \e and lowercase
+characters are converted to uppercase.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.B _SVID_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _XOPEN_SOURCE ]
+.\" glibc is probably now wrong to allow
+.\" Define
+.\" .B _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.\" to expose
+.\" .BR XCASE .
+.TP
+.B ECHO
+Echo input characters.
+.TP
+.B ECHOE
+If \fBICANON\fP is also set, the ERASE character erases the preceding
+input character, and WERASE erases the preceding word.
+.TP
+.B ECHOK
+If \fBICANON\fP is also set, the KILL character erases the current line.
+.TP
+.B ECHONL
+If \fBICANON\fP is also set, echo the NL character even if ECHO is not set.
+.TP
+.B ECHOCTL
+(not in POSIX) If \fBECHO\fP is also set,
+terminal special characters other than
+TAB, NL, START, and STOP are echoed as \fB\[ha]X\fP,
+where X is the character with
+ASCII code 0x40 greater than the special character.
+For example, character
+0x08 (BS) is echoed as \fB\[ha]H\fP.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B ECHOPRT
+(not in POSIX) If \fBICANON\fP and \fBECHO\fP are also set, characters
+are printed as they are being erased.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B ECHOKE
+(not in POSIX) If \fBICANON\fP is also set, KILL is echoed by erasing
+each character on the line, as specified by \fBECHOE\fP and \fBECHOPRT\fP.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B DEFECHO
+(not in POSIX) Echo only when a process is reading.
+(Not implemented on Linux.)
+.TP
+.B FLUSHO
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
+Output is being flushed.
+This flag is toggled by typing
+the DISCARD character.
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B NOFLSH
+Disable flushing the input and output queues when generating signals for the
+INT, QUIT, and SUSP characters.
+.\" Stevens lets SUSP only flush the input queue
+.TP
+.B TOSTOP
+Send the
+.B SIGTTOU
+signal to the process group of a background process
+which tries to write to its controlling terminal.
+.TP
+.B PENDIN
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux)
+All characters in the input queue are reprinted when
+the next character is read.
+.RB ( bash (1)
+handles typeahead this way.)
+[requires
+.B _BSD_SOURCE
+or
+.BR _SVID_SOURCE ]
+.TP
+.B IEXTEN
+Enable implementation-defined input processing.
+This flag, as well as \fBICANON\fP must be enabled for the
+special characters EOL2, LNEXT, REPRINT, WERASE to be interpreted,
+and for the \fBIUCLC\fP flag to be effective.
+.P
+The \fIc_cc\fP array defines the terminal special characters.
+The symbolic indices (initial values) and meaning are:
+.TP
+.B VDISCARD
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 017, SI, Ctrl-O)
+Toggle: start/stop discarding pending output.
+Recognized when
+.B IEXTEN
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VDSUSP
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 031, EM, Ctrl-Y)
+Delayed suspend character (DSUSP):
+send
+.B SIGTSTP
+signal when the character is read by the user program.
+Recognized when
+.B IEXTEN
+and
+.B ISIG
+are set, and the system supports
+job control, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VEOF
+(004, EOT, Ctrl-D)
+End-of-file character (EOF).
+More precisely: this character causes the pending tty buffer to be sent
+to the waiting user program without waiting for end-of-line.
+If it is the first character of the line, the
+.BR read (2)
+in the user program returns 0, which signifies end-of-file.
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VEOL
+(0, NUL)
+Additional end-of-line character (EOL).
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+is set.
+.TP
+.B VEOL2
+(not in POSIX; 0, NUL)
+Yet another end-of-line character (EOL2).
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+is set.
+.TP
+.B VERASE
+(0177, DEL, rubout, or 010, BS, Ctrl-H, or also #)
+Erase character (ERASE).
+This erases the previous not-yet-erased character,
+but does not erase past EOF or beginning-of-line.
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VINTR
+(003, ETX, Ctrl-C, or also 0177, DEL, rubout)
+Interrupt character (INTR).
+Send a
+.B SIGINT
+signal.
+Recognized when
+.B ISIG
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VKILL
+(025, NAK, Ctrl-U, or Ctrl-X, or also @)
+Kill character (KILL).
+This erases the input since the last EOF or beginning-of-line.
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VLNEXT
+(not in POSIX; 026, SYN, Ctrl-V)
+Literal next (LNEXT).
+Quotes the next input character, depriving it of
+a possible special meaning.
+Recognized when
+.B IEXTEN
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VMIN
+Minimum number of characters for noncanonical read (MIN).
+.TP
+.B VQUIT
+(034, FS, Ctrl-\e)
+Quit character (QUIT).
+Send
+.B SIGQUIT
+signal.
+Recognized when
+.B ISIG
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VREPRINT
+(not in POSIX; 022, DC2, Ctrl-R)
+Reprint unread characters (REPRINT).
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+and
+.B IEXTEN
+are set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VSTART
+(021, DC1, Ctrl-Q)
+Start character (START).
+Restarts output stopped by the Stop character.
+Recognized when
+.B IXON
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VSTATUS
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux;
+status request: 024, DC4, Ctrl-T).
+Status character (STATUS).
+Display status information at terminal,
+including state of foreground process and amount of CPU time it has consumed.
+Also sends a
+.B SIGINFO
+signal (not supported on Linux) to the foreground process group.
+.TP
+.B VSTOP
+(023, DC3, Ctrl-S)
+Stop character (STOP).
+Stop output until Start character typed.
+Recognized when
+.B IXON
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VSUSP
+(032, SUB, Ctrl-Z)
+Suspend character (SUSP).
+Send
+.B SIGTSTP
+signal.
+Recognized when
+.B ISIG
+is set, and then not passed as input.
+.TP
+.B VSWTCH
+(not in POSIX; not supported under Linux; 0, NUL)
+Switch character (SWTCH).
+Used in System V to switch shells in
+.IR "shell layers" ,
+a predecessor to shell job control.
+.TP
+.B VTIME
+Timeout in deciseconds for noncanonical read (TIME).
+.TP
+.B VWERASE
+(not in POSIX; 027, ETB, Ctrl-W)
+Word erase (WERASE).
+Recognized when
+.B ICANON
+and
+.B IEXTEN
+are set, and then not passed as input.
+.P
+An individual terminal special character can be disabled by setting
+the value of the corresponding
+.I c_cc
+element to
+.BR _POSIX_VDISABLE .
+.P
+The above symbolic subscript values are all different, except that
+.BR VTIME ,
+.B VMIN
+may have the same value as
+.BR VEOL ,
+.BR VEOF ,
+respectively.
+In noncanonical mode the special character meaning is replaced
+by the timeout meaning.
+For an explanation of
+.B VMIN
+and
+.BR VTIME ,
+see the description of
+noncanonical mode below.
+.SS Retrieving and changing terminal settings
+.BR tcgetattr ()
+gets the parameters associated with the object referred by \fIfd\fP and
+stores them in the \fItermios\fP structure referenced by
+\fItermios_p\fP.
+This function may be invoked from a background process;
+however, the terminal attributes may be subsequently changed by a
+foreground process.
+.P
+.BR tcsetattr ()
+sets the parameters associated with the terminal (unless support is
+required from the underlying hardware that is not available) from the
+\fItermios\fP structure referred to by \fItermios_p\fP.
+\fIoptional_actions\fP specifies when the changes take effect:
+.TP
+.B TCSANOW
+the change occurs immediately.
+.TP
+.B TCSADRAIN
+the change occurs after all output written to
+.I fd
+has been transmitted.
+This option should be used when changing
+parameters that affect output.
+.TP
+.B TCSAFLUSH
+the change occurs after all output written to the object referred by
+.I fd
+has been transmitted, and all input that has been received but not read
+will be discarded before the change is made.
+.SS Canonical and noncanonical mode
+The setting of the
+.B ICANON
+canon flag in
+.I c_lflag
+determines whether the terminal is operating in canonical mode
+.RB ( ICANON
+set) or
+noncanonical mode
+.RB ( ICANON
+unset).
+By default,
+.B ICANON
+is set.
+.P
+In canonical mode:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+Input is made available line by line.
+An input line is available when one of the line delimiters
+is typed (NL, EOL, EOL2; or EOF at the start of line).
+Except in the case of EOF, the line delimiter is included
+in the buffer returned by
+.BR read (2).
+.IP \[bu]
+Line editing is enabled (ERASE, KILL;
+and if the
+.B IEXTEN
+flag is set: WERASE, REPRINT, LNEXT).
+A
+.BR read (2)
+returns at most one line of input; if the
+.BR read (2)
+requested fewer bytes than are available in the current line of input,
+then only as many bytes as requested are read,
+and the remaining characters will be available for a future
+.BR read (2).
+.IP \[bu]
+The maximum line length is 4096 chars
+(including the terminating newline character);
+lines longer than 4096 chars are truncated.
+After 4095 characters, input processing (e.g.,
+.B ISIG
+and
+.B ECHO*
+processing) continues, but any input data after 4095 characters up to
+(but not including) any terminating newline is discarded.
+This ensures that the terminal can always receive
+more input until at least one line can be read.
+.P
+In noncanonical mode input is available immediately (without
+the user having to type a line-delimiter character),
+no input processing is performed,
+and line editing is disabled.
+The read buffer will only accept 4095 chars; this provides the
+necessary space for a newline char if the input mode is switched
+to canonical.
+The settings of MIN
+.RI ( c_cc[VMIN] )
+and TIME
+.RI ( c_cc[VTIME] )
+determine the circumstances in which a
+.BR read (2)
+completes; there are four distinct cases:
+.TP
+MIN == 0, TIME == 0 (polling read)
+If data is available,
+.BR read (2)
+returns immediately, with the lesser of the number of bytes
+available, or the number of bytes requested.
+If no data is available,
+.BR read (2)
+returns 0.
+.TP
+MIN > 0, TIME == 0 (blocking read)
+.BR read (2)
+blocks until MIN bytes are available,
+and returns up to the number of bytes requested.
+.TP
+MIN == 0, TIME > 0 (read with timeout)
+TIME specifies the limit for a timer in tenths of a second.
+The timer is started when
+.BR read (2)
+is called.
+.BR read (2)
+returns either when at least one byte of data is available,
+or when the timer expires.
+If the timer expires without any input becoming available,
+.BR read (2)
+returns 0.
+If data is already available at the time of the call to
+.BR read (2),
+the call behaves as though the data was received immediately after the call.
+.TP
+MIN > 0, TIME > 0 (read with interbyte timeout)
+TIME specifies the limit for a timer in tenths of a second.
+Once an initial byte of input becomes available,
+the timer is restarted after each further byte is received.
+.BR read (2)
+returns when any of the following conditions is met:
+.RS
+.IP \[bu] 3
+MIN bytes have been received.
+.IP \[bu]
+The interbyte timer expires.
+.IP \[bu]
+The number of bytes requested by
+.BR read (2)
+has been received.
+(POSIX does not specify this termination condition,
+and on some other implementations
+.\" e.g., Solaris
+.BR read (2)
+does not return in this case.)
+.RE
+.IP
+Because the timer is started only after the initial byte
+becomes available, at least one byte will be read.
+If data is already available at the time of the call to
+.BR read (2),
+the call behaves as though the data was received immediately after the call.
+.P
+POSIX
+.\" POSIX.1-2008 XBD 11.1.7
+does not specify whether the setting of the
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+file status flag takes precedence over the MIN and TIME settings.
+If
+.B O_NONBLOCK
+is set, a
+.BR read (2)
+in noncanonical mode may return immediately,
+regardless of the setting of MIN or TIME.
+Furthermore, if no data is available,
+POSIX permits a
+.BR read (2)
+in noncanonical mode to return either 0, or \-1 with
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EAGAIN .
+.SS Raw mode
+.BR cfmakeraw ()
+sets the terminal to something like the
+"raw" mode of the old Version 7 terminal driver:
+input is available character by character,
+echoing is disabled, and all special processing of
+terminal input and output characters is disabled.
+The terminal attributes are set as follows:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+termios_p\->c_iflag &= \[ti](IGNBRK | BRKINT | PARMRK | ISTRIP
+                | INLCR | IGNCR | ICRNL | IXON);
+termios_p\->c_oflag &= \[ti]OPOST;
+termios_p\->c_lflag &= \[ti](ECHO | ECHONL | ICANON | ISIG | IEXTEN);
+termios_p\->c_cflag &= \[ti](CSIZE | PARENB);
+termios_p\->c_cflag |= CS8;
+.EE
+.in
+.\"
+.SS Line control
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+transmits a continuous stream of zero-valued bits for a specific
+duration, if the terminal is using asynchronous serial data
+transmission.
+If \fIduration\fP is zero, it transmits zero-valued bits
+for at least 0.25 seconds, and not more than 0.5 seconds.
+If \fIduration\fP is not zero, it sends zero-valued bits for some
+implementation-defined length of time.
+.P
+If the terminal is not using asynchronous serial data transmission,
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+returns without taking any action.
+.P
+.BR tcdrain ()
+waits until all output written to the object referred to by
+.I fd
+has been transmitted.
+.P
+.BR tcflush ()
+discards data written to the object referred to by
+.I fd
+but not transmitted, or data received but not read, depending on the
+value of
+.IR queue_selector :
+.TP
+.B TCIFLUSH
+flushes data received but not read.
+.TP
+.B TCOFLUSH
+flushes data written but not transmitted.
+.TP
+.B TCIOFLUSH
+flushes both data received but not read, and data written but not
+transmitted.
+.P
+.BR tcflow ()
+suspends transmission or reception of data on the object referred to by
+.IR fd ,
+depending on the value of
+.IR action :
+.TP
+.B TCOOFF
+suspends output.
+.TP
+.B TCOON
+restarts suspended output.
+.TP
+.B TCIOFF
+transmits a STOP character, which stops the terminal device from
+transmitting data to the system.
+.TP
+.B TCION
+transmits a START character, which starts the terminal device
+transmitting data to the system.
+.P
+The default on open of a terminal file is that neither its input nor its
+output is suspended.
+.SS Line speed
+The baud rate functions are provided for getting and setting the values
+of the input and output baud rates in the \fItermios\fP structure.
+The new values do not take effect
+until
+.BR tcsetattr ()
+is successfully called.
+.P
+Setting the speed to \fBB0\fP instructs the modem to "hang up".
+The actual bit rate corresponding to \fBB38400\fP may be altered with
+.BR setserial (8).
+.P
+The input and output baud rates are stored in the \fItermios\fP
+structure.
+.P
+.BR cfgetospeed ()
+returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure
+pointed to by
+.IR termios_p .
+.P
+.BR cfsetospeed ()
+sets the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure pointed
+to by \fItermios_p\fP to \fIspeed\fP, which must be one of these constants:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B B0
+.TQ
+.B B50
+.TQ
+.B B75
+.TQ
+.B B110
+.TQ
+.B B134
+.TQ
+.B B150
+.TQ
+.B B200
+.TQ
+.B B300
+.TQ
+.B B600
+.TQ
+.B B1200
+.TQ
+.B B1800
+.TQ
+.B B2400
+.TQ
+.B B4800
+.TQ
+.B B9600
+.TQ
+.B B19200
+.TQ
+.B B38400
+.TQ
+.B B57600
+.TQ
+.B B115200
+.TQ
+.B B230400
+.TQ
+.B B460800
+.TQ
+.B B500000
+.TQ
+.B B576000
+.TQ
+.B B921600
+.TQ
+.B B1000000
+.TQ
+.B B1152000
+.TQ
+.B B1500000
+.TQ
+.B B2000000
+.RE
+.P
+These constants are additionally supported on the SPARC architecture:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B B76800
+.TQ
+.B B153600
+.TQ
+.B B307200
+.TQ
+.B B614400
+.RE
+.P
+These constants are additionally supported on non-SPARC architectures:
+.RS
+.TP
+.B B2500000
+.TQ
+.B B3000000
+.TQ
+.B B3500000
+.TQ
+.B B4000000
+.RE
+.P
+Due to differences between architectures, portable applications should check
+if a particular
+.BI B nnn
+constant is defined prior to using it.
+.P
+The zero baud rate,
+.BR B0 ,
+is used to terminate the connection.
+If
+.B B0
+is specified, the modem control lines shall no longer be asserted.
+Normally, this will disconnect the line.
+.B CBAUDEX
+is a mask
+for the speeds beyond those defined in POSIX.1 (57600 and above).
+Thus,
+.BR B57600 " & " CBAUDEX
+is nonzero.
+.P
+Setting the baud rate to a value other than those defined by
+.BI B nnn
+constants is possible via the
+.B TCSETS2
+ioctl; see
+.BR ioctl_tty (2).
+.P
+.BR cfgetispeed ()
+returns the input baud rate stored in the
+.I termios
+structure.
+.P
+.BR cfsetispeed ()
+sets the input baud rate stored in the
+.I termios
+structure to
+.IR speed ,
+which must be specified as one of the
+.BI B nnn
+constants listed above for
+.BR cfsetospeed ().
+If the input baud rate is set to the literal constant
+.B 0
+(not the symbolic constant
+.BR B0 ),
+the input baud rate will be
+equal to the output baud rate.
+.P
+.BR cfsetspeed ()
+is a 4.4BSD extension.
+It takes the same arguments as
+.BR cfsetispeed (),
+and sets both input and output speed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR cfgetispeed ()
+returns the input baud rate stored in the
+\fItermios\fP
+structure.
+.P
+.BR cfgetospeed ()
+returns the output baud rate stored in the \fItermios\fP structure.
+.P
+All other functions return:
+.TP
+.B 0
+on success.
+.TP
+.B \-1
+on failure and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.P
+Note that
+.BR tcsetattr ()
+returns success if \fIany\fP of the requested changes could be
+successfully carried out.
+Therefore, when making multiple changes
+it may be necessary to follow this call with a further call to
+.BR tcgetattr ()
+to check that all changes have been performed successfully.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tcgetattr (),
+.BR tcsetattr (),
+.BR tcdrain (),
+.BR tcflush (),
+.BR tcflow (),
+.BR tcsendbreak (),
+.BR cfmakeraw (),
+.BR cfgetispeed (),
+.BR cfgetospeed (),
+.BR cfsetispeed (),
+.BR cfsetospeed (),
+.BR cfsetspeed ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.\" FIXME: The markings are different from that in the glibc manual.
+.\" markings in glibc manual are more detailed:
+.\"
+.\"     tcsendbreak: MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd
+.\"     tcflow: MT-Unsafe race:tcattr(filedes)/bsd
+.\"
+.\" glibc manual says /bsd indicate the preceding marker only applies
+.\" when the underlying kernel is a BSD kernel.
+.\" So, it is safety in Linux kernel.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR tcgetattr ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcsetattr ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcdrain ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcflush ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcflow ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfgetispeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfgetospeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetispeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetospeed ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR cfmakeraw ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetspeed ()
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR tcgetattr ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcsetattr ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcdrain ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcflush ()
+.TQ
+.BR tcflow ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfgetispeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfgetospeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetispeed ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetospeed ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR cfmakeraw ()
+.TQ
+.BR cfsetspeed ()
+BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+UNIX\ V7 and several later systems have a list of baud rates
+where after the values
+.B B0
+through
+.B B9600
+one finds the two constants
+.BR EXTA ,
+.B EXTB
+("External A" and "External B").
+Many systems extend the list with much higher baud rates.
+.P
+The effect of a nonzero \fIduration\fP with
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+varies.
+SunOS specifies a break of
+.I "duration\ *\ N"
+seconds, where \fIN\fP is at least 0.25, and not more than 0.5.
+Linux, AIX, DU, Tru64 send a break of
+.I duration
+milliseconds.
+FreeBSD and NetBSD and HP-UX and MacOS ignore the value of
+.IR duration .
+Under Solaris and UnixWare,
+.BR tcsendbreak ()
+with nonzero
+.I duration
+behaves like
+.BR tcdrain ().
+.\" libc4 until 4.7.5, glibc for sysv: EINVAL for duration > 0.
+.\" libc4.7.6, libc5, glibc for unix: duration in ms.
+.\" glibc for bsd: duration in us
+.\" glibc for sunos4: ignore duration
+.SH BUGS
+.\" kernel 77e5bff1640432f28794a00800955e646dcd7455
+.\" glibc 573963e32ffac46d9891970ddebde2ac3212c5c0
+On the Alpha architecture before Linux 4.16 (and glibc before glibc 2.28), the
+.B XTABS
+value was different from
+.B TAB3
+and it was ignored by the
+.B N_TTY
+line discipline code of the terminal driver as a result
+(because as it wasn't part of the
+.B TABDLY
+mask).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR reset (1),
+.BR setterm (1),
+.BR stty (1),
+.BR tput (1),
+.BR tset (1),
+.BR tty (1),
+.BR ioctl_console (2),
+.BR ioctl_tty (2),
+.BR cc_t (3type),
+.BR speed_t (3type),
+.BR tcflag_t (3type),
+.BR setserial (8)
diff --git a/man/man3/tfind.3 b/man/man3/tfind.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tfind.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tgamma.3 b/man/man3/tgamma.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01d86a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tgamma.3
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 2002 Walter Harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Based on glibc infopages
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\" Modified 2004-11-15, fixed error noted by Fabian Kreutz
+.\"	 <kreutz@dbs.uni-hannover.de>
+.\"
+.TH tgamma 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tgamma, tgammaf, tgammal \- true gamma function
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double tgamma(double " x );
+.BI "float tgammaf(float " x );
+.BI "long double tgammal(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tgamma (),
+.BR tgammaf (),
+.BR tgammal ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the Gamma function of
+.IR x .
+.P
+The Gamma function is defined by
+.P
+.RS
+Gamma(x) = integral from 0 to infinity of t\[ha](x\-1) e\[ha]\-t dt
+.RE
+.P
+It is defined for every real number except for nonpositive integers.
+For nonnegative integral
+.I m
+one has
+.P
+.RS
+Gamma(m+1) = m!
+.RE
+.P
+and, more generally, for all
+.IR x :
+.P
+.RS
+Gamma(x+1) = x * Gamma(x)
+.RE
+.P
+Furthermore, the following is valid for all values of
+.I x
+outside the poles:
+.P
+.RS
+Gamma(x) * Gamma(1 \- x) = PI / sin(PI * x)
+.RE
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return Gamma(x).
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is positive infinity, positive infinity is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a negative integer, or is negative infinity,
+a domain error occurs,
+and a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the correct mathematical sign.
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return 0, with the correct mathematical sign.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is \-0 or +0,
+a pole error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.BR HUGE_VAL ,
+.BR HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.BR HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively, with the same sign as the 0.
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is a negative integer, or negative infinity
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised (but see BUGS).
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is +0 or \-0
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+A divide-by-zero floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_DIVBYZERO )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.P
+glibc also gives the following error which is not specified
+in C99 or POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow
+.\" e.g., tgamma(-172.5) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
+.\" .I errno
+.\" is set to
+.\" .BR ERANGE .
+An underflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_UNDERFLOW )
+is raised, and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+.\" glibc (as at 2.8) also supports an inexact
+.\" exception for various cases.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tgamma (),
+.BR tgammaf (),
+.BR tgammal ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+This function had to be called "true gamma function"
+since there is already a function
+.BR gamma (3)
+that returns something else (see
+.BR gamma (3)
+for details).
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.18, the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6809
+.I errno
+to
+.B EDOM
+when
+.I x
+is negative infinity.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.19,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6810
+the glibc implementation of these functions did not set
+.I errno
+to
+.B ERANGE
+on an underflow range error.
+.P
+.\"
+In glibc versions 2.3.3 and earlier,
+an argument of +0 or \-0 incorrectly produced a domain error
+.RI ( errno
+set to
+.B EDOM
+and an
+.B FE_INVALID
+exception raised), rather than a pole error.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gamma (3),
+.BR lgamma (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tgammaf.3 b/man/man3/tgammaf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tgammaf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tgammal.3 b/man/man3/tgammal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tgammal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tgamma.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timegm.3 b/man/man3/timegm.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7395d99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timegm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH timegm 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+timegm, timelocal \- inverses of gmtime and localtime
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] time_t timelocal(struct tm *" tm );
+.BI "time_t timegm(struct tm *" tm );
+.P
+.fi
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR timelocal (),
+.BR timegm ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions
+.BR timelocal ()
+and
+.BR timegm ()
+are the inverses of
+.BR localtime (3)
+and
+.BR gmtime (3).
+Both functions take a broken-down time and convert it to calendar time
+(seconds since the Epoch, 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000, UTC).
+The difference between the two functions is that
+.BR timelocal ()
+takes the local timezone into account when doing the conversion, while
+.BR timegm ()
+takes the input value to be Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+these functions return the calendar time (seconds since the Epoch),
+expressed as a value of type
+.IR time_t .
+On error, they return the value
+.I (time_t)\ \-1
+and set
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EOVERFLOW
+The result cannot be represented.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR timelocal (),
+.BR timegm ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+GNU, BSD.
+.P
+The
+.BR timelocal ()
+function is equivalent to the POSIX standard function
+.BR mktime (3).
+There is no reason to ever use it.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gmtime (3),
+.BR localtime (3),
+.BR mktime (3),
+.BR tzset (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/timelocal.3 b/man/man3/timelocal.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45d4c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timelocal.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/timegm.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timeradd.3 b/man/man3/timeradd.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89002ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timeradd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 2007 by Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2007-07-31, mtk, Created
+.\"
+.TH timeradd 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+timeradd, timersub, timercmp, timerclear, timerisset \- timeval operations
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/time.h>
+.P
+.BI "void timeradd(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
+.BI "              struct timeval *" res );
+.BI "void timersub(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ,
+.BI "              struct timeval *" res );
+.P
+.BI "void timerclear(struct timeval *" tvp );
+.BI "int timerisset(struct timeval *" tvp );
+.P
+.BI "int timercmp(struct timeval *" a ", struct timeval *" b ", " CMP );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The macros are provided to operate on
+.I timeval
+structures, defined in
+.I <sys/time.h>
+as:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+struct timeval {
+    time_t      tv_sec;     /* seconds */
+    suseconds_t tv_usec;    /* microseconds */
+};
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+.BR timeradd ()
+adds the time values in
+.I a
+and
+.IR b ,
+and places the sum in the
+.I timeval
+pointed to by
+.IR res .
+The result is normalized such that
+.I res\->tv_usec
+has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
+.P
+.BR timersub ()
+subtracts the time value in
+.I b
+from the time value in
+.IR a ,
+and places the result in the
+.I timeval
+pointed to by
+.IR res .
+The result is normalized such that
+.I res\->tv_usec
+has a value in the range 0 to 999,999.
+.P
+.BR timerclear ()
+zeros out the
+.I timeval
+structure pointed to by
+.IR tvp ,
+so that it represents the Epoch: 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000 (UTC).
+.P
+.BR timerisset ()
+returns true (nonzero) if either field of the
+.I timeval
+structure pointed to by
+.I tvp
+contains a nonzero value.
+.P
+.BR timercmp ()
+compares the timer values in
+.I a
+and
+.I b
+using the comparison operator
+.IR CMP ,
+and returns true (nonzero) or false (0) depending on
+the result of the comparison.
+Some systems (but not Linux/glibc),
+have a broken
+.BR timercmp ()
+implementation,
+.\" HP-UX, Tru64, Irix have a definition like:
+.\"#define timercmp(tvp, uvp, cmp) \
+.\"    ((tvp)->tv_sec cmp (uvp)->tv_sec || \
+.\"    (tvp)->tv_sec == (uvp)->tv_sec && (tvp)->tv_usec cmp (uvp)->tv_usec)
+in which
+.I CMP
+of
+.IR >= ,
+.IR <= ,
+and
+.I ==
+do not work;
+portable applications can instead use
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+!timercmp(..., <)
+!timercmp(..., >)
+!timercmp(..., !=)
+.EE
+.in
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR timerisset ()
+and
+.BR timercmp ()
+return true (nonzero) or false (0).
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors are defined.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+BSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/timerclear.3 b/man/man3/timerclear.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e977c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timerclear.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timercmp.3 b/man/man3/timercmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e977c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timercmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timerisset.3 b/man/man3/timerisset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e977c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timerisset.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timersub.3 b/man/man3/timersub.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e977c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timersub.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/timeradd.3
diff --git a/man/man3/timezone.3 b/man/man3/timezone.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8090763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/timezone.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tmpfile.3 b/man/man3/tmpfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21d934b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tmpfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:46:57 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2001-11-17, aeb
+.TH tmpfile 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tmpfile \- create a temporary file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.B FILE *tmpfile(void);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR tmpfile ()
+function opens a unique temporary file
+in binary read/write (w+b) mode.
+The file will be automatically deleted when it is closed or the
+program terminates.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR tmpfile ()
+function returns a stream descriptor, or NULL if
+a unique filename cannot be generated or the unique file cannot be
+opened.
+In the latter case,
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EACCES
+Search permission denied for directory in file's path prefix.
+.TP
+.B EEXIST
+Unable to generate a unique filename.
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+The call was interrupted by a signal; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EMFILE
+The per-process limit on the number of open file descriptors has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENFILE
+The system-wide limit on the total number of open files has been reached.
+.TP
+.B ENOSPC
+There was no room in the directory to add the new filename.
+.TP
+.B EROFS
+Read-only filesystem.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tmpfile ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The standard does not specify the directory that
+.BR tmpfile ()
+will use.
+glibc will try the path prefix
+.I P_tmpdir
+defined
+in
+.IR <stdio.h> ,
+and if that fails, then the directory
+.IR /tmp .
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C89, SVr4, 4.3BSD, SUSv2.
+.SH NOTES
+POSIX.1-2001 specifies:
+an error message may be written to
+.I stdout
+if the stream
+cannot be opened.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR exit (3),
+.BR mkstemp (3),
+.BR mktemp (3),
+.BR tempnam (3),
+.BR tmpnam (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tmpnam.3 b/man/man3/tmpnam.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25161d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tmpnam.3
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1999 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 2003-11-15, aeb, added tmpnam_r
+.\"
+.TH tmpnam 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tmpnam, tmpnam_r \- create a name for a temporary file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam(char *" s );
+.BI "[[deprecated]] char *tmpnam_r(char *" s );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tmpnam_r ()
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.19:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    Up to and including glibc 2.19:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B Note:
+avoid using these functions; use
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+or
+.BR tmpfile (3)
+instead.
+.P
+The
+.BR tmpnam ()
+function returns a pointer to a string that is a valid filename,
+and such that a file with this name did not exist at some point
+in time, so that naive programmers may think it
+a suitable name for a temporary file.
+If the argument
+.I s
+is NULL, this name is generated in an internal static buffer
+and may be overwritten by the next call to
+.BR tmpnam ().
+If
+.I s
+is not NULL, the name is copied to the character array (of length
+at least
+.IR L_tmpnam )
+pointed to by
+.I s
+and the value
+.I s
+is returned in case of success.
+.P
+The created pathname has a directory prefix
+.IR P_tmpdir .
+(Both
+.I L_tmpnam
+and
+.I P_tmpdir
+are defined in
+.IR <stdio.h> ,
+just like the
+.B TMP_MAX
+mentioned below.)
+.P
+The
+.BR tmpnam_r ()
+function performs the same task as
+.BR tmpnam (),
+but returns NULL (to indicate an error) if
+.I s
+is NULL.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return a pointer to a unique temporary
+filename, or NULL if a unique name cannot be generated.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors are defined.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tmpnam ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:tmpnam/!s
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tmpnam_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR tmpnam ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR tmpnam_r ()
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR tmpnam ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD, C89, POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR tmpnam_r ()
+Solaris.
+.SH NOTES
+The
+.BR tmpnam ()
+function generates a different string each time it is called,
+up to
+.B TMP_MAX
+times.
+If it is called more than
+.B TMP_MAX
+times,
+the behavior is implementation defined.
+.P
+Although these functions generate names that are difficult to guess,
+it is nevertheless possible that between the time that
+the pathname is returned and the time that the program opens it,
+another program might create that pathname using
+.BR open (2),
+or create it as a symbolic link.
+This can lead to security holes.
+To avoid such possibilities, use the
+.BR open (2)
+.B O_EXCL
+flag to open the pathname.
+Or better yet, use
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+or
+.BR tmpfile (3).
+.P
+Portable applications that use threads cannot call
+.BR tmpnam ()
+with a NULL argument if either
+.B _POSIX_THREADS
+or
+.B _POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS
+is defined.
+.SH BUGS
+Never use these functions.
+Use
+.BR mkstemp (3)
+or
+.BR tmpfile (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mkstemp (3),
+.BR mktemp (3),
+.BR tempnam (3),
+.BR tmpfile (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tmpnam_r.3 b/man/man3/tmpnam_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1bd6dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tmpnam_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tmpnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/toascii.3 b/man/man3/toascii.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2e574a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/toascii.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Added BUGS section, aeb, 950919
+.\"
+.TH toascii 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+toascii \- convert character to ASCII
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] int toascii(int " c );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR toascii ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR toascii ()
+converts
+.I c
+to a 7-bit
+.I "unsigned char"
+value that fits into the ASCII character set, by clearing the
+high-order bits.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The value returned is that of the converted character.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR toascii ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008,
+noting that it cannot be used portably in a localized application.
+.SH BUGS
+Many people will be unhappy if you use this function.
+This function will convert accented letters into random characters.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isascii (3),
+.BR tolower (3),
+.BR toupper (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/tolower.3 b/man/man3/tolower.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..033f16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tolower.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tolower_l.3 b/man/man3/tolower_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..033f16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tolower_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man/man3/toupper.3 b/man/man3/toupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2ab04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/toupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993 by Thomas Koenig (ig25@rz.uni-karlsruhe.de)
+.\" and Copyright 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 17:45:39 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2000-02-13 by Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.TH toupper 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+toupper, tolower, toupper_l, tolower_l \- convert uppercase or lowercase
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "int toupper(int " "c" );
+.BI "int tolower(int " "c" );
+.P
+.BI "int toupper_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.BI "int tolower_l(int " c ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR toupper_l (),
+.BR tolower_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions convert lowercase letters to uppercase, and vice versa.
+.P
+If
+.I c
+is a lowercase letter,
+.BR toupper ()
+returns its uppercase equivalent,
+if an uppercase representation exists in the current locale.
+Otherwise, it returns
+.IR c .
+The
+.BR toupper_l ()
+function performs the same task,
+but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
+.IR locale .
+.P
+If
+.I c
+is an uppercase letter,
+.BR tolower ()
+returns its lowercase equivalent,
+if a lowercase representation exists in the current locale.
+Otherwise, it returns
+.IR c .
+The
+.BR tolower_l ()
+function performs the same task,
+but uses the locale referred to by the locale handle
+.IR locale .
+.P
+If
+.I c
+is neither an
+.I "unsigned char"
+value nor
+.BR EOF ,
+the behavior of these functions
+is undefined.
+.P
+The behavior of
+.BR toupper_l ()
+and
+.BR tolower_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3))
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The value returned is that of the converted letter, or
+.I c
+if the conversion was not possible.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR toupper (),
+.BR tolower (),
+.BR toupper_l (),
+.BR tolower_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR toupper ()
+.TQ
+.BR tolower ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR toupper_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR tolower_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR toupper ()
+.TQ
+.BR tolower ()
+C89, 4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+.BR toupper_l ()
+.TQ
+.BR tolower_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+The standards require that the argument
+.I c
+for these functions is either
+.B EOF
+or a value that is representable in the type
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+If the argument
+.I c
+is of type
+.IR char ,
+it must be cast to
+.IR "unsigned char" ,
+as in the following example:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+char c;
+\&...
+res = toupper((unsigned char) c);
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+This is necessary because
+.I char
+may be the equivalent
+.IR "signed char" ,
+in which case a byte where the top bit is set would be sign extended when
+converting to
+.IR int ,
+yielding a value that is outside the range of
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+.P
+The details of what constitutes an uppercase or lowercase letter depend
+on the locale.
+For example, the default
+.B \[dq]C\[dq]
+locale does not know about umlauts, so no conversion is done for them.
+.P
+In some non-English locales, there are lowercase letters with no
+corresponding uppercase equivalent;
+.\" FIXME One day the statement about "sharp s" needs to be reworked,
+.\" since there is nowadays a capital "sharp s" that has a codepoint
+.\" in Unicode 5.0; see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Capital_%E1%BA%9E
+the German sharp s is one example.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR isalpha (3),
+.BR newlocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR towlower (3),
+.BR towupper (3),
+.BR uselocale (3),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/toupper_l.3 b/man/man3/toupper_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..033f16e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/toupper_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/toupper.3
diff --git a/man/man3/towctrans.3 b/man/man3/towctrans.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e18baa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/towctrans.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH towctrans 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+towctrans \- wide-character transliteration
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t towctrans(wint_t " wc ", wctrans_t " desc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I wc
+is a wide character, then the
+.BR towctrans ()
+function
+translates it according to the transliteration descriptor
+.IR desc .
+If
+.I wc
+is
+.BR WEOF ,
+.B WEOF
+is returned.
+.P
+.I desc
+must be a transliteration descriptor returned by
+the
+.BR wctrans (3)
+function.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR towctrans ()
+function returns the translated wide character,
+or
+.B WEOF
+if
+.I wc
+is
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR towctrans ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR towctrans ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR towlower (3),
+.BR towupper (3),
+.BR wctrans (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/towlower.3 b/man/man3/towlower.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a136a59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/towlower.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH towlower 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+towlower, towlower_l \- convert a wide character to lowercase
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t towlower(wint_t " wc );
+.BI "wint_t towlower_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR towlower_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR towlower ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR tolower (3)
+function.
+If
+.I wc
+is an uppercase wide character,
+and there exists a lowercase equivalent in the current locale,
+it returns the lowercase equivalent of
+.IR wc .
+In all other cases,
+.I wc
+is returned unchanged.
+.P
+The
+.BR towlower_l ()
+function performs the same task,
+but performs the conversion based on the character type information in
+the locale specified by
+.IR locale .
+The behavior of
+.BR towlower_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3))
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.P
+The argument
+.I wc
+must be representable as a
+.I wchar_t
+and be a valid character in the locale or be the value
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I wc
+was convertible to lowercase,
+.BR towlower ()
+returns its lowercase equivalent;
+otherwise it returns
+.IR wc .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR towlower ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR towlower_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR towlower ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
+.TP
+.BR towlower_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR towlower ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
+.TP
+.BR towlower_l ()
+glibc 2.3.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of these functions depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the locale.
+.P
+These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
+because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswlower (3),
+.BR towctrans (3),
+.BR towupper (3),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/towlower_l.3 b/man/man3/towlower_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6135f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/towlower_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/towlower.3
diff --git a/man/man3/towupper.3 b/man/man3/towupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d4fbf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/towupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+'\" t
+.\" and Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH towupper 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+towupper, towupper_l \- convert a wide character to uppercase
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t towupper(wint_t " wc );
+.BI "wint_t towupper_l(wint_t " wc ", locale_t " locale );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR towupper_l ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR towupper ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR toupper (3)
+function.
+If
+.I wc
+is a lowercase wide character,
+and there exists an uppercase equivalent in the current locale,
+it returns the uppercase equivalent of
+.IR wc .
+In all other cases,
+.I wc
+is returned unchanged.
+.P
+The
+.BR towupper_l ()
+function performs the same task,
+but performs the conversion based on the character type information in
+the locale specified by
+.IR locale .
+The behavior of
+.BR towupper_l ()
+is undefined if
+.I locale
+is the special locale object
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+(see
+.BR duplocale (3))
+or is not a valid locale object handle.
+.P
+The argument
+.I wc
+must be representable as a
+.I wchar_t
+and be a valid character in the locale or be the value
+.BR WEOF .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I wc
+was convertible to uppercase,
+.BR towupper ()
+returns its uppercase equivalent;
+otherwise it returns
+.IR wc .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR towupper ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR towupper_l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR towupper ()
+C11, POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
+.TP
+.BR towupper_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR towupper ()
+C99, POSIX.1-2001 (XSI).
+Obsolete in POSIX.1-2008 (XSI).
+.TP
+.BR towupper_l ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+glibc 2.3.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of these functions depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the locale.
+.P
+These functions are not very appropriate for dealing with Unicode characters,
+because Unicode knows about three cases: upper, lower, and title case.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswupper (3),
+.BR towctrans (3),
+.BR towlower (3),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/towupper_l.3 b/man/man3/towupper_l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0b0e89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/towupper_l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/towupper.3
diff --git a/man/man3/trunc.3 b/man/man3/trunc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17e5f14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/trunc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH trunc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+trunc, truncf, truncl \- round to integer, toward zero
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double trunc(double " x );
+.BI "float truncf(float " x );
+.BI "long double truncl(long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR trunc (),
+.BR truncf (),
+.BR truncl ():
+.nf
+    _ISOC99_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions round
+.I x
+to the nearest integer value that is not larger in magnitude than
+.IR x .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+These functions return the rounded integer value, in floating format.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is integral, infinite, or NaN,
+.I x
+itself is returned.
+.SH ERRORS
+No errors occur.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR trunc (),
+.BR truncf (),
+.BR truncl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+C99, POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The integral value returned by these functions may be too large
+to store in an integer type
+.RI ( int ,
+.IR long ,
+etc.).
+To avoid an overflow, which will produce undefined results,
+an application should perform a range check on the returned value
+before assigning it to an integer type.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR ceil (3),
+.BR floor (3),
+.BR lrint (3),
+.BR nearbyint (3),
+.BR rint (3),
+.BR round (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/truncf.3 b/man/man3/truncf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b859341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/truncf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/trunc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/truncl.3 b/man/man3/truncl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b859341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/truncl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/trunc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tsearch.3 b/man/man3/tsearch.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4aaf18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tsearch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1995 by Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH tsearch 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tsearch, tfind, tdelete, twalk, twalk_r, tdestroy \- manage a binary search tree
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.B typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;
+.P
+.BI "void *tsearch(const void *" key ", void **" rootp ,
+.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
+.BI "void *tfind(const void *" key ", void *const *" rootp ,
+.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
+.BI "void *tdelete(const void *restrict " key ", void **restrict " rootp ,
+.BI "                int (*" compar ")(const void *, const void *));"
+.BI "void twalk(const void *" root ,
+.BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
+.BI "                               int " depth ));
+.P
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE" "         /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <search.h>
+.P
+.BI "void twalk_r(const void *" root ,
+.BI "                void (*" action ")(const void *" nodep ", VISIT " which ,
+.BI "                               void *" closure ),
+.BI "                void *" closure );
+.BI "void tdestroy(void *" root ", void (*" free_node ")(void *" nodep ));
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR tsearch (),
+.BR tfind (),
+.BR twalk (),
+and
+.BR tdelete ()
+manage a
+binary search tree.
+They are generalized from Knuth (6.2.2) Algorithm T.
+The first field in each node of the tree is a pointer to the
+corresponding data item.
+(The calling program must store the actual data.)
+.I compar
+points to a comparison routine, which takes
+pointers to two items.
+It should return an integer which is negative,
+zero, or positive, depending on whether the first item is less than,
+equal to, or greater than the second.
+.P
+.BR tsearch ()
+searches the tree for an item.
+.I key
+points to the item to be searched for.
+.I rootp
+points to a variable which points to the root of the tree.
+If the tree is empty,
+then the variable that
+.I rootp
+points to should be set to NULL.
+If the item is found in the tree, then
+.BR tsearch ()
+returns a pointer
+to the corresponding tree node.
+(In other words,
+.BR tsearch ()
+returns a pointer to a pointer to the data item.)
+If the item is not found, then
+.BR tsearch ()
+adds it, and returns a
+pointer to the corresponding tree node.
+.P
+.BR tfind ()
+is like
+.BR tsearch (),
+except that if the item is not
+found, then
+.BR tfind ()
+returns NULL.
+.P
+.BR tdelete ()
+deletes an item from the tree.
+Its arguments are the same as for
+.BR tsearch ().
+.P
+.BR twalk ()
+performs depth-first, left-to-right traversal of a binary
+tree.
+.I root
+points to the starting node for the traversal.
+If that node is not the root, then only part of the tree will be visited.
+.BR twalk ()
+calls the user function
+.I action
+each time a node is
+visited (that is, three times for an internal node, and once for a
+leaf).
+.IR action ,
+in turn, takes three arguments.
+The first argument is a pointer to the node being visited.
+The structure of the node is unspecified,
+but it is possible to cast the pointer to a pointer-to-pointer-to-element
+in order to access the element stored within the node.
+The application must not modify the structure pointed to by this argument.
+The second argument is an integer which
+takes one of the values
+.BR preorder ,
+.BR postorder ,
+or
+.B endorder
+depending on whether this is the first, second, or
+third visit to the internal node,
+or the value
+.B leaf
+if this is the single visit to a leaf node.
+(These symbols are defined in
+.IR <search.h> .)
+The third argument is the depth of the node;
+the root node has depth zero.
+.P
+(More commonly,
+.BR preorder ,
+.BR postorder ,
+and
+.B endorder
+are known as
+.BR preorder ,
+.BR inorder ,
+and
+.BR postorder :
+before visiting the children, after the first and before the second,
+and after visiting the children.
+Thus, the choice of name
+.B post\%order
+is rather confusing.)
+.P
+.BR twalk_r ()
+is similar to
+.BR twalk (),
+but instead of the
+.I depth
+argument, the
+.I closure
+argument pointer is passed to each invocation of the action callback,
+unchanged.
+This pointer can be used to pass information to and from
+the callback function in a thread-safe fashion, without resorting
+to global variables.
+.P
+.BR tdestroy ()
+removes the whole tree pointed to by
+.IR root ,
+freeing all resources allocated by the
+.BR tsearch ()
+function.
+For the data in each tree node the function
+.I free_node
+is called.
+The pointer to the data is passed as the argument to the function.
+If no such work is necessary,
+.I free_node
+must point to a function
+doing nothing.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR tsearch ()
+returns a pointer to a matching node in the tree, or to
+the newly added node, or NULL if there was insufficient memory
+to add the item.
+.BR tfind ()
+returns a pointer to the node, or
+NULL if no match is found.
+If there are multiple items that match the key,
+the item whose node is returned is unspecified.
+.P
+.BR tdelete ()
+returns a pointer to the parent of the node deleted, or
+NULL if the item was not found.
+If the deleted node was the root node,
+.BR tdelete ()
+returns a dangling pointer that must not be accessed.
+.P
+.BR tsearch (),
+.BR tfind (),
+and
+.BR tdelete ()
+also
+return NULL if
+.I rootp
+was NULL on entry.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tsearch (),
+.BR tfind (),
+.BR tdelete ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:rootp
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR twalk ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:root
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR twalk_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe race:root
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tdestroy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR tsearch ()
+.TQ
+.BR tfind ()
+.TQ
+.BR tdelete ()
+.TQ
+.BR twalk ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+.BR tdestroy ()
+.TQ
+.BR twalk_r ()
+GNU.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR tsearch ()
+.TQ
+.BR tfind ()
+.TQ
+.BR tdelete ()
+.TQ
+.BR twalk ()
+POSIX.1-2001, POSIX.1-2008, SVr4.
+.TP
+.BR twalk_r ()
+glibc 2.30.
+.SH NOTES
+.BR twalk ()
+takes a pointer to the root, while the other functions
+take a pointer to a variable which points to the root.
+.P
+.BR tdelete ()
+frees the memory required for the node in the tree.
+The user is responsible for freeing the memory for the corresponding
+data.
+.P
+The example program depends on the fact that
+.BR twalk ()
+makes no
+further reference to a node after calling the user function with
+argument "endorder" or "leaf".
+This works with the GNU library
+implementation, but is not in the System V documentation.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following program inserts twelve random numbers into a binary
+tree, where duplicate numbers are collapsed, then prints the numbers
+in order.
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (tsearch.c)
+.EX
+#define _GNU_SOURCE     /* Expose declaration of tdestroy() */
+#include <search.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+\&
+static void *root = NULL;
+\&
+static void *
+xmalloc(size_t n)
+{
+    void *p;
+\&
+    p = malloc(n);
+    if (p)
+        return p;
+    fprintf(stderr, "insufficient memory\en");
+    exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+\&
+static int
+compare(const void *pa, const void *pb)
+{
+    if (*(int *) pa < *(int *) pb)
+        return \-1;
+    if (*(int *) pa > *(int *) pb)
+        return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+\&
+static void
+action(const void *nodep, VISIT which, int depth)
+{
+    int *datap;
+\&
+    switch (which) {
+    case preorder:
+        break;
+    case postorder:
+        datap = *(int **) nodep;
+        printf("%6d\en", *datap);
+        break;
+    case endorder:
+        break;
+    case leaf:
+        datap = *(int **) nodep;
+        printf("%6d\en", *datap);
+        break;
+    }
+}
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    int  *ptr;
+    int  **val;
+\&
+    srand(time(NULL));
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 12; i++) {
+        ptr = xmalloc(sizeof(*ptr));
+        *ptr = rand() & 0xff;
+        val = tsearch(ptr, &root, compare);
+        if (val == NULL)
+            exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+        if (*val != ptr)
+            free(ptr);
+    }
+    twalk(root, action);
+    tdestroy(root, free);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bsearch (3),
+.BR hsearch (3),
+.BR lsearch (3),
+.BR qsort (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ttyname.3 b/man/man3/ttyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92ee3be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ttyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Jim Van Zandt <jrv@vanzandt.mv.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Modified 2001-12-13, Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
+.\" Added ttyname_r, aeb, 2002-07-20
+.\"
+.TH ttyname 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ttyname, ttyname_r \- return name of a terminal
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <unistd.h>
+.P
+.BI "char *ttyname(int " fd );
+.BI "int ttyname_r(int " fd ", char " buf [. buflen "], size_t " buflen );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR ttyname ()
+returns a pointer to the null-terminated pathname of the terminal device
+that is open on the file descriptor \fIfd\fP, or NULL on error
+(for example, if \fIfd\fP is not connected to a terminal).
+The return value may point to static data, possibly overwritten by the
+next call.
+The function
+.BR ttyname_r ()
+stores this pathname in the buffer
+.I buf
+of length
+.IR buflen .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The function
+.BR ttyname ()
+returns a pointer to a pathname on success.
+On error, NULL is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+The function
+.BR ttyname_r ()
+returns 0 on success, and an error number upon error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+Bad file descriptor.
+.TP
+.\" glibc commit 15e9a4f378c8607c2ae1aa465436af4321db0e23
+.B ENODEV
+.I fd
+refers to a slave pseudoterminal device
+but the corresponding pathname could not be found (see NOTES).
+.TP
+.B ENOTTY
+.I fd
+does not refer to a terminal device.
+.TP
+.B ERANGE
+.RB ( ttyname_r ())
+.I buflen
+was too small to allow storing the pathname.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ttyname ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:ttyname
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ttyname_r ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, 4.2BSD.
+.SH NOTES
+A process that keeps a file descriptor that refers to a
+.BR pts (4)
+device open when switching to another mount namespace that uses a different
+.I /dev/ptmx
+instance may still accidentally find that a device path of the same name
+for that file descriptor exists.
+However, this device path refers to a different device and thus
+can't be used to access the device that the file descriptor refers to.
+Calling
+.BR ttyname ()
+or
+.BR ttyname_r ()
+on the file descriptor in the new mount namespace will cause these
+functions to return NULL and set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ENODEV .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tty (1),
+.BR fstat (2),
+.BR ctermid (3),
+.BR isatty (3),
+.BR pts (4)
diff --git a/man/man3/ttyname_r.3 b/man/man3/ttyname_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaa18ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ttyname_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/ttyname.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ttyslot.3 b/man/man3/ttyslot.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0548ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ttyslot.3
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2002 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" This replaces an earlier man page written by Walter Harms
+.\" <walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>.
+.\"
+.TH ttyslot 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ttyslot \- find the slot of the current user's terminal in some file
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#include <unistd.h>" "       /* See NOTES */"
+.P
+.B "int ttyslot(void);"
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ttyslot ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+    From glibc 2.20 to glibc 2.23:
+        _DEFAULT_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+    glibc 2.19 and earlier:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE < 500)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The legacy function
+.BR ttyslot ()
+returns the index of the current user's entry in some file.
+.P
+Now "What file?" you ask.
+Well, let's first look at some history.
+.SS Ancient history
+There used to be a file
+.I /etc/ttys
+in UNIX\ V6, that was read by the
+.BR init (1)
+program to find out what to do with each terminal line.
+Each line consisted of three characters.
+The first character was either \[aq]0\[aq] or \[aq]1\[aq],
+where \[aq]0\[aq] meant "ignore".
+The second character denoted the terminal: \[aq]8\[aq] stood for "/dev/tty8".
+The third character was an argument to
+.BR getty (8)
+indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]\-\[aq] was: start trying
+110 baud).
+Thus a typical line was "18\-".
+A hang on some line was solved by changing the \[aq]1\[aq] to a \[aq]0\[aq],
+signaling init, changing back again, and signaling init again.
+.P
+In UNIX\ V7 the format was changed: here the second character
+was the argument to
+.BR getty (8)
+indicating the sequence of line speeds to try (\[aq]0\[aq] was: cycle through
+300-1200-150-110 baud; \[aq]4\[aq] was for the on-line console DECwriter)
+while the rest of the line contained the name of the tty.
+Thus a typical line was "14console".
+.P
+Later systems have more elaborate syntax.
+System V-like systems have
+.I /etc/inittab
+instead.
+.SS Ancient history (2)
+On the other hand, there is the file
+.I /etc/utmp
+listing the people currently logged in.
+It is maintained by
+.BR login (1).
+It has a fixed size, and the appropriate index in the file was
+determined by
+.BR login (1)
+using the
+.BR ttyslot ()
+call to find the number of the line in
+.I /etc/ttys
+(counting from 1).
+.SS The semantics of ttyslot
+Thus, the function
+.BR ttyslot ()
+returns the index of the controlling terminal of the calling process
+in the file
+.IR /etc/ttys ,
+and that is (usually) the same as the index of the entry for the
+current user in the file
+.IR /etc/utmp .
+BSD still has the
+.I /etc/ttys
+file, but System V-like systems do not, and hence cannot refer to it.
+Thus, on such systems the documentation says that
+.BR ttyslot ()
+returns the current user's index in the user accounting data base.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If successful, this function returns the slot number.
+On error (e.g., if none of the file descriptors 0, 1, or 2 is
+associated with a terminal that occurs in this data base)
+it returns 0 on UNIX\ V6 and V7 and BSD-like systems,
+but \-1 on System V-like systems.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ttyslot ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The utmp file is found in various places on various systems, such as
+.IR /etc/utmp ,
+.IR /var/adm/utmp ,
+.IR /var/run/utmp .
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+SUSv1; marked as LEGACY in SUSv2; removed in POSIX.1-2001.
+SUSv2 requires \-1 on error.
+.P
+The glibc2 implementation of this function reads the file
+.BR _PATH_TTYS ,
+defined in
+.I <ttyent.h>
+as "/etc/ttys".
+It returns 0 on error.
+Since Linux systems do not usually have "/etc/ttys", it will
+always return 0.
+.P
+On BSD-like systems and Linux, the declaration of
+.BR ttyslot ()
+is provided by
+.IR <unistd.h> .
+On System V-like systems, the declaration is provided by
+.IR <stdlib.h> .
+Since glibc 2.24,
+.I <stdlib.h>
+also provides the declaration with the following
+feature test macro definitions:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+(_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 ||
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED))
+    && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+Minix also has
+.IR fttyslot ( fd ).
+.\" .SH HISTORY
+.\" .BR ttyslot ()
+.\" appeared in UNIX V7.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getttyent (3),
+.BR ttyname (3),
+.BR utmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/twalk.3 b/man/man3/twalk.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/twalk.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/twalk_r.3 b/man/man3/twalk_r.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1251
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/twalk_r.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tsearch.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tzname.3 b/man/man3/tzname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8090763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tzname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/tzset.3
diff --git a/man/man3/tzset.3 b/man/man3/tzset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb7ad9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/tzset.3
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sun Jul 25 11:01:58 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2001-11-13, aeb
+.\" Modified 2004-12-01 mtk and Martin Schulze <joey@infodrom.org>
+.\"
+.TH tzset 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+tzset, tzname, timezone, daylight \- initialize time conversion information
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.P
+.B void tzset(void);
+.P
+.BI "extern char *" tzname [2];
+.BI "extern long " timezone ;
+.BI "extern int " daylight ;
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR tzset ():
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.IR tzname :
+.nf
+    _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.IR timezone ,
+.IR daylight :
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR tzset ()
+function initializes the \fItzname\fP variable from the
+.B TZ
+environment variable.
+This function is automatically called by the
+other time conversion functions that depend on the timezone.
+In a System-V-like environment, it will also set the variables \fItimezone\fP
+(seconds West of UTC) and \fIdaylight\fP (to 0 if this timezone does not
+have any daylight saving time rules, or to nonzero if there is a time,
+past, present, or future when daylight saving time applies).
+.P
+If the
+.B TZ
+variable does not appear in the environment, the system timezone is used.
+The system timezone is configured by copying, or linking, a file in the
+.BR tzfile (5)
+format to
+.IR /etc/localtime .
+A timezone database of these files may be located in the system
+timezone directory (see the \fBFILES\fP section below).
+.P
+If the
+.B TZ
+variable does appear in the environment, but its value is empty,
+or its value cannot be interpreted using any of the formats specified
+below, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
+.P
+The value of
+.B TZ
+can be one of two formats.
+The first format is a string of characters that directly represent the
+timezone to be used:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.IR "std offset" [ dst [ offset ][, start [ /time ], end [ /time ]]]
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+There are no spaces in the specification.
+The \fIstd\fP string specifies an abbreviation for the timezone and must be
+three or more alphabetic characters.
+When enclosed between the less-than (<) and greater-than (>) signs, the
+character set is expanded to include the plus (+) sign, the minus (\-)
+sign, and digits.
+The \fIoffset\fP string immediately
+follows \fIstd\fP and specifies the time value to be added to the local
+time to get Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+The \fIoffset\fP is positive
+if the local timezone is west of the Prime Meridian and negative if it is
+east.
+The hour must be between 0 and 24, and the minutes and seconds 00 and 59:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.RI [ + | \- ] hh [ :mm [ :ss ]]
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The \fIdst\fP string and \fIoffset\fP specify the name and offset for the
+corresponding daylight saving timezone.
+If the offset is omitted,
+it defaults to one hour ahead of standard time.
+.P
+The \fIstart\fP field specifies when daylight saving time goes into
+effect and the \fIend\fP field specifies when the change is made back to
+standard time.
+These fields may have the following formats:
+.TP
+J\fIn\fP
+This specifies the Julian day with \fIn\fP between 1 and 365.
+Leap days are not counted.
+In this format, February 29 can't be represented;
+February 28 is day 59, and March 1 is always day 60.
+.TP
+.I n
+This specifies the zero-based Julian day with \fIn\fP between 0 and 365.
+February 29 is counted in leap years.
+.TP
+M\fIm\fP.\fIw\fP.\fId\fP
+This specifies day \fId\fP (0 <= \fId\fP <= 6) of week \fIw\fP
+(1 <= \fIw\fP <= 5) of month \fIm\fP (1 <= \fIm\fP <= 12).
+Week 1 is
+the first week in which day \fId\fP occurs and week 5 is the last week
+in which day \fId\fP occurs.
+Day 0 is a Sunday.
+.P
+The \fItime\fP fields specify when, in the local time currently in effect,
+the change to the other time occurs.
+If omitted, the default is 02:00:00.
+.P
+Here is an example for New Zealand,
+where the standard time (NZST) is 12 hours ahead of UTC,
+and daylight saving time (NZDT), 13 hours ahead of UTC,
+runs from the first Sunday in October to the third Sunday in March,
+and the changeovers happen at the default time of 02:00:00:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+TZ="NZST\-12:00:00NZDT\-13:00:00,M10.1.0,M3.3.0"
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+The second format specifies that the timezone information should be read
+from a file:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+:[filespec]
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+If the file specification \fIfilespec\fP is omitted, or its value cannot
+be interpreted, then Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) is used.
+If \fIfilespec\fP is given, it specifies another
+.BR tzfile (5)-format
+file to read the timezone information from.
+If \fIfilespec\fP does not begin with a \[aq]/\[aq], the file specification is
+relative to the system timezone directory.
+If the colon is omitted each
+of the above \fBTZ\fP formats will be tried.
+.P
+Here's an example, once more for New Zealand:
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+TZ=":Pacific/Auckland"
+.EE
+.in
+.SH ENVIRONMENT
+.TP
+.B TZ
+If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system
+configured timezone.
+.TP
+.B TZDIR
+If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system
+configured timezone database directory path.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/localtime
+The system timezone file.
+.TP
+.I /usr/share/zoneinfo/
+The system timezone database directory.
+.TP
+.I /usr/share/zoneinfo/posixrules
+When a TZ string includes a dst timezone without anything following it,
+then this file is used for the start/end rules.
+It is in the
+.BR tzfile (5)
+format.
+By default, the zoneinfo Makefile hard links it to the
+.IR America/New_York " tzfile."
+.P
+Above are the current standard file locations, but they are
+configurable when glibc is compiled.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR tzset ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe env locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, SVr4, 4.3BSD.
+.P
+4.3BSD had a function
+.BI "char *timezone(" zone ", " dst )
+that returned the
+name of the timezone corresponding to its first argument (minutes
+West of UTC).
+If the second argument was 0, the standard name was used,
+otherwise the daylight saving time version.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR date (1),
+.BR gettimeofday (2),
+.BR time (2),
+.BR ctime (3),
+.BR getenv (3),
+.BR tzfile (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/ualarm.3 b/man/man3/ualarm.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66359dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ualarm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH ualarm 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ualarm \- schedule signal after given number of microseconds
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <unistd.h>"
+.P
+.BI "useconds_t ualarm(useconds_t " usecs ", useconds_t " interval );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR ualarm ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ualarm ()
+function causes the signal
+.B SIGALRM
+to be sent to the invoking process after (not less than)
+.I usecs
+microseconds.
+The delay may be lengthened slightly by any system activity
+or by the time spent processing the call or by the
+granularity of system timers.
+.P
+Unless caught or ignored, the
+.B SIGALRM
+signal will terminate the process.
+.P
+If the
+.I interval
+argument is nonzero, further
+.B SIGALRM
+signals will be sent every
+.I interval
+microseconds after the first.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+This function returns the number of microseconds remaining for
+any alarm that was previously set, or 0 if no alarm was pending.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+Interrupted by a signal; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+\fIusecs\fP or \fIinterval\fP is not smaller than 1000000.
+(On systems where that is considered an error.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ualarm ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2001 marks it as obsolete.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+4.3BSD, SUSv2, and POSIX do not define any errors.
+.P
+POSIX.1-2001 does not specify what happens if the
+.I usecs
+argument is 0.
+.\" This case is not documented in HP-US, Solar, FreeBSD, NetBSD, or OpenBSD!
+On Linux (and probably most other systems),
+the effect is to cancel any pending alarm.
+.P
+The type
+.I useconds_t
+is an unsigned integer type capable of holding integers
+in the range [0,1000000].
+On the original BSD implementation, and in glibc before glibc 2.1,
+the arguments to
+.BR ualarm ()
+were instead typed as
+.IR "unsigned int" .
+Programs will be more portable if they never mention
+.I useconds_t
+explicitly.
+.P
+The interaction of this function with
+other timer functions such as
+.BR alarm (2),
+.BR sleep (3),
+.BR nanosleep (2),
+.BR setitimer (2),
+.BR timer_create (2),
+.BR timer_delete (2),
+.BR timer_getoverrun (2),
+.BR timer_gettime (2),
+.BR timer_settime (2),
+.BR usleep (3)
+is unspecified.
+.P
+This function is obsolete.
+Use
+.BR setitimer (2)
+or POSIX interval timers
+.RB ( timer_create (2),
+etc.)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR alarm (2),
+.BR getitimer (2),
+.BR nanosleep (2),
+.BR select (2),
+.BR setitimer (2),
+.BR usleep (3),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/ulckpwdf.3 b/man/man3/ulckpwdf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142c5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ulckpwdf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getspnam.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ulimit.3 b/man/man3/ulimit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b143761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ulimit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 1996 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" Moved to man3, aeb, 980612
+.\"
+.TH ulimit 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ulimit \- get and set user limits
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ulimit.h>
+.P
+.BI "[[deprecated]] long ulimit(int " cmd ", long " newlimit );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Warning: this routine is obsolete.
+Use
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR setrlimit (2),
+and
+.BR sysconf (3)
+instead.
+For the shell command
+.BR ulimit ,
+see
+.BR bash (1).
+.P
+The
+.BR ulimit ()
+call will get or set some limit for the calling process.
+The
+.I cmd
+argument can have one of the following values.
+.TP
+.B UL_GETFSIZE
+Return the limit on the size of a file, in units of 512 bytes.
+.TP
+.B UL_SETFSIZE
+Set the limit on the size of a file.
+.TP
+.B 3
+(Not implemented for Linux.)
+Return the maximum possible address of the data segment.
+.TP
+.B 4
+(Implemented but no symbolic constant provided.)
+Return the maximum number of files that the calling process can open.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR ulimit ()
+returns a nonnegative value.
+On error, \-1 is returned, and
+.I errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EPERM
+An unprivileged process tried to increase a limit.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ulimit ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+SVr4, POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2008 marks it as obsolete.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bash (1),
+.BR getrlimit (2),
+.BR setrlimit (2),
+.BR sysconf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/undocumented.3 b/man/man3/undocumented.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09d85e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/undocumented.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+.\" Copyright 1995 Jim Van Zandt
+.\" From jrv@vanzandt.mv.com Mon Sep  4 21:11:50 1995
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" 1996-11-08, meem@sherilyn.wustl.edu, corrections
+.\" 2004-10-31, aeb, changed maintainer address, updated list
+.\" 2015-04-20, william@tuffbizz.com, updated list
+.\"
+.TH undocumented 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+undocumented \- undocumented library functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+Undocumented library functions
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This man page mentions those library functions which are implemented in
+the standard libraries but not yet documented in man pages.
+.SS Solicitation
+If you have information about these functions,
+please look in the source code, write a man page (using a style
+similar to that of the other Linux section 3 man pages), and send it to
+.B mtk.manpages@gmail.com
+for inclusion in the next man page release.
+.SS The list
+.BR authdes_create (3),
+.BR authdes_getucred (3),
+.BR authdes_pk_create (3),
+.\" .BR chflags (3),
+.BR clntunix_create (3),
+.BR creat64 (3),
+.BR dn_skipname (3),
+.\" .BR fattach (3),
+.\" .BR fchflags (3),
+.\" .BR fclean (3),
+.BR fcrypt (3),
+.\" .BR fdetach (3),
+.BR fp_nquery (3),
+.BR fp_query (3),
+.BR fp_resstat (3),
+.BR freading (3),
+.BR freopen64 (3),
+.BR fseeko64 (3),
+.BR ftello64 (3),
+.BR ftw64 (3),
+.BR fwscanf (3),
+.BR get_avphys_pages (3),
+.BR getdirentries64 (3),
+.BR getmsg (3),
+.BR getnetname (3),
+.BR get_phys_pages (3),
+.BR getpublickey (3),
+.BR getsecretkey (3),
+.BR h_errlist (3),
+.BR host2netname (3),
+.BR hostalias (3),
+.BR inet_nsap_addr (3),
+.BR inet_nsap_ntoa (3),
+.BR init_des (3),
+.BR libc_nls_init (3),
+.BR mstats (3),
+.BR netname2host (3),
+.BR netname2user (3),
+.BR nlist (3),
+.BR obstack_free (3),
+.\" .BR obstack stuff (3),
+.BR parse_printf_format (3),
+.BR p_cdname (3),
+.BR p_cdnname (3),
+.BR p_class (3),
+.BR p_fqname (3),
+.BR p_option (3),
+.BR p_query (3),
+.BR printf_size (3),
+.BR printf_size_info (3),
+.BR p_rr (3),
+.BR p_time (3),
+.BR p_type (3),
+.BR putlong (3),
+.BR putshort (3),
+.BR re_compile_fastmap (3),
+.BR re_compile_pattern (3),
+.BR register_printf_function (3),
+.BR re_match (3),
+.BR re_match_2 (3),
+.BR re_rx_search (3),
+.BR re_search (3),
+.BR re_search_2 (3),
+.BR re_set_registers (3),
+.BR re_set_syntax (3),
+.BR res_send_setqhook (3),
+.BR res_send_setrhook (3),
+.BR ruserpass (3),
+.BR setfileno (3),
+.BR sethostfile (3),
+.BR svc_exit (3),
+.BR svcudp_enablecache (3),
+.BR tell (3),
+.BR thrd_create (3),
+.BR thrd_current (3),
+.BR thrd_equal (3),
+.BR thrd_sleep (3),
+.BR thrd_yield (3),
+.BR tr_break (3),
+.BR tzsetwall (3),
+.BR ufc_dofinalperm (3),
+.BR ufc_doit (3),
+.BR user2netname (3),
+.BR wcschrnul (3),
+.BR wcsftime (3),
+.BR wscanf (3),
+.BR xdr_authdes_cred (3),
+.BR xdr_authdes_verf (3),
+.BR xdr_cryptkeyarg (3),
+.BR xdr_cryptkeyres (3),
+.BR xdr_datum (3),
+.BR xdr_des_block (3),
+.BR xdr_domainname (3),
+.BR xdr_getcredres (3),
+.BR xdr_keybuf (3),
+.BR xdr_keystatus (3),
+.BR xdr_mapname (3),
+.BR xdr_netnamestr (3),
+.BR xdr_netobj (3),
+.BR xdr_passwd (3),
+.BR xdr_peername (3),
+.BR xdr_rmtcall_args (3),
+.BR xdr_rmtcallres (3),
+.BR xdr_unixcred (3),
+.BR xdr_yp_buf (3),
+.BR xdr_yp_inaddr (3),
+.BR xdr_ypbind_binding (3),
+.BR xdr_ypbind_resp (3),
+.BR xdr_ypbind_resptype (3),
+.BR xdr_ypbind_setdom (3),
+.BR xdr_ypdelete_args (3),
+.BR xdr_ypmaplist (3),
+.BR xdr_ypmaplist_str (3),
+.BR xdr_yppasswd (3),
+.BR xdr_ypreq_key (3),
+.BR xdr_ypreq_nokey (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_all (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_all_seq (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_key_val (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_maplist (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_master (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_order (3),
+.BR xdr_ypresp_val (3),
+.BR xdr_ypstat (3),
+.BR xdr_ypupdate_args (3),
+.BR yp_all (3),
+.BR yp_bind (3),
+.BR yperr_string (3),
+.BR yp_first (3),
+.BR yp_get_default_domain (3),
+.BR yp_maplist (3),
+.BR yp_master (3),
+.BR yp_match (3),
+.BR yp_next (3),
+.BR yp_order (3),
+.BR ypprot_err (3),
+.BR yp_unbind (3),
+.BR yp_update (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/ungetc.3 b/man/man3/ungetc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f6585a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ungetc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/fgetc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ungetwc.3 b/man/man3/ungetwc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8892e31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ungetwc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH ungetwc 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+ungetwc \- push back a wide character onto a FILE stream
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t ungetwc(wint_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR ungetwc ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR ungetc (3)
+function.
+It pushes back a wide character onto
+.I stream
+and returns it.
+.P
+If
+.I wc
+is
+.BR WEOF ,
+it returns
+.BR WEOF .
+If
+.I wc
+is an invalid wide character,
+it sets
+.I errno
+to
+.B EILSEQ
+and returns
+.BR WEOF .
+.P
+If
+.I wc
+is a valid wide character, it is pushed back onto the stream
+and thus becomes available for future wide-character read operations.
+The file-position indicator is decremented by one or more.
+The end-of-file
+indicator is cleared.
+The backing storage of the file is not affected.
+.P
+Note:
+.I wc
+need not be the last wide-character read from the stream;
+it can be any other valid wide character.
+.P
+If the implementation supports multiple push-back operations in a row, the
+pushed-back wide characters will be read in reverse order; however, only one
+level of push-back is guaranteed.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR ungetwc ()
+function returns
+.I wc
+when successful, or
+.B WEOF
+upon
+failure.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR ungetwc ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR ungetwc ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fgetwc (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/unlocked_stdio.3 b/man/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0c1650
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/unlocked_stdio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (C) 2001 Andries Brouwer <aeb@cwi.nl>.
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH unlocked_stdio 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked,
+putchar_unlocked \- nonlocking stdio functions
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.P
+.BI "int getc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.B "int getchar_unlocked(void);"
+.BI "int putc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int putchar_unlocked(int " c );
+.P
+.BI "void clearerr_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int feof_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int ferror_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int fileno_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int fflush_unlocked(FILE *_Nullable " stream );
+.P
+.BI "int fgetc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.BI "int fputc_unlocked(int " c ", FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.BI "size_t fread_unlocked(void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
+.BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
+.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "size_t fwrite_unlocked(const void " ptr "[restrict ." size " * ." n ],
+.BI "                      size_t " size ", size_t " n ,
+.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
+.P
+.BI "char *fgets_unlocked(char " s "[restrict ." n "], int " n \
+", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "int fputs_unlocked(const char *restrict " s ", FILE *restrict " stream );
+.P
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wint_t getwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.B "wint_t getwchar_unlocked(void);"
+.BI "wint_t fgetwc_unlocked(FILE *" stream );
+.P
+.BI "wint_t fputwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "wint_t putwc_unlocked(wchar_t " wc ", FILE *" stream );
+.BI "wint_t putwchar_unlocked(wchar_t " wc );
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *fgetws_unlocked(wchar_t " ws "[restrict ." n "], int " n ,
+.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
+.BI "int fputws_unlocked(const wchar_t *restrict " ws ,
+.BI "                      FILE *restrict " stream );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR \%getc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%getchar_unlocked (),
+.BR \%putc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%putchar_unlocked ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.24: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199309L
+        || /* glibc <= 2.23: */ _POSIX_C_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR \%clearerr_unlocked (),
+.BR \%feof_unlocked (),
+.BR \%ferror_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fileno_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fflush_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fgetc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fputc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fread_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fwrite_unlocked ():
+.nf
+    /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR \%fgets_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fputs_unlocked (),
+.BR \%getwc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%getwchar_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fgetwc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fputwc_unlocked (),
+.BR \%putwchar_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fgetws_unlocked (),
+.BR \%fputws_unlocked ():
+.nf
+    _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Each of these functions has the same behavior as its counterpart
+without the "_unlocked" suffix, except that they do not use locking
+(they do not set locks themselves, and do not test for the presence
+of locks set by others) and hence are thread-unsafe.
+See
+.BR flockfile (3).
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getc_unlocked (),
+.BR putc_unlocked (),
+.BR clearerr_unlocked (),
+.BR fflush_unlocked (),
+.BR fgetc_unlocked (),
+.BR fputc_unlocked (),
+.BR fread_unlocked (),
+.BR fwrite_unlocked (),
+.BR fgets_unlocked (),
+.BR fputs_unlocked (),
+.BR getwc_unlocked (),
+.BR fgetwc_unlocked (),
+.BR fputwc_unlocked (),
+.BR putwc_unlocked (),
+.BR fgetws_unlocked (),
+.BR fputws_unlocked ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Safe race:stream
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR getchar_unlocked (),
+.BR getwchar_unlocked ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:stdin
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR putchar_unlocked (),
+.BR putwchar_unlocked ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:stdout
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR feof_unlocked (),
+.BR ferror_unlocked (),
+.BR fileno_unlocked ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR getc_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR getchar_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR putc_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR putchar_unlocked ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+Others:
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR getc_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR getchar_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR putc_unlocked ()
+.TQ
+.BR putchar_unlocked ()
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.\" E.g., in HP-UX 10.0. In HP-UX 10.30 they are called obsolescent, and
+.\" moved to a compatibility library.
+.\" Available in HP-UX 10.0: clearerr_unlocked, fclose_unlocked,
+.\" feof_unlocked, ferror_unlocked, fflush_unlocked, fgets_unlocked,
+.\" fgetwc_unlocked, fgetws_unlocked, fileno_unlocked, fputs_unlocked,
+.\" fputwc_unlocked, fputws_unlocked, fread_unlocked, fseek_unlocked,
+.\" ftell_unlocked, fwrite_unlocked, getc_unlocked, getchar_unlocked,
+.\" getw_unlocked, getwc_unlocked, getwchar_unlocked, putc_unlocked,
+.\" putchar_unlocked, puts_unlocked, putws_unlocked, putw_unlocked,
+.\" putwc_unlocked, putwchar_unlocked, rewind_unlocked, setvbuf_unlocked,
+.\" ungetc_unlocked, ungetwc_unlocked.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR flockfile (3),
+.BR stdio (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/unlockpt.3 b/man/man3/unlockpt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccdbf4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/unlockpt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+'\" t
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(PUBLIC_DOMAIN)
+.\" This page is in the public domain. - aeb
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.TH unlockpt 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+unlockpt \- unlock a pseudoterminal master/slave pair
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #define _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int unlockpt(int " fd );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR unlockpt ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.24:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"        || (_XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED)
+    glibc 2.23 and earlier:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR unlockpt ()
+function unlocks the slave pseudoterminal device
+corresponding to the master pseudoterminal referred to by the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+.P
+.BR unlockpt ()
+should be called before opening the slave side of a pseudoterminal.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+When successful,
+.BR unlockpt ()
+returns 0.
+Otherwise, it returns \-1 and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EBADF
+The
+.I fd
+argument is not a file descriptor open for writing.
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+The
+.I fd
+argument is not associated with a master pseudoterminal.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR unlockpt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR grantpt (3),
+.BR posix_openpt (3),
+.BR ptsname (3),
+.BR pts (4),
+.BR pty (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/unsetenv.3 b/man/man3/unsetenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19ec56c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/unsetenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/setenv.3
diff --git a/man/man3/updwtmp.3 b/man/man3/updwtmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a2c8f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/updwtmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1997 Nicolás Lichtmaier <nick@debian.org>
+.\" Created Wed Jul  2 23:27:34 ART 1997
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" Added info on availability, aeb, 971207
+.\" Added -lutil remark, 030718
+.\" 2008-07-02, mtk, document updwtmpx()
+.\"
+.TH updwtmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+updwtmp, logwtmp \- append an entry to the wtmp file
+.SH LIBRARY
+System utilities library
+.RI ( libutil ", " \-lutil )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <utmp.h>
+.P
+.BI "void updwtmp(const char *" wtmp_file ", const struct utmp *" ut );
+.BI "void logwtmp(const char *" line ", const char *" name \
+", const char *" host );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR updwtmp ()
+appends the utmp structure
+.I ut
+to the wtmp file.
+.P
+.BR logwtmp ()
+constructs a utmp structure using
+.IR line ", " name ", " host ,
+current time, and current process ID.
+Then it calls
+.BR updwtmp ()
+to append the structure to the wtmp file.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /var/log/wtmp
+database of past user logins
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR updwtmp (),
+.BR logwtmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe sig:ALRM timer
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+For consistency with the other "utmpx" functions (see
+.BR getutxent (3)),
+glibc provides (since glibc 2.1):
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+.BR "#define _GNU_SOURCE          " "/* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <utmpx.h>
+.BI "void updwtmpx (const char *" wtmpx_file ", const struct utmpx *" utx );
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+This function performs the same task as
+.BR updwtmp (),
+but differs in that it takes a
+.I utmpx
+structure as its last argument.
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+Solaris, NetBSD.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR getutxent (3),
+.BR wtmp (5)
diff --git a/man/man3/updwtmpx.3 b/man/man3/updwtmpx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0dc4dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/updwtmpx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/updwtmp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/uselocale.3 b/man/man3/uselocale.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0856b9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/uselocale.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\" Copyright (C) 2014 Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.TH uselocale 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+uselocale \- set/get the locale for the calling thread
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <locale.h>
+.P
+.BI "locale_t uselocale(locale_t " newloc );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR uselocale ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 700
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR uselocale ()
+function sets the current locale for the calling thread,
+and returns the thread's previously current locale.
+After a successful call to
+.BR uselocale (),
+any calls by this thread to functions that depend on the locale
+will operate as though the locale has been set to
+.IR newloc .
+.P
+The
+.I newloc
+argument can have one of the following values:
+.TP
+A handle returned by a call to \fBnewlocale\fP(3) or \fBduplocale\fP(3)
+The calling thread's current locale is set to the specified locale.
+.TP
+The special locale object handle \fBLC_GLOBAL_LOCALE\fP
+The calling thread's current locale is set to the global locale determined by
+.BR setlocale (3).
+.TP
+.I "(locale_t) 0"
+The calling thread's current locale is left unchanged
+(and the current locale is returned as the function result).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR uselocale ()
+returns the locale handle that was set by the previous call to
+.BR uselocale ()
+in this thread, or
+.B LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE
+if there was no such previous call.
+On error, it returns
+.IR "(locale_t)\ 0" ,
+and sets
+.I errno
+to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+.I newloc
+does not refer to a valid locale object.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.3.
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+Unlike
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR uselocale ()
+does not allow selective replacement of individual locale categories.
+To employ a locale that differs in only a few categories from the current
+locale, use calls to
+.BR duplocale (3)
+and
+.BR newlocale (3)
+to obtain a locale object equivalent to the current locale and
+modify the desired categories in that object.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+See
+.BR newlocale (3)
+and
+.BR duplocale (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR locale (1),
+.BR duplocale (3),
+.BR freelocale (3),
+.BR newlocale (3),
+.BR setlocale (3),
+.BR locale (5),
+.BR locale (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/usleep.3 b/man/man3/usleep.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fef133e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/usleep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified 1993-07-24 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2001-04-01 by aeb
+.\" Modified 2003-07-23 by aeb
+.\"
+.TH usleep 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+usleep \- suspend execution for microsecond intervals
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <unistd.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int usleep(useconds_t " usec );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR usleep ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.12:
+        (_XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500) && ! (_POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L)
+            || /* glibc >= 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+            || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _BSD_SOURCE
+    Before glibc 2.12:
+        _BSD_SOURCE || _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500
+.\"    || _XOPEN_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR usleep ()
+function suspends execution of the calling thread for
+(at least) \fIusec\fP microseconds.
+The sleep may be lengthened slightly
+by any system activity or by the time spent processing the call or by the
+granularity of system timers.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR usleep ()
+function returns 0 on success.
+On error, \-1 is returned, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B EINTR
+Interrupted by a signal; see
+.BR signal (7).
+.TP
+.B EINVAL
+\fIusec\fP is greater than or equal to 1000000.
+(On systems where that is considered an error.)
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR usleep ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+None.
+.SH HISTORY
+4.3BSD, POSIX.1-2001.
+POSIX.1-2001 declares it obsolete, suggesting
+.BR nanosleep (2)
+instead.
+Removed in POSIX.1-2008.
+.P
+On the original BSD implementation,
+and before glibc 2.2.2, the return type of this function is
+.IR void .
+The POSIX version returns
+.IR int ,
+and this is also the prototype used since glibc 2.2.2.
+.P
+Only the
+.B EINVAL
+error return is documented by SUSv2 and POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The interaction of this function with the
+.B SIGALRM
+signal, and with other timer functions such as
+.BR alarm (2),
+.BR sleep (3),
+.BR nanosleep (2),
+.BR setitimer (2),
+.BR timer_create (2),
+.BR timer_delete (2),
+.BR timer_getoverrun (2),
+.BR timer_gettime (2),
+.BR timer_settime (2),
+.BR ualarm (3)
+is unspecified.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR alarm (2),
+.BR getitimer (2),
+.BR nanosleep (2),
+.BR select (2),
+.BR setitimer (2),
+.BR sleep (3),
+.BR ualarm (3),
+.BR useconds_t (3type),
+.BR time (7)
diff --git a/man/man3/utmpname.3 b/man/man3/utmpname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/utmpname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/utmpxname.3 b/man/man3/utmpxname.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29c36b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/utmpxname.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/getutent.3
diff --git a/man/man3/va_arg.3 b/man/man3/va_arg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c419248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/va_arg.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/va_copy.3 b/man/man3/va_copy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c419248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/va_copy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/va_end.3 b/man/man3/va_end.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c419248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/va_end.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/va_start.3 b/man/man3/va_start.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c419248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/va_start.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/stdarg.3
diff --git a/man/man3/valloc.3 b/man/man3/valloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..791d4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/valloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/posix_memalign.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vasprintf.3 b/man/man3/vasprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a8753a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vasprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/asprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vdprintf.3 b/man/man3/vdprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa36f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vdprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/dprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/verr.3 b/man/man3/verr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/verr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/verrx.3 b/man/man3/verrx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/verrx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/versionsort.3 b/man/man3/versionsort.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e757c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/versionsort.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scandir.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vfprintf.3 b/man/man3/vfprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vfprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vfscanf.3 b/man/man3/vfscanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fd424b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vfscanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vfwprintf.3 b/man/man3/vfwprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vfwprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vlimit.3 b/man/man3/vlimit.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58a817b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vlimit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+.so man2/getrlimit.2
+.\" No new programs should use vlimit(3).
+.\" getrlimit(2) briefly discusses vlimit(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man/man3/vprintf.3 b/man/man3/vprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vscanf.3 b/man/man3/vscanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fd424b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vscanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/scanf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vsnprintf.3 b/man/man3/vsnprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vsnprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vsprintf.3 b/man/man3/vsprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..975530d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vsprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/printf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vsscanf.3 b/man/man3/vsscanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f5ebc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vsscanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/sscanf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vswprintf.3 b/man/man3/vswprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vswprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vsyslog.3 b/man/man3/vsyslog.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec352b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vsyslog.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/syslog.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vtimes.3 b/man/man3/vtimes.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4097ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vtimes.3
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+.so man2/getrusage.2
+.\" No new programs should use vtimes(3).
+.\" getrusage(2) briefly discusses vtimes(3), so point the user there.
diff --git a/man/man3/vwarn.3 b/man/man3/vwarn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vwarn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vwarnx.3 b/man/man3/vwarnx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vwarnx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/vwprintf.3 b/man/man3/vwprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/vwprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wprintf.3
diff --git a/man/man3/warn.3 b/man/man3/warn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/warn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/warnx.3 b/man/man3/warnx.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ee2e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/warnx.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/err.3
diff --git a/man/man3/wcpcpy.3 b/man/man3/wcpcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d80953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcpcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcpcpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcpcpy \- copy a wide-character string, returning a pointer to its end
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
+", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcpcpy ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcpcpy ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR stpcpy (3)
+function.
+It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there
+is room for at least
+.I wcslen(src)+1
+wide characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcpcpy ()
+returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string
+.IR dest ,
+that is, a pointer to the terminating null wide character.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcpcpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR wcscpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcpncpy.3 b/man/man3/wcpncpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b63d3d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcpncpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcpncpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcpncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters,
+returning a pointer to its end
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 size_t " n );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcpncpy ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcpncpy ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR stpncpy (3)
+function.
+It copies at most
+.I n
+wide characters from the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+including the terminating null wide (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+Exactly
+.I n
+wide characters are
+written at
+.IR dest .
+If the length
+.I wcslen(src)
+is smaller than
+.IR n ,
+the remaining wide characters in the array pointed to
+by
+.I dest
+are filled with L\[aq]\e0\[aq] characters.
+If the length
+.I wcslen(src)
+is greater than or equal
+to
+.IR n ,
+the string pointed to by
+.I dest
+will
+not be L\[aq]\e0\[aq] terminated.
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I n
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcpncpy ()
+returns a pointer to the last wide character written, that is,
+.IR dest + n \-1.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcpncpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR stpncpy (3),
+.BR wcsncpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcrtomb.3 b/man/man3/wcrtomb.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e96b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcrtomb.3
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcrtomb 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcrtomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcrtomb(char *restrict " s ", wchar_t " wc \
+", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The main case for this function is when
+.I s
+is
+not NULL and
+.I wc
+is not a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+In this case, the
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+function
+converts the wide character
+.I wc
+to its multibyte representation and stores it
+at the beginning of the character
+array pointed to by
+.IR s .
+It updates the shift state
+.IR *ps ,
+and
+returns the length of said multibyte representation,
+that is, the number of bytes
+written at
+.IR s .
+.P
+A different case is when
+.I s
+is not NULL,
+but
+.I wc
+is a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+In this case, the
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+function stores at
+the character array pointed to by
+.I s
+the shift sequence needed to
+bring
+.I *ps
+back to the initial state,
+followed by a \[aq]\e0\[aq] byte.
+It updates the shift state
+.I *ps
+(i.e., brings
+it into the initial state),
+and returns the length of the shift sequence plus
+one, that is, the number of bytes written at
+.IR s .
+.P
+A third case is when
+.I s
+is NULL.
+In this case,
+.I wc
+is ignored,
+and the function effectively returns
+.P
+.in +4n
+.EX
+wcrtomb(buf, L\[aq]\e0\[aq], ps)
+.EE
+.in
+.P
+where
+.I buf
+is an internal anonymous buffer.
+.P
+In all of the above cases, if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+function is used instead.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+function returns the number of
+bytes that have been or would
+have been written to the byte array at
+.IR s .
+If
+.I wc
+can not be
+represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale),
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race:wcrtomb/!ps
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcrtomb ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+Passing NULL as
+.I ps
+is not multithread safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcscasecmp.3 b/man/man3/wcscasecmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9d4c21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcscasecmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcscasecmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcscasecmp \- compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcscasecmp ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcscasecmp ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strcasecmp (3)
+function.
+It compares the wide-character string pointed to
+by
+.I s1
+and the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring
+case differences
+.RB ( towupper (3),
+.BR towlower (3)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcscasecmp ()
+function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+are equal except for case distinctions.
+It returns a
+positive integer if
+.I s1
+is greater than
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring case.
+It
+returns a negative integer if
+.I s1
+is smaller
+than
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring case.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcscasecmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcscasecmp ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcasecmp (3),
+.BR wcscmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcscat.3 b/man/man3/wcscat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aecad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcscat.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcscat 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcscat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
+", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcscat ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strcat (3)
+function.
+It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to the end of the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.IR wcslen(dest) + wcslen(src) +1
+wide characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcscat ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcscat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcat (3),
+.BR wcpcpy (3),
+.BR wcscpy (3),
+.BR wcsncat (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcschr.3 b/man/man3/wcschr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b05e14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcschr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcschr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcschr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcschr ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strchr (3)
+function.
+It searches the first occurrence of
+.I wc
+in the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.IR wcs .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcschr ()
+function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
+.I wc
+in the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR wcs ,
+or NULL if
+.I wc
+does not occur in the string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcschr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strchr (3),
+.BR wcspbrk (3),
+.BR wcsrchr (3),
+.BR wcsstr (3),
+.BR wmemchr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcscmp.3 b/man/man3/wcscmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06c1f56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcscmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcscmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcscmp \- compare two wide-character strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcscmp(const wchar_t *" s1 ", const wchar_t *" s2 );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcscmp ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strcmp (3)
+function.
+It compares the wide-character string pointed to by
+.I s1
+and the
+wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR s2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcscmp ()
+function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+are equal.
+It returns an integer greater than zero if
+at the first differing position
+.IR i ,
+the corresponding wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is greater than
+.IR s2[i] .
+It returns an integer less than zero if
+at the first differing position
+.IR i ,
+the corresponding wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is less than
+.IR s2[i] .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcscmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcmp (3),
+.BR wcscasecmp (3),
+.BR wmemcmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcscpy.3 b/man/man3/wcscpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5607bd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcscpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcscpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcscpy \- copy a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t *restrict " dest \
+", const wchar_t *restrict " src );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcscpy ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strcpy (3)
+function.
+It copies the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is
+room for at least
+.I wcslen(src)+1
+wide characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcscpy ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcscpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcpy (3),
+.BR wcpcpy (3),
+.BR wcscat (3),
+.BR wcsdup (3),
+.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcscspn.3 b/man/man3/wcscspn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddffa22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcscspn.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcscspn 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcscspn \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" reject );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcscspn ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strcspn (3)
+function.
+It determines the length of the longest initial segment of
+.I wcs
+which consists entirely of wide-characters not listed in
+.IR reject .
+In
+other words, it searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character
+string
+.I wcs
+of any of the characters in the wide-character string
+.IR reject .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcscspn ()
+function returns the number of
+wide characters in the longest
+initial segment of
+.I wcs
+which consists entirely of wide-characters not
+listed in
+.IR reject .
+In other words, it returns the position of the first
+occurrence in the wide-character string
+.I wcs
+of any of the characters in
+the wide-character string
+.IR reject ,
+or
+.I wcslen(wcs)
+if there is none.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcscspn ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strcspn (3),
+.BR wcspbrk (3),
+.BR wcsspn (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsdup.3 b/man/man3/wcsdup.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41131a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsdup.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcsdup 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsdup \- duplicate a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t *" s );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcsdup ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsdup ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strdup (3)
+function.
+It allocates and returns a new wide-character string whose initial
+contents is a duplicate of the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR s .
+.P
+Memory for the new wide-character string is
+obtained with
+.BR malloc (3),
+and should be freed with
+.BR free (3).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR wcsdup ()
+returns a pointer to the new wide-character string.
+On error, it returns NULL, with
+.I errno
+set to indicate the error.
+.SH ERRORS
+.TP
+.B ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory available to allocate duplicate string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsdup ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+libc5, glibc 2.0.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strdup (3),
+.BR wcscpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcslen.3 b/man/man3/wcslen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e96b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcslen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcslen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcslen \- determine the length of a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *" s );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcslen ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strlen (3)
+function.
+It determines the length of the wide-character string pointed to
+by
+.IR s ,
+excluding the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcslen ()
+function returns the
+number of wide characters in
+.IR s .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcslen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+In cases where the input buffer may not contain
+a terminating null wide character,
+.BR wcsnlen (3)
+should be used instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strlen (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsncasecmp.3 b/man/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dde8ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsncasecmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcsncasecmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsncasecmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], s\
+ize_t " n );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcsncasecmp ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsncasecmp ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strncasecmp (3)
+function.
+It compares the wide-character string pointed to
+by
+.I s1
+and the wide-character string
+pointed to by
+.IR s2 ,
+but at most
+.I n
+wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences
+.RB ( towupper (3),
+.BR towlower (3)).
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsncasecmp ()
+function returns zero
+if the wide-character strings at
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 ,
+truncated to at most length
+.IR n ,
+are equal except
+for case distinctions.
+It returns a positive integer if truncated
+.I s1
+is
+greater than truncated
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring case.
+It returns a negative integer
+if truncated
+.I s1
+is smaller than truncated
+.IR s2 ,
+ignoring case.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsncasecmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcsncasecmp ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strncasecmp (3),
+.BR wcsncmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsncat.3 b/man/man3/wcsncat.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77181d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsncat.3
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsncat 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsncat \- concatenate two wide-character strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcsncat(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsncat ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strncat (3)
+function.
+It copies at most
+.I n
+wide characters from the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.I src
+to the end of the wide-character string pointed
+to by
+.IR dest ,
+and adds a terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.IR wcslen(dest) + n +1
+wide characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcsncat ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsncat ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strncat (3),
+.BR wcscat (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsncmp.3 b/man/man3/wcsncmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2768894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsncmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsncmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsncmp \- compare two fixed-size wide-character strings
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcsncmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsncmp ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strncmp (3)
+function.
+It compares the wide-character string pointed to by
+.I s1
+and the
+wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR s2 ,
+but at most
+.I n
+wide
+characters from each string.
+In each string, the comparison extends only up
+to the first occurrence of a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]), if any.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsncmp ()
+function returns zero if the wide-character strings at
+.I s1
+and
+.IR s2 ,
+truncated to at most length
+.IR n ,
+are equal.
+It returns an integer greater than zero if at the first differing position
+.I i
+.RI ( i
+<
+.IR n ),
+the corresponding wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is
+greater than
+.IR s2[i] .
+It returns an integer less than zero if at the first
+differing position
+.I i
+.RI ( i
+<
+.IR n ),
+the corresponding
+wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is less than
+.IR s2[i] .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsncmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strncmp (3),
+.BR wcsncasecmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsncpy.3 b/man/man3/wcsncpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..841f356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsncpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsncpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsncpy \- copy a fixed-size string of wide characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcsncpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsncpy ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strncpy (3)
+function.
+It copies at most
+.I n
+wide characters from the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.IR src ,
+including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+to the array pointed to by
+.IR dest .
+Exactly
+.I n
+wide characters are
+written at
+.IR dest .
+If the length \fIwcslen(src)\fP is smaller than
+.IR n ,
+the remaining wide characters in the array
+pointed to by
+.I dest
+are filled
+with null wide characters.
+If the length \fIwcslen(src)\fP is greater than or equal
+to
+.IR n ,
+the string pointed to by
+.I dest
+will not be terminated by a null wide character.
+.P
+The strings may not overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I n
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wcsncpy ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsncpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strncpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsnlen.3 b/man/man3/wcsnlen.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2c4116
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsnlen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcsnlen 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsnlen \- determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t " s [. maxlen "], size_t " maxlen );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcsnlen ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsnlen ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strnlen (3)
+function.
+It returns the number of wide-characters in the string pointed to by
+.IR s ,
+not including the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+but at most
+.I maxlen
+wide characters (note: this parameter is not a byte count).
+In doing this,
+.BR wcsnlen ()
+looks at only the first
+.I maxlen
+wide characters at
+.I s
+and never beyond
+.IR s[maxlen\-1] .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsnlen ()
+function returns
+.IR wcslen(s) ,
+if that is less than
+.IR maxlen ,
+or
+.I maxlen
+if there is no null wide character among the
+first
+.I maxlen
+wide characters pointed to by
+.IR s .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsnlen ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strnlen (3),
+.BR wcslen (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsnrtombs.3 b/man/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ef6581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsnrtombs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcsnrtombs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsnrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcsnrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
+const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
+.BI "                  size_t " nwc ", size_t " len ", \
+mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wcsnrtombs ():
+.nf
+    Since glibc 2.10:
+        _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200809L
+    Before glibc 2.10:
+        _GNU_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+function is like the
+.BR wcsrtombs (3)
+function,
+except that the number of wide characters to be converted,
+starting at
+.IR *src ,
+is limited to
+.IR nwc .
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL,
+the
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+function converts
+at most
+.I nwc
+wide characters from
+the wide-character string
+.I *src
+to a multibyte string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I len
+bytes are written to
+.IR dest .
+The shift state
+.I *ps
+is updated.
+The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
+calling
+.IR "wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)" ,
+as long as this call succeeds,
+and then incrementing
+.I dest
+by the
+number of bytes written and
+.I *src
+by one.
+The conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
+multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the invalid wide character,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned,
+and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.IP \[bu]
+.I nwc
+wide characters have been
+converted without encountering a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+or the length limit forces a stop.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing
+to the next wide character to be converted, and the number of bytes written
+to
+.I dest
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null wide character (which has the side effect of bringing back
+.I *ps
+to the initial state).
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is set to NULL, and the number
+of bytes written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is
+returned.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I len
+is ignored,
+and the conversion proceeds as above,
+except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that
+no destination length limit exists.
+.P
+In both of the above cases,
+if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+function is used instead.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I len
+bytes
+at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+function returns
+the number of bytes that make up the
+converted part of multibyte sequence,
+not including the terminating null byte.
+If a wide character was encountered which
+could not be converted,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:wcsnrtombs/!ps
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcsnrtombs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+Passing NULL as
+.I ps
+is not multithread safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR wcsrtombs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcspbrk.3 b/man/man3/wcspbrk.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b3286e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcspbrk.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcspbrk 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcspbrk \- search a wide-character string for any of a set of wide characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcspbrk ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strpbrk (3)
+function.
+It searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.I wcs
+of any of the
+characters in the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.IR accept .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcspbrk ()
+function returns a pointer to the first occurrence in
+.I wcs
+of any of the characters listed in
+.IR accept .
+If
+.I wcs
+contains none of these characters, NULL is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcspbrk ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strpbrk (3),
+.BR wcschr (3),
+.BR wcscspn (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsrchr.3 b/man/man3/wcsrchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05b0e38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsrchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsrchr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsrchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *" wcs ", wchar_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsrchr ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent
+of the
+.BR strrchr (3)
+function.
+It searches the last occurrence of
+.I wc
+in the wide-character
+string pointed to by
+.IR wcs .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsrchr ()
+function returns a pointer to the last occurrence of
+.I wc
+in the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR wcs ,
+or NULL if
+.I wc
+does not occur in the string.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsrchr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strrchr (3),
+.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsrtombs.3 b/man/man3/wcsrtombs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9235dfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsrtombs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsrtombs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsrtombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcsrtombs(char " dest "[restrict ." len "], \
+const wchar_t **restrict " src ,
+.BI "                 size_t " len ", mbstate_t *restrict " ps );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL,
+the
+.BR wcsrtombs ()
+function converts
+the wide-character string
+.I *src
+to a multibyte string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I len
+bytes are written to
+.IR dest .
+The shift state
+.I *ps
+is updated.
+The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly
+calling
+.IR "wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)" ,
+as long as this call succeeds,
+and then incrementing
+.I dest
+by the
+number of bytes written and
+.I *src
+by one.
+The conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
+multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing to the invalid wide character,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned,
+and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.IP \[bu]
+The length limit forces a stop.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is left pointing
+to the next wide character to be converted,
+and the number of bytes written to
+.I dest
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+which has the side effect of bringing back
+.I *ps
+to the initial state.
+In this case,
+.I *src
+is set to NULL, and the number
+of bytes written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I len
+is ignored,
+and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes
+are not written out to memory, and that
+no length limit exists.
+.P
+In both of the above cases,
+if
+.I ps
+is NULL, a static anonymous
+state known only to the
+.BR wcsrtombs ()
+function is used instead.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I len
+bytes
+at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsrtombs ()
+function returns
+the number of bytes that make up the
+converted part of multibyte sequence,
+not including the terminating null byte.
+If a wide character was encountered
+which could not be converted,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned, and
+.I errno
+set to
+.BR EILSEQ .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsrtombs ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:wcsrtombs/!ps
+T}
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcsrtombs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+Passing NULL as
+.I ps
+is not multithread safe.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iconv (3),
+.BR mbsinit (3),
+.BR wcrtomb (3),
+.BR wcsnrtombs (3),
+.BR wcstombs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsspn.3 b/man/man3/wcsspn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a66e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsspn.3
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsspn 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsspn \- get length of a prefix wide-character substring
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *" wcs ", const wchar_t *" accept );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsspn ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strspn (3)
+function.
+It determines the length of the longest initial segment of
+.I wcs
+which consists entirely of wide-characters listed in
+.IR accept .
+In other
+words, it searches for the first occurrence in the wide-character string
+.I wcs
+of a wide-character not contained in the wide-character string
+.IR accept .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsspn ()
+function returns the number of
+wide characters in the longest
+initial segment of
+.I wcs
+which consists entirely of wide-characters listed
+in
+.IR accept .
+In other words, it returns the position of the first
+occurrence in the wide-character string
+.I wcs
+of a wide-character not
+contained in the wide-character string
+.IR accept ,
+or
+.I wcslen(wcs)
+if there is none.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsspn ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strspn (3),
+.BR wcscspn (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcsstr.3 b/man/man3/wcsstr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95e9359
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcsstr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcsstr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcsstr \- locate a substring in a wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *" haystack ", const wchar_t *" needle );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcsstr ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strstr (3)
+function.
+It searches for the first occurrence of the wide-character string
+.I needle
+(without its terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]))
+as a substring in the wide-character string
+.IR haystack .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcsstr ()
+function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
+.I needle
+in
+.IR haystack .
+It returns NULL if
+.I needle
+does not occur
+as a substring in
+.IR haystack .
+.P
+Note the special case:
+If
+.I needle
+is the empty wide-character string,
+the return value is always
+.I haystack
+itself.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcsstr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strstr (3),
+.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcstoimax.3 b/man/man3/wcstoimax.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebd8691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcstoimax.3
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH wcstoimax 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcstoimax, wcstoumax \- convert wide-character string to integer
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stddef.h>
+.B #include <inttypes.h>
+.P
+.BI "intmax_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "                   wchar_t **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.BI "uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t *restrict " nptr ,
+.BI "                   wchar_t **restrict " endptr ", int " base );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are just like
+.BR wcstol (3)
+and
+.BR wcstoul (3),
+except that they return a value of type
+.I intmax_t
+and
+.IR uintmax_t ,
+respectively.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcstoimax (),
+.BR wcstoumax ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR imaxabs (3),
+.BR imaxdiv (3),
+.BR strtoimax (3),
+.BR strtoumax (3),
+.\" FIXME . the pages referred to by the following xrefs are not yet written
+.BR wcstol (3),
+.BR wcstoul (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcstok.3 b/man/man3/wcstok.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f2d19c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcstok.3
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcstok 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcstok \- split wide-character string into tokens
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t *restrict " wcs \
+", const wchar_t *restrict " delim ,
+.BI "                wchar_t **restrict " ptr );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcstok ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR strtok (3)
+function,
+with an added argument to make it multithread-safe.
+It can be used
+to split a wide-character string
+.I wcs
+into tokens, where a token is
+defined as a substring not containing any wide-characters from
+.IR delim .
+.P
+The search starts at
+.IR wcs ,
+if
+.I wcs
+is not NULL,
+or at
+.IR *ptr ,
+if
+.I wcs
+is NULL.
+First, any delimiter wide-characters are skipped, that is, the
+pointer is advanced beyond any wide-characters which occur in
+.IR delim .
+If the end of the wide-character string is now
+reached,
+.BR wcstok ()
+returns NULL, to indicate that no tokens
+were found, and stores an appropriate value in
+.IR *ptr ,
+so that subsequent calls to
+.BR wcstok ()
+will continue to return NULL.
+Otherwise, the
+.BR wcstok ()
+function recognizes the beginning of a token
+and returns a pointer to it, but before doing that, it zero-terminates the
+token by replacing the next wide-character which occurs in
+.I delim
+with
+a null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+and it updates
+.I *ptr
+so that subsequent calls will
+continue searching after the end of recognized token.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcstok ()
+function returns a pointer to the next token,
+or NULL if no further token was found.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcstok ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The original
+.I wcs
+wide-character string is destructively modified during
+the operation.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The following code loops over the tokens contained in a wide-character string.
+.P
+.EX
+wchar_t *wcs = ...;
+wchar_t *token;
+wchar_t *state;
+for (token = wcstok(wcs, L" \et\en", &state);
+    token != NULL;
+    token = wcstok(NULL, L" \et\en", &state)) {
+    ...
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR strtok (3),
+.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcstombs.3 b/man/man3/wcstombs.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d3ef56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcstombs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wcstombs 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcstombs \- convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "size_t wcstombs(char " dest "[restrict ." n "], \
+const wchar_t *restrict " src ,
+.BI "                size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I dest
+is not NULL, the
+.BR wcstombs ()
+function converts
+the wide-character string
+.I src
+to a multibyte string starting at
+.IR dest .
+At most
+.I n
+bytes are written to
+.IR dest .
+The sequence of characters placed in
+.I dest
+begins in the initial shift state.
+The conversion can stop for three reasons:
+.IP \[bu] 3
+A wide character has been encountered that can not be represented as a
+multibyte sequence (according to the current locale).
+In this case,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned.
+.IP \[bu]
+The length limit forces a stop.
+In this case, the number of bytes written to
+.I dest
+is returned, but the shift state at this point is lost.
+.IP \[bu]
+The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the
+terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+In this case, the conversion ends in the initial shift state.
+The number of bytes written to
+.IR dest ,
+excluding the terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]), is returned.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I n
+bytes
+at
+.IR dest .
+.P
+If
+.I dest
+is NULL,
+.I n
+is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as
+above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory,
+and no length limit exists.
+.P
+In order to avoid the case 2 above, the programmer should make sure
+.I n
+is greater than or equal to
+.IR "wcstombs(NULL,src,0)+1" .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcstombs ()
+function returns the number of bytes that make up the
+converted part of a multibyte sequence,
+not including the terminating null byte.
+If a wide character was encountered which could not be
+converted,
+.I (size_t)\ \-1
+is returned.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcstombs ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The function
+.BR wcsrtombs (3)
+provides a better interface to the same functionality.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcstombs ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR mblen (3),
+.BR mbstowcs (3),
+.BR mbtowc (3),
+.BR wcsrtombs (3),
+.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcstoumax.3 b/man/man3/wcstoumax.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3aa5d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcstoumax.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wcstoimax.3
diff --git a/man/man3/wcswidth.3 b/man/man3/wcswidth.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b46fc52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcswidth.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcswidth 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcswidth \- determine columns needed for a fixed-size wide-character string
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "             /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcswidth(const wchar_t *" s ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcswidth ()
+function returns the
+number of columns needed to represent
+the wide-character string pointed to by
+.IR s ,
+but at most
+.I n
+wide
+characters.
+If a nonprintable wide character occurs among these characters,
+\-1 is returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcswidth ()
+function
+returns the number of column positions for the
+wide-character string
+.IR s ,
+truncated to at most length
+.IR n .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcswidth ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcswidth ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswprint (3),
+.BR wcwidth (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wctob.3 b/man/man3/wctob.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b95ef37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wctob.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wctob 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wctob \- try to represent a wide character as a single byte
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wctob(wint_t " c );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wctob ()
+function tests whether
+the multibyte representation of the
+wide character
+.IR c ,
+starting in the initial state, consists of a single
+byte.
+If so, it is returned as an
+.IR "unsigned char" .
+.P
+Never use this function.
+It cannot help you in writing internationalized
+programs.
+Internationalized programs must never distinguish single-byte and
+multibyte characters.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wctob ()
+function returns the single-byte representation of
+.IR c ,
+if it exists, or
+.B EOF
+otherwise.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wctob ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wctob ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+This function should never be used.
+Internationalized programs must never
+distinguish single-byte and multibyte characters.
+Use either
+.BR wctomb (3)
+or the thread-safe
+.BR wcrtomb (3)
+instead.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR btowc (3),
+.BR wcrtomb (3),
+.BR wctomb (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wctomb.3 b/man/man3/wctomb.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33a688a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wctomb.3
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wctomb 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wctomb \- convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdlib.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wctomb(char *" s ", wchar_t " wc );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I s
+is not NULL,
+the
+.BR wctomb ()
+function converts the wide character
+.I wc
+to its multibyte representation and stores it at the beginning of
+the character array pointed to by
+.IR s .
+It updates the shift state, which
+is stored in a static anonymous variable
+known only to the
+.BR wctomb ()
+function,
+and returns the length of said multibyte representation,
+that is, the number of
+bytes written at
+.IR s .
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is
+room for at least
+.B MB_CUR_MAX
+bytes at
+.IR s .
+.P
+If
+.I s
+is NULL, the
+.BR wctomb ()
+function
+.\" The Dinkumware doc and the Single UNIX specification say this, but
+.\" glibc doesn't implement this.
+resets the shift state, known only to this function,
+to the initial state, and
+returns nonzero if the encoding has nontrivial shift state,
+or zero if the encoding is stateless.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+If
+.I s
+is not NULL, the
+.BR wctomb ()
+function
+returns the number of bytes
+that have been written to the byte array at
+.IR s .
+If
+.I wc
+can not be
+represented as a multibyte sequence (according
+to the current locale), \-1 is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I s
+is NULL, the
+.BR wctomb ()
+function returns nonzero if the
+encoding has nontrivial shift state, or zero if the encoding is stateless.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wctomb ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Unsafe race
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+The function
+.BR wcrtomb (3)
+provides
+a better interface to the same functionality.
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wctomb ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR MB_CUR_MAX (3),
+.BR mblen (3),
+.BR mbstowcs (3),
+.BR mbtowc (3),
+.BR wcrtomb (3),
+.BR wcstombs (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wctrans.3 b/man/man3/wctrans.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92a2409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wctrans.3
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wctrans 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wctrans \- wide-character translation mapping
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "wctrans_t wctrans(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I wctrans_t
+type represents a mapping
+which can map a wide character to
+another wide character.
+Its nature is implementation-dependent, but the special
+value
+.I (wctrans_t)\ 0
+denotes an invalid mapping.
+Nonzero
+.I wctrans_t
+values can be passed to the
+.BR towctrans (3)
+function to actually perform
+the wide-character mapping.
+.P
+The
+.BR wctrans ()
+function returns a mapping, given by its name.
+The set of
+valid names depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the current locale, but the
+following names are valid in all locales.
+.P
+.nf
+    "tolower" \- realizes the \fBtolower\fP(3) mapping
+    "toupper" \- realizes the \fBtoupper\fP(3) mapping
+.fi
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wctrans ()
+function returns a mapping descriptor if the
+.I name
+is valid.
+Otherwise, it returns
+.IR "(wctrans_t)\ 0" .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wctrans ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wctrans ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR towctrans (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wctype.3 b/man/man3/wctype.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6ce26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wctype.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wctype 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wctype \- wide-character classification
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wctype.h>
+.P
+.BI "wctype_t wctype(const char *" name );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I wctype_t
+type represents a property which a wide character may or
+may not have.
+In other words, it represents a class of wide characters.
+This type's nature is implementation-dependent, but the special value
+.I "(wctype_t) 0"
+denotes an invalid property.
+Nonzero
+.I wctype_t
+values
+can be passed to the
+.BR iswctype (3)
+function
+to actually test whether a given
+wide character has the property.
+.P
+The
+.BR wctype ()
+function returns a property, given by its name.
+The set of
+valid names depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the current locale, but the
+following names are valid in all locales.
+.P
+.nf
+    "alnum" \- realizes the \fBisalnum\fP(3) classification function
+    "alpha" \- realizes the \fBisalpha\fP(3) classification function
+    "blank" \- realizes the \fBisblank\fP(3) classification function
+    "cntrl" \- realizes the \fBiscntrl\fP(3) classification function
+    "digit" \- realizes the \fBisdigit\fP(3) classification function
+    "graph" \- realizes the \fBisgraph\fP(3) classification function
+    "lower" \- realizes the \fBislower\fP(3) classification function
+    "print" \- realizes the \fBisprint\fP(3) classification function
+    "punct" \- realizes the \fBispunct\fP(3) classification function
+    "space" \- realizes the \fBisspace\fP(3) classification function
+    "upper" \- realizes the \fBisupper\fP(3) classification function
+    "xdigit" \- realizes the \fBisxdigit\fP(3) classification function
+.fi
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wctype ()
+function returns a property descriptor
+if the
+.I name
+is valid.
+Otherwise, it returns
+.IR "(wctype_t) 0" .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wctype ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wctype ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswctype (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wcwidth.3 b/man/man3/wcwidth.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aaba2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wcwidth.3
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wcwidth 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wcwidth \- determine columns needed for a wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "#define _XOPEN_SOURCE" "       /* See feature_test_macros(7) */"
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wcwidth(wchar_t " c );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wcwidth ()
+function returns the number of columns
+needed to represent the wide character
+.IR c .
+If
+.I c
+is a printable wide character, the value
+is at least 0.
+If
+.I c
+is null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]), the value is 0.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wcwidth ()
+function returns the number of
+column positions for
+.IR c .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wcwidth ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.P
+Note that before glibc 2.2.5, glibc used the prototype
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "int wcwidth(wint_t " c );
+.fi
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wcwidth ()
+depends on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR iswprint (3),
+.BR wcswidth (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wmemchr.3 b/man/man3/wmemchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4cf541
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmemchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wmemchr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wmemchr \- search a wide character in a wide-character array
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t " s [. n "], wchar_t " c ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wmemchr ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR memchr (3)
+function.
+It searches the
+.I n
+wide characters starting at
+.I s
+for
+the first occurrence of the wide character
+.IR c .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wmemchr ()
+function returns a pointer to the first occurrence of
+.I c
+among the
+.I n
+wide characters starting at
+.IR s ,
+or NULL if
+.I c
+does
+not occur among these.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wmemchr ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memchr (3),
+.BR wcschr (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wmemcmp.3 b/man/man3/wmemcmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f89e8a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmemcmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"
+.TH wmemcmp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wmemcmp \- compare two arrays of wide-characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wmemcmp(const wchar_t " s1 [. n "], const wchar_t " s2 [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wmemcmp ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR memcmp (3)
+function.
+It compares the
+.I n
+wide-characters starting at
+.I s1
+and the
+.I n
+wide-characters starting at
+.IR s2 .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The
+.BR wmemcmp ()
+function returns
+zero if the wide-character arrays of size
+.I n
+at
+.I s1
+and
+.I s2
+are equal.
+It returns an integer greater than
+zero if at the first differing position
+.I i
+.RI ( i " <"
+.IR n ),
+the
+corresponding wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is greater than
+.IR s2[i] .
+It returns an integer less than zero if
+at the first differing position
+.I i
+.RI ( i
+<
+.IR n ),
+the corresponding
+wide-character
+.I s1[i]
+is less than
+.IR s2[i] .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wmemcmp ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcmp (3),
+.BR wcscmp (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wmemcpy.3 b/man/man3/wmemcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..808a6ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmemcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wmemcpy 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wmemcpy \- copy an array of wide-characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t " dest "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 const wchar_t " src "[restrict ." n ],
+.BI "                 size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wmemcpy ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR memcpy (3)
+function.
+It copies
+.I n
+wide characters from the array starting at
+.I src
+to the array starting at
+.IR dest .
+.P
+The arrays may not overlap; use
+.BR wmemmove (3)
+to copy between overlapping
+arrays.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I n
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wmemcpy ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wmemcpy ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memcpy (3),
+.BR wcscpy (3),
+.BR wmemmove (3),
+.BR wmempcpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wmemmove.3 b/man/man3/wmemmove.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aff1bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmemmove.3
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wmemmove 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wmemmove \- copy an array of wide-characters
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t " dest [. n "], const wchar_t " src [. n "], \
+size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wmemmove ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR memmove (3)
+function.
+It copies
+.I n
+wide characters from the array
+starting at
+.I src
+to the array starting at
+.IR dest .
+The arrays may
+overlap.
+.P
+The programmer must ensure that there is room for at least
+.I n
+wide
+characters at
+.IR dest .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wmemmove ()
+returns
+.IR dest .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wmemmove ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memmove (3),
+.BR wmemcpy (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wmempcpy.3 b/man/man3/wmempcpy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26750cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmempcpy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/mempcpy.3
diff --git a/man/man3/wmemset.3 b/man/man3/wmemset.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4c4cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wmemset.3
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wmemset 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wmemset \- fill an array of wide-characters with a constant wide character
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t " wcs [. n "], wchar_t " wc ", size_t " n );
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wmemset ()
+function is the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR memset (3)
+function.
+It fills the array of
+.I n
+wide-characters starting at
+.I wcs
+with
+.I n
+copies of the wide character
+.IR wc .
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+.BR wmemset ()
+returns
+.IR wcs .
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wmemset ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR memset (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wordexp.3 b/man/man3/wordexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..945befc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wordexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) 2003 Andries Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.TH wordexp 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wordexp, wordfree \- perform word expansion like a posix-shell
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <wordexp.h>"
+.P
+.BI "int wordexp(const char *restrict " s ", wordexp_t *restrict " p \
+", int " flags );
+.BI "void wordfree(wordexp_t *" p );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR wordexp (),
+.BR wordfree ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The function
+.BR wordexp ()
+performs a shell-like expansion of the string
+.I s
+and returns the result in the structure pointed to by
+.IR p .
+The data type
+.I wordexp_t
+is a structure that at least has the fields
+.IR we_wordc ,
+.IR we_wordv ,
+and
+.IR we_offs .
+The field
+.I we_wordc
+is a
+.I size_t
+that gives the number of words in the expansion of
+.IR s .
+The field
+.I we_wordv
+is a
+.I "char\ **"
+that points to the array of words found.
+The field
+.I we_offs
+of type
+.I size_t
+is sometimes (depending on
+.IR flags ,
+see below) used to indicate the number of initial elements in the
+.I we_wordv
+array that should be filled with NULLs.
+.P
+The function
+.BR wordfree ()
+frees the allocated memory again.
+More precisely, it does not free
+its argument, but it frees the array
+.I we_wordv
+and the strings that points to.
+.SS The string argument
+Since the expansion is the same as the expansion by the shell (see
+.BR sh (1))
+of the parameters to a command, the string
+.I s
+must not contain characters that would be illegal in shell command
+parameters.
+In particular, there must not be any unescaped
+newline or |, &, ;, <, >, (, ), {, } characters
+outside a command substitution or parameter substitution context.
+.P
+If the argument
+.I s
+contains a word that starts with an unquoted comment character #,
+then it is unspecified whether that word and all following words
+are ignored, or the # is treated as a non-comment character.
+.SS The expansion
+The expansion done consists of the following stages:
+tilde expansion (replacing \[ti]user by user's home directory),
+variable substitution (replacing $FOO by the value of the environment
+variable FOO), command substitution (replacing $(command) or \`command\`
+by the output of command), arithmetic expansion, field splitting,
+wildcard expansion, quote removal.
+.P
+The result of expansion of special parameters
+($@, $*, $#, $?, $\-, $$, $!, $0) is unspecified.
+.P
+Field splitting is done using the environment variable $IFS.
+If it is not set, the field separators are space, tab, and newline.
+.SS The output array
+The array
+.I we_wordv
+contains the words found, followed by a NULL.
+.SS The flags argument
+The
+.I flag
+argument is a bitwise inclusive OR of the following values:
+.TP
+.B WRDE_APPEND
+Append the words found to the array resulting from a previous call.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_DOOFFS
+Insert
+.I we_offs
+initial NULLs in the array
+.IR we_wordv .
+(These are not counted in the returned
+.IR we_wordc .)
+.TP
+.B WRDE_NOCMD
+Don't do command substitution.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_REUSE
+The argument
+.I p
+resulted from a previous call to
+.BR wordexp (),
+and
+.BR wordfree ()
+was not called.
+Reuse the allocated storage.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_SHOWERR
+Normally during command substitution
+.I stderr
+is redirected to
+.IR /dev/null .
+This flag specifies that
+.I stderr
+is not to be redirected.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_UNDEF
+Consider it an error if an undefined shell variable is expanded.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success,
+.BR wordexp ()
+returns 0.
+On failure,
+.BR wordexp ()
+returns one of the following nonzero values:
+.TP
+.B WRDE_BADCHAR
+Illegal occurrence of newline or one of |, &, ;, <, >, (, ), {, }.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_BADVAL
+An undefined shell variable was referenced, and the
+.B WRDE_UNDEF
+flag
+told us to consider this an error.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_CMDSUB
+Command substitution requested, but the
+.B WRDE_NOCMD
+flag told us to consider this an error.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_NOSPACE
+Out of memory.
+.TP
+.B WRDE_SYNTAX
+Shell syntax error, such as unbalanced parentheses or
+unmatched quotes.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lb lb lbx
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wordexp ()
+T}	Thread safety	T{
+.na
+.nh
+MT-Unsafe race:utent const:env
+env sig:ALRM timer locale
+T}
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wordfree ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.P
+In the above table,
+.I utent
+in
+.I race:utent
+signifies that if any of the functions
+.BR setutent (3),
+.BR getutent (3),
+or
+.BR endutent (3)
+are used in parallel in different threads of a program,
+then data races could occur.
+.BR wordexp ()
+calls those functions,
+so we use race:utent to remind users.
+.SH STANDARDS
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001.
+glibc 2.1.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+The output of the following example program
+is approximately that of "ls [a-c]*.c".
+.P
+.\" SRC BEGIN (wordexp.c)
+.EX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <wordexp.h>
+\&
+int
+main(void)
+{
+    wordexp_t p;
+    char **w;
+\&
+    wordexp("[a\-c]*.c", &p, 0);
+    w = p.we_wordv;
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < p.we_wordc; i++)
+        printf("%s\en", w[i]);
+    wordfree(&p);
+    exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+.EE
+.\" SRC END
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fnmatch (3),
+.BR glob (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/wordfree.3 b/man/man3/wordfree.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0035e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wordfree.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/wordexp.3
diff --git a/man/man3/wprintf.3 b/man/man3/wprintf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aaf3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/wprintf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright (c) Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"   GNU glibc-2 source code and manual
+.\"   Dinkumware C library reference http://www.dinkumware.com/
+.\"   OpenGroup's Single UNIX specification http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html
+.\"   ISO/IEC 9899:1999
+.\"
+.TH wprintf 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+wprintf, fwprintf, swprintf, vwprintf, vfwprintf, vswprintf \- formatted
+wide-character output conversion
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.B #include <wchar.h>
+.P
+.BI "int wprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int fwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.BI "int swprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
+.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", ...);"
+.P
+.BI "int vwprintf(const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
+.BI "int vfwprintf(FILE *restrict " stream ,
+.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
+.BI "int vswprintf(wchar_t " wcs "[restrict ." maxlen "], size_t " maxlen ,
+.BI "             const wchar_t *restrict " format ", va_list " args );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+All functions shown above:
+.\" .BR wprintf (),
+.\" .BR fwprintf (),
+.\" .BR swprintf (),
+.\" .BR vwprintf (),
+.\" .BR vfwprintf (),
+.\" .BR vswprintf ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 500 || _ISOC99_SOURCE
+        || _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 200112L
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR wprintf ()
+family of functions is
+the wide-character equivalent of the
+.BR printf (3)
+family of functions.
+It performs formatted output of wide
+characters.
+.P
+The
+.BR wprintf ()
+and
+.BR vwprintf ()
+functions
+perform wide-character output to
+.IR stdout .
+.I stdout
+must not be byte oriented; see
+.BR fwide (3)
+for more information.
+.P
+The
+.BR fwprintf ()
+and
+.BR vfwprintf ()
+functions
+perform wide-character output to
+.IR stream .
+.I stream
+must not be byte oriented; see
+.BR fwide (3)
+for more information.
+.P
+The
+.BR swprintf ()
+and
+.BR vswprintf ()
+functions
+perform wide-character output
+to an array of wide characters.
+The programmer must ensure that there is
+room for at least
+.I maxlen
+wide
+characters at
+.IR wcs .
+.P
+These functions are like
+the
+.BR printf (3),
+.BR vprintf (3),
+.BR fprintf (3),
+.BR vfprintf (3),
+.BR sprintf (3),
+.BR vsprintf (3)
+functions except for the
+following differences:
+.TP
+.B \[bu]
+The
+.I format
+string is a wide-character string.
+.TP
+.B \[bu]
+The output consists of wide characters, not bytes.
+.TP
+.B \[bu]
+.BR swprintf ()
+and
+.BR vswprintf ()
+take a
+.I maxlen
+argument,
+.BR sprintf (3)
+and
+.BR vsprintf (3)
+do not.
+.RB ( snprintf (3)
+and
+.BR vsnprintf (3)
+take a
+.I maxlen
+argument, but these functions do not return \-1 upon
+buffer overflow on Linux.)
+.P
+The treatment of the conversion characters
+.B c
+and
+.B s
+is different:
+.TP
+.B c
+If no
+.B l
+modifier is present, the
+.I int
+argument is converted to a wide character by a call to the
+.BR btowc (3)
+function, and the resulting wide character is written.
+If an
+.B l
+modifier is present, the
+.I wint_t
+(wide character) argument is written.
+.TP
+.B s
+If no
+.B l
+modifier is present: the
+.I "const\ char\ *"
+argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of character type
+(pointer to a string) containing a multibyte character sequence beginning
+in the initial shift state.
+Characters from the array are converted to
+wide characters (each by a call to the
+.BR mbrtowc (3)
+function with a conversion state starting in the initial state before
+the first byte).
+The resulting wide characters are written up to
+(but not including) the terminating null wide character (L\[aq]\e0\[aq]).
+If a precision is
+specified, no more wide characters than the number specified are written.
+Note that the precision determines the number of
+.I wide characters
+written, not the number of
+.I bytes
+or
+.IR "screen positions" .
+The array must contain a terminating null byte (\[aq]\e0\[aq]),
+unless a precision is given
+and it is so small that the number of converted wide characters reaches it
+before the end of the array is reached.
+If an
+.B l
+modifier is present: the
+.I "const\ wchar_t\ *"
+argument is expected to be a pointer to an array of wide characters.
+Wide characters from the array are written up to (but not including) a
+terminating null wide character.
+If a precision is specified, no more than
+the number specified are written.
+The array must contain a terminating null
+wide character, unless a precision is given and it is smaller than or equal
+to the number of wide characters in the array.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions return the number of wide characters written, excluding the
+terminating null wide character in
+case of the functions
+.BR swprintf ()
+and
+.BR vswprintf ().
+They return \-1 when an error occurs.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR wprintf (),
+.BR fwprintf (),
+.BR swprintf (),
+.BR vwprintf (),
+.BR vfwprintf (),
+.BR vswprintf ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe locale
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+C11, POSIX.1-2008.
+.SH HISTORY
+POSIX.1-2001, C99.
+.SH NOTES
+The behavior of
+.BR wprintf ()
+et al. depends
+on the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the
+current locale.
+.P
+If the
+.I format
+string contains non-ASCII wide characters, the program
+will work correctly only if the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the current locale at
+run time is the same as the
+.B LC_CTYPE
+category of the current locale at
+compile time.
+This is because the
+.I wchar_t
+representation is platform- and locale-dependent.
+(The glibc represents
+wide characters using their Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646) code point, but other
+platforms don't do this.
+Also, the use of C99 universal character names
+of the form \eunnnn does not solve this problem.)
+Therefore, in
+internationalized programs, the
+.I format
+string should consist of ASCII
+wide characters only, or should be constructed at run time in an
+internationalized way (e.g., using
+.BR gettext (3)
+or
+.BR iconv (3),
+followed by
+.BR mbstowcs (3)).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR fprintf (3),
+.BR fputwc (3),
+.BR fwide (3),
+.BR printf (3),
+.BR snprintf (3)
+.\" .BR wscanf (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/xcrypt.3 b/man/man3/xcrypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d00642a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xcrypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+'\" t
+.\"  Copyright 2003 walter harms (walter.harms@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de)
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later
+.\"
+.\"  this is the 3rd type of interface for cryptographic routines
+.\"  1. encrypt() expects a bit field
+.\"  2. cbc_crypt() byte values
+.\"  3. xencrypt() a hexstring
+.\"  to bad to be true :(
+.\"
+.TH XCRYPT 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+xencrypt, xdecrypt, passwd2des \- RFS password encryption
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <rpc/des_crypt.h>"
+.P
+.BI "void passwd2des(char " *passwd ", char *" key ");"
+.P
+.BI "int xencrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
+.BI "int xdecrypt(char *" secret ", char *" passwd ");"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.BR WARNING :
+Do not use these functions in new code.
+They do not achieve any type of acceptable cryptographic security guarantees.
+.P
+The function
+.BR passwd2des ()
+takes a character string
+.I passwd
+of arbitrary length and fills a character array
+.I key
+of length 8.
+The array
+.I key
+is suitable for use as DES key.
+It has odd parity set in bit 0 of each byte.
+Both other functions described here use this function to turn their
+argument
+.I passwd
+into a DES key.
+.P
+The
+.BR xencrypt ()
+function takes the ASCII character string
+.I secret
+given in hex,
+.\" (over the alphabet 0123456789abcdefABCDEF),
+which must have a length that is a multiple of 16,
+encrypts it using the DES key derived from
+.I passwd
+by
+.BR passwd2des (),
+and outputs the result again in
+.I secret
+as a hex string
+.\" (over the alphabet 0123456789abcdef)
+of the same length.
+.P
+The
+.BR xdecrypt ()
+function performs the converse operation.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+The functions
+.BR xencrypt ()
+and
+.BR xdecrypt ()
+return 1 on success and 0 on error.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR passwd2des (),
+.BR xencrypt (),
+.BR xdecrypt ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH VERSIONS
+These functions are available since glibc 2.1.
+.SH BUGS
+The prototypes are missing from the abovementioned include file.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR cbc_crypt (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/xdecrypt.3 b/man/man3/xdecrypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b6ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdecrypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr.3 b/man/man3/xdr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aa20c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+'\" t
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\"
+.\" %%%LICENSE_START(BSD_ONELINE_CDROM)
+.\" This page was taken from the 4.4BSD-Lite CDROM (BSD license)
+.\" %%%LICENSE_END
+.\"
+.\" @(#)xdr.3n	2.2 88/08/03 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.16 88/03/14 SMI
+.\"
+.\" 2007-12-30, mtk, Convert function prototypes to modern C syntax
+.\"
+.TH xdr 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+xdr \- library routines for external data representation
+.SH LIBRARY
+Standard C library
+.RI ( libc ", " \-lc )
+.SH SYNOPSIS AND DESCRIPTION
+These routines allow C programmers to describe
+arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion.
+Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these
+routines.
+.P
+The prototypes below are declared in
+.I <rpc/xdr.h>
+and make use of the following types:
+.P
+.RS 4
+.EX
+.BI "typedef int " bool_t ;
+.P
+.BI "typedef bool_t (*" xdrproc_t ")(XDR *, void *,...);"
+.EE
+.RE
+.P
+For the declaration of the
+.I XDR
+type, see
+.IR <rpc/xdr.h> .
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_array(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" arrp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
+.BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize ", unsigned int " elsize ,
+.BI "                 xdrproc_t " elproc );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between variable-length arrays
+and their corresponding external representations.
+The argument
+.I arrp
+is the address of the pointer to the array, while
+.I sizep
+is the address of the element count of the array;
+this element count cannot exceed
+.IR maxsize .
+The argument
+.I elsize
+is the
+.I sizeof
+each of the array's elements, and
+.I elproc
+is an XDR filter that translates between
+the array elements' C form, and their external
+representation.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_bool(XDR *" xdrs ", bool_t *" bp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between booleans (C
+integers)
+and their external representations.
+When encoding data, this
+filter produces values of either one or zero.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_bytes(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int *" sizep ,
+.BI "                 unsigned int " maxsize );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between counted byte
+strings and their external representations.
+The argument
+.I sp
+is the address of the string pointer.
+The length of the
+string is located at address
+.IR sizep ;
+strings cannot be longer than
+.IR maxsize .
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_char(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C characters
+and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+Note: encoded characters are not packed, and occupy 4 bytes each.
+For arrays of characters, it is worthwhile to
+consider
+.BR xdr_bytes (),
+.BR xdr_opaque (),
+or
+.BR xdr_string ().
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdr_destroy(XDR *" xdrs );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that invokes the destroy routine associated with the XDR stream,
+.IR xdrs .
+Destruction usually involves freeing private data structures
+associated with the stream.
+Using
+.I xdrs
+after invoking
+.BR xdr_destroy ()
+is undefined.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_double(XDR *" xdrs ", double *" dp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I double
+precision numbers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_enum(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" ep );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.IR enum s
+(actually integers) and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_float(XDR *" xdrs ", float *" fp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.IR float s
+and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdr_free(xdrproc_t " proc ", char *" objp );
+.fi
+.IP
+Generic freeing routine.
+The first argument is the XDR routine for the object being freed.
+The second argument is a pointer to the object itself.
+Note: the pointer passed to this routine is
+.I not
+freed, but what it points to
+.I is
+freed (recursively).
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "unsigned int xdr_getpos(XDR *" xdrs );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that invokes the get-position routine
+associated with the XDR stream,
+.IR xdrs .
+The routine returns an unsigned integer,
+which indicates the position of the XDR byte stream.
+A desirable feature of XDR
+streams is that simple arithmetic works with this number,
+although the XDR stream instances need not guarantee this.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "long *xdr_inline(XDR *" xdrs ", int " len );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that invokes the inline routine associated with the XDR stream,
+.IR xdrs .
+The routine returns a pointer
+to a contiguous piece of the stream's buffer;
+.I len
+is the byte length of the desired buffer.
+Note: pointer is cast to
+.IR "long\ *" .
+.IP
+Warning:
+.BR xdr_inline ()
+may return NULL (0)
+if it cannot allocate a contiguous piece of a buffer.
+Therefore the behavior may vary among stream instances;
+it exists for the sake of efficiency.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_int(XDR *" xdrs ", int *" ip );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C integers
+and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_long(XDR *" xdrs ", long *" lp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I long
+integers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdrmem_create(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" addr ", unsigned int " size ,
+.BI "                   enum xdr_op " op );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
+.IR xdrs .
+The stream's data is written to, or read from,
+a chunk of memory at location
+.I addr
+whose length is no more than
+.I size
+bytes long.
+The
+.I op
+determines the direction of the XDR stream (either
+.BR XDR_ENCODE ,
+.BR XDR_DECODE ,
+or
+.BR XDR_FREE ).
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_opaque(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" cp ", unsigned int " cnt );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between fixed size opaque data
+and its external representation.
+The argument
+.I cp
+is the address of the opaque object, and
+.I cnt
+is its size in bytes.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_pointer(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" objpp ,
+.BI "                   unsigned int " objsize ", xdrproc_t " xdrobj );
+.fi
+.IP
+Like
+.BR xdr_reference ()
+except that it serializes null pointers, whereas
+.BR xdr_reference ()
+does not.
+Thus,
+.BR xdr_pointer ()
+can represent
+recursive data structures, such as binary trees or
+linked lists.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdrrec_create(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " sendsize ,
+.BI "                   unsigned int " recvsize ", char *" handle ,
+.BI "                   int (*" readit ")(char *, char *, int),"
+.BI "                   int (*" writeit ")(char *, char *, int));"
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
+.IR xdrs .
+The stream's data is written to a buffer of size
+.IR sendsize ;
+a value of zero indicates the system should use a suitable default.
+The stream's data is read from a buffer of size
+.IR recvsize ;
+it too can be set to a suitable default by passing a zero value.
+When a stream's output buffer is full,
+.I writeit
+is called.
+Similarly, when a stream's input buffer is empty,
+.I readit
+is called.
+The behavior of these two routines is similar to
+the system calls
+.BR read (2)
+and
+.BR write (2),
+except that
+.I handle
+is passed to the former routines as the first argument.
+Note: the XDR stream's
+.I op
+field must be set by the caller.
+.IP
+Warning: to read from an XDR stream created by this API,
+you'll need to call
+.BR xdrrec_skiprecord ()
+first before calling any other XDR APIs.
+This inserts additional bytes in the stream to provide
+record boundary information.
+Also, XDR streams created with different
+.B xdr*_create
+APIs are not compatible for the same reason.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdrrec_endofrecord(XDR *" xdrs ", int " sendnow );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine can be invoked only on streams created by
+.BR xdrrec_create ().
+The data in the output buffer is marked as a completed record,
+and the output buffer is optionally written out if
+.I sendnow
+is nonzero.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdrrec_eof(XDR *" xdrs );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine can be invoked only on streams created by
+.BR xdrrec_create ().
+After consuming the rest of the current record in the stream,
+this routine returns one if the stream has no more input,
+zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdrrec_skiprecord(XDR *" xdrs );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine can be invoked only on
+streams created by
+.BR xdrrec_create ().
+It tells the XDR implementation that the rest of the current record
+in the stream's input buffer should be discarded.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_reference(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" pp ", unsigned int " size ,
+.BI "                     xdrproc_t " proc );
+.fi
+.IP
+A primitive that provides pointer chasing within structures.
+The argument
+.I pp
+is the address of the pointer;
+.I size
+is the
+.I sizeof
+the structure that
+.I *pp
+points to; and
+.I proc
+is an XDR procedure that filters the structure
+between its C form and its external representation.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.IP
+Warning: this routine does not understand null pointers.
+Use
+.BR xdr_pointer ()
+instead.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "xdr_setpos(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int " pos );
+.fi
+.IP
+A macro that invokes the set position routine associated with
+the XDR stream
+.IR xdrs .
+The argument
+.I pos
+is a position value obtained from
+.BR xdr_getpos ().
+This routine returns one if the XDR stream could be repositioned,
+and zero otherwise.
+.IP
+Warning: it is difficult to reposition some types of XDR
+streams, so this routine may fail with one
+type of stream and succeed with another.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_short(XDR *" xdrs ", short *" sp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I short
+integers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "void xdrstdio_create(XDR *" xdrs ", FILE *" file ", enum xdr_op " op );
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine initializes the XDR stream object pointed to by
+.IR xdrs .
+The XDR stream data is written to, or read from, the
+.I stdio
+stream
+.IR file .
+The argument
+.I op
+determines the direction of the XDR stream (either
+.BR XDR_ENCODE ,
+.BR XDR_DECODE ,
+or
+.BR XDR_FREE ).
+.IP
+Warning: the destroy routine associated with such XDR streams calls
+.BR fflush (3)
+on the
+.I file
+stream, but never
+.BR fclose (3).
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_string(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp ", unsigned int " maxsize );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C strings and
+their corresponding external representations.
+Strings cannot be longer than
+.IR maxsize .
+Note:
+.I sp
+is the address of the string's pointer.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_u_char(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned char *" ucp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between
+.I unsigned
+C characters and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_u_int(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned int *" up );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I unsigned
+integers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_u_long(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned long *" ulp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I "unsigned long"
+integers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_u_short(XDR *" xdrs ", unsigned short *" usp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between C
+.I "unsigned short"
+integers and their external representations.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_union(XDR *" xdrs ", enum_t *" dscmp ", char *" unp ,
+.BI "                 const struct xdr_discrim *" choices ,
+.BI "                 xdrproc_t " defaultarm ");     /* may equal NULL */"
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between a discriminated C
+.I union
+and its corresponding external representation.
+It first
+translates the discriminant of the union located at
+.IR dscmp .
+This discriminant is always an
+.IR enum_t .
+Next the union located at
+.I unp
+is translated.
+The argument
+.I choices
+is a pointer to an array of
+.BR xdr_discrim ()
+structures.
+Each structure contains an ordered pair of
+.RI [ value , proc ].
+If the union's discriminant is equal to the associated
+.IR value ,
+then the
+.I proc
+is called to translate the union.
+The end of the
+.BR xdr_discrim ()
+structure array is denoted by a routine of value NULL.
+If the discriminant is not found in the
+.I choices
+array, then the
+.I defaultarm
+procedure is called (if it is not NULL).
+Returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_vector(XDR *" xdrs ", char *" arrp ", unsigned int " size ,
+.BI "                  unsigned int " elsize ", xdrproc_t " elproc );
+.fi
+.IP
+A filter primitive that translates between fixed-length arrays
+and their corresponding external representations.
+The argument
+.I arrp
+is the address of the pointer to the array, while
+.I size
+is the element count of the array.
+The argument
+.I elsize
+is the
+.I sizeof
+each of the array's elements, and
+.I elproc
+is an XDR filter that translates between
+the array elements' C form, and their external
+representation.
+This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.P
+.nf
+.B bool_t xdr_void(void);
+.fi
+.IP
+This routine always returns one.
+It may be passed to RPC routines that require a function argument,
+where nothing is to be done.
+.P
+.nf
+.BI "bool_t xdr_wrapstring(XDR *" xdrs ", char **" sp );
+.fi
+.IP
+A primitive that calls
+.B "xdr_string(xdrs, sp,MAXUN.UNSIGNED );"
+where
+.B MAXUN.UNSIGNED
+is the maximum value of an unsigned integer.
+.BR xdr_wrapstring ()
+is handy because the RPC package passes a maximum of two XDR
+routines as arguments, and
+.BR xdr_string (),
+one of the most frequently used primitives, requires three.
+Returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR xdr_array (),
+.BR xdr_bool (),
+.BR xdr_bytes (),
+.BR xdr_char (),
+.BR xdr_destroy (),
+.BR xdr_double (),
+.BR xdr_enum (),
+.BR xdr_float (),
+.BR xdr_free (),
+.BR xdr_getpos (),
+.BR xdr_inline (),
+.BR xdr_int (),
+.BR xdr_long (),
+.BR xdrmem_create (),
+.BR xdr_opaque (),
+.BR xdr_pointer (),
+.BR xdrrec_create (),
+.BR xdrrec_eof (),
+.BR xdrrec_endofrecord (),
+.BR xdrrec_skiprecord (),
+.BR xdr_reference (),
+.BR xdr_setpos (),
+.BR xdr_short (),
+.BR xdrstdio_create (),
+.BR xdr_string (),
+.BR xdr_u_char (),
+.BR xdr_u_int (),
+.BR xdr_u_long (),
+.BR xdr_u_short (),
+.BR xdr_union (),
+.BR xdr_vector (),
+.BR xdr_void (),
+.BR xdr_wrapstring ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR rpc (3)
+.P
+The following manuals:
+.RS
+eXternal Data Representation Standard: Protocol Specification
+.br
+eXternal Data Representation: Sun Technical Notes
+.br
+.IR "XDR: External Data Representation Standard" ,
+RFC\ 1014, Sun Microsystems, Inc.,
+USC-ISI.
+.RE
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3 b/man/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_accepted_reply.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_array.3 b/man/man3/xdr_array.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_array.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3 b/man/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_authunix_parms.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_bool.3 b/man/man3/xdr_bool.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_bool.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_bytes.3 b/man/man3/xdr_bytes.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_bytes.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_callhdr.3 b/man/man3/xdr_callhdr.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_callhdr.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_callmsg.3 b/man/man3/xdr_callmsg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_callmsg.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_char.3 b/man/man3/xdr_char.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_char.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_destroy.3 b/man/man3/xdr_destroy.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_destroy.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_double.3 b/man/man3/xdr_double.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_double.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_enum.3 b/man/man3/xdr_enum.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_enum.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_float.3 b/man/man3/xdr_float.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_float.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_free.3 b/man/man3/xdr_free.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_free.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_getpos.3 b/man/man3/xdr_getpos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_getpos.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_inline.3 b/man/man3/xdr_inline.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_inline.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_int.3 b/man/man3/xdr_int.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_int.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_long.3 b/man/man3/xdr_long.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_long.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_opaque.3 b/man/man3/xdr_opaque.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_opaque.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3 b/man/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_opaque_auth.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_pmap.3 b/man/man3/xdr_pmap.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_pmap.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3 b/man/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_pmaplist.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_pointer.3 b/man/man3/xdr_pointer.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_pointer.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_reference.3 b/man/man3/xdr_reference.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_reference.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3 b/man/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_rejected_reply.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_replymsg.3 b/man/man3/xdr_replymsg.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_replymsg.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_setpos.3 b/man/man3/xdr_setpos.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_setpos.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_short.3 b/man/man3/xdr_short.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_short.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_string.3 b/man/man3/xdr_string.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_string.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_u_char.3 b/man/man3/xdr_u_char.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_u_char.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_u_int.3 b/man/man3/xdr_u_int.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_u_int.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_u_long.3 b/man/man3/xdr_u_long.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_u_long.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_u_short.3 b/man/man3/xdr_u_short.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_u_short.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_union.3 b/man/man3/xdr_union.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_union.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_vector.3 b/man/man3/xdr_vector.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_vector.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_void.3 b/man/man3/xdr_void.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_void.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3 b/man/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdr_wrapstring.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrmem_create.3 b/man/man3/xdrmem_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrmem_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrrec_create.3 b/man/man3/xdrrec_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrrec_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3 b/man/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrrec_endofrecord.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrrec_eof.3 b/man/man3/xdrrec_eof.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrrec_eof.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3 b/man/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrrec_skiprecord.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xdrstdio_create.3 b/man/man3/xdrstdio_create.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff092d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xdrstdio_create.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xdr.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xencrypt.3 b/man/man3/xencrypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01b6ce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xencrypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/xcrypt.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xprt_register.3 b/man/man3/xprt_register.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xprt_register.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/xprt_unregister.3 b/man/man3/xprt_unregister.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b184711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/xprt_unregister.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/rpc.3
diff --git a/man/man3/y0.3 b/man/man3/y0.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af9628f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y0.3
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+'\" t
+.\" Copyright 1993 David Metcalfe (david@prism.demon.co.uk)
+.\" and Copyright 2008, Linux Foundation, written by Michael Kerrisk
+.\"     <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
+.\"
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft
+.\"
+.\" References consulted:
+.\"     Linux libc source code
+.\"     Lewine's _POSIX Programmer's Guide_ (O'Reilly & Associates, 1991)
+.\"     386BSD man pages
+.\" Modified Sat Jul 24 19:08:17 1993 by Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu)
+.\" Modified 2002-08-25, aeb
+.\" Modified 2004-11-12 as per suggestion by Fabian Kreutz/AEB
+.\" 2008-07-24, mtk, created this page, based on material from j0.3.
+.\"
+.TH y0 3 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)"
+.SH NAME
+y0, y0f, y0l, y1, y1f, y1l, yn, ynf, ynl \-
+Bessel functions of the second kind
+.SH LIBRARY
+Math library
+.RI ( libm ", " \-lm )
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.P
+.BI "double y0(double " x );
+.BI "double y1(double " x );
+.BI "double yn(int " n ", double " x );
+.P
+.BI "float y0f(float " x );
+.BI "float y1f(float " x );
+.BI "float ynf(int " n ", float " x );
+.P
+.BI "long double y0l(long double " x );
+.BI "long double y1l(long double " x );
+.BI "long double ynl(int " n ", long double " x );
+.fi
+.P
+.RS -4
+Feature Test Macro Requirements for glibc (see
+.BR feature_test_macros (7)):
+.RE
+.P
+.BR y0 (),
+.BR y1 (),
+.BR yn ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.P
+.BR y0f (),
+.BR y0l (),
+.BR y1f (),
+.BR y1l (),
+.BR ynf (),
+.BR ynl ():
+.nf
+    _XOPEN_SOURCE >= 600
+        || (_ISOC99_SOURCE && _XOPEN_SOURCE)
+        || /* Since glibc 2.19: */ _DEFAULT_SOURCE
+        || /* glibc <= 2.19: */ _SVID_SOURCE || _BSD_SOURCE
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.BR y0 ()
+and
+.BR y1 ()
+functions return Bessel functions of
+.I x
+of the second kind of orders 0 and 1, respectively.
+The
+.BR yn ()
+function
+returns the Bessel function of
+.I x
+of the second kind of order
+.IR n .
+.P
+The value of
+.I x
+must be positive.
+.P
+The
+.BR y0f (),
+.BR y1f (),
+and
+.BR ynf ()
+functions are versions that take and return
+.I float
+values.
+The
+.BR y0l (),
+.BR y1l (),
+and
+.BR ynl ()
+functions are versions that take and return
+.I "long double"
+values.
+.SH RETURN VALUE
+On success, these functions return the appropriate
+Bessel value of the second kind for
+.IR x .
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is a NaN, a NaN is returned.
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is negative,
+a domain error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+(POSIX.1-2001 also allows a NaN return for this case.)
+.P
+If
+.I x
+is 0.0,
+a pole error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+.P
+If the result underflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return 0.0
+.P
+If the result overflows,
+a range error occurs,
+and the functions return
+.RB \- HUGE_VAL ,
+.RB \- HUGE_VALF ,
+or
+.RB \- HUGE_VALL ,
+respectively.
+(POSIX.1-2001 also allows a 0.0 return for this case.)
+.SH ERRORS
+See
+.BR math_error (7)
+for information on how to determine whether an error has occurred
+when calling these functions.
+.P
+The following errors can occur:
+.TP
+Domain error: \fIx\fP is negative
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+An invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+is raised.
+.TP
+Pole error: \fIx\fP is 0.0
+.\" Before POSIX.1-2001 TC2, this was (inconsistently) specified
+.\" as a range error.
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+and an
+.B FE_DIVBYZERO
+exception is raised
+(but see BUGS).
+.TP
+Range error: result underflow
+.\" e.g., y0(1e33) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR ERANGE .
+No
+.B FE_UNDERFLOW
+exception is returned by
+.\" This is intended behavior
+.\" See https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6806
+.BR fetestexcept (3)
+for this case.
+.TP
+Range error: result overflow
+.\" e.g., yn(10, 1e-40) on glibc 2.8/x86-32
+.I errno
+is set to
+.B ERANGE
+(but see BUGS).
+An overflow floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_OVERFLOW )
+is raised.
+.SH ATTRIBUTES
+For an explanation of the terms used in this section, see
+.BR attributes (7).
+.TS
+allbox;
+lbx lb lb
+l l l.
+Interface	Attribute	Value
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR y0 (),
+.BR y0f (),
+.BR y0l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR y1 (),
+.BR y1f (),
+.BR y1l ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+T{
+.na
+.nh
+.BR yn (),
+.BR ynf (),
+.BR ynl ()
+T}	Thread safety	MT-Safe
+.TE
+.SH STANDARDS
+.TP
+.BR y0 ()
+.TQ
+.BR y1 ()
+.TQ
+.BR yn ()
+POSIX.1-2008.
+.TP
+Others:
+BSD.
+.SH HISTORY
+.TP
+.BR y0 ()
+.TQ
+.BR y1 ()
+.TQ
+.BR yn ()
+SVr4, 4.3BSD,
+POSIX.1-2001.
+.TP
+Others:
+BSD.
+.SH BUGS
+Before glibc 2.19,
+.\" http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6807
+these functions misdiagnosed pole errors:
+.I errno
+was set to
+.BR EDOM ,
+instead of
+.B ERANGE
+and no
+.B FE_DIVBYZERO
+exception was raised.
+.P
+Before glibc 2.17,
+.\" https://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=6808
+did not set
+.I errno
+for "range error: result underflow".
+.P
+In glibc 2.3.2 and earlier,
+.\" Actually, 2.3.2 is the earliest test result I have; so yet
+.\" to confirm if this error occurs only in glibc 2.3.2.
+these functions do not raise an invalid floating-point exception
+.RB ( FE_INVALID )
+when a domain error occurs.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR j0 (3)
diff --git a/man/man3/y0f.3 b/man/man3/y0f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y0f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/y0l.3 b/man/man3/y0l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y0l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/y1.3 b/man/man3/y1.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y1.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/y1f.3 b/man/man3/y1f.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y1f.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/y1l.3 b/man/man3/y1l.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/y1l.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/yn.3 b/man/man3/yn.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/yn.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ynf.3 b/man/man3/ynf.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ynf.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3
diff --git a/man/man3/ynl.3 b/man/man3/ynl.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88b3c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/man3/ynl.3
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.so man3/y0.3